Skip to content

Interview with Jaime Alfonso Flores Navas on Mexican and American Identity, IQ, Prostitution, Theory of Life, Women’s Rights, and Morality, and Love, Life, Death, and Meaning

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/12/13

*Compiled interviews from the Summer, 2020.*

Jaime Alfonso Flores Navas interview recommendation from Guillermo Alejandro Escarcega Pliego, the Founder of the Hall of Sophia, originally published through In-Sight Publishing. However, the claimed IQ score was not confirmed, while the accepted recommendation based on standards of trust came with this presentation as an assumption or that an IQ score was confirmed by Guillermo, so the publications were respectfully removed from In-Sight Publishing after acknowledgment of this fact by Guillermo, i.e., the scores never confirmed in the first place, at all. To respect scores of others who confirmed or had a public listing of a score, the interview is published, with further editorial work on it, here, rather than In-Sight Publishing’s main platforms; this seems as if a reasonable balance between the promise for an interview to Navas and the unconfirmed score, and to others with publicly available test scores and interviews. It shall remain here. If you wish to support the work of Pliego, then you can send an email to noetiqsociety@icloud.com or submit Mexican Pesos — potentially, other currency — to PayPal at https://www.paypal.com/paypalme/LuzPliego, which is under the name “María de la Luz Escarcega Pliego,” presumably Guillermo’s mother, even grandmother, or guardian. Navas talks about his experiences and views here.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the heritage from Mexico for family?

Jaime Alfonso Flores Navas: My family, for the most part, has had a great history of pro-American people, like my grandparents, chiefly my grandads, especially from my father’s side. My cousins, almost all of them, and nearly all my uncles and aunts; I will be the first of the family to make an American life and marry an American person.

Jacobsen: How did family history get tangled up with American history?

Navas: My father never knew how I actually was raised. I grew up under American culture and traditions. I have met American sisters and aunties as friends first. Those families one meets during life; some of them very close to me.

Jacobsen: As you were growing up, what was the image and experience of America?

Navas: I grew up under American culture, cuisine, and traditions. My friends at a very early age were from California and Miami, Florida, who had relatives from Denver, Colorado.

As a kid, I was certainly not socializing. I liked my privacy. I had many different interests from those of the rest of my peers, like geography. I had self-taught all the countries in the world, their capitals, the shapes of their countries, their location, the location of their capitals, and their flags at the age of 5.

I had learned from American made materials, sharks, which I have beloved since the age of 7; wildlife upon the whole especially wild cats. Hence, practically, all documentaries I have ever watched ever since have been American, like National GeographicDiscovery ChannelReader’s Digest, which is same as for books.

Plus, my neighbours who were some of the children I used to play with and talk to only, plus they invited me to their celebrations and events, naturally including Halloween, Thanksgiving Day, 4th of July, etc. Our time together included watching TV, and almost all TV shows included American TV series and movies, e.g., films like Jaws.

I admired the might of the shark. Although, I knew it was merely and purely fictional; that sharks had such a blood lust, though I loved always how sophisticated American TV series and films were in their making. Everything I had written in my stories, for I love to write novels of myself only, have been based upon what I have seen on American TV; as well, it has influenced how I learn everything, and how I imagine discoveries, breakthroughs, etc.

I have always loved and fancied American ladies and I have been planning to marry one ever since I was a kid, for the most part. I have always loved how America is more than any other country, the land of opportunity, where one may get land a lot easier and faster than almost anywhere else in the globe, and enjoy more freedoms.

The land where despite having a lot poor people as well; one may attain dreams, grow prosperity if one is willing to work hard. America is the country I most love and admire. I have been regarded as a true patriot for the U.S. as I indeed am, feel and act. I have felt great with the ground-breaking majority of Americans, cannot complain.

Jacobsen: As you were growing up, what was the image and experience of Mexico?

Navas: Good question! I did not know much about Mexican culture or traditions, but I did know Mexican history through school, from the pre-Hispanic era to the Mexican Revolution mostly.

Despite I did not have a poor opinion on Mexicans at first, I had it clear that Mexico was a third-world country, with lots of poverty, corruption, and social problems; I, eventually, tried to find out my identity. I believed both countries were like counters, foes.

Now, I was lucky that, as a kid, my teachers for the most part loved me so much and even spoiled me, and most of my family members loved me too so much. Many people in Mexico, though, have been either too good or too nasty/narrow-minded.

Jacobsen: How have you integrated both American and Mexican identity?

Navas: Excellent question! I have been into American traditions. As you know, ever since I was a very little boy, including these Thanksgiving Day, Halloween, Independence Day, Christmas, etc.; I, nevertheless, experienced Mexican traditions at school, mostly at grammar school, like traditional dances in huge events like festivals, Mothers Day.

I very rarely ever experienced Mexican traditions outside school, though the headmistress, Rosa Elena Franco Lopez Portillo, tried to instill students’ love and respect for Mexican traditions and to embrace Mexican traditions.

I disagreed in light of my outside-of-school background. Ironically, in a generation-trip to Southeast Mexico, in 1998, in all places we went, she had for the most part American food ordered for me, for I am also very picky about food, like McDonald’s and while celebrating my 12th birthday. She bought me American gifts!

In all, I rarely ever had Mexican friends and even more rarely went to a Mexican friend’s house. Almost all friends I ever went to their homes have been Americans. Since I have mild Asperger ‘sconditions, I felt like: if I had to choose between both, to some extent, and since I had been mostly familiarized with American traditions, cuisine, media, etc., then I neglected Mexican culture for a lifetime.

In fact, I became much more involved into American life, by Asperger’s conditions, thus neglecting any other culture from the world and even acting in non-American ways. Until, very good friends from the only church I ever attended service on a regular basis — an American church in Mexico.

These and other religious friends and American friends from the Internet urged me to accept people from all over the world, even hollering at me to accept who I am as a Mexican-born man. Since I was born in Mexico, if I wanted to marry an American lady, that would help stir her interest up even more in me.

Such Bible study lasted a few years, literally, it worked. An instrument was a Bible study, which they performed on me. Even after having taught me more about humankind, I made very good friends with a very good Mexican man named Victor Manuel, who happens to be a very smart fellow and a very well-learned man in Mexican life, traditions, and history.

Recently, he strongly recommended me a few good books written by foremost Mexican, now late, historians, who are now history, in order for me to embrace my Latin roots. He claimed as my friend to be greatly interested in it.

It was also rather interesting that my American friends who lived in Mexico literally knew a lot, lot more about Mexico than I did by all accounts. Some even wanted to show me that many non-American ladies are beautiful too and worthwhile, including Mexican ladies.

My friends have taught me to integrate both [Ed. American and Mexican cultures] in me. Despite having been born in Mexico a very close friend, Bob, told me. Okay, I do, certainly, have the entire American mindset, though maybe with a little hint of Mexican perspective.

He gave me an example of an American family who moved to South Korea, two American parents who work at the American embassy, and had their son born in the U.S., but raised in Korea for about 20 years. Naturally, that kid would have been raised under American culture, but he may also know a little of Korean point of view.

Jacobsen: Most gifted people will be entirely forgotten to history. Thus, the importance of intellectual development is important for societies. Also, there is an importance in ethical education too. How can this be part of the educational systems in America and Mexico?

Navas: Despite both countries, to be honest, do possess huge educational deficiencies in elementary school, middle school, and high school education, America has a great college education tradition. Now, it’s a lot easier for the non-rich to attend prestigious colleges, e.g., Harvard, which was in the 1940s for the rich young men.

America also has a great many gifted people and talented individuals’ programs. Also, there is a tradition of young people who tend to think up devices themselves, independently. In most places throughout the globe, not just America, nevertheless, several gifted people suffer a lot for being different and/or too arrogant to mingle in society and have miserable lives.

Jacobsen: The five main vetted high-IQ societies for listing in Wikipedia have been Mensa International, Intertel, Triple Nine Society, the Prometheus Society, and the Mega Society. If folks want to join some societies, those would be the safest bets. Others have various forms of legitimacy, illegitimacy, and activity, and areas of emphasis.

Fundamentally, it’s not my place to tell these communities what to do or not do, obviously, so anything coming from me is just another opinion among a large number of others, i.e., don’t take the opinions that seriously. Anyhow, what has your experience been with the high-IQ societies?

Navas: It has been for the most part good to the extent of that one can exchange ideas, go deeper into breakthroughs and have really interesting conversations and even comraderies.

Jacobsen: Any preferred tests in the high-range?

Navas: Mensa test or Giga Society test. Stanford-Binet is good too, but remember this, intelligence on its its own is subjective, so certainly are IQ tests.

Jacobsen: How many IQ tests have you taken?

Navas: 10 in all.

Jacobsen: What jobs have you worked at, in your professional history?

Navas: I have taught mathematics briefly and worked on my own. Plus, I — unlike many high-IQ people who preferred not to earn a degree, and I am not here to judge them but to respect their choices — am taking my math degree.

Jacobsen: What are your academic qualifications?

Navas: I have been a Valedictorian student. I earned highest-performance medals for it, scholarships, honorific mentions, even was the founder of the position at my elementary school: Ecology Ambassador, for which my then 5th-grade teacher assisted me, as well as the standard-bearer at ceremonies.

I once wanted to become a biologist in order to become an ecologist, but I wavered when seeing how tough life can be for ecologists. I admire them. However, I had, and still have it clear; I wanted to get married and have a stable family.

The best way to be a polymath nowadays is being a mathematician and working in a good environment while being married. I chose mathematics as a degree, naturally being a Valedictorian student.

Jacobsen: You mentioned hoping to get married. What would be an ideal marriage for you?

Navas: I believe marriage on its own is neither a blessing nor a curse. It depends on the individuals who conform to it. Here, I should stress the word: partner, for I believe in gender equality.

One should be in love with love not and one should be alright with oneself prior to engaging into a relationship, especially marriage, without idealizing the partner, and having a life plan, and if actually being into a relationship,

One should know what one wants, and after having met people as friends one should choose one with whom being a partner and best friend. We don’t choose who we fancy or like, but we do choose how to express love and who we want as a partner. Marriage should not be based on just sex or vain things.

I am a very monogamous person. I expect my partner to be the same. One should ask oneself: Would you marry someone who is just like me? Would I marry myself? This entails, of course, not to be selfish, insecure, or weak, and to be, certainly a congruent person for the most part.

Good communication, commitment, willingness to express and give love and to be loved every minute and making every day as if it were the first one, to be amazed by the person one loves. Naturally, I don’t want to be in a relationship or marriage where my lady expects me to solve, say, do, or think everything. Common interests are great too, and to wonder: where am I going in this relationship (given the case)?

Love is a privilege that comes with responsibilities and responsibilities that come with pleasure, I mean, privilege. To make each other, help one another grow together and help each other become better people without, of course, trying to change the partner (that is silly for sure, to pretend to change someone), to support each other in dreams, to offer comfort and cry in hard times, to give space to my lady when she wants and to listen to her; but I would ask her to be straight to me, please.

I would accept her comments, questions, and suggestions if she wants to correct me in anything with respect. I will gladly hear and thank her. I would never disrespect her by anyway and will ask her what she wants, calmly, how she wants things. I will listen patiently and gladly.

Personally, I prefer ladies who are older and taller than I am, without children, though I love them, a relationship with a woman who already has kids would be a lot more complicated for me.

Jacobsen: Any personal opinions on religion?

Navas: I don’t think religion on its own is wrong, on the contrary. I think religions with a healthy sense of spirituality are pretty good. They, certainly, should remind us that we are not the foremost and/or the topmost creation or being, which is really arrogant.

I think like every system, religion changes, slowly if you will. I hope that religion does not promote the other extreme. Ironically, the idea that mother nature is at the disposal of humans, meaning that humans are the center of the world. Personally. I believe that extremes and radicalism are not healthy, both extremes may touch each other.

Jacobsen: Any attitudes about the current states of science?

Navas: I find it fascinating that nowadays, science may, ironically, save and I dare say, ransom faith in a higher being, for in the past science was harshly persecuted by the church, especially in Europe. Moreso the irony, in the past, centuries ago, in order to become what we closest as a scientist, they had to be a church member, like Sir Isaac Newton in the 17th and 18th centuries.

Now in a time in which even many, if not most, scientists claim to be either agnostic and/or even atheists, we observe that those scientists who remain open-minded are seeing that such complexity and order in the cosmos including life and lifeless concepts, even if they seem too simplistic, could not have been created or engineered just by sake, without a specific order.

Jacobsen: What has been some of the work around multiverses by you?

Navas: In 2014, I made a model that explains why there possibly cannot be more than just one you and me, not even in the past or future, or even in different parallel universes or multiverses, which I shall call existences.

We observe this from, for instance, how even if there were “identical” beings to us, even a small variation of the simplest thing would alter an outcome, meaning that such a chain reaction would come into effect, meaning that by one simple act done differently from us here by our “Distant equal versions of us” would significantly alter everything in a life, then in a community, then in history.

This should be borne in mind along with the understanding of how symmetry and asymmetry works in atoms and molecules, from small to huge things.

Jacobsen: What has been some of the work on chemistry for you? What area of chemistry has been the most fascinating to you?

Navas: I haven’t worked on chemistry, actually. Ssorry, I believe there was interference in the phone while we were chatting, but I said I would, if I had time, do stuff on chemistry. However, among all branches of it. I most like Biochemistry, no doubt about it, because it is a good starting point about how life works, from chemistry.

Everything is chemistry, but that bridge and gap between just chemistry, even organic chemistry and biology. How do you solve that puzzle?

Jacobsen: Who inspires you?

Navas: Too many to pick one outright, Maria Montessori the Italian educator, Abraham Lincoln as you know America’s 16th president, Werner Von Heisenberg who as the head of Nazi A-bomb programme halted the projects and risked his life so greatly for he knew Nazi Germans were unethical.

He jeopardized his own life more than anybody else even being a German. He had all to gain, but he hated Nazism and was clever and strong enough to hide it for a greater purpose. Had Nazis appointed anybody else, quite likely, they would have won the war; and, we would not live!

Jacobsen: Any mathematical minds in history who impress you?

Navas: A tough one for sure, too many to begin with, but Srinivasa Ramanujan may be the one if you ask me who first comes to mind for that. For instance, his rolling shield and the theories extrapolated in a notebook he wrote during his last year being alive. It helped explain black holes. Until now, we are able to begin to understand it, thanks to his formulae.

Jacobsen: What ethical system makes the most sense to you?

Navas: I don’t believe that any system has the ideal structure at 100%. Each system has pros and cons and every person thinks differently. Hence, I am certainly not a radical, nor I am a fundamentalist.

I believe that I had to pick one which closest fits me is Christianity for its universal rules, like: Don’t do to others what you don’t want for yourself. Ideally speaking: Love the others as you love yourself, and Jesus loves you.

Jacobsen: What is the current state of women’s rights in the United States?

Navas: Despite the United States of America has had an impressive role in women’s rights and has been one of the leading nations in the struggle of gender equality, American women on average earn about 77% of what men make in jobs.

Of course, it vastly varies from one region to another, chiefly from liberal states to conservative ones. If we take into consideration New England states like New Hampshire and Maine, we notice that the gap is not as huge as that of Texas or Alabama, even in wide, rural outdoorsy states like the Dakotas.

Curiously and this is part of American history full of paradoxes, Wyoming, what most consider a conservative state, was the very first place in America to have ever granted women the right to vote in 1869, hence its nickname: Equality State.

We have watched the progress of American women suffrage and education. Oberlin College in Ohio, which was also intended for coloured women, was opened in 1837, through even as late as the 1970s and 1980s when quite a few colleges and Universities still banned women from attending.

Extraordinary women like Lucretia Mott who were activists for women’s right to vote and all women who fervently struggled for it. Until, it was finally achieved in 1920 when the 19th amendment was passed, making Warren Gamaliel Harding the first U.S. president to have ever been elected under women’s suffrage, until 2016 when we saw the first American lady to have ever been postulated by a party in America to be an actual candidate to contend for the American presidency.

Sadly, despite all huge progress in America, I consider that America will have her first American lady president in some years ahead. Women in the U.S. are still subject to physical, mental, labour, social, economic, and spousal violence.

We still see a lot of prostitution across the country, sadly, including a lot of women who are brought from aboard to be exploited not just sexually but also to get their organs trafficked. I intend to help end this regrettable practice.

Jacobsen: What is the current state of women’s rights in Mexico?

Navas: Mexico has a far worse situation for women by all accounts. Mexican women attained their voting rights for the first time until about 1955. Culturally, Mexican ladies, have been more subdued to misogyny and machismo. Only recently, Mexico has been allowing its ladies to work and participate more in the government, from marginal 9% to more than 50% since 1997, not long ago.

Despite more Mexican ladies now working in order to make a living and earn the same rights, many women in Mexico still believe men should be purveyors and breadwinners and remain married to them no matter what.

Jacobsen: If we look at some of the concerns over women’s rights for you, what are the main concerns now?

Jaime Alfonso Flores Navas: My main concerns are that:

Despite we as humankind have progressed to a large extent in some areas, including some in technology at giant pace:

There is still a huge disparity in rights between men and women in almost all of the world.

Such disparity is seen in all accounts in culture and society that range from a huge gap in wage inequality for men and for women. In some countries such disparity even peaks to 32% of salaries earned by men and women, there is the great prejudice that still remains in most of the globe about “women not being as good as men to perform the same activities at work.”

This ranges from normal or the common people’s environment to higher leagues, look at say sports, soccer, despite I’m no big fan to soccer. I know that World FIFA for male players are far more profitable and draw far more attention than those about women.

Beauty contests, which are, of course, not just for women but for men, the ones for ladies like Miss Universe are far more widely watched. I hate to say; they’re profitable around the world. Obviously such are to actually compare women as though if they were nothing, just objects, this mirrors another sad reality that still is clear in several countries and still a lingering problem in many more: Women are to be seen, but not listened.

If a lady cheats on her husband, then this is terribly seen in so many places by so many people. But if a husband cheats on his wife, it is not as frowned upon. In fact, in several countries, this practice is not just well seen, but even lawful and rewarded.

This also entails what many still think of what a woman should be like: a devoted wife, to attend her husband and children, to stay home, at the kitchen and to be cheated on, mistreated and even dumped away as if she were nothing, a submissive woman with no rights, no actual voice and to depend on her husband completely.

The regrettable prostitution practice. Some call it the oldest job or occupation, but it is neither a job nor is it an occupation. Guys who support this don’t think: Would I ever like it if my mom, my sister, my cousin, my friend, or my daughter be into this?

So many don’t get to think that such women have parents. Moreover, because of women not seen actually as equals or peers in life, the huge gap in rights disparity; women left with their children and limited education and job opportunities feel they have the need to earn money for them and for their children at expense of their bodies, as if they were products for sale.

I have been invited a number of times to hire them and I always refused. My advice is: naturally, please, don’t hire them, don’t support this meretricious practice. I’m not against prostitutes. I’m against prostitution.

Don’t let your fellows push you, it’s your choice, not theirs. You will not disappoint anyone. You should not be about if it comes to treat a human as an object. It’s not a sign of manhood to use prostitutes, on the contrary, not to hire them and treating ladies with respect and equality is a sign of manhood, even if a lady pushes you to do otherwise. Use your brain, and use your heart.

I brought mistreated women up. This entails that many women are still subject to domestic violence, from psychological, emotional, even spiritual to physical violence, and even sexual violence. Guys who mistreat their ladies and/or children are not men.

I must add that personally also consider that when it comes to talk about God; most people in the English language, for instance, refer to God as a him. I don’t think God has a gender. Instead, he is beyond that. I refer to God as it, e.g., God is our guide, may Its Will be achieved. Not just in English language, we observe misogyny, but in several languages.

Jacobsen: You have a multiverse theory from 2014. What is it? How does it work?

Navas: My multiverse theory or as I call it more appropriately, a model, explains why, in an infinite space (it must be infinite for stars and all matter is moving away to the space to a faster space than what it was supposed to be, and it will be exponentially fast); there cannot possibly be any equal or what would be called an exact duplicate of you and me, and all else.

That also entails free will and keeps from order to chaos. It entails symmetry and asymmetry, from atoms and smaller particles to larger, incredibly much larger concepts like a universe, say a huge group of stars and galaxies.

That since in nature there is order. Yet, there cannot be an exact order all the time, it may be impossible for an exact duplicate of you, me, etc., to exist, especially in a perfect time in which you cannot put a specific point on it, neither on space nor on time.

So there can’t be an exact duplicate of you and me, etc. Otherwise, everything would have to be exactly identical on the other side, as almost in a mirror, in infinite space time where no particular point can be placed?

There is a Universal principle that holds not just for religion, philosophy or theology but also for science: As above, so below. We recall how similar a solar system can be to an atom, as I had told at age 2.

Jacobsen: How does the multiverse theory incorporate the Big Bang theory framework?

Navas: As a direct consequence of that there cannot possibly be equal replicas or duplicates of you, me nor anything else, it shows that Big Bang was just as it was.

Jacobsen: Does this multiverse theory bring together any more dimensionality than the normal three spatial dimensions and one temporal dimension?

Navas: On its own at first glance, it may seem to bring up just 3 dimensions, but uses time as just a parameter, not as a dimension. Time is not a dimension. It hardly uses more than 3 dimensions ever, on its own in a basic level.

Jacobsen: Why are jaguars a fascination for you?

Navas: The animals, not the cars nor they war attack aircraft. Jaguars are mysterious, powerful, they have a particular spot pattern in their pelts as well as the orange-ish color on them make them look regal, elegant, beautiful as well as their particularly stocky and sturdy appearance that is not lean as that of a leopard (jaguars are lb by lb the most powerful cats), which make them the most powerful cat in the Western Hemisphere.

They are also among the few felids that love to swim and swim very well! Yes! Not all cats hate water, that makes them masters of virtually aby ecosystem they live in and they reign upon. Even their mystery on its own is hard to describe, though, we know that they are a key part of their ecosystem and more important than we had previously imagined.

Jacobsen: You have an adaptation on top of Kung Fu as well. What is the adaptation of this Kung Fu? What was the thought process behind the adaptations?

Navas: Kung Fu is not just a martial art, but a way of life; an entire philosophy that has lasted for thousands of years. Kung Fu practitioners have millennia of style, tradition, techniques, and philosophy. I must add that the very term Kung Fu means: skillful work, to practice Kung Fu is to do something well.

The branch I’ve most practiced in Shaolin style derivation, American style as well and Sanda, and Wu Shu has been the way I dare say, I have most used. We use the Ying Yang philosophy, of that there are two forces in the Universe, positive and negative.

I have been into martial arts since 1993 when I first began in Tae Kwon do, my master was named Cesar Augusto Rodriguez, a world su-champion whose master had been Mr. Moon, who brought it to Mexico. He was recommended by my beloved grandma who loved me so much.

To Mr. Cesar Rodriguez, I owe so much. He even invitted me to appear in a magazine with him, which I agreed upon.

Eventually, I turned to Kung Fu in light of its wide variety of techniques and being the most complete of all martial arts.

We are taught that we are to use our brains before using our body as arms. Someone who actually can fight avoids fighting at all cost, and fights only if it is the very last resource, so we train in order to avoid fighting.

I had rediscovered a Kung Fu technique I nicknamed “jaguar,” but I made my own variant of it, an attack to the nape near the occipital bone in the skull, a deathly one and very painful. I discovered it by accident, and not because I practiced it on anyone, no sir! Heaven forfend! It was in a kitchen while accommodating goods from Walmart in the wooden table and below.

I have also designed Kung Fu weapons, talked to my fellow Kung Fu practitioners and masters. They quite rightly deduced such was a combination by all accounts of old Kung Fu “tools,” including forms and exercises to be used on, which I devised myself as well as well as the counter forms and counter exercises.

Kung Fu is such a marvelous Martial art and the most complete, including in weapons, for which its virtues I must extoll. One of my weapons I named Korst, from Kill Worst, a contraction. I have been a master and a champion, though I seldom ever compete, despite quite a few invitations from my masters, mostly “Lalo” Rodriguez Pineda.

My arguments are that I don’t have anything to prove or show. Must I add that despite I’m no Buddhist, I do believe in Kung Fu meditation, and how it complements with Tai Chi Chuan, the slow movement yet not necessarily easier form to Kung Fu, both complementing one another like Ying Yang.

When representing Ying Yang, I either draw just the black part or the white one, for when either being in light or darkness, one part shows and the other remains invisible merging with the environment, and making the other one, more evident.

Also, we know that we should be in equilibrium with the objects around us, for they haven’t harmed us, and to underestimate a foe in a fight, no matter if such foe is smaller, lightweight, old, etc., hence it is another reason why we avoid fighting for the most as we possibly can.

I must add that how we conceive cosmos in Kung Fu has partly and just partly inspired me in my conception of the Universe.

Jacobsen: How are humans like machines?

Navas: On the phone while talking in part I of the interview, I mentioned that machines, say computers, adding machines, etc… are totally unaware of themselves and even unaware of that they are able to perform large computations.

We humans are supposedly aware of ourselves, fact that casts us apart from the rest of animals. Sadly, the mass is easy to control, like robots. I must say I really like and see fit how you accommodated this set of questions, for it shows key elements in the right place and time and good thing it was online, so to say a “place.”

A linear dimension Internet being a virtual universe also, part from being a virtual Universe, is and a good proof of that machines shall never gain proper life, let alone a higher degree of intelligence than that of humans, mostly, God!

You did recall I mentioned the year 2014, about my Multiverse theory, which does not entail time as a dimension being this a dimension not a bit but as a parameter, and that, we shall recall that time is not important, life is, speaking of my definition of life.

Jacobsen: What is the level of and kind of prostitution in America?

Navas: Prostitution in America is a lingering problem. Despite it being outlawed in all states except in about 8 out of 16 counties in Nevada, about 20% of men claim to have hired the service. Rhode Island had allowed it within the timeframe of 1980–2009.

Puerto Rico, due to a staggering economy, in 2014 was about to allow it in order to prevent economic collapse provoking what is known as inceldom, being this an ideology that has led to waves of violence as well as mass scale assassinations nationwide in the U.S.

It is also a major problem in the U.S. because a lot of prostitution is given by the massive entrance of illegal immigrants who hail from all over the world, from Mexico and Latin America upon the whole, Eastern European countries, a lot from Asia and Africa as well.

Every state in America has its own laws to ban and in the case of Nevada, regulate it, and has worked to a large extent since the enactment of the Mann Act in 1910, speaking of Mann, manly law, oh man! Prostitution still is a largely practiced activity throughout the nation.

Fortunately, though until recently, on April 11, 2018, the Congress of the United States approved an act, the Stop Enabling Sex Traffickers Act, a.k.a., FOSTA-SESTA in order to severely punish online platforms that connected sex traffic, though in my opinion it has to have success to some extent for the victims.

Sex slaves’ lives have been imperiled and since sex trafficking networks are huge and elusive, has become increasingly hard to arrest their members, traffickers, and pimps, meaning that certainly over 20% of men in the country have paid for sex.

As for the part of the question of what types of prostitutions exist in America, I herein list them with a very brief description:

Street prostitution: Illegal throughout the nation, tending to be highly concentrated in a particular spot of blocks in especially larger cities. The most dangerous kind as such of prostitution in the U.S. for women, since they are not protected by any kind, 68% of them are known to have been raped, quite possibly more which is unknown due to the humiliation, fear and grief the victims suffer, with 82% reportedly having been physically assaulted.

Over 20% of prostitution in America is within this type. Such slaves are taken into trucks, called lizard lots and they are given a radio or buds to communicate. There are two hierarchies on this, the indoor and outdoor workers. Indoor workers enjoy more freedom to choose their clients, while outdoor ones have far less freedom to choose and are far more susceptible to be robbed and seriously being physically assaulted, even kidnapped (over 20%, over 1 in 5!)

Brothel prostitution: Like street prostitution, since prostitution is outlawed in almost all America, this type is to be found in large cities and major highways where legal resorts like saunas, massage parlors and spas. Here many Asian immigrants are particularly often to be found.

Child prostitution: The most disturbing type of prostitution and the most alarming that about 100K children are forced to work in the country every year. These include not just national born children who, if detained, may go to juvenile and rehab facilities, unlike children who are brought from Latin America and Asia chiefly who are lied to by telling them they will have protection, temporary work visa, and many more benefits.

Sadly, many of these children end up dead, their organs trafficked and even sent to countries as far as Central Africa, Middle East, Thailand, etc.

Escort: Agencies that have both independent and directly being attuned to such agencies. Here, the profits vary according to the age, gender, location, ethnic background and types of service, as well as area or experience, closely related to type of service many times (e.g. magazine, podcast, etc.).

Male escorts tend to charge less than a woman whose fee, in both cases, is paid in cash with often yet not mandatory tipping, although credit card payments is another choice, especially in large agencies. Nowadays with Internet access, when contacting the agency, the client may be allowed to search based on physical features and type of service being offered.

Red light districts: Found in places like The Block, Maryland (MD) and due to the zone in this case, other services are to be found near that place, like adult arcades in sex shops which abound there as well along with strip clubs where sex and peep shows are also available.

Jacobsen: What is the level of and kind of prostitution in Mexico?

Navas: I know far less about Mexico at that too. Mexico has had a big problem on prostitution since the Aztec Empire, as described by orthodox Roman Catholics who arrived there and saw life in Tenochtitlan, the capital to Aztec Empire.

Nowadays, child prostitution is a major type of such exploitation at which point it is called child sex tourism, being this a foremost spot on it along with Brazil, Cambodia, Colombia, India and Thailand. The numbers of such practice has been on the raise steadily, especially in recent years, to over 30 K children under the age 18 in such circumstance.

Many of those children are taken to the U.S. via Ciudad Juarez, a border city between Mexico and the U.S. in the Mexican state of Chihuahua and are “stored” in places called maquiladoras. In Mexico’s largest city, Mexico City, from the 13K street children.

95% have been engaged into a sexual encounter with grownups, mostly via prostitution, and in one of the poorest spots in Mexico, Chiapas, illegal immigrants from Central and south America are particularly imperiled, like their children, where children are sold for $100 or $200 Mexican pesos, being this one of the worst places according to UNICEF and other institutions in terms of prostitution.

Both, Mexican-born children and immigrants either legal or illegal are abducted and lured into prostitution. Other key spots for Child sex tourism (with tourists comprising people from Canada, United States and Western Europe) are Acapulco, Ciudad Juarez, Cancun, Tijuana, Puerto Vallarta, Cancun.

Corruption is rampantly seen in this matter, for local authorities have allowed pimps to exploit children, for not just foreigners but also local authorities, police, business people and more sexually exploit them, clearly indicating that Mexico is a main provider of children and trafficking, but it’s not restricted to children but also to women and indigenous people, homosexual people as well and people with any type of disabilities like physical to mental.

Regrettably, some shelters have allowed for sex trafficking as well, being also vulnerable to thievery, physical violence as well as recruiting from criminal gangs with the threat to harm their families. Mexico has been classified as “Tier 2” country for it does not meet the least required standards for the eradication of human trafficking.

Jacobsen: How do sexual trafficking networks function between the United States and Mexico (and Canada)?

Navas: By corruption and by apparently innocuous frames of saunas, massage, job opportunities. Unfortunately, Canada as you sure know better than I do how its laws work, 14 year olds are allowed to be into online sex trafficking and pornography, by law. Such allows for pimps in Canada to get 14 year olds and up into the country for such purposes.

Jacobsen: What are some effective ways to combat sexual trafficking and prostitution networks?

Navas: Creating conscience by talking to people and making social changes as well into the law like passing effective bills to prevent these atrocious practices from being performed, and this should be done in my opinion not just state by state (which works to some extent) but also laws enforced nationwide. Of course all of this takes time and work.

Jacobsen: How are human beings capable of a 5–8-dimensional conceptualization of the world and its relations?

Navas: Humans have 5–8 dimensions in their minds conceptually. Nonetheless the human, conceptually speaking, is unable to know about it, let alone conceive such dimensions. We humans are able to question ourselves and even change the environment for our needs (primitively anthropocentric), as well as being able to account for the past and future, as well as causes and consequences.

We are able to classify, organize, think of like in sets for the most and distinguish patterns better than any other Earth creature (which is key to intelligence, to realize and distinguish patterns, but not everything that intellect is all about). Humans make machines perform myriads of operations.

Such machines are unable to realize they perform them, unlike humans who are much aware of such operations, that they need them and what and how to do to achieve them, but humans are unaware of that they have 5–8 dimensions.

Jacobsen: How does this make humans apart from machines to you?

Navas: This is what I mean about humans being separate from machines, their ability to be aware of what they are, and operations, when needed, when by curiosity one performs them, how to compute them or what to do in order to get a certain result, like operating machines, making them work for us, and, of course, we depend on them.

The paradox is that on this first level, human is apart from machines, but the human being unaware of that it has 5–8 dimensions, unites human somehow to machines, not just in intra-dependent a human is to them, but on how at that basic scale human is unaware of such fact that helps make a difference from life to non-life, animate to inanimate.

Jacobsen: What is your theory of life? Or, what is life?

Navas: I have submitted my theory at UNAM and some biology teachers have availed it. I wish to have the Giga Society review it. It has to connect, so to say connect; I shall explain a better term in a little: biology, philosophy, social sciences, as such.

As I see it, life is communication, an extra-dependendent intra-connective communication. This makes the aforementioned branches communicated, ironically. We consider from an organ, an important one, like a heart, even if it has been careful taken care of and frozen in order to be used by somebody else in the near future, such heart must be intra-connected, self-communicated, depending also on the temperature, non-pathogen agents, and a life-span of the heart before it “expires.”

But if such heart has been cut off, it won’t help anymore. Bacteria, even the most adaptable one, require certain temperature and having had enough sunlight energy stored in their organisms, as well as many other organic components in the right proportion and quantity like Carbon, Hydrogen, Oxygen or not, Nitrogen, phosphate, etc., but they must have a certain inter-communication in order to be able to survive.

Even earthworms, if totally torn, they would not be able to reproduce themselves, dealing, of course, with evolution, and how organisms adapt themselves to a certain environment, and so there can be life; there must be death, dealing with the so known life cycle of an organism: Birth, growth, reproduction, and death, dealing, of course, with the survival instinct.

Naturally, this is how I see it, I’m open to know more and to correct if wrong, gladly, for this is a theory and just a theory, and in science as we know, what we once took as absolute truths and even part truths have been torn down and replaced, and that’s what makes science alive.

Jacobsen: How does this theory of life differentiate from machines, automatons?

Navas: Excellent question! A machine can get parts of its components replaced without problem, but they don’t reproduce, and are not communicated depending on certain outer agents like temperatures, they don’t feel anything within their hardware and would not have survival instincts and would not evolve on their own.

Bear in mind that, given how humans have 5–8 dimensions in their minds conceptually speaking and such having been given with evolution, a machine would never gain proper intellect, let alone become smarter than us.

Jacobsen: Who do you consider the smartest and most evil person in the history of the world?

Navas: The smartest person in history could be either Leonardo da Vinci or Terence Tao.

Da Vinci was an extremely gifted man who was able to literally be centuries ahead of his day, and his inspiration chiefly came from mother nature, he was well known as a great polymath.

He is the best example of that human imagination is limited to our senses, was our imagination as great and powerful. We would be able to imagine things beyond what our senses have perceived. Okay, at times, we have in our bodies involuntary responses, not directly attuned to our spinal chord, like the arc reflex, the knee jerk test shows that.

But with such he best did with his works, from artistic to natural, and both combined; of course, he shows that our imagination, beyond being inconsistent, is conceptual. So, he is the best example that we know of that our imagination is limited (great and best things from it), going directly to conceptual without going through inconsistent actually, more than we can imagine!

Terence Tao, the American-Australian mathematician with 230 in IQ is another great candidate. Mathematics are the best exam challenge to our imagination! I told you on the phone that mathematics is, along with logics, logically, the branches in human knowledge that most challenge our imagination and one cannot be ahead of the day as in virtually all other branches of human knowledge.

As for the evillest person in history, to be honest the first example that came into my mind was Josif Vissarionovich Stalin for he killed his own people as well, beyond massive genocides he perpetrated and people he disappeared. It was between him, Adolf Hitler and Heinrich Himmler, for Himmler was the one who most devised and engineered Nazism as a system.

A common pattern among these is that: They were smart people say with IQ between 130–145, just little below genius rank, who were rejects and had lonely lives and were opportunistic, as well as they had serious school and academic problems.

Adolf Hitler did not even finish middle school and was a poor student. Stalin was expelled from his school, and Himmler, despite his dad was the headmaster to the college he attended; he was very lonely. Let´s say, he did not make them most of it.

Naturally, another common pattern is the time in which they lived and the circumstances in human history they faced, as well as the place, in a certain creation in Europe they were born and raised, and somehow grew with a certain military tradition, to which they were very devout and outstanding.

Jacobsen: What is the most important aspect of the emancipation of women?

Navas: That women, being treated as equals as men by all accounts, I mean, rights and duties, that they should make the best of their abilities at work, school, home (having the same hierarchy as men) and society (no to be stigmatized and having the same voting and voice rights) at the same scope as men do, should also be treated gently.

I mean, to have a special care about not hitting them, about giving them the right opportunities to keep working and have a salary and help from the institutions they work at while they are pregnant and give birth to children and they should be given protection from abusive guys who try to hurt them anyways by any mean.

We all should remember that we all were given birth by women. We should respect them equally and be thankful to them for having brought us to the world. It is impossible to advance as society if we don’t act in gender equality.

This even goes, as I see it, like not even naming ladies after a man’s last name when married, for they are not properties nor are they belongings, instead an agreement should be reached by the couple.

Jacobsen: How can the religious traditions help in the furtherance of human rights?

Navas: I am sure that ever since people existed, at least most, prefer good over evil, and religion promotes good for most, like willing to not harm others, and do to others what you want for yourself, and helping the others.

Religion has to a large extent prevented a worse conduct from men to women and if church never was, but since religion changes; people change their views of religion. Now, women’s rights are being more protected by religion upon the whole.

Jacobsen: How can human rights be an important part of the advancement of women’s rights (as part and parcel of human rights)?

Navas: Women are just as humans as men are, same species, with feelings and sensitivity and same cleverness as men. They can by no means be casted apart from men in any way, rights of course, by any accounts. How can we see a human as 77% as worth the other? No way!

Jacobsen: When do human rights and religious law come into conflict?

Navas: We humans primarily wish and want to be loved and accepted, to a greater or lesser degree and in different forms, though by this I also mean that one should bear on mind that one is not the center of the Universe, and certainly not as species in our planet, and that is a huge problem we have.

We think we are the center of the Universe, if we are not even the center of the world as neither species nor as individuals. I said it in a specific order. Religion has changed, the way we see it and its teachings has changed.

It’s good to realize we are not the greatest creation on earth, hence it’s good at that point as I see it, to believe in a higher being. Humans may have to some extent interpreted a higher being on their image and likeness, but we know what is right deep down almost always.

We know that it’s not OK that women are seen and treated as lesser forms of humankind. They don’t like it. If we love, say a woman, from our mom, to a lady we fancy, if we love them, we want them to be happy, as happy as possible, and have the same opportunities as we do. Religion may help at that, as Jesus once said: Do onto others what you’d want for yourself.

Jacobsen: What do you consider the source of morality?

Navas: Not to do to others what we don’t want for ourselves, and we know it, and being congruent with it. It may be seen on religion, in philosophy, free thinking. Since I believe in a higher being, and we humans have goodness, even the worst person has goodness within, as incredible as it may read.

We have that consciousness, that awareness, that feeling of that what we are ding is either right or wrong, it may be that tenuous connection humans have with such higher being.

Jacobsen: Love, it’s life or death for meaning; it’s life or death for our lives. In the cases of life or death of meaning, it can be in relation to individuals and social relations, and intimate partners. These drives and connections can be transmuted to other cases and individuals in a number of ways.

It still comes from love and a search for meaning, in some fundamental sense, coupled with it. In the life and death for our lives, this can be in an immediate sense or in an extended sense. In the extended sense, I would mean the survival of families, of gene pools, of species. How do you see love?

Navas: Excellent insight about life and love Scott! It’s about how to see love and something that may even go beyond: feeling it.

Love is wise, more than smart. One should love oneself in order to offer the best of oneself to others, anyone to be thought of. The ability to love I think is within all humans, more than just survival instincts. To love oneself is to respect oneself, to be tidy, clean, to have nice thoughts (as many as possible). To love is to live, and if when we die, if we have been able to love that much, we can die happy.

I love about love also; that love defies our imagination, which is restricted to our senses by evolutionary traits, and proves we are alive, even more so than math does. It is, therefore, harder, if not impossible, to define love.

Love also defies Cartesian mind-matter dualism and Kantian philosophy, for example, which to some extent deals with free will. I love even more that we don’t choose whom we fancy and love, nor to what extent (to some extent, events, situations, circumstances influence that as well), so this poses a great mystery to our free will and from the rational perspective, questions it for sure at that, that is what makes us each person unique.

The combination of our traits, individually, even if we had evolved more, illustrates better that humans have 5–8 dimensions in our minds. On the one hand, we are unique. We have no free will, but this, of course, can be seen deeper from the scope of free will and a human being that cannot be changed, let alone modify her/his love (notice I use her first as a gentleman and not him as so may do, stop misogyny); and because, we are unique and have free will at how to express thought and feelings.

It’s a greater responsibility. A responsibility that gives pleasure and a pleasure that gives responsibilities, similar to that: Love knows reasons that reason knows nothing of (a logic also derivates to neither true nor false logical theorem), but love goes even beyond. One day you just tell yourself, “Wow, I’m in love.”

Jacobsen: You have been highly self-controlled in the wish for a life partner or a wife for life. One woman, committed, loving, sharing, growing, and reciprocating, together as a couple until death do you part. Why is lifelong monogamy important to you?

Navas: One should know what one wants in a partner. It’s okay if one does into know at first, hence one, in my opinion, should first make friends and not use people to what is so-called “practice.” One should know an inkling of one wants not; therefore, one should not use them just to experience.

This may be a rough example: If you go to a restaurant, and you order something in the menu you don’t like, why would you then order it? Another example: If you try to play a musical score, why play one that makes you feel sad if you aren’t sad? Instead play one that makes you feel inspired, thoughtful, etc… Music to your ears!

One should know what one wants in life, to have a life plan. Love is not a game. From about 5,000 known mammal species, up to 5% are monogamous for life, but we are supposed to be more evolved. We think and feel more.

I have been asked by some: Why haven’t you ever dated anyone on 3D, etc.? Do you fear engagement, commitment, or don’t you just like it? My answer has been: Because I believe in commitment and healthy relationships I haven’t had, because I have been finding/waiting for the special one for me.

Also because, I love stable relationships, and that entails responsibility, more than at first may seem, from loving oneself, accepting oneself, knowing oneself and what one wants and how to express feelings, what do about them (we have free will at that, in knowledge), as well as to be aware at large of what the partner thinks and feels. It basically goes to: Since we are partners, a match, what I don’t want for myself, I don’t want it for you. I would not want my partner to cheat on me. That would denote insecurity, irresponsibility. That she does not know what she wants. So, what’s the point on keeping on it? Once a cheater, most likely always a cheater.

I have been searching and finding, I hope, the best person for us, not just me, entailing reciprocal love, which deals also with perseverance, dedication, passion, hard work, the ability to tell and admit when one makes mistakes and with the right disposition to thank gratefully after asking why a certain conduct should be changed. This, of course, does not mean one can change the partner, that is really dumb, but one instead can convince, educate, show, make someone see a point of the other person wants to expose. Unrequited love, it’s sad, but it’s dumb; only idiots dream of what they can’t have or happens to dumb people.

Put it this way, the best way to show, as I see, continually is to bear in mind that dumbs criticize people, regular people judge situations, big minds evolve ideas, beyond analyzing them just, and so forth.

Jacobsen: Why is waiting for the right person, the one, important for you?

Navas: Because since:

  1. One should not be in love with love.
  2. One should wonder where one is going in a relationship and to think what lies ahead in the relationship.
  3. I really hate the idea of leaving someone I really love behind.
  4. Someone compatible with me is rather preferable.
  5. Would hate to date or be with someone I don’t love, especially most.
  6. If I date someone is because I love her, else I’d feel like if I were using her.
  7. It’s important o be with someone without idealizing the partner, to love the partner just the way the match is.
  8. A relationship should be not 50/50 but 100/100.
  9. It’s also hard to explain in words, for feelings and more.

I see with whom to grow as a person. We both should help one another grow in love and make each other stronger; hence, I have been searching or the one for us.

Jacobsen: How do you see the relation of monogamy and polygamy and love?

Navas: One should be monogamous to one’s partner if in love; otherwise, it is not worthwhile staying. Polygamy is given many times because one feels lonely, or in human terms, more than biological (evolutionary ones) it may be seen as teenage immaturity.

Polygamy is seen as something desirable, about how many women a man can have, even in many Western societies guys compete to see who can possibly flirt and attract more women and sadly bet and lie about how many ladies they have flirted and taken to bed — again, misogyny, clearly without love.

Jacobsen: Do you believe in the concept of sin? If so, why so? If not, why not?

Navas: When a little kid, I did, due to my Christian formation. Now I see it as just an entry, a little hard in my opinion, to denote one’s mistake, mostly a willful mistake. I think there are no mistakes if one learns from them.

This is cyclic. It may be a mistake to see mistakes as just that, about if we realize they are not mistakes. We learn from them, then the cycle is completed. I don’t believe, of course, God is a judge; that would be way too human.

Jacobsen: What is the purpose of love?

Navas: A good question! I will start my answer, from not just the logical part, but also the loving and heart-from part:

What has more purpose: loving or hating? What is easier? Loving or hating?

If we observe, think and feel, we wish to be accepted someway, somehow.

We can give suffering and evil a purpose, as humans, for we are able to convey compassion, support, aid and help.

This does not mean we can justify sacrifices, evil, etc., like saying the end justifies the means, (Machiavelli did not mean to be mean), for that would be more than arrogance.

Jacobsen: What is the meaning of love to you?

Navas: The purpose of living, to appreciate the marvels not just of mother nature from physical and natural sciences, but how great and powerful love is, and more is the marvel, shown via mother nature. Thus, it shows our best side as humans, but, naturally, love goes beyond humans. Love means all.

Jacobsen: How does love bring forth the better parts of our nature?

Navas: Love is the best expression of freedom as well. It’s freedom and gives us freedom. Love withstands dark nature and overcomes everything, when being rational and true, so it gives freedom without hurting others on purpose.

Even evil people are capable of love, though, I believe most evil people are so wretched that they don’t have an inkling of it.

Anna Frank, despite all she endured, fervently believed all humans are good, deep down, that is so incredibly remarkable.

Love is the best indication of being alive.

Jacobsen: Is ‘hell’ in a metaphorical sense the inability to love?

Navas: Basically, yes, it’s great to love and to give love, and this does not entail being selfish. It’s “better,” in my opinion, to give love. I wrote in quotation marks because it’s complemented with being love.

Jacobsen: Do you believe in an afterlife? If so, why? If not, why not?

Navas: If we define the afterlife as you having no end in our mortal and material lives, yes, we call them ghosts, spirits. They make be a fine example that human minds have 5–8 dimensions.

Although, here comes an interesting rub: If our human imagination is limited to our senses, and human minds for the most part are unable to conceive more than 3 dimensions in the conventional sense, in the conceptual sense it is much harder, yet, human minds have such dimensions and are unaware of it, how then could a ghost be able to conceive such dimensions if it was part of a human being?

If I believe in heaven or hell as pragmatists do, I definitely don’t.

Others say realms where human beings go, not sure to be honest, I find it hard to believe due to evolution (more evolved humans would have their souls going there) and in the cosmos there are other beings, intelligent forms of life, similar to that of ours, why would we not have testimonials about them? Like I said, I hardly think of this being a possibility, but I don’t entirely rule it out.

Some others believe in reincarnation. I think rare cases do occur, but they are uncommon for sure.

Jacobsen: How does aging bring a coming to terms with mortality for you?

Navas: 1. We should give our lives a purpose and to make the world a better place than what it was like before we came here. Otherwise, it’s pointless to live.

  1. Biologically though, by the way, we can live longer, and in the near future, with body parts cloning, we will be able to regenerate our bodies and virtually live forever.
  2. One of my quotes states: To think is to live.
  3. Wisdom does not necessarily come with age, it depends on how we grow, and children have certain wisdom, unconscious if you will, but lots are to be learned from kids.

Jacobsen: What is the main feared thing in life for you?

Navas: Lack of love, that is not life.

Jacobsen: How does your theory of life explain cosmogenesis?

Navas: My theory of life only explains what life is in terms of biology reconciling philosophy and social sciences. Yet, it gives a precept: there must be some sort of communication in terms of bondage or link that say in a universal code, allows for something more than creation of the inanimate.

If we could see one thing: Everything falls the easiest possible way, that would help explain the 2nd Law of Thermodynamics, so from simple things, as the universe evolves, and one of this way to evolve is by self replication and self selection, we see an equilibrium between “from order to chaos” and what we conceptually understand as evolution. In short: Life shall find the way.

Jacobsen: How does this explain multiversal cosmogenesis?

Navas: It is far more difficult to explain multiversal cosmogenesis from M-Theory on its own. In principle, so there can be multiverses, here must be a certain order and chaos entailed, like since there cannot be placed a particular point in space or time (also known as the Super Copernican Principle), this happens to be a paradox.

A multiverse other than ours could have originated far away much longer ago than ours, and so forth. Certainly, this means variety and this aids for the existence of life.

Jacobsen: What differentiates — to quote Bill Sidis — the animate from the inanimate?

Navas: Basically what he meant to say when talking about Pflüger and 2nd Law of Thermodynamics is that, an alive being is able to manipulate and control its temperature at will, or to some extent, at least.

Jacobsen: Why is there something rather than nothing?

Navas: So, there can be nothing; there should be something. See it this way, from the conventional point of view, a point in space is an abstraction, it can also be conceived as a 0-dimensional concept, so it entails neither true nor false statements in logics and its derivatives.

So, there can be then something; there should be nothing. In fact, nothing would be something, like number 0, say, in order to learn to count, we have to learn to count not. It can be seen like a binary duality but it entails neither true nor false.

Its derivatives may help us see it also like, beyond something and “nothing” there can also be nothingness, really, a sort of “fiber” that in our humanly limited minds cannot be conceived. Yet, it’s based upon something we are familiar with.

Jacobsen: Why is space so huge?

Navas: I will answer this with a question: Why is space so small? Space and time are relative, meaning they are relative in size as well. What we may conceive as huge could also be seen as infinitely small, and vice versa.

As for why space is infinite, as I see it, it is because if there is space, there must be infinite space in order to keep physics’ laws operating, and, because space has more than just 3 dimensions combined with time, space would need to be infinite. This follows from my answer in the previous question, but with an equilibrium: as above, so below.

So there may be a 0-dimensional concept, from 0 to all, all meaning infinite, there should be endlessness. Now, in a place, where we have a point, meaning 0-dimensional concept, such space can also be expanded, twisted, etc., meaning that has more than just 3 dimensions on its own, now imagine a four-dimensional concept, or more, say a black hole, when altering not just space but also time, we conceive that such point has been expanded! This means space is infinite and has to be so it can be twisted, altered, etc.

Jacobsen: Why three spatial dimensions and one temporal dimension?

Navas: There are not just 3 spatial dimensions but many more, in the conventional sense. Time has more than 1 dimension.

Jacobsen: Do other universes in the ensemble exhibit more than 4-dimensionality?

Navas: For sure!

Jacobsen: Could they exhibit partial dimensionality, as in 3.23 dimensions or 9.11 dimensions?

Navas: Good question! Yes, something not too similar from what we know so far, but that would be also in the conceptual sense, not just the conventional one.

Jacobsen: Or dual partial dimensionality, what about 3.16 spatial dimensions and 6.66 temporal dimensions?

Navas: 6.66? What the hell! Perhaps, yes.

Jacobsen: What makes America a great country? What makes America a terrible country? How do we reconcile these great and terrible views of the country?

Navas: America is a great country in LIGHT of that she has been the land of opportunity in so many ways to immigrants, like being able to acquire lands easily, faster and much cheaper. In the 18th and 19th centuries, it was way beyond the question for a European to even dream of lands.

America has also been a nation that has learned from other nations’ mistakes and her own, and has been a country that with every crisis, has emerged stronger. Naturally, she has erased and re-written once, and again.

American laws have been great.

American women are the best and most beautiful ones on Earth (for me).

America is also the land of the free.

Jacobsen: Why gather so many personal quotes on love or otherwise?

Navas: At first, I was just sharing a few ideas with friends about what I consider about what marriage should be, in light of so many failed and broken marriages and relationships, what women want. At first they were just about 40, basic ones, but it grew a lot.

Jacobsen: What is the ultimate life goal for you?

Navas: Love.

Jacobsen: What is the comprehensive and collective purpose of all these interests and intellectual pursuits for you?

Navas: To potentialize my mind, and making a better world.

Jacobsen: What makes a good date to you?

Navas: Where we start talking and there is a certain chemistry. There may not be anything at first, but some attraction, at least a good communication with a good sense of humor, things in common, preferably to have good lunch or dinner, in her favorite place as long as its not a wild one, to talk about music, books, politics, philosophy, stories.

I would invite food as a gentleman, not that I believe in traditional roles, for I would also be okay if we split up the bill. Naturally agreeing, being honest and laughing, being myself and hopefully herself too.

Jacobsen: What makes a bad date to you?

Navas: To be with someone with whom I have nothing in common with, or very little, someone with no intellect, to find out she has a boyfriend already or she is too nasty.

Jacobsen: What if you never find love, marriage, and a family life in the manner hoped?

Navas: I would be committed to support the struggle for gender equality, struggle against prostitution, to assist ecology (in the non-direct way) and do research and progress on econophysics. I would also help make America a better place and support her allies like Great Britain. I will keep learning so much from books and Internet and make more inventions.

Jacobsen: How much do finances factor into the overall idea of a happy life for you?

Navas: At least 12 million USD of nowadays.

Jacobsen: Any guesses as to the intelligence level of Leonardo da Vinci and William James Sidis with an S.D.?

Navas: Leonardo Da Vinci surely had 220 or more, up to 235 I think. He is a hero for sure! Despite many adversities in his life, he was way ahead of his day.

William James Sidis, despite he was a great genius, he was miserable for sure. Many think his IQ was 250–300, but I think those numbers mean nothing on their own. I guess his actually was of about 220–230, because no doubt, his was higher than Goethe, even higher than that of Pierre de Fermat, French mathematician and jurist. The numbers I gave are just my opinion.

Jacobsen: How many women geniuses have we simply lost due to the seemingly incurable prejudice of their male lords and masters over the centuries (and millennia)? Hypatia’s murder, apparently by a mob of Christian men, is only one early example of a sentiment enacted outwards to a woman polymath.

Navas: I was about to bring that up, but I did not want to overwhelm my previous answers. Yes, women have lost a lot of ground despite being a majority and surely several women have been among the brightest ones in human history but hadn’t been given a chance nor they had been acknowledged.

The case of Hypatia of Alexandria’s case was really regrettable, she died murdered by Christian fanatics because her teachings were considered profane. This is a clear example of that fanaticism and radicalism are terrible, regardless of the trend. Hypatia’s case was the most explicit example of such misogyny.

Mileva Maric, several centuries later, was another example, hence Albert Einstein is certainly the scientist I most loathe myself for lacking not just originality and taking too much credit without giving it to whom most deserved, based also upon misogyny.

I can’t possibly imagine how much such stupid trends have set back humankind’s progress by all accounts: social and political, but also scientifically, artistically, technologically, etc.

I should bring up a few more other notable women in science: Margaret Mitchell, who at age 29 discovered a new comet in the 19th century. She was American.

Clara Barton, who founded the Red Cross helped so many lives during the Civil War.

Sor Juana Inés de la Cruz: A New Hispanic (New Spain was the name of what later would be known as Mexico) sour or nun who was no doubt a genius. She literally used a man’s disguise in order to pursuit an education for her love to knowledge, was a poetess, an intellectual, who obviously as ahead of her day.

More is the paradox, more than mere irony: the first worksheets ever to be known to us were produced by a woman in Ancient Mesopotamia, Enheduanna (2285–2250 BC), daughter to Sargon of Akkad (Sargon the Great, 2334–2279 BC). It’s not really clear whether or not she was a direct blood kin to him, but she surely trusted him a lot, for the priest works in the temples in the city of Ur.

She was a very bright woman. I said paradox beyond mere irony (mere a limited humanly context) because she lived in what much later would become a Moslem nation that began to capture, enslave and sell black people during what despite was the golden age for the Middle East to scientific and technological advances, began a really regrettable practice and, as well known it is, Islam as a religion tend to subdue women in the most atrocious ways.

I shall briefly name other important women in history, like the last Celtic ruler in the British Isles who bravely fought Roman invaders: Bouddica, queen to Essenians; Nodira, a great Uzbek ruler whose tenure was great and she ruled greatly.

There was a great woman whose writings were first and thanks to them we have Christianity as we know today, Perpetua, a Roman woman who became a disciple to Christianity during the Roman Empire and was captured to be taken to the Roman circus.

This is a very famous one too: Joan of Arc.

*Here I give you a personal reference to Enheduanna, though I knew about her in Cosmos, by Neil deGrasse Tyson, a very charismatic man who is a stern follower to Carl Sagan. Enheduanna

Jacobsen: Who seem like some of the smartest women alive today, or in history?

Navas: I will mention the smartest women on Earth currently living, and remarkable women from the past as well.

There is a Russian woman, I forgot her name, her IQ is 193 too, she is old I think, saw her quite quickly once. (please let me browse more about her)

Some claim Marilyn vos Savant who scored 186–228.

Personally, I think the smartest woman currently alive is Edith Stern: over 200 in IQ she has, who is an inventor and holds at least 128 U.S. patents on her name.

Another good candidate could be: Alia Sabur, the youngest professor, though I don’t know her IQ.

Here I mention some of the smartest women alive I know about:

Gina Langan: 182

Ruth Lawrence: 175

Judith Polgar: 170

Manahel Thabet: 168

Olivia Manning: 162

Fabiola Mann: 162

In history:

Agatha Agnesi 180

Madame de Staël 180

Hypatia of Alexandria (170–190)

Marie Curie: 180–200

Cleopatra: 180

Grace Hopper: 175

Mileva Maric, she was much smarter than Albert Einstein. Despite she did not even finish her degree because of her being a woman and she had dashes with Albert, she provided the mathematical framework of many of Albert’s theories.

In fact, some consider she is the actual mother to the Theory of Relativity, so not a good idea to have Albert as a relative, for his relatively high IQ and moreover, his relative well-deserved fame. He associated with others for his works.

Had it not been for his wife, NOBODY would ever had known he even lived, the would never had been more than a patents office employee in Switzerland. Here I show you a book about her: https://www.amazon.com/Einsteins-Wife-Story-Mileva-Einstein-Maric/dp/0262039613/ref=sr_1_1?dchild=1&keywords=Mileva+Maric&qid=1593809117&s=books&sr=1-1

Jacobsen: What are the sub-categories or types of love to you?

Navas: To me there is, in romance, just once love, though we may reach agreements and be clear about what place we are in.

Jacobsen: How does love impact the body?

Navas: When in love, our body releases dopamine, which makes us feel something like when we eat chocolate; when in love, even if just infatuated, we feel somehow a high sensation, that literally is similar to that of being stoned, high.

I am very much aware. Although, I haven’t so far experimented it. For I’m pretty virgin, that lovemaking helps the organ we know as heart work better.

Addendum I: Jaime’s Favourite Personal Quotes

Jacobsen: You have some personal quotes. What are some of the favourites?

Navas: Hard to pick Scott, I herein give you almost all my quotes, but I first provide you my tendency on them: paradox in them to mirror truth from within as to without, from inner to outer.

A few notes on my quotes. It’s clearly specified on Facebook that they have been subject to copyrights and FBI.

They are not numbered because of a good reason; knowledge cannot be quantifiable.

Some have no quotation marks because they are truth for sure.

Some claim guess who as credits because of the supreme being I consider.

There is more space or gap between some of them denoting order and mystery, to be more between some of them:

“One may be shy when talking to the person one loves most, romantically, and it may seem like weakness and insecurity, but the other side is quite the opposite, sensibility, which renders a lot of strength. Two sides of the coin apparently, yet two extremes in love.”

“Betray yourself NOT, that’s what you must NOT do, don´t betray thy goals.”

“How come we say: God bless America; America is a blessing hence the best implicit way to express it is: God bless America the blessing.”

“What IS the greatest country in the world? Russia, for its vastness, China in terms of anthropocentrism for the largest population, but America or the USA is the greatest one (at the MOST) in light of her grandeur and grandiosity.”

“Infinity can be relative also.”

“It’s great to assist others and not thinking we are the center of the creation, but our own world is too complex enough, hence it’s better to help others and nature.”

“America is touted the MOST paradoxical country, ironically America is the GREATEST dream, but for the same reason it’s the MOST REAL thing and the MOST REAL dream, the GREATEST human accomplishment under God.”

“Time and space are not just relative, but also paradoxical just like the Universe or this sub-existence, but most of all, this existence and many others quite could be also paradoxical.”

“Have as much ambition as you can, for there’s nothing you cannot do.”

“It’s a lot easier, far easier to search in light than to search in darkness, just because of scape, the speed, but also because there is nothing as elusive to humans than the subtle of the deep of the obvious, that enlightens a lot, within light, the more we get, the better. Yet don’t let light blind you, as a tree blinding you from a forest.” (Because of itself being so fantastic and WONDERful, whilst darkness is blinding also.)

“It’s paradoxical that the topmost problem to humans means the lowest and meanest path while for many it many seem the highest yet deepest issue.”

“God has given us intelligence to understand it as best as possible we can.”

“Love and care ecology, and nature, for without it we could not just exist the way we know.”

“Every single self-idea and breakthrough in life is an awakening as well as learning new stuff.”

“To realize we have 5 dimensions in our minds is deep, to understand it is high, living accordingly is elevated and serving life accordingly is divine and sublime.”

“Count your awakenings not for the sunrises but for every single new logical idea that comes across your mind, and every single discovery.”

“To think and to have the right intuition is to live at least in the plane, talking on plain terms.”

“Understand how we have 5 dimensions is neat, understanding why may be mature, but giving it a for what, a good one is subtle, not doing so is sin.”

“Every nap that does not yield a good inspiration is a wasted one.”

“Sometimes it’s required to see things from above in order to see through them.”

“When one accumulates something that is not gonna use out of fear one has no little mustard faith seed on the positive, and when one accumulates something out of fear that weighs more than oneself one is already in danger and that would be fearful enough! yet to fear fear itself is healthy, sane.”

“Imagination and logics are not only the optics with the which we look at the world, but also how we mostly feel it and live it with.”

“If our imagination is so humanly limited and inconsistent, don’t even try to imagine what would become of us if we don’t use it or limit it even more.”

“It’s funny how when a crowd is yelling something say in protest and riots I can’t understand what they say coz of lot of chaos with apparent order, but in opera with harmony single order, etc., I can’t understand anything either.”

“Mathematics make infinite sense, but love makes infinitely more sense.” (From imagination that is defied by both, and this entailing transfinite numbers, categorizable infinites, love for mathematics as an under and upper scope, and of course love.)

“How is it possible that small minds can shelter so big nonsenses, but they cannot home the smallest bright ideas, and it’s funny how the biggest minds don’t shelter the biggest dullness and shelter the biggest bright ideas.”

“The top problem of humans not only at individual stage, but also as a global one, is to think to be the center of the world, for their ability to modify the environment and their path, and just imagine if no human thought they were the center of the world…”

“It’s funny how if intelligence is so subjective to our perception, and so to our intelligence…can we say both sides are on balance if we tried to resume to just terms?”

“How come we say God bless America if America is the blessing?”

“Ironies and paradoxes are somehow the inverse verses in life insofar as we see it, not just organic life at times.”

“It takes one to be brave when it comes to a new breakthrough, for curiosity takes to that, hence at times it takes even more rare to question: established things or new discoveries.” Guess who (plus the paradox factor)

“It takes to be so much awaken to accomplish dreams.”

“Those who dream are more awake than those who do not have dreams at all.”

“It is paradoxical this whole creation, hence we must wonder and ask about it, but more paradoxical is that we don’t wonder about that paradox on its own.”

“A top problem to humans is not to focus on solutions.”

“Cleverness is to dream; dullness is to fantasize.”

“Funnily interesting that when I provided the warning about FBI and my copyrights early on I had to a little extent some creativity of my own.”

“To learn by oneself is cleverness, applying is honor.”

“Sadly ironic that since history rhymes a lot, and one of the most, if not the most rhyming and constant trait has been war, war is not one bit poetic.”

“Sadly ironic that since history rhymes a lot, and one of the most, if not the most rhyming and constant trait has been war, war is not one bit poetic, but it ma be even sadder or even more heroic that despite that heroes are and love thrives.”

“Intelligence is the greatest of all paradoxes.”

“U.S.A. is the best country in the world”
Guess who means God, people.

“I’m an American patriot with American heart, therefore I exist.”

“To think correctly is the best of all medicines.”

“Laying the foot in order to give the first step is better in any instance than not laying the foot at all (by not giving the first step) for not giving the first step is LAYING THE BOTH FEET!”

“Its paradoxical within humans that they want to know more, ignorance annoys them, but they fear and to some extent it annoys them what they don’t know.”

“How come spare time and need into curiosity are the chief inventive leaders?”

“The most contagious of all diseases is irrational fear.”

“If humans all learned to love and take care of nature wars would be over.”

“It’s difficult to find worthwhile things that are easy.”

“Humility and amazement are the blood for learning.”

“The Universal question is: Why and how are why and how the universal questions?”

“If you’re not confused about it then you did not have it clearly understood (humanly speaking and under some circumstances).”

“Genius is to make ‘difficult’ stuff simple and the simple, subtle.”

“It’s somehow funny that the rectangular objects called books are not entirely compatible with the Great Book of life (Big Picture).”

“In practice theory may be very subjective but at times experience may be even more.”

I was thinking about what my favorite quote is from all those I have compiled by myself, and I then thought “The subtlest way to get to know oneself is by having own logical and deep phrases.” That´s my favorite quotation after all (on gen.).

“Why is art is the subtlest and the gateway to the art of knowing and how?”

“U.S.A. has been the miracle posed by God to guide the world in human-like following way.”

“It is good to know that the lord was and is good despite many who claim he was good “

“Funny it’s crystal and VERY clear that the lazy one has a pale future and white as in the whitest papers and has a dark future so dark that is so black.”

“The real nutcase is the one who has no proper ideas and nor logical ideas at all.” Guess who, Me

“It takes a fair amount of analysis, memory and imagination to compile quotes, and apparently they limit imagination, but I don’t want to imagine what would be of the world without them.

“Fantasizing is the sweetest of all deaths being alive.”

“The one who does not study correctly does not know her/himself (the right thing would be to say the one who doesn’t study correctly almost knows a minimal part of her or himself, for that person knows she or he doesn’t like to study, but doesn’t know what her or his likes would be, just half a minimal part, but the poetic art would be lost).”

“Crazy the lazy and the lazy goes crazy.” (predictability and Newton’s quote on being unable to calculate human insanity)

“If you believe everything that reads on the books, you better don’t read at all, especially do not write any book’ likewise if you believe everything you hear, don’t listen at all, but above all then do not talk at all.”

The metamessage from the Haunted Mansion is “It is hell when we think of ourselves as the center of the world and the center of the Universe by default.”

“Young innocence and experienced maturity on their own are good into a romantic relationship, to keep the wonderment of innocent young as an “experienced grownup.” is virtue, but comparing both, about which is most important is the top of cynicism.

“Every single subject at school and every branch of science is like a string in the big life guitar.”

“Each and every subject at school is math, just perceived in a different way.”

“I think, therefore I live, thereafter I am. (talk about it with a ghost)
(funny that Descartes´s spirit is more into corrected than in his own words which have less life)

“Since Statistics, probability and logics are the least consisting of all math branches, and we think: we are slaves of what we say? especially on those? Proofs?????”

“Have you ever wondered why and how curiosity is the mother of all “inventions.” being that this is not an invention? (Curious thing I did not find a more creative way to lay the terms in plain facts, don’t you think?) (Curious would be that this being apparently the most curious argument would not be the most curious as such, being so curious that this quote is curious, especially if we define curious in many scales).” Curious don’t you think? is there a more subtle or creative way to say it was me?

“The lazy fellow so slow that something as sluggish as idleness is fast enough to catch up with him/her.”

“If intelligence is the greatest of all paradoxes, and paradoxes are the greatest expressions of sense of humor, it’s even a greater paradox that intelligence is not the greatest expression of sense of fun, even funny paradoxically and it’s the greatest expression of sense of groove, especially because it’s in the middle (neither dull, nor God like and it takes intelligence to be really funny) hence it’s one of those situations written in sentences that can neither be false nor they can be true. Not so funny is it?”

“Justice is the equilibrium of seeing and not seeing at the same time (beware, using this the wrong way can take to hell, for indifference is the perfect crime, you see but you’re blinder if you don’t act).”

“A very sane way to classify humans is that we all humans are divided into 4 basic types of braincases: holly ones, poor ones, damn ones, and plain ones (Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland by Tim Burton, most graphic one), not seeing this is insane, to some extent…”

“Most people ignore this: If fear at the large context is the most contagious of all diseases, why isn’t fear to ignorance a brink for no ignorance?”

“Since there is nothing more elusive to humans than the subtle of the deep of the obvious, and how it is in the surface, one should consider one is one’s own worst enemy by not believing n oneself, as light and dark… easier to search in light than dark, but beware not to be selfish!”

“You may think ignorance and indifference are the worst crimes, two opposites and extremes, especially indifference, but the perfect crime committed by evil is the one that cannot possibly be known (ignorance by people or craftiness of committer) but now don’t be indifferent to this one, the obvious but subtle thing here is that the perfect crime does exist indeed, and it is indifference in all ways, negligence, uncaring, etc., whether not know that happened or worse, everyone knows that happened and laws don´t enforce to curtail it and, maybe you did not see this, but now that u do, it would be worse if u neglect it.”

“The art of learning and having own ideas (its being even far more alive) is the eternal youth source, for every time we learn something and we wonder more, the younger we become.”

“The greatest thing about genius and intelligence is that genius does not exist, maybe the smartest idea,” quirky paradox.

“The day when we live with plants and animals as our equals, that day prehistory will actually end.”

“Amazement, humble attitude, curiosity and intelligence are the ABCs of breakthroughs.”

“Science and Spiritual studies are married for both share the idea of explaining existence in a world that needs both desperately.”

“So curious don’t you think that curiosity is the cure to some extent to ignorance, but also makes it hurt worse?”

“Funny math is born to die, but makes the mathematician live forever if contributions are done, physics is born to apparently live, without those biology and life could not be possible, perhaps, such a logical mathematical reasoning shall live forever.”

“Is it the most logical argument in ground terms that logics was born to die? that would be funny because logics is so alive that it gives life to everything apparently tangible that it dies because of that.”

“Metalogics is the breath that God printed in all things, and since it was born to die, that´s what also makes it immortal, logical right?”

“I don’t doubt that doubt is the break in the trip of learning that speeds learning up.”

“Think love, love to feel, feel the love, and love to think.”

“If I thought to love, love to feel, feel the love and loved to think the quote “Think love, love to feel, feel the love, and love to think.” could be done the right way which I would think to love, love to fee, feel the love and loved to think, would be a blessing, but if mistaken would be a curse.”

“To think correctly is free, not to do so is quite expensive.”

“To first give love to oneself is fortitude, to get love from oneself is inspiring, but only take love for oneself is weakness and not to give love to others is cowardice given this mindframe.” (OK, partly inspired by Lao Tzu, but remember what Leonardo da Vinci said about not overpassing our teachers?)

“Funny and wise is that we say and do: live today as if it were the first day of your life, and the last one.”

“Probably it would be reasonable to better analyze ideas rather than facts or people, in my opinion, would be the best path for progress.”

“Benjamin Franklin’s quote, ‘If you would not be forgotten as soon as you are dead and rotten, either write something worth reading or do something worth writing,’ and to think and have logical proper ideas is matter of survival are the two sides of the same coin, a coin I call survithinking.”

“Wonder this: if you’re a money magnet for you attract money to you, you’re successful, if money attracts you, you´re actually poor, but if you attract money for the welfare of your loved ones, the community and nature, wealth has no limit.”

“Apparently coining logical terms is quite paradoxically cheap and hard, but not doing so is QUITE expensive, this I call -unchexpensive-Coining-”

“The equilibrium of life is one of the off-beat most ones for all parts are connected and communicated but we get balance from two sides yet the other one, the top most one has no need of the others intrinsically yet cannot be completed without the two others.”

“Understanding and deriving others wise quotations is clever but having proper ones and evolving them is wisdom.

“Interesting that in life its required to see things right from above, but life cannot be seen right from above nor many other angles from, and somehow it can.”

“A zero at left hand has no rights.”

“Especially when it comes to mathematics, it may seem a lot safer many times to be at shoulders of the giants than being following steps. Not laying the feet would be worse!”

“Imagination in many aspects is like servant who serves the master analysis, and not the analysis master so many times, who cleans and prepares the entrance of analysis.”

“It’s really so funny that if comedy comes easy not, real life and reality actually come a lot harder, undoubtedly!”

“The real deal and not an ordeal is to know not what other choices we could have taken but to understand those by what we have already taken the ones we already did.”

“Interestingly not so odd that it is neither true nor it is false that we cannot coin a quote on DIVINE LOVE for it’s the TRUTH.” Neither it is false nor it is true it was me.

“If math was born to be dead especially Pure math, what does that tell us about quotes?” (Logics, metalogics, metamath and metamessages).”

“Irrational Fear being so slow and or the slow ones that she or he who acts diligently and solves problems and is faster at previewing and having proper ideas.”

“Humanly speaking, it may seem that in order to invent (actually discover) we need imagination but imagination to humans, so far is an invention on its own.”

“I act so fast and create so boldly and craftily that fear never reaches me.”

“Paramount is the quote that on its own may be seen from as many points of view or versions yet they all are true.”

“A quote that is right in ALL versions of it may seem to be a puzzle with several parts but such quote is on its own just a part of a puzzle, especially if it mirrors the author.”

“A quote that is right in ALL versions of it may seem to be a puzzle with several parts but such quote is on its own just a part of a puzzle, especially if it mirrors the author who we know may feel free to wonder as for the author and ourselves: how free is he not only about the ability to think and express but to own and be slave what the author knows and keeps quite and/or talks about?”

“NO question: doubt offends, YET, questions can be either a path to heaven, or a path to hell, so who said Ignorance is bliss, especially on HOW to ask? not to mention by what?”

“Differential equations are the arteries that make the blood of life and universe life flow like poetry uncovered.”

“The deeper the ocean of knowledge is compared to the infinite space, paradoxically, does not quench my thirst for knowledge, the more I drink from it the thirstier I feel.”

“Paradoxically, we have more and less free will than we imagine because of our imagination.”

“Odd that for slow minds mouths can be too fast.”

“Curious it is that what gives curiosity die is what makes it even much more alive.”

“Curious it is that what gives curiosity die is what makes it even much more alive. Wondrous it is that we cannot wonder by what wonders are, don’t you think?”

“Imagine how far we can go if events conquer our imagination, to some degree it would be good that imagination abashes us, for we are largely imaginative beings, but let’s not allow imagination conquer us, yet with it we make great progresses.”

“Love is the solid rock upon which u build your being, your life, your essence, more love, but someone with solid rock head and heart cannot be strong enough for that.”

“Strong minds would understand this and most likely feeble-minded people would not: It takes a fair amount of strength in being and mind to change by oneself (especially for values, love, etc.) yet it takes feeble minds to pretend to change somebody else.”

“It would be the top of mediocrity do things out of conceiving God in mere sense of need and to consider God needs us.”

“In mathematics, a plan that works once is a step but may also be seen as a lucky trick, if it works two times straight it’s a procedure, if it works three or more times it’s a rule, if it works over 5 times, it’s a method, if it works more it’s a law: Interesting generalization.” (Consider seeing from the reverse: I understand I know almost nothing, then I sense, I learn, I copy I sense I understand the greater my ignorance was, and so the cycle goes on.)

Is it funny there are no quotes for quotes as such?”
(For curiosity leading humans.)

“Need is the most illusory and most dangerous invention of human mind.”
(Something we should know and especially not to ignore.)

“Is need the most hazardous “perception.” of humankind? How curious is it that we wonder that and how much? Need to…?”
(What does this tell you about what are so called problems and/or opportunity areas?”)

About opportunities and problems “It’s said justice is blind but it’s way blinder to turn a blind eye into opportunities, areas of opportunities (problems) Better not to ignore this beyond need in order to improve life.”

“Zeros, we cannot live without them but we can live better with them, we cannot die without them but it’s better to die with them.”

The above statement and quote mirrors something about math: “What makes math mortal makes them immortal.” and “Were math born to die?” and Me

“Curious that if it wasn’t for curiosity the vast majority of humans would had committed suicide (not having curiosity on its own is suicidal, not dare will) yet when exploring into curiosity and more we don’t know what’s gonna happen, at times perhaps what happened to the cat whose curiosity killed.”

“People may talk about quotes, some may talk about their contents, but how can we wonder and dig more about their truths?” (Notice the parts of people, some, etc.; and the apostrophes.)

“While the stubborn doesn’t know what she/he is saying the wise doesn’t say what she/he knows, plus more stubborn the one who argues a stubborn, but even more for stubborn ones, perseverants must be many people especially if only one.”

“When understanding ecology and animal nature I understand politics better but I stay away from politics by checking animal behavior.”

“There are at least two ways to question what you are being taught or you are learning: Either not believing it (not believing everything you read, hear, etc.) by logics, intuition, etc.) and asking many, many and as many questions as you possibly can about it to prove it either more true or prove it wrong or neither true nor false….”

“When sculpting, rendering a being’s soul is your essence, essentially, but when rendering a spirit on the rocks from inspiration is pure freeing…”

“It’s curious that we may grasp the idea or gist of a book but is that what it’s actually saying? Meta-messages show that the truth may not be entirely true, the starting point of knowledge in contrast with apparent total ignorance.”

“Curious enough it is that new ideas, new discoveries are needed but very urgent is the most curiosity, yet essential is to improve life in harmony with life/biology in order to keep it alive and us.”

“There is nothing more elusive than the subtle of the deep of the obvious, hence the obvious, especially the most obvious should not blind us.”

“At times the one who knows what one wants takes perseverance, not knowing what one wants may lead to stubbornness, knowing how to reach what one wants and finding who one is heroic, whilst not knowing and being alienated and stubborn is tragic and villainous for the most, but the opposite to the aforementioned is traitorous, even more stubborn and far more villainous.”

“We should know more about that for humans, knowledge has two faces, especially when we find out more and how we feel about it. There is a very common human face when discovering something: amazement, but this renders either smarts or foolishness, depending, but the more we are fascinated the more we see it has another two faces, surprise and bafflement and even at times extreme bafflement (depending on one uses it for as human, for the better or for the worse.”

“Fruit cases and idiots are to be sent mailing, but headstrongs are to be totally avoided, nobody should ignore this (see the connotation of ignorance here?).”

“Funny that comedy doesn’t come easy let alone reality and real life.”

“To dream is to live, to achieve is to super live, to be amazed for how big we can dream and do is glory, but to fantasize is to die; we don’t need that much intuition to realize the statement, do we?”

“Is Secret the most controversial term and even more the most controversial concept to humans? The irony is that it is and many things can be derived from this one, even more so if we think of that “ignorance is the shadow of secret.”

“Is it necessary to bear on mind the mindlessness and foolishness of the dumbs in order to help appreciate intellect in humans and the genius of a few? necessity, stressing here curiosity. In 3 levels: naive approaches, junction of amazement and non-amazement in a face that shows both potentially, and stubbornness especially: Not necessarily need and mere curiosity. How insane are they? Are they insane enough? (Beware curiosity doesn’t become an essential-most part of need.”

“If you’re able to count your money you’re not a rich person, nevertheless God’s blessings and himself are gifts I am far less able to count such that money is a mean and I serve Master God so first we are not too great when we help others who are in need especially bearing on mind that money is a way, but having in heart more (also to aid ecology and thank it most of all) so if you’re a rich person you can count on your money, but you cannot count it, but infinitely more unmeasurable is God to be counted on and infinitely less measurable and we are great by helping others and not when it comes to do it (what a congruence).”

“It’s alright to be a rightist, you’re correct and it’s you’re right if you’re, but overcorrectness is not right! am I right?”

“This is essential, and beyond mere survival: some claim love is a survival mechanism, but hatred is a lot more.” (Come on, that were so love could be defined and it’s not possible to define.)

“I am the master of money, so God is my master so I can serve the Lord in harmony (including ecology).”

“Those who lack imagination are the most insane and evidently the craziest ones, those who have limited imagination fantasize, even those with imagination but those with creative imagination and realize their virtues are the ones that move the world.”

“To think is to live, but to feel and be congruent with one´s heart and mind is making the soul stronger.”

“Not moving from a comfort one is dying, discoveries take some degree of chaos from curiosity, curiously not moving is far more chaotic.”

“If logics is the art of being confident of thinking the wrong way, what would we say and imagine about metalogics?”

“It’s amazing in truth how unquestionably question and amazement are close relatives that seem to be married and create more…”

“History flows and may and may not give characters free will, but heroes and main characters are hooks that nail history down.”

“An author’s quote may mirror what the author is, but metamessages and derived quotes echo the author even more.”

“If a quote mirrors what an author is and metamessages and derivate messages which the author, the author may become a shadow in the sand of time, but a greater echo in time, but certainly the original quotes become the shadows.”

“We have to fear just fear itself but we should fear not to have fear even more, but above all, fear not to focus on solutions, and worse even: to ignore this quote.”

“There is nothing more elusive to humans than the subtle of the deep of the obvious, at times because there is nothing more elusive than the subtle of the obvious.”

“Curiously it may seem dumb to get into something we don’t know anything about and nobody does, dumber is not to get into it for there is no fool question, just the one that is not wondered and expressed, for mistakes do not exist if we learn from them.

“Math were born to die, especially and ironically for those characters who find out new things in math are hooked to history, but because of that math are even more prone to die, ironically also because this mirrors that what makes math mortal makes them immortal (inconsistency, non-applied math).”

“Quotes, especially if derived ones, may be a twin blade sword.”

“Paramount is that from the plain sentences from the Bible quotes are not readily available, but quotes can be made if putting the right statements from the Bible together, especially when reckoning them together correctly.”

“Imagination and curiosity: not too surprised yet very surprised how both complement one another, despite curiosity and questioning may seem the antidote to lack of imagination and over imagination….”

“It’s funnily curious that math may be seen as a game by all scopes: either for it’s a game that should groove us all, OR for those who don’t take it the way it should be (either too seriously or don’t like it) as a game too, yet for any scope it should be learned at taught (even self-taught) with the children’s natural curiosity…Not a joke they are though!”

“If breakthroughs are made beyond need, and then beyond curiosity, but to improve life (American philosophy), and, one of the greatest questions to us humans is: Who we are…. this holds better in the gap between need and curiosity, but it’s more NECESSARY between curiosity and life-improvement, and noticing this is a twin-blade sword, then the both sides of the balance are in equilibrium to humans?” (What makes the quote alive, and gives it life.)

“We should first let our minds fly and fly our minds before setting the first step… (laying the foot, for worse or for better), especially considering quantum leaps.”

“Happiness may be searched, found, constructed, but when you really know you’re alive is when you are overjoyed (beyond mere happiness).”

“The irony of neither being linear because of being linear is that it may seem very sensical to use the brain to serve life, dumber is to use the brain to just use humankind but the top of dumbest is to use the brain to serve machines.”

“The greater irony of neither being linear because of being linear is that it may seem very sensical to use the brain to serve life, dumber is to use the brain to just use humankind but the top of dumbest is to use the brain to serve machines for it takes courage to dare to live and it may even seem rather dumb to try something new if one doesn’t have a clue about where that may lead one especially considering human imagination is limited to natural senses, also inconsistent is and conceptual as well yet those are great reasons to also go beyond even when bravery at times may seem to be dumbness when the risks are higher.”

“Freedom is to be able to know what one wants, attain it but also having the strength and the ability to control desires from which it starts.”

“Sanity in soliloqueries is the one in which people question themselves and talk to God and their conscience, and insanity is for those who have no conscience but pretend and say they are talking to their conscience.”

“Freedom is to be able to know what one wants, attain it but also having the strength and the ability to control desires from which it starts but most of all, to be able to break buildups down and expand one´s panorama.”

“I feel like a cat when it comes to laugh about that religions once proven may die before math do.”

“Funny that logics in quotes is apparently so evident but metalogics is to some extent more.”

“So funny that comedy comes easy not, but funnier is that real life and reality come harder.”

“Math, numbers and letters have been witnesses to human history, because math evaluates and unites.”

“Mathematics, what evaluates and apparently separates does so because it unites.”

“A reason why for the most we cannot be ahead in time at math for almost all, is because math is like a friend who gives us more when we learn than what we can give to it?
yet we are to fight what we read, wonder more been beyond mere questions, and own examples being created for if it works once its luck, if it works twice it´s a rule, if it works more than 3 times it´s a method, and a number of times, countless times it works and that’s what unites things, analogies.” (Reason….)

“An edifice with no books has no soul, so give me more and more books so my soul never dies and I will give you books.”

“Quotes are the best way to talk to oneself especially if they come from oneself.”

“What is more predictable and least prophetic, denial or confusion? Surely ignorance and indifference are the worst friends to those.”

Freedom is paid with the blood of the brave, when honorable American flag waves is because of the breath of those who died for America and sacrificed it all for her ideals of honor, peace, equality, such wind goes among us when we stand for those values like powerful and proud like eagle and peaceful like doves, and such wind makes us fly with humility as well and elevates us for God has them in glory.”

“Logics is the mirror too interesting and curious for metalogics is the mirror to amazement and humility being this set a mirror to the first one, but since both seem to be the two sides of a coin, also stands that one doesn’t know what lies ahead, with luck we go ahead.”

“Logics is the mirror too interesting and curious for metalogics is the mirror to amazement and humility being this set a mirror to the first one, also mirrored to one another are that high and elevated is logics while it’s also deep and profound.”

“Logically numbers are great friends with whom I play for math is a game so I cannot say they give me problems (in Russian what we know as mathematical problem is said Zadach, which doesn’t mean problem, for if math is a game, no problems it should give).”

“It´s the top of binarity that real life is considered binary but virtual realm is also binary.”

“Those who have the spirit of ideas and have them clear are perseverant and don’t say what they know unlike those who claim to have the ideas but have a mind as white as a white paper and so pale being really stubborn, hence thanks to the stubborn people the world sets back for they don’t know what they say and thanks to the perseverant the world goes ahead for they at times don’t say what they know.”

“For those whose pale ideas on freedom and change have are too blind to see the spirit and to feel it of liberty and to have it all clear, the darker is their book in black with all white papers in all and are blinder towards the future that is right before all of us.”

“A draft is a twin blade sword: either we are humble to realize we ignore more OR we are poor excuses to progress and too coward to face the future that is right before us though we don’t see it.” (Knowledge, progress and being a draft are twin-blade swords.)

“It’s essential to fight violence by first using the brain and head for we know that from our hearts fights are wrong, so first use the heart.”

“If math studies give me more than I may give them, and it’s food for the brain, I consider it rather imperative to wonder also whether if I shouldn’t take a good food just because I have no idea about how digestion works, as an example, a general one, specially to consider generalizations in order to understand.”

“Sometimes putting parts of logical mathematical ideas or quotes in this case exemplifies that math unites the subtle of several faces of human knowledge.”

“If it’s essential to fight violence by first using the brain and head for we know that from our hearts fights are wrong, so first use the heart, especially for also generating new ideas together, and fight with proposals the given previous ideas as generalizations and make great own examples combined. Ramanujan was a great example to it, that the latter is the best weapon “

“I think, I live, thereafter I am, I learn and I live again……thus I celebrate myself and the world, and I celebrate the world, I think, I live, thereafter I am…. Existence.”

“Surprised that when being surprised and one discloses such face that conveys such emotion, either that face is for being too smart or too dumb and people who are too clever treat dumb people like dumbs in their faces and the fools don’t even realize that, whilst the wise ones say what they know subtly and the stubborns do not know what they are talking about?”

“From Alice in Wonderland: “Since it’s a mathematical novel, the more we find out the more math gives us and math gives us more than we may give to her, hence we are freer without being slaves to what we say but about what we ignore we are free and slaves….”

“Logics represents the mirror between the deep and high and metalogics stand for the whole scope.”

“Love cannot be defined, that’s a fact, because love is truth.”

“If love knows reasons that reason knows nothing of, then we partly know why love cannot be defined, that’s a fact, because love is truth.”

“It’s interesting that in math one should fight back with own examples, in war one shouldn’t take anything for granted, mathematically speaking with Differential equations one should have special care about strategies, but in music, math takes a different tonality.”

“I must also confess I chose math in part because in math, no matter how many surgeries, “autopsies.”, dissections and operations you make on theorems, lemmas, etc., they don’t suffer, on the contrary, the more they give you the more you enjoy it for you realize they may give you more than what you may give them, unlike biology.”
Me

“It’s funny that an artist´s job is in part to search for the truth but the art she/her produces may tell more about the truths and plain facts about her/him.

“I may tell the lady I love I love her more than she can imagine and I love her just the say she is.”

“The art of love is what defies our imagination even more than time and time itself.”

“The art of love is what defies our imagination even more than time and time itself, would love defy us? and most of all inspire us?”

“It’s interesting that humans are the beings that question themselves but commit the same mistake twice or more, many of those times on purpose, and in part is because humans as species consider themselves the center of the world, is it love???????.”

“I would tell my loved lady that I love her more than she can imagine, just the way she is, for I don’t abuse my imagination.”

“I love the woman I love beyond imagination because I don’t abuse my imagination.”

“Lovely that time but even more love defy our imagination for we are able to love someone without abusing our imagination just the way that person is.”

“By not abusing our imagination when we love somebody we feel more joy than we can imagine.”

“Our senses may feel and sense more than we can imagine despite our imagination being restricted to our senses biologically, naturally! and that’s what give sense to our lives, more than we can imagine.”

“To love with insanity is to love by not abusing one’s imagination which gives the best sense to our lives, more than we can imagine.”

“Because I would love her more than she can imagine for I love her more than my own imagination for she just the way she is way beyond anything I could possibly have imagined.”

“Because I would love her more than she can imagine for I love her more than my own imagination for she just the way she is way beyond anything I could possibly have imagined and the best, I would be dazzled very day more and more and more beyond my imagination for I would be falling in love for her every day anew.”

“The most beautiful woman I have ever seen, by looking at her the worst food would not matter and the most savoury food would not be sweet enough and not even comparable to her sight.”

“If thinking of sex all the time diminishes and shaves IQ, but thinking of war, fight, strategies, etc. doesn’t. It’s curious then that if I’m curious about how sex feels, in love that diminishes intelligence but thinking of a need like strategies in war, or a fight, etc., helps intelligence, being that most breakthroughs are made out from curiosity mainly.”

“Interesting that from my prior love quotes all can be reduced in a symbolic drawing with a triangle and a circle that unites her, me, God, our environment.”

“Romantically meaningful yet funny but since human imagination is limited to our senses, such that all we imagine comes from what our senses have perceived, and if our imagination were that great we would be able to imagine things that our senses haven’t sensed, such the beauty of the woman I love, beyond anyone’s imagination such that it would be really dumb not to even imagine that with such beauty I would fall in love again for, especially day after day.”

“It’s astounding for REAL how enslaved we are to what we say, even more about what we imagine and far more about amazement which makes us freer.”

“Words, math expressions and numbers cannot give a hint to define how beautiful the most beautiful woman I have ever seen is like.”

“If love knows reasons that reasons knows nothing of, for it brings happiness, then reasonably joy is to be found because of the clarity or lack to if when it comes to improve oneself and help the beloved one grow as well.”

“One cannot be in love with love let alone in love with the idea of being in love with love, for I love the part of love, which I not only search for the truth but I feel the truth and I find the truth better.”

“Enigmatic it is how we have imagination limited to our senses, but our analysis and ability of abstraction are in many imaginable ways, more than we imagine, whilst in our imagination we are able to conceive things that do not exist and not things that do exist that are beyond our understanding.”

“I could write quite a book with a huge abstract about how with a lot of abstraction and imagination one may be able to see something in an object and/or circumstance that goes way away from it and abstraction despite being far from imagination many times actually is the other side of the coin with imagination, for being so united and thus far away, yet abstraction defies imagination more than imagination defies abstraction but imagination is more important for the most.”

“Curious also that creativity to speak about abstraction and imagination is not as required as the right words in right place is, for imagination tends to be more important, more than we mostly imagine.”

“It’s such an artwork that the truth in part of an artist´s work is to find the truth but also to conceal the truth, improve it and even be able to tell lies in lots of camo.”

“Since it’s such an artwork that the truth in part of an artist´s work is to find the truth but also to conceal the truth, improve it and even be able to tell lies in lots of camo, one cannot make things up when it comes to write them down and render plain honesty, ironically now with creativity.”

“Funny but when I write down quotes and thoughts creativity may not be the most important thing but I do express my feelings.”

“Curious it is that abstraction inspires imagination and imagination inspires both intuition and abstraction, but memory inspires imagination from the lower level.”

“Is it too obvious that the too obvious makes the subtleness of obvious and obvious itself look overshadowed? How about reverse?”

“Funny that the pale overshadowed by light of knowledge and else…”

“Love is so obvious and so elusive, but not so obviously elusive.”

“This may be quite elusive but love is the most obvious of everything that makes us feel alive yet the most elusive because of that in part.”

“I had never imagined on its own, let alone how much imagination is defied by love and abstraction, which I love so much and makes me feel and think more.”

“It’s hard to imagine something that defies imagination more than love and abstraction, despite both being apparently two sides of a coin.”

“it’s not easy to find the creativity to account for it for imagination is basis to the top, and for this top? it would be the top not to find it.”

“I’m a slave to what I keep quite but when it comes to show love makes me free.”

“Quotes, the best way to be plain honest by talking to oneself, searching for the truth, the subtle form of art, with or without makeups and the maker must be able to tell for both.”

“I love math books more which have applications into finance, physics, etc., for this is something tangible and I love math books that have no applications on them because they show the pure math and fine part of the art of mathematics, same as I love books that are so complete that make me think and those that are inaccurate/incomplete that make me think.”

“Math count on us to be discovered for we can count on them, beyond what we may account for.”

“Mathematicians and own thinkers are amongst the freest people for everyone may COUNT on them and they may count on their own skills.”

“More than we imagine math defies our imagination, which is limited to our senses, that fact on its own (that our imagination is limited) makes us think about how limited our perception is, and how limited our understanding of the reality is, and about our deeds and actions, even our thoughts! I love Math because it’s the most graphic yet abstract way to show us all of that.”

“Blessed be more than they can imagine who give love and love doesn’t love them (about giving more and one may give or not) and those who do study math for real, for math gives them more than they can imagine.”

“I don’t fear fear itself so since it takes bravery to find out more and more about anything, I flee ignorance which I fear but I admit I have a lot the more I find out and I am brave to face the unknown.”

You may have faith, more than we may imagine in that:

“Everything is faith, more than we able to imagine.”

“Should people ask me why I study Math I reply: Why NOT? I study math because it shows me How everything works, and how is made from whys, so this takes me to: by what.”

“Some would have the faintest idea for others would have it very clear, and the first ones so clear that is so faint! Clearly faint!”

“Whilst some would have the faintest idea for others would have it very clear, and the first ones so clear that is so faint! Clearly faint! So blessed be those who faint out of surprise.”

“It may be quirky that we don´t actually chose who we fancy and love but we do chose to suffer.”

“It may seem really dumb to venture into something we don´t know where it may be taking us, but a lot dumber is not to dig into such venture.”

“The good thing about mountains is that in order to hike them we may dig more and more in order to realize what a distance we have from it to the sky and universe in terms of our ignorance)

“It’s easier to define Life with God than without God, paradoxically, if we had to put them both in a balance God is way more complex than ‘life.’”

“Allow the depths of knowledge sink you NOT out of vanity AND superficiality and the highness of wisdom belittle the importance of spirit.”

“Allow the depths of knowledge sink you NOT because of how belittled may seem the spirit out of superficiality and arrogance because of the highness of wisdom.”

“When I had problems in life I went into math deeper, for they gave me the most problems.”
(This cannot be said as such in Russian language.)

Addendum II: Jaime’s Favourite Personal Points on Love

Jacobsen: What are your couple or few hundred points on love?

Navas: 0. Be a match in love with best intentions.

  1. Learn from others, especially good references.
  2. I’m not a cheater.
  3. One should know what one wants.
  4. It’s fine if one does not know right way what one wants, but then one should get to meet people as friends and realize who one most likes or what traits one likes most.
  5. Gender equality.
  6. No machismo.
  7. I would not raise my voice at her.
  8. Would not point my finger.
  9. Would never say she is wrong before anyone, especially children.
  10. Would never call her rude words.
  11. Will be there always whenever she needs me.
  12. Would never hire prostitutes.
  13. I never think of sex when being with any woman.
  14. I never get into sex when a lady shows sexual interest in me.
  15. One should get to think about where one is going when being into a relationship.
  16. When having sexual intercourse, should be in love, not just mere casual sex.
  17. Lovemaking is pouring out the soul; sex is just pouring the body.
  18. What I don’t want for her, I don’t want for myself.
  19. Personally, I never go to bars, pubs, night clubs, strip clubs.
  20. I am not into porn.
  21. Not into beauty contests.
  22. No misogynous words.
  23. No old ways of ladies staying home.
  24. No misogynous slurs.
  25. One should be OK with oneself before engaging into a relationship.
  26. One should not be in love with love.
  27. One should try to picture what the person in question would be and look like when being old.
  28. One should never tell a person one loves her/him if one does not.
  29. One should think well and feel well prior to engage into a relationship.
  30. One should pay enough attention to the loved one’s interests as much as to oneself.
  31. It’s important to make every day like the first one.
  32. Good lovemaking is essential to a good relationship.
  33. One should ask oneself: Would I date/marry someone whose just like me?
  34. Anniversaries are important.
  35. Zeal as such are not good for a healthy relationship.
  36. It’s great to thank the partner for correcting politely if seen as fit, with strong points.
  37. It’s okay to play, healthily, in the relationship.
  38. Dating and marriage are not for the weak, selfish or insecure, or those who tend to contradict themselves for the most.
  39. Never take the partner or anyone for granted.
  40. Honesty is essential.
  41. A daily based communication is essential as well, unless otherwise specified.
  42. It’s great to express one’s feelings with the match.
  43. Creativity is essential for everything.
  44. A good sense of fun is essential.
  45. Both partners should help make one another better people.
  46. It’s great to acknowledge when one was wrong.
  47. Forgiveness is essential.
  48. Both partners should help one another grow in body, mind and spirit.
  49. It’s essential to be open minded.
  50. Being not brash is key.
  51. Both should engage into cultural activities.
  52. Serving breakfast at bed is essential.
  53. Not being tetchy is essential.
  54. Being empathetic is essential.
  55. It’s essential not to idealize the partner, meaning one should get to know the match.
  56. Optimism is essential.
  57. Chivalry is always great.
  58. Remember that most arguments are out from illogical arguments.
  59. It’s important to live with the partner away from any relatives.
  60. Both should help each other enhance into new activities, healthy for both.
  61. No competitions between the partners should be in any way, mostly about economic ones.
  62. After long working days, partners should stimulate one another at home.
  63. While having conversations, one should agree, debate, tell stories, make plans.
  64. Would not even dance with any other lady in a party, individually.
  65. Not being monogamist is rather irresponsible.
  66. Not being monogamous is cynical towards the parents of the partner.
  67. Chores are equal responsibility.
  68. Taking care of children and educating them are equal share.
  69. Would never disrespect her by laughing at her, ignoring her.
  70. Both should protect each other against all odds, including family.
  71. It’s essential to love one another without possessing each other.
  72. Both become one.
  73. Both should bear in mind that they are like Yin and Yang.
  74. Commitment, dedication and passion are key.
  75. Marriage is 100%/100%.
  76. Both should arm jigsaws and puzzles, as well as building something together.
  77. One should let one talk, mostly gentlemen.
  78. Both should be equally able to think, say, solve, do things, to the measure of their abilities.
  79. Both should have the ability to be amazed.
  80. In dating/marriage, both partners should help one another make stronger for if it falls through, at least both have grown stronger, and be thankful for it.
  81. It’s good to give space and time when needed.
  82. It’s good to massage the partner’s feet and give a good dessert after a long work journey from time to time.
  83. Thankfulness to the match for being who the partner is crucial.
  84. It takes bravery to deal with life.
  85. It is important to make agreements and to know.
  86. Becoming adapted is essential as long as there is no abuse or one does not change one’s essence.
  87. Thankfulness for being my lady always.
  88. To share important values is key and to be congruent.
  89. The guy who mistreats his wife and kids or lady is NOT a man.
  90. Tidiness and being clean is important.
  91. Trying to have a good health is key.
  92. It may be good to request for STD examinations early on.
  93. It’s important to have a life plan.
  94. Having realistic plans, it’s essential to support one another in plans, dreams, ambitions.
  95. Always date and marry out of love.
  96. Don’t compare one’s conduct with that of the match.
  97. Reciprocity is key.
  98. Being best friends within dating and marriage is key.
  99. Establishing dos and don’ts early on is key.
  100. Non-codependence is key, for it leads to toxic relationships.
  101. One should negotiate things.
  102. One should recall great moments.
  103. It’s great to ask the partner what the partner thinks and/or feels one should improve at.
  104. It’s important to recall that what one does not do for oneself others don’t do. Sure, others can help, but you get the point.
  105. One should respect whether or not the partner wants sex yet not feel offended and talk.
  106. Manners are essential.
  107. Being punctual is key.
  108. Love is not predictable.
  109. Love cannot be defined.
  110. Order is key.
  111. Not imposing anything on the partner is key.
  112. Not trying to control the partner is key.
  113. Indifference is the worst of evils.
  114. It’s important to know a fair share of the match before getting married.
  115. It’s important not to fantasize.
  116. Face troubles but most of all, focus on solutions.
  117. Get someone you would be proud of.
  118. Learn to see the virtues of the match and extoll them.
  119. Being humble is essential.
  120. Live every moment with the match as though if it were the last one.
  121. Keep promises as possible.
  122. It’s important to tell right from wrong.
  123. Before having children, one should discuss and debate with the match about how to raise them.
  124. Being affectionate and caring without overwhelming is key.
  125. Healthy arguments and discussions can be helpful, as long as not to often.
  126. It’s good to prevent things.
  127. Take the easiest path and long lengths to get into trouble.
  128. Don’t overreact.
  129. It’s good to have pride in the good sense.
  130. It’s so important to have faith in both, as a relationship.
  131. My lady is to have priority.
  132. Give every situation a good purpose.
  133. If you really love someone, let that person go.
  134. Understand that in life people support us, and challenge us, in a match, it’s essential to understand love.
  135. It’s so silly to try to change someone.
  136. It’s good to have mysteries but one should try to be straight talking.
  137. Don’t procrastinate.
  138. Find out as much as possible about the partner’s likes and dislikes before saying something bad or good.
  139. Be a good listener.
  140. If you’re not a good friend, you will hardly be a good partner.
  141. Think well before engaging into relationships and marriage.
  142. I you have two very similar loving candidates, be sure to know as much as possible about both.
  143. Try not to complain.
  144. It’s good to be mistaken, that way we learn. They are not mistakes if we learn from them
  145. Try to avoid saying never.
  146. Your feelings should not depend on them.
  147. One has to be Ok with oneself before engaging into a relationship yet one should say: with you ‘m better, we are better.
  148. What is the best for us?
  149. Ask yourself: Who is the best person for US?
  150. Do not revenge on the match.
  151. I don’t have the modes near me so I for example, show I’m not a controller, etc.
  152. It’s good to be sensitive and cry.
  153. If my lady cries, I cry with her.
  154. See life as a journey.
  155. Personally, I don’t fart at bed.
  156. I love stable relationships.
  157. If a relationship falls through, see what you learn and may it helped you get stronger.
  158. If when searching for a partner, you find it really hard, keep trying, and get more zest at that.
  159. Love is smart, but most of all, love is wise.
  160. All points cohere each other.
  161. Let things flow, don’t force them.
  162. Pain is there, not a choice, but suffering is a choice.
  163. Worst thing is to play victim role.
  164. Congratulate the partner for her achievements.
  165. Thank the partner for her support.
  166. Having tolerance to frustration helps a lot.
  167. Being patient is key.
  168. Learn about self help and improvement so both may help grow better as people.
  169. Bear on mind that relationships and marriage entail a lot of responsibility, responsibility that gives privileges and privileges that give responsibilities.
  170. May heart and brain win over hormone.
  171. It’s great that both love mother nature.
  172. Do not keep anything unresolved for long but be opportune, polite.
  173. Personally if I see a woman’s body I don’t get any interested or excited, not that it’s wrong, just irrelevant.
  174. If a lady shows sexual interest I don’t get turned on just like it (has happened many times).
  175. It’s important to bear on mind he sexual part mostly when being married and having mutual properties and belongings, especially if something wrong happens.
  176. If a very close friend asks me to keep a secret I would be honest with my friend and I would tell my lady for if the secret is discovered, my lady would know I knew and she would think I am keeping secrets from her.
  177. Always search for compensation, especially in promises or change of plans.
  178. We don’t choose who we like o fancy but we do choose how to show affection and to whom.
  179. A couple should live on their own, without parents of either side.
  180. Ideally, a couple should take measure of how much they have changed and improved for the better.
  181. There is such a great sensibility and vastness in the depths of life, it shall keep one’s mind and heart busy, and share it with he loved one.
  182. There is no rush about getting a match, having sex and getting married.
  183. Understand better the concept of competing with oneself, especially now that two have become one.
  184. Too much tenderness and affection-showing to the match could destroy the relationship eventually, as someone who is really quiet can terminate it as well.
  185. There is a subtle difference between negotiating and agreeing. Agreeing is important about key things.
  186. Discuss and agree about expenses, especially over 200 USD.
  187. Good to question our education.
  188. Watch TV shows on psychology.
  189. Bear on mind that the both are responsible for their actions, despite negotiations, etc.
  190. Consider that not being congruent for the most is to mistreat oneself, beyond just being not respectful to oneself.
  191. Ever get into a relationship if you love somebody else actually and that other one may love you.
  192. Never had a 3D relationship in Mexico because I had planned to move to the U.S.A. Don’t like the idea of getting into a relationship with a lady who was once my favorite, don’t want to leave anyone behind, like me not using her, nor to impose anything to her.
  193. If your partner does not respect her/himself, how will such partner respect you? that leads to codependent relationships and toxic ones.
  194. Never get into a relationship if you have not let the former significant other go in full, understand such is over utterly.
  195. Don’t take it out on your partner or anyone if you’re angry.
  196. Never do anything important without consulting the significant other once being engaged or married.
  197. Respect if your significant other wants to make love not in a certain time or day, for some reason, though that should be spoken about.
  198. Only idiots dream of what they can’t have or happen to.
  199. Porn for the most is degrading.
  200. Love is a dance, not a race. (This one, you gave me, Scott.)
  201. Love is like music, one has to go with tunes, good rhythm.
  202. It’s good to know if a relationship is over, face it.
  203. Not good to date someone or start dating when one or someone just broke up, mostly when such person or one just break up with someone one loved.
  204. Don’t answer phone or else when in a romantic date or else.
  205. Both partners should face life together, without thinking life is a burden and one should have a company.
  206. Never make assumptions, always be clear about anything in the relationship, with no ambiguities, no ambivalence.
  207. It’s in marriage when one should go deeper in treasuring every moment with the loved one by thinking and mostly feeling: Time is not important, life is.
  208. Lovely relationships take time and effort yet they flow best.
  209. Making so much simple applies when it comes also in a daily life committed relationship.
  210. Great points are those that can be go deeper at, without ambivalence
  211. In dating/marriage, both partners should help one another grow better as people by all accounts.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Self-Consistent Operationalism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/12/01

Leonardo Da Vinci made distinctions in writings between that which is natural and that which is mathematical. He considered the sensory or experience in general as primary in terms of coming to truths about the world.

Where, when he tends to reference the mathematical, he leans to speaking of the nothing, as compared to the something, which, presumably, would comprise the sensory or that given by sensory experience. His mathematics reflected the productions in nature.

His science reflected the direct construction of the experience, where the mathematical and the scientific meet one another is in the mind of Da Vinci. To be born or birthed here is neither science nor mathematics, but a form and relation of general knowledge; something of looking for the self-consistencies in nature and in mind with the mind as part of the whole, as in everything connected as one, including the human being and its mind.

That which is in mind constrained by those limits set forth from experience or if the rules and contents of the in mind are broken in some manner; then, these enter into the realm of the impossible, as the natural becomes constrained by the existent and the mathematical by nothing. Yet, both function by principles.

When looking at self-consistency in nature, this amounts to a search for the logical in nature to an extent; while, in search of the self-consistencies of nature at the same time, we come to search for the processes of nature.

In mind, too, one, as in the mathematical principles of reasoning in the mind of Da Vinci, looks for the principles of self-consistency in the mind’s eye, as in the examination of the contents of the mind with the contents of the mind itself.

In this, we find recursion, fractionation of content fit for ease of problem-solving, fit into the mind as a means of self-knowledge, as in knowing that one exists or knowing that one knows through knowing oneself as capable of knowing in the first place.

The knowledge comes simultaneously with the knowledge of knowing; it’s as if the knowledge of knowing one can know is the first form of knowledge with the knowledge of self-existence, of one’s soul in the world.

Either in the state of nature or in the status of the mind, the contents of both bring about self-consistency as a consistent reflection one upon the other, and the mirror of one to the other as showing the truths garnered from this relationship of the nothing of that which is in the mind and the something of that which is gathered from the world.

To Da Vinci, experience was primary and reflected the real, while the mind merely existed as a canvas reflecting the unreal — the something in contrast to the nothing. A nothing capable of representation of something only because a something exists in the first place and comes to mind with the senses for representation in the mind.

These reflections of self-consistency in either reflects a larger consistency in the nature of Nature of the nature of human nature via-a-vis the human mind, as in both contained in one and the same world, Nature, by Necessity.

The coterminous existence in Nature reflects individuated principles of self-consistency differentiable while part of the same self-consistency structure and dynamic components of the same processes.

These processes reflected in the necessary; the necessary exhibited in Nature, and seen so far as to exist in the mind as part of human nature. Functional or operational truths about the world and the mind, as in an Operationalism with self-consistency.

The ways in which things work in nature as derived from the senses, from experience, and the ways in which the mind represents, and so functions, to provide different facets of the self-consistent and the operational.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The End of an Era, Eh: Collapse of Majority Canadian Christianity

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/10/09

Canadian Christianity in the 2020/2021 period will lose its simple majority status in Canadian society, which demarcates the end of an era in which Canadian Christians will not recover from either in the short-term future or medium-term future if at all. In an examination of the StatsCan National Household Survey conducted in 2011, the number of Canadians who adhered to the Christian faith came to a little over two-thirds at 67.3% of the total population of the country.

That comes to 22,100,000 Canadian Christians circa 2011. When we break that down a bit more, the most significant population for Canadians were the Catholics coming to 12,800,000 people. In sum, the number of Canadians who identified or affiliated with the identity “Christian” was overwhelming in Canada. Now, we can witness a rapid shift in the demographics of the Canadian landscape. Something never seen at the inception of the bounded legal and cultural geography called “Canada,” or to the recent past.

According to Pew Research’s Michael Lipka in an article from 2019, Pew Research conducted a survey in 2018 referenced in the Lipka article from 2019, in which the numbers of self-identified Christians in Canada, in contrast to 2011 from StatsCan, was surprising. In 2018, only 55% of Canadians identified as Christian. 33,476,700 Canadians existed in 2011; 34,714,200 existed in 2012; 35,083,000 existed in 2013; 35,437,400 existed in 2014; 35,702,900 existed in 2015; 35,151,700 existed in 2016; 36,543,300 existed in 2017; and, 37,057,800 existed in 2018 — Google derived source.

Tabulating year by year, we see a stark difference. If we simply take 67.3%-55%, we come to 12.3% difference between 2011 and 2018 in the number of self-identified Christians. This is, simply and straightly, a massive difference — almost 1 out of 8 Christians who were Christians in the pie of the country aren’t now. Counting the inclusive years — 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018, thus, if years divided by 12.3%, this comes to 1.75714285714% per annum decrease, if a straight line or trend line, in the number of affiliated Christians as a proportion of the country.

When we look at the numbers given above for the total Canadian population, we can calculate, if making a convenience factor calculation (so not absolutely precise) of the number of Christians per year if as a straight line, the number of Christians in Canada as a whole in each year. Some with exceptions for an illusionary decrease in the total number of Canadians in exclusion of some Indian reserves or Aboriginal reserves/settlements. Anyhow, the calculations of percent of the pie of Canadians who are Christian each year:

· 2011: 67.3% (StatsCan).

· 2012: 65.5428571429% (Derived), or 65.54%.

· 2013: 63.7857142858% (Derived), or 63.76%.

· 2014: 62.0285714287% (Derived), or 62.03%.

· 2015: 60.2714285716% (Derived), or 60.27%.

· 2016: 58.5142857145% (Derived), or 58.51%.

· 2017: 56.7571428574% (Derived), or 56.76%.

· 2018: 55% (Pew Research).

This is the trajectory for the country if given two reliable sources, StatsCan and Pew Research. Following from this, we can extrapolate based on a nearly decade trajectory of the timeline of Christianity in the nation. The statistics on the country’s total population year by year can be seen here:

· 33,476,700 in 2011

· 34,714,200 in 2012

· 35,083,000 in 2013

· 35,437,400 in 2014

· 35,702,900 in 2015

· 35,151,700 in 2016

· 36,543,300 in 2017

· 37,057,800 in 2018

Furthermore, we can attach those calculated percentages onto the total population to come to a reasonably accurate assessment of the number of Christians in the country outside of the generic and important findings about the rapid decline of the Christian faith in the country, as follows:

· 67.3%*33,476,700=22,529,819

· 65.54%*34,714,200=22,751,686

· 63.76%*35,083,000=22,368,920

· 62.03%*35,437,400=21,981,819

· 60.27%*35,702,900=21,518,137

· 58.51%*35,151,700=20,567,259

· 56.76%*36,543,300=20,741,977

· 55% *37,057,800=20,381,790

Within this manner of examination of the statistics of Christians in Canada, the decline is palpable no matter the ways in which one cuts it, whether in raw numbers or in the percentages; Christianity is collapsing in the country in real-time, before our eyes, as the simple majority faith of the nation as well as more moderately declining in total numbers averaging (22,529,819–20,381,790=2,148,029 and then 2,148,029/7=306,861) 306,861 per year. We’ve moved from an era of monopolar religio-cultural demographics to a multipolar one. Extrapolated by 5 years, we come to 2023 from 2018:

306,861*5=1,534,305

This from 2018 to 2023 means fewer total Christians, as follows:

20,381,790–1,534,305=18,847,485

So, 18,847,485 Christians in Canada circa 2023. With the 1.75714285714%% per annum decrease, it becomes the following:

1.75714285714%*5=8.7857142857, so 8.7857142857%

This is a decline from 55%:

55–8.7857142857=46.2142857143, so 46.2142857143% or 46.21%

In 2023, one possibility given the trendline is a mere 18,847,485 Christians in Canada comprising 46.21% of the total population. With 2021 as the year in which the 55% of 2018 moves to below 50%, demarcating the era of non-simple majority Canadian Christianity and, therefore, changing the religio-cultural landscaping and self-understanding of Canadians in, at least, the short term and the medium term (Q.E.D.).

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

6 Great Website Copywriting Examples (And Why They Work)

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/27

Copywriting is an art and an algorithm. I think of it as an art insofar as it provides room for creativity. A creativity in a wide variety of media. Also, it’s like an algorithm because the processes are learnable.

Web copywriter is simply a title narrowed to online content copywriting process(es). Someone who makes effective website text, works within content marketing strategies, and who is worth copying seen in social proof.

The nature of good copy versus bad copy isn’t about good versus bad. It’s about suitable versus unsuitable. The ways in which the copy suits the audience most appropriately. To have suitable copy, it should be suitable to both the audience and intended message.

What is copywriting?

Literally, it is the creation of copy, or words. Words on a physical page by hand or on an electronic screen by typing. In all, the creation of copy is a profound process of honing language. Language neither better nor worse. You write generally, as a content write; you are writing copy.

When committing to website copywriting, or website copy, the copywriting will be specified within the domains of the website. The organization or the outlet will have a style and a defined theme. This will inform the web copy, whether a product page or a service page, or otherwise.

You will want to focus on making the copy friendly to Google search engine analytics, SEO copywriting. As a copywriter, you will need to discern the target audience for the content to be suitable to them, whether website content or social media SEO copy.

Your copywriting service as a freelance copywriter or a website copywriter could be used for a blog post, web copywriting services (e.g., a landing page), or simply a Facebook post or a Twitter tweet. Copywriting is a general purpose form of writing, primarily for web content.

Your job is to make great copy as a skilled copywriter for a business owner to attract a reader demographic or a potential customer base. Over time, if successful, you will be considered a professional copywriter or an expert copywriter. So, what are 6 great website copywriting examples?

The following examples show content creation with functional keyword search, compelling copy/compelling content, effective copy, representing the brand voice to provide a value proposition reflecting the business. All this to attract website visitors, readers, and so possible customers for effective marketing purposes.

1. Apple

When you look at places like Apple, they have become one of the largest corporations in the world. Of course, part of this comes from the fantastic technology sold by them. A sense of a human or user-friendly device.

Another strength of the technology comes from the power of their use of language. They, typically, have a language reflecting their campaigns. For example, the campaign of “I’m a Mac, I’m a PC.” These are iconic in the marketing world now. Clean and clear as the devices they make.

2. Coca-Cola

This is another company with great copy and excellent copywriters. They know how to market. Part of the mark of their greatness comes from the quality of their marketing itself. They know their audience.

They speak to their particular brand. In turn, they speak to their audience, which is a general audience. So, their copy, their slogans, come in broad terms. The current sloganeering: “Refresh the World. Make a Difference.”

3. Walmart

You can see the trend towards more prominent companies and entities. This is for good reason. Because these organizations have extensive networks and finances to create some of the best copy or text on the market.

Indeed, they have the ability to hire some of the best copywriters known to date. Something like a tincture form of the desired experience for customers. They really know their base. If we take the examples of Walmart, it’s obvious in their slogan, “Everyday low prices.” It’s a store for everyone.

4. Amazon

Another massive international corporation with lots of money coming in and plenty of money to burn. This is the type of company with the extra cash to make their text is sharp, focused. They know how to stay in the game.

Even during a pandemic, they are not only maintaining themselves. They are growing to some degree. Furthermore, they have another sweet, killer slogan, which is a great example of succinct copy: “Work Hard. Have Fun.”

5. Facebook

At one time, Facebook’s copy for a slogan was “Be Connected. Be Discovered. Be on Facebook.” It’s another punctuated series of messages devoted to attracting their target audience. They know how to best tap into this audience as a matter of course.

Facebook is one of the dominant social media platforms on the market today. Part of its pervasive successive is due to its filling a need of the general population. Another component is the ways in which it can reach a wide audience with copywriters tapping into the nascent ideas of its audience.

6. Google

The final one for today comes from the famous and most used search engine on the market today, Google. Its slogan is “Don’t be evil.” As a corporation, its internal culture and external image, in turn, should reflect this.

With their hired crack squad of copywriters, their copywriting should exhibit, and often does, represent this simplified, to the point, and powerful values message. It’s great. It’s one of those integral pieces text to the entire image of the company. One which does not do evil.

Questions to ask yourself

What are the ways in which excellent copy is a backbone of both marketing and a companies message to its consumers?

How is being a copywriter, prospective or expert, important for providing an essential service in the marketing and advertising world?

What are some tips and tricks to take from some of the examples of great copy given by these companies?

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Pause, Breathe: Compassion in a Time of Slowdowns

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/15

When I sit at work on break, if I get them, I wonder as to the manner in which to conduct myself. There’s a sense in which the time spent sitting, pondering the time, is both a huge waste of utility and a point of rest and relaxation. I sit in this tension, wondering.

I think about the individuals who come and go, who flutter in and out of the doorways of the restaurant during a pandemic. In British Columbia, we’re set as a province. We have good healthcare. We have a culture of moderate care and concern. People are here for one another.

In this sense, whether a pandemic season or not, people have one another’s backs. British Columbians are good like that. When push comes to shove, even the less well off, they have an ability to show general care and concern for another person.

So, this culture of care is part and parcel with the relatively robust healthcare system. Even in the instances of restaurants struggling to make their way, I sincerely don’t sense resentment for having to shut down. A livelihood is lost. A source of community wealth generation goes away. However, people have one another’s backs.

Similarly, sitting here at the restaurant, we’re in the middle of a two-week lockdown. While, simultaneously, there’s not much of a change in the general culture. People come to eat out less. There’s a sense of greater safety precautions on the periphery.

However, sitting here, I can’t help but think of the Americans who are dealing with a far greater number of cases in total, per day, and with fewer healthcare provisions for poorer Americans. How are their businesses doing? How are those community suffering? How is rural white America handling the pandemic? It’s an aging population acquiring a highly contagious dis-ease in psychology and disease in a virus-based pandemic. The most cases, for now, are in the United States. That will likely become India later with some tight competitors in Brazil and elsewhere.

But even in spite of this, Canada feels well. It feels safe. It feels as if the correct measures are being taken to mediate the virus and help keep Canadians both safe and calm. Calm is important because many Canadians lack the correct knowledge to understand the deeper principles behind evolution and viruses. However, they understand hygiene and the maintenance of good, quality health.

On a break at the restaurant, I get to watch some of the dynamics of the population play out. Some things become obvious such as the dress and look of people who are caught in the pandemic. But they want to get out.

They have to travel out with the family if at all, in a sense. So, they will look alike, dress in a similar way, and look more or less common to the area. These are strangely the markers of a pandemic as played out in the rural regions of Canadian society.

And sooner or later, the break ends.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Silence Of Moonlight On A Gravestone

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/13

I plan to take a walk to the cemetery this evening. One of the joys in taking time to oneself is the silence. A relationship with others, to some, such as myself, only becomes possible with the moments of silence.

Those times way from the crowd, apart from others. There’s a sense in which aloneness provides time for being. The time to refresh, relax, and regain some sense of self in a busy world of work and obligations.

It may seem counterintuitive to some degree. However, the idea of the modern world is constant movement. Something is in flux. In reality, it’s a world of half-truths and half-falsehoods.

We’re a global population of stationary butts and moving minds. Our fingers type away at the keyboard while the glutes stick to the proverbial cushion. In a time to walk away, into nature, late in the night, I find peace.

I find this as a time to relate to myself, to think, to ponder, to conceptualize, to imagine, even to dream. I take the time. I travel. I walk and take transit only. I live a simple, modest life.

I wouldn’t have it any other way. Alone with myself to take some time away from the world of the rushing digital landscape. When I head out, deliberately, I walk along the stride of others no more.

A cemetery, a graveyard, a tombstone here, a marking there, a stack of moss on stone over the beaten path, truly, they’re the piles of the forgotten. Those deemed in the past.

I walk by them going to work. It’s in the day. It’s not the same. It feels as if just a bunch more grass. There’s people around. They have things to do; hell, I have things needing doing.

When I go at night, there’s a sense of intimacy in relations with myself. The descriptor coming to mind is a “communion” of sorts. The sense of unity with the self in time, in silence, with the dead.

It can sound morbid. I understand, completely. However, I would propose or embark on a different interpretation of the sense of relationships and events. People play golf, knit, fish, hike, bike, walk, and so on, alone, sometimes.

This helps them get away from some of the stress of the day, make a mark on their psychological wellbeing. Rather than, the continuous integration in social life with others.

It is building a firmer sense of self and building a sense of self-understanding, or taking time away for personal development and/or wellbeing. When I take these walks to or through the cemetery, it is a time to reflect.

All those who had gone before. Everyone with a story as deeply tragic and hopeful as my own. A life full of the ups and downs of the ordinary. My sense of relationships is both interpersonal and intrapersonal.

You know others and yourself through others. Also, you understand yourself through yourself. In that, for the latter, time away is not exactly time of play. It’s a serious time for deep reflection, consideration, contemplation.

A moment in a day without the demands of social life or the rigorous requirements of work. I take this time for building personal peace, reflecting on the day, and to center my inner voice.

If you’re ever wondering about a cornerstone of mental health, then I consider one of the more critical parts as the knowledge of oneself. Part of this comes from self-reflection.

One of the only times to have time for this is in self-reflection. Because when in the company of others, your self can be diminished in some respects. You’re paying attention to the social cues and emotional needs of others.

While, at the same time, you’re having to gauge internal feelings and calibrate to the social situation and act emotionally appropriately. In this, you’re sense of self merges with the environment.

Which is fine, but for self-insight, you need to optimize internal resources. One manner in which to do this is to take time for yourself, in silence. For myself, this occurs amongst the dead and in the night, whether cold or cool.

I find this a way to sit, in quietude, as if as silent as moonlight on a gravestone.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Statistical Inevitability as a Cross-Sect of the Axiomatic, the Temporal, and the Axiological

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/08

Before we understand science, it is natural to believe that God created the universe. But now science offers a more convincing explanation… What I meant by ‘we would know the mind of God’ is, we would know everything that God would know, if there were a God, which there isn’t. I’m an atheist.

-Stephen Hawking

A world without ethics or morality comes only in the set of realities without conscious agents or in the set of null universes. A world comprised of matter and energy, or information, and potential, with conscious agents. One with implied pasts and potential futures.

No light, no ought, agency births ethics. Thus, the tale of the tribe: theology failed; no magic. A discipline of primitive eras and peoples — “primitive” meaning original — best set in the field of anthropology and archaeology now.

A verisimilitude to knowledge without the authenticity of actuality. A propinquity to materiality without substantive veracity. A claim to truth for a species in its youth. A “more convincing explanation” exists in the present situation.

Some approximation to the principles of ‘the mind of God’ without a god, as such. The set of possible universes remains larger than the set of null universes. Therefore, existence becomes statistically favoured more than non-existence.

With this, the statistical existence argument to a set of realities including time because more universes with a large finite number of moments exist than a set of realities with only one moment. Hence, a statistical argument for temporality on top of the statistical argument for existence.

Time as manifest in the Arrow of Time. ‘Old archaeological digs’ find arguments for a transcendent and immanent object. A source of The Good, an assertion of an extranatural atemporal and natural immanent entity as the source of ethics or morality. Theology failed to deliver.

One traditional partition in ethics comes from the Humean formulation of is/ought. Facts of the world versus actions in the world. A possible way forward of the is/ought solution sits in temporal statistical unavoidability or the inevitability of time in statistical considerations. Time implies sequences. Thus, the inescapable fact of consequences in a reality with time.

Another possible solutions comes from the bifurcation of realities. Consider for the moment, two sets of realities exist. One without conscious information processors. Another with them. In the first, no ethics because no conscious action. In the second, morality exists because of conscious action.

Morality may define principles governing behaviour or the conducting of an activity. If morality/ethics define as “principles governing behaviour or the conducting of an activity,” then ethics/morality become inevitable in the second set of realities. Because actions occur through conscious information processors.

Both sets of realities inevitably include time. Only one incorporates conscious information processors. In the only set incorporative of conscious information processors, time and morality become inevitable, statistically, as with existence. We come to the stream of statistical inevitabilities with statistical arguments for existence, temporality, agency, and morality.

If the set of possible universes remains larger than the set of null universes, then existence becomes statistically more probable. If existence becomes statistically more probable, then realities with more than one moment of time become statistically more probable than realities with only one moment of time.

If realities with more than one moment become statistically more probable than realities with only one moment of time, then one set will evolve conscious information processors and one set will not.

If conscious information processors evolve in one set of universes, and if morality/ethics define as “principles governing behaviour or conducting of an activity,” then evolving conscious information processors creates morality/ethics, because conscious information processors move or conduct activities.

If evolving conscious information processors creates morality/ethics, then ethics/morality become statistically inevitable in one set of universes. Thus, if the set of possible universes remains larger than the set of null universes, then ethics/morality becomes statistically inevitable in one set of universes.

The statistically probable occurrence of existence, of time, of agency, of ethics. If negated at any stage, the argument fails. If no existence, then no time, no agency, and no ethics; if existence and no time, then no agency and no ethics; if existence, time, and no agency, then no ethics; if existence, time, and agency, then ethics.

Ethics comes from agency. Agency comes from time. Time comes from existence. Existence separates from non-existence more likely than not. Is/ought remains preserved as separate ideas, but become coupled together.

Any act contains moral content without morality as an extranatural occurrence or with an implied metaphysical content. Natural informational processes evolve the organism with the structures generating both the interior landscape, the mind, and the exterior framework, the body.

Nothing extranatural invoked as, for example, brains produce valuations of entities, objects, abstractions, and relations between them. An error comes from the claim of ethical values or moral claims as metaphysical or supernatural. In fact, this adds nothing.

It posits more than necessitated and ignores the obvious. Evolved organisms exist in time processing information while giving value to things in reality. Where, an act in the world becomes something of factual content, as in contained in reality.

While, the factual content implies moral content because ethics/morality defines as “principles governing behaviour or conducting of an activity.” These acts come coupled with ethical content because of agency.

If a conscious information processor exists in a reality, then morality/ethics becomes unavoidable because the “conscious information processor” must deal with itself and its environment (if only one entity in the universe), or must deal with itself, others, and its environment (if more than one entity in the universe).

The distinction between is/ought comes with the preservation of the separation in one sense, where the individual ideas exist as substantive and legitimate in their own right. They, in fact, must give one from the other.

Thus, we can communicate meaning in terms of factual morality, not moral facts. Because, as above, ethics/morals are unavoidable for any reality with at least one conscious information processor, and time, at our scales, appears completely unavoidable, so consequences of “behaviour” in an environment seem inevitable.

A reality exists first with facts as pieces of the real world, then an agent, whether knowing or not, enacts mentation and action with moral content. Those two together make ethics unavoidable, so any facts must inform our ethics or morality.

Because ethics amounts to the conducting of an activity with activities relevant to conscious information processing systems and time implied in both the known physics of the universe at the scales of the conscious information processing agents, and in the sense of the agents existing and “processing.”

A macro world with the Arrow of Time means statistically linked moments with directionality. A world of conscious information processors (with physical exteriors, frames) creates actions in the world, even mentation can mean action in the world.

Both mean a time sense with moments providing a range of possible moments while harbouring a set of implied pasts based on each instantiation of moments. The only issue seems as if whether the conscious information processor becomes aware of the enactment of the ethic, or not, but there exists a moral value set enacted regardless, unavoidably.

Ethics requires the conscious information processing system, while without the necessity for sufficient awareness within the conscious information processing system for a systematic comprehension of the morality/ethics of the mentation and actions in the world.

Therefore, if ethics (actions in the world) are unavoidable with a conscious information processor (or conscious information processors), and if a conscious information processor exists on a magnitude in which the arrow of time exists inevitably, then any facts about reality impinging on a conscious information processor (or conscious information processors) and its environment (their environment and one another) have ethical consequences; everything factual implies the moral, but the “everything” is statistical, because existence statistically exists.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

3 Key Guidelines to Online Branding in 2020

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/10/05

Effective outreach into the public and private spheres for increased brand awareness on the part of the current customer base and the prospective customer requires more sophisticated and thoughtful approaches than in the past. However, many consistent guidelines exist in 2020 compared to other years as to the best manner in which to appropriately brand one’s company to the needs of a 2020 digital environment. Let’s cover 3 keys to online branding, in brief.

Gauge Brand Awareness

The importance of the knowledge of the general public about the brand cannot be understated. The other salient demographic are consistent and devoted customers to the particular brand. Think of the most popular and prominent companies in the world today, for example, Apple, Amazon, Walmart, Coca-Cola, Pepsi, and the like, most people in most contexts have some awareness about these companies, these brands. This didn’t happen by accident.

They focused in a dual-demographic market strategy with a consistency of their brand via their products, what they’re selling, to the home base of people. Then they gave some outreach in their work to the demographic who are not buying their products or not buying their products as much. This dual-demographic strategy works to keep the customers as customers and to make non-customers become customers: simple.

No doubt, these international companies understand the level and the degree to which they have penetrated various markets, age demographics, ethnic demographics, sex and gender demographics, and so on. This awareness is fundamental to provide a pressure gauge or temperature reading about the areas of coverage and areas lacking it in regard to the company brand.

To your particular enterprise, whether a solo venture or a larger company, you will want to work within the skill and knowledge sets of the team to find and utilize analytics tools and techniques available, even simple social media metrics, to gauge brand awareness in the general non-customer public and in the public who already purchase from you.

Craft Brand Messages

Quite naturally, once a reasonable reading of the factual state of affairs about the individuals who do have an interest in the brand and those may have an interest in it is established, the next steps are the crafting of messages depending on the form of outreach. Some forms of outreach that will work for some mediums will not work in others. Similarly, some demographics cue in to different channels, e.g., Facebook versus Instagram, more often than others.

With the brand awareness gauged, the crafting of brand messages to specific demographics will be important on two levels related to the dual-demographic analysis. On the one hand, the customers will expect a particular kind of consistency in the messaging and in the things deemed attractive to them. Think about the style and ergonomic appeal of the iPhone year-after-year or the slight modifications to the Coca-Cola pops, their branding is consistent to meet the (reasonable) expectations of customers.

If they didn’t please their base, then they’d begin to lose their base who would expect to find their needs met elsewhere, of course. Why wouldn’t they? On the other hand, there are the individuals who have never know about the brand or haven’t fully bought into it. This can be extremely widespread, as in some of the cases with the Chinese tea traditions and the attempts at penetration via the pop industry.

In fact, this was a battle. How would one brand a pop message to a culture bound in many ways to a long perennial tradition of tea drinking? That’s partly on the branding in terms of the outreach along the lines mentioned before regarding age demographics, ethnic demographics, sex and gender demographics, and so on.

Measure Message Efficacy

Let’s say your team has built a killer brand awareness program and a series of drop-dead gorgeous and genius-level on-the-point crafted brand messages, the next questions revolve around the efficacy of the efforts in the same framework. All of this moving forward becomes part of the easier parts of the process.

Basically, in intervals or stages, depending on the required or desired timelines of the company, the ranges of the checkups can be initiated. These checkups would be seeing the effects of various brand messages on the intended audiences, good and bad. This further data can help inform the future forms of targeted, or crafted, branding for the relevant demographics of one’s company.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Trust Fit for the World

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/10/04

Some short thoughts on the contexts for religion in Canada. Something of a gentle and friendly call for consideration of some aspects of theology in practical terms. My local context in Langley, British Columbia, Canada, is steeped in Christian theology and religion with the good and bad coming from adherence and lack of adherence to the Gospel, whether proper interpretation or not. People bring much individual conceptual baggage to the reading of their Scriptures. It’s a culture engulfed by some of the sub-culture of fundamentalist Evangelical Christianity with Trinity Western University. It’s a community, as with many others in the country, somewhat engulfed in the ideas of Creationism and Intelligent Design with particular orientations of focused eyes on purported holy scripture and the suggestion, nay assertion, of an Almighty Creator & Sustainer Father God of the Heavens and the Earth.

An individual who rises from death after a capital punishment in crucifixion. People believe this transcendent creature has plans for us, for individual human beings. In short, a community of faith, of belief in supernatural acts, with effects on individual choices of the shoulds or oughts for one’s entire life. The question: What if one denies this assertion, as increasingly millions of Americans and millions of Canadians reject it?

The expectations of choices for life become more open, less constrained, and, to those individual rejectors, probably less prone to magical thinking and errors in judgment about important questions in life. Apply this famous statement of Epicurus to the case of the torment and torture of a newborn infant or of a young child by a sadistic human, Epicurus said, “Is God willing to prevent evil, but not able? Then he is not omnipotent. Is he able, but not willing? Then he is malevolent. Is he both able and willing? Then whence cometh evil? Is he neither able nor willing? Then why call him God?”

He directed attention to contradictions in supposed attributes of God. I direct your attention to the real world in which the tortures and torments happen regularly to the infants and children, wholly innocent, around the globe, by the millions. Meanwhile, God, or the gods, sit silent over the prayers and tears of the parents, or wails of agony and murders of the sinless young. Either indifference or absence seems like the conclusion to the assertion of the gods as defined. Without that particular God of the Bible, for example, what happens to the plans one placed one’s highest hopes? A trust in the self-contradictory or non-existent seems not much of a worthwhile trust in the end, again, to millions.

This leads into thoughts on personal choice and the future.

People with the aforementioned assertion act as told, or thought to be told, as written in the Bible and interpreted by, typically, a local pastor, preacher, or minister on Sundays, even an academic theologian (an ordinary, fallible human being, often a man). People without the assertion act as guided by contingencies of biology, individual psychological dynamics, and the cultural milieu of upbringing, as we both speak and write in English here, and make choices more independently and apart from supernatural or magical acts.

One doesn’t pray one’s way out of a problem, as prayer doesn’t or isn’t assumed to work in this view. Similarly, one isn’t divinely commanded top-down what to do in life. They choose without higher orders, bottom-up, and face the consequences positive and negative, as they come.

There is no governor anywhere; that’s a trust more fit for the world.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Imbibed, Embedded, and Projected: Meaning as Cathexis Complexes

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/10/03

“Does one need to believe in a god to live a fulfilling, meaningful, morally correct and upright human life?”

One of the more tentative conclusions, the question seems poorly formulated and quintessentially a North American one. I suspect influenced more by Judeo-Christian evaluations of the important items on the dossier of life. As America and Canada remain Christian dominant, or Christian majority population, nations while not Christian nations per se, whether in founding documents or in Founding Fathers (can be shown in either case), the narratives of the Old Testament and the New Testament and the life of Jesus Christ — no doubt — provide a guide to life and living from womb to tomb (Thanks, Cornell), often in select interpretations, for Christians. Duly note, I am not Christian in the sense accepted by my compatriots if I took on the garb, the title, though some interpretations of Christianity, e.g., Christian Humanism, seem palatable, even laudable, sophisticated, and intriguing.

The formulation of the question leads to two things.

A famous non-sense question in linguistics is, “Do colorless green ideas sleep furiously?” A non-sense question compared to sensible questions including “Does Mars orbit closer to the Sun in the Solar System than Uranus or Haumea?”, “Does Euclidean Geometry and its derivative in the Pythagorean Theorem map onto the real world?”, “Does cheating on a Winter examination violate university academic standards and practices as well as internal, personal ethical principles of honesty?”

For example, does one live life choreographed, i.e., pre-planned though boring, or discovered, i.e., exciting though risky, or something in between, or a combination, or something else entirely? So, I would answer the question after thinking about it, with another question, “Is there another formulation of the question, more general, more practical, and more concrete?”

Because life seems far more open-ended than that, and life seems more akin to wrestling than dance. More things, to the point, seem out of personal, individual control than inside of it. However, as someone who studies psychology can tell you, either a friend or a student (or former student), they will note the concept of the Internal Locus of Control and the External Locus of Control.

When we look at the types and degrees of control, and then the individual sensibility and evaluation of the control, some things seem within individual plans and choices while others cannot exist within personal control. There, we have two senses of control — Internal Locus of Control and External Locus of Control — and then the physical reality of personal choices and the wide array of external imposition on the personal choices, in spite of the external or internal sensibility of control, or the individual decisions in any given moment.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

NCSE Getting Appropriate Coverage

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/10/02

The National Center for Science Education, as usual, has been doing a spectacular job in the United States in reportage and work on the advancement of proper science and science curricula and informational reportage on what matters in th long view for the health of global society with science, and the United States as a key player in the world’s scientific and technological advancement to date.

The NCSE was published in the national magazine of the Sierra Club in a feature entitled “Climate Curricula Hit US Schools.” In the article, the Deputy Director of the NCSE talked about the public schools as one of the last places in which most of the population of the United States will receive a formal instruction in science inclusive of anthropogenic climate change education.

Chance Duncan, NCSE Teacher Ambassador, was reported as helping in ‘defusing a legislator’s trying to block new state science standards in Arkansas in 2015.’ Duncan stated, “[If students] can leave high school understanding how they impact the environment and can make better choices about transportation or energy usage … I think that makes them better adults.”

With files from the NCSE.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Iran Executes Navid Afkari

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/10/02

If you want to murder someone with an illegitimate excuse seemingly untouchable, then a decent manner in which to do so is the excuse of the State, as such, whether secular-authoritarian or theocratic.

Navid Afkari was executed. Afkari was a wrestler accused of murder who had “international appeals for him to be spared” (BBC). In the midst of anti-government protests in 2018, he was accused of killing a security guard. Amnesty International considered the ‘secret’ execution a “travesty of justice.”

Amnesty International reported, “Before his secret execution Navid Afkari, 27, was subjected to a shocking catalogue of human rights violations and crimes, including enforced disappearance; torture and other ill-treatment, leading to forced “confessions”; and denial of access to a lawyer and other fair trial guarantees.”

Afkari was searching for an opportunity to have a “fair trial” to “prove his innocence,” according to Diana Eltahawy. Afkari argued that he was tortured into making a confession. Afkari said, “If I am executed, I want you to know that an innocent person, even though he tried and fought with all his strength to be heard, was executed.”

He was hung in the southern city of Shiraz. Afkari was prevented from seeing family before death. The World Players Association (WPA), which represents 85,000 athletes around the globe, called for a stop to the execution, deeming Afkari “unjustly targeted.” The WPA argues the targeting was based on anti-government protest participation. They further argued, prior to the execution of Afkari on September 12th, that Iran should be expulsed from world sport.

“Given the impunity which prevails in Iran, we urge the international community, including UN human rights bodies and EU member states, to take strong action through public and private interventions,” Diana Eltahaway stated, “We deplore the Iranian authorities’ repeated use of the death penalty, which has earned it the shameful status of consistently being among the world’s most prolific executioners. There is no justification for the death penalty, which is the ultimate cruel, inhuman and degrading punishment, and we urge the Iranian authorities to abolish it.”

There were calls in support of the late wrestler before and after the execution from American President Donald Trump and the International Olympic Committee, and others on social media. The punishments by the Iranian regime extended to Navid’s brothers, Vahid and Habib, with 57 years in prison and 27 years in prison, respectively, “in the same case.” This is according to various human rights activists in the country, as reported by the BBC.

Thusly, this mid-September, Iran lost a national wrestling champion due to an execution by state authorities.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

#WhiteWednesday: We’ve Power By Weave, Linen, and Women

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/10/01

Women around the world have been increasingly vocal, alongside many men, and rightfully so, about the injustices facing their gender. Often, it comes tied to some theocratic leader or political ideology bent on suppression of the equal rights implementation for women. All the while giving airy, arid, and empty statements about the equality of women while lacking practical substance, pragmatic empirics, to show for all the bluster (and blunder).

#WhiteWednesday or White Wednesday is one such manner of public protest started by Masih Alinejad, who is also the founder of My Stealthy Freedom, which started as a form of protest as in May of 2017. My Stealthy Freedom began on May 5 of 2014. In this, #WhiteWednesday is a campaign and connected to My Stealthy Freedom as one of its outgrowths.

Its surface manifestation is in the presentation of white headscarves or white pieces of cloth as symbols of protest. The focus is international while originating within Iranian women’s culture because before the 1979 Islamic revolution; many Iranian women, in Iran so not necessarily in the wider diaspora, wore clothing in the Western style of the time.

However, with the imposition of Ayatollah Khomeini, as reported by the BBC in 2017, “Women were not only forced to cover their hair in line with a strict interpretation of Islamic law on modesty, but also to stop using make-up and to start wearing knee-length manteaus. More than 100,000 women and men took to the streets to protest against the law in 1979, and opposition to it has never gone away.”

Since May of 2014, women have been submitting photos and videos of defiance against the theocratic and rather patriarchal structures in Iran without the head coverings, women taking control of their individual lives, expressing solidarity in media to one another, and, in turn, inspiring other women too. Thus, #WhiteWednesday becomes a component of the overarching protest and spirit of My Stealthy Freedom. Both the brainchildren of Alinejad.

In 2017, Alinejad said, “When I expressed my concern about [one contributor’s] safety, she replied that she would rather jeopardise her job than continue living under this oppression that the Iranian women have endured for the last 38 years.”

It has affected the cultures of other countries too. Even in Afghanistan or other countries where it is not mandatory in accordance with the law to wear a headscarf, many women and girls can be forced to wear one within the family. As you can see, the main point is about the individual freedom of choice of the woman to wear the headscarf, or not, rather than the headscarf itself, which becomes an imposition either by law (theocratic, as far as I can tell) or by familial bond(age) bound to custom.

As the White Wednesday campaign continues as an extension of My Stealthy Freedom, we can support those efforts in solidarity, as the rights for some already won are merely starting to be won by others.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

M87 Central Galactic Black Hole Halo Photographed with Event Horizon Telescope

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/09/30

As nationalism without inter-nationalism continues to mark down the discourse of the globe, some marked moments of science show the true beauty of inter-national collaboration through looking upward to the sky and outward from ourselves, especially in empirical evidence showing things previously only imagined. Recently, there was some news as to the nature of the most powerful gravitational wells in the universe: black holes. In a distant galaxy, at its center, there sits a gigantic black hole 40,000,000,000 kilometres across. It was photographed with a “network of eight telescopes across the world.” The details of the photography were published in Astrophysical Journal Letters.

The network of telescopes is called the Event Horizon Telescope or EHT. The original experiment was proposed by Professor Heino Falcke of Radbout University (Netherlands). The galaxy for this monstrous black hole is M87. Falcke said, “What we see is larger than the size of our entire Solar System… It has a mass 6.5 billion times that of the Sun. And it is one of the heaviest black holes that we think exists. It is an absolute monster, the heavyweight champion of black holes in the Universe.”

There is a “ring of fire” surrounding the circularity of the black hole. This halo surrounding the black hole is caused by gas becoming superheated and falling into M87’s black hole. The light from the bright halo surrounding the central galactic black hole of M87 is “brighter than all the billions of other stars in the galaxy combined.” This brightness permits ease of visibility to the EHT.

When the inner edge of the bright halo becomes dark, this is when the superheated gas enters the black hole. “Although they are relatively simple objects, black holes raise some of the most complex questions about the nature of space and time, and ultimately of our existence… It is remarkable that the image we observe is so similar to that which we obtain from our theoretical calculations. So far, it looks like Einstein is correct once again,” Dr. Ziri Younsi of University College London stated.

The reason for the darkness on the outer circular edge of the halo comes from the lack of light emitted for sufficient brightness to be picked up by the EHT. The inner edge becomes dark because the light from the superheated gas cannot escape the M87 black hole, or any black hole for that matter, because a “black hole is a region of space[-time] from which nothing, not even light, can escape.” The immense density of the matter compactified into the narrow region of space creates the basis for which the darkness because the black hole is present, though unseen because the photons emitted by the superheated gas become trapped in the gravitational well of M87’s central galactic black hole.

As stated by the Jet Propulsion Laboratory at the California Institute of Technology, “Learning about mysterious structures in the universe provides insight into physics and allows us to test observation methods and theories, such as Einstein’s theory of general relativity. Massive objects deform spacetime in their vicinity, and although the theory of general relativity has directly been proven accurate for smaller-mass objects, such as Earth and the Sun, the theory has not yet been directly proven for black holes and other regions containing dense matter.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Woman, an Atheist, a Socialist, a Liberal, and a Feminist Get Poutine Together: or, One Person Walks Into a Canada

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/09/29

“Life as an atheist liberal feminist in the American South” by Caroline Shelton is a lovely self-reflection on the nature of identifying as an atheist and a feminist woman in the South of the United States. She talks about being put down, naysaid, in attempts to crunch her confidence while ‘expressing herself,’ honestly. Often, I come across stories like this.

She notes the more common reaction, “Not everyone is motivated by the rude words of others, and I understand why. It hurts when people expect you to fall into line at the cost of expressing yourself. Sometimes, it can be easier to keep the peace. Most people choose not to rock the boat with family. That’s where I have to disagree.”

Shelton recalls a 2010 era in which a post on a Facebook account critical of the Bible, as in a Bible printed without literal print on the page is better than one with ink of scripture present. She recounted some of the standard family responses these “radical beliefs.”

Coming from a Roman Catholic family, for her, became an obvious issue, the idea being: Shelton shall go to “Hell for a sense of humor.” Some of the commentary from family were more lukewarm, as a primer to the more extreme reactions to the “atypical beliefs.” In fact, when we look at the United States, it’s more non-atypical now, more typical of the American than not, especially in the last decade.

At present, she identifies as an “atheist socialist liberal feminist,” see as, by her account of “any southern Republican,” “the most dangerous combination.” The 2016 election was an inflection point for her.

“I was five days shy of being able to cast a vote, but nothing at the time was more important to me than electing our first female President, who could have been Hillary Clinton,” Shelton stated, “I was informed on policy, current events, and what I wanted for our country: Inclusion, tolerance, racial justice, and female representation in government. But none of that mattered.”

She asserts that, according to the family, the family — her family — viewed her as “a teenager unqualified to vote and therefore unqualified to have such opinions.” In other words, she was not seen as an adult for being deviant in the community. This is the experience for many freethinkers, in many communities, especially the virulently anti-freethought, i.e., the more religious sectors of the population.

As is expected, or on social reprisal cue, she was ‘told to move to Canada if she felt so unhappy.’ As it turns out, Shelton did move to Canada, probably to enjoy some better company. She has been in Montreal for three years now. However, she feels the same “dilemma” in regards to ‘holding her tongue’ “for the sake of family.”

“Coming to McGill has helped me find my voice, without being afraid to use it out of fear of familial strife. It took me 18 years and immigration to Canada, but I am now finally able to surround myself with like-minded people. McGill and Montreal’s international and diverse community has taught me that I need to speak up not only for myself, but also for our futures, whether on a local, national, or global level,” Shelton said, “I will take whatever comes my way; I can handle it. That’s because the current issues of racial justice, climate change, sexual harassment, misogyny, and unequal pay, to name a few, are no longer issues we can watch from the sidelines. So from here on out, I’ll be at every march, every rally, and every demonstration.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Inversion Therapy: To Be or Not To Be That Which One Condemns

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/09/28

“I was a religious zealot that hurt people. People said they attempted suicide over me and the things I said to them. People, I know, are in therapy because of me. Why would I want that to continue?” — McKrae Game

When irony strikes in life, it can strike while the metal is hot, for the betterment of the rights of the accused, so called accusations, and to the advancement of a culture of critical thinking. Mahita Gajanan in Time described the story of McKrae Game who is a former conversion therapy advocate.

Game founded a South Carolina conversion therapy program. He is its former leader. “Former” because he came out of the closet; he’s gay. Now 51, Game came out two years after being fired by the Hope for Wholeness program, which was founded in 1999. The explicit and sole purpose of the conversion therapy program founded by Game was to rid non-heterosexual people of their sexual orientation identity, which comes with the hidden premise of this as a lifestyle or not something innate to the human being.

This can be all fun and games to popular freethought groups. However, as noted by Game, these institutions, religious orientation and ideological backings, individual biases, and practices & practitioners, and the like, lead to people ‘attempting suicide’ based on “things… said to them” or enter into “therapy” because of it. People die because of this garbage. That’s why it matters to speak frankly and to act forcefully against it. I’m certain many people reading this are sick of hearing about it, maybe even know individuals in their lives impacted by it.

Game, in an article by the Post and Courier, said, “Conversion therapy is not just a lie, but it’s very harmful… Because it’s false advertising.” In the course of the career for Hope for Wholeness, he talked about sexual attraction to men while struggling with gay pornography. In November, 2017, he was fired. Game argues the pornography was the reason for the firing. He spoke to be “devastated” and “humiliated.”

The American Medical Association and American Psychological Association discredit conversion therapy; therefore, “conversion therapy” is not, by definitional status of two legitimate organizations, a “therapy,” but, rather, a ‘therapy’ and does not, in fact, “convert.” Its title does nothing of the former part of it and fails legitimacy tests of the latter point within the relevant professions.

Mental health trauma and thoughts of suicide are linked to “attempts at changing a sexual orientation or gender identity.” Approximately 700,000 “LGBTQ” adults in the United States have received the discredited ‘therapies’ seen in conversion therapy based on the Williams Institute published in 2018. Only 18 states and Washington, D.C., currently ban conversion therapy.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Muslimish: Iran, Muslim-Minority Nation

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/09/27

GAMAAN — The Group for Analyzing and Measuring Attitudes in IRAN conducted a survey on the attitudes of Iranians towards religion. It was done between June 6th and 21st of this year. 50,000+ respondents took part in the survey, where about 90% of them lived in Iran.

The biases of the respondents to the surveys are being based out of Iran mostly, being literate and above the age of 19, while having “95% credibility level and credibility intervals of 5%” for the survey. Looking at religion also taps into some associated political concepts, too, one of the more presumptuous ideas about Iran is a nation of people who believe in a supernatural, governing, designing, and maintaining, entity: God.

78% of Iranians believe in God with less than half of that believing in an after life (37%), heaven and hell (30%), jinns (26%), and a coming saviour (26%). 1/5 believe do not believe in a God, an afterlife, heaven and hell, jinns, and a coming saviour. 60% of Iranians reported not praying and 40% varied in their frequency (devotion) to the level of praying, “among whom over 27% reported praying five times a day.”

GAMAAN reported, “While 32% of the population identifies as Shi’ite Muslim, around 9% identify as atheist, 8% as Zoroastrian, 7% as spiritual, 6% as agnostic, and 5% as Sunni Muslim. Others stated that they identify with or follow Sufi mysticism, humanism, Christianity, the Baha’i faith, or Judaism, among other worldviews. Around 22% identified with none of the above.”

Indeed, half of Iranians, based on the survey, report losing religion from personal life. 41% were stable while 6% changed “from one religious orientation to another.” About 6/10 Iranians came from a family who were religious believers in God and approximately 3/10 had a believing and not religious family — not sure as to the precise interpretive lens here. Less than 3/100 (not a typo) grew up or were raised in an anti-religious home. 68% believe the religious prescriptions should separate from state legislation; secularism appears as a fundamental desire to most Iranians. Only 14% think the laws of the country should be governing religious prescriptions, in “accord” with one another.

“71% hold the opinion that religious institutions should be responsible for their own funding. On the other hand, 10% thinks that all religious organizations, irrespective of their faith, should receive government support, while over 3% say only Islamic institutions are entitled to such benefits,” GAMAAN stated.

4 in 10 Iranians believe religions should have the right to proselytize their religion with only 4% believing in the exclusive right for Muslims. Another 4 in 10 believed in a blank ban on religious proselytizing across the board. 56% want secular education or not wanting their children to have religious education

GAMAAN said, “58% said they do not believe in the hijab (Islamic veil covering the hair) altogether. Around 72% opposed the compulsory hijab, while 15% insist on the legal obligation to wear the hijab in public.”

To the nightlife and drinking culture of Iran, there is “legally enforced alcohol temperance.” However, 35% of Iranians drink “occasionally or regularly” and 56% do not drink alcohol at all. For the full report, please kindly see here.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Is there life on Venus?

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/09/26

There have been some recent reports as to the possibility of life on Venus. Is this an empirically verified or confirmed assertion from some recent news reportage? First things first, definitions, not necessarily, what is life? Instead, who studies that which has been defined as “life” on planets other than Earth? Those smarty pants are called astro-biologists with “astro-” meaning “constellation” or “star” and “-biology” meaning “study of life,” rooted in “biology” or “bio-” meaning “life” and “logy” meaning “branch of study.” Other prefixes used in place of “astro-” have been “exo-” and “xeno-” meaning “external” and “other”/“different in origin,” respectively. In this sense, astrobiology, exobiology, and xenobiology can be loosely interchangeable with astrobiology as, probably, the most used term.

So, to the question in some of the popular or mainstream reportage about Venus harbouring life, astrobiologists have looked for Earth-like planets as obvious candidates for planets harbouring life because the form of “life” known abundantly comes from Earth. As scientific skeptics, the obvious orientation on much of the popular media is, and should be, concerned skepticism and due critical thinking about the claims coming from the reportage because of the outlandish belief structures, individual beliefs, practices, and styles or processes of thinking throughout the culture, pervasive or ubiquitous. Nothing original in this orientation to the readership here.

When seeing such claims, it does seem “outlandish,” as if David Icke crawled out of the shadows and took over several news teams to froth at the mouth about aliens in the print of respectable publications, in spite of the decline in monetary funding of, professional and institutional support for, and socio-cultural trust in, media and journalism, understandably. However, astrobiologists have been working for some time on hypothetical scenarios outside of the N of 1 seen in the carbon-based life on Earth.

The key points of the reports, including Scientific Americancome from the detection of phosphine. Mike Wall stated, “On Monday (Sept. 14), researchers announced that they’d spotted the fingerprint of phosphine in Venus’ atmosphere, at an altitude where temperatures and pressures are similar to those here on Earth at sea level.” If a detection of phosphine, then this means a “biosignature,” literally “signature of life.”

The preliminary discussion appears to revolve around the biosignature as truly a biosignature or as an indication of an “exotic” chemical reaction mimicking the signifiers of life without, in fact, originating from the processes of some form of microbes.

Pete Worden, executive director of the nonprofit Breakthrough Initiatives, said, “We have what could be a biosignature, and a plausible story about how it got there… The next step is to do the basic science needed to thoroughly investigate the evidence and consider how best to confirm and expand on the possibility of life.”

These developments, and public statements, can show the development of basic science initiatives and the advancement of science from discovery to channelization of resources towards further research in hopes of greater ‘bounty,’ scientific discoveries.

Jane Greaves, an astronomer at the University of Cardiff in the U.K., and lead researcher on some of the new research into phosphine on Venus as a potential biosignature. After some preliminary research, Greaves and colleagues managed to use the Atacama Large Millimetre/submillimetre Array (ALMA) in March of 2019. The preliminary research was not a blip. Greaves was set for disappointment, but came to an amazing finding. She, and her colleagues, found more phosphine than expected or predicted. Not a conclusion, here, as to whether this is the true sign of life, but, rather, an indication as to increasingly supportive empirical evidence of unusual amounts of phosphine at unusual pressures and altitudes for both phosphine and the amount of phosphine.

Is this “life on Venus”? No, if it is simply an anomalistic finding, however, it could be, “Yes,” if further empirical support with the preponderance of evidence pointing to life rather than an “exotic” chemical reaction. Thus, maybe, but definitely, an unusual amount of phosphine raising intriguing questions about the possibilities of “life on Venus,” so “possibilities” and not conclusions.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversion ‘Therapy’: Canada Should Ban an Immoral Non-Scientific Practice

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/09/25

“If you believe there is a God, a God that made your body, and yet you think that you can do anything with that body that’s dirty, then the fault lies with the manufacturer.” — Lenny Bruce

Emerald Bensadoun in Global News published an article entitled “Canada just tabled legislation to ban conversion therapy. Why is it necessary in 2020?“ It’s a good query. The more fundamental question, “Was it ever necessary?” As it is not a scientific construct, as such, but, more akin, to the idea of sexual addict or sex addiction, by analogy, this comes to the idea in an extensive discussion with Dr. Darrel Ray of the Secular Therapy Project and Recovering From Religion.

The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM)-5 or the DSM-5 is the standard by which mental disorders are catalogued and given proper psychological reference at this time. Its last update was in 2013. The sexual addiction label was rejected in 2013 in spite of the proposal for inclusion seven years ago. The DSM-5/DSM-V does not incorporate “sex addict” or “sexual addiction” in itself. Thus, as Dr. Ray noted, to me, the idea of the psychological construct of sexual addiction is false or pseudoscience with the idea, in fact, extant as a theological construct within Christian counselling presented as if a psychological construct.

“There’s tons of evidence that the most religious people self-identify the most as ‘sex addicts.’ Not to mind, there is no such thing as sex addiction. There’s no way to define it. I have argued with atheists that have been atheists for 20 years who say that they are sex addicts. Help me understand, how did you get that diagnosis?… I do not care if you look at porn once or twice an hour. You are still not a sex addict. So, get over that,” Dr. Ray stated, “You may have other issues. You may have some compulsions. You may have some fear of driving the issue. But it almost always comes down to early childhood religious training… Sometimes, you can go an entire lifetime with a guilt, a shame, a fear, rooted in religion.”

When I reflect on the literal non-sense, lack of sense or empirical-based evidence, for conversion therapy, it breaks my heart. Why should non-heterosexual peoples have to be subjected to the non-scientific whims of the popular religious culture or the sub-culture of the religious devoted to the immoral practice of conversion therapy? The Government of Canada introduced legislation for the amendment of the Criminal Code in order to ban conversion therapy, which becomes a victory for the LGBTI [Ed. Terminology based on the LGBTI Core Group from the United Nations.] community in Canada, in part.

In fact, the Minister of Justice and Attorney General of Canada, David Lametti, stated, “Conversion therapy is a cruel practice that can lead to life-long trauma, particularly for young people… It sends a demeaning and degrading message… [and] is premised on a lie.” This is important in its being candid. This is a point of unification of purpose for both the scientific skeptic and the humanist communities based on their core values because of the violation of proper science in therapeutic practice and the violation of fundamental human rights, respectively.

Five new offences would be added to the Criminal Code, including “causing a minor to undergo conversion therapy, removing a minor from Canada to undergo conversion therapy abroad, causing a person to undergo conversion therapy against their will, profiting from providing conversion therapy and advertising an offer to provide conversion therapy.”

Bensadoun reported that the legislation would permit courts to seize advertisements of conversion therapy or to “order those who placed the advertisements to remove them.” This lattermost point may be a point of contention more than the others with freedom of expression and the Charter of Rights and Freedoms.

Now, if the bill becomes a law, Lametti stipulated that the law — with the five incorporative offences — would become the singular comprehensive and progressive legislation in the world on the banishment and punishment of the practice of an immoral and non-scientific practice. Indeed, this has been a Liberal campaign promise. Their website states:

Conversion therapy is a scientifically discredited practice that targets vulnerable LGBTQ2 Canadians in an attempt to change their sexual orientation or gender identity. There is international consensus in the medical community that conversion therapy is not founded in science and does not work.

To ensure that no one is subjected to this practice, we will move forward on our promise to work with provinces and territories to end conversion therapy in Canada, including making amendments to the Criminal Code that will prohibit this harmful and scientifically disproven practice, especially against minors.

Ontario, Nova Scotia, and Prince Edward Island, as provinces, have banned conversion therapy; Vancouver, Edmonton, and Calgary, as cities, have as well. Manitoba made a statement against the practices. Thusly, this is the tide of national history with much inertia, where the vector is more towards this federal ban rather than not.

The whole point or purpose of conversion therapy is to make a non-heterosexual person homosexual. Without empirical support for these therapies en masse, we come to the basic premise of a faith-based practice, which comes down to a religious orientation or perspective, thusly measured alongside “sexual addiction” a la Dr. Darrel Ray. In that, this pretends to premise itself, as a ‘therapeutic’ practice upon a psychological construct; whereas, in truth, this comes from a theological seeming or faith-based ideological idea of non-heterosexuality as a “lifestyle,” as something non-nativist or innate in which the sexual orientation of the person is a choice.

It seems like no accident that one of the communities’ victims reported comes from Langley, British Columbia, Canada, in the article by Bensadoun, where the infamous fundamentalist Evangelical Christian Trinity Western University is hosted; the largest private university in Canada. Apparently, The International Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Trans and Intersex Association (ILGA) released a report arguing for conversion therapy as more prevalent in Canada than thought before. One of the “harrowing accounts” is of “Canadian Harper Perrin, who staved off efforts to change their social [sic] orientation at a church in Langely [sic], B.C.” Perrin reported on the attempts to change the ways in which they “walked and talked, making them very mindful of their body and making sure they lived a ‘masculine expression.’”

All this is perfectly clownish and silly, and degrading, except for the fact that this is truly happening rather than in some comic book or piece of fiction. People who I know and love — and I’m sure for most of you reading this it’s the same context — suffering or being unduly discriminated based on false notions and quack practitioners of faith-driven non-science. Bensadoun stated, “Faith-based organizations like the Alliance for Therapeutic Choice and Scientific Integrity (formerly known as NARTH) still exist in Canada, and a majority of them have offices that operate in multiple provinces. It provides ‘Sexual Attraction Fluidity Exploration in Therapy,’ ironically abbreviated ‘SAFE-T.’”

In some other previous interviews, I have come across the stories of suffering, sometimes of triumph. Take, for example, the case of Peter Gajdics who is an award-winning writer. He published The Inheritance of Shame: A Memoir in May of 2017. His “triumph” came from speaking a truth in public deemed uncomfortable. It probably saved his life. He was subdued and subjected to a 6-year ordeal of conversion therapy in one of the provinces unlisted within the conversion therapy ban provinces (“Ontario, Nova Scotia, and Prince Edward Island”), which, in context, is one of the unusual ones. Vancouver City banned it; British Columbia did not. Although, the far West coast of Canada, to some, is seen as a highly progressive portion of the country in spite of some of its Bible Belt.

Gajdics, in an interview with him entitled “Author Peter Gajdics on Conversion Therapy,” provided a succinct statement as to the ideational constructs undergirding “conversion therapy” and its associated falsities:

“Conversion therapy,” also known as “reparative therapy” or even “sexual orientation change efforts” (SOCE), really took hold in direct response to the burgeoning gay rights movement of the early 1970’s, particularly after the American Psychiatric Association’s 1973 decision to declassify homosexuality from its list of mental disorders in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. As gay liberation exploded over the next several years and gay people carved out their own place in history, taking great strides toward visibility and self-worth, in some cases legal vindication, the religious right advanced its own ideology of being “ex-gay” — that it was possible to sort of “pray away the gay.” Personally, I don’t really like this term, “pray away the gay,” since I think it reduces what is actually a traumatic experience to the sound of a joke, and the process of attempting to strip away a person’s core self and “convert” them into something that they’re not is anything but humorous: lives have been destroyed and even lost in the name of this kind of ignorance and outright hatred. Ultimately, there was nothing new to any of this; what we call “homosexuals” or even “gay” people today have been victims to all sorts of strange methods and ideologies to help “change” them, or at least to help conceal them, over the centuries. In the 20th century alone we’ve seen aversion therapy, castrations and lobotomies, inhumane use of psychotropics, and of course forced psychoanalysis as a common “cure.”

“Inhumane” seems like the coda to this long, long history of injustices carried forward by faith-based standards of thoughts and cultural thrust. Bensadoun’s article covers some more cases and organizations relevant to this subject matter for those interested.

Canada, if it moves forward with the transition of the bill into a law, can become a comprehensive and progressive core global leader in these efforts of the advancement of empirically-informed public policy and the protection of the fundamental human rights of LGBTI people in our society.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Myths Around the Coronavirus

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/09/23

As of the time of writing this article — September 17 (2020), 6,400,000+ Canadians have been tested for the coronavirus with over 140,000 cases, 8,500 active cases, 123,000 recovered cases, and 9,200 deaths or mortality cases based on data from the Government of Canada. Everyone knows the general recommendations coming from the Canadian Government, from their health authorities, and… from their grandmothers, i.e., wear a mask, wash your hands, physically distance at least 6 feet or more, etc.

This will focus less on the obvious and more on the interesting myths, which have arisen in the time of the coronavirus. These resources come more comprehensively from the World Health Organization. Only a select few covered here. There was misinformation about the efficacy of hydroxychloroquine for helping clinically with COVID-19. It does not. It helps with “malaria, lupus erythematosus, and rheumatoid arthritis.” Current evidence suggests the drug does not reduce deaths of hospitalized COVID-19 patients.

COVID-19, the disease, is caused by a virus and not by a bacteria, as it is part of the Coronaviridae family of viruses. This means, antibiotics do not work for COVID-19, because antibiotics do not work against viruses. Antibiotics can be recommended by a provider of healthcare if some complications involve a bacterial infection alongside COVID-19. No current drugs have been licensed as effective in prevention of treatment of COVID-19.

The World Health Organization stated, “The prolonged use of medical masks can be uncomfortable. However, it does not lead to CO2 intoxication nor oxygen deficiency. While wearing a medical mask, make sure it fits properly and that it is tight enough to allow you to breathe normally. Do not re-use a disposable mask and always change it as soon as it gets damp.”

An important fact about COVID-19, as indicated by the above-mentioned statistics from the Government of Canada: Most patients of COVID-19 recover, many die, but most recover from COVID-19. Here’s a fact, too: Drinking alcohol does not, in any way, protect from COVID-19. It, in fact, “can be dangerous.”

This one was simply too odd when I came across it. Some think COVID-19 can be spread via houseflies. There is no evidence to suggest this, at this time. So, a fear of houseflies spreading COVID-19 is not something to fear. It cannot be spread by mosquito bites either. Cold weather and snow don’t kill it; hot baths don’t prevent it; hot and humid climates can spread COVID-19. Exposure to the sun or 25-degree Celsius weather will not protect from COVID-19. Bleach taken orally — and, presumably, rectally/anally — will not cure COVID-19. It is “extremely dangerous.” (Only attempt if you wish for candidacy for a Darwin Award. See: “Mortality Statistics at the Top of the Article.”)

“Do not under any circumstance spray or introduce bleach or any other disinfectant into your body. These substances can be poisonous if ingested and cause irritation and damage to your skin and eyes,” the World Health Organization warned, “Bleach and disinfectant should be used carefully to disinfect surfaces only. Remember to keep chlorine (bleach) and other disinfectants out of reach of children.”

Mainly, as the fact of the matter, it spreads from touching surfaces that are contaminated in which someone then touches their eyes, nose, or mouth, after touching the infected surface. Also, the droplets from coughing, sneezing, and speaking, are another means by which COVID-19 is spread.

Lastly, 5G mobile networks do not spread COVID-19.

Thank you for your patient attention.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On the Responsibility of Journalism to Self-Respect with Christian Sorensen

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/06/21

Christian is a Philosopher that comes from Belgium. What identifies him the most and above all is simplicity, for everything is better with “vanilla flavour.” Perhaps, for this reason, his intellectual passion is criticism and irony, in the sense of trying to reveal what “hides behind the mask,” and give birth to the true. For him, ignorance and knowledge never “cross paths.” What he likes the most in his leisure time, is to go for a walk with his wife.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When I reflect on journalism as an enterprise, in many ways, I view the work as something akin to a relinquishing of the formalities of Communication Theory and Information Theory and brought down to the ordinary level, even ordinary interviews and data-collection can be a source of insight into the human condition at a profound level. Without the formalities of Communication Theory and Information Theory, we have the basic idea of the transmission of non-general information in the sense of human-to-human communication as the emitter and the receiver, and vice versa, for a conversation or a dialogue: a human brain, a human diaphragm, and a human vocal system, and another human brain, another human diaphragm, and another human vocal system. All with variations in the quality of transmission plus the ‘noise’ in between all of this. Journalism, in popular culture, seems almost akin to art, like painting or poetry, but its operations seem much more precise and non-general, and general, in a number of ways. Precise in working within the narrow band of human communication; non-general in the information transmitted is not understood much by non-human animals and in various qualities by human animals; and, general, when taken in the context of its intended emitters and receivers, in its capacity to speak of a large string of things about and within the universe — far beyond the contexts of ancestral environments. What is the purpose of journalism to you?

Christian Sorensen: I consider that “journalism’s artistic character” is one of its “fundamental values,” since through this it achieves “an effective and meaningful communication,” both by being able to “read events from within,” and by interpreting them from “a unique angle,” while simultaneously “empathizing” with the “audience needs and sensitivities,” and this last in turn claims its “right” to be “adequately and timely informed,” in order to feel through this way “correctly interpreted” in its most profound desire.

Jacobsen: What are some other appropriate analyses of journalism to you?

Sorensen: A “journalism,” that together with having the ability to “visualize deeply” the “facts from within,” is besides “rigorously descriptive” in such a way, that “its history” conforms “as objectively” as possible “to reality” of what actually has occurred.

Jacobsen: How is journalism failing in some of the modern societies now?

Sorensen: Through “rhetorical sensationalism fixation” with “forms,” to “fund detriment,” and through “journalistic prostitution” or said in a subtler way, by kneeling down towards “exchanging favours,” for leaving aside all “kinds of ethics” and the “commitment” to “truth search,” in compensation for some sort of “economic and political” benefits.

Jacobsen: How is journalism succeeding in some of the modern societies now?

Sorensen: Insofar as it has been “independent journalism,” and has committed to defending “human rights.”

Jacobsen: Should there be any limits on journalism? If so, what? If not, why not?

Sorensen: I consider that “its limits” are related to the duty of “respecting and promoting human dignity” in all possible ways, and likewise with “freedom,” in the sense of protecting “people’s rights” regarding their “individual intimacy” and access to “reliable information.”

Jacobsen: How will journalism function after this onslaught against the truth, veracity, and empiricism over the 2010s?

Sorensen: I hope that “journalism” works with “greater reality sense,” and a “truer awareness” regarding “inalienable needs,” such as those concerning to the “search for truth,” so as to achieve in that way superior “reliability degrees,” and the attachment with “empiricism” in order to arrive at “successful objectivizations” regarding phenomena.

Jacobsen: Who are some admirable journalists to you?

Sorensen: Raymond Aron and Laurent Joffrin.

Jacobsen: Why do autocratic governments kill journalists, murder them?

Sorensen: Because “autocratic governments,” deep down “don’t tolerate” the “search for truth,” nor the “defence of human rights,” or “critical judgments” which are proper to “contestatory” speeches.

Jacobsen: Why should we respect or disrespect journalism as a field for democratic societies?

Sorensen: We “do not have” any duty “for respecting journalism,” since it’s rather they themselves who are the ones who first of all “must learn how to respect themselves,” and therefore the former would be “consequence” of the aforementioned, and not the other way round as is commonly believed, due to the fact that by “being loyal” towards their “proper role,” then they will “self-enable” to “fully comply” in democratic societies, their “mediating function” so that “communication” may exist within them.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Atheists United 5k Run Fundraiser

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/05/08

Atheists United organized a run to raise funds. Well, if you’re a walker or a runner, or something else, like a biker or a (rock n’) roller, then you were going to be in (virtual) company, as they organized this virtually for a Black Skeptics Los Angeles (BSLA) COVID-19 Emergency Assistance Fund. This is a great initiative for a community or a bunch of communities in dire need.

Sikivu Hutchinson and others have continually been at the forefront of focus on secular communities who are LGBTQIA+ affirming, and who are predominantly people of colour. If you left the Black Church, the Nation of Islam, the Jehovah’s Witnesses, or some other religious group, where would, or could, you go at that point? One of the answers is the secular communities of colour who Mandisa Thomas, Sikivu Hutchinson, Bridgett Crutchfield, and a number of others have been at the forefront.

The May 7th 5k (not in miles!) was planned for the same day as the National Day of Prayer of the Christians who consider America a Christian nation, i.e., Christian Nationalists. With the coronavirus pandemic, particularly in America, raging onward, a virtual 5k fundraiser seems like a delightful way to have done some good for secular communities who don’t get as much attention or as good a treatment as one would necessarily hope.

Kudos to all who took part!

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

National Secular Society Podcast

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/05/08

License

f you haven’t had the time and would have an interest in some of the great audio content produced by the secular communities around the world, and if your time has opened more with the coronavirus, then you may want to check out some of the great content produced by the National Secular Society or the NSS.

They have released a podcast with conversations with leading secular personalities around the world including, recently, in Episode 25, Andrew L. Seidel from the Freedom From Religion Foundation who is a U.S. constitutional and civil rights lawyer.

Alastair Lichten and Andrew talk about some of the important issues of the day for the separation of church and state. One of these is the idea of religious exceptionalism and the warped idea of religious liberty in a society in which it, like others, remains embroiled in a fight against a pandemic. How does a concept of religious exceptionalism and religious liberty fit into this picture?

When a religious permits exceptions for itself, then, in a manner of (faux) rights speaking, then it provides for itself the exception to the rules for everyone else based on the fact fo it being a God-given right to enter a place of worship or to pray in public spaces, etc., while in a pandemic, when the most prudent actions have been recommended by medical (scientific) authorities, including lockdown, physical distancing, and wearing of masks, etc.

With one case being the lack of access to places of worship of holy days, these restrictions apply to all. Some religious institutions, leaders, and individuals propose to be exceptions to the rules for everyone else. This may be mild privileges for oneself in the past. Now, in the midst of a pandemic, it is that and more because it puts others’ lives at risk.

Humanism teaches social responsibility and personal responsibility. So if an individual wants to harm themselves, then we can socially work to prevent this; while, at the same time, if the individual blatantly forgoes those health recommendations and demands on the part of the health authorities for the health of everyone else, then this individual becomes a health threat to themselves and others based on a psychological state of denial of the facts before them. That’s only one case.

Seidel and Lichten unpack some of these thornier issues of individuals preaching religion as a means by which to acquire unusual and exceptional privileges apart from others, including other religions and those without religion. Thus, the term “religious exceptionalism” may, in fact, best be stated as “particular religious exceptionalism” as, typically, one religion gets the benefit over other religions and over no religion.

Their episodes are available on our website, with videos on YouTube and post-session transcripts available.

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Humanist Canada calls for release of Nigerian Humanist President

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/05/05

VANCOUVER, British Columbia — May 5, 2020 — PRLog — Canadian Humanists are supporting calls from Humanists International to have Mubarak Bala released from a Nigerian jail. Bala, who is president of the Humanist Association of Nigeria, was arrested by Nigerian police April 28 following a complaint the had insulted the prophet Mohammed in a social media post. Bala, who is a former Muslim, has been arrested without formal charges. Bala’s lawyer has not been allowed access to his client.

“The right to be charged within 24 hours of arrest and the right to legal counsel are enshrined in Nigerian law. In addition, we would request: if Mr. Bala is charged with a crime, then the charge is, or those charges are, heard in a secular as opposed to a Islamic court, as he is a humanist, atheist, and former Muslim,” said Scott Jacobsen, international rights spokesman for Humanist Canada. Humanist Canada Vice-President, Lloyd Robertson, said Canadians can support Mr Bala’s defence campaign organized by Humanists International by visiting:

https://www.gofundme.com/f/free-mubarak-bala

He added that international support is important for the protection of minorities.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Short Reflections on Age and Youth

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/04/28

“The two previous productions by Dr. Silverman and I were Short Reflections on Secularism (2019) and Short Reflections on American Secularism’s History and Philosophy (2020). The third production began on January 1, 2020 and completed and April 1, 2020. The focus for this particular series of conversations was the nature of the phrase, “If youth knew, if age could,” and, in fact, remained the title of the series throughout the publication. The origin of the phrase is Sigmund Freud, which comes with a semi-colon in place of a comma. Nonetheless, this reflects the nature of the partition between the things one can do and the things one can know, and the things one can’t do and the things one can’t know, depending on the time in life for the person. The intended audience for this publication is the youth Humanism crowd. The main publication devoted to this community is Humanist Voices within relevant networks for me. This became the basis for the inclusion of this series in Humanist Voices. As per usual, the subject matter ranged a significant amount with a thematic exploration of the things of one can know with more age and can’t do with more age, or things one can’t know with less age and can do with less age. Mother Nature and Father Time are significantly in charge of the human condition and the impacts of both on human nature and human dissolution cannot be ignored. While with this reflection, at the same time, the deep, generative ties between generations over long periods of time can lessen the truth of the statement as an isolation of the young and the old, and being together a respect for the knowledge and experience of the old who became wise and the young with the foresight to listen and the conscientiousness to carry out the knowledge and experience to fruition.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Acknowledgements
Foreword by Scott Douglas Jacobsen
1HUMANIST VOICES
aIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 1 — Freethought for the 21st Century
bIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 2 — Freethought for a Multipolar World
cIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 3 — Coming of Age in an Ever, Ever-Irrational World
dIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 4 — Bridges are the Rainbows
eIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 5 — We Ain’t Goin’ Nowhere, No-Time Soon: Supernaturalistic Traditions and Naturalistic Philosophies in the Future
fIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 6 — Age is Numbers, Youth is Attitude
gIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 7 — The Nature of Nature in the Nature of Time
hIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 8 — Serendipity, Luck, and Love
iIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 9 — Guidance Without Expectation of Reward: or, Thus Saith the Landlord
jIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 10 — Nature’s on a Roll, or a Rigamarole, or Somethin’: Plural Processes, Dynamic Dynamos, and Good Enough
kIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 11 — Morrow’s Fantasia: My Tomorrow’s ‘Tomorrow’
lIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 12 — By ‘Soul,’ We Mean Psyche: The Complete Human Being
mIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 13 — Sifting Sense and Nonsense: B.S. Detector, the Baloney Detection Kit
nIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 14 — A Rational Life Includes Non-Rational Parts
oIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 15 — All Things Bright and Wonderful, and Unknown: What Do We Know, Really?
pIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 16 — Take Some Time: Virtues and Virtuous Habits
qIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 17 — Family: The United Nations and Conservatism
rIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 18 — Plato’s Demon and Platonic Friends: or, A Mathematician Who Can Reason and Friends With (Other) Benefits
sIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 19 — Archimedean Pivot: To Take a Stand and to Move the Earth
tIf Youth Knew, If Age Could 20 — Newton’s Sight Came From the Hind: A Send-Off
License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Crépuscule des idoles: Conversations avec un Franco-palestinien sur le sécularisme

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/04/28

“Des personnalités exceptionnelles viennent du plus large éventail de considérations pour moi. En cela, les plus grands paramètres d’inclusion possibles dans la catégorie rare et raréfiée pour les critères d’une «personnalité exceptionnelle» ou d’une personne exceptionnelle créent les bases d’une véritable représentation de l’éventail de l’excellence humaine. Un tel critère émerge dans l’endurance. Un autre vu dans le leadership. Imaginez, un instant, si vous voulez, la vie d’un écrivain qui travaille dans l’un des endroits les plus pauvres et les plus compliqués — en termes économiques, géographiques, politiques, etc. — du monde entier, du territoire palestinien occupé ou du Le TPO comprend Gaza / la bande de Gaza, Jérusalem-Est et la Cisjordanie. En outre, considérez la vie d’un gribouilleur qui gribouille ou, plutôt, tape sur la religion dans une culture dans laquelle la religion reste au sol au sens de soi et de la connexion à quelque chose de plus grand que soi pour un large contingent de la population locale. Pour le crime de mots, soit sur un écran ou sur du papier imprimé, l’individu devient vilipendé avec la meilleure option disponible comme fuyant le pays de la persécution et fondant ensuite une organisation nationale consacrée aux anciens religieux, ex-musulmans.

Waleed Al-Husseini, né le 25 juin 1989, semble être une personne aussi exceptionnelle. Il a écrit de Qalqilya, une ville palestinienne de plus de 40 000 habitants, en Cisjordanie, en tant qu’ancien musulman ou ex-musulman sur les questions de laïcité et d’athéisme. Il a mis fin aux pratiques islamiques et a rejeté la proposition de l’existence d’Allah et de Mohammed en tant que messager final présumé d’Allah. Al-Husseini a satirisé la religion sur Internet. Pour le crime d’humour contre une religion protégée, Al-Husseini a été arrêté en octobre 2010 par l’Autorité palestinienne ou l’Autorité palestinienne pour blasphème. Apparemment, le Theity sait tout, peut tout faire, ne peut toujours pas gérer une blague. Ses représentants sur Terre proposent de le savoir. De nombreux pays, basés sur les campagnes de diverses organisations humanistes, ont œuvré pour éliminer les lois nationales sur le blasphème avec un certain succès, y compris au Canada et dans d’autres pays. Les questions demeurent quant à la raison de l’existence de lois sur le blasphème en premier lieu. Pourquoi un acte blasphématoire, sur l’affirmation de la réalité de cet acte comme substantiel, crée-t-il la base pour la considération d’un crime dans les sociétés?

Un blasphème équivaut à la prétendue insulte ou au manque de respect pour une divinité ou un objet sacré. Ces êtres hypothétiques ou objets matériels considérés comme inviolables et sacrés d’une manière extra-matérielle, surnaturelle ou métaphysique. Si l’on considère ces accusations comme des faits ayant une valeur juridique et morale, alors l’affirmation devient la vérité ou l’actualité du système de jurisprudence et d’éthique derrière l’idée de blasphème. En cela, il faut croire en l’existence de la Divinité ayant la capacité d’insulte personnelle pour étayer les allégations d’actes blasphématoires, de violations légales ou morales, contre elle. Alors que les sociétés laïques existent censément, si elles continuent à fonctionner avec une loi sur le blasphème dans les livres juridiques, alors ces sociétés laïques, en partie, courtisent une profonde contradiction interne aux propositions laïques nationales en tant qu’État avec l’instanciation d’une loi explicitement non laïque sur la base de la croyance requise susmentionnée en un ou plusieurs dieux. Ce n’est pas une affaire compliquée, la motivation constante de la peur et de la terreur de la part des chefs religieux et de certaines communautés rend difficile le suivi du raisonnement clair et des preuves en raison des représailles apparentes contre les individus qui affichent les allégations de contrecoup et déclarent l’évidence, la logique, le sens.”
— –
“Exceptional personalities come from the widest range of considerations to me. In that, the largest possible inclusion parameters in the rare and rarefied category for the criteria of an “exceptional personality” or an outstanding person creates the foundation for a real representation of the range of human excellence. One such criterion emerges in endurance. Another seen in leadership. Imagine, for a moment, if you will, the life of a writer who works in one of the most impoverished and complicated — in terms of economics, geography, politics, and the like — places in the entire world, occupied Palestinian territory or the oPt comprised of Gaza/the Gaza Strip, East Jerusalem, and the West Bank. Further, consider, the life of a scribbler who scrawls, or, rather, types, on religion in a culture in which religion remains ground zero to the sense of self and connection to something larger than oneself for a large contingent of the local population. For the crime of words, either on a screen or on printed paper, the individual becomes vilified with the best option available as fleeing the country from persecution and then founding a national organization devoted to the former religious, ex-Muslims.

Waleed Al-Husseini, born June 25, 1989, seems like such an exceptional person. He wrote from Qalqilya, a Palestinian city with a population over 40,000, in the West Bank as a former Muslim or an ex-Muslim on issues of secularism and atheism. He stopped Islamic practices and rejected the proposal for the existence of Allah and Mohammed as the final purported messenger of Allah. Al-Husseini satirized religion on the internet. For the crime of humour against a protected religion, Al-Husseini was arrested in October, 2010 by the PA or the Palestinian Authority on the charge of blasphemy. Apparently, the Theity knows everything, can do everything, still can’t handle a joke. His representatives on Earth propose to know this. Many countries based on campaigns of various humanist organizations have worked to remove national blasphemy laws with some success, including in Canada and other nations. The questions remain about the reason for the existence of blasphemy laws in the first place. Why does a blasphemous act, on the assertion of the reality of this act as substantive, create the basis for the consideration of a crime in societies?

A blasphemy amounts to the purported insulting or lack of reverence for a deity or sacred object. Those hypothetical beings or material objects considered inviolable and sacred in some extra-material, supernatural, or metaphysical manner. If one takes these charges as factual ones with legal and moral standing, then the assertion becomes the truth or actuality of the system of jurisprudence and ethics behind the idea of blasphemy. In that, one needs to believe in the existence of the Deity with the capacity for personal insult to substantiate the claims of blasphemous acts, legal or moral violations, against it. While secular societies supposedly exist, if they continue to operate with a blasphemy law in the legal books, then these secular societies, in part, court a deep internal contradiction to national secularist propositions as a state with the instantiation of a law explicitly non-secular based on the aforementioned requisite belief in a God or gods. Not a complicated affair, the constant drive of fear and terror by religious leaders and some communities makes following the clear reasoning and evidence difficult because of the apparent reprisals against individuals who flaunt the claims of backlash and state the obvious, the logical, the sensible.”

TABLE DES MATIÈRES
Crépuscule des idoles: Conversations avec un Franco-palestinien sur le sécularisme
Remerciements
Préface de Scott Douglas Jacobsen
1CANADIAN ATHEIST (Français)
aInquiétudes pour la sécurité de la communauté française ex-musulmane
bEx-musulmans masculins et féminins — Interprétation narrative et évasion
cMises à jour sur les ex-musulmans en France et ailleurs
dWaleed Al-Husseini sur le fondamentalisme et la réforme en islam
eL’état de l’Etat et de la mosquée avec Waleed Al-Husseini
fL’ex-Blasphémère musulman en France: Waleed Al-Husseini
gLois sur le blasphème, peur et hostilité et ex-musulmans français: Waleed Al-Husseini
2CONATUS NEWS/UNCOMMON GROUND MEDIA LTD. (Français)
aEntretien avec Waleed Al-Husseini — Fondateur du Conseil des ex-musulmans de France
bQuestions-réponses sur les ex-musulmans avec Waleed Al-Husseini — Séance 1
cQuestions-réponses sur les ex-musulmans avec Waleed Al-Husseini — Séance 2
3THE GOOD MEN PROJECT (Français)
aCritiquer l’islam, devenir un «criminel», être torturé et quitter l’islam
bWaleed Al-Husseini 2019 pour le Conseil des ex-musulmans de France
4NEWS INTERVENTION (Français)
aHistoire française laïque récente
bWaleed Al-Husseini sur les restrictions de la parole, la laïcité et plus
5MEDIUM (Français)
aLibertés pour les ex-musulmans français
bWaleed Al-Husseini sur les femmes et l’islam
cWaleed Al-Husseini 2019 pour les ex-musulmans français
dLe sort des ex-musulmans avec Waleed Al-Husseini
eWaleed Al-Husseini sur le soutien et le sanctuaire pour les ex-musulmans
Twilight of the Idols: Conversations with a French-Palestinian on Secularism
Acknowledgements
Foreword by Scott Douglas Jacobsen
6CANADIAN ATHEIST (English)
aConcerns for Safety Among the French Ex-Muslim Community
bMale and Female Ex-Muslims — Narrative Interpretation and Escape
cUpdates on Ex-Muslims in France and Elsewhere
dWaleed Al-Husseini on Fundamentalism and Reform in Islam
eThe State of the State and Mosque with Waleed Al-Husseini
fThe Ex-Muslim Blasphemer in France: Waleed Al-Husseini
gBlasphemy Laws, Fear and Hostility, and French Ex-Muslims: Waleed Al-Husseini
7CONATUS NEWS/UNCOMMON GROUND MEDIA LTD. (English)
aAn Interview with Waleed Al-Husseini — Founder of Council of Ex-Muslims of France
bQ&A on Ex-Muslims with Waleed Al-Husseini — Session 1
cQ&A on Ex-Muslims with Waleed Al-Husseini — Session 2
8THE GOOD MEN PROJECT (English)
aCriticizing Islam, Becoming a ‘Criminal’, Being Tortured, and Leaving Islam
bWaleed Al-Husseini on 2019 for the Council of Ex-Muslims of France
9NEWS INTERVENTION (English)
aRecent Secular French History
bWaleed Al-Husseini on the Restrictions of Speech, Secularism, and More
10MEDIUM (English)
aFreedoms for French Ex-Muslims
bWaleed Al-Husseini on Women and Islam
cWaleed Al-Husseini on 2019 for French Ex-Muslims
dThe Plight of Ex-Muslims with Waleed Al-Husseini
eWaleed Al-Husseini on Support and Sanctuary for Ex-Muslims
License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Updates on SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 for Canadians and British Columbians

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/03/14

1. Canada is the 22nd-highest infected nation. Top 5 are China, Italy, Iran, South Korea, and Spain. SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 (“SARS” means “Severe Acute Respiratory Disease”) is in 149 nations and territories now. There is no prevention, at this time, only mitigation, as the virus spread too fast with too little in the way of serious protocol and reaction on the part of the international community.
2. Canada has a total of 225 cases. 70 or more in B.C. We are a potential pandemic-vector province now.
3. Canada had 27 new cases since yesterday. We are a “low risk” country. That’s a growth rate of 13.6% *in one day.* That means a potential doubling rate of the cases every 5 to 6 days. That’s why this is taken extremely seriously as a) a rapid contagion spread rate and b) with its high lethality rate. *This is not the common flu or comparable to the common flu based on expert testimony on the subject matter.* It’s more comparable to the Spanish Flu from 1918, as noted.
4. Canada has 1 death, 1 serious/critical case, and 11 recovery cases. A caveat, Japan found the first *re-infection* case. This may make the virus far more lethal than previously expected.
5. SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19, potentially, mutated into an aggressive and a mild form with the older S-type deriving the new L-type. S-type is the mild form. S-type jumped from non-human animals to human animals. L-type evolved within human animals. L-type is the aggressive form. L-type and S-type SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 are *both involved* in the global infections. If new forms evolve, then all vaccines in-development become potentially virtually useless to these new forms.
7. Symptoms: fever, followed by a dry cough. After a week, shortness of breath with ~20% of patients requiring hospital treatment, rarely seems to cause a runny nose, sneezing, or sore throat. 80.9% of infections are mild, can recover at home. 13.8% are severe, including pneumonia and shortness of breath. 4.7% are critical, include respiratory failure, septic shock, and multi-organ failure. 2% of reported cases: death. The risk of death increases the older you are; relatively few cases are seen among children.
8. Timelines: mild cases: approximately 2 weeks; severe or critical disease: 3–6 weeks.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Philanthropic Gift from Grindstone Capital Secures Opening of First Family Shelter for Abused Fathers and Children

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/02/04

TORONTO, ON — (February 4, 2020) Canada will open the first dedicated shelter for abused fathers and children thanks to a philanthropic gift from digital technology powerhouse Grindstone Capital. Grindstone’s contribution of $80,000, the largest gift from a corporate partner, brings the fundraising campaign to a successful conclusion by triggering a consortium of eleven additional donors and surpassing the goal of raising half a million dollars.

Grindstone Capital president Philip Keezer said: “Grindstone Capital is proud to support the Canadian Centre for Men and Families. Equal access to shelters such as this one is a small first step in a broader effort to achieve gender equality. Grindstone values knowledge and awareness, and by knowing the facts we can all create a better world.”

“Imagine you and your child live each day in fear of violence, but no one believes you,” said Canadian Centre for Men and Families Executive Director Justin Trottier, who is leading the initiative. “That is the situation for thousands of fathers every year.” Single father families are the fastest growing family form in Canada. Yet while the caregiving role of dads quickly expands, fathers who are suffering violence in the home still have no safe place designed for them and their children.

But now a global paradigm shift is underway. In March 2019, the UK government earmarked one million pounds to victim services for men and boys. In Canada, women’s shelters have started accepting boys and men, while senior staff from social service agencies across the country have joined an Advisory Board to support the current project.

The initiative shown by Grindstone Capital is opening new doors by catalyzing corporate sponsorships and philanthropic gifts which pushed the campaign over the finish line.

“We are so grateful to Grindstone for their courageous leadership in bringing corporate social responsibility to bear on a unique cause that will transform so many lives,” said Trottier. “We are excited to be working in partnership with Grindstone to pioneer a movement toward a gender-inclusive approach to domestic abuse that guarantees no family suffers in silence.”

CONTACT

Grindstone Capital
www.grindstonecapital.ca

Justin Trottier
Executive Director
Canadian Centre for Men and Families
jtrottier@menandfamilies.org
416–402–8856

Grindstone Capital is an international holding company, based in Montreal, that supports entrepreneurs in achieving their online business dreams. From website creation and payment processing, to marketing and advertising, Grindstone’s portfolio companies work in synergy to remove all technical barriers faced by the modern business owner.

The Canadian Centre for Men and Families is a health and social service agency that responds to boys and men in crisis; reducing suicide among men at high-risk, strengthening the father-child relationship following separation or divorce; supporting men and children who are victims of family violence.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

International Conference to Explore the Intersection of Shared Parenting and Family Violence

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/01/23

VANCOUVER, BC — (January 23, 2020) At Vancouver’s University of British Columbia, the International Council on Shared Parenting is hosting the 5th gathering of leading scholars, researchers and advocates to present new ideas and discuss issues of best practices on shared parenting. A first for this conference is a focus on the intersection of shared parenting and family violence. A recent article in Psychology Today by the event Co‐Chair Dr. Edward Kruk, outlines the conference.

The conference’s initial line up includes an eminent list of presenters with more speakers being added:

* Malin Bergström, Ph.D. of Sweden

* Denise Hines, Ph.D. of USA
* Emily Douglas, Ph.D. of USA and conference Co‐Chair

* Edward Kruk, Ph.D. of Canada and conference Co‐Chair
* William Fabricius, Ph.D. of USA

* Alexandra Lysova, Ph.D. of Canada
* Chantal Clot‐Grangeat, Ph.D. of France

* Alexander Masardo, Ph.D. of United Kingdom
* Michel Grangeat, Ph.D. of France

* Tonia Nicolls, Ph.D. of Canada
* Jennifer Harman, Ph.D. of USA

* Hildegund Sünderhauf, Ph.D. of Germany

Mark your calendar for May 29 ‐ June 1, 2020 for a unique opportunity to meet and engage the leading experts on the issues of shared parenting, domestic violence and best practices for both. What sets this conference apart is a variety of themes such as differentiating between high conflict and family violence, and implications for shared parenting arrangements; evaluating the impact of shared parenting in the prevention of family violence; developing guidelines for family violence education and training of divorce practitioners helping families develop parenting plans after separation; developing screening procedures for family violence; establishing safety and specialized procedures when family violence has been or has the potential to be an issue of concern; the logistics of a rebuttable legal presumption against shared parenting in situations of family violence; and developing alternatives to shared parenting in the context of family violence.

Registration begins in January of 2020. Sponsorship opportunities and media partnerships are welcome.

For more conference information visit: www.vancouver2020.org

For First Call for Papers visit: https://vancouver2020.org/about‐the‐conference/

Pre‐Registration is possible at: https://vancouver2020.org/pre‐registration/

CONTACT

Edward Kruk

edward.kruk@ubc.ca

The International Council on Shared Parenting (ICSP) is an association founded in 2014 with members drawn from scientific, family professions and civil society sectors. The purpose of the association is first, the dissemination and advancement of scientific knowledge on the needs and rights (“best interests”) of children whose parents are living apart, and second, to formulate evidence‐based recommendations about the legal, judicial and practical implementation of shared parenting. Website: www.twohomes.org

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Men Are 75% of All Suicides, Declares New Toronto Billboard Ad; Loved Ones Urged to Intervene

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/12/02

Men Are 75% of All Canadian Suicides: Toronto Billboard Ad Aims to Reduce Male Suicide, Empower Loved Ones

TORONTO, ON — (December 2, 2019) Men comprise 75% of all completed suicides in Canada, declares a new billboard advertisement appearing this week in downtown Toronto. The unique Campaign from the Canadian Centre for Men and Families is targeted at family and friends, and urges us to intervene in support of male loved ones at risk.

The visual, reproduced below, features a distressed young man hiding his face with a falsely happy mask. The text reads “Appearances can be deceiving. Men often suffer in silence. Help the men you love get the help they need.”

“This campaign is a call to action to each of us to look behind the mask at the hidden signs that the men we love are suffering,” said CCMF Executive Director Justin Trottier. “We are grateful to the crisis centres and mental health agencies who advised us on the creation of a billboard that would be effective at communicating this urgent message.”

The Campaign will integrate discussion at public events and online on facebook and twitter using #LetsTalkMen.

A press release and public launch will take place this Wednesday, December 4th at 7:15PM EST at the University of Toronto at the Bahen Centre for Information Technology, the location of two suicide deaths earlier this year.

Campaign spokespeople Prof Dan Bilsker and Prof Rob Whitley, Canadian experts in the prevention of male suicide, are available for media interviews.

Visit https://LookBehindTheMask.com for Campaign research, updates and events.

CONTACT

Justin Trottier
Executive Director
Canadian Centre for Men and Families
jtrottier@menandfamilies.org
416–402–8856–30-

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

National Center for Science Education Updates for Early November

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/11/02

According to the National Center for Science Education, there has been the death, unfortunately, of a distinguished anthropologist named C. Loring Brace IV on September 7, 2019, at the age of 89. Brace was born in Hanover, New Hampshire, on September 19, 1930.

Brace was seen as an integral figure in the history of ideas related to biological anthropology with work on Neanderthals as an ancestral group to humans with collected works on craniofacial and dental measurements.

In fact, and surprisingly to some, he rejected typological labels for human groups. He wanted to “attempt to introduce a Darwinian outlook into biological anthropology.”

High school remains an important and influential part of life. With some of the salient experiences for the development of scientific interests at this time, for example, Brace began to read On the Origin of Species in this period of life.

Brace had confrontations with creationists, as can happen on a subject matter touching on the important issues of the origins of the human species as simply one in a long line of organisms and part of a common family tree of life.

As NCSE reported, “It is perhaps not surprising that he periodically grappled with creationists, contributing ‘Humans in Time and Space’ to Scientists Confront Creationism in 1983, “Creationists and the Pithecanthropines” to Creation/Evolution in 1986, and ‘Human Emergence: Natural Process or Divine Creation’ to Scientists Confront Creationism: Intelligent Design and Beyond in 2007.”

Brace considered the basic evidence for evolutionary theory as substantial and uncontroversial with a comfortable fit of the evidence to the theoretical underpinnings of evolution via natural selection.

Brace and his efforts are appreciated; he will be missed by loved ones and friends, and the community of scientists.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

If Intelligent, Be Alone, Kind Of, But Not Really, Maybe

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/07/08

According to the World Economic Forum, some research indicates general intelligence differences can lead to differences in the preference of social interaction or, rather, the lack thereof.

Smart people tend to want to be alone. A published study described the modern feelings and the needs evolved in ancestral environments. Among the minority, the highly intelligent, there is a statistical trend of the smarter being happier without a lot of people around them; whereas, for the normal person, friends and interaction with individuals make them happier.

Satoshi Kanazawa, a researcher from the London School of Economics and Political Science, and Norman P. Li, a researcher from the Singapore Management University, proposed the “mismatch hypothesis” or the evolutionary legacy hypothesis.”

That is to say, the hypothesized or loosely extrapolated ways in which the conditions of the savannah for early human beings and the requirements for survival at that time.

As reported, “The study analyzed data from interviews conducted by the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health (Add Health) in 2001–2002 with 15,197 individuals aged 18–28. The researchers looked for a correlation between where an interviewee lived — in a rural or urban area — and his or her life satisfaction. They were interested in assessing how population density and friendships affect happiness.”

Indeed, the happiness seems inversely related to the density of the population of one’s locale or local population. If we look at the report within the savannah theory of the two aforementioned researchers, the average human pack size was probably about 150.

Thus, our “neocortex” and “hunter-gatherer-societies” reflect people-groups of about 150, even 200, people as a computational capacity in the former category and the social organizational complexity in the latter category.

That is to say, individuals do not need much more computational capacity and social awareness than the 150 other primates right around the corner from them.

As reported, “The study discovered, though, that the negative effect of the presence of lots of people is more pronounced among people of average intelligence. They propose that our smartest ancestors were better able to adapt to larger groups on the savannah due to a greater strategic flexibility and innate ingenuity, and so their descendants feel less stressed by urban environments today.”

A self-evident assumption in our cultures are that good friendships increase life satisfaction; however, this may not, apparently, always be the case, according to the research.

Indeed, our cognitive heights appear to invert with the friendship numbers, where a small tight circle and then a bigger and expanded circle provide a basis for a loose agglomeration of them.

“Li and Kanazawa feel that we need look no further than the savannah. They say that friendships/alliances were vital for survival, in that they facilitated group hunting and food sharing, reproduction, and even group child-rearing,” the World Economic Forum stated.

The trend then reverses for those individuals with higher general intelligence. Smarter people, on average, feel happier with fewer people around to bother them, which means a healthier social life for more highly intelligent people than not highly intelligent people means being alone than with others.

The article concluded, “However… the study also found that spending more time socializing with friends is actually an indicator of higher intelligence! This baffling contradiction is counter-intuitive, at least. Unless these smart people are not so much social as they are masochistic.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The NCSE Reports on Rhode Island Climate Science Education Failures

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/07/08

According to the NCSE, the Rhode Island’s House Resolution 5563 did not pass or “died” on March 27, 2019.

This specific resolution, 5563, was asking the department of education to develop a set of climate and environment principles, and concepts. Those would be incorporated in the curricula.

This would assist to “ensure that teacher professional development on the Next Generation Science Standards” utilize the climate as an important “exemplary anchor phenomenon” or a point of import regarding education.

There would be online materials online alongside this. The point, of course, is for the improved educational standards around climate and environmental literacy.

At the same time, there is a concomitant call for the necessity of students t know the derivative effects, down the stream problems created from the climate crises facing us, in their lifetimes.

As noted in the resolution, only 30% of middle school students and 45% of high school science teachers are adequately informed on these other issues surrounding and positively correlated with the climate problems ongoing and further upcoming.

“The resolution was sponsored by Terri-Denise Cortvriend (D-District 72), Kathleen A. Fogarty (D-District 35), Lauren H. Carson (D-District 75), Teresa A. Tanzi (D-District 34), and Justine A. Caldwell (D-District 30).”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Updates on Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0, in Brief

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/07/03

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is new with the books being put into the public space and translated now?

Faisal Saeed Al Mutar: Our audience, and our supporters, should be expecting the release of our books by middle of 2019. It is not all at the same time. But it make sure to release even some of them in chapters, for some of our target audience who have slow internets.

They will be able to download a book and be able to consume it slowly while the other part of the book is being downloaded. We, definitely, are trying to make sure that our content is consumed.

So far, Bayt Al-Hikma 2.0 has tens of thousands of likes. With the current version, the reach is in the hundreds of thousands on a weekly basis. That is, technically, a great beginning for this program.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Canada and America, and Religious Trajectories

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/06/06

Those without formal religious affiliation in Canada may have an easier time than those who identify as such in the United States based on the report entitled “None of the Above: Having No Religion in Canada and the U.S.”

Professor of Sociology at the University of Waterloo, Sarah Wilkins-Laflamme, and Professor of Sociology at Ambrose University, Joel Thiessen, reported on the research.

“Canadians are more inclined to say they are not affiliated to any religion. The country harbors a more accepting environment when it comes to exiting religion. The social stigma of leaving a belief system is much less,” the reportage stated.

Within the research, most of the data sets come from the United States, which can skew the research into this population of the secular. The bigger difference, according to Wilkins-Laflamme and Thiessen, is the earlier decline in the level of religiosity in Canadian society compared to American culture.

“Only four percent of Canadians claimed to have no religious affiliation in 1971. This number went up to 12 percent in 1991 and 17 percent in 2001. In the United States, the number of nones began to increase only later in 1972. It was five percent in that year and jumped to eight percent in 1990. In 2000, 14 percent of the U.S. population identified themselves as nones,” the article stated.

The religiously unaffiliated gained more rapid traction in Canada and, thus, were see earlier in Canadian culture compared to the U.S. Indeed, the U.S. saw a rise in the number of self-identified evangelicals within their civilization at the time of the decline in the religious in Canada.

In other words, the countries went, in part, on opposing religious-secular trajectories — more secular for Canada and more religious for America in some ways.

“Blended with a strong sense of Americans thinking of their nation as a Christian nation made it harder for nones Americans to come out. The researchers noted some parts of the United States continue to stigmatize people identifying themselves as nones,” the reportage said, “Since religion plays an insignificant role in the public life of Canada, the people of that country do not consider themselves to be living in a Christian nation.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Abortion Bans in Alabama and Fundamentalist Religion

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/06/06

The Governor of Alabama signed a bill that bans almost all abortions within the state. These can include cases of incest and rape. In those instances, this amounts to a “latest challenge by conservatives to the landmark U.S. Supreme Court decision establishing a woman’s right to terminate her pregnancy.”

Abortion activists within the U.S. have been working to block the enforcement of the state-based measure to prevent abortion measures in Alabama, along the lines of the high levels of restrictiveness seen in the bill. Some may see these as state level attempts to circumnavigate or circumvent the 1973 Roe v Wade ruling.

It is an emotionally turbulent subject matter for many American citizens, men and women. But this measure in Alabama would amount to amongst the most restrictive measures in the United States as a whole, if not the most restrictive in regards to abortion laws, etc.

Republican Governor Kay Ivey signed the measure into law, which is in a Republican controlled state Senate.

“To the bill’s many supporters, this legislation stands as a powerful testament to Alabamians’ deeply held belief that every life is precious and that every life is a sacred gift from God,” Ivey stated.

Some see this as a duty of God. Others see this as a “war on women, to quote California Governor Gavin Newsom.

In 16 states in the United States, there have been the introduction of legislation intended to restrict the rights of women in terms of abortion rights or, more generally, reproductive rights.

As reported, “Planned Parenthood joined the American Civil Liberties Union on Wednesday in filing a legal challenge to Ohio’s recent ban on abortions after six weeks of pregnancy.”

The bill in Alabama goes much farther and would ban abortion any time; only excluding if the mother’s life is in danger at the time.

The physicians who conduct abortions would be given a 99-year prison sentence (up to that long) and the women receive the abortion would be criminally liable.

Some see these as extreme. They are part and parcel of a fundamentalist religious effort ongoing in 2019, and prior to it, to restrict the abortion rights of women and the right to bodily autonomy of women.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Integrated Collaborative Care Interventions for Obesity and Depression

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/20

JAMA reported on the improvement in the levels of weight loss in those patients with some depressive symptoms. Those individuals with depression and obesity.

How can integrated collaborative care interventions help with the symptoms of both depressive and obesity? This simply means losing weight and not so perpetually sad as individuals.

These become important considerations for the general public, as care and concern for the obese and the depressed become issues of generalized health and wellness.

The findings from the report on 409 patients, so a large sample size, is that the integrated behavioural weight loss treatment with as-needed anti-depressant medication provisions improved the outcomes of the patients.

These resulted in, as reported, “statistically significant reductions in body mass index compared with usual care (−0.7 vs −0.1, respectively) and depressive symptoms (−0.3 vs −0.1 on the 20-item Depression Symptom Checklist; score range, 0–4) at 12 months.”

There was a significant, apart from statistical variations, improvements in the health and wellness as seen in the Body Mass Index or BMI and the depressive symptoms — as in a reduction of the severity of depression — for those who went through the integrated collaborative care interventions directed at obesity and depression.

With regards to the degree of the changes, the effect sizes, or the scale of the differences before the treatments and after the treatments, were “modest and of uncertain clinical importance,” which does not negate the statistically significant results found in the aforementioned statements about the report

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Secularism and Atheism, and Bill 21

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/06/06

Fareed Khan in the Ottawa Citizen made the argument that Bill 21 in Quebec, Canada’s, legislature is not about secularism, but, is, rather, about atheism as a way of looking at the relationship between the state, the province, and individual citizens in Quebec.

Khan stated, “… the manner in which the CAQ government of Premier François Legault is implementing its interpretation of secularism, and the anti-religious fervour apparent in the debate around the bill, demonstrates that the de facto state religion of Quebec is radical atheism, shrouded in the language of extremist secularism.”

With the separation of church and state, or place of worship and government, of religion and nation-state, within much of the western tradition, this becomes a premise or a part of the central arguments seen in the surrounding debate of Bill 21, insofar as Khan can see it.

“The intent of the principle is for the state to be neutral in matters of faith, not elevate the status of one faith over others, and allow citizens to practise their faith without fear of state coercion or persecution, particularly if their faith is different from that of the majority population,” Khan stated.

He does not see Bill 21 necessarily doing this. With the power of the Roman Catholic Church in the history of the Quebecois citizenry and the province of Quebec, this can create some interesting dynamics within the country. Indeed, there can be a shunning of religion, but only those not represented by the Catholic Church.

“Combined this with the historical racism that has been directed at minority communities in Quebec — particularly visible minority communities which are the targets of this bill — and you create a recipe for conflict,” Khan argues, “societal divisions and possible violence by radical, racist elements in Quebec who see these minority faith communities as threats to the “pur laine” nature of Quebec society.”

Khan makes comparisons with Nazi Germany in the 1930s and in China with the Falun Gong movement, into the present with the Uyghur Muslim minority population with mosques destroyed, Muslims imprisoned, and bonfires of Qu’rans in play.

Khan is careful to opine, “No one is saying that what is happening in China will happen in Quebec if Bill 21 becomes law. But history shows that the targeting and ‘’other-ing’ of minority communities leads to persecution, violence and ultimately atrocities.”

Others in commentary have differed on the association of secularism with atheism, and vice versa, and the notions of cultural religious displays, and so on.

Khan concluded, “The actions of Legault’s government make it clear that not only is it against public sector workers showing visible expressions of their faith, but it is also in favour of those same workers presenting atheism as the official faith of the Quebec government to the public as part of their jobs.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Women in Bras and Men with Beards Face-Off

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/06/06

Some of the more prominent case of women’s rights activism comes in the form of women and girls turning the tables on those who would objectify them through utilization of this in a variety of protest tactics. One of which is to go naked or in bras, and so on, in protest of the differential or double standard faced by women and girls compared to men and girls.

Recently, this came to the fore in Jerusalem when police officers rode in, on horses, and attempted to disperse a street protest being held by ultra-Orthodox Haredi Jews, which was on March 18.

As reported, “…a few women stripped the upper part of their bodies, and wore only bras- making protesters go away as they are forbidden as per dictates of their faith to look at the partially undressed women. This was a welcome relief for the police in Jerusalem as hundreds of protestors have earlier clashed with law enforcement on the issue of holding Eurovision Song Contest final during the day of Shabbat.”

Tel Aviv, Israel, was the place of hosting for the 2019 Eurovision event. Haneviim Street was blocked during the protest of the ultra-Orthodox Haredi. Many protestors attacked the police. “Shabbes” was shouted in Yiddish. The religious protestors asserted that the Eurovision 2019 event was desecrating.

“In retaliation a small women group counter-protested by taking off their respective shirts, revealing bras. The ultra-Orthodox Jews were forced to exit the venue. The protests were ignited after work permits for Eurovision was issued in the morning,” the article stated, “The permits incensed an ultra-Orthodox political party so much that they temporarily suspended all coalition negotiations and began their Jerusalem protest march.”

Those Jewish peoples who follow in the teachings and the practices of the ultra-Orthodox of Judaism have no work on Shabbat, which is a day of rest every week. It starts sundown in Fridays and then runs until the night falls on Saturday.

“One of the chief rabbis of Israel was not happy with the Eurovision schedule. He asked those who follow Shabbat to extend the observance of the custom in the holy day by about 20 minutes to mark their protest against the ‘great desecration,’” reportage said.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Maintaining the Faith Via Dismantling the Priesthood

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/06/06

A former priest, James Carroll, has prescribed that given the ongoing and rather perpetual failings of the hierarchs in the Roman Catholic Christian church; that there should be a move towards a dismantlement, at least on the issues of the abuse of children, for example, of the priesthood with the Church.

“In his article appropriately named Abolish the Priesthood, the American identifies the concentration of power in a celibate and an all-male clergy as one of the significant sources of the problem,” the reportage stated.

Carroll wrote about the secrecy or lack of transparency around the priesthood, the hierarchical concentration of massive amounts of authority and power, the sexual repression in the priesthood as a whole, and the general anti-woman or misogynistic elements of the hierarchical elements of the faith exhibited by it.

The report said, “Carroll, who was a priest for five years advocates the dismantling of the clerical hierarchy. Only by doing this, he opined, can the church end the almost permanent scandals and move into the modern age. It can also preserve the faith cherished by its believers. Carroll makes a compelling case for his prescribed action. The reader is logically presented with facts, as to how ending priests’ celibacy and allowing women to enter the church administration will benefit the Catholic church.”

The main point of the article was heavy critique from the point of view of a former priest but also for the maintenance of that which is genuinely good within the hierarchy and structure of the priesthood within the church.

“He stressed the church should import lay individuals into positions carrying real power. It must also foster complete equality for women officeholders in the Vatican power structure. Carroll went even further,” the article emphasized, “pushing for female sexual autonomy and a yes for pleasure and love and not only to reproduce when it comes to aim of sex.”

Some of his pragmatics included a call for the possibility of contraception and marital rights and privileges to the priesthood to change the current trajectory and prior history of the culture of the priesthood in addition to acceptance of homosexuals within the institutional Church.

Carroll called an end to the double standards including the dominance, in general, of the women over the men and believes that these changes are reasonable and enforceable within the institutional Church seen in the priesthood, as he noted with the changes brought about after Vatican III and a change to the Roman Catholic Church with “radically revised” teachings on the Jews after the Holocaust.

As reported, “former American priest recollected the “Christ Killer” slander being renounced by the church council which later affirmed Judaism’s integrity. He said that developments had made a more profound impact into Catholic tradition and doctrine when compared to clericalism being overthrown, involving the ordination of women or married priests.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

BJP and Fascism Gaining Ground

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/06/06

Anonymous political analyst and commentator on the recent semi-democratic/semi-fascist developments in India (“India is now a semi-democratic semi-fascist country”).

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Indian elections have ended with a victory for the BJP. What kind political part is the BJP?

Anonymous Political Analyst and Commentator: BJP is not a normal political party, it is political party inspired by fascism and extreme populist Nationalism. It has clearly tried to destroy democratic institutions in India, and in the process has damaged Indian economy. It has also become clear that no matter how much the BJP mess up the economy, no matter how much corrupt they get, no matter what they do, they will come back. To have any hope of replacing BJP in future, it is important is to understand, why they have won. At this point of time, it is clear that the conventional strategies to stop BJP in India have not worked, and sadly it seems that fascism is gaining roots in India.

Jacobsen: Why did the BJP win in India?

Anonymous Political Analyst and Commentator: The main reason why they have won is a very organized campaigning.

Many different sections of Indian society have voted for Modi and BJP.

They have projected many images of Modi, and different image suited for

different people. If you want to see Modi as a secular inclusive leader, you can do it, after all he stopped giving his speech, when Muslim call to prayers were made. If you want to see Modi as a right winged Hindu leader you can even do it, after the Hindu terrorist (suspect) Pragya Thakur, who had bombed mosques, is now a MP in his party. If you want to see him as a man of peace, you can do it, and if you want to see him as a man of war you can also do it. These muti-faces of Modi are shown to different audiences, and this makes them vote for him. He also has also purchased all the major news channels, and they make his wrongs also seem as rights, and any of his mistakes are never projected. In this situation, it is impossible to defeat him using the conventional methods.

Jacobsen: Is it possible to stop BJP in future elections, and save Indian liberalism and secularism?

Anonymous Political Analyst and Commentator: In those multi-faces there are two very different faces, which are usually mixed up as a single face. One is that of right winged Indian Nationalism and other is of Hindu extremisms. Both of them are seen as one, but actually they are not, and it seems as if this division, and this division alone can stop BJP and Modi. The Indian Nationalism might be flavored by Hinduism, but it is just the flavoring. The key features in Indian Nationalism is an exaggerated glorification of army, and deep hated for Pakistan, and even Muslims who do this are accepted as equally Nationalistic. The key features of Hindu extremisms is just deep hatred of Muslims, which can be extended to Christians too. As Indian Nationalism is flavored by Hinduism, this division is not easily seen, but it exists and needs to be strengthened, deepened and developed, if Modi is ever to be defeated. It has to be made so obvious, that Modi is forced to choose between one of these two positions, and when he does that that will mark the end of Modi.

Jacobsen: How can this be done by the opposition?

Anonymous Political Analyst and Commentator: This can be easily done at this time. Now that the opposition is totally finished, and the parliament is dominated by BJP, it is high time to promote such a division. What the Congress needs to do, is not for Rahul Ghandi to visit temples, which looks artificial, but for it to fund and raise a brand of Hindu ISIS, which will make extreme demands. These demands can be for Manusmrti to replace Indian constitution, for Muslims and Christians to be removed from army, for Muslims and Christians to not have a right to vote, for the construction of Mosques and Churches to be stopped, even sterilization of Muslims to stop their population growth. Congress can fund this real extremist Hindu organization from back door, like BJP funded the moment by Anna Hazare. When this organization takes this stand, the Hindu extremists (and terror suspects) in the parliament like Pragya Thakur will be drawn to it, and this will make them clash with right winded Nationalists. This can also cause a potential rift in BJP, and at this time, there is a hope for a split in BJP, or the rise of an extremist Hindu political party, which will be opposite to BJP for not being Hindu enough. This would also give a nice tune to Congress and the opposition, as they can then start speaking for Indian Nationalism as opposite to Hindu extremism.

Jacobsen: Can the opposition also destroy the Nationalistic image of BJP?

Anonymous Political Analyst and Commentator: The opposition can also make exaggerated demands for army, and against Pakistan, and try making Modi look as some one who is not so ring winded and not so Nationalist. They can start demanding a five fold increase in the salaries of army personals, and even ask demand India have a war with Pakistan. Now it is clear that neither Modi, nor any government can effort to have a war with Pakistan, but this rhetoric will put Modi in defensive position. It is also clear that in the present India, emotions work more than logic, so being seen as a mad war monger can actually benefit the opposition. They should try to make demands of a direct war against Pakistan, and this will destroy Modi Nationalist image. Then when the opposition actually comes to power in the next elections, they can improve relations with Pakistan.

Jacobsen: What are the other things that the opposition needs to do?

Anonymous Political Analyst and Commentator: Another thing that the opposition needs to do is to jointly invest in an anti-BJP IT cell. The media is totally corrupted and pro BJP, and the BJP has a very strong IT cell. A joint anti-BJP IT cell is the only thing that can stop the influence of BJP IT cell, and this has to be a joint venture by all anti-BJP political parties. This IT cell can be made up of many different unites. Some of them can be supporting extremist Hinduism, and attacking BJP and Modi for not being Hindu enough and not supporting Manusmriti. They can bring his pro Muslim image, when he stops during Muslim call to prayers, as an example of him not being Hindu enough. Others can attack him for being anti-National for not staring a war with Pakistan. It can even turn the tide, if the opposition demands a war with Pakistan. Then others can blame him for the economic problems in India. If this is done, then Modi can be defeated in future, and secularism and democracy saved in India, otherwise India will soon a replica of Nazi Germany.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Humanists International Board, Gulalai Ismail, Facing “Sedition” Charge

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/23

One of the board members, according to Humanists International, of the mothership of humanists at an international level of representation is facing sedition charges within the anti-terrorism act of Pakistan.

Sedition amounts to a charge against the state or a monarch. Gulalai Ismail is known as a defender of human rights and someone who devoted a significant amount of effort and time to the rights of girls and women.

The reason or the instigation for the charge of sedition comes from Ismail campaigning for the rights and justice for a girl who “was raped and murdered.”

As reported, “It was reported in Pakistani media today that an FIR (First Information Report) was raised against Gulalai Ismail in relation to a speech she gave at a rally earlier in the week. The accusation falls under the anti-terrorism act for ‘delivering seditious speeches and instigating masses against the state institutions.’”

Her — Gulalai’s — speech went viral on social media and, consequently, brought attention to an individual case of a girl who has her rights violated and, in turn, the general issue of violence against women and girls.

“Gulalai’s speech earlier in the week was widely circulated on social media. The rally and the speech were held to protest the rape and murder of a minor girl known as Farishta,” the article stated.

Farishta’s corpse was found in the Shahzad Town area. The order of the crimes was rape and then murder, not vice versa. Farishta’s family attempted to file a missing person report for her on May 15.

However, the police office took until the 19th — half of a week later — to register the FIR, so a proper search was not initiated there.

“Protesters at the rally his week were objecting to the perceived lack of interest or progress in the case up to that point. Subsequent to the protests,” the reportage said, “the government and state authorities have pledged to take action on the case and investigate the apparent inaction of police services. The accusation in the FIR is that this speech was ‘anti-state’ or ‘seditious.”

Such is the life of an individual who defends the rights of women and girls, apparently, this is common for activists who argue for the rights, freedoms, and responsibilities of women and girls.

In prior news reportage, as some reading this may know, the stipulations were that Ismail was committing blasphemy or a religious — not a secular — crime, in the promotion of the rights of women to equal treatment in legal and social life with the men.

“It is particularly concerning that Gulalai Ismail faces the prospect of arrest and detention again, having faced similar accusations several times in the past few years,” Humanists International said.

Now, a “significant” amount of social media activity has been devoted to this case. In short, Ismail may have a charge of sedition, purported. However, she won. The positive (and, granted, the negative) attention has been drawn to the case of the violations of the rights and ending of the life of a girl, Farishta.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Deji Yesufu

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/18

Deji Yesufu is a 42-years-old man from Ibadan, Nigeria. He earned an Electrical Engineering degree from Ahmadiyya Bello University and a Master’s Degree in Physics from the University of Ibadan.

He attended ABU Staff School for Primary School and Demonstration Secondary School. He wrote the historical account of a Nigerian officer killed during the Nigerian civil 50 years ago entitled Victor Banjo.

He also authored a theological work telling the history of the 16th Century Protestant Reformation called Half a Millennium — An Introductory Text to Protestant History and Reformed Theology. Other written works can be found here: www.mouthpiece.com.

He works at the University College Hospital (UCH) in Ibadan, Nigeria, where he is a Senior Electrical/Electronic Engineer with the Department of Radiation Oncology. Yesufu has worked at the UCH for nine years now. He sees a necessity in the development of progressive leaders in Nigeria to set a different and positive political course for the citizenry of Nigeria.

Here we talk about his life, work, and views.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If we look at the family background, what was it for you?

Deji Yesufu: I was born into a nuclear family — one man and one wife — this is against a prevailing culture of polygamy here in Nigeria.

Mother raised us up Roman Catholics, while father always practised Islam. I am the second of three brothers and two sisters.

Jacobsen: How did this background provide a context in early life for you — a grounding?

Yesufu: Living in a family where mother was Roman Catholic and the father was Muslim, I would eventually branch out to become Protestant, which offered me my first perception of religious pluralism and tolerance. My reading of Church History reveals the deep rancour that this created amongst people in the past, but, for us, it was never the case.

I should credit my dad for his non-insistence on a single religion for the family to follow. Although, I do not necessarily recommend this model to families. I think it worked out providentially for me, particularly in coming to grasp with Evangelical Christianity and being able to practise it with a certain freedom in my younger years.

Jacobsen: When you think about early religious upbringing, how did this influence you?

Yesufu: As I said, because there was a plurality of religion in my home, religion was not a major issue in my home while growing up.

I, however, must be thankful to some neighbours who introduced my siblings and me to more fervent religion. Nigeria is a nation that has suffered greatly as far as resources are concerned, so religion is opium indeed for us here. So, in my younger years, I encountered religion through the rising Pentecostalism in the 1980/90s. It formed my earliest perception of gospel realities.

During these, my Roman Catholic mother pointed out the hypocrisy of religion in men like Archbishop Benson Idahosa, so that even when I practised Pentecostalism I natural eschewed the Prosperity excesses that his brand of Christianity portrayed. I am thankful to God and my late mum for giving me that foundation in faith.

Jacobsen: What were some heartwarming experiences from the time?

Yesufu: I would not necessarily say there were “heartwarming” experiences that I had with religion in my younger days. I did, however, come away with a high sense of morality.

I always felt that I should live right; even though, I was not a Christian. I am grateful that I had such exposure to religion that constrained me through the path such that one did not make mistakes that were lasting.

Jacobsen: Who were pivotal and influential people for you?

Yesufu: I was “awakened” in faith in my teenage years by a certain Ghanaian man living in our neighbourhood in Zaria. He taught me the basic tenets of the Christian faith and created in me a hunger for God. I used to call that my “born-again” experience but today I call it my awakening experience.

Subsequently, when I was in 300 level, a roommate ministered God’s word to me. I said the sinner’s prayer. I felt that I had come to faith in Christ. This was March, 1998. I had some peculiar experiences in that encounter; but even when I look back on that experience, I cannot say for sure if I was converted at those times.

My conversion, I would owe first to God, and then to a book written by Dr. R. T. Kendall. It is called “Worshipping God”. The book explains worship and all its tenets as a Christian. It encouraged a life of worship. My conversion came when I read chapter titles like “The Joy of Doing Nothing”.

In this chapter, Kendall explained that some of God’s greatest works in our lives are things we could never thank him enough for. In that chapter, he introduced me to the doctrine of justification by faith. That book led me to investigate the writings of Paul in Romans and the lives and writings of the Protestant Reformers in the 16th century.

Somewhere along the line of that study, God opened my heart to believe the gospel and see Christ as my substitute. Christ gave me a love for his word and his truth, and since then I have been in pursuit of God and his ways.

You asked who were pivotal and influential in faith for me. I will look on all these as it but even more, Jesus Christ, is the greatest of influence for me.

Jacobsen: As a Christian, what most testifies to the faith for you?

Yesufu: The Bible. I regard the Bible as inspired: meaning everything written in it are the very words of God; inerrant: the Bible has no errors; sufficient: the Word of God is contained in the Bible; I do not need extra-biblical claims for faith in Christ.

Jacobsen: As an individual reader of the Bible, what specific books and narratives, and lessons, in the Bible speak the most to you?

Yesufu: The whole Bible speaks to me.

I am, however, thankful for the Epistles of Paul, particularly Romans.

The words of our Lord, Jesus, are especially sacrosanct and, for me, Paul does not contradict Christ’s words.

Jacobsen: What are some of the more important lessons for atheists, agnostics, and theists to learn from one another?

Yesufu: In these days of differing religious views, I believe we all can increase in tolerance for each other and in the ability to listen to one another. Our views may not change, but the freedom to hear the other person out is important.

In recent times, I have been intrigued by the ministry Dr. James R. White who debates various religions. I see how he listens to opposing views and very well represents their position, while respectfully showing where such views or positions contradict the Scriptures.

Andrew Kirk in the book “Loosing the Bonds” said that Christians particularly need to hear atheists out. That their criticism of our religion can help us live better as Christians.

By the way, I regard atheism and agnosticism as another kind of religion — a profession of faith without religion.

Jacobsen: How can interfaith and interbelief panels provide a context for dialogue and social acceptance & understanding of one another?

Yesufu: I think well-moderated debates will do this. The life and ministry of Dr. James White have proven this.

Jacobsen: Who are respected and important voices in the Christian world, in your denomination, who make solid arguments for the faith?

Yesufu: Many of them are dead! Lol. But the living ones would include but are not limited to:

John MacArthur Jnr.

James R. White

Ravi Zechariah

Conrad Mbewe

John Piper

and others.

Jacobsen: Any recommended books or authors?

Yesufu: Books by far are a must read for those who wish to know and practise historic orthodox Christianity.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Deji.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

LDS Against LGBTQ+

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/14

According to the Toronto Star, the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints has taken a position on a comprehensive nondiscrimination bill stated to protect LGBT rights

It gives broad protections. This became the crux of the issue for the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints or the LDS. The representatives of the LDS church stated that the bill, or the Equality Act, will be a direct threat to religion.

In the following senses, it will post a threat to religious employment standards, to religious education, and to the funding of religious charities.

As reported, “The church pointed out the importance of religions and religious schools having the right to create faith-based employment and admissions standards.”

The other religious groups who have stood in solidarity with the LDS in opposition to this have been the Southern Baptist Convention and the Roman Catholic Church.

This legislation adds gender identity and sexual orientation to the current federal nondiscrimination laws in “employment, housing, education, and public spaces and services.”

The Equality Act simply protects vulnerable individuals in society who, as of recently, have begun to have some modicum of respect, dignity, and representation within the society.

“The bill has widespread Democratic backing and seems certain to pass the House, but the chances appear slim in the Republican-controlled Senate,” the Toronto Star stated, “The Utah-based faith, widely known as the Mormon church, said it favours ‘reasonable’ measures to protect LGBT people’s access to housing, employment and public accommodations, but that such efforts shouldn’t erode the right for people to live and speak freely about their religious beliefs.”

The LDS church has been progressing in ways not seen, in terms of rapidity, in other faiths, which took much longer while other have not moved at all (or much).

The LDS church lives with the difficult context of wanting to affirm the rights of the LGBTQ community while also sticking within the boundaries of the faith on homosexual marriage and intimacy of same-sex couples.

This is difficult to straddle this line.

The article informed, “The church points to a 2015 Utah anti-discrimination law it backed. That measure made it illegal to base employment and housing decisions on sexual orientation or gender identity, while also creating exemptions for religious organizations and protecting religious speech in the workplace. The faith said the federal Equality Act doesn’t strike the right balance.”

In the minds of the officials of the LDS church, the difficulty lies between religious liberty and the rights of the LGBT community. They see the proposal in the Equality Act as something that is eroding the free practice of religion while also “preventing diverse Americans of good will from living together in respect and peace.”

U.S. Sens. Mitt Romney and Mike Lee have opposed the legislation.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

10-Year Study on Income and Life Expectancy in Norwegians

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/14

According to JAMA, in some recent research published on the life expectancies of the Norwegians between 2005 and 2015, there has been some interesting or intriguing general findings in the decades-long study on life expectancy amongst the general population in accordance with a slice of the economic and social strata of the society.

If an individual is amongst the more wealthy in the country, even in a “largely tax-financed universal health care system and moderate income differences” nation-state, we can see the question asked, “does life expectancy vary with income, and are differences comparable to differences in the United States?”

It becomes an important question too. If we look at some of the issues surrounding the context of Norway, the country should seem healthy and functional in regards to income inequality.

By many metrics, this country appears to be reported as a healthy society on the levels of income inequality within the society and on the provision of a functional healthcare system to its citizenry.

One of the issues seen here is the way in which income differences or social strata differentials can lead to alterations in the life outcomes of individuals within society.

3,041,828 persons at age 40 were studied for the ten year period.

As reported, “…the difference in life expectancy between the richest and poorest 1% was 8.4 years for women and 13.8 years for men. The differences widened between 2005 and 2015 and were comparable to those in the United States… Inequalities in life expectancy by income in Norway were substantial and increased between 2005 and 2015.”

This may have an application to other advanced industrial economies and Western, socially and culturally speaking, societies.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Premier Ford Permits Speaking Mind, Will Not Re-Open Abortion Issue

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/14

The Toronto Star reported on statements by a Canadian politician from a pro-life perspective, which created some stir and a tad of controversy.

The Progressive Conservative MPPs, according to Ford, will have the opportunities to speak as they deem fit. But the government of the province of Ontario will not touch the issue of abortion anymore.

Ford said, “I don’t dictate to anyone what their beliefs are.” This was following statements of Sam Oosterhoff of Niagara West. He spoke at a pro-life or anti-abortion rally. Those who wish deny the right of abortion to women through some measures including illegality in many, most, or all respects.

Ford continued, “Can any of my members speak their mind? Yes, they can speak their mind, because not everyone in this legislature thinks the same… We have a big tent there.”

However, Ford was clear on the orientation of the provincial government not taking part in the opening of the abortion debate any longer. Oosterhoff and others stood to applaud the statements by Ford.

The article stated, “The MPP, who was also in the news last week after his constituency office called Niagara region police on a senior citizen’s book club that was protesting library budget cuts, told the crowd of hundreds of protesters last week he will work to make abortion ‘unthinkable’ and later quoted a children’s author to explain his position.”

The children’s book author was Dr. Seuss mentioning the mattering of someone no matter their size or “how small.” Oosterhoff has been an outspoken pro-life or anti-abortion politician in his early career to date.

One concern amongst the New Democrats is that the funding for the abortion services funded by the province could be cut to some degree in the midst of budgetary cuts by the government of Ontario under the premiership of Doug Ford.

“In the PC leadership race last year, Ford raised concerns he was cosying up to social conservatives by questioning why teens need parental consent notes to go on school trips but not to get abortions,” the Toronto Star stated.

MPP Suze Morrison stated that women have taken a long fight for bodily autonomy; with the cuts to the budget, this becomes a major concern for the women who rely on the health care system in Ontario for some of the services regarding reproductive health rights, including abortion services. All remain fundamental human rights.

The denial of the rights to abortion, for one, becomes a human rights violation as this would deny the fundamental right to abortion for women. Thus, this would become a violation of the right stipulated for decades by the United Nations.

“Ford referred the question to Children and Community and Social Services Minister Lisa MacLeod, who noted she supported legislation passed by the previous Liberal government to have 50-metre safety zone outside abortion clinics so women can enter free of harassment,” the article concluded, “‘This government will continue to stand up for women’s rights across this province, despite the rhetoric from the members opposite,’ said MacLeod, adding, ‘We respect debate internally within our caucus.’”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

1200-Page Dossier on “Actively Gay” Priests and Seminarians

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/10

Newsweek reported on a massive dossier, at 1,200 pages, listing several priests and seminarians who are labelled as “actively gay” in Italy alone.

This was sent to the Vatican via the archdiocese of Naples. Francesco Mangicapra created the document. He is a gay male escort and did not like the hypocrisy of the priests and decided to do something about it.

He said, “The aim is not to hurt the people mentioned, but to help them understand that their double life, however seemingly convenient, is not useful to them or to all the people for whom they should be a guide and an example to follow.”

Now, an Italian Cardinal and the Archbishop of Naples, Crescenzio Sepe, stated that none of the named priests are currently stationed in Naples. Note, this does not deny the veracity of the claims in the large dossier.

Now, this is simply adding to the pile of accusations against members of the Catholic hierarchs around the world but, this time, focused on Italy in particular.

As reported, “Last month, an Italian court issued a 14-month suspended sentence to a Vatican tribunal judge for sexual molestation and possessing child pornography. Monsignor Pietro Amenta, a judge on the Rota (a court that hears mostly family cases), was arrested last March for publicly fondling an 18-year-old man in Rome.”

With the examination of the computer, the authorities found pornographic images of the young on the person computer. Then there was a plea bargain accepted by Paloma Garcia Ovejero, Vice Director of the Vatican Press Office. In an email from the Catholic News Service, it stated that he had “resigned as the prelate auditor of the Roman Rota.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Md. Sazzadul Hoque on Gender and Religion

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/10

Md. Sazzadul Hoque is an exiled Bangladeshi secularist blogger, human rights activist, and atheist activist. His writing covers a wide range of issues, including religious superstition, critical thinking, feminism, gender equality, homosexuality, and female empowerment. He’s protested against blogger killings and past/present atrocities against Bangladeshi minorities by the dominant Muslim political establishment. He’s also written about government-sponsored abductions and the squashing of free speech; the systematic corruption in everyday life of Bangladeshis; and the denial of the pursuit of happiness.

In 2017, after receiving numerous threats, he was forced to leave Bangladesh out of safety concerns.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Are women treated differently than men in the Bangladeshi version of Islam?

Md. Sazzadul Hoque: Definitely, they are treated just as the holy hateful book Quran suggest them to do. Very selective few women were wearing hijab 20 years ago now it is widespread.

Jacobsen: How are they treated worse if so? What are the ways in which men are given special privileges?

Hoque: Injustice to women to a certain degree less than the other parts of the Muslim world but it is there. Oppression, brutality, rape, is an omnipresent fear in the women population.

Jacobsen: How will the Council of Ex-Muslims of Bangladesh provide a counter to this narrative?

Hoque: Proper information, the majority of these women do not know what that hateful book represents form them. They know how to recite but do not know the meaning. Council intent is to get this information accessible to this demography and show them an example of how women are treated differently in other parts of the world or another country where Islam is not prevalent.

Jacobsen: Who are some prominent Islamically-based bigots and misogynist leaders, thinkers, and writers in Bangladesh?

Hoque: There are countless of these kinds, to be precise the prime minister of Bangladesh herself (bigot) and her party. However, another party leader and parties such as BNP (Bangladesh national party). Although we have several women leaders in Bangladesh, but these are not by qualification rather hereditary leadership that does not mean there is not a misogynist member within these parties. Prominent Islamic bigot is, Ahmed Sharif.

Jacobsen: What can be effective means by which to combat them?

Hoque: International attention and criticism of the government and its policies regardless of who is in power. Bangladesh receives a lot of foreign remittance from the Middle East and a lot of these vile trickles down from there to Bangladesh. Because of their influence a lot of people and prominent Bangladeshi actor and actress are turning to hijab and religious extremism.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sazza.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ex-Muslims of India Created a Patreon Account

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/03

The Ex-Muslims of India have a new Patreon account and could use the support. Within those calls for support, they can as a simple as a repost, a sharing, or a liking of this article through social media.

It could also be financial in some manner. The monetary support would be greatly encouraged by not only the ex-Muslims of India, but also, potentially, other ex-Muslim groupings and the collectives of the ex-religious who can be inspired by the efforts to form coalitions apart from a choice to not take part in the traditional religions on offer in the current period.

The Patreon account, in its current manifestation, states:

We are committed to bring out the truth of Islam and let people know that its not a peaceful religion but something we human don’t need it right now. We are also approaching innocent people who are in trap on Islam so they can live the life beyond the bubble of Islamic ideology.

This is a brand new account. Therefore, there are no supporters online at the moment for their account. However, the hope is to have this online support become more robust over time to provide some modicum of finances for the operations of Ex-Muslims of India. Please find the link here:

https://www.patreon.com/exmuslimsofindia?fbclid=IwAR2mSKTaYCMJYfOAYGTCzEWzG9VXO43AQSUoxli4WABj2eBoN3Yxrlddi1A

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Merchants of Death Via the British Medical Journal

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/03

According to a recent report by the British Medical Journal, there is an often unethical misrepresentation of the work of corporations in the work for “social responsibility” or in their “social responsibility activities,” as these present a “sanitized and soft public image.”

This can be detrimental if not devastating to the work of corporations within the context of health and wellness, so wellbeing, of the general public.

Kamran Siddiqi, Professor in Global Public Health at the University of York, in the editorial, stated, “Among its many tactics, the tobacco industry has long been using corporate social responsibility activities to present a sanitized and soft public image while they continue to produce and promote their lethal products.”

This clean representation of that which is not clean creates a cloaked representation to the public compared to the complete reality of the situation. This could lead to “substantial damage to public health” based on the manipulation of public policy for corporate benefit without regard for the health of the general public.

A prime example is given with the Prime Minister (of Pakistan) Imran Khan offered a purported donation to fund a new dam for solving the energy and water crisis of the country.

Siddiqi said, “This happened a few days after the administration took a U-turn on their flagship policy of introducing ‘health levy’ on cigarettes as a way to increase public revenue and expenditure on health.”

About 20% of Pakistani adults consume tobacco on a regular basis. The definition or rate and extent of “regular” is not provided within the article. Nonetheless, this reported as leading to 160,000 deaths every year in Pakistan.

As a signatory of the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention to Tobacco Control (WHO FCTC), Pakistan put in place some measures in order to reduce the level of harm associated with tobacco.

“…including smoking ban in public places, restricting cigarette sale in packs of 20 only and increasing the size of pictorial health warning on cigarette packs,” Siddiqi explained, “However, the country has taken regressive steps on tobacco taxation, which is generally considered to be the most effective policy tool to curb tobacco use.”

Two years ago, the government of Pakistan implemented a three-level system of taxation. This permitted tobacco companies to alter the popular products from the higher tax to the lower tax, or the second tier to the third tier.

This is correlated with an increase in tobacco consumption by the general Pakistani public linked to more profits, by implication of increased sales, for the tobacco industry relative to Pakistan.

Siddiqi said, “Recently, the government has also allowed companies to start re-manufacturing cigarettes in packs of 10 for ‘export’ purposes, which might be brought back into the internal Pakistani markets, as many anti-tobacco campaigners fear.”

Thus, we come to the rather messy and not-so-clean image of the tobacco industry, in fact, compared to the one in the image. Now, the industry, the tobacco industry, is working to expand the “corporate social responsibility activities” into the Pakistani media, even further.

“These include offering cigarette gift packs to Pakistan Naval Forces and Prime Minister’s house, building a cigar lounge for members of parliament inside the Parliament House, setting up mobile hospitals and computer centers, launching tree plantation campaigns and sponsoring conferences and sign boards for public bodies,” Siddiqi stated.

The article concludes that the slowing progress on control of tobacco and its harmful effects on the public have begun to slow down. The recent legislation is working to increase the warning about the harms of tobacco.

There was a health levy, but this was regressed substantially. Leading to a response by the Federal Board of Revenue, it said the tobacco tax increases may increase the illicit tobacco trade.

More in the article listed in the reference.

Reference

Siddiqi, K. (2019, January 9). The hidden power of corporations. Retrieved from https://www.bmj.com/content/364/bmj.l4/rr-4.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Staged Attack on Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, Jewish Cafe

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/03

According to Ran Ukashi, National Director of the League for Human Rights or on behalf of B’nai Brith Canada, there was a purported antisemitic attack on the BerMax Caffé in Winnipeg, which turned out to staged.

As with the Jussie Smollett staged attacks and the African-American community, and as with the apparently staged attacks here, there should be, as per the note by Ukashi, a condemnation of the fabrication of a hate crime, especially in a period of a rise in hate crimes based on religion, ethnicity, and so on.

Ukashi stated, “Making false allegations of antisemitism does nothing to quell the rise of racism and discrimination in Winnipeg and across Canada and will embolden the conspiracy theorists and purveyors of anti-Jewish hatred who blame the entirety of society’s ills on the Jewish community.”

False attacks should not detract from the seriousness with which hate crimes on Jewish peoples, Muslims, African-Americans, and so on, are taken in the public discourse, as hate should never be tolerated against the general citizenry or individual citizens in this manner.

These false allegations make human rights work difficult for all human rights organizations, including B’nai Brith Canada and others. There is a unified effort to combat hate and bigotry in all its forms, as it arises, whether in anti-Muslim sentiment, in antisemitism, and others.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

AI is Not the Threat: Direction of Its Utility By People Can Be

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/02

Nature reported on a pressing and prescient warning of the dangers of a neutral tool: artificial intelligence. What is the threat of a neutral tool?

Of course, the threat comes in the form of the uses or utility functions provided to the AI by human beings, either as individuals or collectives.Nonetheless, Benkler reported on the ways in which private industry or industry in general continues to shape the ethic and, thus, the utility functions of a powerful and sophisticated hammer, artificial intelligence.May 10, 2019, is the due date for letters of intent to the National Science Foundation of the United States constructed for a new funding program entitled Fairness in Artificial Intelligence.This follows from the European Commission “Ethics Guidelines for Trustworthy AI.” It was described, byan academic member of the commission, as “ethics washing” with the utter industry domination of the content.Google formed an AI ethics board in March, which fell apart in a week based on controversy. Even earlier, in January, Facebook invested 7.5 million USD into an ethics and AI centre at the Technical University of Munich, Germany.What does this mean for the direction of the future of AI and its ethic schemata? It means the blueprints are being laid by the chickens of industry.The input from industry, according to Benkley, remains crucial for the development of the future of AI. However, there should not be a monopolization of the power and the ethics.Both governments and industry should be transparent and publicly accountable in the development of the ethical frameworks developed for AI.Benkley stated, “Algorithmic-decision systems touch every corner of our lives: medical treatments and insurance; mortgages and transportation; policing, bail and parole; newsfeeds and political and commercial advertising. Because algorithms are trained on existing data that reflect social inequalities, they risk perpetuating systemic injustice unless people consciously design countervailing measures.”He provided an example of artificially intelligent systems capable of predicting recidivism. Those who differentially affect black and white, or European and African heritage communities.In addition, or similarly, this could impact policing and job candidacy of applicants. With the black box of the inclusion of algorithms and systems into an artificial intelligence, these could simply reflect the societal biases, which would be “invisible and unaccountable.”“When designed for profit-making alone, algorithms necessarily diverge from the public interest — information asymmetries, bargaining power and externalities pervade these markets,” Benkley stated, “For example, Facebook and YouTube profit from people staying on their sites and by offering advertisers technology to deliver precisely targeted messages. That could turn out to be illegal or dangerous.”More in the reference…ReferencesBenkler, Y. (2019, May 1). Don’t let industry write the rules for AI. Retrieved from https://www.nature.com/articles/d41586-019-01413-1?utm_source=twt_nnc&utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=naturenews&sf211946232=1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Small-Time and Big-Time Politics

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/31

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What years did you run? What parties did you run for? When did you run federally and provincially?

Don McKinnon: In 1983, I ran provincially. In 1984, I ran federally and for the Liberal Party both times. In 1983, I ran because a school principal I knew closely wanted me to run. So, I ran.

In 1984, I ran because one of the school trustees wanted me to run. I ran for the federal Liberal Party. I won the nomination getting the majority with 14 votes.

Jacobsen: How have you seen the political landscape change and stay the same since the 1980s?

McKinnon: I don’t think the Liberal Party has changed much. I got mad at the Liberal Party in 1984. I got into an argument during a presentation. One politician got into an argument with me.

They said, “Even if you get elected, you won’t run the country. The Cabinet and the Prime Minister will run the country.” I decided that was the end of the Liberal Party for me.

So then, I joined the NDP. I have been active. But I haven’t run.

Jacobsen: You, at an early age, became an atheist. Why? Did this influence the political perspective?

McKinnon: I became an atheist when my mother sent me to Bible school. An old guy read the Book of Genesis and said that this is what it is all about. I realized that it all didn’t make sense. I left The UCC and never went back.

Jacobsen: What was the influence of religion in the country in the 1980s? Looking at it now, how is it different?

McKinnon: It probably differs. I don’t think a lot of people have changed very much. A lot of people are inactive in the churches. If you look at the churches, a lot of them are suffering from not having enough attendance.

The UCC in our area, for example. My cousin goes there. They used to have 5 churches 30 years ago. Now, they can’t have enough congregations to run 1.

Jacobsen: Do you think Canada is heading the way of Europe with the number of religious as a total as well as religiosity as a level? Fewer people in the polls, in the pews, fewer praying, and so on, fewer believing in it. The number of non-religious going up and the number of the religious going down.

McKinnon: If you look at the Catholic Church, for example, and The UCC, the traditional churches have struggled to maintain ground. There are a number of left-wing and right-wing evangelical churches doing okay.

But even then, they are struggling. The number of people attending is down. The people who do believe may simply not take much part in the Sunday gatherings.

The number of people who don’t go has probably declined.

Jacobsen: How has the Christian faith generally treated the Indigenous population? In other words, First Nations, Inuit, and Metis, in this country.

McKinnon: I spent 5 years doing adult education for the Department of Indian Affairs. I think that a scandal involving the use of Indian kids was more the responsibility of the church than the federal government.

I think the federal government closed its eyes. I don’t think people realized how much sexual abuse was going on in the Indian schools. I think the church knew and tried to cover it up.

That is, in a sense, the opinion of somebody who was right there. For example, my story about Ray Hall who was in charge of Indian Affairs. I had coffee with him.

He said Cooper Island and four Indian kids had committed suicide. He didn’t know why. He would not have known if he knew about the sexual abuse. He was replaced by a guy. A fine Mennonite guy, I am sure he didn’t know the extent of the sexual abuse.

You know, there has been sexual abuse in the normal school system too. I have worked there. It is not an entirely baseless thing.

Jacobsen: You spent your career in the Department of Indian Affairs. What did you learn, general heuristics for understanding?

McKinnon: [Laughing] I learned what it was like to live in a big bureaucracy in the Department of Indian Affairs, which was useful when working in a school office.

You learn to make do, be nice, get things done, and get by. Does that make sense?

Jacobsen: Thank you for your time.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Indigeneity and India

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/31

Vidita Priyadarshini is a graduate student in political science at Central European University. Here we talk about current events at Central European University.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There are land rights and acquisition claims in India in general. You have graduate research in this area. I ask because there are a lot of Indian people in India and a lot of sectors in India. It becomes a complex question.

However, you are doing general research. What does that imply?

Vidita Priyadarshini: Until 2013, we were operating with the Land Acquisition Act 1894. It was made by the British when we were a colony. Basically, we adopted 75% of its provisions after independence in 1947. This was a federal law.

But we had many state legislations as well. As you know, it is a federal country. So, they must make all sorts of legislation that compete. This federal law had a lot of amendments over time.

Any state institution has eminence domain over all land of the country. So, it can be acquired for anything deemed a profit purpose. There were amendments where the eminence domain claim was dropped. They had to talk about justice, compensation, rehabilitation, etc.

Because there were a lot of debates. You could not simply shirk off the expense claims after independence. Eventually, when we liberalized in the 1990s, we opened our economies. It became a bigger question.

They wanted to ease out more land for privatization. They wanted money for infrastructure. Any kind of mining projects for petrochemicals. When these claims became more important for some national governments, we traditionally have the mandate over land governments, but they used the federal law to get this thing out of the way.

So, people started making claims about these things. “You have to give us compensation.” You cannot simply arbitrarily price compensation. You have evaluate things and our standard of living.

In some cases, there were large-scale displacements. There was no way to relocate them somewhere. My research is about how the government institutions mediate between these competing claims.

I find this is mostly doing acquisition-style stuff, but there is no way that the communities who lose their rights collectively because we do not have the concept of community rights. They cannot go and ask for their rights back.

Because they are doing this through ways that has legislation with these elements of compensation, rehabilitation, etc. When they do find their problem has become extensive, these conflicts become very exclusive and are quite long-lasting.

In general, we have our problem. They do not have harmonization of land rights councils. Because state governments can do whatever the hell they want based on their own conventions.

The state has more national resources and more space for mining. They were trying to convert as much land as possible. If someone doesn’t, they will try through other means like developing development hubs for IT or something like this.

They are not harmonizing these methods. So, they can get their land and money back and not cause so much precariousness.

Jacobsen: One underlying premise here in the conversation. What defines Indigenous in India, an Indigenous person?

Priyadarshini: We have some historically recognized tribal groups put in this list called Schedule Tribe Lists. These are the Indigenous peoples. They are usually concentrated in the eastern parts of the country. Of course, they are everywhere else.

Most of the contestations that we know of with Indigenous peoples with respect to land acquisitions happen in the eastern part. In the 1960s and 1970s, there was a big problem of the Maoist conflicts.

That is what we know of. It is problematic. [Note from Vidita: write down different line.] There is a definition in the constitution. I do not know how the classification actually works, but it is distinct from the past identity in the country.

Jacobsen: What is the percent of the population?

Priyadarshini: These conflict cases are mostly centered in the eastern part with the mining. They are resource-rich regions. From the 1990s onwards, a lot of mining projects happened.

That is where land conversion for these purposes actually became volatile because people were dependent on these resources as communities.

Jacobsen: What percent would be official tribes — apart from the conversation about conflict cases?

Priyadarshini: 9%, approximately, that is 104 million people.

Jacobsen: [Laughing] That is three times the population of Canada. How does this relate to larger conversations around land rights claims in other areas of the world? Because this is a general analysis.

I would assume this general analysis would apply to other areas given the generality.

Priyadarshini: I think one issue is India hasn’t modernized its land record system. After a lot of acquisitions, for example, you have governments taking up things like land redistribution.

Then they give compensation, market trading, and other land trying to give it back. Any claims of land or any property claims, for example from lands taken from the British after independence and after land redistribution.

They cannot be executed properly because we o not have a systematic land record system. The other thing, there is no political will to allow for this to happen because then they would have to start talking about community ownership of land.

Even if you systematize the individual land holding system properly, there might be claims with Indigenous communities without concepts of individual ownership, but may have the idea of collective land ownership and then may want to make a claim to land.

We have recognition of community use and community ownership. Anything about property rights; any discussion on property rights is systematically avoided by these two things because they are not even trying to work out the already existing land holdings and then any transferability concerns will not be met with.

They inquired with this invocation for the general public’s purpose. They say that they will give some money and then this will be fine. In some cases, money is quite okay. In other cases, not just about the money, it is about whether a particular community uses it in a way that cannot be unsafe.

This is where these things become more exclusive. I think one way to relate to this would be a discussion on the underdeveloped property rights issue in this country. In the 1970s — I am not a lawyer, but as far as I understand it, the issue is problematic.

Property as a right used to be a fundamental right. Then there was a huge change and then it only became a constitutional right. In some ways, it still can be superseded by these public purpose things.

Because it is not a fundamental right anymore. The government says that we can acquire land for a good purpose. Then it is fine. You can make claims against it because it is still a constitutional right, but it does not trump anything else.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Vidita.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Quelle Surprise: Humanistic Values Needed for Modern Problems in Canada

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/29

The Association humaniste du Québec and Humanist Canada are proud to announce the furtherance of humanist values within Canadian society at an apparent time when they are needed now more than ever.

As was noted by the Vice-President of Humanist Canada, Dr. Lloyd Robertson, the ability of students to be able to express their thoughts is important, especially in a time when science and reason are attacked in Canadian society.

Robertson expressed pride in the partnership with the Association humaniste du Québec for the Humanist Canada Essay Contest, and looked forward to receiving essays from interested and inspired students.

There is no preset topic or subject matter, necessarily, for the Humanist Canada Essay Contest. However, the obvious emphasis is humanist values within Canadian society.

Other than that, the students — high school and CEGEP — have the flexibility to show their chops in commentary on humanism as a life stance and worldview.

The Francophone and Anglophone populations of the nation will have access to submit essays to the contest, as this is a bilingual cotest with $8,000 in prizes and a first place prize for each language.

For the first place prize in each language, the student will be awarded $1,000. The deadline for the submissions to the Humanist Canada Essay Contest is May 15th, 2019.

The full information for the essay contest can be found here: https://hc-contest.ca/en/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Chat with Boluwatife Ishola on Nigeria, Class, and Human Rights

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/13

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your background? What was family life for you growing up?

Boluwatife Ishola: I am from a polygamous home, a family of 15, am the seventh born of my dad.

Jacobsen: How is religion influential in Nigerian life?

Ishola: Religion is the major influencer of an average Nigeria is arguably the most religious country in the world. An average Nigeria Christian, for example, depends on his or her pastor for instruction on what to eat, drink and wear and sometimes who to marry.

Jacobsen: What are the crucial factors in building an early education about Nigerian society?

Ishola: I think the major factor in building an early education will be when the government or any international humanitarian organization invest heavily in education and are ready to train and employ competent staff as well as pay them a salary when due.

Even the religious organization influence the political class, religious and political leader are to blame for Nigeria woes and corrupt politicians who loot money and pay 10% as a tithe to their religious leaders.

I think the major factor in building an early education will be when the government or any international humanitarian organization invest heavily in education and are ready to train and employ competent staff as well as pay them a salary when due.

For example, Nigeria public universities have been on strike for 91 days. Because of the lack of salary. The government should build good schools and then finance them well.

Jacobsen: What are the ways in which class is a factor in one’s outcomes in life?

Ishola: I think class sometimes determine your outcome in life if your parent is from the upper class in Nigeria, things become easier for you, they will reserve the best position in government companies for you.

Jacobsen: What are the main human rights issues in Nigeria?

Ishola: The main human rights issue here. There is no freedom of expression here. Government lockup opposition voices. Human right is not right here. There are cases of rape, abduction. A rapist can move freely. Security of the lives of citizens are threatened every day

Jacobsen: How are these struggles core to the struggles of lower-class Nigerians and women and girls in particular?

Ishola: There are terrorist attacks. In the northeast and northwest part of Nigeria, the lower class and women are the helpless group in Nigeria. They are often the major sufferers of government’s bad policy.

Jacobsen: What makes education a class issue in Nigeria?

Ishola: If you are poor in Nigeria, you are despised.

Jacobsen: Who are the major players in Nigeria who are known to be corrupt and known to make life difficult for other Nigerians?

Ishola: The major player in Nigeria known to be corrupt are the political class there are recent cases of politician looting 1 billion dollars. The major player in Nigeria known to be corrupt are the political class there are recent cases of politician looting 1 billion dollars.

Capitalist businesspeople too are corrupt. They exploit the masses through exorbitant profit

They also refuse to remit taxes. Another corrupt group is Nigeria Pentecostal church leaders.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Boluwatife.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

From CERN: “So Forgettable, in Every Way…”

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/12

BBC News reported on the ousting of Professor Alessandro Strumia.

CERN is the major particle accelerator of the world and, at least, Europe of the early 21st century so far. It has an important status in the world of science. Within this framework for understanding the world of science, we can see its intersection with the world of politics and social views.

Indeed, Strumia was a guest professor. He stood by the remarks. The statements that had him ousted from this particular scientific community.

“Some people hated hearing about higher male variance: this idea comes from Darwin, like other offensive ideas that got observational support… Science is not about being offended when facts challenge ideas held as sacred…” Strumia opined, “For months, Cern kept ‘investigating’ if my 30-minute talk might have violated Cern rules [requiring an] ‘obligation to exercise reserve and tact in expressing personal opinions and communication to the public’,” Prof Strumia said.

He argued on the position that procedure was not followed in his case. In that, if a standard procedure had been followed, then this would have “never happened,” in his opinion.

Strumia, in September of 2018, said that physics is not by invitation and was built by men. This was during a workshop presentation. Within the workshop, probably for humorous effect but not coming off in the end as he may have liked, Strumia included cartoons with jokes about the campaigns for equality in science by women.

In Strumia’s analysis and argument, he considered women physicists not as good as the male counterparts within the community.

Strumia argued, “Extra checks confirmed that my results are correct and in line with the specialized literature… This will be shown in a scientific paper, if it can appear.”

In that, he was arguing that his research or views were not being permitted, or potentially would not be allowed, to be published within academic journals, based on the conclusions of the analysis and research.

CERN, in a public statement, said:

The incident was investigated in light of the internal Rules and Regulations and the Organisation’s Code of Conduct, which is based on Cern’s core values… As a result of its own investigation and following the decision taken by the University of Pisa, Cern decided not to extend Professor Strumia’s status of Guest Professor… Cern reaffirms its commitment to the paramount importance of respect and diversity in the workplace.

A physicist from Imperial College London, Dr. Jessica Wade, was present at the workshop during the time of the controversial remarks of Strumia. Wade considers the statement, by CERN, an important and “powerful message” for the scientists of the world. Of course, others will see as, certainly, powerful, but a silencing effect on scientists who may disagree or present socially controversial views.

Wade said, “Well-funded senior academics should not use their of power to attack colleagues or demean the work of women.”

Based on an analysis of some papers available with a database of research on particle physics, Strumia constructed a series of graphs for the workshop or the presentation. In it, more women were shown to be hired than men; even though, in the research citation listing, the men may have had more citations. More citations tend to imply greater quality, as the implication.

BBC News stated, “This evidence, he said indicated that men produced better research than women. But a group of physicists posted their take on the analysis at particlesforjustice.org and stated that they believed it to be ‘fundamentally unsound.’ They said the correlation was a reflection of the difficulties faced by women in research rather than their abilities.”

One example statement of this is given in the fact that more men are present in particle physics and, therefore, more men will cite colleagues who are men. This becomes especially true for the most prominent and more senior researchers within the field of research of particle physics.

Most of these senior researchers and physicists are men who have built long-term careers for themselves. This, in turn, presents the issue of the social facets of science on another level of analysis. As noted in the article, a disproportionately higher number of women leave the field of particle physics.

“Prof. Strumia is not an expert on these topics and is misusing his physics credentials to put himself forward as one. Those among us who are familiar with the relevant literature know that Strumia’s conclusions are in stark disagreement with those of experts,” BBC News concluded, “He frequently made the basic error of conflating correlation with causation, and while Strumia claimed to be proving that there is no discrimination against women, his arguments were rooted in a circumscribed, biased reading of the data available, to the point of promoting a perspective that is biased against women.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

In Conversation with Maya Bahl on Edges of Research in Biology, Ethnicity, and Genetics

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/07

Maya Bahl is an editor and contributor to The Good Men Project with me. She has an interest and background in forensic anthropology. As it turns out, I hear the term race thrown into conversations in both conservative and progressive circles. At the same time, I wanted to know the more scientific definitions used by modern researchers including those in forensic anthropology. Then I asked Bahl about conducting an educational series. Here we are.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the central research questions on the edge of the field in studies of biology and ethnicity, and genetic studies?

Maya Bahl: The age-old question in biology, whether it’s with animals or humans, has been genetic variation, and how it came to be with evolution and an adaption to the environment. Generally those in warmer climates have darker skin tones in accommodating the sun and heat exposure while those in colder climates are lighter skinned and wouldn’t have a lasting exposure to sun and heat. A population adapting to their environment would also mean that members would be more at risk for a certain type of illness when taken out of their home environment. With humans migrating 100,000 years ago and since, there has been genetic mixing and adapting, where as a result we can see patterns of ailments in certain populations.

Another main question for ethnicity studies is generalizing populations, or a sense of fitting a group of people into one category. In the U.S this would relate to health disparity in the U.S. On top of a population showing a tendency in getting diabetes for instance, there might be other issues that concerns economic or language availability in receiving the best care for the ailment.

Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, how is this impacting the ways in which the field is advancing as well as providing new insights into old questions of the origins of humanity and the great similarities of all human beings?

Bahl: Climate change and global warming are significantly contributing to our understanding of genetics and human migration, just simply by the warming and cooling of the earth we have seen that over the years humans have been successfully adapting to these changes — either by varying skeletal structures or by tool making.

Genetics specifically is also advancing with the ever increased presence of DNA testing, from recounting family trees to solving crimes. The hurdle for this though is obtaining consent from families and places to further investigate!

Jacobsen: With this new knowledge of ethnicity and the evolution of humanity, what do you think this is doing to the conditions of the viability of race-based discussions from “race scientists,” “race realists,” or, more recently, “human biodiversity” advocates?

Bahl: A general takeaway for me is that the planet is seeking to get more politically correct, so older usages for populations such as “negro” and “negroid” definitely don’t work and are instead racial slurs. Also at the same time, categorizing people in the U.S based on location is used for convenience — such with “Hispanic” and “Latino”. The actuality of the term “Hispanic” combines those who are from the seven Central American countries, while “Latino” seeks to combine the twelve South American countries into one entity. To make sweeping generalizations with populations is good in some cases — like to get a glimpse into the study of Anthropology and in genetic variation studies, but falsely stereotyping for someone else’s gain is not an effective use to generalize a population.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Maya.

References

Cancer answering biology and ethnicity —

https://www.nature.com/articles/nrc3341

Genetic Animal Modeling— https://besjournals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/1365-2656.12597

Human Genetics Research

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1275602/

Climate effects

http://humanorigins.si.edu/research/climate-and-human-evolution/climate-effects-human-evolution

DNA Testing

https://www.theguardian.com/lifeandstyle/2018/aug/11/question-ancestry-does-dna-testing-really-understand-race

https://www.pbs.org/show/finding-your-roots/

http://sitn.hms.harvard.edu/flash/2017/science-genetics-reshaping-race-debate-21st-century/

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0002929707610015

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Sincere Belief: On Behalf of the Unborn in Alabama

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/07

Time Magazine reported on a man from Alabama who is, in fact, filing a lawsuit against a reproductive health center for an unborn fetus.

This is stated as, potentially, one of the first cases of this. A lawsuit based on the purported rights of an aborted fetus.

Obviously, the Alabaman has sincere beliefs as to the rights and privileges — legal and otherwise — of the fetus. The question is truly if this fits into a standard human rights framework or only in the minds of a minority of the American public aligning themselves within the perspective of the man from Alabama.

“Ryan Magers, who says his ex-girlfriend had an abortion against his wishes, filed a lawsuit against the Women’s Center for Reproductive Alternatives in Madison Country, local CBS affiliate WHNT News 19 reported Tuesday,” Time Magazine stated.

In the papers filed to the court for the lawsuit, Magers stated that the ex-girlfriend took a pill to terminate or end the pregnancy on February 12, 2017, in spite of the pleas of keeping the baby, by Magers.

Of course, this implies, if taking the testimony of Magers, a strong difference of opinion on the eventual birthing as a child after the fetus sufficiently developed or the actual termination of the fetus — not a baby.

Time Magazine said, “This week, an Alabama probate judge granted Magers’ petition to represent the estate of the fetus, which the suit calls “Baby Roe.” But according to WHNT, the court papers do not make it clear that “Baby Roe” was an aborted fetus.”

A jury trial is being sought, purportedly, by Magers, where Brent Helms will be the attorney for Magers. Helms is claiming the case breaks legal ground, as a Baby Roe case — so to speak. This appears as if an explicit attempt to build off the success of the Roe v Wade decision of 1973 in the United States.

This is, for a Canadian audience, akin to the Criminal Law Amendment Act, 1968–1969 superseded and expanded, in a sense, by the R v Morgentaler Supreme Court of Canada decision from 1988.

The name “Roe” is a reflection of “John Doe” for the everyman but for the everywoman, “Jane Roe.” It is intended as a general law. The current context is, in this sense, for the “Baby Roe” to mirror this. Ironically, the traditionalist strain wants to have the women and children take the man’s name.

But, in this case, the every-child, or, rather, the every-fetus, takes on the name of the mother, the everywoman Jane Roe.

Helms said, “This is the first estate that I’m aware of that has ever been opened for an aborted baby.”

Alabama stated that the unborn fetuses have identical rights as an individual born in an amendment from last November. It has been marked a victory by some.

It is part of the growing movement called the “Personhood Movement.” Their sole goal is the constitutional rights of personhood being granted to a fertilized egg — a single cell. In this, we can see the influence of traditional religious ideological stances about the moment of conception.

“The same legislation also says that the Alabama constitution does not protect a woman’s right to an abortion — language added in the event of Roe v. Wade getting overturned,” Time Magazine described, “The Supreme Court’s landmark 1973 Roe v. Wade decision granted women in the U.S. the legal right to abortions. The addition of conservative justice Brett Kavanaugh on the bench has raised concerns among pro-choice activists that women’s right to abortion in the U.S. may come under threat.”

Pro-choice activists are beginning to talk more about this and view this as a scary development for some of them.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Canadian Free Speech Warriors: Rights 101, Get Your Terms Right

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/21

To start some movement, whether of a religious or secular, political or social, nature, there should be a clarification of terms and appropriate utilization of the terminology.

If we look into the general work of the free speech advocates who label others with the epithet social justice warriors, the appropriate terminology for them, thus, becomes free speech warriors.

For the free speech warriors, in Canadian society, there seems to be a consistent confusion of terminology and rights. There is a discussion around the right to free speech in Canadian environments, as if this is the proper terminology, right, and replicates or maps identically onto the Canadian landscape.

With even a single Google search or a trip to the local library, the most base research can represent the incorrect stipulations amongst the free speech warriors.

As the Charter of Rights and Freedoms in Canada states, “The Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms guarantees the rights and freedoms set out in it subject only to such reasonable limits prescribed by law as can be demonstrably justified in a free and democratic society.”

This doesn’t require research. It simply needs reading. That’s it. This appears to not have been done, at all, amongst an entire modern ideological movement.

When we look further into the Charter, we can see the respect for the rights and freedoms in Canadian society for the acknowledgment, respect, and maintenance of the free and democratic society of modern Canada.

This leads to some further analysis, though. If the phrase is “free speech” or “freedom of speech” amongst the free speech warriors, the, obvious, contextualization is where does this terminology come from, as noted the terms come from the United States of America and then get exported to the cold place in the North.

Reading the First Amendment to the U.S Constitution, it, in full, states:

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.

The abridgement of “freedom of speech” is prohibited here. In other words, the right is not to freedom of expression but, in actual fact, the freedom of speech or “free speech.” Thus, the only true free speech warriors are from America in this interpretation.

But also, we can read further in the Canadian Charter. It, clearly, states in Article 2:

2. Everyone has the following fundamental freedoms:

(a) freedom of conscience and religion;

(b) freedom of thought, belief, opinion and expression, including freedom of the press and other media of communication;

(c)freedom of peaceful assembly; and

(d) freedom of association.

Here we come to the crux and comparison of the issue, it is not complicated, easily read, and simply overlooked. David Millard Haskell gets the terminology correct. That’s praiseworthy.

However, others simply fail to notice this. The free speech warriors miss the stipulation — because they didn’t read the Charter and may have simply wanted to be a part of an ideological movement — about freedom of expression.

This is unassailable in the terminology. In America, the right is specific to freedom of speech. In Canada, the right is to freedom of expression. The question to the free speech warriors is if they want to have a coherent movement and activism in order to protect the correct rights within the appropriate bounded geography within which the rights and responsibilities are bound as well.

If not, it will continue, as it has for years, to remain incoherent, overgeneralization, and wrongly using rights in different contexts in which they do not apply.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Compassion & Choices Annual Fund 2019

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/21

There is a need to support the compassionate ending of life. For some, there simply is nothing but pain until they die. Setup in an ethical society would permit the compassionate ending of life.

It would be something in which the individual living through this would make a cognizant choice or could pass the choice to another individual in order to live a healthier life.

The 2019 Annual Fund is important in the ability to pursue this, as Compassion & Choice is one such organization working to help with this level of autonomy at the end of life.

If you have some funds to donate to this enterprise, it would be greatly appreciated, as this would benefit the general welfare of multiple people who may not have the option otherwise — as we move into the future.

In the end, it is about values. Does one value the autonomy of the individual at the end of life, or not? If so, then this may not be a simple issue, but does become a compassionate and individual choice issue.

Moving into 2018, we can see the end of life freedom advancing, slowly. One important advancement was Our Care, Our Choice Act in Hawai’i. If finances are donated to the fund, then the goals for 2019 can be important for guiding the years forward.

Compassion & Choices wants to advance a 10-year goal of the procurement of medical aid in dying for, at least, half of the country. They also want to protect the current gains and increases that have been won so far.

They shift in the conversation is important too. We can find the ways in which Barbara Coombs Lee’s work has been important for the provision of personal stories and advice around and on the issue of end-of-life care and medical assistance in dying.

All of this is important in a multipronged approach to the advancement of end-of-life care. Please donate if you can.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

UK May Be OK: Medical Assistance in Dying Law

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/21

Humanists UK has been pushing for what they have been terming a compassionate assisted dying law, in which there is a law set forth in support of a “compassionate, humane, assisted dying law.”

This movement comes with a wide variety of terms. One of the important aspects of all of this is the public support for it. The Royal College of Physicians is opposed to a humane right to die law.

However, if we look into the public support, it is overwhelming at 80%. 4 out of 5 citizens support the law for this most important of choices about the end of the journey — likely — for human life.

The recent survey can be important for the advancement of medical assistance in dying, in a prominent nation. Humanists UK formed the Assisted Dying Coalition.

With the cooperation and coordination with other organizations, this can be an important move for the empowerment of those who truly want to plan and make the choice for their final days.

UK citizens may be forced to travel to another country for an assisted death. If most of the nation wants it, and if this can be passed to democratically support what the nations wants, then this can be an important democratic advancement and, in fact, a compassionate one too.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Do Not Disappear Into That Dear Night, Dear, We Need You

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/21

The Independent reported on some of the outspoken feminism and empowerment of girls and women of Annie Lennox, former member of Eurythmics. She acknowledged the truism is the vast majority of older women simply becoming forgotten, but affirmed that this does not necessarily have to be the case. That older women do not simply have to become “invisible.”

This seems like the right orientation tome. She has continued to support important initiatives including Amnesty International and Greenpeace. Lennox is serious about feminisms and about the inculcation of the values and the term, likely, into the public sphere more and more.

Annie Lennox has spoken about the importance of empowering girls and women through feminism, expressing her belief that women her age should not have to feel as though they’ve become “invisible”.

The reportage stated, “‘My current focus is to bring the term ‘Global Feminism’ into the zeitgeist,’ Lennox tells Good Housekeeping. ‘I’m so happy we can use the ‘F’ word now and talk comfortably about being feminists!’”

For a long time, the term was something uncomfortable and not seen as worth mentioning. But, at the present moment, we are seeing a resurgence of consideration for the rights and responsibilities of women. Bearing in mind, the equality of women simply was not on the agenda for centuries and this continues to be fought against — in a red and tooth and claw manner.

As she — Lennox — has noted, it is criticizing men. It is critiquing negative behaviors that are damaging to men, women, and society that are being criticized. However, this is misrepresented as criticizing all masculinities, all men, and simply being a purported witch hunt. Not the case in most or all cases, insofar as I can tell, once one looks by the media extravaganza and hyperbole.

Now 64-years-old, Lennox is work to establish a renewed culture of interest in and public acceptance of older women, to fight against the stigma and the disappearing from public consciousness of women.

Lennox said, “At the end of the day, Global Feminism is about the fundamental human rights of girls and women — why should we continue to tolerate disrespect, abuse and disempowerment?”

“Dressing up for this photoshoot was really fun and trying on all these clothes for the pictures was enjoyable,” Lennox continued, “I want people to realise that women of my age don’t have to become invisible.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Did Someone Say, “Controversial Issues”? Because I Heard, “Trojan Horse.”

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/21

The struggle continues onward with the reindeer hit mainly by the plane in Maine, but also with the latest “controversial issues” measure. This is a new tactic and a common one.

The proper move, politically and legally, is an identification of the move and then steadfast work against it. The tactics tend to stay the same. The titles and names tend to be different.

There is a bill within the Maine legislature that would, in fact, require the public school teachers to follow a code of conduct. That’s not bad, in fact. But the content is the questionable part of it.

There is a background context. The NCSE reported on the fifth measure of its type in 2019 alone. There are “South Dakota’s House Concurrent Resolution 1002 and House Bill 1113Virginia’s House Joint Resolution 684, and Arizona’s House Bill 2002.”

The Maine Legislative Document 589 (House Paper 433), prefiled in the Maine House of Representatives, could require the state board of education to adopt an ethics code — again, ethics are good — but the code would prevent public school teachers from engaging in “political or ideological indoctrination.”

This would make the topics appearing on platforms of a state political party subject to open questioning and, thus, creating a basis for questioning scientific truths via questioning of party platforms. The big issue is the fact that a large number of the party platforms, at the state level, mention evolution via natural selection and anthropogenic climate change.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Going South on Science

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/21

There is, at the moment, antiscience legislation in South Dakota. It is House Bill 1270. The purpose of the bill would be to improperly represent the standard science curriculum within the science classroom.

The bill was introduced on January 30, 2019. The purpose is to make it so that teachers can be free to assist students in understanding, analyzing, critiquing, and reviewing the strengths and weaknesses of the science information provided to them. This is the double-speak.

What, in actual fact, happens in the contexts of classrooms that would implement this, the aim would be to permit the disputing of evolution and anthropogenic climate change.

“Although no specific scientific topics are mentioned, the language of the bill matches the language in bills explicitly aimed at disputing evolution and/or climate change, including South Dakota’s SB 114 in 2015,” NCSE reported, “In 2016, the identical SB 83 was introduced and eventually died in committee; in 2017, the identical SB 55 passed the Senate but ultimately was defeated in the House Education Committee.”

SB 55 was a prior bill that was defeated. It was one that had received a consistent amount of opposition from the Associated School Board of South Dakota, the South Dakota Education Association, the School Administrators of South Dakota, and the South Dakota Department of Education.

The reportage concluded, “HB 1270 has eleven sponsors, nine in the House and two in the Senate, of whom seven are also sponsors of House Concurrent Resolution 1002 and House Bill 1113.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Painfully Obvious: Wedgies and Wedges

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/20

In the march of continuous progress on the front of scientific knowledge, we come to the continual realization of the individuals with ideological stances preventing the proper instantiation of knowledge and education within the public sphere.

In fact, this can come in what has been termed, rather bluntly, a wedge strategy. If you pay even marginal attention, this will continue to arise again, and again, and again and again.

This time; it has arisen as a strategy in South Carolina. This is, in essence, a creation ‘science’ bill in South Carolina intended for export to the general public.

If enacted, House Bill 3826 would make permissible the elective courses on religion in public school districts in order to “require the teaching of various theories concerning the origin of life, including creation science[,] as part of the course content.” In short, this would permit the wedging of creationist theories into the curricula in addition to the standard curriculum of evolution via natural selection.

As reported, “The teaching of creation science in the public schools was ruled to be unconstitutional — a violation of the First Amendment’s Establishment Clause — by a federal court in McLean v. Arkansas (1982) and by the Supreme Court in Edwards v. Aguillard (1987).”

The bill, not so quietly, would require the displaying of “In God We Trust” in classrooms. The sponsors are Dwight A. Loftis (R-District 19) and James Mikell “Mike” Burns (R-District 17).

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Compassion & Choices: Critical Moments in Life and Critical Moment in the Montana House Judiciary Committee

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/20

There was a 10–9 vote, recently, in the Montana House Judiciary Committee that moved HB 284 into the State House for further consideration. Compassion & Choices, an organization devoted to end of life choices, reported this as a critical moment and argued for the — and demanded the — shutting down of the “Physician Imprisonment Act” on the floor.

They asked, “Will you donate right now to help keep the pressure on legislators and protect medical aid in dying in Montana?

This HB 284 is considered one in a long string of assaults on the medical aid in dying seen with Montana. It is one of the bills to undercut a landmark decision authorizing the practice with the state: Baxter v. Montana.

The direct meaning of HB 284 and others would lead to the prescribing of medical aid-in-dying medication by physicians to their patients would be prosecutable as homicide, murder, and would, in essence, permit the extension of needless suffering.

HB 284 is the latest in a series of long-standing attacks on medical aid in dying in Montana, Scott. This bill would undercut Baxter v. Montana (the landmark decision that authorized the practice in the state), make physicians who prescribe medical aid-in-dying medication to their patients vulnerable to prosecution for homicide and extend needless suffering.

“Not only that, but this bill marks the fifth time our opposition has tried to strip away Montanans’ access to medical aid in dying, and with your support, we’ve beat them back every time,” Compassion & Choices reported, “But, we haven’t defeated HB 284 yet. Our opposition is well-funded, relentless and committed to seeing medical aid in dying criminalized in Montana. That means we can’t afford to let up — not even for one second.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

NGSS: Getting the Advanced Frontiers in Science Education to the Young

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/20

Amongst the noblest pursuits of the human species appears to be the education of the young, in which there is a proper and responsible passing onto the next generations the acquired knowledge of the prior ones.

One effort in the United States in the Next Generation Science Standard intended for school districts and accredited nonpublic schools. Iowa, for example, adopted the NGSS in 2015.

However, House File 61 is an interesting recent proposal that would prevent this from coming into full effect in Iowa, preventing NGSS from becoming the norm and expectation within the education system.

As reported, “The bill, introduced on January 23, 2019, and referred to the House Education Committee, is sponsored by Skyler Wheeler (R-District 4). In a 2016 interview with the Caffeinated Thoughts blog (April 19, 2016), Wheeler declared, ‘’I also oppose NGSS as it pushes climate change … NGSS also pushes evolution even more.’”

The denial of standard and mainstream scientific findings is an important issue. Denial of evolution simply leaves medical and biological sciences professionals less likely to come out of Iowa.

But also, there is the issue of anthropogenic climate change denial. This is an issue threatening species survival and requires immediate action as this is an urgent issue.

“In 2017, Wheeler cosponsored House File 140, which contained the same provision about the NGSS, as well as House File 480,” the NCSE stated, “which would have required teachers in Iowa’s public schools to include ‘opposing points of view or beliefs’ to accompany any instruction relating to evolution, the origins of life, global warming, or human cloning. Both bills died in committee.”

There is nothing new here. Indeed, the educators see through the ploy and the Iowa Association of School Boards has already made an open declaration of opposition to the House File 61.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Getting Warmer: Climate Change Literacy Bills in Washington

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/20

The issue of climate change is often misreported. It should be reported consistently and affirmatively as anthropogenic climate change or human-induced global warming in which the human industrial activity is a major factor in the problem in climate change.

One major aspect of the work is climate science literacy in order to combat the problem here. Washington has two identical bills now, which are aimed at climate science literacy.

These are for the Washington state legislature. One is called House Bill 1496. Another is entitled Senate Bill 5576. These are intended to establish a comprehensive program for more learning opportunities and education on climate science. It is meant to increase knowledge about climate science.

One facet for the media would be the introduction of the terminology as “anthropogenic climate change or “human-induced global warming” as a start.

There is an affirmation, in the pair of bills, for the increase in the skills and knowledge about climate science. It is only within Washington but this is a start, especially in a huge advanced industrial economy such as the United States.

The point is to introduce a greater skill and knowledge base amongst the young there. It will have information and opportunities for climate literacy and environmental education.

There is a reference to environmental and sustainability standards in one section of the Washington state code listing that is required as areas of education through the public schools.

This, according to the NCSE reportage, is simply an introduction of a new emphasis on sustainability.

As reported, it affirmed, “…critical knowledge and innovative strategies for effectively teaching climate science can be strengthened by qualified community-based organizations.”

One intriguing proposal is the foundation of a grant program through a nonprofit of the community for educational purposes via the Next Generation Science Standards. It’s not indoctrination; it’s minimal standards of a modernized educational on the environment.

The reportage concluded, “House Bill 1496 was introduced on January 23, 2019, and referred to the House Committee on Education; Senate Bill 5576 was introduced on January 24, 2019, and referred to the Senate Committee on Early Learning & K-12 Education.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ladies and Gentlemen, We Bring You, Once More, the Trojan Horse, “Controversial Issues”

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/20

resolution in South Dakota was brought to the legislature that was urging for the adoption of an ethics code that would be for the public school teachers.

The NCSE reported on the resolution and considered this as potentially adversely affecting the state of science education.

As reported, “House Concurrent Resolution 1002 (PDF), filed on January 25, 2019, by fifteen legislators (all Republicans) and referred to the House Education Committee, is aimed primarily at preventing what it describes as ‘political or ideological indoctrination.’”

While, at the same time, there would be a provision within the proposal, the code, for the prohibition for educators from teaching “any issue that is part of a political party platform at the national, state, or local level.”

Glenn Branch, of the NCSE, stated that it is common for state political parties to take individual stands on evolution and purported other options in the development and speciation of life.

Indeed, this can happen with climate change as well. With the imposition of the possible bill, then the teachers would be prevented from teaching evolution and, in fact, pressure into teaching anti-evolution stances and climate change denialist positions.

The reportage concluded, “A similar resolution, House Joint Resolution 684, is under consideration in Virginia, and a similar bill, House Bill 2002, is under consideration in Arizona.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Breaking: UNDRIP, Alive

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/19

The government of British Columbia will be introducing legislation in order to implement an international document relating to the Indigenous rights of the Indigenous peoples of Canada.

The document is a declaration entitled the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous People (UNDRIP). This was announced in a recent throne speech.

This would make British Columbia the first province in the country to legislate the endorsement of Canada of the UNDRIP. British Columbia Premier John Horgan stated that he remains unsure as to what this may look like but the legislative councils are working on solutions.

“I know it will be more than symbolic,” Horgan said, “We need to address reconciliation in British Columbia, not just for social justice… but for economic equality for all citizens, Indigenous and non-Indigenous.”

During the campaign trail for Horgan, there was a promise to respect, recognize, and implement the 46 articles of the UNDRIP. Those recognized as human rights for Indigenous peoples around the world. One of which is the right to self-determination. Other peoples have it. Therefore, Indigenous peoples should have it. That’s elementary.

The UN Member States with Indigenous peoples and questions surrounding land and territory should acquire free, prior, and informed consent (FPIC) in order to ensure the rights of Indigenous peoples are respected in these areas.

Horgan’s NDP campaigned on a promise to implement UNDRIP, which includes 46 articles meant to recognize the basic human rights of Indigenous Peoples’ along with their rights to self-determination.

Horgan stated, “For too long uncertainty on the land base has led to investment decisions being foregone, and I believe that that hurts Indigenous people and it hurts other British Columbians.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Differentials in Common Problems

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/19

The Metro reported on Rahaf Mohammed al-Qunun from Saudi Arabia, who has been granted asylum to Canada, recently. She fled to Kuwait from alleged abuse and then landed in Bangkok. Following this, she began to seek asylum.

With the surprising effectiveness of the work by al-Qunun and others, and similar social media social justice campaigns including #MeToo, Twitter became a catalytic platform for the improved efficacy of the calls for social justice for Rahaf Mohammed al-Qunun.

As some may note, the socio-political left and the socio-political right tend to disagree on what should be the emphasis of the social justice in most instances, and utilize epithets against the opposition in the cases of that which they disagree.

But the possibility of further abuse of a girl and the killing of an ex-Muslim united the internet for social good, a social justice activist effort. Many Canadian voices were in favor of the work there.

The unifying story was the abuse and the context in which men and women live in the culture. Men and women are grossly unequal in Saudi society.

One interesting story is relayed within the article about the way this works for gay men too. The former Muslim man, who left, had to disengage with family, because of the disagreements in belief.

The author described a sympathy, in common experiences, with leaving religion in an area of the world at this time that takes the violent approach to those who leave. One can see this environment with Christian in the centuries past.

Those who leave in these coerced-into-religion contexts become difficult, dangerous, and even life-threatening. The man felt as though — as a gay Muslim man — he had let down the creator and sustainer of the universe.

As opined, “I know of Christians who have left their faith and converted to Islam who talk of pressures from their families, and where some have had their immediate family stop all communication, sometimes for decades. However, what is troubling is that the levels of pressure and intimidation against ex-Muslims rumbles on and that time and time again,”

To attribute this to innate tendencies is wrong, as if one group is a separate species, while, at the same time, to deny this happening disproportionately in Muslim communities is also wrong, it is happening at a higher rate, insofar as a large number of ex-Muslim communities are showing u — and the subsequent stories coming out connected to them.

The author of the opinion piece explained, “I heard from those I interviewed they feared to leave Islam and when they did, they felt scared all of this, it is important to mention that it is not faith or religions themselves that are the problem. Yes, there are difficult elements of texts, but it is how they are interpreted and how families and individuals implement them in their families. For many of the people I interviewed, a harsh and controlling interpretation of Islam meant that they pushed their loved one away from Islam. Yet, there are just as many families where Islam is interpreted so that people feel accepted, loved and valued.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Oklahoma Antiscience Legislation Combatted

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/19

NCSE reported on the defeat of a set of antiscience legislation in Oklahoma’s Senate Bill 14. The purpose was for the empowerment of science denialists.

The vote failed 6–9 in terms of winning the recommendation of the House Committee on Education. This was on February 12, 2019. The bill was framed as “the Oklahoma Science Education Act.”

In pragmatic terms, this meant that teachers in Oklahoma would be able to “understand, analyze, critique[,] and review in an objective manner the scientific strengths and scientific weaknesses of existing scientific theories covered in the course being taught.”

But, at the same time, this meant the prohibition of local and state administrators from “exercising supervisory responsibility,” as phrased by the NCSE.

That is to say, if a science teacher denied the fundamentals of science, they could be empowered to teach non-science views. None of the theories identified as particularly controversial.

However, the efforts came forth from a sole sponsor named David Bullard. He is new to the legislature. The predecessor of Bullard (R-District 6) was Josh Brecheen. There was a similar form of a bill proposed there.

But also, since the start of 2019, two other bills have been proposed including North Dakota’s House Bill 1538 and South Dakota’s House Bill 1270.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Trans-Setting Star Exhibits Her Craft: The Transgender Community and the Starcraft II Professional Video Gamers

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/12

In the modern history of the sport, the world had great difficulty in the acceptance of what has now been termed mental sports, including chess and other non-contact, mostly non-physical competitive activities.

People devote their entire lives to these competitions out of sheer love of it. Some of the chess world came to a head with the long-time world champion Garry Kasparov competing against the supercomputer — super for the time at least — named Deep Blue.

Since this time, the interest in what may best be termed, for now, mental sports has simply grown a lot. This is particularly true for the number of those who have entered into the competitive gaming realm earning — and no word of exaggeration — hundreds of thousands of dollars (USD) in their professional careers, akin to professional skateboarders who you can appreciate in the artistry of their excellence in their chosen craft.

Akin to other sports worlds, some of the interesting aspects of the world of this new domain of sports gone mental-digital is the, yes, often well-known and substantiated instances of open misogyny within some sectors and amongst some members of the video gaming or gamer community.

But there may also be other facets to this dialogue not entirely covered. One is the win for the transgender community, likely, with the inclusion and non-controversy in the inclusion of a trans individual in the ranks of one of the more prominent and long-time famous real-time strategy or RTS games: Starcraft II.

Sasha Hostyn, born in December of 1993, is a professional Starcraft II player amongst the highest ranking in the world in addition to playing Dota 2 to some degree. The questions here relate to the ways in which a Canadian gamer is anything new.

It’s not.

What is newer, especially given some of the regressive aspects of some of the community some (in-)famous incidents over the years in the world of professional video gaming, Hostyn, or “Scarlett,” has been the only woman to win an international Starcraft II tournament.

More significantly, she is known as the queen of Starcraft II and, potentially, one of the most accomplished women video gamers in the land today, as well as being a trans woman.

What has been especially noteworthy in the world of professional video gaming here, Scarlett’s gender identity is a non-issue within the community of announcers, gamers, and, as far as I can tell, the wider community of professional Starcraft II video gamers, which sets a tone and timbre on the world of professional video gaming different than before — not simply symbolically but in a display of recognized excellence in performance based on rankings and winnings.

That’s trend-setting.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Shining Light Upon the Hill of Songs: A Morning Star’s Waning, Singing in Descent

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/10

Prominent actress, Ellen Page, has been more outspoken, recently, about what she sees as injustices, then simply speaks directly on the subject matter. Some of these can include environmental issues, and hateful rhetoric and leadership or racism.

The Progressive Secular Humanist wrote on this calling out of an American actor, Chris Pratt, in an interview with Stephen Colbert. The interview focused on sheep, sheering of sheep, and a diet coming from the Book of Daniel in the Bible called the Daniel Fast. Pratt said that this diet made him feel good.

As reported, “According to its website, the Daniel Fast is ‘based on the fasting experiences of the Old Testament Prophet,’ and serves to help people ‘draw nearer to God.’” Always, always, there should be a “maybe” followed by a comma and a space — and other conceptual necessities — preceding bold pseudohistorical statements like the one there, as in: “…maybe, the Daniel Fast is based on the fasting experiences of the purported Old Testament ‘Prophet’…”

Pratt described to Colbert how this was, in essence, their church’s Lent, to bridge the conceptual gap with Colbert, who is a practicing Roman Catholic Christian. The diet consisted of no meat, no sugar, and no alcohol. The interviewed continued in this chummy way.

Page went on social media to critique Pratt because of the anti-LGBTQ nature of the church that Pratt takes part in now; in fact, Page, at the same time, was critiquing the soft interviewing of Colbert.

statement (2015) from the church, Hillsong Church, stated, “God’s word is clear that marriage is between a man and a woman.”

Thus, the traditional view is the one purportedly endorsed by a supposed god, where this god is displeased and looks down upon gay ‘lifestyles’ and gay marriage.

That is to say, Hillsong Church views homosexuality as a social lifestyle rather than a reality; an innate tendency within the human species. Why? Because God did not intend things this way, likely. He intended marriage between male and female without homosexuality in the cards.

To their credit, the statement noted a welcoming attitude to everyone coming into the church. However, they do not affirm all — what they non-scientifically assert as — “lifestyles”:

Put clearly, we do not affirm a gay lifestyle and because of this we do not knowingly have actively gay people in positions of leadership, either paid or unpaid. I recognise this one statement alone is upsetting to people on both sides of this discussion, which points to the complexity of the issue for churches all over the world.

Discrimination in marriage, regressive in social outlook, and bias in hiring all-at-once; this is Hillsong Church circa 2015, where this extends to the non-Australian extensions in which Pratt and other American celebrities take part now. Other promoters of the Hillsong Church have been “Justin Bieber, Selena Gomez and the Kardashians.”

America is coming to the head of a huge culture war. One of the linchpins, among many, is the issue of LGBTQ+ acceptance within their society or not. This callout by Page will be among a number of others, as this continues to be just below the surface of public consciousness.

As with the many explosions in American history, the outcome will be further repression of the LGBTQ+ community or further acceptance of them. Hillsong Church is based on Australia but boasts over 100,000 members worldwide. It is a massive church, where the lead pastor, Brian Houston, has been embroiled in media ploys to try to clear the name of infamous misogynist pastors including Mark Driscoll of defunct Mars Hill Church.

The Hillsong Church stands against stem cell research, abortion, supports Creationism, and views homosexuality as against the teachings of the Bible but Hillsong Church, itself, does not, at the same time, condemn homosexuals. This exists along the lines of “hate the sin but not the sinner” seen in some weaker arguments in the Pentecostal arsenal for social control of homosexuals and theological grounding for marital and sociocultural discrimination of the LGBTQ+ community.

The bottom line is that Houston does not think the Bible can be unwritten or rewritten, as it is the fundamental delivery from He on High, the Creator of the Universe. Pastor Chad Veach of Zoe Church — Pratt’s pastor and church — modeled everything after Hillsong Church. These are not complicated moral issues. These are not complex questions about the nature of human relations. These are basic, elementary even, moral and ethical questions.

Do you, as a leader of a community, want to include sexual orientation and gender identity minorities into your communities as full members or simply as advocates of Christ in the church as members but those members who simply are not permitted the possibility to be real equals based on the contents of the holy text within the fundamentalist Pentecostal reading of the Bible? In short, do you want to include homosexuals in the community as full participants or not?

If you don’t, then you do not believe in equality for all, as in the case of marriage only for heterosexuals in binary units or a male and a female united in the eye’s of God as a husband and wife. If you do, then you believe in the inclusion of these members of the community, not as honorary badges of marginal progressivism.

Furthermore, if the latter, it would be an interesting reflection and observation that the progressive secular communities have already been working on this issue for some time without the need to pray on it, to read the holy text for answers, to go to a higher religious authority or body for detailed theological exegesis, but only to the basic instincts, when unencumbered by too much dogma, for inclusion, general honesty, and compassionate community-building based on mutual respect and camaraderie.

It becomes a basic ethical fact. Either LGBTQ2IA+ are included in the subculture or not. If not, please explain the reason. Because, the reasons, typically, are amoral if not immoral and based on the tacit understanding of a purported holy text in which they may be identified spiritually as equal — whatever that means — but, in the concrete world, the nitty-gritty of everyday life, simply get left out as equals compared to the heterosexual communities. Pratt, Houston, Veach, et al, seem to have failed this base moral question. Pratt et al in terms of implicit endorsement, e.g., attendance and financial in terms of tithing; Houston and Veach in terms of preaching and theology. Page is on point; I look forward to reading her next one.

Get flipping

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Vaccines: The Mattering of “Matters Into Your Own Hands”

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/10

A young man, 18-years-old, Ethan Lindenberger, has not been vaccinated, pretty much, his entire life, NPR reports.

This is becoming a common phenomenon with the rise of measles cases, for example. Lindenberger is among a cohort of young people who are simply tired of the denial of medical science, in this case, vaccines, that can put their — as young people — health as a real risk.

Now, this cohort of young people, in part, is simply going outside of the dictates of the parents in their lives and getting vaccines themselves; even though, the parents may have been deluded into anti-vaccination hysteria over the years.

It is a sincere, heartfelt, and honorable desire: to protect one’s children. But it comes at a cost when being explicitly exploited by the peddlers of what has been termed junk science, pseudoscience, and non-science depending on the framing of it.

Lindenberger, literally, is being vaccinated for diseases including “hepatitis, polio, measles, mumps, rubella, or the chickenpox.” That’s remarkable. The mother of Lindenberger, a Jill Wheeler, is an anti-vaccine advocate, which simply translates into anti-medicine or anti-science advocate based on the firm empirical basis of the efficacy of vaccinations.

This, much or all of it, started with the reiterations of a debunked study. The notion is that the vaccines themselves, somehow, “cause” rather than correlate with autism. Do vaccines cause autism? No. Do vaccines correlate with autism? As far as I know, “No.”

As some have joked, autism may increase chances of interest in science and maths; thus, autism ‘causes’ vaccines. Aside from the lighthearted sideshows, these are serious issues, of which, unfortunately, due to the negligence of the elders in these young people’s lives, the youth are having to take matters into their own hands — to, potentially, save their lives. And that’s no joke.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Humanism’s New Christketeer: One for All and All for One

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/07

In Angelus, only one day ago, on February 6, 2019, at the Catholic University of America in Washington, D.C.; a lecture was given as the Hispanic Innovators of the Faith Lecture.

Interesting title, and theme, and, in fact, content, the speech turned into text looks at the Spanish missionaries who “made important contributions to the humanist traditions in the West,” Archbishop José H. Gomez said.

He went to speak about the Dominicans in particular with reference to “Antonio de Montesinos and Bartolomé de las Casas, the Franciscan St. Junípero Serra, and the great bishop of Michoacán, the Servant of God Vasco de Quiroga, among others.”

Setting aside the definitions of God implied or the purported servanthood status, we can see a merger within the intellectual traditions across what may seem on the surface a great divide, but may, in fact, be rather close together.

Those specific Dominican missionaries worked for the “humanity and rights of indigenous peoples,” where fighting for the rights and the recognition of the common humanity is the part standing out to me — rather than the emphasis on unprovables, outside of personal experiential assertions, such as the Incarnation and the like.

In fact, as far back as 1511, there was a denunciation of the colonial powers for the mistreatment or “abuse” of the natives in addition to the theft of the gold.

Apparently, Antonio de Montesinos stated, “Tell me, by what right or justice do you keep these Indians in such a cruel and horrible servitude? … And what care do you take that they should be instructed in religion? Are these not men? Have they not rational souls? Are you not bound to love them as you love yourself?”

This is powerful stuff, and important in obliterating a notion of an institution seen as monolithic. It is in the tradition of breakaways, revolutionaries to an extent, within the tradition, which, in fact, is returning to the core message of the Gospels.

To those outside of these traditions, the followers and sub-leaders may not pay much attention to the outside conversations and arguments, and dialogues outside of their philosophical and theological framework; it simply doesn’t matter that much to many of them, probably, or, at least, less than the continued maintenance of community.

But within the community of the faithful, these rediscoveries and reiterations of messages closer to the core of the Gospels than pillaging and looting and violence against the Indigenous populations is important, because this can strike a stronger chord in the language of the faithful within these traditions of those who may have devoted their entire lives to this enterprise.

Montesino posed other questions including the nature of being a human being, the obligations to neighbours, and the location of God and Christ in all. These latter concerns seem far less concrete and humanistic than the first two dealing with the nature of the human being and the relations of that human being to other human beings, once the nature is better known.

The Church, broadly speaking, does not seem to be going anywhere anytime soon, but the members, as individual human beings, and the leaders, too, are in a sort of identity crisis about where to move the faith with the massive set of problems facing the world and, thus, their constituencies and fellows but also internally with the sex scandals and the like.

Archbishop Gomez opined, “I come at these questions, not as an historian or scholar, but as a pastor of souls. And as a pastor, I am worried about the directions our society is taking. I think our way of life is making it harder for people to find God and to know the meaning of their lives. I want to try to understand why and what that means.”

Gomez looked at the ways in which there is, and I agree, a crisis of the definition of human nature with a wide spread of definitions, often conflicting, even within communities, and leading to vast isolation of those communities with one another. Those rifts can create social strife and lead to a form of unhealthy angst and even anomie.

“By “crisis of man,” I mean a crisis of human nature. Men and women. All of us.And the crisis I see today is this: In our society, we no longer seem to share any coherent or common understanding about what it means to be a human being,” Gomez explained, “As I see it, this problem is rooted in our society’s broader loss of the awareness of God. If the questions are: Who are we? Why are we here? And what should we be living for? I don’t think we know the answers anymore.”

Those fundamental questions about the nature of human beings in the world, and of the world. The root of human nature and the bottom of the stuff of the universe. What are we? What is it? Now, there may be widespread disagreements on the subject matter of euthanasia and abortion, which is fine.

The prevention of personal autonomy by religious institutions, structures, theologies, and leadership is a scandal and a long-term fight. But the fundamental point is simply a correct observation, as seen in the crisis of identity seen around the world. This was pointed out in an interview with a colleague several years ago to me, who is a psychiatrist.

But with the point on human trafficking, certainly, I can agree with the need to tackle this pressing issue. This has to be among the easiest ethical questions with an answer in modern history. People are being trafficked and, often, into sexual and other slavery. It is simply grotesque dehumanization of other people and should be stopped.

Gomez reported:

But I think we also see this crisis reflected in other areas that might not be so immediately obvious — for instance, in the clashes of identity politics and the persistence of racist thinking in our society.

We see it reflected in the worldwide debates over migrants and refugees; in the widespread confusion about gender and human sexuality; and in the dramatic decline in birthrates throughout the West. I would even argue that this crisis underlies the opioid epidemic and the alarming rates of mental illness, loneliness, and suicide in our country.

The noteworthy point here is the decline in birthrates. Indeed, the Roman Catholic Christian Church has been a vanguard in wanting to maintain dominant culture in nation-states through the persistent adherence to what they deem a culture of life, which is vague, and a focus on the values of family, which is valid, and of higher birth rates, especially in the context of the widespread decline of a replacement host population of many European, North American, and East Asian societies. The advanced industrial societies have this problem more than others.

But their solutions will restrict the fundamental rights and freedoms of women; of course, leaders want to solve the problem of the non-replacement rate — 2.1 — birth rates, look at Singapore and Japan, but the ways in which to work towards solving this is not to restrict women but, in fact, to begin to empower more than they have been in the past with maternity leave — and concomitant paternity leave for fathers, not simply symbolic, as in endorsed and supported — and various other measures for them to be able to not fear for their jobs and standard of living if they were to leave a job.

The restriction of women’s lives and the violation of their fundamental rights and freedoms would work, as it has in the past with robust empirical evidence, but it will also lead to more problems than robust, long-term solutions. On a more reflective and historically troubling, and correct note, Gomez stated:

People have been talking about a “crisis of man” since at least the end of the Second World War.

We forget that in the last century, millions were killed, whole generations lost — in Soviet gulags and Nazi death camps, in the bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, in genocides in nearly every part of the world.

Out of this dark time of slaughter and suffering, came new existential questions. Not only about the “silence” of God, but also about man’s inhumanity to man.

Humanity became its own worst monsters and greatest — desperate — heroes. The world in ruins and struggling to come to grips with the savagery stemming from Caucasians or barbaric behaviour of the Europeans. The coming to grips with the dual extreme natures of human beings meshed into one, and exemplified in the atrocities committed during the world wars.

Gomez seems incorrect to call the products of these “murderous ideologies,” as in the products of atheist humanisms. It simply doesn’t follow, as much as he would like to think, where this just demarcates his own buying into the prejudices of the day. In a manner of speaking, this is simply a smear. These were fundamentalist state ideologies akin to the evils perpetrated by fundamentalist religious ideologies. We can see precursors or prototypes of these re-emerging in the current moment. But this language is neither helpful nor entirely correct, so, with all due respect Mr. Gomez, wrong angle.

Gomez, as he moves further into the speech, represents a series of views simply leaning toward what may best be called theocratic in orientation with the lament over waning Christian influence in political and economic life. Religion in politics is theocratic. No doubt about it, the process of secularization, of which he references, in fact, leans the dial more towards equality for the non-religious with the religious in this respect.

“Just recently, questions were raised about judicial nominees who belong to the Knights of Columbus. We see ongoing lawsuits aimed at Christian companies and charities, trying to force them to operate in ways that violate their conscience,” Gomez opined, “That is why the U.S. bishops have made defending religious liberty a key priority. If we are not free to order our lives and institutions according to God’s Word, then we are not free to live a truly human life.”

Which is precisely wrong, the freedom is to live free from it, for others, as Christians are freely living for themselves; Gomez’s lamentation simply reflects the loss of the ability, slowly but potentially surely, to impose Christian institutions and authority on other citizens within societies through political institutions. He just misses this.

On the notion of a transcendent reality to human beings, above and beyond the naturalistic, Gomez makes some nuanced, but probably fundamentally flawed, points about de-sacralization of society. Something in this harbours a great deal of truth and, truly, a deep one, but, other things just don’t seem to exist to me.

He states, “I think it is obvious to all of us that we live now in a highly secularized society that has no need for God. For all intents and purposes, we live as if God does not exist. We think we do not need God to help us run the economy or the government. We can plan and engineer everything for ourselves. We are totally self-sufficient. We think we can rely on politics or science and technology to solve every problem and answer every question.”

The engineered lives that we live are a sentiment of sadness for him. A perspective of a loss of connection with the divine, with one’s soul, with God and Christ Almighty. Any independence from this religious hierarchy and authority becomes damn blasphemous if I may say so.

But he does strike a chord, on the point of a deep truth. A fact of our societies becoming entirely beholden to a consumer culture with simply, more and more, materialistic values bound by a desire for stuff, with even human beings seen as commodities with human capital or potential to be a benefit to the economy rather than human beings endowed with certain inalienable or fundamental rights and freedoms.

As one can expect in these homilies or sermons, there will be the epithets, typically. We part ways in the views of science and discoveries of the world. In many ways, there, still, is the value and commitment to visions of beauty and truth with science providing a robust naturalistic truth — facts of the world. Certainly, there are irrational beliefs, but they’re not contained in the beliefs about beauty and truth as, in some fundamental sense, these can be apprehended.

“We are losing our religious dimension, the sacred character of our personality — the truth that we are spiritual creatures made in God’s image, born with an inner desire to seek truth and transcendence, a desire that God alone can satisfy,” Gomez stated.

In some ways, it depends on the definition of religion. If simply some spiritual way for some edificative purpose, then, yes, human beings, certainly, are religious critters of a sort, but they are not these in the senses most often determined to be the case with standard theology as some supernaturally developed organism with an impermanent spirit.

The next commentary simply remarks, at length, on the Incarnation, the Trinity, and so on. It is, more or less, a nonstarter. But the move towards a new humanism is the final commentary by Gomez and, in fact, quite noteworthy.

Gomez said, “Because Christ humbled himself to share in our humanity, we now have this amazing possibility of sharing in his divinity… Friends, this is the beautiful vision of the human person that we are called to proclaim in our time. The new evangelization calls for a new humanism — built on the truth of the Incarnation, the truth of the human person as the imago Dei.”

Even without the image of this Incarnation within the theology, the import of living as a humanistic community can be important with the emphasis on a Christian ethic aligned with this. One can argue for an Incarnation, for which there is precisely zero evidence, but one can also argue for an image that one wants to emulate. The supernatural continues to fail as a hypothesis; whereas, the metaphysical and imagistic seem more plausible in different frames of reference, and the naturalistic is very well attested now.

As a concluding quote from Gomez, who is an intelligent and sincere person, “The task of this new humanism means renewing our theology and exegesis, deepening our understanding of the mystery of the Incarnation. It means going deeper in our Christology and Mariology, and in our Christian anthropology. It also means philosophical renewal — thinking in new ways about metaphysics and epistemology and the crucial relationships of faith and reason and truth and freedom.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Dissenting Opinion, Sir

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/07

In an articulate letter in Cleveland.com, a considerate man, Mark Weber, provided some commentary on a letter about the President of the United States, Donald Trump.

Weber responds to the letter saying, “Walter Nicholes has written a thoughtful letter on President Trump. However, he writes that, as a secular humanist, he is neither moral nor immoral. I beg to differ.”

To Weber, the life of a secularist and a humanist is one bound to a morality, to a lifestance of the inherently ethical. I would agree. It is a lack of belief, in general, of some supernatural entity.

But also, and most salient to some of those more aware of the history of the community here, the Humanist Manifesto from 1933 was referenced, which shows a historical knowledge linked to a considerate person.

Weber concluded — though this is a short article, “Our worldview takes its substance from many different sources and thinkers. The core of our morality is a belief in democracy, pluralism, reason, and science.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Malignant Design: A Factor in Evolution

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/07

As noted by linguist and prominent general atheist — in general terms with specifications based on what is exactly being denied — Noam Chomsky, the nature of the Young Earth Creationism and Evolution controversy simply remains within the sociopolitical realm, in which the controversy should, in fact, shift to that which has a large number of evidence: unlike Young Earth Creationism, which has none.

The shift of the conversation should be into Malignant Design, for which, by some metrics described by Chomsky, has much more evidence than some aspects of either theory, of which the former, Young Earth Creationism, has none and the latter, Evolution by Natural Selection, has plenty.

Malignant Design has more evidence in terms of the level of suffering in the world, whether by human machinations, e.g., conspiracy, war, bad medicine, apparently anti-vaccination now, and so on, or strictly non-conscious mechanical processes of the natural world, e.g., storms, tornadoes ripping through communities, pestilences, deadly diseases, infections, and so on.

Chomsky, in the Khaleej Times, stated, “Unlike Intelligent Design, for which the evidence is zero, malignant design has tons of empirical evidence, much more than Darwinian evolution, by some criteria: the world’s cruelty. Be that as it may, the background of the current evolution/intelligent design controversy is the widespread rejection of science, a phenomenon with deep roots in American history that has been cynically exploited for narrow political gain during the last quarter-century. Intelligent Design raises the question whether it is intelligent to disregard scientific evidence about matters of supreme importance to the nation and world — like global warming.”

The issue of the world’s suffering is tracing the motivations and consequences of the pain and misery seen throughout the world due to human actions and decision, policies, initiatives and programs, and failures to plan ahead and prepare for likely disasters, but also having appropriate scientific investigation and widespread-enough comprehension of the reasons for actions of the material world and then how certain disasters can impact human livelihood; each of these angles is important in order to, in a rational manner, deal with the problems confronting us. The reasons may be irrational, as in human motivations and fear, but the consequences and investigations of the irrationalities can be rational; with the natural world, it is simply not fooling ourselves and having specific tools in place, including the scientific method, to properly know the world to respond in a rational way to the likely consequences of natural phenomenon of the world impacting us.

Malignant design, if one is to notice the world’s suffering, akin to knowledge about mutual aid, is an important adjunct to knowledge of evolution, as a factor in evolution.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

By Golly Ms. Molly, Gone, Mrs. Lawrence

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/06

Famed actress, Jennifer Lawrence, famously stated when she was 25 that she simply could see herself getting married at that point in her life. Although, she could see herself as someone who could become a mother.

This was in a prominent interview with none other than Diane Sawyer. Given the context of Ms. Lawrence’s relational life at that time, in intimate life, she had split with the British actor Nicholas Hoult, which was after a 5-year relationship. A significant period of time for someone in this age bracket.

Lawrence, at the time, opined, “I was also in a relationship with somebody for five years and that was my life… Being 24 was this whole year of…‘who am I without this man?’”

At that time, at 25, she never saw herself as someone who would ever need to walk down as the aisle, saying, “I don’t know if I ever will get married and I’m OK with that… I don’t feel that I need anything to complete me. I love meeting people, men, women, whatever, I love people coming into your life and bringing something.”

It was a time in her life when she, probably, felt a need to rediscover herself and assert her identity, which, for someone with a life in the public eye, is all the more difficult, of course. To state, that she does not need a relationship to feel complete.

It is in this sense that public statements like those can provide emotional support for women who feel questioning themselves and where the larger culture may, in fact, be pushing a false image and so message; one that women need to speak out about, and, in the case of Lawrence, even in the midst of the pain provides a supportive statement of not needing a partner while still wanting to be a mother.

But, of course, this can also leave room for change. Now, Lawrence is engaged after dating for 6 months, or more, and will be working towards a marriage with her new fiance named Cooke Maroney.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Secularize the World

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/05

In a call by a London-based writer, who I did not know about but instantly like, Salam Sarhan, has called for the world to set forth for the non-meddling of religion in politics, he views the corrosive effects of religion as a presence throughout human history and a factor in the sustaining of global conflicts right into the present.

He sees the political use of religion as a bad. He sees the theocratic revolution in Iran as a detriment for not only Iran but also the region for more than four decades. Then he further, rightly, criticizes the attacks in the Middle East based on American-led invasions in 2003 continuing right into the present.

He notes the increased takeover by theocratic tendencies in Afghanistan, Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, Nigeria, Pakistan, Syria, Turkey, and Yemen. He went through a litany of cases. Then he went to task on Western nations with some individuals and social groups who are pining for a theocratic takeover.

As Sarhan stated, “There is now a need to move towards an international consensus to prevent any invocation of religion — from mainstream as well as extremist religious groups — to support national and political agendas. It is time for a campaign to create an international treaty to ban the political use of religion. The campaign can start by attracting the support of influential public figures to mobilise a global movement, leading later to the publication and dissemination of a formal treaty to exert pressure on states that perpetrate such abuses.”

An international document could be set — as with those for dealing with violence against women, with the recognition of common humanity in human rights recognition, with the right to safe and orderly migration as with the recent compact — for dealing with the political use of religion. We could work as an international community, as per the noble and courageous call of Sarhan for an international document for secularism, secular values, and the advancement of the long-time goals of the secularists around the world: the removal of religion in politics, whether symbolic, legal, or otherwise.

“This would remove a key recruitment technique by which the naive and vulnerable are attracted to their ranks — namely, through the false allegation that there is a war being carried out against their faith,” Sarhan continued.

This could be a force by which to advancement the true meaning of freedom of religion and freedom of belief; this could be a force for the freedom from religion and freedom from belief, or of religion and of belief, in which believers could become nonbelievers and nonbelievers could become believers without imposition from the outside — unfairly, unjustly, and, often, with little pretext.

He proposes a concrete step with an NGO for the putting of pressure on governments to halt or reverse government-based appeals or endorsements of religion by the state. Often, the battle is secularists and ordinary religious people versus fundamentalists in multiple contexts. Sarhan went on with the proposal of an “International Treaty to Ban the Political Use of Religion.” along the lines of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons.

He saw this as a framework for the reduction and elimination of the abuses of religion in politics for a further respect for human rights. “Endorsement of the treaty by powerful countries would help to tip the balance in favour of more moderate, tolerant ideals. It would be a step towards bringing outlier states back to the majority world consensus, similar to events following the adoption of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights by the UN General Assembly in December 1948,” Sarhan opined, “It could also lead to the establishment of a global monitoring service for raising awareness of the abuses of religion in politics, providing media organisations and other interested parties with credible, trustworthy statistics and facts about such abuses. There are very few countries that would hesitate to endorse such a treaty — including those who can be implicated in such acts, but consistently deny using religion as a political tool.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

People of Means Should Focus More on People of Poverty

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/05

Professional billionaire, Howard Schultz, recently, made a statement that ruffled some feathers, plucked others, and raised the attention of some.

He spoke of the need to not name billionaires “billionaires,” or, one may presume, millionaires “millionaires,” but, rather, billionaires “people of means.”

This is an interesting twist of the conversation had for some time about economic inequality and its ill-effects because of the detriment to the infrastructure and social health of nations, especially with the needed services of the non-billionaire or non-millionaire classes, also known as the “people of poverty.”

As with the rise of the Occupy movement or the variety of new anti-poverty campaigns and the statements about the great destruction to democratic and social institutions derived or following from massive income inequality, the attempt to shift the titling into the notion of “people of means” simply is not only a terrible painting over the pain and misery of millions but also the lack of focus of those more in need, in more dire circumstances, and completely apart from those billionaires wanting to be known as people of means — who want to be seen as part of the common people but just cannot given the massive disparity in their ways of life, treatment by others, and general life trajectories to the top of the wealthiest.

“People of means” is comical. But people of poverty or the poor are not, nor are the circumstances of the penurious and struggling around the world, especially in comparison to billionaires like Howard Schultz.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Abort the Pro-Life Disinformation Campaign in the United Kingdom of Pro-Fact

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/05

Humanists UK reported on the deliberate misinformation or disinformation campaign set about in the United Kingdom. The Faculty of Sexual and Reproductive Healthcare (FSRH) and the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (RCOG) worked to produce, publish, and then distribute a factsheet about abortion care and abortion in order to combat this disinformation being spread through some schools in the United Kingdom.

Kids without proper information, as statistics and human rights organziations tell us, will make worse and ill-informed decisions as sexual beings as adults and will then bear those consequences, in some cases, for the rest of their lives, simply because of the negligence of the medically and scientifically informed and responsible adult establishment or with the work to keep kids misinformed based on sincerely held religious beliefs bounded by incorrect medical and scientific assumptions about what happens in the cases of abortions, in abortion care, and, frankly, in the process of giving reproductive health services — that are a fundamental human right. Safe and equitable access to abortion is first and foremost a human right. Those women who live in societies or communities in which abortion is formally or partially illegal will be left in more dire straits and will, in fact, be more likely to die or acquire injuries because of the unsafe abortions.

These conversations do not happen in a vacuum and happen within the contexts of the lives of women and young women, and so fellow citizens. Humanists UK, as reported, is “delighted” with the work.

The article stated, “In 2012, Humanists UK and Education for Choice (EfC), which has since become a part of Brook, uncovered the anti-abortion groups SPUCLovewise, and LIFE propagating misinformation about abortion in schools. Humanists UK and EfC demanded action about it at the time, but since then the groups have continued to visit schools unimpeded. For instance, press coverage today highlights that speakers from Lovewise are visiting schools across England telling young people that the risks of abortion include breast cancer, infertility, depression, and suicide, and have even compared doctors who carry out the procedure to Nazis.”

SPUC, Lovewise, and LIFE appear to have lost the scientific, medical, and rights arguments. Thus, they move into the territory of calling their ideological opponents, or those who may be the practitioners, Nazis, which simply shows the extent of the failures on the other fronts than providing a foundation upon to call abortion providers Nazis.

With the explicit aim to provide truths in order to dispel the myths and falsehoods being spread about abortion, the factsheets will be an important addition to the arsenal in the United Kingdom. But also, there is a backdrop in the draft UK Government guidance. As reported, “…from 2020, lessons on the subject of abortion taking place as part of new statutory Relationships and Sex Education in English schools ought only to include ‘medically and legally accurate, impartial information.’”

“We’re very pleased that the RCOG and FRSH have responded to our call for guidance from them on abortion in schools, and strongly urge all schools to adopt an evidence-based approach to teaching about abortion that is free from religious dogma,” Humanists UK Education Campaigns Manager, Ruth Wareham, opined, “We are alarmed that, despite the passing of nearly seven years since Humanists UK first raised concerns about anti-choice groups like Lovewise spreading misinformation, young people are still being subjected to deeply problematic messages about abortion in schools.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Love and Submission Sitting in a Tree… P-E-A-C-E Treaty

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/05

In recent news, and important mind you, there was a meeting of enormously relevant to their respective communities and influential international personalities, and authorities, within the religious world; the Roman Catholic Christian Pope Francis and the Grand Imam of Al-Azhar, Ahmad el-Tayeb, met in a historic moment in relations between some of the Christian and some of the Muslim global communities.

This is good news. These are rapidly growing and large faiths with significant leaders considered major representatives or, at least, important intellectual lights in their respective traditions meeting in Abu Dhabi with the, on the one hand, an important public relations representation with the print media coverage and the photography and, on the other hand, the theological import of two powerful religious figures with a history of opposition meeting together.

This can change individual relationships among those who, more often than not, live life and die without being prominently known and, sometimes, known at all, but these acts by leaders can change their lives and embolden them — the lesser-known people of the world — to make individual changes to reflect gatherings such as those at Abu Dhabi. You may disagree with either or both of the theologies. You may detest actions by the religions in their history. But on the ground, these meetings can have impacts, which is worth some modicum of praise.

There was a document signed, which will be, probably, covered in some of the next articles. It was signed by both Francis and el-Tayeb. The preface stipulates, according to reportage, states, “Faith leads a believer to see in the other a brother or sister to be supported and loved.”

As reported, “The document opens with a series of invocations: the Pope and the Grand Imam speak ‘in the name of God who has created all human beings equal in rights, duties and dignity,’ ‘in the name of innocent human life that God has forbidden to kill,’ ‘in the name of the poor,’ ‘orphans, widows, refugees, exiles… and all victims of wars’ and ‘persecution.’ Al-Azhar, together with the Catholic Church, ‘declare the adoption of a culture of dialogue as the path; mutual cooperation as the code of conduct; reciprocal understanding as the method and standard.’”

Not bad, a document of reconciliation, mutual devotion to their God, and working to help the least among us. Even if not a outright document with force, it can, at a minimum, retain its quality as an encouragement. Would you rather no encouragement or the encouragement? People have the right to their religions and their beliefs, working within and not against this current respects rights and can increase what most ethical and rational individuals desire: peace and security advanced throughout the world, whether in religious-transcendent or secular-universalist language.

“Viva il Papa!” as the love poured out from adoring crowds of people number in the tens of thousands with an estimate as many as 180,000 in the United Arab Emirates for the first papal Mass in the Arabian Peninsula, where this was a call for the Christians of the region — a minority, no doubt — and of the Muslims to seek greater understanding in the region.

As reported, “It was considered to be the largest display of public worship by Christians on the peninsula, the birthplace of Islam. A large, golden-hued cross on an all-white stage provided a simple and profound backdrop.”

Catholics from over 100 countries came to the Mass at Zayed Sports City Stadium, just think about that. An incredible feat of those who simply worship this man and what, more properly, what he represents in their minds.

el-Tayeb and Francis urged followers to find, once more, “the values of peace, justice, goodness, beauty, human fraternity and coexistence” in addition to affirming their own beliefs in “that among the most important causes of the crises of the modern world are a desensitized human conscience, a distancing from religious values and a prevailing individualism accompanied by materialistic philosophies.”

Some of this seems rather correct. The need for things of value beyond the mere monetary remain important: love and companionship, solidarity and fidelity, and so on. The Grand Imam and the Roman Catholic Pope consider this a form of “moral deterioration.” What they conclude from this in other regards could be taken as derogatory, saying, “…moral deterioration that influences international action and a weakening of spiritual values and responsibility… to fall either into a vortex of atheistic, agnostic or religious extremism, or into blind and fanatic extremism.”

They are viewing these as signs of a brewing Third Word War fought in a “piecemeal” manner. Aside from some of those statements, the directly relatable ones to every religious stripe and political denomination speak to the need to redistribute the inordinate wealth held in too many of the ultra-riches’ — how ever few of them — coffers, who hoard as if Smaug guarding the Arkenstone.

Many poor, infirm, and deceased individuals are being created because of these inequalities, which, as with most of the reasonableness of the general global population, the majority of he planet’s inhabitants have a problem with now, because they can note the direct impacts, if not in their own families then, in their own communities and societies. The religious leaders are affirming the importance of dealing with this; that is, they are making incredibly important statements for their communities to work on common problems ravaging the majority of the world’s population, akin to the mass of refugees and migrants around the world.

The affirmation of the importance of the family. This reflects much of the United Nations affirming the salience of the family as a fundamental unit of society. This is an international value. As with the non-parochial and particularistic values of multiple mainstream — read: majority — faiths, the values remain universally found throughout them, as with those found within universalistic in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and associated documents for decades since its instantiation following the creation and growth of the United Nations. All seem bound to some form of Golden Rule.

More modern understandings, properly speaking, they work within an understanding of the source of human consciousness as intrinsic to being a human organism; something Chomsky brought into the mainstream with the Universal Grammar and the Generative Grammar, as in a naturalistic and organic emergence of capacities with implied constraints to co-emerge/co-develop with those developments. In some sense, with an increase comprehension of information processing and the brain as an information processor, and thus the mind as a result of information processing through time, the Golden Rule, properly speaking, could be placed more within a context of an informational golden rule. One in which consciousness becomes the defining factor here, rather than the ordered molecular structure of a crystal or the disorganized one of an ordinary rock.

But even without these considerations, we can, obviously, see the obvious and direct implications of these statements for their constituents numbering, at least, over 1 billion individuals. One can disagree with the basic claims of the religions while still working for the advancement of common values, as a pragmatic matter; peace is better than war, as we all know.

Some of the other positive notions or statements that they stipulated together were the need to ensure religions never declare “war, hateful attitudes, hostility and extremism, nor must they incite violence or the shedding of blood.” Of those particulars that most would, probably, agree on, be the condemnation of genocide, terrorism, displacement by force, and human trafficking”; whereas, other items that retain more modernized questionable areas are “abortion and euthanasia,” of which much of the secular community agrees with but the religious communities, at least those represented by Francis and el-Tayeb, may disagree on to a significant extent. One reason being the idea of ownership of one’s body by God and not oneself and so not being able to end it, as in the case of euthanasia. Another is abortion with some of the similar concerns about bodily autonomy, when life starts, and so on. But there is, nonetheless, a broad set of stipulated points that many would agree with here.

There also opined, “We thus call upon all concerned to stop using religions to incite hatred, violence, extremism and blind fanaticism, and to refrain from using the name of God to justify acts of murder, exile, terrorism and oppression… God, the Almighty, has no need to be defended by anyone and does not want His name to be used to terrorize people.” This seems reasonable. Why does the most powerful entity in the entirety of existence, for now and forever, require the help of limited — in time, in space, in mental abilities — creatures who may or may not be followers? God, if he/she/it exists, helps — or if the gods exist they help — those who help themselves, apparently; the Grand Imam and the Roman Catholic Christian Pope mirror this, too. The statement covered a variety of topics including freedoms, rights, worship, terrorism, and so on.

The article concluded, “Al-Azhar and the Catholic Church ask that this Document become the object of research and reflection in all schools, universities and institutes of formation… [a] sign of the closeness between East and West, between North and South.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Blasphemy Law, Blasphemy Law, Blasphemy Law: Beetlejuice Nowhere to be Found, or Beetlejustified or Beetlejustice

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/04

As accurately stated by a lawyer by training and leading secular light, Robyn Blumner, at the United Nations not too long ago, the repetition of blasphemy laws around the world and the repeated use of pseudo-justified laws has real effects on the lives of secular activists, feminists opposing patriarchal religious structures and practices, and simply those wanting to make a satire against specific religious tenets, even improperly and ignorantly.

Blasphemy laws abound in the world. This is even in the West that is, incorrectly, assumed universally enlightened and aligned with the full spread of fundamental rights and freedoms enshrined in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights from December 10, 1948. There are several countries that continue — repeat, continue — to issue death penalties for those who renounce a formal religion.

Around several nations in the world, we can see the still-in-place blasphemy laws. If we take, for example, simply these cases of blasphemy laws, there are about 1/4 of the world’s countries or territories circa 2014 that have some form of blasphemy law. Let’s be perfectly clear, these protect religious sensibilities and not non-religious sensibilities; the secular are left out of this, and the secular and the questioning religious citizens of these countries and territories will be the ones to have this law imposed against them without an equivalently harsh law applied towards the religious who may offend questioning religious or secular sensibilities.

Ireland had its referendum to remove its blasphemy law that was seen as outdated, and then was repealedCanada worked towards and, eventually, remove its own blasphemy law in late 2018. Denmark got rid of its own, after 334 years in place. Then there are several, probably, including Indonesia’s that are being requested by human rights groups to remove or repeal in order, presumably, to have more free and fair societies, as, noted before, these amount to religious privileges.

In no way, as a simply rationalistic consideration, are blasphemy laws justified, for one, why would a theity who can do anything and knows everything, including everyone’s inner heart, need the help of the state, the law, legal associations, religious groups, or the murderous mind of a fanatic? Isn’t the notion of the divine requiring help blasphemous in and of itself, as if one can substitute themselves for their theity’s will— Yahweh’s, God’s, Allah, Ahura Mazda’s, or otherwise?

Isn’t this a bias, as described before, against the secular — as in non-religious or even irreligious — and an a priori benefit for the religious over the non-religious? If there was a law that an African cannot insult a European, would this not mean an a priori benefit for the Europeans over the Africans? Is this not as unfair, especially with legal force and even, potentially, the death penalty behind it? We all know the answer.

I suspect the religious leaders know full well, but I also suspect that they do not want to remove or repeal this law in a country or set of them multinationally because, by implication, this would mean the immediate removal of their legal and governmental privilege, a removal or repeal of their religious privilege linked to the blasphemy law — no one can criticize you.

Whether from the consideration of traditional or derived attributes of the divine, or from an equality and, thus, human rights angle, these are simply unjustified and a source of much injustice, for centuries, around the world and throughout time.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A New Gay Science, or, Rather, An Honorable In Memoriam of a Persecuted Homosexual Computer Scientist

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/04

Homosexuals have been demonized, misunderstood, killed, maimed, brutalized, imprisoned, dropped off buildings and towers, burned, whipped, scorned in word and deed, kept from schools and jobs, been unable to marry those that they love, to build lives for themselves, to enjoy the same fundamental rights and freedoms of others, and to live freely and openly as their true dynamic selves to grow and live as others do throughout the world; people hated not for what crimes they may or may not do, but for who they are, homosexuals, and because of who they love, their same sex.

An important in memoriam is of the late Alan Turing who died prematurely and for criminally abusive reasons. He was a British Scientist during World War II and was known as among those rare individuals in particular fields only coming along once every generation or every other generation — akin to a Witten in physics, an Atwood in writing, or a Pryor in comedy.

In his own personal, private life, his sexual orientation was the love of other men; he was a homosexual, a gay man. The Second World War, many claim, ended due to Alan Turing cracking the infamous German Enigma codes. The Brighter Brains Institute is working for the development of a Richard Dawkins classroom.

But also, there is a focus on the development of an Alan Turing Science laboratory in Kanungu, Uganda at its new humanist school. This is a heartwarming and important development for a humanist community and for the general development of humanistic values for the next generations internationally, which, in reality and in true shorthand, is simply an affirmation of the human rights affirmed in international rights documents linked to the scientific method to develop proper understanding of that which we can affirm with our senses.

The new laboratory will be $500. There is a funding page. One important note is the fact that the artificial intelligence and computer science community is growing in Uganda based on the basic metric of the greater need for it, not simply internationally, in universities including Makarere University in Kampala.

Turing, by many metrics, has been considered the father of the “theoretical computer science and artificial intelligence” revolutions. But on top of this, we can note that he was heavily discriminated against for his own nature, for his homosexuality. It was a formal crime in the United Kingdom. Turing, himself — always feels redundant, was convicted for “gross indecency.”

As with any stigma, we can see the ways in which the stigma and discrimination can lead to such immense self-hatred and self-esteem issues, even among the intellectually unprecedented in their field and formidable in intellect, as to make them want to kill themselves and, in fact, complete the act. As per the proper keeping of history, Turing was vindicated, in some sense, as a “historical pariah” of the LGBT community — or the LGBTQ2IA+ community (as it’s known where I live, in British Columbia). Approximately 4% of the population, a hero to a historically and presently demonized collective and, in particular, the second letter in the initialism.

The Freethinker report concluded, “He was granted a rare posthumous royal pardon by Queen Elizabeth in 2013 after a public campaign. Turing inspired the highly-acclaimed bio-pic The Imitation Game, released in 2014. If you would like to help fund the new laboratory, follow this link.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Burning Down the House in the Hopes to Vacuum a Phantasmagorical Lint Ball

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/04

According to CNN, there was some reportage on the recent work, following in a longer wake of arguments against gender studies, of Viktor Orban and others decrying the work of gender theorists and others.

In the context of an ongoing and Western backlash against critical studies — granted, often, in overly complicated structures and language — of assumed structures and identities, the work to root out what are perceived as radicals, who may ask critical questions, may stage minor protests irregularly, may complain about individual educators or facets of society, and so on, comes tied to an even more extreme radicalism with those harboring much of the power entrusted to them by the public with the outright threats to defund universities, destroy disciplines and not one life but sets of them, construct artificial intelligence programs to find purported threats bound in language mirroring the academic disciplines of those they decry, sue over a mean word, and so on, right into the present case of Orban.

Orban, the Hungarian Prime Minister, went about banning the gender studies programs because the “Government’s standpoint is that people are born either male or female,” said one governmental spokesperson, “and we do not consider it acceptable for us to talk about socially-constructed genders, rather than biological sexes.”

It amounts to a compounded misunderstanding and then with the real consequences to the lives of a profession, professionals, and trainees inside of an entire nation-state. Who are the radicals and the extremists, exactly? It seems rather clear with moves like this.

As reported, “The Hungarian government issued a decree last Friday to revoke accreditation and funding for gender studies programs at the two universities that offer them in Hungary.” This translates as the ban.

But, even worse, Central European University in Budapest explained that the government gave no formal explanation, except, presumably, the public news statement about the revoking or removal of the accreditation for the gender studies Master’s and Ph.D. programs there.

The Department of Gender Studies at Central European University stated, “In solidarity with Hungarian colleagues, we oppose this latest infringement on academic autonomy in the country… In the face of political moves such as this recent decision that mischaracterize and question the academic legitimacy of Gender Studies, we stress that the concept of gender, as a fundamental component of the human experience, has proven its importance in and across many areas of academic research.”

That seems correct. It was an infringement on academic freedom; even though, those most vocal about single minor instances of academic freedom denial or attenuation seem utterly silent on this case. It is akin to the silence from these self-same individuals on the instances of the likes of Dr. Norman Finkelstein’s denial of tenure at DePaul University, which is simply a textbook extreme case of a singular and formidable individual who had their academic life obliterated in a rapid period.

Here, though, we have a sense of this within the entirety of the country. How many professionals? How many departments? How many budgets in universities? How much time wasted and careers stalled? Why do governmental ideologues, the true ones with life-changing power, work in such a manner when strongman ideologues with a misunderstanding, or none, of a discipline begin to make decisions about the applicability of the field’s theories to the general public?

If a Young Earth Creationist entered into the fray of Hungarian politics, took prime ministerial leadership, and then had the same ignorance, gall, and power, they could cry only Mankind, specifically men from dirt/mud, as the sole pinnacle of God’s good Creation and the heathen evolutionists ought to simply get their socially-constructed ideologies out of the classrooms and, therefore, could ban it, as a governmental decree without formal explanation to any of the departments; this could be done. Should it be done? Is it academically honest? Is it in the line of the Enlightenment for critical inquiry or working to improve the tools of a field rather than staging childish antics trying to undermine them while also breaking standard ethical conduct and norms while also not expecting any consequences — and then having a litany of apologists for brazen academic misconduct, or engaging in political assaults on the public through the banishment of the discipline?

These assaults of academic inquiry could be applied to economic departments with pseudoeconomic philosophies that have destroyed whole economies. Should these be banished entirely or simply improved and rigorously debated in an academic manner? Everyone knows the answer here. Why is there one standard there but not in the former case? It would appear to be ideologues chasing the phantasmagora, for the most part, of their own fears and then projected onto what they deem their opponents for one reason or another to give personal rationale and sway to do as they wish — as, in another case, with the breaking of academic ethical norms and research codes of conduct, work to ban fields, sue opponents without platforms or legal defenses to manage it, and so on, as true ideologues and fundamentalists do. The whole situation is backward; and, I suspect, they know it, at some level.

There may not be a total success, but as recent as January the reportage has not been totally positive on the front of it, from the perspective of many of the students. This is the power of the state assaulting public institutions; this is the imposition of state-based ideology onto academic institutions, often backed by fundamentalist religious ideologies and, in this context, very often fundamentalist Christian patriarchal structures — in a proper definition, with the quiet, likely, attempt to impose traditional values on the culture and roles on men and women , in particular women.

If we look at the mass of strongmen around, we can note the majority, if not all, are men. Those whom power and consumption know no limits, whose lack of consideration for others may know no bottom. It is an assault on postsecondary institutions; also, it is a crackdown on democratic institutions at the same time, of which the European Parliament, to its credit, has voted to punish Orban.

The decree “calls into question the Hungarian government’s commitment to the principles of democracy which are the bedrock of European states,” The Political Studies Association stated, “Gender Studies is an integral part of understanding the complexities of social interaction, the impact of policy, the dynamics of the economy and the extent of abuse of personal and political power.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Springs Springing

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/03

From several media sources and into the modern self-involvement and, in fact, collective action as well, we find a continual outgrowth of anonymous and nonymous activism with the intention of the development of rapid societal shifts based on obvious and known injustices, where, in normal circumstances, if the shift is not to something greatly better, then rapid changes may seem more dubious and uncertain as their inevitable negatives coinciding with the positives.

We come to a few questions about the nature of social media here. But we do not even need to ask questions in general inasmuch as look at the concrete specifics of the ongoing case here in the world with, for example, the recent Saudi woman, Rahaf al-Qunun, who sought asylum and earned it in Canada, which, unlike most cases, acquired more support than previously thought possible.

This has begun to spark another movement. It works off the 2006 Tarana Burke #MeToo campaign taken into the mainstream via Alyssa Milano in the Winter of 2017. This movement led to important shifts in social interactions and, more significantly, direct conversations about the nature of the treatment of women, often, by men, especially those in power.

Another shift to play on this, as per the al-Qunun reference, is from the prominent and respected ex-Muslim activist Maryam Namazie in coordination with Sadia Hameed. Both Namazie and Hameed work from the Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain. In a recent set of activist reportage, they spoke to the needs of several ex-Muslims.

Al-Qunun, in her case, was fleeing family abuse, as far as we know, and then she barricaded herself in a Thailand hotel room. Not only her family but also the Saudi authorities worked to return al-Qunun to her homeland. But as an ex-Muslim, the consequences could be severe.

Now, the reportage, often, notes the commonality of the narrative of al-Qunun. With these stories as plentiful and problematic, we can see reason for the emphasis on the safe communications platforms, i.e., those with the possibility of an anonymous “coming out” of sorts. These #MeToo hashtags have been important for the health and wellness of women.

But also, there is an important note about the ways in which the adaptation can help those in need, including #SaveBasma and others.

Namazie and Hameed state:

Unfortunately, Rahaf’s plight is a reality for countless ex-Muslims, atheists, women and LGBT fleeing Sharia or “honour”-related violence condoned by Islamic states and movements. In more than ten countries, being ex-Muslim, atheist, or LGBT are even punishable by death. In these countries, being a free woman is a crime. Despite these harsh realities, countless asylum seekers in Britain and the west as well as refugee claimants in places like Turkey continue to be detained, refused protection despite evidence of persecution, mistreated and deported.

They are important women voices, or simply voices, in the work of providing protection for ex-Muslims, which remains about the respect to freedom of belief, freedom of religion, and freedom of conscience implying a “from” in place of the “of” here. If this happens in non-religious households in children who want to become religious, this becomes the same rights-based principle of thinking; it is not about atheism or religion, or any other ideological stance about the nature of the world and the human beings’ relation to it.

It is about the fundamental right to choose one’s path in life in the best interests of the person as defined by the person, akin to respect for the rights and traditions of the world’s Indigenous populations all over the world. The hashtags raise awareness, working from the bottom up or via grassroots, provide the option for relative anonymity, give a platform for mass social action through consciousness raising into practice, and can be enough to put pressure on international agencies for the safety prominent cases. This raises the overall profile of not simply the individual but the person who the collectives who are having their rights threatened or even violated via family, tradition, or the state.

Some other cases mentioned in the report are Marwa Mastouri, Shawon Syed Isteak Hossain, Mohamed Aly, Aftab Ahmed, Fasahat Hasan Rizvi, Basma, Arsalan Nejati, Iman Soleymani Amiri, Amir and Mina Kalateh, and others. These are the voices behind the #RefugeeToo campaign following in the successes of the #MeToo campaign, which can put pressure on governments and the UNHCR to put pressure on governments in more dire and trying circumstances than most of us experience. Not only for them, but those who come after them.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

It’s the End of Your Rationality as You Know It

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/11

Friendly Atheist worked on some of the more intriguing news items late last month with one being the occurrence of the Blood Moon, or the Super Blood Wolf Moon, also known as a Turles attack again Vegerot.

A pastor Paul Begley, in the news previously over commentary on the sexual assault allegations against Brett Kavanaugh as “the darkest hour in the last 150 years,” stated that the Bible is his authority and the end of the world is nigh.

“God is ready to show us that He is in control, and these are the last days… very significant sign, according to the Bible,” Begley stated.

He stated this within the context of President Donald Trump being born on a blood moon on June 14, 1946, which is, apparently, 700 days before Israel was declared a nation.

Begley continued, “Did President Trump just stumble into this situation?… Well, he’s the president that decides to go ahead and declare that Jerusalem is the capital of Israel, and then moves the U.S. embassy to Jerusalem and dedicates it on May 14, 2018, the exact 70th anniversary of Israel as a nation.”

He argues for this a prophetic sign for the end times asserted in the Bible. However, the more probable response or answer is simply, “No.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

From Shepherd to Sheep in a Lie-n Minute: The Power of Christ Does Not Compel You

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/11

In the calm and collectedness provided in the cool, irrationality created by fundamentalist interpretations, practices, and mental states from religions, the normal responses to properly terrifying and horrifying instances can lead to specifically terrible actions against the misinformed about the world through the infused, delirium of certainty provided by fundamentalist religious faith.

Within some of the easy lies given by religion, one can be driven to ideas or notions of invulnerability, of immortality, of incorporeality, of absolute knowledge or at least all that one needs to know in the light of the revelations of Christ in the purported holy text, where these can create problematic outcomes for adherents and leaders.

As with one Christian church leader, who, unfortunately, went to prove his faithfulness to his Lord and thinking that this Lord would save him from a lion. He went into the presence of a lion.

The lion immediately began to maul the arm and buttocks of the man. The man had run towards the pride of lions, but the Christian leader thought that his purported Lord had power over the animals of the Earth.

Alec Ndiwane, the purported Zion Church prophet, was attacked by the pride of during a safari trip where he was bold enough to assume divine intervention on his bold behalf.

The pride of lions were minding their own business eating an impala when Ndiwane charged into the dining fray of the lions. As the reality of the Lord not coming to save him, Ndiwane tried to flee back to the car from the safari trip. The lions caught up with the fleeing Ndiwane and then bit his behind.

He was saved, in the end, but he was not saved by his Saviour. A game range firing shots was the saving grace for this ecstatician. He was sent to a hospital to heal wounds and such.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

On Breaking of the Heart, on a Rock for Health: Dear Diary, and Academic Journal

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/11

Based on some reportage from WebMD, to be taken with skepticism, but, nonetheless, research has looked into an issue of those who happen to suffer from the extreme stress associated from heavy breakage of the heart, in metaphorical terms, with, for example, the cases of the death of pet, loss of a great job or a promotion at work, or the loss of a true loved on or even one who may be called a soulmate.

As explained, “…[It is a] relatively rare condition, they are finding that it’s not only caused by the loss of a loved one. Medical treatments, job loss, and other major life stressors have been linked to the condition.”

The syndrome is known as takotsubo cardiomyopathy with a central effect on women more than men. More research, as always, can be preferred, as this can provide more information as to the health issues surrounding takotsubo cardiomyopathy.

Now, this ‘broken heart syndrome’ does have some medical literature behind it, and a legitimate medical title and condition to back it up. The medical literature is sparse on it.

But case studies are hugely helpful if the data is sparse.

“Earlier this year, Canadian researchers reported a case of broken heart syndrome in a 63-year-old woman on treatments for metastatic breast cancer,” the reportage stated, “Over a 6-year period, researchers from MD Anderson Cancer Center in Houston found 30 patients having cancer treatment fit the criteria for broken heart syndrome.”

With chest pain in some cancer patients, this should be considered a possibility, apparently. The literal, biological happenstance of the condition is when the left ventricle in the heart of the patient weakens and then this can lead to pain and, even, shortness of breath for the patient.

It is reversible and temporary. One wonders if this could, in fact, and as per the fables (or not, possibly), lead to the death of an individual with an already weak heart and then undergoing this form of medical condition.

Happily, 95% of patients who get the condition will recover within one or two months.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Dropping Out Where It Counts

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/11

According to WSMV News 4, there is a trend of students who go to college and then not dropping out of college — except, maybe the young men these days — and, in fact, the churches.

Thus, this becomes Christian, mainly, phenomenon. Now, in general and internationally, if an individual, including oneself, is born into a particular faith, then this individual will not leave the faith, more than probable.

This same analysis can, probably, apply, to some extent, to those born in secular or non-religious communities. In terms of the reportage, Lifeway’s Scott McConnell, in a study, found 2 out of 3 students who begin going to college will then stop attending church.

Of course, there will be a continual gradient with the reduction in those who simply attend less, and for a variety of different reasons, including that school or college, especially, is a huge drain on time for the students involved in these endeavours.

But we can find the ways in which the reasons were incorporated into the research with 55 reasons, and then the top 5 were included. McConnell looks for solutions for the church dropout. Not a bad thing in many contexts, especially when no other easy social situation exists for the student.

But in other cases, the kids, as with much of history, are simply forced into it; how is this a fair situation for the faithful? Is faith coerced or chosen, or reasoned and selected? Apparently, McConnell misses the mark here.

But the survey is interesting, nonetheless. McConnell states, “Work responsibilities and moving away are two of the top five reasons people don’t stay involved in a church… We need to have our priorities straight As church attendees that showing the love of Christ has got to be more important than our opinion on what you’re wearing as a young person or who you’re hanging out with.”

McConnell on an important and nuanced point of social responsibility pines that adults need to look into how they can invest in young people within the church; of course, this should be extended in general. In general, without an extensive linkage across generations, cultures die.

“When they get the message that politics is more important than the church’s message of redemption that’s when they say I can find better answers to life’s problems somewhere else,” McConnell explained.

In some sense, this is true. But this asserts the veracity in rising from the dead Original Sin, and the like. One could, not in some imaginary world but, in a realistic world seen today enact a progressive stance for acting on conscience for others and oneself, regardless of the likelihood of a youth entering church or not.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

“Why is There Something Rather Than Nothing?” Sorry, Wrong Question.

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/01

One of the perennial buggaboos of formal theology for centuries and in several traditions right into the present remains the belief in a powerful argument, in which the notion of a nothing — even in a nuanced consideration of different flavors of nothing — becomes contrasted with the something around us: indeed, why is there something rather than nothing?

This notion reflects a longstanding tradition of the Abrahamic traditions, in particular, and in modern theology in general, which creates the foundation for a respectability politique within the community of literate theologians and believers. However, this argument, more than 2,000 years in the making, harbours some false assumptions for a number of reasons, but this form of argumentation for the existence of a god requires a something emergent from nothing.

A nothing without an ability of self-actuation, where a nothing in this manner must then pivot into another conceptualization of a being or some thing with the property of aseity, of self-existence, of an existence without any formal requirement of contingency. In a manner of speaking, this specific form of nothing would lack the trait of self-actuation, which remains different than another definition of a nothing, perhaps seen in some Chinese philosophical concepts, with things simply being, just emerging, and, thus, inheriting, by the nature of their being, the property of aseity.

The nothing seen in some modern physics explanations looks to a way in which radiation, time, space, and matter define a material model of something and then the negation of these — non-radiation, non-time, non-space, and non-matter — would define a proper non-universe or non-physical structure, i.e., a nothing defined as an opposition of the something seen in cosmology and physics.

But these can be arcane, and incorrect in some ways, and the issue can be boiled down into another formulation with the notion of a something as the total set of possible existing things, in reality and in principle, and then this becoming the complete set of possible instantiations of somethings and arrangements of the things in those somethings. The set of a true nothing would, in essence, amount to an absolute negation of this infinity of arrangements, with nothing as the complement of true infinity. One being the opposite of another in an abstract or platonic, or mathematical and logical, sense.

This becomes a possible set of nothings as 1, or a nothing and not many nothings, and a possible set of somethings as infinite, which comes back to the original question: why is there something rather than nothing? If we look into the formulation of a something as infinite and a nothing as 1, in terms of possible states, then this implies a particular ratio of infinite to 1, of somethings to nothing. A Probability Argument for Existence Over Non-Existence, let’s call it, it becomes overwhelmingly obvious; we have been working on false premises. It is not “why is there something rather than nothing?” The true question: why wouldn’t there be something? In the light of the overwhelming odds in favor of something, this exists as a near fundamental fact of the nature of the world with the implication of a something as the far more likely option than a nothing while the original theological question implying a form of nothing as default and the proper question, posed above, implicating a default of something.

If nothing was default, it would need the explanation; but then, we wouldn’t be here to ask the question in the first place. However, we are here, and here to ask the proper question: why wouldn’t there be something?

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Chiggity Czech Yourself Before You Wreck Yourself

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/01

Much unlike the Central European and Eastern European neighbours of the Czechs, these Europeans do not adhere, much, to a belief in a divine all-powerful overlord.

Pew Research, based on their — well — research, explains how the Czech Republic simply harbors a different internal belief system dynamic compared to other nationalities within Central and Eastern Europe.

Let’s make this quicker and less painful than the standard Pew Research article, within the categorization of a religion, we can identify a specific religious group; those, commonly, found in Central or Eastern Europe.

But we can also see the ways in the Czechs simply retain a unique sensibility in their lack of compatibility with the rest of the region, where there were 18 other countries surveyed in the region. That makes this all the more interesting, as 18 countries approximates 10% of the entire set of the world’s nations.

In that, this is a good size comparison in a region of the world steeped in religion; while yet, a country stands firm against these fundamentalisms found within its own borders. This can lead to some interesting questions about the applicability and import of a faith to the functioning of a society.

Because, as far as I know, the Czech Republic has not collapsed upon its mass of non-belief. This, once more, is in stark contrast to the belief in a God and a religious affiliation marking the majority of the countries in Eastern and Central Europe.

By the numbers, boys, we have 72% of Czechs not identifying with a religious group in addition to 46% simply describing their religion as “nothing in particular,” thus marking something akin to the SBNRs or the spiritual but not religious cohorts found in New Age and loosely-and-inconsistently rationalistic circles in North America.

Then 25% of Czechs identify as atheist. This is a marker of something highly unusual for most nations of the world, except for, perhaps, mainland China with an extraordinarily high number of atheists within its own borders. Given the world’s population dynamics and trends, and current demographics, the reality of faith-based reasoning is inescapable, because these provide comfort, solace, reasons for community, and easy answers to the complicated structure of the universe and the human world.

In more general terms, 66% of Czechs do not believe in a God; this does not mean atheism, but, in fact, a brand of atheism. It comes down to an axiom of the non-existence of absolute or total atheism in the form of a pantheist describing that which exists, or the real or reality, or even simply the natural world discovered by empiricism, as their God, and, therefore, an absolute atheist, being in denial of all gods, unable, logically speaking, to deny that which is exists, is real, or is reality, or even just the natural world discovered by empiricism (the last one not necessarily to be mocked as this reflected Einstein’s view of a god in many respects). An absolute atheist posits an existence without any gods; whereas, a single instance of a definable god would simply make this notion of an absolute atheist in a logical and philosophical sense moot, as was just shown, Q.E.D. Of course, emotional reasons may or cognitive limitations may stall this realization.

Hence, with this general lack of belief in a God, we can see the general form of a lack of belief in the existence of the higher powers in the universe constituting, probably, given the surrounding nations being Christian, the Abrahamic versions of a god seen in Yahweh and God. Compared to the 66% of Czechs who do not believe in God, we can see the 29% who do believe in God. This split grows wider as time moves forward more.

If you have time to examine some of the images in the link more, we can see the obvious differentials in the beliefs compared to Poland, Latvia, Poland, Belarus, Ukraine, Russia, Moldova, Serbia, Croatia, Georgia, and so on. The former Eastern Bloc, important to note, was absolutely dominated by an atheist dogma in the Soviet Union for much of the 20th century with the Czech Republic being a outlier in these regards, in the modern period. In either case, we can have stated-based fundamentalisms in secular ideologies or religious fundamentalisms in theocracies.

Indeed, we can see the emergence of many of these tendencies in the ways in which the common traits are men at the top and absolutisms. To properly reduce the incidences, severity, and probability of these occurring, we need honest assessment of traits and precursors. The median belief in God in the region is 86%, which, in fact, may reflect a relatively common international level of belief. The number of those who do not have a religious affiliation or a belief in God simply are those who are the international minority and have been for a long time — and will remain so, based on some extrapolations, for the 21st century. The flavors of atheism, as with the flavors of theism and pantheism, and so on, will vary slightly, as being born into a faith is, probably, the strongest predictor of remaining within a faith. Atheism only went public, vocal, and marginally communal in the light of internet.

Religious affiliation and a belief in some higher — shouldn’t that be greater? — power, usually magical, is the vast majority of the peoples within Central and Eastern Europe. With the large numbers of the religiously unaffiliated with the Czech Republic, one of the more intriguing facts about the developments within the nation are the ways that this impacts child-rearing: parents raise their kids unaffiliated. Obviously, any fair parenting, for the sake of the future of the child, should incorporate a factual and knowledge-based account of religion rather than simply endorsement down the generations without justification, as this permits the development of the critical faculties of the students in spite of their eventual adherence or non-adherence to a faith tradition in the end.

Based on the reportage, the ground prediction for the foreseeable future is one where the Czechs simply do not adhere to a faith or religion, or a belief in a traditional God. Apparently, what tends to come with traditional views on the nature of social relations and cultural life is a belief in a god or an adherence to a religious affiliation, in this, we can note the direct relationship between a belief in a god and, probably, a direct linkage to the ways in which the attributes of this god reflects those values considered most important in community — even down to reflection of the ways in which the individuals look within the society reflexively, almost, mirroring the images of the gods themselves: collective ethnic anthropomorphization of the gods.

These lessened or attenuated, even defunct, religious practices build a society in which there is a reduction in the level of conservatism, where the religious institutions and signifiers of belief become purveyors of the traditionalism seen in most of the population in this region of the world.

This extends into social attitudes, too, as explained, “For example, Czechs have among the highest levels of support for legal abortion (84%) and same-sex marriage (65%) in the region. Similarly, they are the most likely to say they never attend religious services (55%) or pray (68%).” In other words, this spectrum of spiritual practices and religious affiliation shifts inversely with level of lack of belief in a God. This provides some intriguing general statements about the nature of belief not only in the Czech Republic, but, by implication, the ways in which Czechs and non-Czechs in Eastern and Central Europe belief in a god or have religious affiliation will link to their social attitudes. However, a belief in the soul or fate may retain its appeal for many Czechs, in spite some of the former tentative findings or conclusions.

But even with this lack of religiosity, in numbers and in beliefs and practices, the Czechs view religious affiliation with a pragmatic eye, as it is seen to strengthen social bonds and morals within societies — not just the Czech society.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

(Dis-)Honest Propaganda for a Modern World Harking for an Old, and Otherworldly, One

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/01

If you want to restrict the fundamental human rights of women, then you have to do this within a context of ruining many of their lives, livelihoods, and futures as well; and if you want to do this with a religious (read: political) motivation, then the first step is a misinformation campaign spread through the land with the appointment of a judge setting the Supreme Court of the United States to a safe temperature for fundamentalist religious causes.

The Hill reported on the financing of an anti-abortion film. As an important adjunct to the entire conversation here: with some knowledge of the statistics from reliable and unbiased organizations, and of rights from the United Nations and mainstream rights organizations, legal, safe, and equitable access to abortion reduces the number of abortions, complications from abortions, and respects the personal bodily autonomy of women and who get them.

The CEO of MyPillow, who support President Donald Trump in the United States, funded an anti-abortion film. That is to say, based on well-known information and rights known about outside of the public relations of the American media system, there is support for anti-abortion films, which, if taken seriously by individual women, will, by implication, be more likely to induce more pain, suffering, and despair than otherwise — on average, even though some individual stories may abound expressing no regret. Individual stories are not necessarily the point where the statistics tell an entirely different story.

Now, the film is reported to be distributed on a national level through a Christian movie studio. Of course, it is not stated, explicitly, the brand of movie studio, in terms of the sect of Christianity. The film is called Unplanned with a premise of a young woman who resigns from a Planned Parenthood clinic in order to renounce any practice of abortion with the Chuck Konzelman of the Hollywood Report, on Pure Flix Studios, stating, “We had other offers but felt they would be our strongest partner because of the great success we’ve had together in the past.”

The trailer for the movie — part of a genre in the secular community, or some of the a-religious community, known as God-Awful Movies, not bad — apparently, described Planned Parenthood as if a juggernaut, as “one of the most powerful organizations on the planet.”

The script for the God awful film was written, by the account in the article, by those who had written the scripts for the films God’s Not Dead and God’s Not Dead 2. Within this newer genre, the extension from assertions of Christianity’s God active in the world into reproductive rights continues to orient the religious right in America further into its own perceived culture war and political struggle.

By logical implication of a religious struggle into the arena of rights restrictions on women through culture and politics, this defines the basis of theocracy.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Sand Does Not Muddy the Waters

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/01

The Progressive Secular Humanist reported, a couple years ago and as an important note, on the position of Bernie Sanders, who is a long-time politician and, thus, an important figure to pay attention to if, indeed, there exist non-theist political types.

We can find this as an intriguing notion in the political landscape of America. A longstanding fact, not conjecture, as to the near impossibility of an openly atheist or simply non-theist politician existing within the United States of America.

In the case of Bernie Sanders, the article argues for a humanist value orientation, where this implies a lack of commitment, professional or personal, to the organized religion on offer around the world.

The other is the set of values affirmed as a set in humanism. As he describes, he does not harbor a specific religious commitment, especially to organized religion. He stated, “I am not actively involved with organized religion… I think everyone believes in God in their own ways. To me, it means that all of us are connected, all of life is connected, and that we are all tied together.”

In the context of a people who will vilify and destroy the lives of any outward atheist in their midst, the pragmatic solution for atheists or non-theists is simply to denude the definition of God from some legitimate context in previous centuries’ definitions and meanings, with real-world implications mind you, and then to simply move these goal posts to some vague interpersonal connectivity.

No superreality connecting every human being to every other human being; no means by which to transcend this mortal coil; no manner by which to leave the cages of flesh in which we inhabit because the flesh’s structure and dynamics produces us, thus the notion of a self apart from bone and sinew becomes moot akin to this redefinition of God to simply: you and me, not even for eternity.

Sanders, as a pragmatic person with tendencies towards the idealistic within the United States, considers the intrusion of faith-based life stances into politics a dangerous combination. One reason to, potentially, surmise is the ways in which the world of politics is a world of argument and compromise while having some assumption of a connection to the real world; where with the world of the faithful, we find the continual orientation towards a life sitting on the otherworldly, when the needs of others do not fit into this framework then the assertion is the work of Dark Lord Down Under (Not Australia, or New Zealand).

This can make and has made American political life fraught with fraudulent claimants and charlatans, lunatics and fringe-crazies who have gone mainstream, and opportunists and corrupt bigots.

Sanders said, “Religious freedom in this country is part of our Constitution, and all of us agree with that. And you have many different religions, and people have the right, in this country, to practice the religion that they believe in. But we also have a separation between religion and state. We know how dangerous it is, historically, for governments to get deeply involved with religion… Let’s not confuse and merge religion and state. That is not what our Founding Fathers wanted, and they were right.”

In that, Americans harbor the right to religion, but this “to religion” also implies its complement of “from religion.” This second, not secondary, part or complement provides the basis for the non-theists, the a-religious, to simply live their lives in peace and security as the religious live much of their lives in safety and freedom; ironically, though, it is the religious who feel afraid of the non-religious but then are the ones who impose their own faith-based worldview and life on the non-religious: life backward.

Sanders stated, in an interview with Jimmy Kimmel, a lack of belief in a God inasmuch as Kimmel may believe in it. As he explained, “I am who I am, and what I believe in and what my spirituality is about is that we’re all in this together. I think it is not a good thing to believe as human beings we can turn our backs on the suffering of other people.”

As he said in the presidential campaign, the problems do not come from the heavens or He on High but, rather, from the decisions — good or bad — made by individual human beings en masse.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Respect for Human Rights, Rightfully, Should Remain… Universal

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/27

Angelus reported on the, indeed, positive contribution to the dialogue in the 8th decade of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights from the Roman Catholic Christian Church and its purported Vicar of Christ on Earth.

In affirmation of the fundamental rights and freedoms of all human beings within the UDHR, the Pope, Francis, provided a positive statement as to the moral force or ethical authority of the UDHR. This is a tremendous statement and an important contribution in voicing the continued salience of the UDHR for the international community. The Pope may harbor one of the largest adoring, though increasingly distraught and questioning, audiences, in the world. Any work for the inclusion of the UDHR in his speaking is truly important.

On January 7, 2019, Francis stated, “…the essential instrument for achieving social justice and nurturing fraternal bonds between peoples… a fundamental role is played by the human rights set forth in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, whose 70th anniversary we recently celebrated.”

Making a nuanced distinction between the scales of possible ethics, Francis not the import of a document for the global community with a universal and rational basis rather than a subjective and partial one, where the latter may devolve, in its practical effects, into “new forms of inequality, injustice, discrimination and, in extreme cases, also new forms of violence and oppression.”

Francis, on World Day of Peace, reiterated the statements of St. Pope JJohn XXIII (1963), “Man’s awareness of his rights must inevitably lead him to the recognition of his duties. The possession of rights involves the duty of implementing those rights, for they are the expression of a man’s personal dignity. And the possession of rights also involves their recognition and respect by others.”

That is to say, rights or privileges come with associated duties or responsibilities, a benefit for a cost for all. It is a set of rights and privileges for all with associated duties or responsibilities for all. The emphasis of Francis on the need to work on common solutions is relevant for the work of the international community with the urgent crises facing us from several levels of analysis and multiple angles. Glad to see the support.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Consensus, Refugees, and Migrants

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/25

In terms of the documents within the international community, one of the more important, and recent, documents comes in the form of the United Nations Global Compact on Safe, Orderly and Regular Migration that started in July 13, 2018 under the auspices of the United Nations but then was put into serious consideration as the months progressed, as the various migrant crises continue to accrue and the international community requires a robust framework and set of targeted objectives for the management, in a legal and globally agreed upon way, of mass migration with, approximately, one quarter of a billion people identified as refugees and migrants now.

A December 10, 1948, document set in motion the equality of all human persons as being human beings come in the form of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. The rights of refugees and migrants inhere to them as human beings as much as a billionaire, a genius, or royalty. This is a modern era of rights, where, in time, this will extend to other animals and also to artificial constructs.

But for the time being, the issue in front of us with the Rohingya cannot be ignored with, perhaps, 1 million as, in essence, stateless and in need of assistance. But there is also the emphasis in this global compact starting on July 13, 2018, of the right of national sovereignty being kept as well as the non-binding legal nature of it; the Member States of the United Nations can opt out of it.

In that, there is a great deal of leeway to it. But, as of December 19, 2018, the United Nations General Assembly, the main UN organ, not only approved but “fully endorsed” it. The votes of the Member States do not lie about it. As we can see, there is a clear stipulation set about the ways in which the international community overwhelmingly is in support of it.

152 approved it; 5 were against it, including the US and Israel; 12 abstained; and 24 issued a no vote; in other words, or in short, if an individual Member State were to vote, the overwhelming consensus is an approval of the global compact. This is strong support via the international community for the need to keep national sovereignty, maintain an orderly and proper refugee and migrant adoption process, retain the rights of refugees and migrants as human beings, emphasize an overall framework negotiated and agreed upon at the highest levels of international consensus, and with an overwhelming consensus in support of it.

This is about a month and a week ago. We can do better. We can work towards the common goals and strategies within this overall framework for the global compact as a means by which the international community can begin to help those among us who are the most desperate, of greatest need, and deserving of the same rights and freedoms, and considerations, as those of us who are freely writing on their plights.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Voices in Dissent: Ex-Muslim Doha Mooh

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/22

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Melissa Krawczyk (Arabic to English Translator)

Melissa and Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early life like for you?

Doha Mooh: There is meant to be a real life, whether early on, or later, but in Saudi, there is no life for a woman. Frequently she has no say in it.

Jacobsen: How was religion important in early life for you?

Mooh: Religion was not important to me in my life, but society, though its customs, traditions and the government, forced it on me and made it important.

Jacobsen: When did you question Islam?

Mooh: I was questioning really early!! I was young and after Kindergarten I entered school and discovered that at the age of six, the girls were separated from the boys to prepare them for religious instruction.

Jacobsen: What arguments make Islam false to you?

Mooh: I don’t call them arguments. I see it logically. Why would the God of mercy create me as a deficient girl, as they claim? Why is it permitted for a man to marry another wife without considering his first wife’s feelings? And a lot more.

Jacobsen: What is the general status of women in Islam?

Mooh: The general status! Well, in Islam you can own a girl and treat them as you treat a piece of furniture, or a car, or anything you own, and she can’t act on her own.

Jacobsen: When did you find ex-Muslims? How is this community important for you?

Mooh: I have seen an Ex-Muslim in everyone who questioned religion for the sake of justice and equality. I found an Ex-Muslim in myself when I rejected the commandments of religion. Society nurtures the generations of tomorrow.

Jacobsen: How did you get asylum? What is the story there? What is your current status now?

Mooh: I left the religion of Islam and this puts me in danger of being killed. I have the right to be in a country that protects me and protects my family. Now I live in an apartment here temporarily, until my necessary legal application procedures are finished.

Jacobsen: What is the proper way to get ex-Muslims asylum?

Mooh: The correct way is the legal way, of course, not cheating.

Jacobsen: How can people reach out ex-Muslims who are in a difficult time of life respectfully?

Mooh: It is easy to access them on social media pages. There are those who are forced to claim that they are Muslims, and Arab feminists and homosexuals and others who are suffering and afraid of the volume of threats and intimidation and insults and cursing, and these things are frustrating and painful.

Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts based on the conversation today?

Mooh: I think there is so much to be said, but I just want to say that every human being has the right to live in dignity.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Doha.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

It’s Raining, It’s Pouring

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/22

In the ongoing, decades-long wave of decline in the attendance, adherence, and outright belief in Christianity in the advanced industrial economies, especially in the light of the Roman Catholic Christian Church continuing to produce legal-worthy scandals, recent news came out reflecting this, which produced a conference with associated content by the Vatican as well.

This time, it was in Germany. Over the last 18 years, the Roman Catholic Church closed more than 500 churches. Over the next decade, a similar trend is projected for the Netherlands as well. The phenomena is spreading around the world, according to Father Pawel Malecha.

That is to say, within the internal reportage of the Vatican, the decline within the church, in specific countries and regions, continues unabated and retains its border crossing abilities. Here we come to the fulcrum, the question of whether the Christian Church will experience a revivalist spirit or a steady, albeit bumpy, decline into the future, except in those born into the faith.

The closed churches have been used for purposes deemed unfit for Catholic uses. This includes the deconsecration of churches “for a pornographic exhibition.” Some churches have been forced to close due to the expenses of lawsuits based on the sexual abuse scandals within their particular history.

This is the trend and a growing one, in geographic extent and population-based-rate.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Waleed Al-Husseini on 2019 for French Ex-Muslims

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/18

Waleed Al-Husseini founded the Council of Ex-Muslims of France. He escaped the Palestinian Authority after torture and imprisonment in Palestine to Jordan and then France. Here we talk about 2019.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Looking into 2019, what are the prospects for increased secularization of France?

Waleed Al-Husseini: Our secularism is dangerous in 2019. We are losing. They were talking about reforming the law of 1905 at this time. I don’t agree with doing this now. Because they are doing this bless Muslims and Islamists, and let more Islamic values into society.

To be more clear, I’m with reforming it to go forward not backward, like what they will do now. I want to keep all religions and religious values out of public life.

That’s why our fight now should not let this happen. We should stand up against it and show the dangers of this.

Jacobsen: How robust is the ex-Muslim network within France?

Al-Husseini: We are still the same, standing for our values, but now we work more and more with other secular organizations in France to show the dangers of Islamism and to be part of the defense of secularism in France.

That, in general, will work, but for ex-Muslims, we still follow some cases in Arabic countries who face ‘justice’ for blasphemy. In France, we still meet to support each other and to not feel alone in this belief and kind of discussion about the situations in Islamic countries.

Jacobsen: What are the channels for the ex-Muslims to challenge religious fundamentalisms and find asylum within countries?

Al-Husseini: There not real channels. We, in just some cases, contact the human rights organizations to talk and try help the ex-Muslims. The rest is to help here more in France. We just give the testimony to be acceptable of asylum.

That’s the maximum that we can do: the testimony for the time being. To fight fundamentalists, it will require more, especially working with other organizations and publishing articles in the name of all of us to face the dangers of Islamism.

That’s what we do now. They talk in the media more and more. By this way of changing the thinking of people, we make them understand the dangers through a different way.

Jacobsen: Who are more prominent anti-ex-Muslim figureheads within France now? What is being done about them?

Al-Husseini: The most anti-ex-Muslim groups in France are these Islamist organizations who just attack us. It is an injustice all the time. They try to make us stop talking. There a lot of these types of organizations. Also, we don’t forget the Far Left who attack us in the name of racism: imagine that.

But also, the real dangers of some Muslims recognizing us in the streets and, literally, attacking us. We’re attacked because we’re ex-Muslims. The situation is complicated here.

Jacobsen: What should the government be doing, but simply isn’t, to protect the nation’s ex-Muslims who are, statistically, more unsafe than others?

Al-Husseini: As said before, the situation is complicated in France and the government can’t do many things, especially now with all these manifestations of yellow jacket in France. The government have a lot of things on their hands, but they can arrest the individuals who call for killing us and killing others like us.

However, you can see how things are complicated even with terrorists’ attacks.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Waleed.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen founded In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Hawking as a Feminist

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/16

One of the greatest scientific minds of the 20th century and early 21st century, Stephen Hawking, was a not only a great astrophysicist but also an insightful commentator and rights activist.

His prominence provided a platform. One which he used wisely and justly in speaking for the rights of women.

An important note to his life in an era of renewed pushback against equality with Bolsonaro in Brazil, Duterte in the Philippines, Putin in Russia, Kim Jong Un in North Korea, Trump in America, Xi Jinping in China, and other antifeminists — to be read as anti-women’s rights, anti-equality, and, thus, anti-women.

In an interview with Piers Morgan, Hawking put the clamp down on the sexist commentary of Morgan.

As reported, “Back in March 2017, Morgan mentioned that having five important female leaders at the highest positions in Britain is probably the “scientific evidence” gender equality needs.”

Hawking replied that this is not scientific proof of gender equality that is required but, rather, that “women are at least the equals of men or better.” Noting, Prime Minister Theresa May, the Queen, Scottish First Minister Nicola Sturgeon, Home Secretary Amber Rudd, and Met Police Commissioner Cressida Dick shifted the landscape.

While at the same time, this was not the case in the private sector. When asked about acceptance, and to the point, about identification as a feminist or not, Hawking replied, “Yes. I have always supported women’s rights.”

References

IndiaToday.In. (2018, March 14). Throwback: The time Stephen Hawking proved he’s a staunch feminis. Retrieved from thttps://www.indiatoday.in/lifestyle/celebrity/story/stephen-hawking-stephen-hawking-dead-stephen-hawking-died-76-feminist-1188871-2018-03-14.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Add Water

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/16

Evolution is the theory of life. Any deviancy simply asks, “How wrong are you?”, rather than, “What alternatives?”

Often, in the creationist community, as seems typical among religious fundamentalists, the leaders are lunatics, exploitative, or ignorant. The followers are often exploited or kept at a low cultural level, including science as culture — knowledge, and process.

My sympathies are with the followers and not the leaders in the sense.

You can ask, “How old is the Earth?” Creationist in public won’t answer or can’t answer, typically. Nonetheless, several paths of evidence, including multiple types of radiometric dating, for example, point to a 4.54-billion-year-old Earth. Biblical literalists estimate 6,000–10,000 years.

One of these is incorrect, to quote Eddie Izzard.

Its other obvious lines of evidence come from the gradualism in other sciences rather than the nonsensical notion of instantaneous creation of any life. Gestation of a child takes time.

For some time, two schools competed: catastrophism and gradualism. Then gradualism simply won out. Things evolve slowly over time. Solar systems develop over longer periods of time. Universes change and unfold slowly over deep time too. Human beings grow and mature in predictable stages too. Not all at once; all signs point to gradualism.

One pseudoscience, as he works from pseudohistorical documents — including the Bible — Velikovsky, posited catastrophism and garners many followers on the fringe today, of various stripes of creationist.

A form of catastrophism in the Solar System to explain biblical events with stellar, planetary, and astronomical events, the flood for Noah, the plagues visited upon Egypt, and so on. It’s not science. Why?

It assumes certain things as true then works backward to suit the (Biblical/religious) narrative rather than form the theory based on the evidence from the experiments first. It’s backward in the scientific process and, therefore, pseudoscience.

The proper, and a bad joke, response as to how things arose as life: add water or add time.

Things change slow relative to us, because of long reproductive lifespans — 20–30 years between generations and increasing. Bacteria adapt faster because of faster reproductive cycles. We see an adaptation of organisms to different environments.

With the small adaptations within a species, we simply come to the next notion: take 4.54 billion years, “add ‘water’” or simply add time, and the small changes become the phenomena like speciation.

That is to say, changes within the species over long periods of time leads to speciation or creation of new species. We have, in practical terms, an infinite amount of time to work with here. The theological notions for this are kinds.

But since the Christian God created kinds as extant today, they cannot change into new kinds, as this would violate the principles of God’s creation; therefore, the terms one can find in some Christian universities, for example, are micro-evolution, change within species, as a reality, and macro-evolution, change into another species, as an impossibility.

In some places, this is dogma, and it’s wrong. In particular, “kind” remains a theological term, and a creationist one, and not a biological sciences terms. Species is the biological sciences term. “Kinds” implying a religious world and catastrophism — an incorrect view; “species” implying evolution, gradualism, and biological sciences — a correct view. Why the latter?

Some species become isolated in a bottleneck, geographically, from others, say via geological shifts or climatic events. This can take hundreds of thousands and millions of years for speciation. Adaptive mutations slowly conform to the developing group of the former species to the new environment, where it has been forced by external events to remain now.

Over sufficient time, more bad or useless mutations produce mediocre organisms but others produce functional mutations slightly more advantageous to the organisms in the context of the new and myriad environmental pressures there.

It could even be maintained as a species for millions and millions of years. Some organisms simply do not have pressure to change because of stable geologic conditions for millions of years, whether on land or in the sea. Sometimes, as with Neanderthals, there can be both genocide and interbreeding.

Our ancestors killed them and mated with them. In genetic studies, we have about 3% Neanderthal DNA in us. But the pathways to speciation can be multiple. The bottleneck is one example with new environmental challenges.

What happens to those unable to adapt over time? They die. Survival of the fittest simply meant — not strongest, fastest, and most intelligent but — better suited to the current environment.

One example is human beings and chimpanzees, bonobos, gorillas. We share common ancestry, as animals and primates, with precursors millions of years ago. We evolved differently or founded different evolutionary pathways for survival and reproduction.

We can trace a 100,000-year genome history from the Great Rift Valley to every part of the globe including 12,000–15,000 years ago to North America across the Bering Land Bridge during the last major ice age.

Our earliest archaeological evidence of Indigenous populations in Canada date about the same time. It is about the convergence of evidence in archaeology, in genetics, in geology, and then the massive fossil collections all around the world.

Another, which is only one set of lines of evidence, is, as you mentioned, forms of radiometric dating relevant time periods, whether deep geological time in the tens of millions of years or the deep human recorded history time of only several thousands of years.

Carbon-14 is the most famous. But there’s probably more than a dozen including Potassium-Argon. There are many in use at this time. The decay rate of them provides the relative estimates. The radioactive elements have certain half-lives, which help give estimates — plus or minus — as to the age of things.

Different telescope magnifications help for different magnitude research questions in astronomy similar to different radiometric dating methods help for temporal research questions in geology, archaeology, and so on.

In theological terms, this creates new “kinds,” against biblical assertions, or, in biological sciences terms, new “species,” in line with modern unguided evolutionary theory.

These amount to functional explanations about the world with evidence, theories to encapsulate them, and reason to link them.

This is different than narrative a la the Bible then fitting everything to it: the Bible says on the first day in Genesis, etc., the Garden of Eden, Adam from dirt, Eve from rib, snake tempting Eve, Eve tempting Adam to eat of the fruit of the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil, this the Fall, etc., virgin birth of the Son of God, death-burial-resurrection, and forgiveness of sins for a new life in Christ.

An easy first question: what evidence of the Garden? If none, then no Fall, and if no Fall, no need for Christ. This aside. Where is the functional explanation of the world akin to the above based on your question?

The short of the long to the example question: human beings are either supernatural creatures or part of the natural world, or created or evolved. Evidence states: humans evolved and, hence, we come from the natural world and exist as part of it.

As such, what did humans evolve from here? Answer: a common descent from pre-human mammals, which makes humans cousins, evolutionarily speaking for the species, with chimpanzees, bonobos, and gorillas who exist today. We did not come from monkeys but share common evolutionary roots.

To get it: nature simply added water.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Religious Ideologues Block Gay and Straight Alliance Formations

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/15

According to Global News, there are continual roadblocks and struggles for the establishment of gay and straight alliances or GSAs at schools in some parts of the country.

For example, we can look at the situation in Calgary, where safe spaces for LGBTQ+ students continue to be a concern for “teachers and students.” In that, there is deliberate prevention of their establishment.

One student, Jane McNeil, at St. Jean Brebeuf Catholic school in Calgary, Alberta, was referred to a school counselor who said, “He’d go, ‘It’s like this: it’s OK to be left-handed, as long as you write with your right hand.’”

She had, recently, come out as a lesbian there. This was at the start of 2016’s school year. The Alberta Education Minister, David Eggen, penned an open letter with an affirmation of the right of students to form GSAs, as one might expect in a civilized society.

Often, the opposition to the LGBTQ+ community comes from religious fundamentalists and chauvinists who complain about identity politics, where they assert the LGBTQ+ ‘agenda,’ in their terminology, is an ideological position.

When, in fact, the Biblical notion of only two sexes and things coming in “kinds” is both known to be pseudoscience and the original ideologue position. The world is more complicated than the philosophy for kids, or the “childish” — to quote Einstein, found in the supposedly holy text. One enforced on much of the North American society, which is slowly being sloughed off as if a snake molting.

MacNeil, in reaction to the letter, exclaimed, “I was like, ‘Ya! This is the greatest thing that’s ever happened to me! I don’t know if there’s any other gay people here but I can make a safe space for us.’”

The mother of MacNeil spoke to the principal about the creation of a GSA. Immediately, there were blockades by religious ideologues or those possessed by the fervor and zeal of fundamentalist religious ideology.

MacNeil wanted to label the GSA, “GSA”, fair enough. “We voted on the name at least three times… I think if I had just called mine ‘Skittles’ or something, maybe it would be running, but I was determined.”

However, even one year after the GSAs being protected by law, the Catholic system insiders — teachers, six of them, remaining anonymous — spoke about the blockades being put in place to prevent their formation, i.e., religious ideologues chauvinistically preventing the affirmation and implementation of the rights of others in favor of their assumed rights as a religious people.

It is the common narrative of the religious enactment of rights for themselves, at times, and the denial of rights for others, often the LGBTQ+ community or the non-religious in general.

One teacher stated, “I’ve heard of different clubs out there in the Calgary Catholic system called spectrum, or saga, or sassy, or rainbow club or different things… but never GSA.”

The Global News team agreed to anonymity for the six Catholic school teachers based on the real fear to their careers and professional lives. MacNeil noted the group was closely monitored by the principal.

Jennifer Woo, the director of instructional services for religion and family life at the Calgary Catholic School District said, “Of course we follow the School Act and we do have policies and procedures in place which can be reviewed and supported by the ministry.”

Eggen remarked that the law states students have the right to have a GSA and then to call the GSA what they wish. Within four months of going out to create the GSA, MacNeil simply switch schools to a public one, now, she is as stated to be “an outspoken advocate for LGBTQ students.”

MacNeil opined, “I was so sick… I was sick from trying to make myself have a safe space, from trying not to cry in religion class, from trying to be as I was.” Now, still a believer in God, she concluded, “I am devout, just in my own way.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

New Humanist Event in Nigeria

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/09

Leo Igwe is the founder of the Nigerian Humanist Movement and former Western and Southern African representative of the International Humanist and Ethical Union. He is among the most prominent African non-religious people from the African continent. When he speaks, many people listen in a serious way.

He holds a Ph.D. from the Bayreuth International School of African Studies at theUniversity of Bayreuth in Germany, having earned a graduate degree in Philosophy from the University of Calabar in Nigeria. Here we talk about a new humanist event.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Looking at the landscape of belief in Nigeria, why is this new event important to maintain the excitement of the secular community there?

Dr. Leo Igwe: This event is important in several respects. First, it is the first of its kind because, at this event, humanists, atheists, agnostics, and freethinkers in Nigeria are meeting to discuss an unusual topic: Leaving Religion.

Humanists are convening to share their stories and experiences. Too often, people who are persecuted for leaving a religion or for renouncing religious beliefs suffer physical attacks and psychological abuses.

Those who are critical of religious icons and doctrines are threatened, harassed and intimidated. Unfortunately, there are no spaces for non-believers, those who exit or question religions to discuss their persecutions and experiences.

Thus, many non-believers live in fear. They suffer silently. Those who doubt or disbelieve religious claims think that they are alone and that their persecution is normal because those who persecute non-believers do so with impunity.

This convention provides a rare and historic platform to break the silence and give the doubters and disbelievers a space to share their stories and register their concerns.

This event is also important because it sends a very important message to the Nigerian society, that there are Nigerians who doubt or disbelieve religious claims, that Nigeria has a vibrant secular community.

In addition, the dominant impression is that the religious public treat others kindly and compassionately including non-believers. In fact, there is seldom the case. This event draws attention to the religious cruelties, to the various ways that the religious maltreat those who exit religion.

Jacobsen: How does this build on prior events?

Igwe: In the past, meetings have been organized to provide a rationalist and humanist perspective to witchcraft related abuses, Osu caste system, religious extremism, and related human rights abuses etc.

These programs presuppose that rationalists and humanists exist in Nigeria but they do not say a lot regarding the conditions and circumstances under which they live and operate.

This convention fulfills that purpose. It builds on the previous activities by focusing on the predicament of humanists and rationalists in the country.

Jacobsen: What will be the highlights of the event?

Igwe: The program will highlight the stories and experiences of those who have abandoned religion and those who are trying to do so. There will be testimonies from those who left the Christian, Islamic and traditional religion.

They will recount their struggles with their families, friends and the community at large. At this event, those who have exited religion will explain the reasons and justifications for their actions. They will also get to meet other apostates in a friendly and welcoming environment.

Jacobsen: What is the main reason for the humanists to attend this event in Nigeria?

Igwe: To get the world to know that they exist and to understand that there is a non-religious demography in this very religious nation. Humanists need to register the fact that the rights, lives, and interests of non-believers matter.

As I noted, humanists need to know that they are not alone. And that those who are persecuted for leaving religion, or for being critical of religion will not walk alone.

Jacobsen: Why is community important for the humanists in Nigeria?

Igwe: A community is a necessity for humanists because one potent mechanism that religious believers use to undermine humanism is ostracization.

They sanction those who exit religion or those who live as non-religious persons. Religious believers cut off family and community ties. They treat non-believers as social outcasts.

Building a community is critical in beating back the tide of persecution and abuse that humanists suffer in Nigeria.

Jacobsen: Where is it? Where can people find out more about it?

Igwe: This event is taking place in Abuja, which is the capital of Nigeria. Abuja is actually in central Nigeria where there have been clashes between Islamic jihadists, herdsmen and Christians.

More information about the event can be found here https://iheu.org/event/abuja-humanist-convention/

Jacobsen: Any other information?

Igwe: People who leave religion or who question religious beliefs live in constant fear of their lives, their jobs, businesses, and family relationships.

This is because sanctioning, sometimes violently those who renounce religions or those who criticize religious claims has been part of the religious tradition.

Religion is so visible in Africa mainly because the religious do everything overtly and covertly to suppress, oppress, undermine, exclude and make invisible irreligious and non-religious persons and perspectives.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Igwe

Igwe: It’s been my pleasure.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Onkar Sharma on ‘Justifications’ for Circumcision and FGM

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/02

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the standard justifications for circumcision, where you live, and around the world?

Onkar Sharma: It’s very much practiced all over. As for circumcision, in European countries, it is not practiced as a rule. Now there is a ban; unless, sexual health demands it.

Muslims and Jews quote religion-based tradition. The campaign has been started by groups of young men all over the USA. They are trying hard to ask policymakers to put a ban on such practices. Hindus generally do not practice it. In rare cases, on health grounds but by medical doctors.

Jacobsen: Are justifications for circumcision legitimate or illegitimate? Why are these, typically, imposed on men with circumcision and on women with FGM?

Sharma: It is not legitimate and should be banned all over unless Medical condition (phimosis) calls for it.

Circumcision in no way can prevent masturbation. In fact, it increases the urge for sex masturbation is the way to still the urge. More men with circumcised penises masturbate than those without.

Yes, its primary intention was that, even in ancient times, and, more generally, to diminish sexual pleasure for the male. According to religion, sex was supposed to be for procreation, and not for pleasure.

Jacobsen: What would reduce the rate of implementation of them? How can policymakers and health professionals inform the public for health campaigns to reduce this practice based on ignorance?

Sharma: Absolutely correct. If the natural human body were so unhealthy, then Hinduism (Sanatan Dharma) would have disappeared in India centuries ago.

In yoga, the tradition is that the body is the finest tool for achieving wisdom, integrity, and wholeness as a human being, and that, as such, the whole body is to be protected against any non-essential mutilation.

Of course, in the very rare cases of medical necessity, medical intervention is preferable to serious health problems or death.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mr. Sharma.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Most Canadians identify as Christian: Indigenous spirituality and culture compatible with Christianity

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/02

More than 2/3rds of Canadians self-identified as Indigenous also identify as Christian.

One of the 94 recommendations of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission into residential schools included the church’s reconciliation with Canada’s First Nations people. The church recently offered a commitment to reconciliation, one day shy of the March 31 deadline.

The National Indigenous Bishop for the Anglican Church of Canada, Mark MacDonald, delivered his church’s so-called “commitment to reconcile” with Canada’s First Nations people, March 30, 2016, confirming that the church will never partner with cultural genocide, affirming the UN declaration on rights of indigenous people. MacDonald highlighted the new relationship moving forward stating “the churches have said that they will be partners to us in life in a way that before they were partners with what brought so much pain and misery.”

The church’s commitment is an important one for many First Nations people. Not just because of the role Canadian churches played in the residential school system but because today, two-thirds of aboriginal Canadians identify as Christians.

We don’t have a church building. Our faith is built into our culture and our belief that God is with us is built into our traditions.- Jillian Harris, Indigenous Christian studying to become a priest

The Current wanted to explore the future of this relationship and where churches need to go from here to deliver on their promise to reconcile.

  • Mark MacDonald, Canada’s first National Indigenous Anglican Bishop.
  • Cecile Smith, residential school survivor from the Fishing Lake First Nation.
  • Jillian Harris, residential school survivor, and currently a master’s student at the Vancouver School of Theology Native Ministries Program.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Indian Fashion

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/26

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your background? How did you get here?

Prateek: So, I was born in India. I am Indian. I went to a boarding school. Post that, I didn’t go to college. I was trying to be a jack of all trades back then. I started a few small — I wouldn’t say completely startups, but I kept doing a few things just to make money, so walking into a startup.

It was compensating for the fact that I didn’t go to college, so it was learning in the real world. Post that, I applied to a couple of jobs in New York because I always wanted to live there and also of all the jobs that I applied to, only one company got back, which was JP Morgan. I was offered a couple of rounds of interviews. I got the job.

I still do not understand why because I was extremely under qualified for the job, for the position. However, because I so wanted to be there and work, everything fell in place because of that. So, I didn’t get through.

I worked there for a half a year and I realized, that is when I realized, that this is not what I want, this is not what I to do. I would follow something that I enjoy. That was a battle — fashion design, art, all of that.

So, then I could go back to studying, go to a fashion school, a design school, and use whatever money I had saved over a year and a half of working at JP Morgan, I could use that money to start my own brand.

So, the latter seemed a little more probable idea, although it could fail miserably because you do not have a fashion background, that seemed more sensible. I started developing the idea, took about a year.

During that period, I was visiting many factories to see how products were made, where fabrics come from, visiting farms to see where the cotton grows and all of it, just trying to go behind the scene.

That is when I realized that how — what a big, we are in such a mess. How terrible the factories are, how the working conditions are pathetic, the farms are bad; farmers are in debt. The supply chain has completely screwed up.

The middlemen are making lots of money. They’re exploiting everyone else: the farmers or the workers. All the problems that the fashion industry faces started coming to light. India is a good place to know that because it is hard because labor laws are so strong in the US, say, any developed country.

That it is very hard for someone to practice in unethical ways. It is not easy to have a garment factory in the US and exploit because labor laws are very strong there. The owners can be taken, strict action can be taken; although, there are many.

There are a few unfairly run garment workshops in America, but the number is far, far bigger when it is India, Bangladesh, Turkey, Pakistan. So, that is why India was a good place to understand what goes behind the scene. So, when I visited a couple of places to see how the products are made.

So, I always pretended to be a buyer just so they let me in. Otherwise, you can’t just walk into a factory and say, “I want to see it.” There were many emails exchanged before. I was, “Okay, I live here and there. I want to place so many orders and blah, blah, blah…I want to see your factory and all of that.”

Once I went, that is when I realized how this is messed up. then you keep going, keep going back to the chain. You go to the factories, then you see where the thing happens. You see the farm. You interact with the farmers, then you read a lot about it.

That is when I realized this needs to be changed. I know it is not something that can happen overnight, in a year or two, because the fashion industry is surely old and it is been set in its ways, but a small start of doing things the correct way, so to say, or differently, can lead to a bigger change in times to come.

So, I decided to set up a small workshop where we would work — that is when the whole planning thing happened. Now, we need to change this, how can we do that. So, of course, that is when the sustainability side came in.

Okay, we need to be ethical. We need to pay the workers properly. We need to have proper working conditions. We need to provide them with safety measures. When they’re working during the day, they need to be given lunch at subsidized prices.

When you actually uplift the standard of the workers, you see what’s wrong with other factories and workshops and you try and change that. So, you try implementing ways where you can bring in that change.

So, those things took about 18 months to get in place, to understand what’s happening, to understand how the product is made because I knew what I wanted. I knew the designs. I could design. I know what colors I want. This is the print I want; this is how the product should look, this is the fit I want.

But how to make that? I had absolutely had no idea. I didn’t know what cotton to use. So, there was trial and error, lots of learning, lots of visiting these factories, which now I know. So, that is when the whole ethical component.

Then I realized how cotton is having a very negative impact on the fields, on the environment in general, because it is one of the most chemical consuming crops. So, that is when the idea of being organic arose.

The first few t-shirts we made three and a half years ago, as a trial to understand how a t-shirt is made. Not to use organic cotton because we didn’t know about it. Then once we started wearing them to test them and to wash them, I felt itchy. I didn’t like it.

Okay, how should we improve this? That is when I started studying, started understanding and reading about cotton and fabrics. That is where organic cotton came into place. So, let’s visit factories that have knit organic cotton.

So, we started visiting them. Then we started visiting farms that grow organic cotton. So, if you say it is organic cotton, I just can’t believe it is organic cotton. I need to see how it is done. I need to prove that it actually is organic cotton.

So, we spend some time there trying to understand how it is all there. Of course, they’re all certified, but still, farmers, visiting those farms, seeing how it is grown, what fertilizers are used, if natural manure is used and so on.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did things play out next for you?

Prateek: That is when I decided, “Let’s implement, let’s be organic, let’s just go 100 percent organic. Maybe, we’ll have temptations. Maybe, we’ll have limited fabrics to work with, limited colors to work with, but it’ll be the best fit to go forward.”

So, that is how, but again there were many hurdles. Organic cotton is just 2 percent of all the cotton in the world. It is so hard to acquire it, as into source organic cotton because what little is grown, usually many bigger companies, they tend to buy it.

The fabrics sell off quickly. So, for us to be able to source organic cotton and get good quality of organic cotton was tough, I had to pester this Indian company. It is one of the best in the world for its organic cotton.

They were initially being reluctant to even meet. It took almost two months of sending them an email every day and going to their office every single day, just beating the door down basically. I will not take “no” for an answer.

I need to meet this person who owns the company. I need to meet him. Every single day, I used to send him an email, go to his office, try to fix a meeting. Over time, he knew who I was, then he eventually did agree to meet me.

I said, “Okay, I know we are a very small company. We are just starting off. I cannot match up to the buyers that you have, but I do want to work on this. I know you can supply. I know you can give you whatever fabrics you have.”

So, eventually, he agreed and we came down to a fixed price and all of that. So, he agreed to give us stock fabrics. For example, if a bigger company orders for 500 kilograms of x color and they end up taking, say, 400 or 450 kilograms, so whatever is left, the other 50, he would give it to me, at a subsidized price.

So, my limitation, I cannot choose a color. I cannot choose a fabric, but at least I’m getting organic fabrics, and then I used to design according to what fabrics or colors that we have. So, I’ve never been to fashion school.

The easiest thing for me to design was a t-shirt because I wear them. I know what I would want and how I would want them to be. So, that was the easiest for us, to start with, so I started with about 9 t-shirts in the first round, where we made 50 pieces of each.

By the time we came up, then, of course, we took about 6 months to barely sell half of them. But that gave us a lot of feedback. Okay, these are the things that we need to improve, these are the things that are nice, people like the quality, the print quality, the neck, whatever issues that came back, the feedback was constructive.

So, by the time we moved down to a second collection, it was much wider. We had about 20 t-shirts. The quantity was also a bit more. We had overcome the negatives of what the first batch had to offer.

Now, we are in our third season where we are approximately 80 styles, including sweatshirts, tank tops, t-shirts, and so on. We still have not been able to push our sales as much as we would like to, but it is definitely better than what it was compared to the first season.

So, that is how it all started and that is where we got here.

When you’re buying the t-shirt that you’re wearing, you do not know where it comes from, how it is being made. It is only when you go behind the scene. Sometimes, I actually fail to understand how a company, say, Zara, or H&M, how they have a new collection every 15 days.

I do not understand that. Today, we have a fashion week. For example, usually big companies like Gucci or Louis Vuitton, they come up with the fashion week, when they showcase the collection in fashion week; they’re always six months ahead.

For example, spring/summer 2017 would be showcased in December 2016. December 2016 is when a big brand would showcase their collection of what they’re going to launch six months from now.

What Zara does is pretty much offer the fashion show within 15 days, apply the same concept into more ready to wear stuff and then they launch in stores; so, I’m baffled. How do they do that in 15 days? Do they have robots working for them, or are they making those products on a ship, and by the time the ship docks at a new place, at the store, the products are done?

So, when you’re buying these products. You never realize what goes behind the scenes. Only when you actually go and check these factories out. I did visit factories with H&M, Zara, and other people like these.

These brands make their products and most of them are made in India. That is when I realized, the whole interest towards articles — that is when I came to know that. Now, there’s an opportunity for us to change things, to bring about the change.

So, that is when I got interested in ethical and sustainable fashion.

Jacobsen: How did your educational/professional experience inform fashion work?

Prateek: I was always interested in art design, clothes. I was always designing, selecting clothes for other people or for myself, or even looking at that. Or even looking at people who were wearing nice things and getting inspired by that. So, there was always that.

Then I knew that this is the product line I want and this is the design I have in mind and that is how I want to do it. However, I also feel all my work experiences of, say working in a startup, starting small businesses when I was in school, or little financial deals that I have because I studied finance while I was in school.

So, all of that did inform the fashion work. Then, of course, working with JP Morgan where you are always crunching numbers, that did help me a budget or negotiate prices. Trying to come up with the cost model, where we can make things in the budget and then also be able to sell it, all of that stuff.

So, that experience helps. All the things inclined towards fashion and design. That did help me develop the idea and the plan. The importance of it is very high. So I know, as I said, the change cannot be overnight or repeated over a year or two.

It is a movement; it is an evolution in its own way. So, it would take time. It also comes under the conscience of the person who was behind the brand. People who are running the brand. When they genuinely want to be ethical and sustainable, they will be.

If one of these bigger companies genuinely wants to be ethical, they have all the money in the world to do so. If they want to be environmentally friendly, they have all the money in the world to do so.

But the fact is, for them, profits are so important and they need to answer their shareholders and investors that they do not care about the whole sustainable and ethical part of fashion. All they’re concerned about is if they made 10 billion dollars in season 1.

They need to make 15 billion dollars in season 2. It is the people running the company who need to be genuinely interested in being ethical and sustainable. So, no matter what, they will not care about them or they would focus on ethical and sustainable fashion.

For example, I find it funny when H&M says that they have this conscious collection. Or an eco-friendly collection.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: It becomes a niche within their entire market rather than the entire market for them.

Prateek: Yes, but it is sticking because consumers are for the ride if you can take out those ten t-shirts and those ten pants, ethically made, why can’t you do that with the other 99 percent of your collection?

If you can do that for 1 percent of your collection, what is stopping you from taking the other 99 percent the same way? So, you’re doing exactly what they’re doing to make the other products. They’re just labeling it ethically made or organic, and then they’re charging 5 or 10 dollars extra on top of that.

So, they’re selling the same product to the same consumer, but saying that it is all packaged well and all goody good — and they’re charging 10 dollars more. That is how I see it. If you can get 100 t-shirts out of the ones that you’re making per year if you can make one which is ethical and sustainable and organic, what is stopping you from changing the other 99 percent?

So, it is a farce in the company when H&M does that. Genuinely ethical brands — it is either 100 percent or it is not. You can’t be selective. This 1 percent of our collection is ethical and the other is not.

It is just good marketing and trying to have a good feeling. So, it is very important for bigger brands to actually consciously take steps to do that, but because the company stops them from doing so, then that lets smaller companies like ours come up or other smaller brands around the world.

There’s many of them coming up right now. It is very important. That is where the extension of a brand also comes in because we realize that many smaller brands and designers do not have the platform to sell whatever they make and many them, even locally many they have very sustainable collections.

Everything is ethical. So, we have this additional platform on our website where we curate smaller designers who do not have a presence online or offline but are ethical, sustainable, are using organic and natural fabrics, are using local fabrics, so we are giving them a platform to showcase their work also.

So, if you go on our website, you see the women’s collection, the kid’s collection, are all curated from these designers. These small local designers or brands, which do not have a presence.

So, that is why it is important to even give these designers and companies a platform to sell.

So, that is another addition to what has been recently started just in a couple of months. It was important for buyers and sellers. It is all a cycle when you become a part of it. It is the importance of being a fair trade.

Many people can say it is fair trade, to be honest. How do you verify it? That is where the certification becomes a little important, but eventually, it is eventually the conscience of the brand that would make them fair or not.

It is very important to buy fair trade. But how do you determine what is fair trade or not? It is very tough. So, what is the importance of fair trade products for buyers? The thing I feel good about being sustainable and fair trade is because our products would last longer than a fast fashion product.

So, bigger brands, they intentionally made products which do not go beyond six months or eight months because then that would push you to buy their new collection. Whereas our products, we make that no matter how many times you wash them, it still looks good.

It looks new. You can wear them over seasons, over years; you can put them aside for a couple of months and then bring them out again. They’ll still hold strong. So, it is very important to buy fair trade products because there’s good quality assurance there.

Then you’re getting a nice product, which would last you longer. So, in the long run, you do end up saving money also. Emma Watson is doing a good job when it comes to supporting ethical fashion. She’s quite vocal about it as well.

She tends to opt for brands or even local designers that do. That is actively ethical and sustainable. So, she is a leader. So, the brand started with the name, which I just came up with. We were scribbling words actually all over this big board that we had at our garage where we started out from and the two names, the two words “brown” and “boy” happened to be next to each other.

We liked the whole name. It doesn’t have any meaning to it, but it just sounds interesting and sticks to you. And, so that is why we just stuck with that name. It sits about being ethical, sustainable.

Also, we are one of the few brands that are ethical and sustainable. We feel that we’ve taken much more responsibility on ourselves for being frontrunners in other things that we believe in.

For example, we were one of the first brands in the world to feature a trans model.

So, we feel that we can use the platform of our brand. We can use the platform of our brand to stand up for things that we believe in, including ethical practices and sustainability, now we are vegan also.

Plus, to promote, or to stand up for equal rights, there is an idea. I came across a friend of mine who is trans, who is transgender, so we decided to feature him in our catalog and actively talk about it so that there is acceptance.

Similarly, we do the same thing for LGBT all over the world, particularly in countries where it is illegal too. Particularly, where it is illegal or where it is a criminal offense to be gay; so, we are actively supporting groups that are doing that, and we are speaking about it.

We also spoke in favor of saving refugees, for equal rights for women. We recently partnered with a small Canadian company. They make a paddle for men, women, and kids and a percent of their revenue goes towards children in underprivileged India.

So, we are partnering with brands. We are talking with another small movement in the US where we went from the new collection that we will be launching soon. We will be putting an orange zig-zag tag, on the side.

It is about creating awareness about child abuse. So, we are always constantly partnering and looking out for things that we believe in that needs topics to be discussed, things that we need to stand on.

So, we actively fight for LGBT rights in India, because it is illegal — it is a criminal offense to be gay in India, so we do fight for that. We do fight for trans rights here, and other places as well, and for Syrian refugees.

Talking about these topics and actively using the brand to fight for equal rights in our own small way, I know we are not creating a revolution, but probably even if one person, even if we reach out to one person and we change their minds a bit, or we force them to think, we would consider ourselves as successful in some way.

Those are the few things. We are also working on a few other ideas of how we can actively push these things at the forefront and talk about them. So, these are one of the few things that we as a brand have taken upon us to do.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are some of the featured products?

Prateek: So, we started off with t-shirts because that was honestly the easiest thing to design in terms of fit, of the pattern. Then we move onto sweatshirts, tank tops, pants. Now, we are working on a women’s collection as well.

My personal favorite is the upcycle collection where, when you’re working, the package we work on, the package we design, we are trying to minimize waste also. So, when we are cutting a t-shirt, a lot of extra fabric goes to waste.

So, we have put our pattern in such a way that we maximize the output per kilogram of fabric and eventually, there is some amount of waste that will come out. That is something you cannot do without.

If you are cutting a fabric, there is a waste. But we can minimize that. What is left of fabrics we have, we come up with this upcycle collection. So, now, it is combining two fabrics or adding a pocket to a fabric or using that extra fabric, the waste fabric, the cuts, and incorporating them in design in such a way that we do not have to throw them in landfills.

We can use them in making designs. We send for recycling, to the factories where we bought our fabric from. So, part of it goes into recycling, but a large part of it, we try to incorporate it into our design.

So, if you see our upcycle design, it is cross patterns, or having pockets or using multiple colors in the same t-shirt. So, these are all additional fabrics. That is one of our features; it is something I’m quite excited about because it is minimizing waste and then creating an entirely new collection out of it.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your customer base — the demographics?

The customer base and demographics, anyone who is ethically inclined or conscious about where their product comes from would be our customer base. If you compare our prices to other brands, other ethical and organic brands; our pricing is far lower than what they have priced.

That is also intensive because I do not want it to be a snobby brand, first of all. Secondly, I want young people, you and I, to be part of the whole movement. Now, a young person who is just out of or just in college or is about to start a job does not have 60, 70 dollars to pay for a t-shirt.

But if they’re paying 20 dollars for a t-shirt at Zara or H&M or even 20 to 25 dollars, then if you price an ethical and organic product at the same amount then they will be pushed towards buying, choosing ethical.

So, trying to price our products as any other regular brand would do, so that young people are thinking, “Okay, I have a choice. Should I buy a 25-dollar shirt from Zara or should I buy a 25-dollar shirt from a brown boy — a t-shirt that is ethical, organic, and would last me much longer than 3 washes?”

So, that is why they’re consciously priced compared. If you’re adding all the discounts we are giving, sometimes it comes lower than that. So, this is something that we are consciously doing so that young people come into the whole cycle of choosing ethical.

They do not have to be a hipster or they do not have to pay 50 bucks, 60 bucks, for a t-shirt and then show off about it. They can be ethical. They can be sustainable, organic, at a low price for a t-shirt. This is hard for us in a way.

So, considering all the costs we incur, we are barely making any profits. Our goal is to make it so that we have enough revenues to expand our collection and bring new designs the next season and reach out to more people.

We are not focusing on making 100 percent profits, as of now. Our focus is to make it so that we are able to sustain a sustainable company. Eventually a sustainable company, a different company needs to be sustained; if you start selling products at extremely low prices or a loss, they will not be able to sustain the whole idea of it.

So, we are just pricing ourselves enough so that we can sustain the brand in the long run. It is taking small steps, taking baby steps every season so that we bring in more and more people under this movement or banner, and to bring in young people.

So, I’ve made myself clear when I say that as a brand we do strongly stand for human rights and workers’ rights and not only in the field of fashion, but outside of it as well. Bangladesh is actually very close to where I stay and where our factories are.

It is just a three-hour train ride and an hour’s flight away. So, I know that Bangladesh also needs many ethical changes when it comes to their structure of production. And it is quite similar to India too.

Honestly, because I’m from India and I spent 8 months here. It gives me an opportunity to bring about that change in India. So, I’m doing that here. So, human rights are extremely important for us.

So, what I did was when we started out, so the workshop that we first made, we went to these old factories that we visited where the workers were working in poor conditions. I simply asked and gave them an offer to work for us at a better price.

They’ll have better wages because now we are paying them ethically. They’ll have better, shorter things and better working conditions. The benefit with these workers was that I’m not hiring 100 people.

I was barely able to get 15 people on board, 15 workers. But even that 15 is a change. The benefit was they’re getting a better working condition. They’re getting better wages. They’re getting subsidized food. All of that.

For me, the benefit was I did not know anything about how a t-shirt was made. These workers came with the know-how. So, their conditions are also improving, plus we are getting a skill, we are getting a lot.

We are getting 15 with experience. So, when I would design, I would always consult them. Okay, should we do it this way? Would that be a better stitch? What else we can do? What is a new way we can do it?

So, they also had many inputs to give in the beginning. We poached workers from other factories that were unethical and we brought them to ours. So, I know it might not sound the idealistic way to go about it, but that it was good for them also because now their standard of working is improving.

We are pulling people out of garment factories, which are unethical. So, that is how we started with our first workshop. We were very small back then. It has been a year and a half. Now, we try and work with others because we realize that we cannot design and create a brand at the same time at our own workshop.

So, it is sailing on two boats. We decided to gradually start delegating work to ethical and fair trade certified factories because that way we will be able to concentrate more on building the brand on the front end; whereas, the manufacturing is being taken care of.

But even then we have appointed personnel at the factory making certain that everything is being followed. Everything that is being done is followed strictly by ethical standards. We have a hawk’s eye on the manufacturing center to make sure that everything is asked for how it should be.

It is all ethical. It is all keeping the workers in mind. So, that bit is also now taken care of so it gives us more time to invest and work on building the brand, of coming up with new ideas, of partnering with newer young artists, with smaller designers, and so on.

So, it is helping us do all the front end bit a little more actively. So, again, a big part of it is of course to have equal opportunities for women and child labor is a big issue in India. We are in our own way trying to fight that.

We are trying to create awareness about it too. Our workshops do not encourage or indulge in it anyway. It is hard to bring about a change or to force other factories to follow this. But the only way we can do this is by, eventually, if you give the parent the opportunity to send the child to school, they will not send their child to work.

So, that is where we are deciding to deal with the issue. For example, our workers who work for us, our craftsmen; we give them an opportunity to send their kids to school so that they have a better shot in the future.

They do not have to send their kids to a farm or to a factory or to a store to work. That is where tackling the problem would be effective. It is where it all starts from. Rather than putting a ban on a factory, because no matter what, people find ways to overcome those, and finding nooks and crannies where they make things workable.

It is when you give them opportunities or options, where you can you send your kids to school; you do not have to send them to work. We are giving you this opportunity. We try to bring systems where we are helping them send their kids to school, so they do not end up working in factories and places that.

With women, we make sure that we employ them and give them equal opportunities in employment. Many factories, many workers are men and not many women working, so we try to push employing more women.

So, we are going to a few villages in rural India where these women have these skills which are being passed down from generation to generation, and we are trying to divide these patterns or these stitching techniques into more modern designs.

Here, we will only be working with women and giving them an opportunity to do these designs. We are working on a home collection also of ceramic products, which we launched in 2016/17. Even that entire range would be handmade by women, these are small ways that we are trying to encourage to be part of the entire chain, to keep them away from exploitation, and also keeping these small traditions and craftsmen skills alive.

No one is using them. They stopped practicing it. So, we are trying to revive these embroidery techniques, designs, patterns. The women that work for us have the same right that men have, same working conditions, and same pay.

We are trying, in the ceramic collection we come up with, to make all the t-shirts bridge the gap and not only in small ways but in much bigger ways. Many times women are forced into doing certain things, which we are trying to fight against.

All of this happens when you are creating awareness, more than anything else. Awareness creation is talking to them at a much more grass root level, so that is where we are trying to make an impact or trying to implement new ideas.

Jacobsen: Child labor and slavery are problems, major ones. These include children throughout the world. Tens of millions of children in the case of child labor and a few million for child slavery. How can individuals get the word out about these other rights violations?

Prateek: Child labor is a big, big issue in India. It is a huge issue. Many laws have been passed against it but still, it is rampant. I see that on a very regular basis here. I’ve got into many fights and arguments with many establishments in my city when it comes to this.

No matter how many rules and regulations we come up with, problems can be tackled when you bring a change in the chain of order, the way the person thinks. So, when you are giving them opportunities, e.g., when you give the parents an opportunity to send their kids to school, that is a very big way to deal with this.

Jacobsen: Any recommended means of contacting Brown Boy?

Prateek: We are always very proactive in working and collaborating with people who are on the same page as us. So, anyone can call us anytime. They can email us. We always love working with startups, with conscious companies, with bloggers, with ethical brands.

For example, with designers who do not have a platform to showcase their work, we love working with them. We love partnering with them. We are working with local artists now to create small collections with them, so that is how startups should be.

So, we are not respecting ourselves or putting ourselves in any box. We are always open to working with new ideas where we feel that we can make, even if it is a small difference, to partnering with young talents, to develop new ideas of how we can bring about change in the way things are.

Because it just encourages me all the more to work, it is refueling yourself with new ideas and new people. An idea implemented and actually turning out to be something. There are absolutely no restrictions and the doors are always open for anyone.

Again, this is something that we will be applying for our new work. The habitat that we are trying to create. It is an open studio. It is a creative hub. It is an incubation center for startups, for creative people, for young talents, for anyone who feels that if they walk through the door, they will be able to gain something out of it.

They will be able to contribute, and they will be able to take something: enhance themselves. So, our company is always open. The best to contact I guess is email, phone.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Prateek.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Terrah Short on Mental Health, Resilience, and Coping

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/22

Terrah Short earned a Bachelor’s in Philosophy (Analytic) with a Minor in Disaster Risk Reduction from Western Washington University in March 2017. She is a product of a working single father and the Puget Sound area of Western Washington in the United States of America. We met briefly through some model united nations work. Here we talk about her views, background, and work.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your background in brief?

Terrah Short: I am a first-generation college graduate with a Bachelor’s in Philosophy (Analytic) and a minor in Disaster Risk Reduction from Western Washington University in March of 2017. I’ve grown up in the Puget Sound area of Western Washington, raised by a working single father.

Jacobsen: In reflection on early upbringing and background, what early intellectual interests and difficulties in pursuing them?

Short: I learned to read from an early age and I was always encouraged to read. Reading and writing became my passion early on, and it became both something I enjoyed but also something that allowed me to escape. I enjoyed reading mostly fiction, but even in elementary school, I was fascinated by the way the world worked. I checked out as many books on as many scientific topics as I could. However, though I did not struggle with my reading and writing skills, my science and math skills were hindered by my ability to pay attention to details, grasp mathematical concepts, and follow instructions as in-depth as were required to be precise and successful in science. Music became the third area, besides reading and writing, that I was truly able to completely wrap my mind around and immerse myself into.

Jacobsen: How were those interests reflected in academic studies? How are those difficulties reflected in potential hiccups in academic studies?

Short: My high school allowed me to branch out to the beginnings of the topics that really interested me, which expanded more so in college. I was able to participate in essentially all the musical courses I wanted: concert band, jazz band, and concert choir. I was able to excel in English courses by testing out of freshman English and being able to move forward with higher level courses. Being around the right teachers got me connected with journalism and other styles of writing, such as taking my poetry seriously. At university, I was able to take a variety of courses to explore my interests, which were across the board, but I found myself gravitating towards philosophy courses as well as courses that helped me look in-depth into humanity, how we interact, such as social justice focused courses, anthropology, and other humanities.

Jacobsen: You have taken a role in leading and Model United Nations. How has this helped with intellectual development?

Short: The great thing about Model United Nations is that it did not have to stop once I graduated from college. I found MUN my sophomore year and I had no idea something like it had existed. It is something I wish had been at my high school, though I am not sure it would’ve had the same impact it did finding this community in college. MUN provided me with a place to develop my interpersonal skills, research skills, my ability to create meaningful arguments, to take a position that might not be my own for the sake of simulation, and one of my largest areas of growth was in my public speaking. Though there is still constantly room for me to grow, my writing and research skills in the style of MUN have improved conference by conference, and though I consider writing in general a strong suit, that is not always the case for MUN. So, it is very good for me to continue to have this challenge to meet head on conference after conference, especially as I work to figure out what my next steps academically are.

Jacobsen: How has mental illness manifested in your own life? You only have to divulge as much as you feel comfortable with at this time.

Short: Mental illness has been a part of my life for as long as I can remember. I was a terribly anxious child who also lived with undiagnosed ADHD, and later on, depression. Though the anxiety is what I remember most vividly as a child. Being afraid to sleep, terrified of death and loss. It often felt like I was going through an existential crisis every week because of how deeply I felt the dread of death, of an eternity of nothingness. I was raised Catholic, but I was never satisfied with the explanations provided, especially surrounding death, the afterlife, things that differed from the scientific facts I learned and read about in school, and so on. I’d experienced loss early on, my paternal great-grandfather had died in front of myself and many of my family members unexpectedly at the age of 5. Fairly consistently from then on death was a major part of my life, as were major bouts of uncertainty with my mother, who was a heroin addict who lived with her own mental illnesses as well as Crohn’s disease. Her diseases often exacerbated one another.

So, starting around age 12, my depression began to manifest through severe isolation, numbness, hopelessness and using escapism and self-harm to manage what I was going through while still maintaining my grades as best I could. My anxiety and depression fed off one another, as did the undiagnosed ADHD, that was not diagnosed until college.

Against what was best for me, I was quite good at masking or hiding how bad things got for me, and it almost made it worse how hyper-aware I was of the logical and emotional side of what I was experiencing. I could understand that I was going to be okay, that my brain wasn’t healthy and that I needed other kinds of support, but it often frustrated me that I couldn’t make the pain of the mental illnesses resolve with simply knowing I was illogically feeling like the world was ending or that everyone hated me and I was an absolute failure.

Off and on I was able to advocate for myself that I needed more support than just talking to my dad or my grandmother, and this was something they often didn’t understand. Why would I need someone other than them to talk to? Why did I need to take medication or pay someone to listen to me? I pushed and pushed because it’s what I wanted and eventually I was able to start my journey of finding the right combination of medications to help support me as I went through life and therapies to help me manage what I was going through.

More recently, physical health, as well as an injury, have resulted in a large relapse into a major depressive episode that has been quite consuming, challenging my ability to function, participate in the things I love, feel like a person worth interacting with, and so on.

Jacobsen: Are there any other associated disabilities alongside the mental illness? How does this impact functioning in life? How does this seem to impact other people’s perspective of you?

Short: I live with Crohn’s disease, an inflammatory bowel disease that can affect all areas of the digestive tract that can lead to abdominal pain, severe diarrhea, weight loss, malnutrition, increased risks of colon and related cancers , and also manifests in extraintestinal symptoms such as joint pain, fatigue, skin problems, eye problems, kidney and liver damage, and other issues related to complications from treatments. There is no cure for Crohn’s disease.

My life is severely impacted by Crohn’s, affecting what I can eat, my energy levels (which are also severely affected by my depression when it’s at its worst), and the fact that often my life must revolve around my medications. Primarily, every six weeks I have an infusion of an immunosuppressive biologic called Remicade that has its own plethora of risks and is very expensive.

I feel that because my disability is invisible and chronic, and because it varies in its severity based on the success of my current treatment and other variables in life, that I am often perceived as unreliable, flaky, and often fundamentally misunderstood. There are days that I can pass and function as a normal person my age would, but that could lead to a large setback and require a longer recovery time from a simple night out at the bars with friends. I never truly know how my next day is going to be, but there are many factors that allow me to predict which direction I’m headed and how to best mitigate the more severe end of my symptoms.

Jacobsen: What should people say to those meant to mental illness and with disabilities? What should they, certainly, not say to those same people?

Short: Honestly, there is not one thing someone can say to an individual with a mental illness, disability, or both. Just as folks not living with mental illness or disability have days when they’re down, struggling, or sick would not all need to hear the same thing, neither do those who are not able-bodied or living with mental illness. I think there are definitely some things not to say, such as: You don’t look sick! You’re too put together to have an x mental illness or x disability. But you have it so good, why are you depressed? You’re too young to be in that much pain or to be that sick. You’re just self-diagnosing. But you have so many friends, you shouldn’t feel alone. People have it so much worse.

There are so many things, some that seem so innocuous, that can have such a deep, painful impact on those living with mental illness or disability.

Jacobsen: What are some myths about mental illness? What are some myths about disabilities? What truths dispel those myths in either case?

Short: We will get better and not need medicine or talk therapy for the rest of our lives. We’ll grow out of it. Some do, some are able to get through what has been causing them so much pain, whether it be resolving a deeply seeded issue, getting through a bout of situational depression, which differs from the major depressive disorder. Similarly, with a disability, some disabilities and illnesses are temporary, but many are not. Wishing us well or to get better soon is sometimes quite painful to hear when we know for a fact there is no cure or that better is never permanent nor is it ever much past the threshold of our norm.

Some painful myths that I have noticed for myself and my friends who also live with mental illness and/or a disability is that we cannot truly have meaningful, fulfilling romantic relationships, can’t or don’t have sex, we are a drain on the system, we don’t work, that we just want pity, or that we don’t have the same aspirations and dreams that folks not living with mental illness or disability do. It seems silly to think that there are people who believe these sorts of things about those of us living with these conditions, but there are people out there like that. People who believe we should not be allowed to reproduce, make our own decisions about our bodies, and its that sort of ignorance and sometimes straight up hatred that can cause the most pain. Though at this moment I am speaking mostly for myself and how I perceive the world around me, I cannot say with complete certainty what others with mental illness or disability are feeling, I do have some consensus from my friends from conversations we’ve had. I honestly could go on and on about this topic because right now in society, so much is working against folks living with mental illness or disability, especially if they are not cis-white heterosexual middle-class men and women.

Jacobsen: Have you lost anyone to suicide? What was the event? What was your relation to them? What was the personal and social reaction to it? How do you cope? How do you move forward after the loss?

Short: Yes, I have lost two people in my life. The first was one of my best friend’s older brother’s in high school. He disappeared and was found in his car. He was the big brother and we were the annoying kid sister and her friend when we were at the house. We were all confused, not knowing something was so wrong that he was suicidal.

The one that had a more profound impact was my mother’s suicide. As I stated partly in an answer to a previous question, my mother was a heroin addict who was constantly between being clean and relapse, as many addicts are. She also had lived with depression; her life was not an easy one. She was born with a lazy eye, which was with her through her life and caused her anxiety and confidence issues. She was a brilliant young woman, with a lot of potentials, but her mother, my namesake Terri, suffered from alcoholism and drug addiction. It was not a cycle she was able to break. She also lived with Crohn’s disease, which was made much worse by her inability to take care of herself, her cigarette habit, as well as her heroin addiction. She was constantly in and out of the hospital, and this made me both numb to her telling us she was dying as well as made me severely anxious to be anywhere near a hospital.

The beginning of the end for her was after she had become severely ill in August of 2009 and had to be admitted to the hospital. She stayed in the hospital for 99 days. I visited her one time, and it was a traumatizing experience because she was a 35-year-old woman who looked like she was in her fifties, bed bound, and extremely ill. Things began to improve for her, she began to heal but was on dialysis, unable to walk, and soon enough “too well” to be kept in the hospital. She called my dad and me, asking if she could stay with us, and though ultimately it was not my decision, I told her no, I was in high school and wanted to not be held down by her anymore, I needed my space and could not imagine her living with my dad and I. I do know now that regardless of what I had decided, my dad would not have let her live with us. But she had nowhere to go, she’d worn out every family member over the years, so in the end, she was released from the hospital and went to stay with a friend. Twelve hours later, on November 3, 2009, she’d be found dead.

I got a call from my dad after school, I had gone to my boyfriend at the time’s house, and I was annoyed my dad was calling because he had given me permission to go to my boyfriend’s house. He told me I had to come home, and I told him I was given permission to go out that day. Well, the next thing he said made my heart stop and I was unable to process anything nor do anything but sob for ten minutes. “Your mom is with the angels now.”

Once I calmed down enough to tell my boyfriend what happened, he took me home, my grandma and my dad were both home and I sat there with them. I don’t remember much of that time processing it.

Now, we found out later on when I ordered the autopsy report from the coroner’s office that she died by an overdose of Benadryl and OxyContin that she had crushed and put into her dialysis catheter. She was not a dumb person, she knew what she was doing, but maybe she was just in pain and wanted to get some sleep… That’s something we’ll never know. She was alone. She left no note. She just left questions and a relationship that would stay one sided and painful.

Most often reactions to this are sympathy and an inability to quite understand what to do or say in response. My reaction was anger, immense sorrow, numbness, and overwhelming pain. Coping has not been consistent. It has been writing, music, crying, spending time with animals, drowning myself in sleep, in books, in video games. I have continued to take medication to manage my depression, anxiety, and grief. In the end, there has never been one thing that helps all of the time, nine years later, most often it just is not having to focus on it.

I move forward by being an advocate for mental health awareness, by trying to be as honest as I can about my mental illness and my experiences, to help others feel like they’re not alone, that there are others who experience similar pains and loss. I try to move forward by learning to accept, however, I have not made that much headway in that respect.

There will never be a recovery from this, similarly, as there is no cure for my depression, my anxiety, my Crohn’s; my mother’s suicide will always be a part of my life, but I am capable of turning all this pain and grief into something that will help others.

In the end, one of the things that help me the most with everything that I live with, that challenges me, is my ability to use my own experiences and pain to advocate for and help others on a personal, and hopefully on a systemic and institutional, level so we can be a healthier society.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Terrah.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Trouble for Construction in Fredericton

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/10

According to CBC News, there are some ongoing and upcoming headaches for the Fredericton folks based on the summer road construction.

The general manager of the business improvement organization talked about the scrambling for some of the owners of some of the companies. They ave been cut from business due to the construction going on, which is causing a loss of income for some of the business owners.

Bruce McCormack, General Manager of Downtown Fredericton Inc., talked about the ways in which the City of Fredericton have not been able to communicate with the local businesses in an effective way.

“He said they could have better planned around the periods of congested traffic and loss of parking spaces if given sufficient notice when the intersection at Regent and Queen streets was closing,” CBC News stated.

The city failed to provide sufficient notice to the businesses in Fredericton. They suffered for it.

“We realize that construction has to work and we need that infrastructure, so we’re willing to work with the city, but we need to know the information,” McCormack opined, “There’s got to be a balance.”

The construction will cost the restaurant owners about $100,000 in total. Fredericton has 22 main construction initiatives ongoing including the renewal of the sewer mains in St. Anne’s Point Boulevard.

This will close a main part of the city for 11 weeks. The article continued, “City engineer John Lewis outlined five more major construction projects — Smythe Street, Forest Hill Road, Lincoln Road, Riverside Drive and Sunset Drive — that will take place over the next several weeks.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ann Coulter on Particular Suffrage: 2001, 2003, and 2007

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/10

Ann Coulter, conservative writer, author, and public commentator, over the 2000s spoke on the issue of universal suffrage or the right to vote.

In the core of the statements by Coulter, the foci remain the young, women, and, in particular, single women, because these demographics vote Democrat rather than Republican.

Much conservative thought incorporates zero-sum thought. The notion of a loss experienced or felt with the inclusion of non-group members, e.g., Democrats or associated statistical voting blocks, becoming active in politics.

Coulter mused, in a consistent manner, on the right to vote for the young or women. However, the focus here remains the vote of women. In particular, the quotes, gathered through Wikiquote, between February, 2001 and October 2007.

Take, for example, the first instance from the now-defunct show Politically Incorrect hosted by Bill Maher:

I think [women] should be armed but should not vote … women have no capacity to understand how money is earned. They have a lot of ideas on how to spend it … it’s always more money on education, more money on child care, more money on day care. (Politically Incorrect 26 February 2001)

Less than 100 years after women earned the right to vote in the United States, sectors of society may not see this as much of a joke as a call to action.

Similarly, some religious leaders may make the call for violence against women, which some see as comical, others as dismissible, and still others see as a call to action to keep women from becoming independent of their control.

Important to note, a significant following of the Republican Party, now, is fundamentalist Evangelical Christianity, which links to the base of Coulter. These individuals believe in the right to vote for themselves but not for opposition; thus, these constituents do not believe in democracy.

Indeed, as with the religious incursion on reproductive rights and other human rights-political issues, the religious innervation begins to erode in principle and practice the separation of a place of worship and state and, therefore, by default self-defines (them) as theocratic and anti-democratic.

The second example is here:

It would be a much better country if women did not vote. That is simply a fact. In fact, in every presidential election since 1950 — except Goldwater in ’64 — the Republican would have won, if only the men had voted. (The Guardian 17 May 2003)

Some see her as a joke. But others see her as making a call to action. With the mobilized fundamentalist community, they see the culture secularising as a culture war. In fact, a cosmic battle between Good and Evil.

There are a number of issues like it. But this rhetoric appeals to the Evangelical base of the Republican Party now.

There are plenty of White Evangelicals that fight for women in the home, having lots of babies early, marrying early, not being in the political life, not to speak out for their rights, and so on. That country is truly divided now.

Coulter speaks for one base, often white, Christian, married, well-to-do, Evangelical, and Republican men and women. It shows in the voting patterns too.

Uneducated married white women voted for Trump. Black women, educated women, and single white women did not (as much). Since 2001 to, at last, 2007, Coulter has been consistent on this point.

This may become a clarion call to some of the base, as with some cultural commentators questioning the ability of men and women to work together. Last word to Coulter:

If we took away women’s right to vote, we’d never have to worry about another Democrat president. It’s kind of a pipe dream, it’s a personal fantasy of mine, but I don’t think it’s going to happen. And it is a good way of making the point that women are voting so stupidly, at least single women.

(interview with New York Observer 2007–10–02, quoted in “Coulter: “If we took away women’s right to vote, we’d never have to worry about another Democrat president””, Media Matters for America, 4 October 2007)

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

In Conversation with Maya Bahl on Hypothetical Redefining of “Ethnicity” and “Race”

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/08

Maya Bahl is an editor and contributor to The Good Men Project with me. She has an interest and background in forensic anthropology. As it turns out, I hear the term race thrown into conversations in both conservative and progressive circles. At the same time, I wanted to know the more scientific definitions used by modern researchers including those in forensic anthropology. Then I asked Bahl about conducting an educational series. Here we are.

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If in some hypothetical reconstruction of the definitions of race and ethnicity, knowing what you know, how would you redefine the concepts for a new, more accurate term, and idea, based on the modern science?

Maya Bahl: I would keep the traditional definition of race tracing itself from genetics and biology and ethnicity being socially constructed intact, but to also anticipate variation, both in measurements and in the people themselves.

From time immemorial there has been variation in human populations, where in Western history, for instance, we have seen this with each conquest made by Alexander the Great as he extended his rule towards Asia and there being inter-relationships as a result.

Racial Fusion Theory has been suggested in explaining whether Alexander the Great’s prominence was for practical reasons in sustaining the Greek Empire or if it was to make one race, as Alexander and his legion had married into Persian populations.

Humans are 99% similar genetically, with skin colour seeming to be the only distinguishable exception, so my definition for a people-centric discipline would more than ever be to anticipate variation!

2. Jacobsen: When examining these issues, with the prior articles covering the standard colloquial and professional definitions, and knowing sectors of society will use these for divisive rhetoric and political gain, what are the main cautionary notes about the complexity of the subject matter for those wishing to look into the evidence and theories?

Bahl: This general field is constantly evolving, and so with it there’s bound to be conflicting information, where making sure sources are legitimate and sound is a sure way to get to the truth. Another way in ensuring certainty is to check in with official international and national associations and organizations.

3. Jacobsen: You are mentored by forensic anthropologists. What are they currently researching? What is the current reach or edge of the research in forensic anthropology?

Bahl: Having studied Anthropology at Bridgewater State University, I first became inspired by the subject from an introductory class that was taught by Dr. Ellen Ingmanson, where in her bone lab classroom I got the inspiration of identifying human bones.

Dr. Ingmanson’s work is mainly in biological anthropology and with studying primates in understanding the evolution of intelligence and how it relates to cultural behaviour.

She conducts observational research through object manipulation, tool use, communication, social skills, behavioural variation, infant development, ecology, and nonhuman culture, and ensures the care and protection of her subjects from her knowledge of primate behaviour.

There have been many advances in technology in Forensic Anthropology, so there has been a lot of news surrounding more effective methodologies and systems that get to the truth. Also, there have been more observational breakthroughs, like whether baby laughter would compare with a chimpanzee.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Maya.

References

http://www.midasword.com.au/

https://www.sciencedaily.com/news/matter_energy/forensics/

http://discovermagazine.com/2006/apr/chimp-genome

https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2018/11/181107130301.htm

http://www.utpteachingculture.com/2016-trends-in-teaching-publishing-and-anthropology/

https://www.bridgew.edu/department/anthropology/our-faculty#Ellen%20Ingmanson

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Drug Epidemic All Over the World: Authoritative, International Calls for Decriminalization

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/05

I want to talk about a problem today. The problem reaching to all corners of the globe, in nations, in communities, maybe, even, in your own family. It is an unfortunate fact of the modern world. That’s the reality of illicit substances or drugs, and their various abuses, overuses, and at-times associated overdoses.

Our current era of technological marvels, scientific wonders shedding new views on the natural world and our relationship with the cosmos, comes with the concomitant problem of easier illicit production, distribution, and consumption of potentially harmful substances or drugs (WHO, 2018a; WHO, 2018b).

In particular, and on even one metric of opioid overdoses, there are 70,000 to 100,000 individuals dying from opioid overdoses each year, which is the main cause of the estimate 99,000 to 253,000 deaths from to illicit drug use in 2010 (UNODC/WHO, 2013). 8,440 overdose deaths happened with the EU28 in 2015 (European Monitoring Centre for Drug and Addiction, 2017). Indeed, there were 1.3 million high-risk opioid users in Europe alone (Ibid.).

In America, there were about two-thirds of the 64,000 deaths associated with opioids or synthetic opioids (Global Commission on Drug Policy, 2018). These types — and there are others — of substance have the potential to be addictive and harmful, in the short or the long term. It is both sad, moving, and a clarion call for our need to make the world safer for the next generations. What can we do?

We can first of all pay attention to the experts of the world. Those taking significant portions of their lives to commit themselves to the study of important topic areas in medicine, in biological sciences, in pharmaceutical sciences, demography, anthropology, human psychological sciences, and so on.

Many girls and women are impacted by drug addiction and overdoses, even deaths. They even have fathers, uncles, brothers, grandfathers, and sons and grandsons who have died from drug overdoses. However, the long-term and overwhelming evidence is men use more illicit substances and deal with more of the consequences in personal life (NIH, 2018a; NIH, 2018b).

That means the impact on men and boys creates impacts in the lives of women and girls. Men and boys they love. Women and girls who are loved. When looking at the important organizations on the international stage, we can look into those who have made the warnings and calls to action about drug abuse and use, e.g., the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, UN General Assembly Session on the Approach to the World Drug Problem (UNGASS) in its 2016 unanimous conclusion, through drug policy and the Sustainable Development Goals, and others (UNODC, 2018; Yakupitiyage, 2017; UNODC, 2015; Sustainable Development Goals, n.d.).

One of the main global organizations for the health and wellness of the public is the World Health Organization. The main collective entity representing the world’s population, and which produced the Universal Declaration of Human Rights 70 years ago, is the United Nations. Both the World Health Organization and the United Nations issued a joint statement calling for the decriminalization of all drugs (WHO, 2017).

Former Portuguese Prime Minister António Guterres called for the decriminalization of drugs in Portugal and instituted the programs while the prime minister there. Now, Guterres, following Ban Ki-Moon, is the Secretary-General of the United Nations. He is also calling for decriminalization from this station as well (Secretariat to the Governing Bodies UNODC, 2018).

Indeed, even the late Kofi Annan, he made a call for the decriminalization of drugs around the world for the better wellbeing of the world’s peoples (Pablo, 2017). Same with the Global Commission on Drug Policy comprised of 12 powerful former heads of state (2016). Even in the US, the public is mostly in favour of the decriminalization of cannabis or marijuana, which would comprise harm reduction methodologies (Geiger, 2018).

In select nations, there is a continuous call for decriminalization and then the eventual enactment of the policies and initiatives of decriminalization of drugs in the Czech Republic, the Netherlands, Spain, Switzerland, and Portugal, and other countries (Travis, 2014).

Prominent among them is the success of Guterres. It is an affirming legacy in the process of decriminalization and the interests and wellbeing of the public. The major organizations in the global order see the wisdom in decriminalization. Many nations are seeing eye-to-eye with them.

Then in Canada, two of the three major federal or national political parties have called for the decriminalization of drugs too. The main health officials of some of the most populated city centres in Canada — Vancouver, Montreal, and Toronto — have called for decriminalization as well (Dickson, 2018). There is this continual groundswell internationally, multi-nationally, and nationally, especially close to home nationally with Canadian society.

The reason is stark, and clear. Canadian citizens are dying because of overdoses. The punishment-oriented or punitive approach is the methodology for dealing with drugs most visible in countries like the United States, where the purpose is to punish. They imprison and fine drug users or holders to make an example of them and others.

As far as the evidence is concerned, it tends to increase drug use and overdoses. It does not decrease them. That is why the experts are not calling for more or even continued criminalization of drug users. It impacts the poor and minorities the most (Fellner, 2009). To further the criminalization of drugs, it would harm people in penurious circumstances and with minority ethnic backgrounds more than the richer and dominant ethnic groups in a country.

But what is the alternative? Why are there calls for decriminalization at all levels of the world system?

The alternative is harm reduction (Harm Reduction International, 2018). Decriminalization is part of the process of implementing harm reduction philosophy. But what is harm reduction outside of the calls around the world for decriminalization? It is, in fact, a wide range of policies, programs, and practices devoted to the reduction of harms associated with drug use.

It is an acceptance of drug use in the society with an emphasis on ways in which to reduce the harms to the general public, especially in the sectors of the population without the want or the will to halt personal substance use. When HIV was becoming more prominent and spreading throughout some of the subpopulations in some countries of the world, harm reduction began its early development processes.

Some of the first beneficiaries were drug users who inject the substance into them with a needle. In Canadian society, we see the work of safe needle exchange sites to reduce the transmission of HIV and infectious diseases. Without a clean needle, the diseases can spread from user to user through contaminated needles. It sounds simple. But it is akin to the first people who found out about washing hands prior to surgery as a good idea to prevent infection from the surgery.

The harm reduction philosophy means more then these too. It is akin to reproductive health services for women. Where women deserve and reserve the right to reproductive health services, including abortion, women should have safe and equitable access to these services, as noted by Human Rights Watch. It is stipulated in a number of human rights documents. Similarly, the point of harm reduction is not forcing drugs on the citizenry but providing safe and equitable access to the least among us — the forgotten, bruised by life, and often coping with substance abuse.

They deserve our care, compassion, and concern as fellow global citizens and travellers in this journey called life. But these are lofty notions and ideals. How do we best work in the pragmatic and implement programs for the needs of the least among us? Some of the solutions already mentioned and proposed by major organizations of the world and health authorities representing nations in the world or of major cities in, for example, Canada.

Others include the safe needle exchange programs. Still others, they include the work to incorporate access to safe injection sites for a reliable and safe place for drug users. Also, the provision of a drug called naloxone through kits (Miles, n.d.). These can stop overdoses in their tracks. The reason is they block the opioid receptors of the body, so the fentanyl-laced opioid substances do not kill them.

Thousands of people are dying every year in the one of the highest-ranked on measures of wellbeing nations in the world, Canada. It is due to this opioid epidemic spreading across the nation, where naloxone kits can prevent overdoses enough to provide time for proper medical care in the uncommon cases of overdoses in drug users who can be abusers.

The safe needle exchange programs, the safe injection sites, the naloxone kits, and the decriminalization all help reduce the deaths and health problems to the public. These harm reduction measures improve the overall health the society, which would, otherwise, be impacted by the deaths of individual drug overdoses. Remember the drug fentanyl mentioned before.

That is a major culprit here. It should not be laced with opioids and other drugs. However, the problem is the illicit or criminal status of the drugs. The criminalization is the problem, which directly relates to the illicit status and illegal-unregulated production of the drugs. When done this way, the opioids are accidentally, and sometimes intentionally, laced with fentanyl, which is a deadly drug. Decriminalization reduces the harms there. Many of my fellow Canadians and global citizens would not heartbreakingly be dead as a result, too.

Take, for example, the case of Guterres with Portugal. What was the actual impact of the harm reduction measures?

The situation is in stark contrast to the punitive measures. There are no arrests for drug possession. More people have begun to receive treatment. As a direct result, the total number of people having addiction problems, HIV/AIDS, and drug overdoses have plummeted in Portugal (Vastag, 2009). What if this happened in Canada? What about the rest of the world, as per the calls for harm reduction to be implemented through decriminalization?

These harm reduction measures have been nationally empirically proven to be effective to greatly improve the public’s health and safety. Harm reduction is an evidence-based approach to combatting the drug problems of the world and has been recognized around the world by the health experts to improve the lives of the general public. It is all the more urgent based on the potential to reduce harms to individuals, families, and communities, to implement the methodologies shown to work almost immediately — within a couple years or less.

Given the demographics of who is imprisoned or fined, the public health benefits would accrue to the most vulnerable populations of most societies, which are the minority subpopulations and the lower classes/the poor. Those public health benefits would make their lives healthier, easier, longer, and less mixed up — unduly — with the law.

These populations are the most deserving of better consideration and equal opportunity within the society, whether considering deliberate cultural genocide and attempted extermination of the Indigenous population in North America or the slavery of the African-American population in the US. They continue to suffer under the consequences of a long history of repression and abuse. Indigenous men and women in Canada only got the right to vote in 1960. African-Americans in America saw only further equality with the Civil Rights movement in the 1960s. The War on Drugs, in America, or the criminalization of crimes without victims mostly affect these more vulnerable populations.

With the evidence before us, and with the stark contrast between the outcomes of the punitive approach and the harm reduction approach to the drug issue around the world, and with the calls from all the relevant experts internationally and nationally, one major step to tackle the problem of drugs will be the recognition of harm reduction as the way to solve this problem.

The next steps will be education of the global public about the empirical evidence with the examples before us, with Portugal and others as positive successes. Following this, we should work towards a national and international collective set of efforts to solve the issue of drug abuse and overdoses. Human beings have used drugs for thousands of years. They have abused them for as long as they have been around. However, we have the means, through minimal expenses and compassion, to reduce the harms to those all over the world impacted by addiction, drug abuse, and overdoses.

This is not a trivial thing either. Speaking as a high-level representative of the UN community, the harm reduction approach is based on a firm, strong commitment to the health of the general public, as explained before, and human rights. Who can help work for the public health and human rights?

Our communities, frontline works, policymakers, politicians, and researchers to name a few. Then there are those heading out into the world as the next generation of educated workers and leaders. You are the investment of the future of the rest of the world. You can be the positive force for good that the world so desperately needs, as we have issues in climate change, nuclear proliferation, food shortages, natural disasters, and so on. The problems of the drug epidemics are one of those grand challenges recognized by the most influential organizations and people in the world as a problem.

The best part of these solutions is that they are typically low-cost, low-risk, and high-payoff. They respect the individual to make their own informed choices about drugs. But they provide the health services to the public. And if someone has a moral objection to them, they do not have to use them. But for those who do need them, they have them available for use. It respects all involved parties, produce real positive outcomes for the population, and works to create a more stable world for all.

Become a part of that future, we need you.

References

Dickson, J. (2018, July 30). Despite calls, Ottawa won’t decriminalize drugs apart from cannabis. Retrieved from https://globalnews.ca/news/4361721/decriminalize-drugs-ottawa/.

European Monitoring Centre for Drug and Addiction. (2017, June 6). PERSPECTIVES ON DRUGS Preventing overdose deaths in Europe. Retrieved from http://www.emcdda.europa.eu/system/files/publications/2748/POD_Preventing%20overdose%20deaths.pdf.

Fellner, J. (2009, June 19). Race, Drugs, and Law Enforcement in the United States. Retrieved from https://www.hrw.org/news/2009/06/19/race-drugs-and-law-enforcement-united-states.

Harm Reduction International. (2018). What is Harm Reduction?. Retrieved from https://www.hri.global/what-is-harm-reduction.

Geiger, A. (2018, January 5). About six-in-ten Americans support marijuana legalization. Retrieved from http://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2018/01/05/americans-support-marijuana-legalization/.

Global Commission on Drug Policy. (2016). Advancing Drug Policy Reform: A New Approach to Decriminalization. Retrieved from http://www.globalcommissionondrugs.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/GCDP-Report-2016-ENGLISH.pdf.

Global Commission on Drug Policy. (2018). The Opioid Crisis in North America. Retrieved from http://www.globalcommissionondrugs.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/2017-GCDP-Position-Paper-Opioid-Crisis-ENG.pdf.

Miles, T. (n.d.). World Health Organization Recommends Naloxone to Prevent 20,000 Overdose Deaths in U.S.. Retrieved from https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/world-health-organization-recommends-naloxone-to-prevent-20-000-overdose-deaths-in-u-s/.

NIH. (2018a, July). Sex and Gender Differences in Substance Use. Retrieved from https://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/research-reports/substance-use-in-women/sex-gender-differences-in-substance-use.

NIH. (2018b, August). Sex and Gender Differences in Substance Use. Retrieved from https://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/drugfacts/substance-use-in-women. Sustainable Development Goals. (n.d.). 3 Good Health and Well-Being. Retrieved from https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/health/.

Pablo, D. (2017, October 3). Ex-UN Chief Kofi Annan Calls for Cannabis Legalization. Retrieved from https://denzelonline.com/ex-un-chief-kofi-annan-calls-for-cannabis-legalization/.

Secretariat to the Governing Bodies UNODC. (2018). 61st session of CND, video message by Mr. António Guterres, Secretary-General of the United Nations. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=6&v=kF-6t0FdYG0.

Travis, A. (2014, October 30). Eleven countries studied, one inescapable conclusion — the drug laws don’t work. Retrieved from https://www.theguardian.com/society/2014/oct/30/drug-laws-international-study-tough-policy-use-problem.

UNODC. (2015, November). Drug Policy and the Sustainable Development Goals. Retrieved from https://www.unodc.org/documents/ungass2016/Contributions/Civil/Health_Poverty_Action/HPA_SDGs_drugs_policy_briefing_WEB.pdf.

UNODC/WHO. (2013). Opioid overdose: preventing and reducing opioid overdose mortality. Retrieved from http://www.who.int/substance_abuse/publications/opioid_overdose.pdf?ua=1.

UNODC. (2018, June 26). World Drug Report 2018: opioid crisis, prescription drug abuse expands; cocaine and opium hit record highs. Retrieved from https://www.unodc.org/unodc/en/frontpage/2018/June/world-drug-report-2018_-opioid-crisis–prescription-drug-abuse-expands-cocaine-and-opium-hit-record-highs.html.

Vastag, B. (2009, April 7). 5 Years After: Portugal’s Drug Decriminalization Policy Shows Positive Results. Retrieved from https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/portugal-drug-decriminalization/.

WHO. (2017, June 27). Joint United Nations statement on ending discrimination in health care settings. Retrieved from http://www.who.int/news-room/detail/27-06-2017-joint-united-nations-statement-on-ending-discrimination-in-health-care-settings.

WHO. (2018b). Management of substance abuse: Facts and figures. Retrieved from http://www.who.int/substance_abuse/information-sheet/en/.

WHO. (2018a). Management of substance abuse: information sheet on opioid overdose. Retrieved from http://www.who.int/substance_abuse/information-sheet/en/.

Yakupitiyage, T. (2017, June 22). “Big Reflection” Needed on Opioid Crisis. Retrieved from http://www.ipsnews.net/2017/06/big-reflection-needed-opioid-crisis/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Keep It Upbeat

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/03

Life can suck. Life can also be pretty darn awesome. In fact, the clouds are more often spread out with lots of sunshine and sometimes life gives you nothing but sunshine.

The people who tend to get nothing done are those who sit around and complain, moan, blame others, engage in self-pity, and feel at odds with the world.

Those who tend to get things done are those who have an optimistic outlook on the world because you have to think that the world can be better.

So, the fundamental difference between the power of positive thinking and the weakness of negative thinking comes from the practical reality.

Those who can get things done think that the world can be better than it was the day before. If someone keeps that up day after day after day, they are more likely to produce a world worth living in, because the world they produce is more positive than the prior one.

It is a fact that the negative thinkers can sometimes think of themselves as hard-nosed realists. However, they are more often cynics, which is not to be confused with a realism.

A realist will look at the situation and analyze it relatively objectively within the information that they have on hand at the moment. A cynic will give up any sign of problems.

A realist will give up half the time because half of the time the situations do seem bleak. However, they maybe have limited information.

Whereas, the optimist will continue forward in any case. So, in any of those cases of bleak and not bleak, the optimist will persevere and continue on to make that better world. The world needs optimists. That’s the power of positive thinking.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Search for Fundamental Particles by Canadian Scientists

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/03

The Globe and Mail talked about the search for new particles by Canadian scientists.

With 10 quadrillion high-energy collisions in the world’s largest particle accelerator, there may be some answers to questions about the potential for other missing fundamental particles in thee Standard Model of Particle Physics or elsewhere. This raises questions.

The questions about the potential for discoveries by Canadian scientists and researchers through international collaboration. “Canada is one of dozens of countries participating in the project, which will eventually see the collider’s performance increase tenfold by the middle of the next decade,” CBC News stated, “Researchers hope the higher number of collisions that result will increase the likelihood that they will spot some extremely rare clues to a more fundamental theory of matter than the current standard model of particle physics.”

The TRIUMF accelerator in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, associate director Oliver Krestor, talked about this as the next big stage in the work of the LHC. The LHCm or the Large Hadron Collider in Geneva, Switzerland empirically verified the existence of the Higgs Boson.

There seems not much left to see for the Standard Model of Particle Physics. However, as things have progressed, there has been hope to develop a theoretical and eventually empirical framework for the incorporation of dark matter into the Standard Model of Particle Physics.

“The situation has perplexed physicists who are looking to replace the standard model with a new theory that can encompass dark matter, a substance whose existence has been inferred by astronomers through its gravitational influence on stars and galaxies, but that has never been directly detected,” the article explained.

The Director-General of CERN, Fabiola Gianotti, wants to find the smallest potential deviation from the current evidence to see if there are other portions not accounted for in current theorization.

“The LHC works by accelerating protons in two opposing beams around a 27-kilometre-long circular tunnel. The beams cross at only four points where protons that are travelling at nearly the speed of light can collide and release enough energy to spontaneously form new particles, such as the Higgs,” the reportage explained, “These decay in an instant, but they leave their traces in the building-size detectors built around the collision points. Canada supplied hardware for one of those detectors, called ATLAS, and is currently developing new components for an intermediate upgrade that will begin after the beams are shut down for two years starting in November.”

It is a complicated affair. The round of data gathering take place between 2021 and 2023 with the overhaul happening to incorporate a more potentially groundbreaking series of experiments through the collider’s superconducting magnets being replaced.

The purpose is to increase the amount of data coming from the experiment of the collider. 150 researchers work at the LHC. They are working for the improvement in the future of the particle physics research.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Recent Surveys on the Religious and the Non-Religious

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/02

According to Dr. Phil Zuckerman in Psychology Today, there were two surveys published examining the beliefs and attitudes of the religious and the secular.

Both examined the level of suspicion and unwelcome behavior of the religious towards those who are different from them. That is, anyone non-religious and the perception and behavior with them.

As it turns out — though only two — with these studies, the secular people were more open and accepting of those from different countries, ethnicities, races, and religions. Tribalism and ethnocentrism were correlated with religiosity.

The universalist and cosmopolitan attitudes and behaviors were more related to the secular people.

Zuckerman states, “In this study, Americans were asked how they feel about census predictions indicating that by the year 2043, Latinos, Asian Americans, and other peoples of color will constitute a combined majority of the population, with whites being in the minority.”

Half of the Evangelicals stated that this would be a negative development. 4/10 mainline Protestants viewed this as a negative. Then only 3/10 of the Roman Catholics said the same.

The people without a religious affiliation were the ones to see this as pretty much not a negative development at all. They viewed this as more or less acceptable. It was only about 2 out of 10 to 1 out of 4. Not many compared to the others, especially the Evangelicals.

“The second new survey comes from Europe. In this 2018 Pew study, it was found that religious Europeans are considerably more ethnocentric, more nationalistic, more anti-immigrant, and more suspicious of Jews and Muslims than secular Europeans,” Zuckerman explained.

Indeed, more than half of the Christians who attend church consider their culture superior to others while just shy of half those who do not attend say the same thing. Only 25% of secular people consider their culture superior — intriguing as there is a decrease in the trend in each category but significant double-digit numbers in each at the same time.

In terms of other prominent world religions, 30% of the Christians who attend church were unwilling to accept Muslims into their families. It was only 11% of the secular individuals who were unwilling.

Most European nations’ Christians want the number of immigrants to be lower. That differs significantly from the secular counterparts in those same countries. Although, with the different cultures and religious demographic trends, there may be different interpretations of that data. Not sure.

Apparently, to one potential implicit concern about only two studies referenced here, those replicate or mimic the responses in surveys or social psychological studies over several decades.

That is, the tribalism increases with the greater levels of religiosity. Religion promotes tribalism, in short. It can be good for group solidarity and bad for the latent potential of bigotry and prejudice — covert and overt.

Bob Altemeyer observes — according to Zuckerman — that the amount someone goes to church indicates an increased probability of prejudice against “a variety of others.” American psychologist of religion Ralph Wood echoes this sentiment or observation.

Zuckerman continues, “… a massive meta-analysis conducted in 2009 by Duke University professor Deborah Hall — who analyzed 55 separate studies teasing out at the relationship between religion and racism — found, strongly religious Americans exhibit the highest levels of racism, while atheist and agnostics exhibit the lowest levels.”

Zuckerman provides some cautionary notes about surveys. The surveys are statistical devices about populations. That is to say, one cannot make statements about all in a group based on a survey but only the statistical level of a particular attitudinal and behavioral set.

“…they simply illustrate percentages, averages, tendencies, and predilections. There are many religious people who are not ethnocentric, racist, prejudice, or xenophobic, and there are plenty of secular people who are,” Zuckerman said.

Many positive outcomes emerge from the church attendance. One is the greater likelihood of being charitable with both time and money compared to their secular counterparts. They report more happiness and greater well-being. Then the last is that they even live longer.

There is also the social and psychological benefits of the community for many of the religious compared to the non-religious. However, for welcoming refugees, being open to others, and viewing a oneness of humanity, religion does not help in those domains.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with Dr. Sven van de Wetering on the IAT, Prejudice, Xenophobia, and Canada

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/02

Dr. Sven van de Wetering was the head of psychology at the University of the Fraser Valley and is a now an associate professor in the same department. He is on the Advisory Board of In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal.

Dr. van de Wetering earned his BSc in Biology at The University of British Columbia, and Bachelors of Arts in Psychology at Concordia University, Master of Arts, and Ph.D. in Psychology from Simon Fraser University.

His research interest lies in “conservation psychology, lay conceptions of evil, relationships between personality variables and political attitudes.” We have been conducting an ongoing series on the epistemological and philosophical foundations of psychology with the current sessions hereherehere, and here.

Here we explore the Implicit Association Test, reduction of prejudice and xenophobia in societies, non-null xenophobic societies, and fraught worldview interactions in Canada.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As an expert in social psychology, some ideas emerge in the public conversation around subject matter related to the professional peer-reviewed literature of social psychologists. I want to focus, today, on the Implicit Association Test (IAT).

Many utilize the findings to bolster well-meaning programs to reduce implicit bias, not simply explicit bias. Does the evidence of Implicit Association sufficiently endorse the implementation of policies and programs in different areas of professional life of the Canadian public?

Dr. Sven van de Wetering: More than 20 years after the IAT was first developed, it is still not entirely clear what it measures. The thinking behind it is noble: The idea is that asking people explicitly about their prejudices leads to biased results because there is a social stigma attached to uttering racist/sexist/homophobic opinions.

Because most people want to avoid that stigma, they will tend to respond in a less racist/sexist/homophobic manner than they would if that social stigma did not exist. The IAT is thought of by many people as a way of circumventing the tendency toward socially desirable responding to surveys.

If it were true, it would be wonderful, but that does not appear to be what the IAT actually does. In most circumstances, the IAT does an even worse job of predicting behaviour than an explicit attitude survey does, which suggests that whatever it is that the IAT measures, it is probably not the person’s “true” attitudes, if such a thing even exists.

I’m not as up on the literature on the IAT as I would like to be, but the most compelling account I have seen of what it is that the IAT actually measures states that these so called “implicit attitudes” are nothing more than a statistical aggregate of all the associations one has been exposed to with a concept.

So, if one has seen African-American people portrayed in a negative light more frequently than one has seen European-American people so portrayed, the IAT will find an implicit prejudice against black people, regardless of whether one actually believes the portrayals.

The fact that most people, including many African-American people, appear to have negative implicit attitudes toward African-Americans as measured on the IAT, or that the same is true of homosexual people, overweight people, old people, etc. suggests that typical portrayals of members of stigmatized groups still tend to be more negative than portrayals of non-stigmatized groups.

I think that is unfortunate. On the other hand, I’m not sure that specifically targeting people’s implicit attitudes will be all that helpful. If organizations are finding that their employees are being rude or insensitive to members of stigmatized minorities, it might be more effective to target the offending behaviours directly instead of trying to modify performance on the IAT, which is probably easier to do.

Modifying performance on the IAT is not as helpful because those “implicit attitudes” do not, in many cases, drive the offending behaviours.

Jacobsen: In terms of psychological phenomena, and the reduction of prejudice in large groups including societies, what tends to reduce the degree of xenophobia in societies?

van de Wetering: I’ve been trying to figure that out for about 25 years, and still don’t claim to know what’s going on. Exposure to a great variety of people is usually helpful, especially if that contact is carried out under conditions of equal status, in pursuit of common goals, under fairly enjoyable circumstances, and in situations that allow people to get to know each other reasonably well.

Such contact is often hard to arrange, but I never cease to be amazed by the recurring tendency for xenophobic attitudes to be strongest in areas where there are very few members of minority groups around to be prejudiced against.

Beyond this, xenophobic attitudes tend to be activated by disorder and social threat. When people perceive the social environment as chaotic and uncertain, when they perceive a breakdown of the moral norms that help structure their lives, then people start to become more hostile to outsiders and stigmatized minorities.

I still wonder how much of the worldwide turn toward right-wing populism is driven by things like the terrorist attacks of 9/11. I like to tell people that cows, hot dogs, and falling television sets all kill more people in North America than terrorists do.

The point of my telling this to people is that this belief in massive, inimical forces sitting on the fringes of North American society plotting our downfall is so powerful for many people that it seems to change their whole worldview and activate the little seed of xenophobia that is probably buried in all of us.

Violent crime is still on the wane, terrorists kill very few people compared to even very banal risks that most people don’t worry much about, and yet the terrorists and criminals influence our society in a way that those other risks do not. People think of terrorist acts as acts of war; I try to reframe them as public relations stunts. I’m fighting an uphill battle, though.

Given the literature on xenophobia, the actual answer to your question is probably that people will become less xenophobic if they are exposed to diversity, and if they perceive their society as peaceful, prosperous, and moral.

The problem, of course, is that there is always crime and deviance, and even if rates of crime and deviance are going down, any deviant act can be sensationalized.

There are powerful incentives to perpetrate such sensationalism, with the result that public perceptions of disorder are not very strongly correlated with actual disorder. Not an easy problem to fix, especially if you believe in free speech (which I do).

Jacobsen: Has there ever been a null xenophobia society? What have been cases in history of, apparently, optimized xenophobia, and explicit and implicit bias?

van de Wetering: I don’t think there ever has been a null xenophobia society. Every once in a while, someone claims that a certain society has no xenophobia. When I do a little digging, it doesn’t take me very long to find out that claims of the lack of xenophobia are greatly exaggerated.

On many measures, much of Canada looks to be pretty low on xenophobia. Despite that, it’s easy to find cases of racist epithets, discrimination, hate crimes, and widespread implicit bias. I sometimes wonder if xenophobia is like temperature; you can try to drive it down, but the lower you get, the harder it gets to get lower it more, and you can never reach absolute zero.

Jacobsen: Are the interactions between religious and non-religious people in Canada immune from the forms of xenophobia seen in history and in other societies?

van de Wetering: I actually think the relations between religious and non-religious people are somewhat fraught in Canada. We have norms that more or less forbid the discussion of religion in a wide range of contexts, and that keeps the tension under the surface.

As a university professor, I find it very striking how hard it is for my students to admit to having religious beliefs. I’m sure many of them do; I teach in a so-called Bible belt. It seems to me that what we have is something like the arrangement we have with smoking.

It looks like we have no smoking on campus because smoking on campus is forbidden, and smokers therefore take their cigarettes elsewhere. Similarly, it looks like we have no highly religious people on campus, because strong expressions of religious fervour are non-normative, so the religious people take their fervour elsewhere.

This state of affairs is conducive to superficial peace, but not to a deep mutual understanding between more secular and more religious people. Maybe that is the best we can achieve, but it doesn’t look to me like an absence of xenophobia.

Jacobsen: If you could build policy to reduce prejudice in Canadian society, and if you could recommend this to the political, policy-making, and decision-making classes in Canada, what form would the policy take provincially-territorially and federally?

van de Wetering: I honestly think most governments in English Canada are doing fairly well. I approve of official multiculturalism, and think that keeping a lid on really virulent hate speech while still avoiding stronger restrictions on free speech is probably about the right balance to strike.

I would probably let in more refugees than Trudeau has done, but not a lot more; the backlash that Angela Merkel provoked by letting in really large numbers of refugees will probably prove, in hindsight, to have been a counterproductive consequence of her actions.

It’s enough to make me cry, because I thought her intentions were very noble, but political limitations on what is possible are very real and difficult to circumvent. Because we are far from most of the trouble spots of the world, we have a fairly easy time vetting our immigrants. We can afford to be more generous than we are, but not without limit.

The one area where we are really falling down in reducing prejudice is in our dealings with our First Nations. After our government spent decades trying to destroy their culture, we are finding that people whose own cultures have been severely damaged but who also sometimes have trouble participating fully in ours (if they want to) will often not do very well.

I am hesitant to propose concrete programs to deal with this problem; I don’t think paternalistic white men should be taking the lead in dealing with this problem. I do think more funding needs to be made available to First Nations to assist them in helping themselves.

Jacobsen: What firmly does reduce prejudice, xenophobia, bias, and so on? What firmly does not?

van de Wetering: I don’t think there is a magic bullet that will reduce prejudice and xenophobia in all circumstances. Laws against discrimination are a good idea in societies where discrimination is open and above board.

Once those laws have taken effect and been reasonably well enforced, unofficial discrimination goes underground and becomes much harder to prove in a court of law. The temptation then is to enact still stronger anti-discrimination laws and to enforce them still more vigorously.

At some point, I suspect that that strategy reaches a point of severely diminishing returns, and the costs and the threat of backlash are not adequately compensated by the small decrease in discrimination one is able to achieve by those means. At that point, other strategies may become necessary.

I am wondering if the #MeToo movement is pointing the way. The laws against sexual assault are already on the books, and they are even sometimes enforced. The issue is now that so many cases are not reported, and therefore not dealt with.

The #MeToo movement aims to change the informal norms surrounding the making of formal complaints of behaviour that is already illegal. Some sort of similar strategy might make sense in other domains of discrimination.

There are a couple of difficulties involved in trying to reduce prejudice. One of them is inherent in any form of social action: Social action differs from non-social action in that the objects being acted on (other people) are not some inert objects that passively accept the actions one undertakes, but are instead social actors like oneself, with their own goals and strategies.

Even as you are trying to persuade them to let go of their prejudiced ways, they are trying to persuade you to defend the integrity of your shared culture by stemming the tide of immigrants they believe are threatening it.

Related to this is a special difficulty specifically related to reducing prejudice: because people will resist one’s efforts, and even undertake active counter-efforts, it is often easy to see them as bad guys.

The problem here is that the world is not divided into bad people who are prejudiced and good people who are not. Instead, the world is full of people, all of whom can be seduced by the good guy/bad guy narrative that brings such uplifting feelings of moral clarity and self-righteousness.

Once one decides that a certain category of people is the enemy, one has begun to be seduced by that narrative, the very narrative one is angry at the opponent for having fallen prey to.

I have met people who say they would feel very comfortable sitting down and eating a meal with a person who was transsexual, or a Syrian Muslim, or indeed a member of virtually any stigmatized group one would care to name, but who also say they would not be willing to talk with someone who had voted for Donald Trump.

To me that moment of moral clarity is the moment of downfall; one is just as big of a bigot as the person one is angry at, only the identity of the stigmatized groups has changed.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sven.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

From Nuns to None: #MeToo & #ChurchToo

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/02

The number of nuns continues its precipitous decline in overall numbers. Also, they have begun to come out, calling out sexual abuse within the church.

Looking at the overall numbers of the numbers of nuns in the province of Quebec, we can monitor decline in the numbers of the faithful women in the monasteries decline over decades from its height.

The history, apparently, runs back about 400 years ago in the history of Quebec. But now, the most devout women in the Roman Catholic world are beginning to decline in numbers and age — as a reflection of religion in general in North America — and wither into the dark.

The height of the Roman Catholic nuns in Quebec, in total or raw numbers, was 47,000 in 1961. Now, the number decreased to fewer than 6,000 with the mean age above 80. This portends poorly for the Christian faith’s largest sect or tradition in Quebec.

It amounts to an augury for the future of the country with respect to much religious faith. Something akin to a hollowing out of the faiths; if not in raw numbers, then in the seriousness with which individual believers take their religious faith.

I feel for the sisters in the loss of long-term culture. Not fun for anyone to lose a sense of place and purpose. However, other issues may dwarf this as the sexual misconduct claims continue to pour out of the religious institutions and organizations throughout the country and the world. By implication, many more remain unreported.

The continued decline of the faithful has not been helped by the continual deluge of sexual abuse case settlements. One, recently, amounted to tens of millions of dollars. One nun stopped attendance at a regular confession because of a priest forcing himself on her.

The rape happened when she was “recounting her sins to him in a university classroom nearly 20 years ago.” Apparently, this sister was silenced due to the vows of obedience to the hierarchs of the Roman Catholic Church and its attendant orthodoxy in addition to the shame and guilt coming from the rape.

By the reportage, she appeared to remain stuck in one of the first stages of trauma: denial. Ignore it, it did not happen, then everything will be better. It will go away. Now, more have begun to come forward to tell their own narratives of abuse and secrecy from within the Roman Catholic Church, where the abusers are bishops and priests.

The cases continue to emerge not in isolated incidents, countries, or even regions; they exist in Africa, Asia, Europe, and South America. The queries may emerge, as they do for me, about the hierarchical structure itself.

The unquestioned power of men who hold the levers, whether in traditional-conservative structures seen in much of the Roman Catholic Church or in liberal-progressive institutions observed in much of the culture of Hollywood.

In terms of sexual violence, the core perpetrators tend to be men in both institutions; women tend to be the main victims. Within the increasing prominence of the anti-sexual violence and justice movements in social media and elsewhere, the church is having a moment and nuns account for a portion of it.

The sexual violence perpetrated, for example, by the Vatican in the 1990s in Africa was not dealt with or handled — euphemisms in both cases — sufficiently or at all. One of the most prominent individuals who has been charged with sexual misconduct is the sexual abuse and harassment of seminarians by the American Cardinal Theodore McCarrick.

A leading expert of the church sexual abuse and abuse of power history, Karlijn Demasure, stated, “I am so sad that it took so long for this to come into the open, because there were reports long ago… I hope that now actions will be taken to take care of the victims and put an end to this kind of abuse.”

Demasure continued, “They (the priests) can always say ‘she wanted it’… It is also difficult to get rid of the opinion that it is always the woman who seduces the man, and not vice versa.”

The references provide rather extensive coverage on the issues of both a decline in the number of Quebecois nuns, so provincial, and then the sexual abuse #MeToo moment, so international.

References

Peritz, I. (2018, July 25). Quebec’s dwindling number of Catholic nuns spells end of era in province. Retrieved from https://www.theglobeandmail.com/canada/article-quebecs-dwindling-number-of-catholic-nuns-spells-end-of-era-in/.

Winfield, N. & Muhumuza, R. (2018, July 28). As nuns come forward with sexual abuse allegations, Catholic Church faces its own #MeToo moment. Retrieved from https://globalnews.ca/news/4359088/catholic-nuns-sexual-abuse-vatican-metoo/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Reminder: A Note on the Level of Belief in Evolution by Authoritative Authorities

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/02

A conversation with a theology and Christian theological history student prompted this one.

According to Pew Research, as many of you well know but many or most Canadians may not accept or know, the vast majority of experts in the biological sciences adhere to an evolutionary account of the adaptation, development, and speciation of species.

It amounts to an unguided evolution by natural selection (and kin selection, sexual selection, and so on) accepted by most of the scientists linked to the American Association for the Advancement of Science.

This number differs starkly with the general perspective of the general population. It becomes less of a problem in some parts of the world survey data including the United Kingdom. However, Canadian society comes in between America and the UK in adherence, by the general population, to evolution by natural selection.

As reported, “While 98% of scientists connected to the American Association for the Advancement of Science say they believe humans evolved over time,only two-thirds (66%) of Americans overall perceive that scientists generally agree about evolution, according to 2014 data from a recent Pew Research Center survey on science and society.”

That is to say, in the English-speaking Christian and secular world, the numbers of the public or layperson adherence to evolutionary theory or the bedrock of all biological sciences — and so medical sciences as well — seems false or only partial to them.

Much of this comes from the historical inertia of a new theory of the adaptation, development, and speciation of species. Some bulwarks of non-modern science come in the form of religious fundamentalism, the non-accommodationists.

This amounts to a small reminder, for myself and, I trust, you too, on the degree of separation between the world of the practicing experts in the world of science and then the beliefs about the beliefs scientists hold.

Dennett talks about belief in belief. Taking the turn of phrase in a different context, this amounts to the beliefs about others’ beliefs. The public remains wrong about the beliefs of the people active in the field. This creates a chasm in knowledge in each grouping.

How might this change the theory of mind the public and the scientists have about one another?

As noted, “Those in the general public who reject evolution are divided on whether there is a scientific consensus on the topic, with 47% saying scientists agree on evolution and 46% saying they do not.”

So it goes.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

From Nuns to None: #MeToo & #ChurchToo

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/02

The number of nuns continues its precipitous decline in overall numbers. Also, they have begun to come out, calling out sexual abuse within the church.

Looking at the overall numbers of the numbers of nuns in the province of Quebec, we can monitor decline in the numbers of the faithful women in the monasteries decline over decades from its height.

The history, apparently, runs back about 400 years ago in the history of Quebec. But now, the most devout women in the Roman Catholic world are beginning to decline in numbers and age — as a reflection of religion in general in North America — and wither into the dark.

The height of the Roman Catholic nuns in Quebec, in total or raw numbers, was 47,000 in 1961. Now, the number decreased to fewer than 6,000 with the mean age above 80. This portends poorly for the Christian faith’s largest sect or tradition in Quebec.

It amounts to an augury for the future of the country with respect to much religious faith. Something akin to a hollowing out of the faiths; if not in raw numbers, then in the seriousness with which individual believers take their religious faith.

I feel for the sisters in the loss of long-term culture. Not fun for anyone to lose a sense of place and purpose. However, other issues may dwarf this as the sexual misconduct claims continue to pour out of the religious institutions and organizations throughout the country and the world. By implication, many more remain unreported.

The continued decline of the faithful has not been helped by the continual deluge of sexual abuse case settlements. One, recently, amounted to tens of millions of dollars. One nun stopped attendance at a regular confession because of a priest forcing himself on her.

The rape happened when she was “recounting her sins to him in a university classroom nearly 20 years ago.” Apparently, this sister was silenced due to the vows of obedience to the hierarchs of the Roman Catholic Church and its attendant orthodoxy in addition to the shame and guilt coming from the rape.

By the reportage, she appeared to remain stuck in one of the first stages of trauma: denial. Ignore it, it did not happen, then everything will be better. It will go away. Now, more have begun to come forward to tell their own narratives of abuse and secrecy from within the Roman Catholic Church, where the abusers are bishops and priests.

The cases continue to emerge not in isolated incidents, countries, or even regions; they exist in Africa, Asia, Europe, and South America. The queries may emerge, as they do for me, about the hierarchical structure itself.

The unquestioned power of men who hold the levers, whether in traditional-conservative structures seen in much of the Roman Catholic Church or in liberal-progressive institutions observed in much of the culture of Hollywood.

In terms of sexual violence, the core perpetrators tend to be men in both institutions; women tend to be the main victims. Within the increasing prominence of the anti-sexual violence and justice movements in social media and elsewhere, the church is having a moment and nuns account for a portion of it.

The sexual violence perpetrated, for example, by the Vatican in the 1990s in Africa was not dealt with or handled — euphemisms in both cases — sufficiently or at all. One of the most prominent individuals who has been charged with sexual misconduct is the sexual abuse and harassment of seminarians by the American Cardinal Theodore McCarrick.

A leading expert of the church sexual abuse and abuse of power history, Karlijn Demasure, stated, “I am so sad that it took so long for this to come into the open, because there were reports long ago… I hope that now actions will be taken to take care of the victims and put an end to this kind of abuse.”

Demasure continued, “They (the priests) can always say ‘she wanted it’… It is also difficult to get rid of the opinion that it is always the woman who seduces the man, and not vice versa.”

The references provide rather extensive coverage on the issues of both a decline in the number of Quebecois nuns, so provincial, and then the sexual abuse #MeToo moment, so international.

References

Peritz, I. (2018, July 25). Quebec’s dwindling number of Catholic nuns spells end of era in province. Retrieved from https://www.theglobeandmail.com/canada/article-quebecs-dwindling-number-of-catholic-nuns-spells-end-of-era-in/.

Winfield, N. & Muhumuza, R. (2018, July 28). As nuns come forward with sexual abuse allegations, Catholic Church faces its own #MeToo moment. Retrieved from https://globalnews.ca/news/4359088/catholic-nuns-sexual-abuse-vatican-metoo/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Canadian License Plate Etiquette

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/02

Some license plates in Canada remain more offensive than others, in Alberta in particular. In 1985, personalized license plates were introduced for public creation and consumption. 80,000 have been issued.

The license plates are not permitted to reference or ridicule on a number of identifiable groupings within the province. The reportage states, “any race, religion, gender or sexual orientation, employ foul or derogatory language, have sexual connotations or use political slurs.”

Some are entitled WTF LOL, BYT3ME, B00GRR, TRUMP45, MR OCD, CHRDNAY, BEY0TCH, MUHFUGG, GR84PLA, PINAS, and the last image from the article: GRABHER. Each of various levels of offence depending on the Albertan.

These are forms of license plates are entitled Vanity Plates — self-explanatory. Service Alberta set about 7 categories of offense for the license plates. Some of the others included CARRY22, SATIVA, INDICA, KRAK, SN0RTER and LSDINGO.

One business support specialist for the Alberta Motor Association, Brian Salter, described clever word tricks and plays on words can help pass a license plate. However, they must comply within the boundaries and borders set by the 7 categories of “technical and moral standards.”

Any professional titles or indications including MLA or MD are strictly forbidden, even if a qualified general practitioner or orthopedic surgeon. Also, apparently, manners and a smile can help in the registration of a questionable automobile vanity plate.

Salter continued, “Registry agents are the first line of defence… Our responsibility is to screen anything that comes in for a request, but every personalized plate request is reviewed by a motor vehicle specialist at Service Alberta.”

Now, noting the final plate listed as GRABHER, this looks as if a deliberate political message in light of comments about personal behaviour around and to women by the President of the United States.

However, the man who wanted the personalized plate was Troy Grabher. He wanted to have the family name on the car as a license plate. Troy is in the middle of a court battle over it, now.

His father, Lorne Grabher, had the same license plate title revoked, in Nova Scotia, in 2016 based on a complaint: a “socially unacceptable slogan” rather than the last name of a family with Austrian-German heritage.

Apparently, the license plate has been the subject of international news with the exhausting associated exhausting court battle.

Troy Grabher opined, “It was all over the news, and we were just flabbergasted. Like, how could this even happen? I think it’s pathetic that’s it come to this… I’m always worried about it. I mean, I have a sticker on the back of my car saying that it’s my last name so people are aware of it.”

References

Snowdon, W. & Keeler, N. (2018, August 27). Retrieved from https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/edmonton/edmonton-alberta-rejected-licence-plates-1.4797754.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Sexual Education in Ontario: Canadian Civil Liberties Association Lawsuit

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/02

Some accomplishments in life deserve applause, approval, and accolades. However, accomplishment can seem ambiguous in the evaluation of the relative success of a purported achievement.

Indeed, the updates — or, maybe, ‘down-dates’ or ‘back-dates’ — for the sexual education curriculum for Ontario students are underway. It brings the notion of a good education and a bad education into the forefront of the public discourse, where it can show in the words and the actions of the general population and, most importantly, the educators.

International and national documents speak to the right of children to have their best interests in mind, where the parents, the educational system, the community, and the governments bear the responsibility to enact the best interests of the children by implication. Rights exist for everyone, not some — or in part for some and all for others.[1]

The Canadian Civil Liberties Association decided to sue the Government of Ontario based on discriminatory changes to the sexual education curriculum — or ‘sex ed’ curriculum — in Ontario (Gollom, 2018).

This suggests human rights, the best interests of the child, and the right to education for children. One core document in international children’s rights remains the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (OHCHR, 1989).

Article 3(1) of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child states the best interests of the child should be — so a moral stipulation — the primary consideration in all actions (OHCHR, 1989).[2]

Article 28 of the Convention remarks, in part, on the fundamental recognition of the right to education for children (Ibid.). Furthermore, Article 29 of the Convention speaks to the goals of education with the inclusion of respect for others, human rights, and their own and others’ culture (Ibid.).[3]

One may reflect on the human rights of, and intrinsic respect for, the sexual orientation and gender identity minorities within the province of Ontario educational curriculum through potential non-inclusion or minimization of existence.

If an advanced industrial economy, constitutional monarchy, and democracy retains the ability to provide a fuller education or give better educational provisions via the sexual education curriculum, and if the same nation does not, does this, in part, deny the full implementation of the right to education for children as per Article 28 of the Convention? Also, does this violate the best interests of the child as per Article 3(1)?

Elected in 2018, Premier Doug Ford (Progressive Conservative government for Ontario) announced the retraction of the newer sexual education curriculum constructed and implemented by the previous government in Ontario led by Kathleen Wynne.

Teachers may risk punishment through non-compliance with the implementation of the old sexual education curriculum from almost two decades ago, in Ontario. This old curriculum will be an “interim curriculum” (Gollom, 2018).

Now, the Ontario government is creating a website for parents to complain or express concerns over what kids may hear in class. Does the reportage of parents, possibly en masse, in Ontario public schools work to build the needed bonds of trust and solidarity between teachers, parents, and government for the best interests of the child or not?

Does the potential public humiliation and intimidation of conscientious objector status teachers improve the morale of educators in Ontario or not? What might be the long-term impact on teacher-government relations into the future because of it?

Michael Bryant, the Canadian Civil Liberties Association Executive Director, opined, “[The government’s actions are a] ham-fisted dog-whistle of bigotry, of homophobia, dressed up as a consultation fix… We are calling it out and taking it to court” (Ibid.).

Some judge the decisions of Premier Doug Ford as discrimination against the LGBTQ+ community and a “lesson in homophobia” (Bigham, 2018). Others see this as the placement of parents’ rights first (Salutin, 2018).

Others, with proper authority, including Education Minister Lisa Thompson has or, have been unavailable for comment for prominent news organizations such as the CBC (CBC, 2018a). Still others, they opine on the level of knowledge children have about sex, i.e., a lot (Thomas, 2018).

Some may direct attention to the recent furor over the right to free speech — with international movements, dialogues, debates and lecture circuit attendees riding the wind of it, and making good money off it — in some of the culture, which, of course, remains a misnomer — ‘free speech’ — when they mean the right to freedom of expression (Government of Canada, 1982; UN, 1948).[4] As an aside, in actuality, a minor phenomenon worth little attention.

However, the argument from Vice News is the hypocrisy in the argument for free speech while also the prevention of educators to teach kids about consent by the government (Csanady, 2018). Take, for example, the inclusion of the term “transgender” only with a single appearance now, too (Ibid.). These limit the ability of educators to properly and fully teach the young.

Does this transgender or trans example relate to the minimization of the marginal — often suicidal due to more bullying, misunderstanding, and prejudice — in this country through the educational system regression mentioned earlier and in-progress now (PREVnet, 2018)?[5] Bullying remains a human rights violation as well (Ibid.; PREVnet, n.d.).[6]

The updated sex education curriculum emerged in 2015, as a revision and expansion of the 1998 sexual education curriculum in Ontario schools for children. In the electronic era, this included the information about gender identity, online bullying, and sexting. Something not foreseeable by most in the 1990s.

Social conservatives remain the main opponents to the 2015 educational curriculum coverage on gender identity, masturbation, and same-sex relationships.

With the call to appeal to the social conservative base of Premier Ford, several teachers’ unions and “thousands of parents and the Official Opposition have criticized the government’s decision to scrap the modernized sex ed curriculum” (Gollom, 2018).

One daughter could be marginalized in the light of the sexual education curriculum reversion to 1998 from 2015. Bryant uses the lawsuit from the family of the daughter who may face marginalization from within the school if the complete regression to the 1990s happens in the sexual education of Ontario youth.

The daughter is 10-years-old with a protected identity. The mother, Becky McFarlane, is queer. Bryant argues the interim curriculum leaves important information out of the sexual education information needed by students now.

Bryant stated, “They’ve taken out content in a way that discriminates against this family on the basis of their sexual orientation and gender identity” (Gollom, 2018). A Chernos Flaherty Svonkin LLP lawyer, Stuart Svonkin, is working with the Canadian Civil Liberties Association from three main targeted arguments:

  • The government’s decision is not consistent with Ontario’s Education Act, which requires the province to provide inclusive school environments.
  • The decision is inconsistent with the Charter of Rights and Freedoms — specifically, the equality of rights and security of the person.
  • The decision violates the Ontario Human Rights Code. (Ibid.)

Many human rights lawyers are working on challenges to the decision of the government of Premier Ford, on behalf of six other families. The Elementary Teachers Federation of Ontario (ETFO) asked teachers to ignore the call by the Government of Ontario (Newport, 2018a). This created the foundation upon which the government based the “snitch-line” for parents about dissenting teachers (Newport, 2018b).

Windsor, Ontario LGBTQ+ leaders remain unhappy with the decision of the provincial government (Georgieva, 2018). The head of the largest school board in Ontario attempted to console and cajole the teachers about several important topics remaining within the interim sexual education curriculum (The Canadian Press, 2018). While at the same time, John Malloy, stated the interim curriculum still leaves things out now (Ibid.).

However, this has been frustrating several teachers on-the-ground (CBC, 2018b). Important to note, and as far as I can tell, Premier Ford and Minister Thompson have not taken questions — not simply for the CBC but any media outlet.

The Toronto District School Board chair, Robin Pilkey, described how the interim curriculum does not address the permissions and restrictions on educators of what can and cannot be taught to the youth.

As reported by The Canadian Press (2018), “She says board staff are currently combing through the new document and the now-repealed modernized version to figure out how they differ — but notes the province had months to provide that information.”

Does this disrespect the time and profession of teachers in Ontario? By implication, through insufficient time to prepare educational materials for students, does this harm students with improper and incomplete education?

The Government of Ontario declared a consultation process for the sexual education curriculum without an explicit statement as to the costs of it (Gollom, 2018). Throughout the consultation, high school students will learn the modernized, 2015, curriculum while Grades 1–8 will learn the interim curriculum in Ontario.

“My understanding is it’s not going to include concepts like consent, that it’s not going to address issues like cyberbullying and that leaves our kids at risk,” Andrea Horwath, the NDP leader, stated, “For the purposes of satisfying backroom deals that Mr. Ford made when he was running for the leadership with the radical social conservatives in his party, he’s continuing to put our children at risk.”

As asked throughout, does this violate the best interests of the children in Ontario?

Does this, in part, deny the right to education of the children in Ontario?

Does the calling out of teachers humiliate them and not empower them?

Does this ‘snitch’ program degrade government-parent-teacher relations over the long-term?

Does the insufficient time given to teachers disrespect the time and profession of the educators?

By implication, through not enough time to prepare the curriculum for students, does this harm students with improper and incomplete, and hastily put together, educational resources?

If an affirmative response to some, most, or all of these, then those — as per statements at the outset — are accomplishments, of a sort, Premier Ford can count on the record with little in the way of “applause, approval, and accolades,” but, rather, the opposite on a number of fronts.

References

Bigham, B. (2018, August 28). Ontario’s dated sex-ed plan is a lesson in homophobia. Retrieved from https://www.theglobeandmail.com/opinion/article-ontarios-dated-sex-ed-plan-is-a-lesson-in-homophobia/.

CBC. (2018a, August 28). GTA school boards still parsing Ontario PC sex ed changes. Retrieved from https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/toronto/school-boards-grapple-with-sex-ed-changes-1.4801773.

CBC. (2018b, August 24). Sex-ed edict frustrates local educators. Retrieved from https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/london/sex-ed-curriculum-1.4797055.

Csanady, A. (2018, August 28). The Worst Part Of Doug Ford’s Sex Ed Snitch Line Is His Glaring Hypocrisy. Retrieved from https://www.vice.com/en_ca/article/paw5qk/the-worst-part-of-doug-fords-sex-ed-snitch-line-is-his-glaring-hypocrisy.

Georgieva, K. (2018, August 27). Windsor LGBTQ leaders rip into interim sex-ed curriculum. Retrieved from https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/windsor/lgbt-leaders-sex-education-curriculum-1.4799872.

Gollom, M. (2018, August 16). Sex-ed curricula can’t satisfy everyone, and they shouldn’t try, say some experts. Retrieved from https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/sex-education-ontario-canada-curriculum-1.4786045.

Government of Canada. (1982). Constitution Act, 1982: Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Retrieved from http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/Const/page-15.html.

Newport, A. (2018a, August 28). Here’s How Mississauga Schools Will Address the Sex-Ed Controversy. Retrieved from https://www.insauga.com/heres-how-mississauga-schools-will-address-the-sex-ed-controversy.

Newport, A. (2018b, August 23). Ontario Government Asking Parents to Tattle on Teachers Who Ignore Sex-Ed Mandate. Retrieved from https://www.insauga.com/ontario-government-asking-parents-to-tattle-on-teachers-who-ignore-sex-ed-mandate.

OHCHR. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. Retrieved from https://www.ohchr.org/en/professionalinterest/pages/crc.aspx.

PREVnet. (n.d.). Bullying: A Human Rights Issue. Retrieved from https://www.prevnet.ca/sites/prevnet.ca/files/fact-sheet/PREVNet-SAMHSA-Factsheet-Bullying-A-Human-Rights-Issue.pdf.

PREVnet. (2018). LGBTQ Youth. Retrieved from https://www.prevnet.ca/bullying/parents/parents-of-lgbtq-youth.

Salutin, R. (2018, August 28). Doug Ford will put parents’ rights first. Who will do that for kids?. Retrieved from https://www.thestar.com/opinion/star-columnists/2018/08/28/doug-ford-will-put-parents-rights-first-who-will-do-that-for-kids.html.

The Canadian Press. (2018). Head of Toronto school board reassures teachers on sex-ed curriculum. Retrieved from https://www.ctvnews.ca/politics/head-of-toronto-school-board-reassures-teachers-on-sex-ed-curriculum-1.4068075.

Thomas, W. (2018, August 28). Ontario’s new sex-ed: horny birds and honey bees. Retrieved from https://www.niagarathisweek.com/opinion-story/8865152-ontario-s-new-sex-ed-horny-birds-and-honey-bees/.

UN. (1948, December 10). The Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Retrieved from http://www.un.org/en/universal-declaration-human-rights/.

Footnote

[1] If one argues for one right for oneself, e.g. freedom of religion, and against one right for another, e.g., reproductive health rights, then one denies the universality of human rights in principle and, in turn, the basic premise of human rights as something for all people through implementation of all rights — never perfect but in the fundamental ethical precept implied through the universality of human rights. Important to note, when one speaks of human rights and the international community, the purpose of the reiteration of the stipulations not only amounts to personal or group opinion in the moment about the particulars of an issue impinging on the human rights concerns of members of a society but also on the fundamental basis of stating the international rights agreed upon and signed through international rights documents, including the Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989). Not simply a single person or group touting an opinion, rather, the consensus and agreements, and stipulations, of the international community, of which the single person or group agrees on — the rights of persons.

[2] Article 3 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child states in full:

1. In all actions concerning children, whether undertaken by public or private social welfare institutions, courts of law, administrative authorities or legislative bodies, the best interests of the child shall be a primary consideration.

2. States Parties undertake to ensure the child such protection and care as is necessary for his or her well-being, taking into account the rights and duties of his or her parents, legal guardians, or other individuals legally responsible for him or her, and, to this end, shall take all appropriate legislative and administrative measures.

3. States Parties shall ensure that the institutions, services and facilities responsible for the care or protection of children shall conform with the standards established by competent authorities, particularly in the areas of safety, health, in the number and suitability of their staff, as well as competent supervision.

OHCHR. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. Retrieved from https://www.ohchr.org/en/professionalinterest/pages/crc.aspx.

[3] Article 29 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child states in full:

1. States Parties agree that the education of the child shall be directed to:

(a) The development of the child’s personality, talents and mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential;

(b) The development of respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms, and for the principles enshrined in the Charter of the United Nations;

© The development of respect for the child’s parents, his or her own cultural identity, language and values, for the national values of the country in which the child is living, the country from which he or she may originate, and for civilizations different from his or her own;

(d) The preparation of the child for responsible life in a free society, in the spirit of understanding, peace, tolerance, equality of sexes, and friendship among all peoples, ethnic, national and religious groups and persons of indigenous origin;

(e) The development of respect for the natural environment.

2. No part of the present article or article 28 shall be construed so as to interfere with the liberty of individuals and bodies to establish and direct educational institutions, subject always to the observance of the principle set forth in paragraph 1 of the present article and to the requirements that the education given in such institutions shall conform to such minimum standards as may be laid down by the State.

OHCHR. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. Retrieved from https://www.ohchr.org/en/professionalinterest/pages/crc.aspx.

[4] Part I(2) in subsection b of the Constitution Act, 1982: Charter of Rights and Freedoms states:

…freedom of thought, belief, opinion and expression, including freedom of the press and other media of communication;

Government of Canada. (1982). Constitution Act, 1982: Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Retrieved from http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/Const/page-15.html.

Article 19 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights states in full:

Everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this right includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers.

UN. (1948, December 10). The Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Retrieved from http://www.un.org/en/universal-declaration-human-rights/.

[5] PREVnet (2018) LGBTQ Youth states:

All Youth Deserve To Feel Safe. Bullying Is A Human Rights Violation.

Questioning or accepting one’s sexual orientation can be a difficult process for teens, especially when coupled with the other stresses of adolescence. Approximately 4% of teens identify as lesbian, gay, bisexual, or questioning (LGBTQ). These kids are more likely to be victims of bullying, sexual harassment and physical abuse and face a greater risk of social isolation.

The bullying experienced by LGBTQ youth is similar to other types of bullying in adolescence, but it is particularly hurtful because these kids are keenly aware of society’s heterosexual bias.

PREVnet. (2018). LGBTQ Youth. Retrieved from https://www.prevnet.ca/bullying/parents/parents-of-lgbtq-youth.

[6] Bullying: A Human Rights Issue (n.d.) states:

When children are victimized, whether the perpetrator is an adult or a peer, their rights are being violated. Every human deserves and is entitled to respect and protection from discrimination and harassment. As a vulnerable population within society, children are at an increased risk for victimization and depend on adults to protect them and advocate for their human rights.

PREVnet. (n.d.). Bullying: A Human Rights Issue. Retrieved from https://www.prevnet.ca/sites/prevnet.ca/files/fact-sheet/PREVNet-SAMHSA-Factsheet-Bullying-A-Human-Rights-Issue.pdf.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Irish Ode: Being Gullible for the Hunza

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/02

Some non-scientists and gullible Westerners support the belief in the 150 years of living asserted about the Hunza.

When looking to the mainstream claims and researchers, what is the reality? The Hunza are simply at agricultural and premodern ages rather than the gullible claim of over 150 years.

This is a phenomenon found in some Westerners of wanting something to be true and, therefore, simply believing it to be true.

Westerners who wish to believe certain things as wishful-thinking uber-optimists. A drip-drop of skepticism may be needed.

These naive Westerners simply believe against the vast array of other evidence on offer: the preponderance of evidence in favour of Jeanne Calment as the oldest at about 122 years old, let alone asserted averages more than a quarter century above that.

Western religious fundamentalists argue for a separation between truth and fact, when, in fact, they argue for empirical truths in these cases and, thus, facts as truths.

We can consider the “truth” of this and the “fact” of this as a ‘true fact,’ as Western fundamentalists prefer redundancy. No dundees dancing over that age again compared to the mythological noble long-lived pre-modernists.

Apparently, some semi-clever fakesters bilk Westerners for ‘magical’ water over the Hunza, too.

If we listen closely, we can hear the clagarnach of the deluge of evidence against the thin-thatch roof of Bible fundamentalists, from then to there and now.

So it goes.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ontological Evidence Derived from Epistemological Naturalism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/01

The good thing about the scientific method and evidence from science: it’s factual whether you think so or not. The big research piece or finding from psychological sciences is the extraordinarily poor data taking devices human beings are, especially in regards to experienced evidence or feelings.

Many times, and unfortunately, individuals do not know how science works in terms of the criteria taken into account for coming at reliable truths about the world.

Individual human experience and feelings are among the lowest and most embarrassing form, “How do you know the Sun is a nuclear furnace rather than a choir of angels?” The reply, “I have a feeling.”

We should want the most accurate view of the world available. The main question, “What are the arguments and evidence?”

This is the main point about science. There are mechanisms in place to weed out fraudulent activity. Frauds in the scientific world are incredibly rare. So, most skepticism is undue.

What are the real standards of evidence within natural philosophical epistemology to derive facts about the natural world, ontological evidence derived from epistemological naturalism?

Not the only means but certainly among the best for functional truths about the world. An anecdote, for example, is not evidence. As has been stated, the plural of anecdote is not evidence.

A scientific mindset: we should be open to real evidence rather than confirmation bias and hearsay.

Within principles of honesty and integrity, we should ask for credible, reliable, and valid information about the natural world plus arguments.

We should not grandstand, as in simply saying the phrases, “Plenty of evidence,” or, “Plenty of arguments,” but, rather, present clear evidence and solid argument.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ontological Evidence Derived from Epistemological Naturalism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/11/01

The good thing about the scientific method and evidence from science: it’s factual whether you think so or not. The big research piece or finding from psychological sciences is the extraordinarily poor data taking devices human beings are, especially in regards to experienced evidence or feelings.

Many times, and unfortunately, individuals do not know how science works in terms of the criteria taken into account for coming at reliable truths about the world.

Individual human experience and feelings are among the lowest and most embarrassing form, “How do you know the Sun is a nuclear furnace rather than a choir of angels?” The reply, “I have a feeling.”

We should want the most accurate view of the world available. The main question, “What are the arguments and evidence?”

This is the main point about science. There are mechanisms in place to weed out fraudulent activity. Frauds in the scientific world are incredibly rare. So, most skepticism is undue.

What are the real standards of evidence within natural philosophical epistemology to derive facts about the natural world, ontological evidence derived from epistemological naturalism?

Not the only means but certainly among the best for functional truths about the world. An anecdote, for example, is not evidence. As has been stated, the plural of anecdote is not evidence.

A scientific mindset: we should be open to real evidence rather than confirmation bias and hearsay.

Within principles of honesty and integrity, we should ask for credible, reliable, and valid information about the natural world plus arguments.

We should not grandstand, as in simply saying the phrases, “Plenty of evidence,” or, “Plenty of arguments,” but, rather, present clear evidence and solid argument.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Resource: Atheist Refugee Belief

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/31

Refugees remain a growing and at risk population in the world. Their plight is in a sense all of ours. You cannot escape it. It is something that is part and parcel of the modern world with a warming climate and exacerbated military interventions and conflicts.

The problems for losing a homeland is also losing a house as a home as well. What is it to lose a home? It is potentially losing loved ones while being jettisoned for any variety of reasons.

It is the loss, quite possibly, of valued memorabilia and tokens and memories of one’s life. Then there are the drastic declines in quality of life for the people who are forced to leave and even flee.

These are refugees. They are subject to the realities and horrors of war, human desperation in scarcity conditions, pain and misery in varieties of deprivations unknown to much of the advanced industrial economies, and left with nothing but their bodies, a few items, and, perhaps, some close familial or social connections.

Some efforts to help these populations in regard to religion but not irreligion. It amounts to another manifestation of open disregard and compassion for those without formal faiths, or who have left one or another religion.

The refugee population, as it grows, and as many encounter the sincere problem in theology in real life without any necessary theological training of the Problem of Evil, real evil, more and more may be questioning the goodness of their Deity or, if involved in prayer and intervention, Theity.

Not an issue to be taken lightly in any way. But, the basic premise for the ex-Muslim and atheist populations is the degree to which they can garner some help too; there is an organization called Atheist Refugee Relief that is constructed so as to help the refugee population without a formal religion and a disbelief in the divine.

You can find out more about the atheist population of refugees and ways in which they can get more help through the link in the reference. Nonetheless, these are people in often desperate and horrid circumstances trying to find some semblance of stability and sustainable living but continue to be uprooted, extirpated, from their places that they set up.

One of the ways to help, if you feel so inclined, to look into the work of organizations such as Atheist Refugee Relief and work to either support them, or similar organizations, directly or indirectly with more exposure.

Reference

Atheist Refugee Relief. (2018). Atheist Refugee Relief. Retrieved from https://atheist-refugees.com/en/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

What Would Change Your Mind? Evidence or Nothing

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/30

During the popular consumption debate between Bill Nye and Ken Ham, two prominent popularizers of the theories — one naturalistic and followed by the majority of practicing biologists and another simply a religious proposition — of the development of life, there was a coda statement on the worldviews.

The moderator spoke to the changing of one’s mind. The question: what would change your mind? Nye summarized with “evidence.” Ham summarized with “no one is ever going to convince me.”

In my conversations with Christian creationists and freethinkers, this has been the split, in essence.

Collective empiricist work from first principles in a real philosophy of discovery for Nye, hence evidence, whether religious or secular coming to the convergence of preponderance of evidentiary truth on the reality of evolution by natural selection.

The Christian fundamentalist reading of the Bible to filter or interpret input from the natural world into the narrative of the Bible from Ham, but only applicable to Biblical Literalist readings.

The former relies on discovery from the natural world via first-principles research. The latter relies on faith in a purported holy text to interpret the input from the natural world.

That is to say, we have the telling meaning here: the Nye view as a philosophy of real discovery, construction of a theory from first principles, and the other as a philosophy of faith, or not truly knowing, or ignorance: the philosophical split of discovery and ignorance.

Among the practicing religious and secular biologists, well over 95% of those in the active researcher category, they adhere to evolution by natural selection with a 4.54-billion-year-old Earth. As stated Professor Kenneth Miller: “ Probably 95% or more of all biological scientists accept the board outlines of the theory of evolution.”*

Among a small coterie of religious fundamentalists who lead this, we have adherence to a purported holy text in instantaneous or almost instantaneous creation of the world from a Creator.

Some say 4,004BCE on October 22. Others accept 4.54 billion years. We come to the predictions made by the former model and not truly made by the latter and, therefore, the truly scientific and discovery-oriented model of evolution versus the ignorance or faith-based view of creationism.

I highly recommend seeing the Nye and Ham debate. It was enlightening as to the split between a real epistemology with verifiable truth and predictions with Nye & faux epistemology with Ham, if you get a chance.

*To clarify the discussion prior to further plumbing of the issue’s depth, what proportion of scientists adhere to an evolutionary account of life? What about the ‘elite’ scientists in the National Academy of Sciences?

Probably 95% or more of all biological scientists accept the board outlines of the theory of evolution. In the National Academy, the percentage is probably even higher.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Resource: Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/30

One of the important resources, and among the first, is the Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain (CEMB). It was, as far as I know, mainly founded by the intelligent, ethical, and influential activism ex-Muslim woman, Maryam Namazie. The CEMB started on June 22, 2007 is based out of London in the United Kingdom.

Other founders include Imad Iddine Habib, Nahla Mahmoud, Rayhana Sultan. The UK seems to be one of the hubs of activity for the Ex-Muslim community, as a public fora set and for activism around the world, as well as the United States of America with other organizations

The CEMB does have a manifesto. It works to demarcate ordinary Muslims as allies by implication of not wanting — the CEMB — to be represented by the Islamic organizations and some Muslim community leaders with regressive aspects.

The basic premise is equality of the ex-Muslims with Muslims, for secularism or separation of Mosque and state, and “reason.” They also argue for freedom of expression, especially as this applies to the critique of religion and its ideas.

One common conflation is the critique of religious ideas as attacks on individual people. It is a difficult issue to separate because, at times, there is genuine confusion and other times deliberate obfuscation for the explicit purpose of muddying the waters to prevent criticism of Islam by individuals who believe they have divine mandate to trample on the rights of others and even on others.

The CEMB makes an argument akin to the child abuse argument from Dr. Richard Dawkins with the protection of children from parents who wish to thrust, and often do, their own beliefs about the world onto them. It is an important point.

No one argues for a communist or Republican child; however, we accept implicitly the argument for a Muslim and a Christian child. The former is more benign as this is something with only voting power at the age of adulthood or consent; while, the latter, it is something that takes the entire life of a youth and an adult well prior to the age of consent or adulthood — larger domain of life and longer period of time.

The CEMB, along with a number of other organizations around the world, have been at the forefront for activism for human rights in order to attack the theocratic idea of the apostasy, and blasphemy, and the variety of punishments — censorship, imprisonment, torture, death penalty threat, death, and so on — for what many, especially in the CEMB and other associated organizations, see as imaginary crimes.

These prescriptions for the punishments of the non-believers, unbelievers, and others, come explicitly from injunctions issued by the fundamentalist religious groups and believers of the world through their own attribution to selective literalist pickings of their hole texts.

Namazie, as is deserved, worked hard and earned the Secularist of the Year award from 2005 (a lot of this information is available on a decent Wikipedia page for the CEMB). She, and others, have been facing death threats for a long, long time, continue to get them, and assiduously work against the onslaught of fundamentalist and literalist violence in spite of the real potential for political and religious violence against a freedom of expression believing, articulate, ethically consistent — very important, and intelligent ex-Muslim, especially so for a woman.

Many ex-Muslims, insofar as I have interviewed them, have been subject to a variety of threats against their livelihoods because of the simple nature of one or two things, or both. They do not believe in Islam. Or they do no believe in Islam and openly state it. They express freedom of religion and freedom of expression, as stated in a variety of international rights documents spinning the rights ball back to December 10, 1948, or 70 years ago with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights from the United Nations.

However, these countries appear to claim divine status over rights status. It is, in this sense, where I see the battleground for the first quarter of the 21st century with the fight for either transcendental traditional religious moral law claims and international secular human rights claims for the basis of ethics. The former only permits itself. The latter the provides a space for the religious and the non-religious.

I state this because the freedom of religion to believe in Islam and the freedom of expression to the concerns of the Muslim community, or individual Muslims of all stripes and sects, and to the perceived veracity of the Islamic claims remain valid. However, these individuals who want to kill those who do not believe add additional sub-clauses, implicit, to these rights that simply do not exist.

You have, to them — by what many of them have said and, indeed, have done, the right to freedom of religion, except if you stop believing in Islam, and the freedom of expression, except if you speak out against the tenets of Islam or Muslims.

This violates a fundamental principle, a superordinate ethical precept inherent in the Golden Rule and implied through the human rights instantiated throughout much of the world, which is universality of human rights. The freedom of religion implies a universality extending to freedom from religion and for freedom of expression to mean freedom to express against the dictates and beliefs of Islam.

The CEMB and the brave Namazie remain a part of the international group of increasingly prominent people — earned through hard work and sacrifice — who represent the superordinate ethical interpretation, the proper one or accurate declaration, of human rights, in this universalistic sense — for everyone and not some or none.

The raising of awareness for the concerns and issues of the ex-Muslims of the world is an important piece of the work for greater equality and a more just society and world. If we look at the activists of the world, we can see the concerns of them differing from one another.

However, there are, certainly, a variety of common and consistent concerns for the ex-Muslim population. Also, there remain consistent, long-term activist concerns overlapping with the derivatives or the outcroppings of fundamentalist religion with not only apostasy or blasphemy as purported irreligious crimes.

The issues for the LGBTQ2IA+ community, as some Canadians label it, is manifest and manifold, so plentiful, and the homophobia comes from a large swathe of the fundamentalist religious communities against the more ordinary believers who accept these communities of the sexual orientation and gender identity community.

It is the same for the community of many women. Not all, but a sufficient number of, women undergo restriction within fundamentalist and literalist, and at time moderate or ordinary, Muslim communities and households; where the concern of the CEMB becomes the concern of many of these women, these are human rights or women’s rights issues to be dealt with organizationally centralized from the United Kingdom but distributed activities around the world with other councils and organizations working in unison for the fundamental rights of persons of women and their freedoms too.

One of the intriguing aspects of the work of the CEMB, and Namazie and Fariborz Pooya, is Bread & Roses TV. It is tied to the work of the CEMB. Other media work has been successful, to a degree, with the #ExMuslimBecause social media campaign. Many came out as apostates.

This is all, as far as I can tell, part of the larger activist network work to make apostasy and freedom of expression around taboo topics more common, to make them not as verboten– especially those topics deemed streng verboten. The topics of apostasy, blasphemy, LGBTQ2IA+ concerns, women’s issues, und so weiter.

The hashtag came with a decent count, by the way, at over 100,000 uses within two weeks. The basic premise extends the general notions or sentiments of a fight for human rights and against imposition against those rights being implemented for actualized for everybody — back to universality once more.

Some common responses or claims are that the critiques of the ideas of Islam become Islamophobic rather than restricting the term “Islamophobia” or “Islamophobic” to those with anti-Muslim bigotry, which are not the same thing. One may respect the person and disagree with the ideas.

One who loves their Muslim family members but disagrees with the beliefs and suggested practices in various sects of Islam is anti-Islam and pro-Muslim family members. However, and unfortunately, this conflation of meanings between critiques of ideas and ad hominemattacks on people reflects a confusion via conflation found in the Liberal community more than others.

It comes from a positive notion of wanting to protect the little person, the less powerful, the lost, the in pain, the tortured and imprisoned, those threatened with death and who cannot practice or leave their faith, and so on; but this then extrapolates to an attack on the ideas of some of these individuals, it can lead to protections of murderers, i.e., the Charlie Hebdo cartoonist killers.

The comparison in the thought pattern, but not the magnitude of outcome, is in the incessant conservative protections via obfuscation and even outright lies about the war crimes of American presidents against the Muslim populations of the world, especially as seen in the almost two-decade-long wars seen in Afghanistan and Iraq.

The CEMB has been active with the campaigns against homophobia through Pride marches and so on in London and — I assume — elsewhere. Finally, there have been a sanctuary — not only in the other ways but also — through the argute decision for an annual gathering through a conference.

It helps to bring those the self-confidence and self-esteem against, often, the idea of a punitive, comminatory, and criticaster Theity who intervenes, judges, and is harsh with them as ex-Muslims for questioning the basic belief structure of Islam.

Reference

Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain. (2018). Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain. Retrieved from https://www.ex-muslim.org.uk/.

Nano Golesorkh. (2018). Nano Golesorkh. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/user/BreadandRosesTV.

Wikipedia. (2018). Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain. Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Council_of_Ex-Muslims_of_Britain.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Egyptian Pastor Speaks Out

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/30

Ex-Muslims comes in a variety of shapes and sizes. One of them is the individuals who did not stop believing in a faith, or a god, and transitioned into another faith from Islam. Or a more moderated, ordinary version of the faith compared to, for example, the Islamists who want political power.

Some even become religious leaders in another faith. One example was recently reported on wit the Reverend Majed El Shafie. He was being tortured and imprisoned on Egypt. He was leading a successful underground church movement. Christians who were Muslims. It happens, more than one might assume.

Shafie was held in the Abu Zabal Prison for one week in 1998 because of leading a group of 24,000 Christians in a religious movement. It was stated that he would be free and have his vehicle returned to him, as well as a house and a beautiful woman if he renounced his fellows in the Christian faith. An interesting offer, seems.

Granted, this publication is the Christian Post, so pardon the slant of the reportage here — skeptical antennae up!

The only name sold out by Shafie, apparently, was his Lord and Saviour: Jesus Christ. To most reading these references to higher powers and prophets do not hold much weight.

After saying these things, Shafie was beaten or three days with further torture and imprisonment. Then he was sent to the police hospital to recover for three months. On three charges, he was sentenced to death.

The intimidation tactic, as is usual by states, was to shut him up. Shafie escaped to Israel and was given asylum in Canadian society. He wanted to created a human rights non-profit to help the innumerable number of persecuted religious believers of faiths all over the world.

He did. Now, it has been operational for about 15 years or more. The organization is One Free World International, and remains based on the real suffering of a persecuted religious person and, in particular and relevant to the community here, an ex-Muslim. Another flavour or variety of ex-Muslim in the growing community of non-believers.

Rev. Shafie stated, “I was taken to the prison for seven days torture… They started by shaving my hair off my head, putting my head in buckets of cold and hot water, hanging me upside down. On the third day, they released dogs to attack me but the dogs didn’t attack. After that, they crucified me for two days and a half.”

He described how they caused a cut on the back his left shoulder, to the bone, and then rubbed salt in the open wound, where he almost died and need hospital treatment for those three months as a result.

The torturers did not want Shafie dead right away; they wanted the reverend, and ex-Muslim, to suffer first, and quite a lot by the sound and tone of it. They then work to destroy the reputation of the individual before killing them to keep them from becoming a martyr for the general public.

If you are a religious ex-Muslim, you may want to look into the organization founded by Shafie through a Google or other search engines. There are all kinds of help available in the world. It is only a matter of finding it.

Reference

Smith, S. (2018, August 1). Egyptian Pastor Details How He Was Tortured for Christ, Used Jet Ski to Escape. Retrieved from https://www.christianpost.com/news/egyptian-pastor-details-how-he-was-tortured-for-christ-used-jet-s….

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

A Philosophy of Discovery and A Philosophy of Ignorance: Faith and Feelings, and Reason and Empiricism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

*A tip of the hat to the distinction of Dr. Neil deGrasse Tyson from years and years ago.*

Feelings retain a particular descriptive capacity about personal experience spoken about by the religious, which is taken as a form of evidence: “experience of the Holy Spirit in my life” or “witness of the Holy Ghost in my Christ-centered life.”

The feelings are taken as evidence. Faith is belief without evidence. I don’t think it’s coherent. But that’s the reasoning. Faith in the Bible, certainly, is without evidence.

Some point to Ken Ham, Kent Hovind, Harun Yahya, Velikovsky, and others. But few take them seriously. Some have criminal histories if that speaks to intellectual honesty if not general honest and above-board behaviour.

The moment empirical evidence enters the equation: it becomes non-faith. The second reason or logic enters the equation: it becomes rational by definition.

Thus, faith, properly understood, is precisely belief without evidence, which is calling non-empirical its antonym. Take, for example, the ‘faith’ in the Sun “rising” tomorrow.

There is lots of statistical-empirical evidence in support of it, not a feeling or a faith. Take it this way, looking at the mass of evidence and using logic, the Sun is more likely to rise tomorrow than not. I do not have a feeling it will rise tomorrow or faith in its rising tomorrow. Big differences.

I can see the Sun, repeatedly over time, can predict its re-arising, and — lo and behold — the Sun rises. Not nameless people. Again, faith is belief without evidence. Any evidence means degrees of empiricism, degrees of evidence, not degrees of faith. Faith is the binary, “You just gotta believe.” Question: why?

Some faithful have an odd counter with distrust in the reportage of living scientists in the 21st century and working models of the world while also trusting purported dead people from over 20 centuries ago who may or may not have existed telling conflicting stories in a collection of books translated from three ancient languages into modern English with assertions of creation of man from dirt/mud & woman from rib and a bush on fire that talks without vocal chords and a brain (and so on).

Science is empiricism. Empiricism is about physical-material observables, evidence. Faith is about lack of evidence. The Sun as an example is relevant. It presents non-faith without reference to experts.

To experts, in the odd skepticism, if consistent, then it should apply to the Bible, even more so based on the above-mentioned extraordinary claims or points. However, it would undermine faith in the Bible.

Science is not faith either. It amounts to consideration of the massive convergence of evidence plus the theories to explain them. An example of faith: 1) The contents of the Bible are irrefutable and absolutely true. 2) Why? 3) Because the Bible says so. No reference to evidence, simply takes the book on faith.

An example of non-faith without reference to experts: 1) The Sun keeps rising every day of my life. 2) The physical observation of a lifetime of the Sun rising morning after morning. 3) The high likelihood is the Sun rising tomorrow. Does this “do away with faith”? By definition, yes.

Or, in terms of an argument, faith, in monotheistic religions on the origin of life, says, “God did it,” or, “A supreme higher intelligence with property aseity did it.” That’s, as we all know, creationism. Not all monotheistic interpretations but a significant portion.

Non-faith says, “We have biological categories, kin selection, sex selection, natural selection, genomes passed down through successive generations with copying errors, punctuated equilibrium, transitional fossils, various forms of radiometric dating methods, and sedimentary layers and ancient fossil remains, all convergent in a common tree of life. Here’s how these break down empirically.”

There is a sincere attempt at the collection of physical observances and unification of the evidence into a single theory.

The standard, as per the odd skepticism from before, response, “How can you trust those scientists?” Yet, this is not applied to the Bible. If consistent, the level of undue skepticism would be applied to the Bible as well.

But it’s not; so, if that’s not done, I can’t take the wafer critiques of many seriously, because it is inconsistent skepticism. I see why, too. It would undermine the entire enterprise of faith in the Bible or other supposedly holy (but, certainly, at times beautiful) texts.

The arguments can, maybe, be summarized as philosophies. One looks to a faith and feelings. Another to empiricism and reason. The faith and feelings amount to a philosophy of personal assertion or ignorance, not knowing but simply believing; the empiricism and reason not as a philosophy of knowledge necessarily but of discovery.

So, a philosophy of ignorance versus discovery.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Resource: Atheist Republic

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

One of the most prominent atheist organizations in the electronic world is Atheist Republic started by Armin Navabi. A very nice, and intelligent and ethical, man who hails from Iran and lives in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, now.

British Columbia is the least religious province in the entire country. Navabi has an interesting story. I recommend doing some search engines research on him. The purpose of Atheist Republic, as a non-profit organization under the Canada Not-for-Profit Corporations Act, is to provide a space for the non-religious within the convinced atheist grouping.

Many of these individuals come from religious homes, probably. Navabi is an ex-Muslims. The organization works in tandem, whether organizationally or with some prominent individuals, with ex-Muslims. It is important to provide this space for the atheist populations of the world, as they comprise a hunk of the ex-Muslim population.

Of course, many ex-Muslims become a different sect, tradition, or denomination of Islam, or another religion, or simply spiritual or agnostic. But the provisions for the atheist ex-Muslim population is important and the ability to organize socially or for activism through online resources is important.

Whether online alone or the online world to facilitate the offline activities, Atheist Republic is a large and rapidly growing organization worth keeping an eye on, especially if you are an atheist ex-Muslim in need of community.

Everyone has, at times, felt alone, as if no one can hear their voice. However, there are not-quite panaceas but resources such as Atheist Republic to help solve some of the problems associated with the isolation of the ex-Muslim population in even their own countries and communities.

The confident believer or unbeliever should be able to live freely, openly, and without unfair or unjust treatment compared to others with the equal right to live a life of dignity, autonomy, and respect. Unfortunately, these international rights and privileges are, frequently, violated — often more for women than for men, which may explain the demographic differences between the men and the women in the ex-Muslim communities, at least the open ones.

The power of rational people coming together is important for the integration of the ex-Muslim community, of which Atheist Republic can be one of many groupings for the furtherance of equality and peace efforts around the world.

Reference

Atheist Republic. (2018). Atheist Republic. Retrieved from http://www.atheistrepublic.com/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Resources: Ex-Muslims of North America

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

Ex-Muslims of North America (EXMNA) is a 501(c)(3) registered non-profit organization. Its emphases of operation are the reduction of discrimination against ex-Muslims and for the promotion of secular values tied to religious dissent.

People have the right to disbelieve a religion. They have the right to freedom of expression against the tenets of a religion. That provides the basis for the EXMNA as an entity. Sarah Haidar, one of the current staff, and Muhammed Syed, current president, founded the organization in 2013 in Washington, D.C.

Nas Ishmael and Sadar Ali founded the other portion in Toronto. The forms of isolation and bigotry faced by many who leave Islam find themselves in the expression of death threat and dead bodies at times.

EXMNA and similar organizations provide a basis for solidarity and support, and activism. Through the support networks, the ex-Muslims in North America can branch together with the international community of unbelievers for real activism against the fundamentalist theocratic violence and bigotry against those individuals who simply want to stop believing in peace, as per the Universal Declaration of Human Rights statements in Article 18:

“Everyone has the right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion; this right includes freedom to change his religion or belief, and freedom, either alone or in community with others and in public or private, to manifest his religion or belief in teaching, practice, worship and observance.”

I do not see the right to kill unbelievers in the statement there. According to its Wikipediapage, sorry for the reference there, there are 25 cities in North America with chapters of the organization and over 1,000 volunteers in those 25 cities in total, boasting about 24,000 members in the group.

There are some staff and volunteers for EXMNA, which functions largely on donations. The meetings of the group remain closed-group because of the safety concerns for those involved in them, as well as there being a screening process for those individuals involved in it. It provides authentication of the persons attending the events.

As props up in the news, many corpses can be found due to the violent backlashes against those who simply stopped believing. EXMNA published The Ex-Muslim. It is claimed to the be the first, and only mind you, magazine for the former Muslim population. Not a small feat, or feature.

Reference

Ex-Muslims of North America. (2018). Ex-Muslims of North America. Retrieved from https://www.exmna.org/#.

United Nations. (1948, December 10). Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Retrieved from http://www.un.org/en/universal-declaration-human-rights/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Fighting for Freedom, Fight for Place: Australian Ex-Muslim Network

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

Identity: people die for it; they kill others for it. As Douglas Rushkoff has noted in the past, if not to have others believe in it — obviously not the dead ones, then to keep believing in it ourselves.

Australian society works within a number of systems. Some operate underground, off the grid, but not quite underwater. This comes in the form of the ex-Muslim community, for the protection of the ex-Muslims in unsafe conditions at the moment.

The circumstances for the worlds hundreds of millions of Muslims remains plural and will continue to be plural throughout the 21st century. Insofar as I can discern with international right documents, the fundamental human rights to belief, conscience, and religion permit individuals to adhere to a faith.

In its corollary, persons deserve and reserve the fundamental human right to leave a religion without qualms or queries. The nature of human rights becomes reciprocal in this regard, utilitarian or a Golden Rule ethic.

The rock upon which freedom can be built stands in the light of the choices in front of us: to do one thing or another, and then to choose one over the other. (If only one option, not much of a choice.) Unfortunately, a minority of the Muslim population in the world — alongside other faiths, though less prominently in this regard — who begin to disbelieve confront familial, social, and theocratic-legal pressures to cease and desist the questions about the religion.

In some news items, we can discover the stories of those murdered based on disbelief; in other case studies, we can see the escape from the family members hunting them. Ex-Muslims in the latter category comprise the network managers and entrants around the world in the increasing numbers of the non-religious who come from an Islamic religious heritage.

Now, they stopped believing and fled the nation. Others work to help individuals who want to believe or not, based on personal reasons. These can be ordinary Muslims with an activist bent. In some reportage, in June mind you, ABC reported on the ex-Muslim network in Australia.

One woman named Aisha spoke of not wearing a hijab, having friends placing a photo on social media of this, and then the parents finding out. The parents called Aisha a whore; that she would “end up in the gutters,” in her words.

Her parents became physically violent. The police became involved in the conflict. Her parents asserted Aisha was a compulsive liar. Now, her identity is protected based on a fear of the potential repercussions from the family. Many members of the underground network speak on the disownment of family. The being forced into a life of silence.

The reality of being demonized and stigmatized, and traumatized, in the public sphere, by the clerics and community leaders. These ex-Muslims or former believers in a religion begin to live dual lives in order to appease the insanity of the community retribution against non-believers.

This becomes an issue to health and wellbeing of the person involved with the abuse coming in numerous forms while also remaining financially dependent on some people. For example, the abuse may come from one’s job or parents.

This forces ex-Muslims into false identities in public while keeping their lack of faith hidden from the public eye. Obviously, they want to live a free life as they are, as everyone reserves a right; however, their lives become topsy-turvy, and black-and-white — at the same time.

For other communities with a longer tradition of open doubt or outspokenness, this becomes an issue. Because the Australian Bureau of Statistics on the number of Muslims in the nation will remain artificially inflated with ex-Muslims simply stating, “Islam,” as their faith on the census forms to appease the family in some form — even with the family none the wiser.

Members of the Australian ex-Muslim network described the fear and terror of coming out. This seems akin to gay men coming out in the middle of the 20th century in the United States of America.

Another profiled woman, Nadia, ran a blog called Nullifidian. There, she wrote about the personal experiences of homeschooling in a conservative, strict Islamic home. Now, she is ostracized from family and living in her 20s.

She covers hair and remains disguised in various representations, e.g. online. Nadia explained the fear of “disownment, isolation, imprisonment or death.” She remarked in some writing on the chosen anonymity online with the abuse and threats, even while living in a secular Western nation.

As with those who leave Judaism and feel a nostalgia for the traditions, many ex-Muslims may feel a sense of wanting the ritual and structure of the belief system and practices back into their lives; it may also reflect the loss of structure and support, where the yearning for these things reflects an unhealthy nostalgia, too.

This Australian network does not limit to the nation. The network links with other collectives of ex-Muslims, secretive and public, from around the world. One such organization is Faith to Faithless founded by Imtiaz Shams. Others include the various ex-Muslim councils from around the world.

Shams stated, “If you talk about ex-Muslims, you have to talk about the internet… When I left Islam, I thought I was the only one in the world… I spent my time building ex-Muslim communities that are like Fight Club style, you know, you have to know someone to get in across the world with my friends… We were just kids on the internet, we were not activists.”

Then he moved to the online world of Reddit, where the ex-Muslim community has begun to thrive more than others. Same with social media platforms including Facebook and Whatsapp. Ex-Muslims enter into a world of abuse at times: lies, abuse, violence, death threats, and slurs thrown at them with venomous tongues intended to cause harm.

Another narrative from Fatima described the dual-life, where she lived as a Muslim in public but as a non-Muslim in private. She wants to live life without the religion, but she cannot do so with the pressures from within the community.

Other prominent people, with their real names known, have been killed, as in the American-Bangladeshi case of Avijit Roy. He was hacked to death at a book fair in Bangladesh. Roy created an online community for freethinkers, humanist, and atheists from South Asia or who are South Asian.

Other prominent groups include Ex-Muslims of North America (EXMNA) and the Council of Ex-Muslims in Britain (CEMB). It is important to note one of the statistics reported in the article. That, in the United States of America, 23% of those who were raised as Muslims no longer identify as Muslim. About ¼ of those raised in the faith in America leave it.

The number of unbelievers or nonbelievers in other countries including Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, and elsewhere, are likely in significant or non-trivial numbers; however, they fear coming out.

Reference

Khalik, J. (2018, June 10). Secret ex-Muslim network in Australia fear disownment and abuse. Retrieved from http://www.abc.net.au/news/2018-06-09/double-lives:-the-secret-ex-muslim-network-in-australia/9811340.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Imtiaz Shams and Faith to Faithless

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

The nature of activism is not in the show of empty solidarity, though in a fairer analysis this does help.

The core of activism amounts to the willingness to help another human being in desperate circumstances at potential great cost to oneself. At a minimum, there must or likely will be a cost for the individual involved in the activism.

Organizations exist for the assistance in the activism of the non-religious and the former fundamentalist religious. Some organizations devote themselves to the community of so-called ‘apostates’ or the ex-Muslims. Those who live with death threats over their heads and own family hunting them down for retribution for dishonoring the family.

One broad-based group is called Faith to Faithless run by Imtiaz Shams. A young man with a mission to not only assist the ex-Muslim population but the broad base of those people who have lived through difficult circumstances of a fundamentalist religious upbringing and need to escape.

Imtiaz was a Muslim, but then stopped believing in the faith. He, genuinely — as many do, felt alone as the world’s only ex-Muslim. This amounts to the psychological torture inflicted, systematically on the religious who become non-religious. A social mechanism to feel as if alone and so to then need to dive back into the open arms — with requirements — of the religious community.

The purpose of the organization is two-fold, to connect and support. Those who feel alone, get them together online or in some other fashion. Those without a support but not alone, give them some form of support.

It is reported, “He said in the last year the organisation has helped 1000 people from a variety of backgrounds including Ultra-Orthodox Hasidic ex-Jews, Jehovah’s Witness, ex-Muslims, ex-evangelical Christians, Exclusive Brethren, as well as people leaving cults.”

A diverse base of those who underwent some form of abuse in a fundamentalist community and wanted out of it. Faith to Faithless helped to them. Shams spoke at the Humanist International Conference in Auckland, New Zealand in early August.

He focused on the subject matter of the human right rights of all people. By implication, this means the rights of those who want to believe in a religion; also, those who want to leave a faith because of personal preference.

The reportage makes the case that the argument sounds as if someone who was part of the LGBTQ+ community in the past. It makes sense. People in the closet of keeping a deep secret of personal identity to themselves for fear of legal or physical reprisal, or social stigma. Everyone wants to belong.

The idea of not only being rejected by one’s job — which one can acquire in another place or profession — but also social and family life. That is painful and a tremendous dilemma for those undergoing these dramatic life circumstances of tension between leaving or staying, coming out or living a literal lie. Fun, huh?

Shams explained, “If you are young, and you don’t know how to get help you are stuffed. You become homeless, people try to kill themselves… When someone leaves a very high-control group, let’s say Jehovah’s Witnesses or Gloriavale for instance, they don’t even know how to access traditional standard services. They don’t know how to go to the police, they don’t know how to get social services, none of that.”

Many of the apostates found that the support services treated them poorly. The bad treatment from the social services can be dismissal of their claims, to bad referrals, to bad provision of mental health services, and so on.

This is not only with friends, family, and professional life. It can come from the educational domain, such as on the university campuses as well; that has been an area of focus for Shams in the past. He is a frequent speaker on television programs. (Please do use a search engine to see him — well-recommended.)

More information in the article in the reference.

Reference

Hancock, F. (2018, August 7). Faith to Faithless: The group that supports people who no longer believe. Retrieved from https://www.stuff.co.nz/life-style/life/106066133/faith-to-faithless-the-group-that-supports-people-….

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Fundraiser for Ex-Muslims

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

The means by which to express solidarity with the less fortunate costs nothing, as Deeyah Khan — the veteran filmmaker — notes. The ability to state support costs only some air and a tad of time, but, for those in the most oppressive theocratic regimes and regressive sociopolitical contexts — especially for girls and women, this can mean the world to them. It means someone cares: anyone.

It can mean the difference of someone caring and showing support or not to a poor African-American child in the inner city ghetto. Kids from rich and unloving families do worse than children from poor and loving families, on average and over the long-term.

Take the sentiment of his research into the arena of activism, the same can, in a general humanistic set of ethics, be considered, more or less, the same. One means of solidarity is support through finances of those in need of it.

One GoFundMe campaign is comprised of these sisters from Saudi Arabia: Manal, Muna, and Nauf. As reported in the campaign for them, they live in constant fear. The reason: terror or discovery of their ex-Muslim status. They not only reject God but also Islam in particular and so Allah, and so the patriarchs who enforce His laws.

They earned the chance to escape the country to have their lives back and walk without having to wear their enforced veil. In most circumstances, the issue for human rights campaigners is not the veil in and of itself, mostly, but the forced wearing of a piece of clothing with fear of legal and physical reprisal for non-adherence.

As also stated, “They couldn’t obtain any protection or refugee status because they currently are in a middle-eastern country. They are in danger. Their brothers are searching for them and if they are found they are very likely to be murdered.”

Their own family members are looking for them. Because they are ex-Muslim. They need some help, as others do too. If you can support them with some finances, this can embolden others with their examples.

The thing with the theocratic regimes seen today in the Islamic world, or in Christendom in history, or in the theonomy of the Atwood world of Gilead: they’re fragile. Not many need to doubt and act out to have them begin to crumble, not in decades but months or years.

The GoFundMe is an effort along those lines of those who act out and openly express their doubt, even without words through not wearing a veil. The regimes are legitimately terrifying for those inside of them, in a way some are terrified of throwing a rock at a window or a wall living inside a giant glass house.

The finances donated to the campaign could help them get out, as they lack the funding to do so. Their location — as well as their real names, apparently — are not public, but the money will help them escape to a Western, modernized country — where they will request asylum.

Reference

GoFundMe. (2018). Operation Rescue Sisters Saudi. Retrieved from https://www.gofundme.com/operation-rescue-sisters-saudi.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Haidar, Syed, and Shams, and Support for Ex-Muslims

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

Through BBC News, there was some good, but older, reportage on the nature of ex-Muslims building community for having a voice and protection for themselves.

It was stated that many Muslims who leave the faith then face a protracted period of abuse and violence. This creates a situation in which individuals must deal with the difficulties of the family and the community not only rejecting them but also doing so aggressively.

One man, Muhammad Syed, left Islam years ago, which means becoming an ex-Muslim. It seems like an interesting commentary to me. That is, the ones who leave the religion and form councils around the world with national representatives play by the rule book of the definitions and terms of the religious.

People who leave Christianity, except maybe Jehovah’s Witnesses — who become ex-JWs, rarely become ex-Christians in North America and Western Europe. Rather, they amount to the individuals who are atheists or non-religious in general.

They do not, and not as a smart and conscious tactic, leave the religion and then become a title related to the conceptual framework of viewing the world with the religion. But rather, they are then something entirely other or mostly different than the original title of Christian.

When Syed left, he opines on something intriguing: the lack of doubt within the immediate community because everyone believes in the ideas and morality of the religion. In 2007, Syed then realized that he did not believe in Islam at all.

As a young lad, he had an interest in the sciences, especially astronomy and the space sciences including an interest in the television portrayals of science fiction in Star Trek and Star Wars. He identifies as a liberal. His parents had PhDs.

In his early 20s only a few months prior to the tragedy of 9/11, he went back to the United States. America entered war-time. His Pakistani friends became very conservative in orientation.

Syed stated, “There was one guy in particular… I knew him through high school… We were in the same college. We were similar people — he was liberal like me. Then he grew this foot-and-a-half long beard…. He was talking about torture in the grave (an Islamic belief in punishment after death)… And he was talking about it being a real thing that people have witnessed — a very superstitious type of thinking.”

With his own scientific interest and background, Syed found this bizarre. He began to study the religious texts, including the Quran and the hadiths, and the secondary texts of Islam. He considered Islam humanistic and scientific.

He was intent on showing his friend wrong. He then realized, starkly, the friend had the correct view. He had the wrong view, on Islam. Skip to another scene, Syed is having dinner with some friends. One survived leukaemia earlier in life.

The man was praising God for the recovery from the highly lethal disease. However, within the mind of Syed, he was considering the probability of surviving from leukaemia. Then he thought, “How do you know that God is the one that saved you — versus you being in the percentage that is saved generally?”

Then Syed had an epiphany about the absurdity of some of the claims of the friend. It becomes a matter of the odds, a coin toss, or a throw of the die and hoping not to — so to speak.

“From there I thought: ‘I understand this is all false, and I’ve understood it for a while, I just haven’t self-acknowledged it.’… It’s not that you want to, or don’t want to, believe it anymore… It’s like you understand Newton’s equations for gravity — if you understand them, you understand them. You can’t not understand them afterwards,” Syed explained.

His family is a liberal family with the mother being quite open-minded. Within a few weeks, he decided to tell the family that he was an ex-Muslim. The family was noticeably shocked or surprised by the announcement of their son to them.

In fact, he elaborates that the shock was, indeed, connected to surprise about the coming out. It sounds as if Syed was a gay man in the 1940s coming out in America. For some Muslims, 13 nations around the world, the death penalty is applied to them.

When you read or hear of the different punishments of a severe form such as lashings, whippings, and death — even purported “gnashings of teeth” in the afterlife, there may be associated cascade effects inside of the societies in which these punishments emerge out of the underbelly of Islamic theocratic law.

The family and the community punishments can precede or co-occur with these punishments and legal threats for those who leave the religion. Syed noted wanting the best for those one loves in their life.

“If you believe that by going down a certain path a relative will — say — burn for eternity, it’s hard not to push back… A lot of that pushback comes from a place of love. It’s not from a place of hate,” Syed opined.

He then spoke to friends about the change in the personal worldview. Then he began to know other ex-Muslims. One of them was Sarah Haidar. She was born in Pakistan and then raised In Texas. Haidar left Islam to become an ex-Muslim at the age of 15 or 16.

She never met another ex-Muslim. Part of this is demographic, living in Texas — joke aside, the loneliness for ex-Muslims remains palpable.

Haidar remarked, “When I found out Muhammad was an atheist, I didn’t believe him… I thought maybe it was a joke. When I realised it was the case, it really was astounding to me.”

Haidar was raised by parents who were conservative compared to the parents typically found in the West. Her parents were liberal relative to the standard Muslim parents. One may assume compared to those in Pakistan, as an example. Many North Americans consider Texas conservative central, by North American standards.

“They never abused me… But they were never happy with my choices. I got pushback every step of the way… It was a long process for them to understand this was an intellectual choice, and to have some mild respect for it. But they did get there, and many ex-Muslims’ parents would not have…” Haidar continued, “I know ex-Muslims who have no contact with their family at all — either for fear of physical abuse or retribution, or because the family have shunned them.”

Syed and Haidar went on the hunt, the prowl, for other ex-Muslims. In the underbrush of the online world and through the word of mouth, they began to garner a small and informal, but also growing, network of those who have renounced Islam.

Risks can ensue for those individuals. Their — Syed’s and Haidar’s — lives become augury’s for the lives of others. People can palter and speak in the cant necessary to get information about those trying to save the lives of others.

They have to be mulish and discerning in this, as a result. Some false calls may act surly; however, the goal is to help others and not simply leave them vulnerable to attack. It is a network after all. A slip of the tongue can mean an identity revealed and a life taken away prematurely.

The threats are real. Theo van Gogh remains one prominent example but a European, so people notice this. There are others of equal worth and value in the world, who will never have a name known or a face seen by the wider public with the ability to enforce the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

Think about that. It is not a tree in a forest this time.

The reportage continued, “‘Sarah thought she was the only one,’ says Muhammad. ‘We thought there were probably others like that.’ Through word-of-mouth, and online forums, they built a small, informal network of ex-Muslims. Then came the next step: meeting in real life.”

Syed worked to speak with people o the phone and took necessary precautions for safety because of the potential for violent Muslims finding them out. Haidar remembers this as a scary period in time. That is, the tension and the excitement was nerve-racking for her.

The risk in simply coming out to a public place was an issue. They began to meet others and spread the word. There were meetings in bars, pubs, cafes, restaurants, and so on. Starting in the Autumn of 2013, Syed and Haidar decided to create the Ex-Muslims of North America.

It was an organization devoted, in the public eye, to support and provide coverage for the ex-Muslims — ahem — in North America. There was a large demand for their support system and networks.

Syed stated, “You have to assess the risk. You have to figure out whether this was worth it. But there was no other way. Somebody had to take that chance. Somebody had to make that happen… I didn’t honestly see another way… There were no other people that were doing this, even around the world. We were in the right place, the right time, and I had the right mentality.”

He remarked that his upbringing inculcated the desire to help those in need.

The report stated, “Four years on, Muhammad and Sarah’s network — which is run by volunteers and relies on donations — has around 1,000 ex-Muslims in 25 cities in North America. People often call in the middle of night. Sometimes they’re suicidal.”

These are people in desperate circumstances with many, likely, losing not only their family and friends but also their will to live without them. Few people are capable of the isolation necessary to live in solitary confinement or something closely resembling it — outside of a jail cell: open-air isolation.

One individual after stating to the family that he intended to leave Islam had a gun placed to his head. One person was forced to take part in an exorcism. This makes for fallow psychological ground for feelings of betrayal, resentment, and then self-imposed isolation and potential suicidal ideation.

“If they want to talk, we usually connect them with somebody — similar age group, somebody that can understand them…Often it’s ethnic — so, for example, Saudi people can understand Saudis better. We have people from 40 different ethnic backgrounds,” Syed stated, “We had a young girl, her parents weren’t letting her study… Home schooled at high school, expected she would get married, she can’t go to college, she wanted out. She wanted to live her life. We were able to connect her to someone else, someone who had a spare couch. It’s not much — but for somebody who has nothing, it’s huge.”

The organization can get both threats as well as cries for help. Many of them come through social media or emails. Then there is a random person on the internet who is giving some form of legitimate threat. First, they used to call the police. Now, they connect with the FBI who understands it.

Another individual is an ex-Muslim from London who founded Faith to Faithless, Imtiaz Shams. It is a British group to help the ex-religious regardless of their personal background. He is younger. Syed and Shams argue those — for shorthand — on the Left use racism and the Right uses demonization of brown problem.

Each comes at this with a stereotyped lens in other words with different negative consequences and few positives, especially with the reduction in communication and the shunning of people. The article concludes on the tour and how they feel heartened when hearing stories of triumph in spite of the problems from leaving their respective faiths. The people who go through Faith to Faithless or EXMNA get support that they have been dying for.

Reference

Amos, O. (2017, November 29). Ex-Muslims: They left Islam and now tour the US to talk about it. Retrieved from https://www.bbc.com/news/world-us-canada-42090104.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Congratulations: He’s Gay!

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

One of the more intriguing collective narratives comes from the sexual orientation and gender identity minority community. Those who find themselves in a precarious condition as internal outcasts of traditionalist, conservative communities.

Many times, these communities amount to the religious communities. Also interesting, the ways in which the description of a traditionalist and conservative community overlaps with the bigoted and prejudicial views. A non-conscious recognition of a cultural and even societal trend in many countries.

One ex-Muslim wrote in the Huffington Post about their own experience as a Muslim and coming out. They wrote an article about the London Pride. There are many, many ex-Muslims fighting alongside and for the rights of the LGBTQ+ communities in London.

Some signs held at the pride parades will say, “Allah is gay.” The author’s hope was that this would be a possibility in Germany as well. The ability to freely express opinions, even offensive ones, at a pride parade.

He made a t-shirt with the imprint of “Allah is gay.” He also made a sign in support of the minority Muslim community who are members of the LGBTQ community. It amounts to a series of activist statements in support of the right to live a decent life as a human being regardless of sexual orientation or gender identity. It becomes an act of protect in words. That’s it.

A reported, “Gay and atheistic: For fundamentalists, that is a potentiation of evil. However, that this post would trigger such violent reactions, I honestly never expected… My shirt has made me hostile to people, insulting and making mischievous sexual allusions. ‘Miserable dirty dog, are not you ashamed (sic) of religions making fun of you.’ Or ‘I think it’s a pity that there are such people like you in the world’ — I had to read such sentences.”

He received a number of death threats now. He would appear to be a bone fide activist now. You cannot be without death threats in the modern era. One stated: “You say ‘Alah is gay’?? You will die tomorrow. I know where your stand is, I mobilize all over Berlin.”

This person argues, even as an ex-Muslim, for a rational approach to the theology of Islam because if Allah created everyone then Allah created gay people. It is taken as an insult to say, “Allah is gay,” but, in a larger context, this hardly seems to be the case.

He views gay as a positive thing and not negative, so the implied insult to those reading those words are missing the message. At the age of 14, he recounts that he became an ex-Muslim. He was living in Iraq. But then, his dad reported him because the neighbors placed pressure on him.

“I was then arrested and tortured. This memory shapes me to this day. The police of the Kurdish regional government picked me up. In the police station, they interrogated me for several hours and tortured them with electric shocks.” He stated, “They made me dance like a monkey — according to the motto: ‘You think you’re from monkeys? Then dance like a monkey.’ After that, I was taken to the juvenile detention center in Erbil (capital of the Kurdistan Region of Iraq) and again beaten by guards. The other prisoners also attacked me.”

With a full 13 days of torture, he was let go with the help from his uncle. The matter created a great stir within the Iraqi media. Then people would call him atheist. That made it nearly impossible for him to live in safe way in Iraq.

Life becomes precarious for many atheists around the world. Of course, many readers here have heard of the banal fact of life, with the death penalty by the state in several countries in addition to the continual death threats.

The violence against women, and men for that matter, to keep them in line becomes another form of social control through the religion connected to the state. Fundamentalist Judaism, Christianity, Islam, and Communism harbor the same mentality, whether theistic or atheistic.

They become tied to the power of the state to punish and repress dissidents and intellectuals. Because there is an authoritarian structure with incredible power to wield and set doctrine without the formal mechanisms to think about it; indeed, people are compelled in education and media, and socio-cultural life, to never question it.

As stated, “My case also got a big media swirl because I was still so young. I received mass threats and felt constantly at risk. I had no choice but to flee from Iraqi Kurdistan. I paid a very high price for showing myself out as an ex-Muslim. I fled to Europe to finally be free. That’s why I’ve always spoken out loud here.”

The only choice for this individual was to flee the nation to have some modicum of hope for a better tomorrow. Iraqi Kurdistan became a distant memory, as if some trace of cloud leftover on a sunny day. No more clouds, even the ones you like; however, you still have to deal with the beating from the Sun now.

He went to Europe. Now, he uses the right to freedom of expression to speak his personal narrative and verboten perspective. He reverted to an immature attitude and belief system in his non-belief as an ex-Muslim.

That is, all that he left then became the root of all evil. He felt afraid of the potential for Islamization of a country and the haters of Islam became his friend. He was afraid of the totalitarian ideologies. He still feels afraid and in terror. He grew.

“And I oppose that right-wing populists use my negative experiences with Islam to legitimize their xenophobia. I no longer fight against Islam, but for diversity and tolerance — and for me that includes showing solidarity for progressive Muslim forces. And to support the people who fight for tolerance and acceptance in the Muslim culture,” he opined.

More in the link in the reference.

Reference

Sherwan, A. (2018, July 27). “Allah is gay”: As an ex-Muslim, I go to the Pride Festival — even though I get death threats. Retrieved from https://www.huffingtonpost.de/entry/lgbtq-exmuslim-pride-todesdrohung_de_5b5aec23e4b0de86f495f8d4.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Sherif Gaber Months After Arrest

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

If you look at the news cycle some, you can notice a continual stream of common narratives. Stories bound by a common thread of individuals trying to express their fundamental human rights and then others attempting to prevent their expression of those rights.

One of those individuals is Sherif Gaber. According to Friendly Atheist, he was originally arrested in 2013 based on posting on religion. In particular, he commented on his own conversion experience into Islam.

He scurried away from the law enforcement authorities in order to continue making more videos on YouTube. He was at an undisclosed location and then a blasphemy charge was laid against him. This was in March of 2013. He stated that he may be arrested in the near future. He was arrested.

A reported, “He sent a message to his fans saying the police had captured him… though days later, he tweeted that he was free again. But was he safe? What was his status now? There was were a lot of unanswered questions about his safety still up in the air.”

He uploaded a video recently, where he explained the purpose and intention behind what he does for the non-religious community. He thinks that he is making a difference. That he can observe the changes because of his activism through commentary, simply talking.

“And when that many religious people are coming after you, it’s probably because they know their foundation is flimsy and they don’t want anyone exposing it,” the reportage explained, “It takes a lot of courage to do what he’s doing. Wherever he’s at, I hope he’s safe.”

References

Mehta, H. (2018, July 4). Months After His Arrest, Ex-Muslim Sherif Gaber Explains Why He Still Speaks Out. Retrieved from http://www.patheos.com/blogs/friendlyatheist/2018/07/04/months-after-his-arrest-ex-muslim-sherif-gaber-explains-why-he-still-speaks-out/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Anonymous Yemeni Ex-Muslim Woman in Turkey

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

There are the lives of the young, rich, and famous idolized in the fantasies built in the Hollywood movies and Los Angeles culture. An ever-hopeful, youthful vision of the world with infinite amounts of pollyannaish trust in one’s fellow human being.

Then there is the opposite notion of a life on the run, in desperation, cut from the protective obligations of the state, fearing for their life while fleeing from family and culture for exercising one’s freedom of belief and freedom of religion.

Many Westerners live in the former world; many ex-Muslims live in the latter world. For many ex-Muslims, the trust in one’s fellow human being gets transmogrified into the horror of the ‘other.’

Because of this fearful life, living on a knife edge of potential death or imprisonment with a deep desire for the freedoms others take for granted and even at times abuse, many ex-Muslims only speak out i n anonymity.

An anonymous state expedited by the internet. The questions for the ex-Muslim population is how best to get the word out to garner support and build a movement while protecting the health, wellbeing, and livelihood of others going through the same process of disbelief and escape from fundamentalist religion.

Take, for example, an abridged version of a Yemeni women who fled to Turkey because of the fear of reprisal from family for her lack of belief in Islam, for being an ex-Muslim.

As I reported on the live story:

“This is all based on a real, recent story. One that is ongoing for a 24-year-old young woman from Yemen, who currently lives in Turkey. Amy is an ex-Muslim. Like many ex-Muslims, her story is not uncommon and can be claimed as one sector of the non-religious population subjected to horrendous abuse and disownment by family and community simply for exercising for their fundamental human rights to freedom of belief and freedom of religion. It is within their rights and part of their conscience that they do not share the beliefs of their family and community, by and large, and consider themselves ex-Muslims: apostates.”

The woman’s chosen anonymous name is Amy. She is black and part of a discriminated and persecuted against group called “Akhdam” or servants. They are referred to as this based on the color of their skin. It is an ethnic- and skin-color-based epithet.

Amy was fearing for her life based on the potential reprisals from family for not believing in Islam anymore. She was an apostate in the closet. Her fear of her father was very real.

She later lived with her mother and married, eventually have 6 children while a Muslim. The reason for the father’s potential violence against her for disbelieving in Islam comes in the form of the Islamic mentality of the dad.

“The dad, apparently, reported Amy’s disappearance to the Yemeni police and then told them that she has secular ideas and values. She was studying mass communication at the University of Sana’a. However, prior to finishing her degree — right before, she had to flee Yemen,” as stated in the reportage.

She travelled to Turkey illegally and was jailed for four months with the threat of deportation. However, a deportation would lead to the return to a family and culture that would want to see her dead. She was released with paper after four months and given official papers for a guaranteed, legal stay in Turkey.

Amy spoke about how Istanbul rejected her even though she was able to stay in Turkey. Then an employee in Turkey stated that she is not welcome there. With the papers from before, she had 15 days to stay; however, now, that time limit is up.

She is monetarily broken and unable to find work. So, the questions arise about truly being homeless if she cannot find some form of employment.

Amy stated, “I went to an NGO Called ASAM that is in partnership with UNCHR, but they told me to go to the UNCHR in Ankara. But I do not have the money to go theirs, and also I know that UNCHR only going to make it difficult for me,” Amy explained, “because after applying in UNCHR I will be forced to leave to a new city determined by the government of Turkey, but I do not have the money to go to any city and not gonna be able to rent an apartment again.”

There is no help financially from the UNCHR, or with accommodations.

Because she fled Yemen, Amy was unable to complete her postsecondary degree in full. However, eventually, she wants to complete it.

Will she? Will she be safe? Only the future and support networks can tell.

References

Jacobsen, S.D. (2018, July 19). Being An Anonymous Ex-Muslim Young Woman in Turkey and From Yemen. Retrieved from https://goodmenproject.com/featured-content/anonymous-ex-muslim-sjbn/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Becoming an Ex-Muslim and Living with Death Threats

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

A moderately old story in an article (in reference); however, it is still of note in the news cycle and bears repeating ad infinitum, because the context for ex-Muslims over the globe remains desperate in too many circumstances rather than peaceful in terms of leaving or joining, or staying, in the faith — or a faith for that matter based on the rights to freedom of belief and freedom to religion.

A slightly more intriguing presentation of the information in the reference news article. Nonetheless, the content directs attention to a continual issue for the men and the women in the world who wish to leave a faith in which they lack — ahem — faith.

As many Caucasian males between the ages of 18–35 in North America and Western Europe with a Christian familial and societal heritage, it is natural for those individuals to be the ones to react positively to the New Atheist movement (with the emphases on Abrahamic religions, but also spilling over into radicalism, terrorism, fundamentalism, and irrationality in general) and New Mythologist movement (with the emphases on the mythological import of Christ, informal apologetics and theology for Abrahamic religions, and general association of most mythologies with those Christian elements in the center of the discussion).

These individuals have representatives and increasingly prominent voices. Those popularizers who voice their concerns with Abrahamic religion while harkening to some of the core messages and allegorical-philosophical truths of those traditions.

The unfortunate circumstance for many ex-Muslims, questioning Muslims, and other liberalizing Muslims is the concern over death threats — so health, wellbeing, and livelihood — family and community reactions to their being ex-Muslims or questioning Muslims, or simply thinking more independently on the literal interpretations of both the family and the community.

The questions for them probably begin to orient about who they can look to as a beacon of dissent. The organizations they can see who may help them in their times of need and desperation. The formal and informal mechanisms for them to be able to escape literal family imprisonment and restriction on freedom of movement, which may be truer for the women than for the men.

As noted in the Australian think piece with the newer presentation of the information, there are groups, such as Hizb ut-Tahrir, openly calling for and working towards the killing of apostates. That is, those who accepted or were forced into Islam and then leave should be killed, murdered.

Then you can read the heartbreaking stories of enforced religious practice, of attempting suicide four times, and so on; all acts of desperation by people who wanted a way out but do not know if there is one, or even if there is one known to them are fearful of the consequences.

Here is simply one quote from Rashti in the article: “Domestic violence, honour killings, sexual assault. I’ve been physically abused by my parents.” It really is a series of broken hearts and people on the backs of literalist and enforced versions of a religion. One woman’s greatest fear is that someone will find out that she is an ex-Muslim. Think about that.

Those are not uncommon stories. The questions are how can people find solidarity with others when they are fearful of even going out to look for the help in the terror of being caught by loved ones, family members.

Then when they do go out into the public in social media, the culture and the social world threatens death and hurls invectives, epithets, and blame the victim attacks against the people in stunning cases of overt, and covert possibly too, cyberbullying.

We can do better than this.

References

Abboud, P. (2017, September 30). The secret group of ex-Muslims and those who want them dead. Retrieved from https://www.sbs.com.au/news/feature/becoming-ex-muslim.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

“The Politics of the Headscarf in the United States”

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

A new book is out or about to be published. It is entitled The Politics of the Headscarf in the United States.

Consider this analogous to a political tract about the economy of political life but, rather placed within the world of the culture, the economy of the culture or, more properly, the sub-cultures extant and moving within the larger society.

The co-authors of the book — Bozena C. WelborneAubrey L. WestfallÖzge Çelik RussellSarah A. Tobin — place the price tag at Hardcover — $95.00/Paperback — $22.95.

The cultural economics of the text focus on the headscarf, which becomes an important issue of identity for many Muslim women and of liberation for many ex-Muslim women.

With the focus of the text within the American geographic landscape and the American-Muslim cultural milieu, we find the conversations on social and political effects of the practice on Muslim-American women, but, I would add, also the impacts of women who have left Islam or who may be considering becoming Muslim in a serious fashion.

All of the authors — and taking this information from the content sketch provided in the link above — argue the head covering is not politically motivated within the American context, but it is does affirm Muslim identity in some uniquely American ways.

While working within and going beyond the standard political debates around the notion and suggested practice of the Islamic head covering within the American landscape, the authors point to the simple implications of wearing the headscarf as well as the broader derivative effects of the practice within the United States.

Some issues or concerns come from the lasting impacts on individual and collective identity. The means and ways in which this changes the notion of a diverse democracy and, potentially, the attitudes about the principle of diversity within a pluralistic democracy seen in the United States.

The sense of citizenship and being a part of the mainstream society. The text takes into account both qualitative and quantitative data, assesses and analyzes the information, and then integrates this into the 2,000 — approximately — survey responses from Muslim-American women from 49 states.

There are 72 interviews with Muslim women living in the US. With all the backdrop and content as premises, the co-authors argue the idea of identity and the creation of boundaries with the head scarf derive particular political implications for the future of the American landscape.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ex-Muslim Comic Sketches

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

There has been some short reportage on something interesting in the world of comics and sketches, which come from the gifted hands of artist Mohamed Ibrahim.

He created MoCartoons. It seems important to provide a basis for the outlets of the non-Muslim and the ex-Muslim with an interest in the depiction of art, satirical and otherwise.

Ibrahim founded the Muhammad by Mohamed series, who is a staunch advocate of both freedom from religion as well as freedom of expression; hence, the comics and other written work.

He had some life in the Middle East and some in the United States of America. He earned a graduate degree and has been working in corporate America. Now, post-Charlie Hebdo, he is working to draw and write comedy through his own works.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Two Sons Want Mother Dead for Leaving Islam

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

According to the 9News, one mother from Australia felt like an “animal” and a “slave” when practicing the tenets and following the beliefs of Islam.

She wants to inspire other women Muslims to empower themselves and be free from the religion. The woman, Nadia, and her oldest daughter, Allawea, are hiding because their own family turned against them for the denouncing of the religion of Islam.

Nadia said, “It is in an honour for them to kill somebody whose turned away from Islam, and their own mother has turned away from Islam so I mean nothing to them… They were screaming we’re going to kill you, we need you dead.”

In October of 2017, the two oldest sons were the ones screaming at her. They began to beat up Nadia’s new husband. Then the two brothers fled the scene of the crime when the police were arriving. The police officers found several rifles in the possession of the two young men.

The weapons’ charges were made; however, the brothers’ location is not known at this time. Now, the mother and eldest daughter live in hiding inside of a safe house. Originally, the woman met the man while in her teens. She fell in love and then converted to Islam.

She continued, “I watched my children giving me their seconds off their plate… and that was okay because I was western and white, and not Muslim.”

The reason for denouncing the faith came from the anti-Western sentiment found within the family in addition to the ex-husband being found to have slept with many other women, which became the basis for the incident in October.

The article concluded, where Nadia stated, “Maybe after today, there will be some women who will say ‘hey I am human, I’m not an animal’ and maybe they will get the chance to be free.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Freedom and Hiba Tawaji’s “Min Elli Byekhtar”

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

Hiba Tawaji is a Lebanese artist and singer. In a recent song entitled “Min Elli Byekhtar,”she sung about the freedom from both the removal of the ban on women driving in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the removal of the veil.

Within the video, Tawaji sings on the freedom to drive. In the music video, she is driving in a tunnel. While about to exit the tunnel, one can notice a hijab on her. The symbolism and reality in one with the inability to drive and forced veiling coming to the ability to drive and removal of the veil.

But the great piece of artistry and symbolism, which Yasmine Mohammed exclaimed about, was as, in song video, Tawaji removed the veil, entered the end of the tunnel and exited into a bright and sunny day. It becomes less literal as a song about the ability to drive and the removal of the veil inasmuch as the symbolism of general freedom through living without a veil and driving on one’s own, as an adult.

Some of the translations, though potentially wrong, from Arabic to English speak about the realization of not being the same old girl. That is, someone who found a new freedom in the ability to travel in a way unknown as generations before her.

Other lyrics talk about the cage of iron and the impossibility of caging a bird in a prison of iron. Of course, she is the bird, removed the veil, left the tunnel vision, drove away, and off into a sunset of freedom as she grew her wings of independence — and so, with her then, the same for others in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes

In Conversation with Maya Bahl on Ethnicity and Race

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

Maya Bahl is an editor and contributor to The Good Men Project with me. She has an interest and background in forensic anthropology. As it turns out, I hear the term race thrown into conversations in both conservative and progressive circles. At the same time, I wanted to know the more scientific definitions used by modern researchers including those in forensic anthropology. Then I asked Bahl about conducting an educational series. Here we are, part one.

1. Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Looking at the ways in which the concepts of race and ethnicity are used for real discovery about the natural world in forensic anthropology, how does this differ from the standard pseudoscientific and racist theories with use, at times, as political and social tools?

Maya Bahl: Race and Ethnicity have been effective in defining humanity, whether it’s solving a crime or at a basic level, identifying populations and opening communication gaps. As the ever-evolving study of people and groups change, however, other standard pseudoscientific and racist theories have emerged, where it can be distracting.

Spurring on hatred as we see in political movements as Naziism or social tools as Islamophobia takes this much-needed conversation on tolerance back instead of forward.

2. Jacobsen: Evolution by natural selection is the foundation of biological sciences and medical sciences. In North America, this theory can be denied by large portions of the population, leave large parts of the population at a low cultural-scientific level.

Ironically, the leaders in denial of theory tend to promote Social Darwinism views on the social order.

Without knowledge of evolution, and connected to the previous question, and if indoctrinated with pseudoscientific and/or racist theories of human beings, how does this limit a citizen’s worldview?

Bahl: Efforts have happened in limiting cultural and scientific awareness, like with what we saw in The State of Tennessee v. John Thomas Scopes, or more commonly known as the Scopes Monkey Trial in the U.S from the early 1900s, where a school system denied the teaching of human evolution.

Ongoing efforts in quelling human evolution’s existence in education have also happened since, where it is a loss in not embracing the fundamental fact of us coming from the earth.

It does seem that whatever is favourable to teach by a handful of people, then it shall be taught, even if it’s Social Darwinism by another name! This also seems to run top-down systems where the people at the top would have the most say, that they are the ones fittest for survival.

3. Jacobsen: Continuing from the previous question, how might this influence the conversation around proper, scientific definitions of race and ethnicity, e.g., those seen in forensic anthropology literature?

Bahl: The conversation would be affirmed or denied by those who are perceived to have the most say and power.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Maya.

References

SAHO. (2017, May 8). Pseudo-scientific racism and Social Darwinism. Retrieved from https://www.sahistory.org.za/article/pseudo-scientific-racism-and-social-darwinism-grade-11.

Manning, K.R. (1999, September 4). ESSAYS ON SCIENCE AND SOCIETY: Science and Opportunity. Retrieved from http://www.math.buffalo.edu/mad/special/pseudoscience-race.html.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Physical and digital bullying

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/28

Bullying, physical and digital, is taken as if a simple fact of life. It does not have to be a part of life.

Even if one experiences it, you do not have to be a victim to the circumstance. You can overcome the associated difficulties involved in the kinds of the bullying received in everyday life and in professional life too.

Say you are working at a fast food joint or restaurant, you begin to feel as though the boss is picking on you or a coworker is being mean and vicious with you. The first thing to do is try to stay from the people who are the bullies. Or you can double-check and identify if this is really the case or if this is simply perceived.

They probably want some attention, and negative attention. They may feel insecure and need to take people down and so you become an unfortunate semi-random target needing taking down. If you are stuck with those individuals due to work constraints or to the particular context, then take a proactive and constructive attitude, this is a way in which to assert yourself in life.

It can be a testing ground for developing those skills. You will encounter and experience difficult people in this culture. It is important to be able to deal with them and neutralize the situation in a proactive way to defuse the tension and continue on with your day, be of service to others who may encounter that person later in their day, and have that person feel respected while you defuse the situation as much as is reasonable in the context.

This can be for digital or physical bullying. Physical bullying may be the pushing and shoving of you at work, or in public, or other areas of life. It becomes more direct. It becomes more physical in other words.

However, you can report these people to the proper authorities in the school, in public life, or gain support from those around you at the moment to be able to defuse the situation. It is not a good idea to escalate an already obnoxious or unpleasant person who is being physically bullying.

For the digital bullying, it amounts to the same the psychological state for a victim and victimiser here. However, the main issue comes from the asynchronous nature of it. That is to say the bully or you may leave a message at one point in time.

Then you can receive it at a far distant or an immediate time after sending of the message. That is the nature of the digital media. It is asynchronous.

It does not care about the particular time. If someone is continually bullying you, it is good to have a record of the bullying and to be able to then substantiate any claims made to the school authorities such as the vice principal or principal as well as police authorities if it is particularly inappropriate.

Otherwise, as a general rule in life, you want to surround yourself with those who support you, love you, and vice versa.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Volunteer Stories: An Interview with Justin Rawlins

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/27

As the Youth Blog Coordinator, Justin Rawlins has been an amazing part of our Check Your Head team over this past year. He was one of our 2015 Volunteers of the Year and we’re sad to say farewell to him this fall as he moves onto new projects.

In this blog post, youth blogger Scott Douglas Jacobsen chats with Justin about his involvement with Check Your Head.

How did you find us at Check Your Head (CYH)?

A friend sent me the callout for CYH’s Democracy Check campaign, which focused on engaging young people in BC through digital media in the build up to the 42nd federal election. People can check out the Democracy Check archive to see some of the interesting and creative work that emerged from that campaign.

After the election, CYH was looking for a blog coordinator. I had such a positive experience with CYH during Democracy Check, so I volunteered for the position. And that was a year ago.

What tasks and responsibilities come along with your position at CYH?

The blog coordinator is responsible for recruiting volunteer bloggers and then coordinating and editing submissions. Most submissions go through multiple rounds of revisions, not because they are poor or deficient in some way, but in order to encourage writers to grapple with their ideas a bit longer.

What is the content and purpose of the written work through CYH — by others and yourself?

There are multiple purposes, but the one that I want to highlight is CYH’s blog as a platform for young people across BC to showcase some of their thoughts on the most pressing issues of our time. I was pleased with the quality and thoughtfulness of the submissions that I received on topics ranging from technological change to migrant justice to poverty to gentrification and beyond.

Did your education assist in writing your own work and editing others’ work for the blog?

I was a teaching assistant during my graduate studies, which prepared me for email exchanges and written feedback. I also learned a lot from Tahia and Aleks (former CYH staff members) during the orientation for Democracy Check, especially on how to interact with volunteers, because both of them are excellent facilitators and educators.

Also, university exposed me to a lot of different thinkers whose work I find useful for making sense of the world. I was able to pass some of that along to the volunteer bloggers, such as directing people to Edward Said’s work on Orientalism and imperialism or Ananya Roy’s work on poverty.

What is your post-secondary education in?

I completed a BA at SFU in political science and an MA in sociology. My MA thesis looked at the interconnectedness of urban and rural issues in Ankara, Turkey, with a focus on wheat cultivation and mass housing. More recently, I’m completing pre-requisite science courses, with the aim of gaining admittance to a physical therapy program.

What are some impacts you have seen in BC from the work of CYH — at all levels?

So much of formal education, especially at the high school level, is sanitized and avoids uncomfortable topics or presents them in a neutral way that justifies or entrenches existing power dynamics. CYH does a good job of unsettling taken-for-granted assumptions and a good example of that is their recent Inclusion and Anti-Racism project.

Also, CYH works with other organizations engaged in important struggles, such as the BC Health Coalition. I mention the BC Health Coalition because they have been a key player in confronting Dr. Brian Day’s legal push for increased private health care, a push that would fundamentally undermine public health care in Canada. And CYH has an informative health care workshop that unpacks some of the issues surrounding health care in general and privatized health care in particular.

Where do you hope CYH goes into the future?

This isn’t specific to CYH, but I would like to see the rules surrounding the political activities of charities in Canada revised, so that charities involved in advocacy work no longer need to fear costly CRA audits. The current restrictions are nebulous and stifle dissent.

I hope CYH continues to reach young people whose curiosities about the world are not necessarily being met through formal education. Young people are not apathetic–contrary to popular belief–but many do appear to possess a healthy suspicion about the old ways of doing things. CYH’s workshops and projects encourage young people to pursue their curiosities and imagine new ways of doing things. To paraphrase Paulo Freire: education changes people and people change the world. CYH will continue to educate and activate young people on social issues.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

British Columbia’s Responsibilities to Climate Change Action

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/27

The Anthropocene, or the Capitalocene, is upon us, like a lumbering giant destroying Downtown Vancouver in its wake, especially for the collective global future to come very soon. British Columbia needs rapid action on transition to renewable energy source. Climate change is a global issue. By implication, it has national and provincial impacts, which means that British Columbia at large is impacted, too. British Columbians by being Canadians have responsibilities to the international community because Canada has responsibilities to the international community. Outside of the international responsibilities, there are individual choices as well. Lifestyle and policy voting are important. All factors and motions for sustainability matter.

We need to work to end carbon emissions as much as possible, as fast as possible, with transitions to renewable energies. We need to get away from fossil fuel sources in Canada, and British Columbia by implication. Individuals can vote for a carbon tax that can mean a national policy can reflect this. Governments function on the ‘will’ of the people. That means the consistent voting and activism. That’s how all change ever happens: through individuals getting together for collective efforts. There has been progress, but more needs to be done by us. One possible major solution is a provincial call for a price on carbon emissions, which can come in many forms.

There can be investments for massive public transportation that can reduce the amount of net carbon emissions by citizens within the province in addition to providing the needed infrastructure for the 21st-century. We can invest in a ‘Green Culture’ and a low-carbon infrastructure. There should be efficient vehicles with regulated standards. It can be expanded to other products consumers are buying.

Residents within British Columbia can travel in more efficient ways by using cars less. There are many options: taking more walks, riding a bike, taking the train, riding the bus, and so on. This may create problems for some high travel people. However, for others, and in fact probably most, it can be done. Through responsible, considerate, and conscientious decisions about transportation, we can reduce the net carbon emissions of all residents within the province.

Human activity is the main problem. The climate began to warm rapidly at the beginning of the Industrial Revolution. High hydrocarbon producing fuel sources are a problem. Energy sectors depend on them for sustained economic growth and activity. I say this in sympathy for the difficulties to make such transition, for the employees, the managers, the businesses, and the communities built largely around them. However, with the Anthropocene/Capitalocene epoch present before us, and with massive species extinctions happening, we do not have another choice about avoiding the outcomes of this problem.

We do have choices about the means through which to do it. We are lucky. There are many, many options on the table. Canadian industry creates 35% of Canada’s net greenhouse gases, which is quite a lot. Furthermore, small numbers of industries create most emissions. Things like oil and gas extractors are some of the largest contributors, which comes to about 38% of that 35% of industry.

The simplest solution to become involved: get educated. Education at the individual level with provincial assistance is one way to keep things moving forward. It will take all of us together, but depends on individual effort for oneself and in inspiring others. This can be done at the individual level by going to your local library or bookstore to find and read books that have relevant and reliable information about climate change and sustainability. Business people can incorporate the readings and knowledge into the business practices of whatever business you have. So this can be both short- and long-term with respect to implementation. There can also be intervention in the economy through tax.

A carbon tax is the typical term for it: pricing carbon emissions to incentivize governments, and provincial and local, to transition into the future energy sector. This can facilitate the incentives of movement towards a renewable economy and infrastructure across the province. These are some possible solutions. What will happen if we do not implement any possible solutions? There will be many negative effects, such as a negative effect on water sources. A world, or a province for that matter, scarce in fresh water can create tensions among communities and adversely affect health.

This is because water connects to both the food and the health of communities and individuals. It is the lifeblood of an ecosystem. For example, water quality, air quality, food quality, and so on, impact lung health, gut health, and so on. For those with children, this can affect their health as well. For those with community-oriented minds, this means one’s own health, as well as one’s neighbours, children, and grandchildren. In a broader sense of family, this affects the family of British Columbia. In that light, it both can’t and shouldn’t be ignored.

The individual and provincial responsibilities form an interconnected system of responsibilities from individual self-education and provincial educational programs and everything in between. To flatter ourselves, this includes youth-oriented organizations such as Check Your Head through writing about topics of importance to current, upcoming, and soon-to-exist generations. Education is an act, but it is not activism. Education with an impact can be the catalyst. That’s where things begin. Individuals are inspired to act, make further impacts, and make the necessary changes.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Interview with a Welfare Food Challenge Participant, Lindsay Bissett

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/27

My name is Lindsay Bissett and I advocated, for the second time, in the Welfare Food Challenge. During the day I am a recruiter for an incredible company, Vancity, where I am fortunate to meet many amazing people. During my extracurricular time I am Vice Chair of Vancity’s Diversity and Inclusion Alliance, Board Member of a Surrey Not For Profit, Baobab Inclusive Empowerment Society, and a dog loving, suburb loving, avid Netflix watcher. I thought I was pretty in touch with social issues but experiencing this challenge has been incredibly eye opening…and eye watering. I will not stop advocating until the rates are raised, the current state is absolutely unacceptable. This quote sums it up for me, “I give because I know how it feels to want.” –Unknown.

How did you get involved in the Welfare Food Challenge?

I became involved in the challenge last year with some VanCity colleagues of mine. A dear friend of mine is a friend of Bif Naked, who has been advocating with the Welfare Food Challenge for several years. We were all inspired to give it a try.

We have a Diversity and Inclusion Alliance at VanCity and one of our focus areas is poverty reduction. We thought this Challenge aligned strongly; it opened our eyes to the realities of living in poverty.

What have you heard from others that have been a part of it?

A lot of similar experiences. It is, in general, terrible. The first year of the challenge, I was so organized. I prepped all of my meals. I shopped at two different stores. I really thought that I was prepared.

An advocate from Raise the Rates who currently lives on welfare and lives in an SRO said, “We have to choose between being healthy and being hungry.” When I talk to other folks, no matter the level of preparation, you have to make the choice.

Often, it feels better to have a full belly. This unacceptable “choice” has stayed with me throughout the challenge and my advocacy beyond it.

You are eating processed, cheap, and sometimes expired foods. This quickly leads to physical and mental deterioration. The fifth day, last year, was when I broke. My mental health suffered greatly. I cried eating Chef Boyardee from the Dollar Store, which is embarrassing to admit. The canned pasta disintegrated when cooked and was basically inedible. On the fifth day I was not only hungry and unhealthy but I was absolutely isolated and mentally broken.

In summary, many people have the same experiences. After a few days, your motivation and mood suffer. This is how some people live every day…for years.

What was your own experience in being able to or trying to function in taking part in this, being hungry all of the time?

It is brutal. It is hard because I entered the challenge wanting to advocate at the same time. This year, I quit early, the food portion. It is hard being hungry, even if you achieve a full stomach you are not satisfied. You do not have the right amount of nutrition.

It is hard to state intellectual and powerful things. You are not healthy at the time. For me, I am hard to be around. I am cranky, which is unusual for me. It is hard to be taken seriously. It is hard to have conversations while in a constant bad mood.

What were some of the precautions others and you took before taking part in this?

There’s a great support group, in and out of Vancity through Raise the Rates. It is a great organization. Many of us converse on Twitter and share through blogs. In terms of precautions, we support one another.

We make sure nobody feels bad and know they can stop the challenge. If you recognize the privilege, then that’s okay. We want to raise the rates. We want the government to realize the importance of this.

For example, for people with mental illnesses it is incredibly hard. Even with a balanced diet, if they are battling a chemical imbalance in their brain it only makes things harder. We kept a close eye on ourselves as friends and partners in the challenge. There is enough stigma surrounding both mental illness and poverty, we had to assure no bias if someone had to step out of the food portion of the challenge early.

You have to be ready to not beat it, to suffer. It is going to be awful. You cannot plan yourself into success with such a small amount of money.

What are some ways fellow citizens can give back through things such as food programs for nutritious meals to eat everyday?

That’s a really great question. I will give you a personal answer and I appreciate that many people may have a different opinion. For me, I struggle to support food banks. It is an immediate need now, I get it. However, it makes me sad and it isn’t a sustainable solution.

A program meant to run for one year has run for 20 years. The more we normalize food banks, the more we are saying it is okay that people on welfare have only $18 a week for food. We’re normalizing it. We’re telling the government that what they are doing is enough.

The government states this is enough. It is not. Food banks are doing work we need right now but I look forward to the day they are no longer needed in BC. I consider hot lunch programs in schools as something very important. There are many kids in school who are hungry, there is a lack of equality from the get-go. They need to be set up for success with proper food as a basic need and ingredient for success.

If someone asked me about becoming involved, I would tell them to become educated, send letters to people in government that matter, have brave conversations with friends, family and coworkers to create more advocates. An election is coming. Our government needs to know that current state is unacceptable.

That will make change. Advocacy is the way to do it.

This is an annual event. How can people become involved?

I sound like a broken record but people can get involved by advocating for change. I hope there is no event next year. I hope they raise the rates so we don’t have to do this again and people don’t have to live like this. Whenever people ask me, “What should I do to get prepared?” I give an unfortunate answer. You can’t win.

I say, “Be prepared to be hungry and angry.” I am usually an upbeat and positive person but there is no way to win. There is no success. You are going to be miserable. It incredibly eye opening to try for one week to live on welfare rates when some people of all ages are living like that without a choice. In this affluent province people in poverty are being kept there.

I hope that we do not do this again because we need to raise the rates. It sounds simple but as you can see through research it has been years since the welfare rates have been increased. To be prepared if there is a Welfare Food Challenge next year, you should find the closest Dollar Store and get ready to feel terrible.

Thank you for your time, Lindsay.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Volunteer Stories: An Interview with Afifa Hashimi

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/27

How did you get involved in youth activism?

My interest in social justice grew in my last few years of high school, when I started paying more attention to politics and reading about injustice and oppression worldwide.

I was a part of a local Boys & Girls Club Youth Council, where I worked on an inclusion project, but I didn’t really engage in activism until I came to university.

That’s when I got involved in the Simon Fraser Public Research Interest Group (SFPIRG). It’s an awesome student-funded and directed non-profit organization at SFU, which focuses on social and environmental justice. My experience as part of the SFPIRG Street Team was really amazing. It motivated me to get involved in more initiatives.

How did you find us at Check Your Head (CYH)?

In the summer of 2015, I was searching for more social justice volunteer opportunities and I came across a page on the CYH website encouraging youth to apply to become workshop facilitators.

I was really excited to discover a local organization with values that mirror my own and I thought it would be a perfect opportunity to combine my passion for anti-oppression work and my interest in working with young people.

What tasks and responsibilities come along with your position at CYH?

As blog coordinator, I’m responsible for enlisting youth to be volunteer writers for CYH’s blog. I also offer support to the bloggers through the various stages of the writing and editing process, and I post their submissions.

What is the content and purpose of the written work through CYH — by others and yourself?

I think that the blog offers youth an opportunity to showcase their perspectives on important issues. It gives them a chance to research and write about causes they’re passion about. The content encourages critical thinking and inspires engagement with the issues discussed.

It’s a great space for youth to read the work of other young people and expand their knowledge of the various topics that the blog posts cover.

It has been a valuable experience for me, personally. I’ve learned a lot.

What is your post-secondary education in?

I’m currently in the last semester of my Honours Political Science BA with an English minor, and I plan to start law school this fall. My academic focus areas include international politics, oppression and resistance, and feminist political thought.

For my honours research project, I’m studying the effects of women’s participation in civil society on women’s rights across countries.

Did your post-secondary education assist in writing your own work and editing others’ work for the blog?

Yes, my English minor has improved my writing and editing skills. My interest areas in political science have also been relevant to my work at CYH. My education continues to add to my base of knowledge of important issues. It encourages me to analyze oppressive power structures, which helps me to think critically and creatively about anti-oppression work.

Along with my community involvement, my classes encourage me to keep up to date on political news and events related to things like social, environmental, and economic justice. This makes me better equipped to suggest timely topics and offer relevant resources to bloggers.

What are some impacts you have seen in BC from the work of CYH — at all levels?

One thing I can speak to is the impact of the youth workshops. The workshops create a space for young people to explore topics that they may not have had a chance to directly engage with in school or in other settings.

Some participants share comments on their own experiences. They make links between those experiences and broader societal forces that shape those experiences, which we address in the workshops.

For some participants, this may be the first time that they are consciously making these links. It’s great to see youth thinking critically. I felt that I could see the positive impact of the workshops when they’d say things like, “Wow, I never thought about it like that before!”

Also, the projects like CYH’s Democracy Check campaign have also had a significant impact. Although I was not involved in that campaign, I was involved in other non-partisan youth initiatives during the last federal election and I kept up with this campaign’s significant work. I think it definitely contributed to an increase in youth interest and involvement during the election.

Where do you hope CYH goes into the future?

I think the organization has a really important role to play in the education and engagement of youth. I hope CYH keeps facilitating workshops for youth and introduces new workshops to cover even more topics, maybe even expanding workshops or adapting them for even younger youth.

I’d also love to see CYH expand and take on more projects such as the current Inclusion and Anti-Racism project. One of my best friends, Rowena, is involved in that project, and from what I’ve heard it sounds awesome.

Thank you for your time, Afifa.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

“Stand with Kwantlen” March in Fort Langley

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/27

Protests provide a forum for citizens from all walks of life and backgrounds to unite under a common banner for movements and causes which are important to them. This can be for their livelihoods, the environment, or their children and grandchildren. Sometimes, it can be all these things at once. There was rain and snow, but this did not prevent 150 people from marching through downtown Fort Langley to “Stand with Kwantlen” against the proposed Kinder Morgan (Trans Mountain) Pipeline Expansion.

On December 11, 2016, the Kwantlen Nation was joined by members of the surrounding community in a march of solidarity. “Stand with Kwantlen” featured speeches by Brandon Gabriel and Tumia Knott from the Kwantlen Nation, and Petrina Arnason from the Township of Langley Council. The event was a reaction to the federal government’s approval of the Kinder Morgan Pipeline expansion.

The speakers raised many points of opposition including threats to the local environment, climate change, costs to local municipalities, and, most adamantly, the right of the Kwantlen Nation for sovereignty over unceded territory. Gabriel explained that there was no consultation with First Nations when the original pipeline was built in 1953. At the time it was extremely difficult for First Nations to find legal representation. Now, things are different and across the continent First Nations are opposing these types of energy projects. “We didn’t give permission for the first pipeline that was laid, so why would we give permission for the second?” Gabriel stated. “What we are saying is ‘No, you do not have permission to do this.’”

Arnason explained, “We’re standing here together, adding our voices to the larger collective.” While Arnason was speaking on her own behalf, the Township has raised many concerns about the expansion and were active participants in the National Energy Board hearings. During the summer, Maegen Giltrow, a legal representative of the township, told the Ministerial Panel that “This [pipeline] cannot be approved.” Earlier that day, Tumia Knott, legal representative for the Kwantlen Nation, spoke at a session with the Ministerial panel expressing grave concerns about the impact of the expansion on the Kwantlen community (including impacts on the environment) and the lack of consultation.

This is second time the Kwantlen Nation has decided to march as a nation, both times inspired by the threat that Kinder Morgan poses to their community. On April 11, 2015 the Nation marched together for the first time since colonization from their reserve through Fort Langley. This act of solidarity is an increasing trend in Indigenous and community opposition to new proposed energy infrastructure that threatens the land and water. Sunday’s march had the same message. Justine Nelson, Chapter Coordinator of the PIPE UP Network and one of the main organizers for the march, explained, “This march was to show solidarity with the Kwantlen Nation and send a message to Trudeau that the community will be standing next to Kwantlen through this fight. Very simply, they will not be able to build this pipeline.”

The expansion would triple the amount of diluted bitumen travelling from Alberta to the Burnaby coast. The result would be an increase in the amount of tankers leaving our coast to 30 per month. Kinder Morgan, the Texas-based company that owns the existing pipeline and proposed expansion, was originally created under “Enron”, the company famous for the huge tax scandal in the United States. Richard Kinder and many of the other original staff of the company were transfers from Enron. Kinder had worked for Enron for 16 years, eventually becoming the president and vice operating officer.

Opponents of the expansion insist it does not make sense from an environmental or economic perspective. In fact, Kinder Morgan is not even a good corporate citizen. They do their best to pay as few taxes at possible, and have 69 (reported) spills on the existing line and a horrible record on their other lines. Across the country, people are stating they will prevent this expansion from being built in addition to other proposed tar sands pipelines. The “Treaty Alliance Against Tar Sands Expansion” has been signed by over 50 First Nations across the continent. Similarly, the Coast Protectors Pledge has been signed by over 19,000 individuals. It states: “We stand in solidarity with Indigenous lands, water and environment protectors across Turtle Island, from BC to Quebec, from Burnaby to Lelu Island, from Muskrat Falls to Standing Rock.” The “Stand with Kwantlen” rally was one of many actions uniting opposition across Canada and the United States. This was not the first, and will not be the last.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

How to identify and overcome anxiety

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/27

Anxiety is a modern problem. It can be a particular issue in youth. If you are a teenager, and if you suffer from the consequences of excess anxiety not channeled well, it can make the already uncertain, at times hellish, and the finding-yourself phase of life known as being a teenager even worse.

Your thoughts race. Your blood pressure rises. Your heart rate increases. You feel the sense that the world is caving in on you due to all of the internally produced pressure. Often times, this is apart from real pressure.

It does not amount to real pressure. It’s simply a subjective perception of the world that triggers anxiety and general discombobulation, physically and mentally. It can be very disconcerting. Some people, they can suffer over the long term from a generalized form of anxiety. It’s not a fun life. It is not a healthy life.

The question becomes, “How do you deal with anxiety, especially in early life as a teenager?“ in order to be healthier and have a better youth, you need to be able to stop and take one step back. Need to hold the escalation at the moment, need to take a step back, then you can begin by respectfully removing yourself from the situation of particular anxiousness.

If you need to ask someone for the time, you can do so. If it just happens to be a triggering situation, you can simply remove yourself from it. You hold that right. Some basic techniques of dealing with the anxiety in the moment, if temporary, are to count from 10 to 1.

Another is to take it deep breathes, breathing from the belly and the diaphragm, and slowly relaxing. It is crucially important to not have the additional stress involved from anxiety in daily life. Anxiety can impair school performance.

Anxiety can impair professional performance. A generalized anxiety can harm general performance throughout life. Because it detracts emotional and therefore mental resources needed to be able to handle things that life throws at you.

Another important thing is to have a good support network, with her family or friends. If you have a good set of family members, you can confide in them to help quell some of the anxiety-producing things. It helps to talk out your problems, especially for the young guys out there where this is frowned upon — by themselves or others.

Talking it out, it is an effective methodology. If you have friends, and if you trust them sufficiently enough, you can talk to them as well. These are known as social and emotional skills. They are necessary for a higher quality of life.

We all know the feelings of anxiety, but dealing with them takes practice. Those are some ways to know how to help with the temporary and the long-term versions of it.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

New Church in Celebration of Alcohol

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/26

Religion News Service reported on the new church in Orange Farm, South Africa. A clergyperson poured whiskey into a cup to anointed a man.

The congregation of the Gabola Church swig beer and dance. A rite of passage initiated for the newcomer. Less than one year old, Tsietsi Makiti, said, “We are a church for those who have been rejected by other churches because they drink alcohol.

Those drinkers get seen as sinners, who Makiti helps save. The line of argumentation amounting to the Holy Spirit through drinks. Other South Africans claim Gabola Church does not qualify.

It does not amount to a church. Archbishop Modiri Patrick Shole said, “They are using the Bible to promote taverns and drinking liquor. It is blasphemous. It is heresy and totally against the doctrines.”

Gabola Church is a non-member of the South African Council of Churches. No affiliations exist with the church. It stands alone as the whiskey-chalice and beer-congregation church.

56 million people live in South Africa. Approximately 80% of the population identify as Christian: Catholic and Protestant. Some other sects sprinkled in the mix.

30 worshippers, recently, held a service in an Orange Farm township bar. It is south of Johannesburg. That service had a pool table as an altar with, of course, whiskey and beer.

Six ministers blessed cold beer bottles. Other alcoholic beverages included brandy, whiskey, and others. Hymns got sung. All in praise of drinking and its good side.

Makiti said, “Our aim is to convert bars, taverns and shebeens into churches… And we convert the tavern-owners into pastors.” The churchgoers get encouraged to drink in a responsible, mature manner.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

How to overcome adversity in life

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/26

Hard times are an inevitability of life. You will encounter difficulties. You will be broken down. Somethings will go well while other things are going wrong. Life is an admixture.

The main questions or issues to consider are how are you going to react to those difficulties when they arise. How are you going to also celebrate when the times are really good?

Life will come in waves and sometimes waves will crash together and make a very difficult situation, those are flashpoints in a personal life. This makes it crucial to understand the nature of yourself in the relationships of the world.

The best means by which to overcome the difficulties or hardships in life are through assiduous personal development. The hard work in developing resilience.

Resilience will stand you in good stead in times of difficulty. It’s a skill set, an emotional and social skill set, to allow you to persist in spite of the difficulties.

Another way is to have a good and healthy social network. That network provides a solid foundation for people to fall back on who love you and who you trust and respect.

In addition to that, you can look into professional help from counselors or psychologists or psychiatrists depending on the severity of the need at a time in life.

The benefit of the first one is that it is free and it comes with the benefit of personal development. The benefit of the second option with friends and family comes from external sources when internal resources are not enough.

The last one is helpful for severe cases, but does come at a higher cost, especially financially.

You never be able to avoid the hard parts of life. You will never have the opportunity for that one extended period of time, probably. In the country that we live in, you will have an easier time than most people. Nonetheless, you will have relative difficulties within the North American context at some point.

It is extremely important to bear in mind the basics of health too. You need to be healthy. You need to focus on proper sleep for your age.

You need to focus on quality and full sleep; that also means at a good time in a quiet place. There needs to be proper exercise with aerobics, strength training, and stretching.

Also, there needs to be proper diet. If you are physically healthy, and if you’re mentally healthy, then you can withstand the difficulties in life that come your way better.

So, here you go: personal development, friends and family, and professional help, and sleep, exercise, and diet.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Building your self-esteem in a changing world

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/26

Everyone needs a pep talk once in a while or reason to get out of the bed.

If you want to build self-esteem, you will need to work within yourself. You should try to also work in community. The better ways to build self-esteem or to behave in ways that are deserving of them and are self-respectful.

Self-esteem comes from doing things and thinking in ways, and so feeling in ways, that are most representative of your better self. Do you want to work to limit yourself, or expand yourself? Fundamental presuppositions around self-esteem are helpful. Because the development of the self comes from behaviours and thoughts.

With thoughts and behaviour as the foundation for a proper self-esteem, the basis comes from within you. It starts with taking responsibility for your own actions and thinking. It has to do with what is sometimes termed the internal locus of control.

If someone can develop in themselves a sense of control over what they can and cannot do, and if they can develop this within a framework of self-knowledge, they can begin on the process of self-discovery, and so greater self-esteem.

Proper self-esteem comes from accomplishment not simply from thinking abstract thoughts. You have to be bold in an acting things in your own life. This is especially true for you younger men out there. If you’re driving a car, and if someone else has the steering wheel, you are living a life on the coast mode of the car.

You are not driving your life. You are being driven. No one wants that but so few of us realize that. To simply have positive thoughts about yourself and to not take into account real successes and honest failures, you are, and to be blunt here, living in outer space.

You need to get down to the dirt and live your life and have a plan for it. That basis of a plan and working towards especially a long-term plan provide a basis for a better life. As you begin to accomplish that, you will naturally develop a certain self-efficacy and self-esteem.

It is an important part of keeping in touch with the real world while achieving things and so feeling a real sense of accomplishment and not simply an unwarranted sense of achievement. This is all part and parcel of proper and healthy self-esteem.

You earn things. You feel better. One really effective way to feel better and achieve things is to do it in community. It could be a little church. If you go to a mosque, synagogue, or a Sikh or Buddhist temple, it could be any of those things. It could be a soccer club.

It could be a yoga studio. All of these provide basis for community. All based on a common activity, at a minimum. When you work within that community and achieve something, whether being more flexible in a yoga position or donating time and finances to the food bank through the place of worship external community, you accomplish something for others and yourself with others.

It is really that simple to feel self-efficacy and to develop that healthy sense of contribution to the community and self-esteem about being worth something.

LicenseIn-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Potential Changes to the South African Constitution

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/25

According to Bloomberg, South Africa’s government made a decision around a change to the constitution of the nation.

It is reported the African National Congress, or the ANC, has decided to amend the national constitution with regards to the laws of the land. The purpose is to further explain the conditions upon which land can be expropriated and then have no compensation for it.

The ANC becomes closer to the Economic Freedom Fighters (EFF) in this sense. The ANC will only do this under the condition that this does not harm the economy, agricultural sector, or the food security of the nation because these could be consequences of any amendments related to land.

As reported, “The purpose of the amendment is to promote redress, advance economic development, increase agricultural production and food security, the ANC in an emailed statement after a meeting of its National Executive Committee in Pretoria, the capital.”

Legal experts are working on the processes necessary for alterations to the constitution as we speak. The idea was and is to speed the process of giving black people more land. More access to land is one symbol of inequality between members of the nation along the racial lines.

President Cyril Ramaphosa stated, “…it has become patently clear that our people want the constitution be more explicit about expropriation of land without compensation, as demonstrated in the public hearings.”

The proposals now are bringing forth concerns for investors and others about the potential for a radical land-reform strategy and then the fear that there may be Zimbabwe-style farm seizures. The ANC will be contesting national elections starting next year with the first ballot since the time of the opposition winning several municipalities deemed “key” by the reportage. That include Johannesburg and Pretoria.

The Executive Director of the Council for the Advancement of the South African Constitution, Lawson Naidoo, stated, “This is a surprising and premature announcement by the ANC because parliament is still in its review process on changing the constitution… Parliament still has to gather and evaluate the many submissions that have been made. We are in a pre-election phase and the ANC announcement is part of that.”

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

David Mabuza on Women’s Rights

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/25

David Mabuza, the deputy president of South Africa, talked about women. He wrote an article in News 24.

The parliamentary questions in recent weeks have noted the concern for women. Mabuza pointed to the ANC government emphasis on the “full emancipation of women.”

Mabuza described the patriarchal structures and sexism in society. The violent deaths of women by intimate partners. He asks a question from Katrine Marçal, who is a feminist writer.

In Adam Smith’s market fundamentalist text The Wealth of Nations, he asks: Who puts dinner on the table? Smith argues the “economic man.”

Mabuza thinks “our grandmothers, wives, sisters and the girl-child.” He points to childbearing by women and work in the home. That these drive the wealth of nations, “for free.”

Mabuza talks about the Women’s Charter, too, from 1954. It states that women stretch the dollar for the children, hear the children’s cries. That women bear the burden of caring for children.

The land too, when men are gone, are women’s domain. Mabuza points to the civilised and democratic nature of a society. That it relates to the social and economic liberation of women.

“It depends on how we empower women to demand their inherent rights to take the advantages,” Mabuza explained, “responsibilities and opportunities of a civilised society.”

Mabuza considers women paying the highest price far above any of us as mothers. “Freedoms we have earned freely on their unpaid labour,” he notes.

In his opinion, we need to view women as special. That women are complete human beings ans treated and respected as such.

In the South African Constitution, it says, “Human dignity, the achievement of equality and the advancement of human rights and freedoms.”

Though “racial hatred and discrimination, sexism and patriarchy,” are present, we can develop. The Constitution, according to Mabuza, provides that basis.

Any discrimination and violence against women violates the spirit of the Constitution. Mabuza sees violence against women as a violation against the founding principles of South Africa.

He said, “A nation that undermines the aspirations of women and oppresses them can have no peace, no social cohesion and no development.”

He points to the extreme prejudice against black women based on class, gender, and race. Mabuza points to the “omnipresent [patriarchy] in our language, idioms, metaphors, stories, myths and performances.”

Mabuza argues that we have to make internal changes, to our individual selves. Those changes helping free women from sexism and oppression, and discrimination.

However those biases come packaged, individual alterations can help with women’s emancipation. That radical revolution comes with the emancipation of women through individual change.

He notes the ANC is for gender parity “as a precondition of the economic freedom in our lifetime.” He describes how men are “absconding from parental responsibility, yet are available for power, leadership and economic opportunities.”

How do we close that gap, reduce those biases unbalanced benefits? He states women have to work and make a home together. Mabuza argues for a reordering of social relations in order for equality, parity.

One “that castrates the power, income and class of men from having an overriding influence on women’s choice of sexual partners.”

Mabuza considers this the foundation of a society with mutual respect and equality.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

West Coast Christian Accord

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/20

The West Coast Christian Accord got founded, recently. According to the information provided by the WCCA website, the purpose is to bring together leaders and church communities under one literalist Bible-inspired ideological banner on gender identity and human sexuality.

The WCCA has a specific audience, too, as explained, “The target of the Accord is first and foremost traditional, biblical based, evangelical leaders and churches” (2018).

The meaning of “Evangelical Christian” becomes a problem for some believers now. Not according to an outside source, but to the internal leadership and community; hence, the reason for the WCCA. They’re, potentially, fragmenting.

The shifting landscape of culture created the need for the WCCA within the Evangelical Christian community, to reaffirm — among the believers — their “long-held, traditional beliefs, convictions, and lifestyles” tied to the bringing together of religious leaders firmly adherent to Evangelical Christian tenets within the nation (Ibid.).

Bearing in mind, of course, the supermajority religious slice of Canada remains Christian at 67.3% (StatsCan, 2016). Granted, “Christian” does not mean “Evangelical Christian” in full.

However, the vast historical conceptual waters of the Christian colonial power are Christian ideas, symbols, beliefs, rituals, architecture, art, authority and hierarchy, implicit sensibilities and mores, and notions of morality seeping several facets of the nation. The WCCA seems as if a story of the oppressed most, the beleaguered majority, the downtrodden almost all.

To be an Evangelical Christian in Canada, in general, and with only a modicum of historical knowledge or updated statistical information of the demographics, the waters seem like smooth sailing compared to other subpopulations.

The main advertised figures of the WCCA include the following: Kevin Cavanaugh who is the Lead Pastor at Cedar Grove Baptist Church & President of the Surrey Pastors Network, Dave Carson who is the Pastor at Hope Vancouver & the Secretary of the Association of Christian Ministries Vancouver, and Giulio Gabeli who is the President at the Association of Christian Ministries Vancouver & the Senior Pastor at the Westwood Community Church.

For individual Evangelical Christians who disagree with the document and its contents, these are the religious leaders who affirmed the full WCCA value set through becoming signatories of the WCCA.

That is to imply, other churches exist with other leaders with different values more applicable to personal tastes and preferences for you. Those values and preferences in contradistinction to the interpretations of the Bible of the signatories.

To those within the nonbelieving community with an interest in its contents, the values and preferences of the WCCA, when read, seem to show the general assumptions about this sector of the Evangelical Christian community, which remains observable here. No sincere surprises there.

The WCCA appears to reflect a reaction to two things, as identified by them in fact. One comes from the loss of dominance in the local culture, as other cultures request and acquire representation, as per the statement about the change in “long-held, traditional beliefs, convictions, and lifestyles” (West Coast Christian Accord, 2018).

Two emerges from the reaction or cultural opposition to SOGI 1 2 3, related but sufficiently distinct from the first concern. Perhaps, the “two” can be considered a derivative or subset of “one.”

CBN News clip exists here on the webpage. If you watch it, the first opposition, against SOGI 1 2 3, comes from Laura-Lynn Tyler Thompson, who is a motivational speaker. She, in a moderately concerned and exasperated tone, asks, “Who decided that this was okay to teach our children?” (Ibid.).

Another woman named Kari Simpson, Executive Director of Culture Guard, opined, “All those beautiful qualities that make young girls beautiful girls and women are being, basically, vilified. The things that make our boys, boys, are being, you know, taken from them. So, things of equating young men to being strong protectors is something that is now evil” (Ibid.). Simpson argues the curriculum is child abuse.

Morgane Oger, who supports SOGI 1 2 3, stated, “The idea is to teach kids that there are gay kids. There are trans kids. There are trans parents and gay parents, in our society, and everyone is wanted and desired. It is the role of the schools to teach the following of our laws, right?” (Ibid.).

Simpson disagreed. That is, it is a “hedonistic cult” being implied, where there are no boundaries and then shifting the culture from the heteronormative (Ibid.). Oger affirmed human rights.

Oger explained, “Well, actually, in Canada, parents’ rights are limited. And children’s rights are put ahead. So, the child has a right to be protected from the parents, when the parents behave badly.”

Pastor Cavanaugh (mentioned earlier) opined, “This is very scary stuff… Our problem is not the teachers, the educators, the administrators. This is a battle in the heavenlies.”

He thinks Satan or the Devil is attacking the children. Religion becomes spiritual in theory within the view of Cavanaugh, but the actual implications in the real world are political and educational. This form of religion: spiritual to the inside; political to the outside.

Near the end of the clip, and indicative of the WCCA and other moves in Canada from Evangelical Christians — some — and other sects of Christianity, Thompson firmly stated, “And the church is beginning to prepare for what it takes to fight for our kids.”

Keeping the biased tone of faux terror of the reportage, the issue was wrapped up with the frame of a battle between “an aggressive homosexual agenda and the faith community…” (Ibid.).

The WCCA seems to exist within this orientation as well: a purported “scary” battle of the “heavenlies” with the good, represented by God and some of the righteous Evangelical Christian “faith community” firmly adhering to the “traditional, biblical based” worldview, versus evil, represented by Satan working to war against the kids with the “aggressive homosexual agenda,” SOGI 1 2 3, a “hedonistic cult,” and a changing Canadian culture.

References

StatsCan. (2016, February 19). Two-thirds of the population declare Christian as their religion. Retrieved from https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/pub/91-003-x/2014001/section03/33-eng.htm.

West Coast Christian Accord. (2018). West Coast Christian Accord. Retrieved from https://westcoastchristianaccord.com/.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on AGI: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher Founding: December 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: A

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: None.

Individual Publication Date: December 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Tor Arne Jørgensen

Word Count: 4,005

Image Credit: Tor Arne Jørgensen

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

Abstract

Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies, including World Genius Directory, NOUS High IQ Society, 6N High IQ Society just to name a few. Tor Arne was also in 2019, nominated for the World Genius Directory 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe. He is also the designer of the high range test site; toriqtests.com. He discusses: machine learning apparatuses; a natural reaction; the fears; the idea of genius; and A.I.

Keywords: AGI, AI, humanity, intelligence, machine learning, learning systems, life, the future, Technological Singularity, Tor Arne Jørgensen.

Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on AGI: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (11)

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Given the machine learning apparatuses before us, and an increase in comprehension of different biological systems within human beings, how might biological systems inform machine learning systems?

Tor Arne Jorgensen: When it comes to learning through type-designed programming, in terms of artificial intelligence, it means putting in special directives that they the machines must follow as pre-programmed. We humans are constantly learning, in the sense that we create new layers with our mapping models, that in turn can be further built upon. We humans acquire steadily and constantly new knowledge by which we then put into practice by testing this new knowledge which we have then mapped, this is the very basis for intelligence. Today’s machines and their artificial intelligence does not acquire new knowledge, as new knowledge must be programmed in by us humans as to achieve improved functionality of these machines. This does not happen automatically, as with us humans.

When it comes to AGI, new knowledge must also be programmed in from the start, this implementation of this new knowledge must then be formed on the same basis as for our own intelligence, through this mapping which takes place in the neocortex, where layers upon layers of new and improved knowledge are built, which in turn can be implemented through new and improved cognitive functions.

AGI can only become self-regulating in the sense of being considered as equally cognitively evolving when our understanding of how our own brain works is completed in full. That means, where all the pieces can be put together into a clear and understandable format, then and only then can our biological imprint be completed in transferred understanding of machine intelligence on par with our own understanding as to the terminology surrounding intelligence. Summarized as follows; today most of the biological input is given through pure programming, man feeds the machine with updated commands, this done in order to achieve the desired improved function of the machines.

This will not change drastically until our own understanding of how our own brain works, with reference to the neocortex and its intelligence parameters i.e., a complete understanding of all the neocortex components. First then, can this be transferable in any or all sense over to the machines. And then the machines can finally implement some kind of formatives through, self-regulatory actions by its pre-understood state of evolving mantras.

Jacobsen: To purport an obsolescence to human beings posits an intrinsic function or purpose, a teleology, to human beings in the universe, why is this a natural reaction to an emergence of digital algorithms in the era of computers and an easy analogy with human cognitive processing? Those with a teleological philosophy and a non-teleological philosophy make the same claims in this sense. In that, “Human beings will become obsolete or outmoded.” We know children tend towards animistic and teleological explanations of the world. Does this tendency seem more innate? Although, as people mature, they tend to show an increased jettisoning of these assumptions, not in all or most cases, but an increasing statistical trend, certainly. One can observe these tendencies in proposals of a Technological Singularity or a technology particularity; a point at which machines match human intelligence.

Jorgensen: This is probably where I must question myself to a certain extent, whether these claims could have the same fundamental foundation today as the time before, with reference to the introductive angle of question formulations. The fact that we humans are biological bases, and thus are forever reinvest and initiatives for improved cognitive enrichment. Made real, with our acute ability to acquire new knowledge and to apply this new knowledge onto the old knowledge as to create an even greater spectrum of knowledge.

We do not need to be programmed by an external entity for this acquisition, it is created by itself all the time, we are biological beings who are constantly developing our basis for new cognitive updating of our surroundings through these frames of reference that are talked about in Jeff Hawkins price acclaimed book, A Thousand Brains, where this is pointed out in reference to the brain’s neocortex and its implementation intelligence. The fact that the acquisition of new knowledge is used and creates the basis for new knowledge, the very foundations for intelligence in every sense.

The fact that we humans will be outdated according to AGI, will probably not happen, then, yes, it must be said that at some point AGI will be able to match us intellectually, and certainly outperform us in several aspects. However, it should also be mentioned that this will not happen until AGI is an exemplary copy of our own complete understanding of our brain, where all parts of the brains fragmented knowledge can be put together into a total overall understanding of how the brain works.

When we will come to this conclusion and we will in due time of that I am confident, then who can say what kind of knowledge we will then behold, as new fields with new hitherto not understood quantifiable qualities, that again can further be expand upon as to our own intelligence quantum, far beyond what we today are able to understand. Furthermore, that AGI can only be equated with the human intelligence when this total understanding of how the brain works is completed, it will then finally be in a state of transferable forma over to the AGI unit, and thus enables it to form its own definable evolving statutes of new self-acquired acquisitions of new cognitive knowledge onto which it can again be furthered built upon.

As long as the machines build all their base knowledge onto what we humans have been evolved upon, we will not be seen as an endangered race, but rather as a race to be recon with and of great importance as to study more, and maybe to form an alliance with based on mutual acceptance, in the quest for a greater understanding of how the universe works.

Jacobsen: If the fears are shown true, as in a Terminator future or something akin to Blade Runner, then, in some sense, human beings become either extinct or non-dominant as the prime information processing entities on the surface of the Earth. If the fears are shown false, then co-existence seems more likely with evolved intelligences – human beings and other mammals – and constructed intelligences – machines or electronically ‘floating’ intelligences in the ‘cloud’ – functioning independently and interdependently as necessary. Perhaps, some synthesis of these two visions may be the real future. What seem like the more probable outcomes for the advance of technology, at present, and humanity?

Jorgensen: Portraying one scenario for the other will present many challenges, as neither-nor as to a desired outcome. What is meant by this, if one attempts to look at the first scenario, whereas we humans are exterminated in favor for the machines, in the case of the movie Terminator, whereby the machines and their desire to rid the world of humans, and to add, animals, yes, by all biological material. Would not the next move then be to end the very biological diversity that defines all life, by definition of our own planet. Or it could just be that humans pose a threat which is then isolated to the advantage of the machines, but as the Terminator films portray, all land life is extinct, perhaps just a calculated miss, or well-planned calculation to enlarge the worldview of humans’ and their role on earth, would by that, not again mean that all life on earth stands and falls on the very existence of humanity. “Without us, there is nothing.”

What then will the role of the machines consist of then, when this extinction is completed, will the machines then create a better and more shaped world with a greater diversity? What purpose would this have for the machines, they are the ruling ones, then the way forward will not be in the intention that the machines are implemented with the intention and meaning of something more in the long run.

Alas, the result would be to terraform our planet, purposely to adapt their (machines’) need to then ensure their own existence, may not just be limited to our own planet, but also beyond, a race of planet eaters. It can also be asked whether the machines will use the material that we humans have used as a basis for our own evolutionary development … What is certain, is that all concluded security protocols will be broken, and the principle of equality where established mutual foundations between humans and machines will cease to exist, broken by and for one party’s desire for world dominance. The machines will then, in principle, sadly still carry on our stamp as to the lust for power, an intimate desire, consolidated in the art of waging war, something so human.

I would like for you to consider these three factors that may or may not pose a global extinction of humanity, will by that refer to what the acclaimed neuroscientist and author Jeff Hawkins and his resent book from 2021, A Thousand Brains has listed below as follows, quote:

“But as we go forward and debate the risks verses the rewards of machine intelligence, I recommend acknowledging the distinction between three things: replication, motivations, and intelligence.” (Hawkins, p.169).

  • Replication: Anything that is capable of self—replication is dangerous. Humanity could be wiped out by a biological virus. A computer virus could bring down the internet. Intelligence machines will not have the ability or desire to self-replicate unless humans go to great lengths to make it so.
  • Motivations: Biological motivations and drives are a consequence of evolution. Evolution discovered that animals with certain drives replicated better than other animals. A machine that is not replicating or evolving will not suddenly develop a desire to, say, dominate or enslave others.
  • Intelligence: Of the three, intelligence is the most benign. An intelligent machine will not on its own start to self-replicate, nor will it spontaneously develop drives and motivations. We will have to go out of our way to design in the motivations we want intelligent machines to have. But unless intelligent machines are self-replicating and evolving, they will not, on their own, represent an existential risk to humanity.

(Hawkins, p.169-170).

Presented in the previous section, appear as solid statements, where many of the worried factors can be mitigated. Will thus rather focus on the following scenario.

Considering that we will be able to live side by side with machines in the future, where the idea is to create a mutual understanding of mutual respect, people, and AGI, then this will be able to function as intended.

Thought-provoking:

The bible says that man is created in the image of God; meaning that all humans have an elevated status at birth. But then man wants to create machines that will then be viewed as the equivalent of man, will this not then fall on its own unreasonableness by that very notion. Will not machines then fall under our exalted state? I am at a crossroad by the very question, as where to stand on equality between humans and machines.

Machines today do as we command them to do, it applies to all of machine operated devices, the emotion intelligent machines of the future with the possibility of their own opinions about what they want to create, do or else, will machines based on the conundrum of equality of rights, then not go against their own core values ​​- like the slaves before during the infamous triangular trade of the early 15th through to the late18th century, or the slave trade in the southern states of the United States until the turn of the 19th century, and the ongoing sex trade.

What I see clearly is that, yes, in the not too far future we will see a paradigm shift, we will create technological innovations that will move from thoughtless instrumental creations in the demand for production efficiency. But, when it comes to building a sustainable foundation based on the notion of equality of rights between both humans and machines, given, that yes, this is for now just a fantasy-philosophical angling, but still, one must then step aside to the right of way of the other’s right to self-respect, by and for all, justice through reciprocity.

Also noted, as when, should morality have its rights instrumentally implemented? Without a doubt, this will be some of the biggest obstacles that we humans must addressed in the future that may not just be a fantasy, but very possible a new reality. The ability of machines to harm people is in the state of fiction, received its ratification whereby it is said.

Isaac Asimov, the science-fiction writer, famously proposed three laws of robotics. These laws are like a safety protocol:

  1. A robot may not injure a human being or, through inaction, allow a human being to come to harm.
  2. A robot must obey orders given it by human being except where such orders would conflict with the First law.
  3. A robot must protect its own existence as long as such protection does not conflict with the First of Second Law. (Hawkins, p.152).

I know that much of what is written here come out as fictional nonces for many of you, but perhaps we will see this coming to the realm of reality. Now, if so were to happen, would this not also result in an equal legislation for us humans towards machines. So, we humans cannot harm any AGI, or as I see it enslave the AGI in any way as stated above. Let’s certainly hope so, respect on an equal footing, even if we are born in the image of Christ, and the machines is born in the image of man.

Jacobsen: Will the idea of genius become obsolete with advances in machine intelligence?

Jorgensen: The path towards creating machine intelligence. Well as l see it, it will be based on whether we ourselves will be able to form a total and uniformed understanding of our own intelligence. The term “genius” will remain, and as for me at least, regards to the creative level. The definable with intelligence is the ability to acquire new knowledge, i.e., with reference to the general basis that I am debating here.

Man’s ability to acquire, as well as adapt to, this newly acquired knowledge for one’s own good, which in turn can be built upon. The brains neocortex is about 76% of its total volume. This is where intelligence resides. Neuroscientist who studies the part related to human intelligence, have not to date, come to a complete understanding of that particular function, a lot of work still remains. It is pointed out in the book by the renowned neuroscientist and author; Jeff Hawkins in his lates book – A Thousand Brains, where it is pointed out that:

There are decades left, maybe more for a total understanding can be summarized, lots of puzzle board pieces are now understood, but putting these puzzle bits together into a complete comprehension, is still a long way off, but it will come into light someday… (Hawkins Jeff, A thousand brains).

If one will get this access to a full understanding of how the human

neocortex works with its connection to intelligence, then we can in a sense create a real AGI, where the general tendency can be built into the machines, i.e., self-learning machines, what is then called a “reference framework”, on which new knowledge can be built upon. This is then the new intelligence that will most likely dominate, maybe in our own century which Jeff Hawkins refers to and to which I agree. That differs from the learned specified knowledge that we today program into according to today’s AI.

When this happens, one can begin to consider whether the term “genius” will be diluted or not. I still do not think so, as the term is aimed at man’s ability to create, not a machine’s ability to produce fantastic works. We are unique in ourselves; we are the starting point for our inherent ability to create. Look at the value in what your own child creates in arts and crafts at school, point in case, of what my own children bring with them home after school, is by that, the most wonderful items we receive, not because it is incredibly well made, but because our children made it themselves. The same cannot be said about what a machine produces, and by that of any man-made work, we humans will prefer the later over any machine-made work, always, ask yourself, do you prefer machine-made artwork, or man-made artwork …? The term “genius” will forever remain.

Jacobsen: How will A.I. live in the future? How will human beings live in the future with A.I. making life more efficient, easier, in some regards, as now?

Jorgensen: Artificial intelligence will be able to help us humans in a variety of situations, for example, heightened customized performance within the medical field, super efficiency, specialized interventions, super adaptive parameters within economics, finance, and international trade whereby the implementer operation of interactive payment services, new and innovative initiatives for finance-based assets, and more seamless solutions for all border custom services etc. There will certainly be a lot of more of great solutions that one cannot imagine today. AI will probably continue as it is now currently doing within various factories around the world, only more specialized, and more effective.

That being said, the biggest changes will only happen when AGI becomes as functioning and as intelligent as us humans. The artificial general intelligence must first be equated with our own, it must function according to our own intelligence model setup, reference being made to the brains neocortex and how its parameters is laid out, only then will the great changes come into fruition. AGI will surpass anything that AI will ever be able to achieve. That said, I have previously mentioned that we humans have a specific setup of various emotions, the older part of the brain is responsible for this as the neocortex is viewed as the new part of the brain. But now we talk about some our primary functions aka the “old brain” and the senses thereof, human emotions like; sadness, pain, laughter, etc., AGI will function primarily by the modeling of the human counterpart the neocortex where the foundation for human intelligence lays.

So, AGI or Artificial General Intelligence will not be equipped with the same spectrum of emotions as us humans, this will perhaps be a matter for debate whether or not this will ever be implemented as a primary function or some form of subfunction for AGI sometime in the future, but again what would be the point? When one then talks about the spectrum of emotions that we humans have in all of us men, it must be pointed out that the older part of the brain that deals with these primary functions will be able to communicate with the newer neocortex, in the state of being able to create a holistic happening of what is expected of one. For example, if you are hungry, then the old part of the brain will register this, it perceives that the body needs food now, but it does not know how to do this, it needs the information from the neocortex that can then tell where this food is for us to then retrieve what is about to be consumed.

This is a huge simplification of the communication between the old brain and the neocortex, but the fact that the older part of the brain talks to the neocortex in order to make it easier to do the job we are supposed to perform. If you look at it this way, the the neocortex is our map, which gives us the exact position of where something is, as to what we want, i.e., the equivalent to longitude and latitude on a map. The old brain enables us physically to get to where the neocortex wants us to go to get what we need or want.

We humans have a need to see meaning through purpose in our daily life in one form or another, our everyday lives consist of lots of emotionally charged interactive moments that in return give us fulfillment as we go about our daily lives. This gives us purpose, it gives us a general meaning to carry on, but also presents us with our mortality too, which means, we all have a need to get the most out of our lives the time we have on this wonderful blue ball we call home. You can implement purpose into a machina as well, but the communication between the old brain and the neocortex must, the older part can produce the correct stimuli of emotions, but the neocortex must coordinate as to where it will happen or take place as to space and time.

Motion of thought: I proclaim, there is no merits of judicial justification for the primary implementation standard of AGI as I see it, regards to the integration of these emotion’ parameters. AGI will only ever just exist as an entity void of any sense of emotional awareness. Where then if I may, will, or should I say must the bridging between us humans and the machines take place if at all…?

As we humans tend to flee away from fellow human beings that seems emotionally dead, by that notion, this remark applies to the interactions between humans and machines, will not they too follow the same mode? Furthermore, will machines then also see this as a possible intersocial hindering that should be addressed, what then about the parent innovators behind these machines, will that have any furthering basis for their existential justification of these inventions regards to both the realm of the metaphysical, and philosophical perspective…?

When we talk about the future of machines, we cannot go about this and not mention the father of computers, Alan Turing, as we all known for the movie; “The imitation game”, whereby Alan Turing created a computer to solve the enigma machine that Nazis during WWII had going to cover what they were doing, where the next assault was going to be. The notion of Alan Turing and his proposal as to the imitation game; “States that if a person can`t tell if they are conversing with a computer or a human, then the computer should be considered intelligent” (Hawkins, p.159).

Will also consider the concept of eternal life. As a prolonged extension of our lives today is on the agenda, based on what the future existence and the need to move from our own planetary system over to other possible habitable planetary systems. The travel between these planetary systems will take long time, very possibly 150-250 years or more; will we humans not get tired of living, not including the time of hibernation or prolonged sleep due to long space travels? I have a friend who works with older people in nursing homes, many, not all of them, say to him when their time is at an end that; they feel ready to let go, they are tired, bored, or,

“I have lived long enough and now it`s time for me to rest”, these people died at ages vary from 80 to 95 years old, what would these people think about having to live for 200+ years? Does one run the risk of being “fed up” with life or not, as it is written in the song lyrics by the famous music band Queen; “Who wants to live forever.”  Will the general opposition towards living extended long lives, as to be able to restart one’s existence on other planets be enough for an all-right global approval by being presented this opportunity, or will the opposition to extended life be too much to ask for or to be expected, what do you the reader think? I know what I think…

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on AGI: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (11). December 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-11

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, December 8). Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on AGI: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (11). In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-11.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on AGI: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (11). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on AGI: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (11).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-11.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on AGI: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (11).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (December 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-11.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on AGI: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (11)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-11>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on AGI: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (11)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-11>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on AGI: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (11).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-11.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on AGI: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (11) [Internet]. 2022 Dec; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-11

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Curriculum Development in Norway: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher Founding: December 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: A

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: None.

Individual Publication Date: December 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Tor Arne Jørgensen

Word Count: 2,163

Image Credit: Tor Arne Jørgensen

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

Abstract

Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies, including World Genius Directory, NOUS High IQ Society, 6N High IQ Society just to name a few. Tor Arne was also in 2019, nominated for the World Genius Directory 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe. He is also the designer of the high range test site; toriqtests.com. He discusses: the overview of making a curriculum for young students; content; independence of the teacher’s educational influence; the degree of accuracy of the curriculum; reinterpret the curriculum; and the case of a motivated, intelligent student.

Keywords: directives, Directorate of Education, First World War, learning paths, mandate curriculum, mental barrier, Norway, Norwegian schools, open tasks, Tor Arne Jørgensen.

Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Curriculum Development in Norway: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (10)

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I want to take this session to focus on curriculum development. As it’s something important for structured dissemination of required knowledge and skills to pupils, the creation of curricula suitable to students at different grades is important. What is the game plan or the overview of making a curriculum for young students?

Tor Arne Jorgensen: Giving a detailed overview of the full curriculum, or annual plans in this context, would be too extensive to undertake. But what can be said is that the curriculum follows the knowledge pledge of 2020 (Kunnskapsløftet 2020), for the school year 2022-23. Statutorily promoted by the Directorate of Education, that all the country’s schools must be regarded or understood as such, so by implementing these set of values presented from the education directorate’s which state the following about the academic structure, outlined below in points 1 to 4:

  1. The subjects’ relevance and central values
  2. Core elements
  3. Interdisciplinary themes
  4. Basic skills

(https://www.udir.no/lk20/idr01-02)

These four above directives must be included into each subject that the schools in turn must use as integrated subject guideline.

This of course is also divided into each tangled voluminous pompous phase, vividly inventive, so that we the puppets can manage to swallow the guiding’s delivered by these deranged misdemeanors of our puppeteers.   

Apologize for my latter sarcastic outburst, but one must do what he thinks best…

Jacobsen: Mandated by the State, what content must be in there?

Jorgensen: The Directorate of Education has several divisions, with subsequent regulations that must be passed by the individual municipality that acts as the school’s owner.

The curriculum body of the Directorate of Education consists of an overall part, the distribution of subjects and hours and curricula in subjects. These are regulations for the Education Act and must govern the content of the education. The mandate curriculum subdivided below:

  1. Parent part
  2. Distribution of subjects and hours
  3. Educational program

(https://www.udir.no/laring-og-trivsel/lareplanverket/).

Jacobsen: No mandated by the State, what content can be added, finessed, or interpolated, for independence of the teacher’s educational influence?

Jorgensen: The design of these distribution models, which the Directorate of Education distributes to the schools, is drawn up according to fixed models, put forward by educational personnel, in collaboration with the various professional actors from the industry sector, the technology sector, and the research sector, etc. The sectors that bring the most to the table then becomes the leader in the design of the subject plan for the current school year. The various subject sectors will shape the pupils towards their subject models, which they can then benefit from when the pupils finish primary school.

What is then left for us teachers, as I said, we have rather loose frameworks within which we can work. The overall section published by the Directorate of Education, which then gives us is an extensive mandate for our work within the education course. What we as teachers can then implement is to some degree affirmed as extensive. We can purchase our own teaching material, which can be useful beyond what the schools may provide. Better learning platforms, expanding adaptations, and finally individually adapted extra material that students with extra learning potential can benefit from. Noted, that if we stretch our services beyond what the schools themselves provide, then we the teachers must then provide much of the financial support to acquire the material needed.

Jacobsen: Over the course of the school year, what is the degree of accuracy of the curriculum, either given or developed, and the information and skills disseminated to students? Is Norwegian education rigid or loose in application, in other words?

Jorgensen: At the start of the school year, we teachers make annual plans which then form our framework conditions for each semester. We the teachers choose what should be in these annual plans, but the Directorate of Education’s governing directives give us the direction of what overall obligations are to be followed. This means that we first look at what is put forward by the Directorate of Education (Udir) for socio-professional reasons within each individual subject, as well as age groupings, then we form the basis for the educational reference points that we must deal with. The individual subject teacher chooses relatively freely from in most times a large and varied supply of subject titles.

For example, if I want to deal with the First World War, in the 8th grade, then it is in the subject plans issued by the Directorate of Education for the 8th grade regarding topic of historical war acts, let’s say within the subject of social studies. The directorate of education then promptly refers to the statues of formulative, that; “the 8th grade students should familiarize themselves with acts of war related factuality’s that took place from the early parts of the 20th century and up to the mid-20th century.” I can then freely choose for myself whether it will be World War I or World War II, or the Korea war for that matter etc.

When it comes to whether we the teachers follow the original intended textbook in chosen subject field then answer is a resounding no.

The textbooks in many cases are not good enough, as they are in most cases mostly viewed as deficient, and not very educational directed by the selected study group, reasons of why this is many, mostly economic, there I said it. But if this should prove to be the case, the individual subject teacher can then decide of whether to move outside that particular subject book or books. And rather work with online teaching aids, as they may be better suited to accommodate the students’ curiosity and eagerness for new knowledge about that specific field of study. If so is done, the cost in most cases falls on the individual teacher to accommodate the students’ needs for better educational tools to work with. And no, we are not refunded for our personal spendings ever.

An exemplified picturesque glorification of our country’s education of our future citizens, looked after in the best possible way by our society’s leaders for maximum return.

Jacobsen: For some students where the material doesn’t quite ‘stick,’ how do you reinterpret the curriculum for them to ‘get’ it?

Jorgensen: The mental barrier that needs to be overcome for the individual student when he or she encounters the curriculum material, and how to approach it is by no means easy. I have seen through observation as to how each individual student works, and by talking to the students about what he or she does to adapt to the new material.

This is one of the things that you must address, to be able to grasp the bigger picture of how to approach to the student’s pleasure center when faced with new educational material. The methodology that I use the most, and as I perceive as the most beneficial approach of exploration of self-awareness, thus making the student aware of what is meant by the term best explained as; “curriculum thrill-seeking.” What is meant by that, well it can be easily explained by finding one’s trigger points in our learning paths, in the same way as trigger points to resolve muscle knots, or tackling stress centers, anxiety etc. We also have these when it comes to mental learning centers, or pleasure-oriented mental structural joints, we call it in Norwegian: (Lystbetont læring).

The student is guided so to identify these learning centers which will then in turn help the student the next time to mentally visualizing, and thus choose what type to replicate. And furthered, what type of approach to use as what was previously experienced to work best in relation to the curriculum material previously studied. This method of approach will work within any field of study at all levels of education. We are not talking here about cramming the material, or about using the scaffolding method, whereas you build upon previously practiced knowledge in several stages to find out for yourself which way you learn best, to be self-aware.

No, here we are talking about uncovering which centers provide access for the student in the face of all new knowledge. This does not need to be built on, you just bypass this process all together. The brain creates shortcuts to exactly what you recognize from mental stimuli, where you felt happy and at the same time learning at your best, i.e., a joining where learning becomes pleasurable, then you have a higher state of education that sticks.

This process is usually done within the first 2-4 weeks in the first semester, they just must crack this code first, then they will get access to pleasure-based learning and at the same time see the utility in this in the long run.

You must remember that learning new material can be in many cases be seen as losing weight, for example. You study like crazy before an exam and then after taken the exam you remember quite a lot of the material a few hours later, maybe even 20 percent a few days later, but all that studying for that exam falls away very rapidly. This can be compared to gaining and losing weight, for almost all people. One can be very good at slimming down and lose 10-15 kilos in weight, but as we all know all too well, for the vast majority of people this weight loss goes right back up after short period of time.

My six missions as an educator

1st mission is to expand the concept of education and the enrichments that follows, to broaden our understanding of unity, and our monocular constructs.

2nd mission is to inspire the students to evolve and strive for a greater self-awareness.

3rd mission is to help the students to identify who they really are in all roles of society.

4th mission is to teach about the concept of education as omnipresent, forever engraved in our DNA as an adventurous eternal learning curve called life. Only to be blissfully embraced throughout the generations as an historical treasure that can never be stolen nor lost.

5th mission is to educate about the importance of altruism, and further how to preserve and cherish all living things. In a society that sees to much suffering, we must help the ones in need, both humans and animals. We are guardians of life, we are the protectors of democracy, we are the ones that stands against injustice and society’s skewed distribution; thus, we stand united for equality and righteousness.  

6th mission are words that comes from the heart to take hold off on their path towards global citizenship; I see you, I accept you, thus I embrace you, for you are like me, and we are the same.  

Jacobsen: What do you do in the case of a motivated, intelligent student who consumes the entirety of the material, gets perfect or near perfect on the examinations, and runs out of material in the formal curriculum for the school year?

Jorgensen: As a rule, I obtain an overview of this type of student early in the semester, this in collaboration with the other subject teachers not only at my own level, but across levels. It must be remembered that in transition meetings between the steps, it is mapped according to each individual student, which is then archived. These folders contain everything discovered along the way on both ends. The schools are solution-oriented, and there is special material to meet these needs. It must be said that the understanding or uncovering of gifted students is poorly understood in Norwegian schools. This is now being worked on centrally according to the directorate of education, Udir, and I am in conversation with my own job, where this is now being worked on directly with the municipal management. As this has been pointed out, I have my own solutions for what can then be done to accommodate these pupils who have reached their maximum at their age level. There are several steps that can be taken.

  1. Refer to the step above, where these students encounter challenging teaching material in the subject groups where this is needed.
  2. Get extra subject material at the level the student is at in the subject groups that then again need strengthening.
  3. Be referred to in-depth, type 2, teaching in the subject groups that need strengthening.
  4. Be referred to another school, upper secondary school, where these students can get further reinforcement in the respective subject groups.
  5. Present your own subject material, with your own designed open tasks, where in correspondence with private sponsored faculties who have researched these students about the type of teaching material that the schools should use, i.e., sketches of how to hit the correct mark of higher goal attainment, through these individually adapted directives that are followed. I have then mentioned my efforts with the help of June Maker and her team, who work directly against this type of problem.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Curriculum Development in Norway: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (10). December 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-10

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, December 8). Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Curriculum Development in Norway: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (10). In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-10.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Curriculum Development in Norway: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (10). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Curriculum Development in Norway: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (10).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-10.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Curriculum Development in Norway: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (10).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (December 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-10.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Curriculum Development in Norway: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (10)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-10>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Curriculum Development in Norway: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (10)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-10>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Curriculum Development in Norway: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (10).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-10.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on Curriculum Development in Norway: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (10) [Internet]. 2022 Dec; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jørgensen-10

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Tsimshian 2: Corey Moraes on Community and Mythologies (2)

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: December 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: E

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: “The Tsimshian”

Individual Publication Date: December 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Corey Moraes

Word Count: 2,907

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

*Interview conducted on May 3, 2020.*

Abstract

Corey Moraes is Tsimshian. He was born April 14, 1970, in Seattle, Washington. He has worked in both the U.S.A. and in Canada. He has painted canoes for Vision Quest Journeys (1997). He was featured in Totems to Turquoise (2005), Challenging Traditions (2009), and Continuum: Vision and Creativity on the Northwest Coast (2009). He earned the 2010 Aboriginal Traditional Visual Art Award and Grant from the Canada Council for the Arts. His trademark artistic works are Coastal Tsimshian style with gold jewellery, limited edition prints, masks, silver jewellery, and wood carvings. Moraes discusses: a Tsimshian community; the earliest recorded history of the Tsimshian people; current population; the missionaries; the government; the four clans; language translation; colouring; the civilization; trade; natural disasters; European imposed theologies; and Creator.

Keywords: colouring, Corey Moraes, Creator, culture, Europeans, language, missionaries, Raven, trade, Tsimshian.

The Tsimshian 2: Corey Moraes on Community and Mythologies (2)

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Before, we talked about some of the work that you do and leaving off with some commentary as a family and a child. Today, it will be on community and some of the contextualizations with a larger sense of self in tribes.

What is the context within a Tsimshian community of a sense of self?

Corey Moraes: How do we know who we are in terms of Tsimshian community historically? Everything was matrilineal. None of the major decisions were made without the input, inclusion, of the female leaders. But female leaders were never the chief; the chief was the final say.

Our social structure was very communal. You could have a dozen or more families in what our people call a Long House or a Big House separated by partitions with many generations all living together. But there were the common people and the people who had more inherent value because of their lineage.

It led right into the chieftainship and how that structure works. For example, a chief’s name has to go down. It doesn’t go to the chief’s son. It goes to his oldest sister’s son. If there is no nephew, then it goes to the next sister’s son, like that.

There were arranged marriages. Some of this, because of the clan system; our people had four clan names: Eagle, Raven, Killer Whale, and Frog. As I look back historically, I believe, this is my opinion, that those structures were set up to have an equal balance of hunting and fishing rights.

One family might have an advantageous fishing grounds or hunting area. So, they would marry another family who might have something else that they need and then build their power up like that. There was a high-level animism.

The belief that things were possessed with spirit. So, we were no more valuable than the animals, trees, rocks. We all belonged to your Higher Power or your Great Spirit. All of that was based on a particular mythology as well.

Jacobsen: What is some of the earliest recorded history of the Tsimshian people?

Moraes: It was always the explorers, the Spanish, for example. Not documented, but evidence of, is the Nordic peoples, the Vikings, had made their way. But as far as recorded history, it comes down to the European explorers. I don’t have an exact date.

There’s more that comes out in the present day. It contradicts what they have as established facts and anthropological facts. I think the biggest flaw in our history – other than not having a written history – is the things that we have created, historically, were often, or almost exclusively, created in biodegradable materials.

Jacobsen: Can you expand on that?

Moraes: Well, our lineage, family histories, village histories, were on totem poles and our regalia before European explorers brought over wool blankets. They were portrayed on animal hides. A lot of our history is made to rot.

As far as the oral history, that was our law. We found, as we look back, more power in oral history than we did in the form of written history. Everything was passed on orally.

Jacobsen: The current population sits under 10,000. Were the numbers historically at similar levels or higher/lower?

Moraes: They were much higher. I don’t have exact numbers. But we lost tens of thousands up and down the coast to a type of plague that only, recently, have I read an article that based patient zero in Vancouver Island. It was by transferring infested blankets.

They knew that these blankets were infested with smallpox. They knew that our commerce relied on trade up and down the coast. So, they knew these blankets would cover a lot of ground very quickly. There’s a lot of documentation of the horrendous result of the smallpox plague on men and children.

Haida-Gwaii, for example, it decimated their population to just a few hundred before it was stopped. They had tens of thousands before that. That shows a stasis of how devastating European illness was on us.

We had no antibodies to fight off these viruses. They very quickly found out the weaknesses. They could exploit our social structures. A lot of that hinged on trade.

Jacobsen: Was this grounded in the missionaries?

Moraes: The missionaries played a large part in trying to abolish the Aboriginal from the ground up. We were forced to adopt new belief systems. We were forced to stop speaking our language when they realized that they couldn’t kill us with virus. They started introducing alcohol.

When that was working sufficiently enough, they looked at what is the core of a village. The core of any village was its children. Its children were its future. So, they decided to remove the heart of the communities and take all the children and put them in Residential Schools, forced them, beat them.

If they spoke any of their language, which was all that they knew, then they took them to far flung Residential Schools, which weren’t anywhere near where their village was. They refused to let their parents visit them.

There are documents of missionaries writing to various white settlers saying, ‘These poor Indians. They don’t care about their children. They’re going to be alone for Christmas. If you can spend a few days to take care of this child and do God’s work, it would be greatly appreciated.’

They paid them. They used our children to experiment on. One of them was starvation, to see how long they could starve before they died.

Jacobsen: How was the government complicit?

Moraes: The government interests have always been in the land. Even with the Magna Carta and the European construct of obtaining lands via conquests or cession, in the United States, the lands, obviously, were acquired via conquests. They murdered every man, woman, child, and senior, until they gave up.

In Canada, they went the way of cession paperwork. Where, they would tell them, “Look, the Settlers are non-stop. They are going to keep coming. It is in your best interest to hand over your land to us to care of. In return, we will take care of you, take care of your lands,” which diminished more and more as resources were found, explored, and exploited in reservations getting smaller and smaller.

So, they wanted the land. What was standing in the way of them were the first inhabitants of North America, to this day, there is a trust, which contains monies for Aboriginal peoples. Any of the monies being distributed today are only being taken from the interest of the original money started.

So, when you hear people say, “These are unceded territories.” They are referring to the government never signing any agreement that say the original peoples give this land to them. The Canadian government is described as caring for the Aboriginal peoples in exchange for the use of the land.

Jacobsen: Regarding the four clans of Eagle (Laxsgiik), Killer Whale (Gispwudwada), Raven (Ganhada), and Wolf (Laxgibuu), what is the clan for you?

Moraes: I am Raven.

Jacobsen: What is the contextualization with that particular clan in specialization?

Moraes: As I said, each clan had certain hunting and fishing rights. I need to close my thought loop there. My wife and I are both Raven Clan. Historically, we were never allowed to marry the same clan. You had to marry another clan.

That’s why I say, ‘Looking back historically, I am a believer. This wasn’t to prevent incest.’ Because there was incest within royal families in Europe to protect the bloodline, to purify it, much as how you get a pure bred dog.

It was done in Aboriginal cultures. I think, at its core, the clans were set up to equally distribute the hunting and the fishing rights. So, if the Raven clans had very strong hunting territories, but were weak in some fishing areas, they would find another clan – Eagle, Wolf, Killer Whale – that would fulfill that requirement.

They would arrange the marriages. It was an equal distribution of power. So, it wasn’t so much that Raven had certain responsibilities and Eagle had different responsibilities. I think it broke down to distribution of wealth. I don’t know what the modern term would be for that.

Jacobsen: For the language translation, why is it real or true tongue?

Moraes: There are a lot of words in the English language, which we don’t have in our traditional Sm’álgyax language. And the other way as well. There are words in our language that require a phrase in English to be the nearest interpretation of what that word means. For example, our village is called Lax Kw’Alaams. Lax Kw’Alaams means “the people of wild roses.” There are wild roses growing on our island. “Lax” means “the people” much like “Volks-” in “Volkswagen” as in “people wagon.” Right?

So, some of our things are literal. Other ones aren’t. What is even worse, much like the English language, one word can be spelled many different ways for the same thing and many words can have many different meanings depending on the context in which it is spoken.

That’s why translating our language into a narrative in a book can be most challenging because transcribing it word-for-word into English loses much of the meaning.

Jacobsen: In terms of art and colouring, most nations of people, whether modern or not, have particular colourings associated with their own culture. What is the colouring associated with the Tsimshian?

Moraes: Predominantly red and black.

Jacobsen: Why?

Moraes: We got black from charcoal. We got red from ocher. They were viewed as life and death. Additional pigments that we brought in; I don’t know much about the meaning of the additional pigments. Some of it had to do with region.

For example, a copper oxide colour could only be obtained from a small area in the Chilcotin River. Some of those pigments could only reach the Tsimshian by a certain timeline. They sometimes added it because it deepened out colour palette.

Also, when Europeans arrived, they brought things like Chinese red, for example, which was a different shade, and vermilion. These things, when you look back at the historical pieces, speak of the inclusion of trade with Europeans.

Jacobsen: Is there any indication as to how old the civilization is?

Moraes: It goes back. Anthropologists think it may go back more than 10,000 years. Some evidence crops up, even in the present day, that it goes back 40,000, or 60,000, years. A segment of my population and I believe that we very well may have come across a land bridge. I would say the majority of our people.

Because they have so much stripped of them and their identity. They refuse to believe that we just sprung up out of the ground here. That there’s so much similarity between our people and plains people and Asian cultures.

Jacobsen: How was trade in association with art productions with surrounding nations?

Moraes: It was our gross domestic product: our art. Our people were very static in Northern coast. We worked very hard in the Spring and the Summer, and used Fall to prepare the reserve of the things that we worked so hard to preserve, e.g., using air-drying process, pickling, and smoking, to increase the cabinet life of the things that we harvested.

But during the Winter months, all of our fishers and all of our hunters had a lot of time of their hands. Being in such close contact with wildlife, that became the natural platform for transcribing our stories into artworks.

These artworks were commissioned by our high chiefs and, sometimes, by high chiefs of neighbouring villages, which is why, sometimes, there’s art anthropologically. There are totem poles, for example. There could be a totem pole in Bella Bella.

A lot of people say, “That’s a Tsimshian totem pole.” Others will say, “That’s not a Tsimshian totem pole. It’s in Bella Bella.” A Tsimshian carver could have been commissioned to make a totem pole that was for Bella Bella.

Jacobsen: Did any natural disasters impact the culture?

Moraes: Natural disasters, absolutely, there’s always talk of a great flood that killed a large portion of our population pre-contact. Historically, there’s a legend that that something had a terminology placed on it in the ‘60s by a white scholar named Bill Holmes.

He had such a keen interest in Northwest Coast history. He was cataloguing and studying all of these anthropological pieces. He had to put a word to the form. He had to come up with a collective term for all of the languages. He coined the term “Formline.”

It is a non-Native term. Additionally, our people didn’t even have a word for “art,” which is what all of our pieces are viewed as and categorized as; they’re seen as “works of art.” But to us, they were a dialogue. They weren’t something to be hung on a wall and admired.

They had their own spirit. They portrayed stories and legends. Some of them so powerful that they were only brought out on special occasions. They knew when they transmitted their power in the performance. Then they were put in a box and never shown until the next performance when they were required.

Jacobsen: How have European imposed theologies mixed for some members of the community with traditional beliefs? Some of the animism, for instance.

Moraes: Very much in the Tsimshian community, which is why the majority of our grand works were destroyed, they were burned. The theologians believed that we worshipped totem poles. The reason that they believed that; they found them to be idols, pagan idols.

You know the history of organized religion and paganism. One example would be a totem pole with wings. If a silhouette, what does it resemble?

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Moraes: In traditional Christianity, as you know, they have a belief in angels. In our spiritual belief system, Tsimshian, in particular, we had more of an angel, Nax’nox. That was a spiritual being that transmitted certain messages.

So, those two things formed the basis for a very basic understanding of why the Tsimshian took so enthusiastically to Christianity, as we were a progressive people. Tribes, one to another, would want to be labelled more progressive than their neighbour. “Progressive” meant “power.”

They willingly gave up their culture because they thought, if they jumped on the Christianity bandwagon, they’d be more progressive than their neighbours.

Jacobsen: What makes Creator, in the traditional belief structure, similar and different to the Christian God?

Moraes: The Christian God was a very vengeful person. Whereas, our Bringer of Light, which was Raven, was a multi-flawed Creator. To understand what I mean when I say that, he always wanted to do something progressive. But, oftentimes, the method in which he did that hurt him more than it hurt anybody else.

An example of that would be Raven with a broken beak. A very quick story of that is Raven is trying to steal a halibut fisherman’s catch. In his greed, he pulls on the fish so much so that the halibut hook catches his beak.

In his greed, as he is pulling up to try to get away with the catch, he breaks his beak. His great beak is hanging down off of his chin. That’s one example. What would you call that?

Jacobsen: Damage from a well-intentioned flawed plan.

Moraes: Yes, there you go. Also, Raven brings light to the world. Have you heard that story?

Jacobsen: I don’t recall this.

Moraes: It varies from tribe to tribe. The gist of it: Raven knows the Chief of the Sky has greedily retained the Sun and Moon, and the stars, in a great wooden chest in his longhouse. The world is in darkness.

So, Raven devises a plan in which he is going to get to that box. Depending on that village or tribe that you are talking to, I’ll give you one example. He notices that the Chief of the Sky has a very beautiful daughter.

He has attested that he is not going to release any of these Sun, Moon, or stars. He loves his daughter deeply. So, Raven transforms himself into a pine needle. One day, the Chief of the Sky’s daughter goes down to the river and collects water.

Raven has a needle and gets taken up with the water. She drinks the water and becomes pregnant and has this child and seems like the Virgin Mary, right? She births this little boy, who is the grandson of the Chief of the Sky.

At one point in the young man’s life, he becomes inconsolable. The Chief tries anything that he can to console his grandson. The boy, he keeps wanting the Chief to open up the box. He cries enough so the Chief relents.

He opens the box and lets the child play with the Sun, the Moon, and the stars. He tells him, “I’ve got to put them back when you’re done.” One day when the Chief wasn’t paying close attention; the young boy transforms into Raven, who was white feathered, Raven grabs the Sun and proceeds to fly through the smoke hole.

It is a large on in the ceiling of the longhouse, which always a fire pit in the center. As he is flying up through the smoke hole to the release the Sun, he gets covered in soot and gets covered in black.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. The Tsimshian 2: Corey Moraes on Community and Mythologies (2). December 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-2

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, December 15). The Tsimshian 2: Corey Moraes on Community and Mythologies (2). In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-2.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. The Tsimshian 2: Corey Moraes on Community and Mythologies (2). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Tsimshian 2: Corey Moraes on Community and Mythologies (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-2.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott The Tsimshian 2: Corey Moraes on Community and Mythologies (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (December 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-2.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘The Tsimshian 2: Corey Moraes on Community and Mythologies (2)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-2>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘The Tsimshian 2: Corey Moraes on Community and Mythologies (2)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-2>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “The Tsimshian 2: Corey Moraes on Community and Mythologies (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-2.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Tsimshian 2: Corey Moraes on Community and Mythologies (2) [Internet]. 2022 Nov; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-2

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright © Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The search for meaning in these times

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: December 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: B

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: None.

Individual Publication Date: December 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): James Haught

Author(s) Bio: James A. Haught was the longtime editor at the Charleston Gazette and has been the editor emeritus since 2015. He also is a senior editor of Free Inquiry magazine and was writer-in-residence for the United Coalition of Reason.

Word Count: 1,235

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the publication.*

*Republished with permission.*

Abstract

This article reflects on age-old searches for meaning by young people, while taking a wide-ranging historical perspective on the nature of philosophical development in human history.

Keywords: futility, Greeks, humanity, meaning, philosophy, religious believers, scientific facts, truth, universe, youth.

The search for meaning in these times

Young seekers of truth go through a phase of wondering whether life has any discernible meaning. They’re quite certainly thinking about this even more intensely now with the pandemic currently raging all around us.

Why are we here? Why does the universe exist? Is there a purpose to it all? These are the ultimate questions, overarching all others.

The seekers usually plunge into philosophy, and spend years sweating. In the end, most of them emerge (as I did) with no better answer than when they began — and a feeling that they wasted a lot of time and effort. Omar Khayyam felt the same way 900 years ago:

Myself when young did eagerly frequent

Doctor and saint, and heard great argument

About it and about, but evermore

Came out by the same door as in I went.

However, despite this futility, I think intelligent people can address the meaning-of-life question sensibly, without bogging down in philosophical stewing and hair-splitting. That’s what I’d like to do now: just spell out what’s knowable, as I see it.

First, the vast majority of humanity — the religious believers — needn’t ask the meaning of life. Churches, mosques and temples tell them the answer. Priests and scriptures say a magical, invisible God created the universe, and put people here to be tested. This supernatural explanation, or some other mystical version, is accepted by the preponderance of the species.

But some of us can’t swallow it, because there’s no evidence. Nobody can prove that people live after death. Nobody can prove that we are tortured or rewarded in an afterlife — or that there are invisible spirits to do the torturing and rewarding.

Therefore, we unsure people are doomed to be seekers, always searching for a meaning to life, but never quite finding one. I’ve been going through it for half a century. Now, I think I can declare that there are two clear answers: (1) Life has no meaning. (2) Life has a thousand meanings.

First, the lack of meaning: As for an ultimate purpose or transcending moral order, all the great thinkers since ancient Greece have failed to find one. The best philosophical minds have dug into this for 25 centuries, without success. There have been endless theories, but no clear answer. Martin Heidegger concluded that we are doomed to live our whole lives and die without knowing why we’re here. That’s existentialism: All we can really know is that we and the material world exist.

As we learn scientific facts, we realize that the universe is horribly violent, with stars exploding or disappearing into black holes. Here on Earth, nature can be equally monstrous. Both the cosmos and our biosphere seem utterly indifferent to humanity, caring not a whit whether we live or die. Earthquakes and hurricanes and volcanoes, for instance, don’t give a damn whether they hit us or miss us. Tigers, tapeworms and bacteria consider us food.

As for morality, I don’t think any exists, independent of people. It’s merely rules that cultures evolve for themselves, in their attempt to make life workable.

Take human rights. Thomas Jefferson said all people “are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights.” But I think Jefferson was wrong. There’s no evidence that any Creator endowed anyone with any God-given rights. What unalienable rights were enjoyed by Africans who were sold into slavery — including those on Jefferson’s Monticello plantation?

What’s the meaning of life to the tens of thousands who have been felled by COVID-19 — and the millions who died in the 1918 flu epidemic and in the Black Plague? Or the 20,000 victims the Aztecs sacrificed annually to the invisible flying serpent? Or the 20,000 the Thugs strangled for the goddess Kali?

All these horrors have a grotesque absurdity about them. Words like purpose, rights and morals simply don’t apply.

I think these evils make it obvious, by simple logic, that there is no all-loving, all-merciful, all-compassionate, father God. How could a kindly father watch idly while thousands of children die of leukemia, ignoring the desperate prayers of their families? Why would a kindly creator design nature so that lions slaughter antelopes, and pythons suffocate pigs, and sharks rip seals apart — and women die of breast cancer? Only a monster would arrange such monstrosities, and do nothing to save the victims. Therefore, common sense proves that the beneficent modern God is a fantasy who doesn’t exist.

In his book Consilience, the great Harvard sociobiologist E.O. Wilson pointed out that there are two fundamental ways of looking at reality: Empiricism, believing only what evidence tells you — and Transcendentalism, believing that a divine or cosmic moral order exists, independent of humanity. If any proof ever upholds the latter, he said, “the discovery would be quite simply the most consequential in human history.” But it has never occurred.

So much for meaninglessness. Now for the many meanings:

Obviously, the reality of physics, chemistry, biology, atoms, cells, matter, radiation and all the rest of nature imposes a physical order upon us. We can’t escape the laws of nature that govern animals on an orbiting planet. And the inevitability of death is a force stronger than we are. We can’t prevent it. Therefore, whatever meanings exist must apply to the temporary period while we live.

Clearly, there’s a physical and psychological purpose to life. Our bodies need food, and clothing, and shelter, and health, and affectionate comfort, and security from violence and theft, and so forth. We also need gregarious social reaction with people around us. And we need democratic freedoms, so we can speak honestly without fear of punishment — and justice, so we won’t be treated cruelly. These are the humanist purposes of life: to provide better nutrition, medicine, housing, transportation, education, safety, human rights, and all the other needs of people.

To attain this humanist “good life,” the species has a strong need to raise intelligent, healthy, affectionate, responsible children. Sometimes I think the single biggest purpose in life is raising good kids. However, aside from this “housekeeping” type of purpose, is there any greater meaning that transcends our human needs?

I don’t think so. At least, I’ve never been able to find any proof of it. We simply must try to make life as good as possible, and avoid horrors, and care about people, and have fun, even though we know that oblivion is coming.

Make hay while the sun shines — because darkness is on its way. Carpe diem — seize the day for now and live fully while you can. Omar Khayyam saw the folly of aggrandizing oneself, because ill fortune or sickness and death soon wipe it out. And praying for heaven after death is even greater folly: “Fools, your reward is neither here nor there.” So Omar’s solution was to take comfort in verses, wine and his lover “beside me singing in the wilderness — and wilderness is paradise enough.” About 1,400 years before him, the great Greek skeptic Epicurus felt the same way.

So there you have it: We who are not orthodox religious believers can’t find any underlying reason for existence. And we know that death looms ahead. So we must make the interval as enjoyable as possible while we’re here. This view of life’s purpose was summed up a few years ago by the title of a Unitarian seminar: “Dancing Over the Dark Abyss.” And as Zorba the Greek has taught us: What is life, if not to dance?

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Haught J. The search for meaning in these times. December 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/meaning-times

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Haught, J. (2022, December 8). The search for meaning in these times. In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/meaning-times.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): HAUGHT, J. The search for meaning in these times. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Haught, James. 2022. “The search for meaning in these times.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/meaning-times.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Haught, J The search for meaning in these times.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (December 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/meaning-times.

Harvard: Haught, J. (2022) ‘The search for meaning in these timesIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/meaning-times>.

Harvard (Australian): Haught, J 2022, ‘The search for meaning in these timesIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/meaning-times>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Haught, James. “The search for meaning in these times.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/meaning-times.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Haught J. The search for meaning in these times [Internet]. 2022 Dec; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/meaning-times

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

What bible classes will not teach you

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: December 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: B

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: None.

Individual Publication Date: December 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): James Haught

Author(s) Bio: James A. Haught was the longtime editor at the Charleston Gazette and has been the editor emeritus since 2015. He also is a senior editor of Free Inquiry magazine and was writer-in-residence for the United Coalition of Reason.

Word Count: 444

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the publication.*

*Republished with permission.*

Abstract

This article takes a brief critical look at the American context of religion, Bible classes, and its impact the socio-political order. 

Keywords: abomination, Appalachia, Bible, Bible belt, Deuteronomy, Exodus, James Haught, Jim Justice, Leviticus, Numbers, slavery.

What bible classes will not teach you

Here in Appalachia’s Bible Belt, lawmakers are attempting to have public school children study the bible — without fully realizing the implications.

The West Virginia Legislature recently voted to start bible classes in the state’s public high schools, and Gov. Jim Justice signed it into law on March 25.

I wonder how such classes will handle a number of biblical commands.

First, the bible decrees that gay males must be killed. Leviticus 20:13 says:

“If a man also lie with mankind, as he lieth with a woman, both of them have committed an abomination; they shall surely be put to death; their blood shall be upon them.”

Imagine classroom disputes that could erupt between bible-believing students and others. (Oddly, lesbians aren’t mentioned.) Now that the United States allows same-sex marriage, would classes conclude that the country officially violates the bible?

Next, the bible decrees that those who work on Sunday must be killed. Exodus 31:15 decrees: “Whosoever doeth any work in the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death.” Exodus 35:2 is almost identical.

Would teachers apply this mandate to police, firefighters, doctors, nurses, hospital aides, paramedics, snowplow drivers, power repair crews, bus drivers, airline crews, radio and television staff, store clerks and others who must work on Sundays? What about cooks and waitresses serving Sunday food? Come to think of it, ministers and church organists work on the Sabbath, don’t they?

The 22nd chapter of Deuteronomy commands that brides who aren’t virgins must be taken to their fathers’ doorsteps and stoned to death. (But non-virgin grooms aren’t mentioned.) With millions of unwed American couples living together, will students debate whether the execution decree applies to females among them?

The bible also endorses slavery. Leviticus 25:44 says: “Both thy bondmen, and thy bondmaids, which thou shalt have, shall be of the heathen that are round about you; of them shall ye buy bondmen and bondmaids.” Exodus 21:7 gives rules when “a man sell his daughter to be a maidservant.”

Would high school students discuss buying slaves — and selling daughters into servitude?

In 1 Samuel 15, God commands Hebrew soldiers to attack a neighbor tribe “and utterly destroy all that they have, and spare them not; but slay both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and ass.” Numbers 31 does likewise, with this exception: “But all the women children, that have not known a man by lying with him, keep alive for yourselves.”

Would classes apply these decrees to U.S. soldiers today?

Many other bible sections contain similarly controversial commands. The West Virginia legislators who voted to have bible taught in schools don’t seem to have studied the book themselves.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Haught J. What bible classes will not teach you. December 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/bible-classes

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Haught, J. (2022, December 8). What bible classes will not teach you. In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/bible-classes.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): HAUGHT, J. What bible classes will not teach you. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Haught, James. 2022. “What bible classes will not teach you.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/bible-classes.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Haught, J What bible classes will not teach you.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (December 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/bible-classes.

Harvard: Haught, J. (2022) ‘What bible classes will not teach youIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/bible-classes>.

Harvard (Australian): Haught, J 2022, ‘What bible classes will not teach youIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/bible-classes>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Haught, James. “What bible classes will not teach you.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/bible-classes.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Haught J. What bible classes will not teach you [Internet]. 2022 Dec; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/bible-classes

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The biggest news of the 21st century

 Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: December 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: B

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: None.

Individual Publication Date: December 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): James Haught

Author(s) Bio: James A. Haught was the longtime editor at the Charleston Gazette and has been the editor emeritus since 2015. He also is a senior editor of Free Inquiry magazine and was writer-in-residence for the United Coalition of Reason.

Word Count: 1,071

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the publication.*

*Republished with permission.*

Abstract

This article takes a look at the historic transition of the downfall of supernatural belief in the more educated and free parts in the world. It is a look at the cultural decline of religion as a historic transition in many modernized societies. Looking at the history of brutality of religious faith and superstition, the author incorporates the transitional view as one of celebration of secular and humanist views winning out over centuries.

Keywords: 21st century, Americans, conservative Christianity, Donald Trump, Europe, James Haught, religion, Secular Humanism, Secularism.

The biggest news of the 21st century

The coronavirus pandemic currently seems to be the most significant occurrence in the 21st century so far. But pandemics eventually burn out and fade into history like the 1918 flu tragedy.

There’s a deeper event, like the hidden bulk of an iceberg, that bodes to have a more profound impact on the future of civilization. It’s the remarkably rapid collapse of religion in industrialized democracies. Sociologists are stunned by the abrupt downfall of supernatural faith in Western societies. This swift cultural transformation gained traction in the 1990s and then accelerated.

For example, more than half of United Kingdom adults now have no church identity, according to the latest British Social Attitudes survey.

“Fifty-two percent of the public say they do not belong to any religion, compared to 31 percent in 1983 when the BSA began tracking religious belief,” The London Guardian has reported. “One in four members of the public stated, ‘I do not believe in God,’ compared with one in 10 in 1998.”

The Telegraph newspaper adds that 26 percent of Britons labeled themselves “confident atheists,” up from 10 percent in 1998. It quotes researcher Nancy Kelley as saying the surprising retreat of religion is “one of the most important trends in postwar history.”

Ironically, Europeans spent centuries killing each other over religion, such as in the Crusades, Inquisitions, witch hunts, Reformation wars, pogroms against Jews and the massacres of Anabaptists. Then Europe finally decided that faith is inconsequential.

Similar secularization is reported across Scandinavia, Canada, Australia, Japan, New Zealand and the like. Religion has fizzled since the 1990s.

America traditionally was an exception in being a faith stronghold but the United States is joining the secular tsunami. A Gallup poll from last year found that church membership fell 20 percent in the past two decades. Various polls say more than one-fourth of American adults now say their faith is “none” — and the proportion is over one-third among those under 30.

A 2020 Barna report said only one-fourth of American adults now are active “practicing Christians” – down from 45 percent in 2000. So many Catholics have quit that 13 percent of American adults now are ex-Catholics. As for tall-steeple mainline Protestants, they have shrunk drastically since the 1960s.  United Methodists have dropped from 14 million to below 7 million. Presbyterians have fallen from 4.2 million to 1.4 million. Episcopalians have faded from 3.6 million to 1.8 million. The Disciples of Christ have sunk from 1.9 million to 600,000. Meanwhile, America’s population has doubled.

That’s a huge drop in four decades.

The retreat of religion can be seen in evolving morality: When I was young in the 1950s, church-backed laws made it a crime for stores to open on the Sabbath, or clubs to serve cocktails, or adults to look at something like a Playboy magazine or nude scenes in an R-rated movie, or to sell a lottery ticket, or to read a sexy novel. (My hometown mayor sent cops to raid bookstores selling Peyton Place.) Gay sex was a felony. Jews were banned from many clubs. It was a crime for an unwed couple to share a bedroom.

But all those theocratic taboos shrank and disappeared. The nation’s values evolved. Religion lost its power. It occurred so gradually that few noticed.

America today is mostly a “functional atheist” society. Daily public life rolls on with not very much mention of magical gods, devils, heavens, hells and other church dogmas. The culture most often behaves as if they don’t exist.

The collapse of religion can be seen in America’s growing tolerance of homosexuality. Most of the nation now accepts gays as fellow humans — while many churches still declare them evil. (The bible decrees that gay males must be killed. “They shall surely be put to death; their blood shall be upon them.” Leviticus 20:13.) Americans generally became kinder, leaving clerics and the bible behind. Morality evolved, but religion didn’t.

Scholars offer various explanations for the Western secular surge. Mostly, they say that religion thrives in low-income, undeveloped lands where people need supernatural comfort — but that need vanishes when life becomes affluent and secure.

Personally, I think education and intelligence are involved. Several studies have found that doubters are smarter than believers. Researchers say America’s average IQ rises by three points per decade, while tests are recalibrated to keep the median at 100. Many intelligent people can’t swallow magical claims of religion. Americans are becoming smarter, and they’re leaving supernaturalism behind.

Of course, American churches will linger interminably as congregations age. But they’re increasingly sidelined.

Like many profound culture shifts, the secular transformation is sometimes little noticed. Television still teems with big-money evangelists who buy air time to beg for cash to buy more air time. Politicians (especially Republicans) still invoke the holies and demand public displays of the motto “In God We Trust.”

Speaking of Republicans, the GOP relies heavily upon white evangelicals as its political base. As religion shrinks, the future power of the conservative party is thrown into doubt. Polls show that born-again whites were 27 percent of America’s population in the 1990s, but now they’ve slipped as low as 13 percent. Southern Baptists have lost 1.5 million members since 2006. But those who remain are intensely active in politics. They gave 81 percent of their votes to Donald Trump in the 2016 election.

Why do fundamentalists embrace a vulgar, shallow, obnoxious, juvenile, self-worshiping racist who abuses women and speaks in the coarsest language? Why do they want the extreme opposite of Jesus? Wake Forest University church historian Bill Leonard says white evangelicals flock to Trump because they’re in “panic at the precipitous decline of Christianity.”

In other words, conservative Christians feel their dominance of America’s culture evaporating, and they’re desperate. For example, they spent centuries demonizing “evil” gays — yet most Americans now accept homosexuals cordially, and the Supreme Court allowed same-sex marriage. It was a crushing blow to the Religious Right. In fact, repulsive political activity by white evangelicals is a strong reason why many tolerant young Americans renounce religion.

In Western civilization, profound demographic change is happening in this 21st century. White Christian America, for instance, is fizzling away, month after month, year after year. Old Puritanical taboos are disappearing. The alliance of bible-thumping evangelicals and the Republican Party has a diminishing future, doomed to minority status. Churches are shrinking. Secularism is soaring. Humanist values wield ever-greater strength in public life.

All I can say is: Hallelujah!

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Haught J. The biggest news of the 21st century. December 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/news-21st

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Haught, J. (2022, December 8). The biggest news of the 21st century. In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/news-21st.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): HAUGHT, J. The biggest news of the 21st century. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Haught, James. 2022. “The biggest news of the 21st century.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/news-21st.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Haught, J The biggest news of the 21st century.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (December 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/news-21st.

Harvard: Haught, J. (2022) ‘The biggest news of the 21st centuryIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/news-21st>.

Harvard (Australian): Haught, J 2022, ‘The biggest news of the 21st centuryIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/news-21st>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Haught, James. “The biggest news of the 21st century.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/news-21st.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Haught J. The biggest news of the 21st century [Internet]. 2022 Dec; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/news-21st

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Pathology of Love

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: November 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: B

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: None.

Individual Publication Date: November 15, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Sam Vaknin

Author(s) Bio: Sam Vaknin is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He is former Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia and Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies). He was the Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician and served as a columnist for Central Europe Review, PopMatters, eBookWeb, and Bellaonline, and as a United Press International (UPI) Senior Business Correspondent. He was the editor of mental health and Central East Europe categories in The Open Directory and Suite101. His YouTube channels garnered 20,000,000 views and 85,000 subscribers. Visit Sam’s Web site: http://www.narcissistic-abuse.com.

Word Count: 2,234

Image Credit: Sam Vaknin.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the publication.*

*Republished with permission.*

Abstract

This article examines the nature of love from a neuroscientific, psychoanalytic, and psychological, perspective with reference to prominent researchers and academic publications on the relationship of love expressed in the human brain, in social systems, and presents the point of view of love as a pathology.

Keywords: brain, Electra Complex, females, Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal axis, infatuation, love, males, Oedipus Complex, pathology, Sam Vaknin.

The Pathology of Love

The unpalatable truth is that falling in love is, in some ways, indistinguishable from a severe pathology. Behavior changes are reminiscent of psychosis and, biochemically speaking, passionate love closely imitates substance abuse. Appearing in the BBC series Body Hits on December 4, 2002 Dr. John Marsden, the head of the British National Addiction Center, said that love is addictive, akin to cocaine and speed. Sex is a “booby trap”, intended to bind the partners long enough to bond.

In experiments on voles, conducted by a German scientist, Dr. Oliver Bosch, males separated from females after 5 days spent together evinced marked signs of the animal equivalent of depression in humans (known as “passive stress coping”). These males had extreme levels of the stress biochemical corticosterone. Their HPA (Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal) axis was so hard at work that their glands hypertrophied.

But when Bosch blocked in their tiny brains receptors for CFR (Corticotropine-releasing Factor), he struck gold: the males remembered their mates and bonded with them, but did not care where they were at the time. Both the voles which remained with their females and the ones who got separated had elevated levels of CRF in the BNST (Bed Nucleus of Stria Terminalis).

Bonding generates CRF but prevents it from acting on the HPA as long as the couple is together. Compulsion or addiction to the mate replaces infatuation (dopamine release). It feels bad to be apart and people seek to ameliorate the misery by restoring their togetherness – or by denying or reframing the separateness. According to Dr. George Koob, Chairman of the Committee on the Neurobiology of Addictive Disorders at the Scripps Research Institute, CRF signals that a loss has to be addressed. The same mechanism is at play is drug addiction and alcoholism.

Using functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI), Andreas Bartels and Semir Zeki of University College in London showed that the same areas of the brain are active when abusing drugs and when in love. The prefrontal cortex – hyperactive in depressed patients – is inactive when besotted. How can this be reconciled with the low levels of serotonin that are the telltale sign of both depression and infatuation – is not known.

Other MRI studies, conducted in 2006-7 by Dr. Lucy Brown, a professor in the department of neurology and neuroscience at the Albert Einstein College of Medicine in New York, and her colleagues, revealed that the caudate and the ventral tegmental, brain areas involved in cravings (e.g., for food) and the secretion of dopamine, are lit up in subjects who view photos of their loved ones. Dopamine is a neurotransmitter that affects pleasure and motivation. It causes a sensation akin to a substance-induced high.

On August 14, 2007, the New Scientist News Service gave the details of a study originally published in the Journal of Adolescent Health earlier that year. Serge Brand of the Psychiatric University Clinics in Basel, Switzerland, and his colleagues interviewed 113 teenagers (17-year old), 65 of whom reported having fallen in love recently.

The conclusion? The love-struck adolescents slept less, acted more compulsively more often, had “lots of ideas and creative energy”, and were more likely to engage in risky behavior, such as reckless driving.

“‘We were able to demonstrate that adolescents in early-stage intense romantic love did not differ from patients during a hypomanic stage,’ say the researchers. This leads them to conclude that intense romantic love in teenagers is a ‘psychopathologically prominent stage'”.

But is it erotic lust or is it love that brings about these cerebral upheavals?

As distinct from love, lust is brought on by surges of sex hormones, such as testosterone and estrogen. These induce an indiscriminate scramble for physical gratification. In the brain, the hypothalamus (controls hunger, thirst, and other primordial drives) and the amygdala (the locus of arousal) become active. Attraction transpires once a more-or-less appropriate object is found (with the right body language and speed and tone of voice) and results in a panoply of sleep and eating disorders.

A recent study in the University of Chicago demonstrated that testosterone levels shoot up by one third even during a casual chat with a female stranger. The stronger the hormonal reaction, the more marked the changes in behavior, concluded the authors. This loop may be part of a larger “mating response”. In animals, testosterone provokes aggression and recklessness. The hormone’s readings in married men and fathers are markedly lower than in single males still “playing the field”.

Still, the long-term outcomes of being in love are lustful. Dopamine, heavily secreted while falling in love, triggers the production of testosterone and sexual attraction then kicks in.

Helen Fisher of Rutger University suggests a three-phased model of falling in love. Each stage involves a distinct set of chemicals. The BBC summed it up succinctly and sensationally: “Events occurring in the brain when we are in love have similarities with mental illness“.

Moreover, we are attracted to people with the same genetic makeup and smell (pheromones) of our parents. Dr Martha McClintock of the University of Chicago studied feminine attraction to sweaty T-shirts formerly worn by males. The closer the smell resembled her father’s, the more attracted and aroused the woman became. Falling in love is, therefore, an exercise in proxy incest and a vindication of Freud’s much-maligned Oedipus and Electra complexes.

McClintock’s work contradicts other, less conclusive and far more controversial findings regarding the Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) or the Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA). Studies demonstrated either fewer HLA matches than were expected (Ober et al.) – or no such effect (Chaix, Cao, and Donnelly, 2008). Wedekind conducted body odor studies, again with sweaty t-shirts, that demonstrated a female preference for MHC-dissimilarity, especially during ovulation, but only in women who did not use oral contraceptives. Men also preferred MHC-disassortative mate choices.

Writing in the February 2004 issue of the journal NeuroImage, Andreas Bartels of University College London’s Wellcome Department of Imaging Neuroscience described identical reactions in the brains of young mothers looking at their babies and in the brains of people looking at their lovers.

“Both romantic and maternal love are highly rewarding experiences that are linked to the perpetuation of the species, and consequently have a closely linked biological function of crucial evolutionary importance” – he told Reuters.

This incestuous backdrop of love was further demonstrated by psychologist David Perrett of the University of St Andrews in Scotland. The subjects in his experiments preferred their own faces – in other words, the composite of their two parents – when computer-morphed into the opposite sex.

Body secretions play a major role in the onslaught of love. In results published in February 2007 in the Journal of Neuroscience, researchers at the University of California at Berkeley demonstrated convincingly that women who sniffed androstadienone, a signaling chemical found in male sweat, saliva, and semen, experienced higher levels of the hormone cortisol. This results in sexual arousal and improved mood. The effect lasted a whopping one hour.

Still, contrary to prevailing misconceptions, love is mostly about negative emotions. As Professor Arthur Aron from State University of New York at Stonybrook has shown, in the first few meetings, people misinterpret certain physical cues and feelings – notably fear and thrill – as (falling in) love. Thus, counterintuitively, anxious people – especially those with the “serotonin transporter” gene – are more sexually active (i.e., fall in love more often).

Obsessive thoughts regarding the Loved One and compulsive acts are also common. Perception is distorted as is cognition. “Love is blind” and the lover easily fails the reality test. Falling in love involves the enhanced secretion of b-Phenylethylamine (PEA, or the “love chemical”) in the first 2 to 4 years of the relationship.

This natural drug creates an euphoric high and helps obscure the failings and shortcomings of the potential mate. Such oblivion – perceiving only the spouse’s good sides while discarding her bad ones – is a pathology akin to the primitive psychological defense mechanism known as “splitting”. Narcissists – patients suffering from the Narcissistic Personality Disorder – also Idealize romantic or intimate partners. A similar cognitive-emotional impairment is common in many mental health conditions.

The activity of a host of neurotransmitters – such as Dopamine, Adrenaline (Norepinephrine), and Serotonin – is heightened (or in the case of Serotonin, lowered) in both paramours. Yet, such irregularities are also associated with Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD) and depression.

It is telling that once attachment is formed and infatuation gives way to a more stable and less exuberant relationship, the levels of these substances return to normal. They are replaced by two hormones (endorphins) which usually play a part in social interactions (including bonding and sex): Oxytocin (the “cuddling chemical”) and Vasopressin. Oxytocin facilitates bonding. It is released in the mother during breastfeeding, in the members of the couple when they spend time together – and when they sexually climax. Viagra (sildenafil) seems to facilitate its release, at least in rats.

It seems, therefore, that the distinctions we often make between types of love – motherly love vs. romantic love, for instance – are artificial, as far as human biochemistry goes. As neuroscientist Larry Young’s research with prairie voles at the Yerkes National Primate Research Center at Emory University demonstrates:

“(H)uman love is set off by a “biochemical chain of events” that originally evolved in ancient brain circuits involving mother-child bonding, which is stimulated in mammals by the release of oxytocin during labor, delivery and nursing.”

He told the New-York Times (“Anti-Love Drug May Be Ticket to Bliss”, January 12, 2009):

“Some of our sexuality has evolved to stimulate that same oxytocin system to create female-male bonds,” Dr. Young said, noting that sexual foreplay and intercourse stimulate the same parts of a woman’s body that are involved in giving birth and nursing. This hormonal hypothesis, which is by no means proven fact, would help explain a couple of differences between humans and less monogamous mammals: females’ desire to have sex even when they are not fertile, and males’ erotic fascination with breasts. More frequent sex and more attention to breasts, Dr. Young said, could help build long-term bonds through a “ cocktail of ancient neuropeptides,” like the oxytocin released during foreplay or orgasm. Researchers have achieved similar results by squirting oxytocin into people’s nostrils…”

Moreover:

“A related hormone, vasopressin, creates urges for bonding and nesting when it is injected in male voles (or naturally activated by sex). After Dr. Young found that male voles with a genetically limited vasopressin response were less likely to find mates, Swedish researchers reported that men with a similar genetic tendency were less likely to get married … ‘If we give an oxytocin blocker to female voles, they become like 95 percent of other mammal species,’ Dr. Young said. ‘They will not bond no matter how many times they mate with a male or hard how he tries to bond. They mate, it feels really good and they move on if another male comes along. If love is similarly biochemically based, you should in theory be able to suppress it in a similar way.'”

Love, in all its phases and manifestations, is an addiction, probably to the various forms of internally secreted norepinephrine, such as the aforementioned amphetamine-like PEA. Love, in other words, is a form of substance abuse. The withdrawal of romantic love has serious mental health repercussions.

A study conducted by Dr. Kenneth Kendler, professor of psychiatry and director of the Virginia Institute for Psychiatric and Behavioral Genetics, and others, and published in the September 2002 issue of Archives of General Psychiatry, revealed that breakups often lead to depression and anxiety. Other, fMRI-based studies, demonstrated how the insular cortex, in charge of experiencing pain, became active when subjects viewed photos of former loved ones.

Love and lust depend on context, as well as psychological makeup, or biochemistry: one can fall in and out love with the very same person (whose biochemistry, presumably, hasn’t changed at all); the vast majority of one-night-standers reported that they did not find their partners sexually alluring: it was the opportunity that beckoned, not any specific attraction; similarly, the very same acts – kissing, hugging, even sexually explicit overtures – can be interpreted as innocuous, depending on who does what to whom and in which circumstances.

Indeed, love cannot be reduced to its biochemical and electrical components. Love is not tantamount to our bodily processes – rather, it is the way we experience them. Love is how we interpret these flows and ebbs of compounds using a higher-level language. In other words, love is pure poetry.

We are very rarely in love with a PERSON. Most often we are in love with an IDEA: the idea of being in love (we are in love with love), or the idea of being someone’s whore, or someone’s child, or someone’s healing parent. Or we are in love with what the person stands for (symbolizes): a father figure, our past, a wounded child.

We idealize our loved ones to the point that they vanish as individuals and re-merge as elements in our personal narrative and in our pathologies and wounds. We fall in love with the stories that we construct about ourselves and our environment and we force our loved ones to play scripted and emergent roles in our personal theatre production. In this restricted (and temporary) sense, when we fall in love we are all narcissistic: we fall in love with ourselves via our loved ones.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Vaknin S. The Pathology of Love. November 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/love-pathology

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Vaknin, S. (2022, November 15). The Pathology of Love. In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/love-pathology.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): VAKNIN, S. The Pathology of Love. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Vaknin, Sam. 2022. “The Pathology of Love.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/love-pathology.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Vaknin, S The Pathology of Love.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (November 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/love-pathology.

Harvard: Vaknin, S. (2022) ‘The Pathology of LoveIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/love-pathology>.

Harvard (Australian): Vaknin, S 2022, ‘The Pathology of LoveIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/love-pathology>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Vaknin, Sam. “The Pathology of Love.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/love-pathology.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Vaknin S. The Pathology of Love [Internet]. 2022 Nov; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/love-pathology

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Unknowing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: November 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: B

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: None.

Individual Publication Date: November 15, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Richard May/May-Tzu

Author(s) Bio: Richard May (“May-Tzu”/“MayTzu”/“Mayzi”) is a Member of the Mega Society based on a qualifying score on the Mega Test (before 1995) prior to the compromise of the Mega Test and Co-Editor of Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society. In self-description, May states: “Not even forgotten in the cosmic microwave background (CMB), I’m an Amish yuppie, born near the rarified regions of Laputa, then and often, above suburban Boston. I’ve done occasional consulting and frequent Sisyphean shlepping. Kafka and Munch have been my therapists and allies. Occasionally I’ve strived to descend from the mists to attain the mythic orientation known as having one’s feet upon the Earth. An ailurophile and a cerebrotonic ectomorph, I write for beings which do not, and never will, exist — writings for no one. I’ve been awarded an M.A. degree, mirabile dictu, in the humanities/philosophy, and U.S. patent for a board game of possible interest to extraterrestrials. I’m a member of the Mega Society, the Omega Society and formerly of Mensa. I’m the founder of the Exa Society, the transfinite Aleph-3 Society and of the renowned Laputans Manqué. I’m a biographee in Who’s Who in the Brane World. My interests include the realization of the idea of humans as incomplete beings with the capacity to complete their own evolution by effecting a change in their being and consciousness. In a moment of presence to myself in inner silence, when I see Richard May’s non-being, ‘I’ am. You can meet me if you go to an empty room.” Some other resources include Stains Upon the Silence: something for no oneMcGinnis Genealogy of Crown Point, New York: Hiram Porter McGinnisSwines ListSolipsist SoliloquiesBoard GameLulu blogMemoir of a Non-Irish Non-Jew, and May-Tzu’s posterous.

Word Count: 317

Image Credit: Richard May.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the publication.*

Abstract

The short poem expresses a path from the reality of the world in mathematical logic into metaphors of monkeys with vultures as guardians iterating infinitely into an “Absolute”. A piece looking at the presence of oneself and one’s shadow to one’s self, and to one’s shadow in fact. An indicative poetic expressiveness of the recursive nature of much of the poetry of May.

Keywords: chimera, hierarchy, mathematical logic, May-Tzu, monkey, reality, Richard May, shadow, unknowing, vultures.

Unknowing

Reality, a symphony crystallized into mathematical logic and then distilled into a cloud of souls silently passing over world after world. Each monkey below has a guardian vulture circling above his head.

Each vulture looking down also has a vulture above him looking down upon him with glee in an infinite regress. Of course, the hierarchy of vultures ascends all the way to the Absolute. But …

Who mutters in the darkness? Whom do you address in the fading light? Do I exist? Do you not address at most a chimera; a fastly fading ephemeral illusion of the dust of dreams and dreams of dust, as before a mirror?

Two old cousins sitting on benches thousands of miles apart, mumbling incoherently in the night before their dissolutions, like puffs of smoke; talking to themselves with their last breaths, … about what?

Someone, a relative I think, once told me my name or alleged name, long ago. I never had the presence of mind though to ask for my autograph, as proof of my celebrity. Often I can recall it, but why this was my name is not clear to me.

Sometimes apparently I’m in the same world with myself for a few moments, maybe even in the same room. Occasionally I have even been aware of my presence nearby, as if casting a shadow.

But it was not clear to me why this was my shadow or if I was really its shadow or both were shadows of something else.  Then I’d quickly forget this invasion of my privacy, returning to my usual dreams.

Once I may have momentarily seen some fleeting manifestation of myself in a mirror or a dream, nameless, but not yet invisible; Leaving no shadow and having none to leave. …

A cloud of souls silently passing over world after world. Each monkey below has a guardian vulture circling above his head.

May-Tzu

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): May R. Unknowing. November 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/unknowing

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): May, R. (2022, November 15). Unknowing. In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/unknowing.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): MAY, R. Unknowing. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): May, Richard. 2022. “Unknowing.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/unknowing.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): May, R Unknowing.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (November 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/unknowing.

Harvard: May, R. (2022) ‘UnknowingIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/unknowing>.

Harvard (Australian): May, R 2022, ‘UnknowingIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/unknowing>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): May, Richard. “Unknowing.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/unknowing.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Richard M. Unknowing [Internet]. 2022 Nov; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/unknowing

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Incestuous Trauma, Eudaimonia and Parenthood, and ‘Atoms’ in a Void

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher Founding: November 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: A

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: None.

Individual Publication Date: November 15, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Sam Vaknin

Word Count: 4,945

Image Credit: Sam Vaknin.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

Abstract

Sam Vaknin is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He is former Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia and Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies). He was the Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician and served as a columnist for Central Europe Review, PopMatters, eBookWeb, and Bellaonline, and as a United Press International (UPI) Senior Business Correspondent. He was the editor of mental health and Central East Europe categories in The Open Directory and Suite101. His YouTube channels garnered 20,000,000 views and 85,000 subscribers. Visit Sam’s Web site: http://www.narcissistic-abuse.com. Vaknin discusses: the formal definition accepted among professionals of “incest”; trauma; incest differentially traumatic; facts on childlessness; becoming parents or not; parents do worse than the childless; consumerism and capitalism play off one another; consumerism and capitalism; consumerism and capitalism lead to atomization and loneliness; and these three controversial topics.

Keywords: atomization, autoeroticism, Capitalism, childlessness, consumerism, eudaimonia, incest, loneliness, parenthood, The Selfish Gene.

Incestuous Trauma, Eudaimonia and Parenthood, and ‘Atoms’ in a Void

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I asked about the most controversial topics to you. Three came up: Incest and trauma, parents are less happy than the childless, and capitalism and consumerism resulting in atomization and loneliness. Let’s cover those in sequence, this may be a controversial session. What is the formal definition accepted among professionals of “incest” or incestuous relations, or some other variation of the idea?

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin, Ph.D.: Incest used to be defined as any consensual or nonconsensual sex act of any kind with a close member of the family, related by blood or by marriage. Today, we also consider certain behaviors and speech acts as incestuous if they communicate sexual or emotional information and intent that are inappropriate among relatives, especially of the first degree.

In contemporary thought, incest is invariably associated with child abuse and its horrific, long-lasting, and often irreversible consequences. Incest is not such a clear-cut matter as it has been made out to be over millennia of taboo. Many participants claim to have enjoyed the act and its physical and emotional consequences. It is often the result of seduction. In some cases, two consenting and fully informed adults are involved.

Many types of relationships, which are defined as incestuous, are between genetically unrelated parties (a stepfather and a daughter), or between fictive kin or between classificatory kin (that belong to the same matriline or patriline). In certain societies (the Native American or the Chinese) it is sufficient to carry the same family name (=to belong to the same clan) and marriage is forbidden.

Some incest prohibitions relate to sexual acts – others to marriage. In some societies, incest is mandatory or prohibited, according to the social class or particular circumstances (Ugarit, Bali, Papua New Guinea, Polynesian and Melanesian islands). In others, the Royal House started a tradition of incestuous marriages, which was later imitated by lower classes (Ancient Egypt, Hawaii, Pre-Columbian Mixtec). Some societies are more tolerant of consensual incest than others (Japan, India until the 1930’s, Australia).

The list is long and it serves to demonstrate the diversity of attitudes towards this most universal of taboos. Generally put, we can say that a prohibition to have sex with or marry a related person should be classified as an incest prohibition.

Perhaps the strongest feature of incest has been hitherto downplayed: that it is, essentially, an autoerotic act.

Having sex with a first-degree blood relative is like having sex with oneself. It is a Narcissistic act and like all acts Narcissistic, it involves the objectification of the partner. The incestuous Narcissist over-values and then devalues his sexual partner. He is devoid of empathy (cannot see the other’s point of view or put himself in her shoes).

Jacobsen: How is incest traumatic to individuals, regardless of age, gender, or sex?

Vaknin: Incest often involves a power asymmetry and, therefore, implicit or explicit coercion.

Paradoxically and ironically, it is the reaction of society that transforms incest into such a disruptive phenomenon. The condemnation, the horror, the revulsion and the attendant social sanctions interfere with the internal processes and dynamics of the incestuous family. It is from society that the child learns that something is horribly wrong, that he should feel guilty, and that the offending parent is a defective role model. Psychologists, from Albert Ellis to Boris Cyrulnik have noted the critical importance of societal response and stigma in cases of both adult and childhood trauma.

As a direct result, the formation of the child’s Superego is stunted and it remains infantile, ideal, sadistic, perfectionist, demanding and punishing. The child’s Ego, on the other hand, is likely to be replaced by a False Ego version, whose job it is to suffer the social consequences of the hideous act.

To sum up: society’s reactions in the case of incest are pathogenic and are most likely to produce a Narcissistic or a Borderline patient. Dysempathic, exploitative, emotionally labile, immature, and in eternal search for Narcissistic Supply – the child becomes a replica of his incestuous and socially-castigated parent.

If so, why did human societies develop such pathogenic responses? In other words, why is incest considered a taboo in all known human collectives and cultures? Why are incestuous liaisons treated so harshly and punitively?

Freud said that incest provokes horror because it touches upon our forbidden, ambivalent emotions towards members of our close family. This ambivalence covers both aggression towards other members (forbidden and punishable) and (sexual) attraction to them (doubly forbidden and punishable).

Edward Westermarck proffered an opposite view that the domestic proximity of the members of the family breeds sexual repulsion (the epigenetic rule known as the Westermarck effect) to counter naturally occurring genetic sexual attraction. The incest taboo simply reflects emotional and biological realities within the family rather than aiming to restrain the inbred instincts of its members, claimed Westermarck.

Though much-disputed by geneticists, some scholars maintain that the incest taboo may have been originally designed to prevent the degeneration of the genetic stock of the clan or tribe through intra-family breeding (closed endogamy). But, even if true, this no longer applies. In today’s world incest rarely results in pregnancy and the transmission of genetic material. Sex today is about recreation as much as procreation.

Good contraceptives should, therefore, encourage incestuous, couples. In many other species inbreeding or straightforward incest are the norm. Finally, in most countries, incest prohibitions apply also to non-genetically-related people.

It seems, therefore, that the incest taboo was and is aimed at one thing in particular: to preserve the family unit and its proper functioning.

Incest is more than a mere manifestation of a given personality disorder or a paraphilia (incest is considered by many to be a subtype of pedophilia). It harks back to the very nature of the family. It is closely entangled with its functions and with its contribution to the development of the individual within it.

The family is an efficient venue for the transmission of accumulated property as well as information – both horizontally (among family members) and vertically (down the generations). The process of socialization largely relies on these familial mechanisms, making the family the most important agent of socialization by far.

The family is a mechanism for the allocation of genetic and material wealth. Worldly goods are passed on from one generation to the next through succession, inheritance and residence. Genetic material is handed down through the sexual act. It is the mandate of the family to increase both by accumulating property and by marrying outside the family (exogamy).

Clearly, incest prevents both. It preserves a limited genetic pool and makes an increase of material possessions through intermarriage all but impossible.

The family’s roles are not merely materialistic, though.

One of the main businesses of the family is to teach to its members self control, self regulation and healthy adaptation. Family members share space and resources and siblings share the mother’s emotions and attention. Similarly, the family educates its young members to master their drives and to postpone the self-gratification which attaches to acting upon them.

The incest taboo conditions children to control their erotic drive by abstaining from ingratiating themselves with members of the opposite sex within the same family. There could be little question that incest constitutes a lack of control and impedes the proper separation of impulse (or stimulus) from action.

Additionally, incest probably interferes with the defensive aspects of the family’s existence. It is through the family that aggression is legitimately channeled, expressed and externalized. By imposing discipline and hierarchy on its members, the family is transformed into a cohesive and efficient war machine. It absorbs economic resources, social status and members of other families. It forms alliances and fights other clans over scarce goods, tangible and intangible.

This efficacy is undermined by incest. It is virtually impossible to maintain discipline and hierarchy in an incestuous family where some members assume sexual roles not normally theirs. Sex is an expression of power – emotional and physical. The members of the family involved in incest surrender power and assume it out of the regular flow patterns that have made the family the formidable apparatus that it is.

These new power politics weaken the family, both internally and externally. Internally, emotive reactions (such as the jealousy of other family members) and clashing authorities and responsibilities are likely to undo the delicate unit. Externally, the family is vulnerable to ostracism and more official forms of intervention and dismantling.

Finally, the family is an identity endowment mechanism. It bestows identity upon its members. Internally, the members of the family derive meaning from their position in the family tree and its “organization chart” (which conform to societal expectations and norms). Externally, through exogamy, by incorporating “strangers”, the family absorbs other identities and thus enhances social solidarity (Claude Levy-Strauss) at the expense of the solidarity of the nuclear, original family.

Exogamy, as often noted, allows for the creation of extended alliances. The “identity creep” of the family is in total opposition to incest. The latter increases the solidarity and cohesiveness of the incestuous family – but at the expense of its ability to digest and absorb other identities of other family units. Incest, in other words, adversely affects social cohesion and solidarity.

Lastly, as aforementioned, incest interferes with well-established and rigid patterns of inheritance and property allocation. Such disruption is likely to have led in primitive societies to disputes and conflicts – including armed clashes and deaths. To prevent such recurrent and costly bloodshed was one of the intentions of the incest taboo.

The more primitive the society, the more strict and elaborate the set of incest prohibitions and the fiercer the reactions of society to violations. It appears that the less violent the dispute settlement methods and mechanisms in a given culture – the more lenient the attitude to incest.

The incest taboo is, therefore, a cultural trait. Protective of the efficient mechanism of the family, society sought to minimize disruption to its activities and to the clear flows of authority, responsibilities, material wealth and information horizontally and vertically.

Incest threatened to unravel this magnificent creation – the family. Alarmed by the possible consequences (internal and external feuds, a rise in the level of aggression and violence) – society introduced the taboo. It came replete with physical and emotional sanctions: stigmatization, revulsion and horror, imprisonment, the demolition of the errant and socially mutant family cell.

As long as societies revolve around the relegation of power, its sharing, its acquisition and dispensation – there will always exist an incest taboo. But in a different societal and cultural setting, it is conceivable not to have such a taboo. We can easily imagine a society where incest is extolled, taught, and practiced – and out-breeding is regarded with horror and revulsion.

The incestuous marriages among members of the royal households of Europe were intended to preserve the familial property and expand the clan’s territory. They were normative, not aberrant. Marrying an outsider was considered abhorrent.

An incestuous society – where incest is the norm – is conceivable even today.

Two out of many possible scenarios:

1. “The Lot Scenario”

A plague or some other natural disaster decimate the population of planet Earth. People remain alive only in isolated clusters, co-habiting only with their closest kin. Surely incestuous procreation is preferable to virtuous extermination. Incest becomes normative.

Incest is as entrenched a taboo as cannibalism. Yet, it is better to eat the flesh of your dead football team mates than perish high up on the Andes (a harrowing tale of survival recounted in the book and eponymous film, “Alive”).

2. The Egyptian Scenario

Resources become so scarce that family units scramble to keep them exclusively within the clan.

Exogamy – marrying outside the clan – amounts to a unilateral transfer of scarce resources to outsiders and strangers. Incest becomes an economic imperative.

An incestuous society would be either utopian or dystopian, depending on the reader’s point of view – but that it is possible is doubtless.

Jacobsen: Regarding age, gender, and sex, how is incest differentially traumatic?

Vaknin: The ages most reactive to incest are 7-13 and girls seem to be affected more than boys in the long term.

Jacobsen: What are the current facts on childlessness around the globe on a myriad of demographic factors?

Vaknin: Between 10% and 20% of women die childless, depending on the country. About 60% of people live in countries with declining populations (replacement rate under 2.1). We are now 8 billion people on the planet, but we are aging fast and we actually need fresh blood to provide the previous generations with pensions and healthcare. By current projections, the planet’s population will peak around 2080.

Jacobsen: How do individuals of all types, of reproductive age and capacity, make decisions with respect to becoming parents or not, now?

Vaknin: No one really knows. It is a kind of fuzzy urge, according to some. Others attribute it to sociocultural expectations. It is clear that economic and financial considerations are key determinants and predictors of procreation. Uncertainty plays a part as does the proximity to death (the baby booms after major wars).

The advent of cloning, surrogate motherhood, and the donation of gametes and sperm have shaken the traditional biological definition of parenthood to its foundations. The social roles of parents have similarly been recast by the decline of the nuclear family and the surge of alternative household formats.

Why do people become parents in the first place? Do we have a moral obligation to humanity at large, to ourselves, or to our unborn children? Hardly.

Raising children comprises equal measures of satisfaction and frustration. Parents often employ a psychological defense mechanism – known as “cognitive dissonance” – to suppress the negative aspects of parenting and to deny the unpalatable fact that raising children is time consuming, exhausting, and strains otherwise pleasurable and tranquil relationships to their limits.

Not to mention the fact that the gestational mother experiences “considerable discomfort, effort, and risk in the course of pregnancy and childbirth” (Narayan, U., and J.J. Bartkowiak (1999) Having and Raising Children: Unconventional Families, Hard Choices, and the Social Good University Park, PA: The Pennsylvania State University Press, Quoted in the Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy).

Parenting is possibly an irrational vocation, but humanity keeps breeding and procreating. It may well be the call of nature. All living species reproduce and most of them parent. Is maternity (and paternity) proof that, beneath the ephemeral veneer of civilization, we are still merely a kind of beast, subject to the impulses and hard-wired behavior that permeate the rest of the animal kingdom?

In his seminal tome, “The Selfish Gene”, Richard Dawkins suggested that we copulate in order to preserve our genetic material by embedding it in the future gene pool. Survival itself – whether in the form of DNA, or, on a higher-level, as a species – determines our parenting instinct. Breeding and nurturing the young are mere safe conduct mechanisms, handing the precious cargo of genetics down generations of “organic containers”.

Yet, surely, to ignore the epistemological and emotional realities of parenthood is misleadingly reductionistic. Moreover, Dawkins commits the scientific faux-pas of teleology. Nature has no purpose “in mind”, mainly because it has no mind. Things simply are, period. That genes end up being forwarded in time does not entail that Nature (or, for that matter, “God”) planned it this way. Arguments from design have long – and convincingly – been refuted by countless philosophers. 

Still, human beings do act intentionally. Back to square one: why bring children to the world and burden ourselves with decades of commitment to perfect strangers?

First hypothesis: offspring allow us to “delay” death. Our progeny are the medium through which our genetic material is propagated and immortalized. Additionally, by remembering us, our children “keep us alive” after physical death. 

These, of course, are self-delusional, self-serving, illusions. 

Our genetic material gets diluted with time. While it constitutes 50% of the first generation – it amounts to a measly 6% three generations later. If the everlastingness of one’s unadulterated DNA was the paramount concern – incest would have been the norm.

As for one’s enduring memory – well, do you recall or can you name your maternal or paternal great great grandfather? Of course you can’t. So much for that. Intellectual feats or architectural monuments are far more potent mementos.

Still, we have been so well-indoctrinated that this misconception – that children equal immortality – yields a baby boom in each post war period. Having been existentially threatened, people multiply in the vain belief that they thus best protect their genetic heritage and their memory.

Let’s study another explanation.

The utilitarian view is that one’s offspring are an asset – kind of pension plan and insurance policy rolled into one. Children are still treated as a yielding property in many parts of the world. They plough fields and do menial jobs very effectively. People “hedge their bets” by bringing multiple copies of themselves to the world. Indeed, as infant mortality plunges – in the better-educated, higher income parts of the world – so does fecundity.

In the Western world, though, children have long ceased to be a profitable proposition. At present, they are more of an economic drag and a liability. Many continue to live with their parents into their thirties and consume the family’s savings in college tuition, sumptuous weddings, expensive divorces, and parasitic habits. Alternatively, increasing mobility breaks families apart at an early stage. Either way, children are not longer the founts of emotional sustenance and monetary support they allegedly used to be.

How about this one then:

Procreation serves to preserve the cohesiveness of the family nucleus. It further bonds father to mother and strengthens the ties between siblings. Or is it the other way around and a cohesive and warm family is conductive to reproduction?

Both statements, alas, are false.

Stable and functional families sport far fewer children than abnormal or dysfunctional ones. Between one third and one half  of all children are born in single parent or in other non-traditional, non-nuclear – typically poor and under-educated – households. In such families children are mostly born unwanted and unwelcome – the sad outcomes of accidents and mishaps, wrong fertility planning, lust gone awry and misguided turns of events.

The more sexually active people are and the less safe their desirous exploits – the more they are likely to end up with a bundle of joy (the American saccharine expression for a newborn). Many children are the results of sexual ignorance, bad timing, and a vigorous and undisciplined sexual drive among teenagers, the poor, and the less educated.

Still, there is no denying that most people want their kids and love them. They are attached to them and experience grief and bereavement when they die, depart, or are sick. Most parents find parenthood emotionally fulfilling, happiness-inducing, and highly satisfying. This pertains even to unplanned and initially unwanted new arrivals.

Could this be the missing link? Do fatherhood and motherhood revolve around self-gratification? Does it all boil down to the pleasure principle?

Childrearing may, indeed, be habit forming. Nine months of pregnancy and a host of social positive reinforcements and expectations condition the parents to do the job. Still, a living tot is nothing like the abstract concept. Babies cry, soil themselves and their environment, stink, and severely disrupt the lives of their parents. Nothing too enticing here.

One’s spawns are a risky venture. So many things can and do go wrong. So few expectations, wishes, and dreams are realized. So much pain is inflicted on the parents. And then the child runs off and his procreators are left to face the “empty nest”. The emotional “returns” on a child are rarely commensurate with the magnitude of the investment.

Sherlock Holmes was fond of saying: “If you eliminate the impossible, what is left – however improbable – must be the truth”. People multiply because it provides them with narcissistic supply.

Narcissist is a person who projects a (false) image unto others and uses the interest this generates to regulate a labile and grandiose sense of self-worth. The reactions garnered by the narcissist – attention, unconditional acceptance, adulation, admiration, affirmation – are collectively known as “narcissistic supply”. The narcissist objectifies people and treats them as mere instruments of gratification.

Infants go through a phase of unbridled fantasy, tyrannical behavior, and perceived omnipotence. An adult narcissist, in other words, is still stuck in his “terrible twos” and is possessed with the emotional maturity of a toddler. To some degree, we are all narcissists. Yet, as we grow, we learn to empathize and to love ourselves and others.

This edifice of maturity is severely tested by newfound parenthood.

Babies evoke in the parent the most primordial drives, protective, animalistic instincts, the desire to merge with the newborn and a sense of terror generated by such a desire (a fear of vanishing and of being assimilated). Neonates engender in their parents an emotional regression.

The parents find themselves revisiting their own childhood even as they care for the newborn. The crumbling of decades and layers of personal growth is accompanied by a resurgence of the aforementioned early infancy narcissistic defenses. Parents – especially new ones – are gradually transformed into narcissists by this encounter and find in their children the perfect sources of narcissistic supply, euphemistically known as love. Really it is a form of symbiotic codependence of both parties.

Even the most balanced, most mature, most psychodynamically stable of parents finds such a flood of narcissistic supply irresistible and addictive. It enhances his or her self-confidence, buttresses self esteem, regulates the sense of self-worth, and projects a complimentary image of the parent to himself or herself. It fast becomes indispensable, especially in the emotionally vulnerable position in which the parent finds herself, with the reawakening and repetition of all the unresolved conflicts that she had had with her own parents.

This is especially true when the parents hold the Victorian attitude that they are and should at all times appear to be infallible, impeccably virtuous, and omniscient. Later in life, the child’s discovery that these representations are false leads to a harrowing, bitter, and traumatic disillusionment coupled with recriminations and regrets aplenty – not unlike the breakups of interpersonal relationships with adult malignant narcissists.

If this theory is true, if breeding is merely about securing prime quality narcissistic supply, then the higher the self confidence, the self esteem, the self worth of the parent, the clearer and more realistic his self image, and the more abundant his other sources of narcissistic supply – the fewer children he will have. These predictions are borne out by reality.

The higher the education and the income of adults – and, consequently, the firmer their sense of self worth – the fewer children they have. Children are perceived as counter-productive: not only is their output (narcissistic supply) redundant, they hinder the parent’s professional and pecuniary progress.

The more children people can economically afford – the fewer they have. This gives the lie to the Selfish Gene hypothesis. The more educated they are, the more they know about the world and about themselves, the less they seek to procreate. The more advanced the civilization, the more efforts it invests in preventing the birth of children. Contraceptives, family planning, and abortions are typical of affluent, well informed societies.

The more plentiful the narcissistic supply afforded by other sources – the lesser the emphasis on breeding. Freud described the mechanism of sublimation: the sex drive, the Eros (libido), can be “converted”, “sublimated” into other activities. All the sublimatory channels – politics and art, for instance – are narcissistic and yield narcissistic supply. They render children superfluous. Creative people have fewer children than the average or none at all. This is because they are narcissistically self sufficient.

The key to our determination to have children is our wish to experience the same unconditional love that we received from our mothers, this intoxicating feeling of being adored without caveats, for what we are, with no limits, reservations, or calculations. This is the most powerful, crystallized form of narcissistic supply. It nourishes our self-love, self worth and self-confidence. It infuses us with feelings of omnipotence and omniscience. In these and other respects, parenthood is a return to infancy.

In the film “Lucy”, a distinguished scientist proposes that organisms in hostile environments opt for “immortality” while those ensconced in friendly habitats “choose” reproduction as species-wide survival strategies. The opposite is true: when the habitat is welcoming and poses no existential threats, organisms adapt by becoming “immortal” (usually via cloning.) Bacteria and viruses come to mind.

It is when the environment turns nasty and brutish – and thereby short – that life-forms engage in diversity-enhancing sexual reproduction. Parenthood is a defense mechanism and an insurance policy against the more ominous and unsavoury aspects of life, not an affirmation of its blessings. It is intended to conquer time itself, to defeat death, and to render our immanent mortality immaterial.

Parenting as a Moral Obligation

Judging by the panoply of pro-family policies, society feels obligated to assist parents in the tasks of parenthood and child-rearing. Parents are perceived to be society’s long arm, its agents, the conduit for its perpetuation and future preservation: genetic as well as cultural. To some extent, the institutions of marriage, family, and socialization (upbringing) are all “national” and public as much as they are private. Indeed, a substantial portion of the hitherto parental decision-making process and a good great number of heretofore domestic decisions have been expropriated by the state: from vaccines to education.

Do we have a moral obligation to become parents? Some would say: yes. There are three types of arguments to support such a contention:

(i) We owe it to humanity at large to propagate the species or to society to provide manpower for future tasks

(ii) We owe it to ourselves to realize our full potential as human beings and as males or females by becoming parents

(iii) We owe it to our unborn children to give them life.

The first two arguments are easy to dispense with. We have a minimal moral obligation to humanity and society and that is to conduct ourselves so as not to harm others. All other ethical edicts are either derivative or spurious. Similarly, we have a minimal moral obligation to ourselves and that is to be happy (while not harming others). If bringing children to the world makes us happy, all for the better. If we would rather not procreate, it is perfectly within our rights not to do so.

But what about the third argument?

Only living people have rights. There is a debate whether an egg is a living person, but there can be no doubt that it exists. Its rights – whatever they are – derive from the fact that it exists and that it has the potential to develop life. The right to be brought to life (the right to become or to be) pertains to a yet non-alive entity and, therefore, is null and void. Had this right existed, it would have implied an obligation or duty to give life to the unborn and the not yet conceived. No such duty or obligation exist.

Jacobsen: If taking the broader concept of eudaimonia or generalized wellbeing as the evaluative criteria, how do parents do worse than the childless?

Vaknin: Parents idealize their children in order to survive the childrearing ordeal. But the drain on resources – emotional, physical, and financial – is very substantial. Parents often do sacrifice themselves and their lives for their children. Having children restricts mobility, impacts career choice, constricts socializaing, and otherwise has an adverse impact on the parental quality of life.

Numerous studies clearly show that childless people are happier and more self-actualized than parents are.

Jacobsen: How do consumerism and capitalism play off one another?

Vaknin: Capitalism is an ideology that serves to justify free markets. It is ostensibly comprised of meritocracy, level playing field (rule of law), and frictionless markets with few market failures.

But capitalism is founded on permanent growth fueled by consumption and the investment required to meet its demands. This is where the paradigm fails as it conflicts head on with scarcity.

Jacobsen: What do consumerism and capitalism replace in the lives of individuals in countries largely beholden to the ideologies?

Vaknin: Consumer goods are love substitutes. Shopping sprees are retail therapy. Consumers are interpellated by advertising and made to equate consumption with happiness.

Consumer goods serve multiple psychological and social needs: relative positioning (as status symbols), anxiolytics (possessing goods reduces anxiety because it is perceived as enhancing self-efficacy and agency), grandiosity-buttressing, and self-soothing, to mention just a few.

Jacobsen: Eventually, how do consumerism and capitalism lead to atomization and loneliness?

Vaknin: They do. Money and the things money can buy displace the pleasure offered by the company or sex of others. We also tend to objectify and commoditize other people, convert them into consumer goods, in effect: we use them and discard them or replace them with newer versions.

This leads to atomization, alienation, and malignant, solipsistic self-sufficiency.

Jacobsen: Why are these three topics the most controversial, in your opinion?

Vaknin: Because we tend to deny them, sweep them under the carpet. Incest is way more widespread than we pretend. Consumerism has uprooted human relations and yet we worship it and its idols, the entrepreneurs. Parenting sucks: one third of mothers suffer from post-partum depression and yet we keep lying to ourselves that the parenting model requires no tinkering (for example by implementing collective care such as in the kibbutzim of yore).

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Prof. Vaknin.

Vaknin: Always much obliged, Scott.

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Narcissism in General

(News Intervention: January 28, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Cold Therapy (New Treatment Modality)

(News Intervention: January 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Giftedness and IQ

(News Intervention: February 2, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Religion

(News Intervention: February 11, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Science and Reality

(News Intervention: April 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Gender Wars

(News Intervention: May 21, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Psychological Growth

(News Intervention: May 24, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Structure, Function, Society, and Survival

(News Intervention: May 26, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Chronon Field Theory and Time Asymmetry

(News Intervention: May 28, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Genius and Insanity

(News Intervention: June 1, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Freedom of Expression

(News Intervention: June 10, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Misogyny and Misandry

(News Intervention: June 20, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Victimization and Victim Identity Movements

(News Intervention: July 27, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Gut Feelings and Intuition

(News Intervention: August 9, 2022)

Free of Will: Illusion or Reality?

(News Intervention: September 4, 2022)

Previous Interviews Read by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

How to Become the REAL YOU (Interview, News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 26, 2022)

Insider View on Narcissism: What Makes Narcissist Tick (News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 29, 2022)

Curing Your Narcissist (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 31, 2022)

Genius or Gifted? IQ and Beyond (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: February 3, 2022)

Thrive: Your Future Path to Growth and Change (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: May 25, 2022)

Previous Interviews Interpreted by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

Your Narcissist: Madman or Genius? (Based on News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: June 3, 2022)

Free of Will: Illusion or Reality?

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: September 9, 2022)

Thematically Associated Content Produced Near Previous Interviews by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

Hypervigilance and Intuition as Forms of Anxiety

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: August 7, 2022)

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. Incestuous Trauma, Eudaimonia and Parenthood, and ‘Atoms’ in a Void. November 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/incest-parenthood-atomization

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, November 15). Incestuous Trauma, Eudaimonia and Parenthood, and ‘Atoms’ in a Void. In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/incest-parenthood-atomization.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. Incestuous Trauma, Eudaimonia and Parenthood, and ‘Atoms’ in a Void. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Incestuous Trauma, Eudaimonia and Parenthood, and ‘Atoms’ in a Void.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/incest-parenthood-atomization.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott Incestuous Trauma, Eudaimonia and Parenthood, and ‘Atoms’ in a Void.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (November 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/incest-parenthood-atomization.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘Incestuous Trauma, Eudaimonia and Parenthood, and ‘Atoms’ in a VoidIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/incest-parenthood-atomization>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘Incestuous Trauma, Eudaimonia and Parenthood, and ‘Atoms’ in a VoidIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/incest-parenthood-atomization>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “Incestuous Trauma, Eudaimonia and Parenthood, and ‘Atoms’ in a Void.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/incest-parenthood-atomization.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Incestuous Trauma, Eudaimonia and Parenthood, and ‘Atoms’ in a Void [Internet]. 2022 Nov; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/incest-parenthood-atomization

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Would You Be My Neighbour? 2: Amsterdam Declaration 2022

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: November 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: E

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: “Would You Be My Neighbour?”

Individual Publication Date: November 15, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Herb Silverman

Word Count: 1,285

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

Abstract

Dr. Herb Silverman is the Founder of the Secular Coalition for America, the Founder of the Secular Humanists of the Lowcountry, and the Founder of the Atheist/Humanist Alliance student group at the College of Charleston. He authored Complex variables (1975), Candidate Without a Prayer: An Autobiography of a Jewish Atheist in the Bible Belt (2012) and An Atheist Stranger in a Strange Religious Land: Selected Writings from the Bible Belt (2017). He co-authored The Fundamentals of Extremism: The Christian Right in America (2003) with Kimberley Blaker and Edward S. Buckner, Complex Variables with Applications (2007) with Saminathan Ponnusamy, and Short Reflections on Secularism (2019), Short Reflections on American Secularism’s History and Philosophy (2020), and Short Reflections on Age and Youth (2020). Silverman discusses: civilizations and periods; less effective traditions; rounded ethics; rationality; human wellbeing and species survival; a creative life; alternative meaning; and human fallibility.

Keywords: Amsterdam Declaration, eudaimonia, democracy, Glasgow, Humanism, Humanists International, Scotland, The International Humanist and Ethical Union, universalism, Would You Be My Neighbour?.

Would You Be My Neighbour? 2: Amsterdam Declaration 2022

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We have done a number of sessions back-and-forth for some time. It’s been a real pleasure and privilege to keep doing these when the time permits. It’s a rare intergenerational access. We have covered the 1952 and the 2002 Amsterdam declarations and, at the time, the prospective 2022 Amsterdam Declaration. It has been approved by the global democratic body of Humanism, Humanists International, in Glasgow, Scotland. This was the 70th anniversary of Humanists International, formerly The International Humanist and Ethical Union. I was unable to go because of work at an equestrian facility 6 or 7 days per week. (The event was in competition season.) I wanted to cover this declaration. It opens with noting humanist beliefs are as old as civilization and bears semblances in most societies. Are there any civilizations or periods in which humanist beliefs were simply not present in any way?

Dr. Herb Silverman: I think Humanist beliefs and values have always been present in every society, long before Humanism was defined. Many people have been and are humanists who hadn’t heard of Humanism. I used to be one of those people, as I suspect most Humanists were. Unfortunately, Humanism has not and does not dominate most cultures (think Nazi Germany, and authoritarian regimes today).

Jacobsen: It claims Humanism as a culmination of these traditions of meaning, ethics, and reason. What does Humanism shed from other less effective traditions in the light of this culmination mentioned?

Silverman: Humanism sheds religious beliefs based on so-called “holy” books written thousands of years ago. Many well-meaning religious people pick and choose from their preferred ancient book and ignore embarrassing parts. They haven’t taken one addition step of rejecting their holy book and treating it as any other book where we keep the good parts and reject the bad parts. A friend who supports gay marriage pointed out that that the Bible has countless passages about social justice and only five that condemn homosexuality. He didn’t have a good answer when I asked how many condemnations of homosexuality it would take to reverse his position. Humanists don’t have rules etched in stone. We have principles and values written on paper, and some of our ideas might change through a continuing process of observation, learning, and rethinking. Reason usually hasn’t been present in religious traditions, and our ethics sometimes change as we learn more about how better to interact with and treat others.

Jacobsen: Its main point starts on being ethical. Inherent in its stipulations is the umbrella of eudaimonia, by my reading of it, they have explicit mention of democracy, diversity, individuality, nature, rule of law, peace, and universal legal rights. Ones seemingly more new would be diversity, individuality, and nature or the environment. Although, I haven’t done a systematic review of the three declarations. As you have seen these changes over time in the declarations, what makes this more rounded as a humanist perspective?

Silverman: I think successive declarations have become more rounded because over time Humanists have learned about possible errors we have made and how to correct them, and also about new problems that must be worked on. In the past, Humanists concentrated on humans, the worth and dignity of all human beings and the need for universal human and legal rights. All good things, but this latest incarnation also focuses on all living things that we want to help flourish and avoid suffering. After all, we know that humans are just naked apes. We now realize we must accept responsibility for the impact we have on the rest of the natural world, especially regarding climate change.

Jacobsen: Rational is stipulated as the second point. I like the combo of reason and action. It’s a small touch, but it’s important to make doing something as explicit as possible. What can be impediments to acting on rational and ethical motives? 

Silverman: Acting rationally is generally a good thing, but not always. If the only consideration for a business is making a profit, then it’s acting rationally when it charges exorbitant prices for a drug that people need. This is where ethics should trump profit, but I also see potential problems with ethics. For example, some people (usually Bible-based) believe it is unethical for anyone to engage in gay and lesbian sex, and they try to pass laws to make such activity illegal. One person’s ethics can be viewed by others as bigotry or racism.

Jacobsen: As science is an epistemology and technology is ethically neutral, but comes out of discoveries from science, they followed in the footsteps of the other declarations about never using science and technology “callously or destructively”. How important is this note for human wellbeing and the species’ survival?

Silverman: Science and technology can be used wisely by Humanists, while considering human values. I first thought about this as a child when I read about Frankenstein (an example of science and technology gone haywire). We need to use science and technology to enhance human well-being, not simply because we have the technical know-how. Though we have lethal weapons, we should try to avoid using them. We should promote peace and peaceful negotiations whenever we can. I consider myself a pacifist, except for World War II.

Jacobsen: They emphasize something dear to me: The pursuit of a creative life. To me, this is core. I value the pursuit of creative and enjoyable pursuits of open discovery more than most things. For a life of fulfillment, have you found any limits in humanists known to you? 

Silverman: I think some Humanists can be too woke for me. Some insist that everybody proclaim which pronoun they identify with, and they criticize those who say “Black” instead of African-Americans. Those who try to restrict people from using language that others might find offensive should know that the antidote to offensive speech is your free speech right to rebut. I think Humanists acting too woke can be counterproductive when we try to bring others into the Humanist camp. I’m also concerned when Humanists publicly criticize other Humanists unfairly. One recent example is when the American Humanist Society took back the 1996 award to Richard Dawkins as Humanist of the Year, mostly because they disliked some of his tweets that they felt demeaned some marginalized groups. I think Dawkins has done more to bring atheism and humanism to countless Americans than any other individual. If the AHA stopped respecting Dawkins, they could just not give him any more awards. Such public rebuke, in my mind, was unconscionable.

Jacobsen: The declaration ends on a fourth point. This is a shortlist, but comprehensive: ethics, rationality, fulfillment, and alternative meaning (signification) and purpose. They mention Humanism as an antidote to “dogmatic religion, authoritarian nationalism, tribal sectarianism, and selfish nihilism.” This is a full list. The demands on oneself are high with Humanism, but humane. That’s what I gather from this. The building of the better world is a recognition of both human refinement by oneself and others, and human fallibility to make mistakes and then to work to be better the next time around. How do you view this fourth point, especially in relation to the other points about ethics, rationality, and fulfillment? 

Silverman: I especially agree with the point that all humans, including Humanists, are fallible. That is why we try to learn from our mistakes, exchange ideas with other Humanists and people who are not (yet) Humanists. We can learn from others and sometimes change our own ideas. I like when this happens to me. By sharing our values with others, I think we can help build a better world.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Silverman. 

Silverman: Thank you.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. Would You Be My Neighbour? 2: Amsterdam Declaration 2022. November 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neighbour-2

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, November 15). Would You Be My Neighbour? 2: Amsterdam Declaration 2022. In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neighbour-2.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. Would You Be My Neighbour? 2: Amsterdam Declaration 2022. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Would You Be My Neighbour? 2: Amsterdam Declaration 2022.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neighbour-2.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott Would You Be My Neighbour? 2: Amsterdam Declaration 2022.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (November 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neighbour-2.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘Would You Be My Neighbour? 2: Amsterdam Declaration 2022In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neighbour-2>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘Would You Be My Neighbour? 2: Amsterdam Declaration 2022In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neighbour-2>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “Would You Be My Neighbour? 2: Amsterdam Declaration 2022.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neighbour-2.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Would You Be My Neighbour? 2: Amsterdam Declaration 2022 [Internet]. 2022 Nov; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neighbour-2

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Tsimshian 1: Corey Moraes on Art and Family (1)

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: November 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: E

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: “The Tsimshian”

Individual Publication Date: November 15, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Corey Moraes

Word Count: 3,228

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

Abstract

Corey Moraes is Tsimshian. He was born April 14, 1970, in Seattle, Washington. He has worked in both the U.S.A. and in Canada. He has painted canoes for Vision Quest Journeys (1997). He was featured in Totems to Turquoise (2005), Challenging Traditions (2009), and Continuum: Vision and Creativity on the Northwest Coast (2009). He earned the 2010 Aboriginal Traditional Visual Art Award and Grant from the Canada Council for the Arts. His trademark artistic works are Coastal Tsimshian style with gold jewellery, limited edition prints, masks, silver jewellery, and wood carvings. Moraes discusses: some personal and family background; proficient in carving; production of art; the observations of youth; the ovoid and the U form; the more advanced forms; some of the feedback; longevity in a piece; and a piece speaks to you.

Keywords: Canada, carving, Corey Moraes, Indigenous, Native American, ovoid form, Seattle, The Tsimshian, U form, United States of America.

The Tsimshian 1: Corey Moraes on Art and Family (1)

*Interview conducted on February 10, 2020.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Okay, let’s start from the top. What are some personal and family background? Was there a bit of artistic license when young?

Corey Moraes: You want to know where I was born, stuff like that.

Jacobsen: Yes.

Moraes: I was born in Seattle in 1970 into an impoverished, single-mother structure. My father was never really there for me. He was murdered a week before I turned 4-years-old. By the time I was 5-years-old, I witnessed my mother almost died from an injury by one of her many boyfriends that she had. We bounced around from as south as California. Until, we settled in Surrey by the time I was 8-years-old. I was here until I was 30 before moving back down to Seattle. It was supposed to be for a apprenticing totem pole carving. I ended up meeting my now wife and having four children. If you go back to my being raised up here, my mom always tried to keep some constants in all the many moves that we had to meet growing up. One of the things that she tried to keep constant was to, at least, have some sort of Native representation, where there was a drawing or something mass produced. She always encouraged me to have pride in our culture and in our background. When I was about 10-years-old, she was dating this Haida jeweller and Argillite carver named Pat Dixon. Pat would complete his works in our little apartment. That’s where I got my real first exposure to work being created. It fascinated me to see what I had normally grown up with, which was called form design. Ovoid and U form being constructed almost like Lego. Until, you create some kind of character or creature. I saw him having these designs just flow out of him onto the sketch pad or pieces of silver, or pieces of black shale, also commonly known as Argillite.

But as with any of the relationships with my mother, it always ended in violence. He wasn’t around for too long. While he was there, I believe that the seed was planted, at the very least, which bloomed much later. I didn’t become completely interested in our art form to the point of pursuing it, until my mid-20s. Before that, a couple of stalled attempts at a post-secondary career, where I learned computer technician(-ship) and telecommunications. It wasn’t for me. After that, I thought, “I want to try something more grassroots and give back something to my neighbourhood, and my culture. So, I wanted to be a drug and alcohol counsellor.” I took training in that. It has a high burnout rate. The turning point for putting my full attention into the art came when I was literally floating down the creek in an inner tube. One of my mentors, I confessed to them that this counselling that I was doing was far too taxing on me, emotionally. It came from the finest of intentions. It wasn’t working. They said, “There are more ways that you can give back to the culture and to your community than just as a counsellor.” It encouraged me to do what I eventually settled on, which was fine art. For the most part, I am mostly self-taught.

Jacobsen: How long does training take to become proficient in carving?

Moraes: I think it depends on your enthusiasm and whether or not you’re doing it part-time or full-time. I refused to get a job despite my present girlfriend-at-the-time’s lamenting. At any given time, I had more value in a finished work that would pay for all of my bills at the present time, but things weren’t selling. You have to convince the market that you are serious about putting out consistent work. That takes, at least, a couple of years for people to even begin to know your name. Yes, a lot of sleepless nights, a lot of missed bills, creditors chasing me around. I think it is a proving ground for how much this means to you. At least, back in the ‘90s, it has changed dramatically since then, since the advent of social media and the internet. I can’t remember the last time I walked out of a gallery with a paper cheque in my hand. Things are done electronically.

Jacobsen: What does a consistency in production of art do for one’s career? What do periods of inconsistency of production of art do for one’s career in those periods of inconsistency or consistency?

Moraes: By “consistency”, what are you referring to: the quality of the work or the output of the product?

Jacobsen: I would say, “Both.” Both the quality and the quantity at reasonable expectations for a sustainable life.

Moraes: I have done both in my career. I have put out so much work consistently, several pieces a month. That I would have some orders say, “I don’t know how you do it. Because you have young kids at home.” I would say, “I do it because I have young kids at home. I got bills to pay.” The opposite end of the spectrum, I have put out very minimal work over the span or two or three years. To the point where the galleries begin to get a little more curious, “Is he coming to the end of his career?” They almost become masochistic in their approach to me. Because I don’t approach galleries the way that I used to; I used to pander to the audience, the galleries, and their needs. I don’t anymore. I think that speaks to 20+ years, coming up on 24 years here now, of a wide range of artwork that can all be drawn back to the same stylistic impression of what it is that I do. Whether I do it in silver, wood, airbrush, watercolor, acrylic painting, oil painting, puppetry, animation, illustration, all of it looks like it has come from my hands. None of it has strayed too far from what is my artistic integrity and my vision for what it is that I would like to see exist far beyond my lifespan.

Jacobsen: How have you taken some of the observations of youth, as well as some independent research into your own heritage, to inform some of your more prominent artistic productions? In other words, seeing the evolution of that over time.

Moraes: You’re referring to “youth”, as in what?

Jacobsen: So, you were mentioning, for instance, the Haida jeweller, seeing others in your life, as you are developing as a younger artist, kind of do their own art who are veteran in the field and kind of transitioning over time as you are gaining more knowledge, and incorporating that in your productions.

Moraes: So, you’re talking about the evolution of the art form.

Jacobsen: Yes.

Moraes: When you’re beginning to learn this form, this goes back you had asked about proficiency and how long it takes to become proficient. This art form is based on 2 or 3 really basic elements: the ovoid, the U form, some people say the S shapes. It consists of these really basic elements. These really basic elements may be words. They are an alphabet. They create words. As you get better, you create sentences. As you get better, you create paragraphs. At which point, you get to the point where I am at, where you can create a long poem or a short novel of sorts. As I became more proficient in the language of this Form Line, I have been able to stretch the discourse of what this art represents, where it resides in the timeline. My challenge, now that I know that I can create these long phrases and poems, and short novella of Form Line, is to go into other directions much as a writer might. I have my superhero genre that I focus on. I have a writer help me with the storyline on that now. I have children’s material/direction that I go and work with. I have the very classic style that I do. I also have a very almost New Age style of work that I do that incorporates contemporary, almost pop culture, elements. On top of all of this, one of my pet projects is kind of a cross-pollination of pan-Pacific Rim innovation, which, basically, means I see a lot of core similarities between ancient Japanese artworks and classic Northwest Coast style. By bridging these two together and cross-pollinating them, I have come up with something that looks like it has always been there. That exists of a kind, doesn’t look strained, doesn’t look forced. That’s kind of where I am at now. I have connected all of these threads. I have gathered them up with both hands and am weaving a fabric now. The past and present, and what I want to see in the future.

Jacobsen: Why are the ovoid and the U form the fundamental characters – the line forms?

Moraes: It has been widely investigated and disputed over all of contemporary society works, where stuff originated from. You can look at it from an anthropological point of view. You can look at it from a scholastic or even an artistic point of view. But I think it comes back to spirituality. One of the best explanations I heard came from a dear art from of mine who passed away, Beau Dick. One of the first times that I ever met him was when I came up here from Seattle. I had to do a photo shoot for a book/art show called “Totems to Turquoise.” This is something that began as a cultural exchange between New Mexico turquoise and silver artists cut into Haida Gwaii and seeing out how art and jewellery is presented there. The Haida Gwaii artists came down to Santa Fe to see how their art was fabricated. I was there with a bunch of other artists waiting their turn. Beau came up to me. I was a wearing a hat woven by a Haida weaver that I painted. The way that I painted it was all-encompassing. It wasn’t just something that was slapped on like a patch. It took up the full space of the hat. He recognized that right away as a classic. He knew who I was from other publications. He is talking to me and gushing about the complexities of the Form Line on this hat. He says, “Do you know where these forms came from?” I said, “I have heard various stories. What do you have?” He said, “We have all heard of the Great Flood. The Great Flood affected a lot of our peoples. When it receded, it took a lot of our art away. It left a lot in its wake. One of the things that was on the beaches were these forms. He saw the ovoid here. He saw the U form over them. These were given by the Creator to us. It was a way for us to rebuild what was taken away from us.” So, I’ve always liked that explanation because loss came another gift. That gift was the ability to convey art, mythology, to covent our family histories through this new form.

Jacobsen: What are some of the main forms that you’re portraying in the more advanced forms? Once you’ve gone from single letters to use your analogy of writing to these poems and short stories, what are the representations there?

Moraes: What I really want to convey when I am doing a classic design, like a box design or a chest design, I want the people to be able to let their eye dance along with the rhythm that I am creating with this art form. A lot of people have described my art style as almost sensual compared to other artists. There is a very on-purpose direction to my art. But it is not done in a clumsy manner. It is not done in a way that is offensive. It is very appealing to the eye. This is what I have been told. I think what I am trying to get across is that you can reach a level of art form, of creation, where time almost stands still. When you’re standing in front of a piece of my work, I want that piece of work to draw you in, to make you forget about whatever it was that was going on before that piece. I want you to revisit the piece that I create at different times throughout your life if you happen to own it. I want you to see different things every time that you come to that piece. In my vision, what I am trying to create this form, I want it to be almost multilingual. I want you to see something different every time that you look at it.

Jacobsen: What has been some of the feedback on those?

Moraes: I can tell you a quick story of this piece that I did. It was based upon this song. This Japanese artist was in this movie Kill Bill Vol. I, which I just watched again, recently. It is called “Battle without Honour or Humanity”. When I hear this, this song is instrumental. I see a very specific, vibrant image in my head. I try to portray this on the panel that I have created over a few months. It was a double-layered panel. The basis of it, there was a Form Line design on the bottom with the background of a leaf. In the forefront, there was the yellow cedar that I carved in what the sculptural thickness would allow. To complete this complexity of the panel, I incorporated a dorsal fin from the killer whale. I had to make, I think, 186 varied-sized pieces of wooden dowel for the suckers for the octopus to be put onto the tentacles. Anyways, I completed this piece. It sat in Douglas Reynold’s gallery for months. Doug told me this story about this millionaire from Alberta who comes through regularly with his kids. They rent a limo from the airport. On the way to Whistler, they always stop at Douglas Reynold’s gallery. These sons saw this panel for the first time. They couldn’t stop staring at it. His dad brushed it off and went about other business and a bunch of bigger artists. They came back through again some time later. He asked, “The art piece,” as they rotate the art pieces in this gallery, “Where is that octopus and killer whale?” They had to go into their storage and pull it out for him to stare at again. This went on for several trips, Doug said. His father, the millionaire collector, never thought much about this until so many visits went by that he thought, “He is really attached to looking at this art piece” [Laughing].

Jacobsen: Right [Laughing].

Moraes: He stopped what he was doing. He looked at the piece and just from the infatuation that his young son had with this piece. He decided to connect. He purchased it. To me, it was a changing of the guard. There is this passing of past collectors; that are downsizing their world now. Their kids have moved out. They are starting to get rid of large art pieces. These are the Baby Boomers. The next generation that is growing up behind and who are coming into their own now. That’s what I believe his son represents: that generation that sees something different in the art. A lot of the people have said that my art is ahead of its time. That one particular panel didn’t speak immediately to that father because his head is wrapped up in the art collecting period from the late ‘60s up until about the ‘90s, about a 30-year span. Whereas, his son’s head is more towards what the future of this art can represent. I believe that piece, when it is looked back upon maybe 10/25/30/40 years from now, will be seen as a piece that spoke to the younger generation more than the Baby Boomers.

Jacobsen: How do you ensure longevity in a piece? Or is that even a reasonable question?

Moraes: I like to believe my pieces will continue to persist long after I am gone. There are times that I’ve started pieces and not completed them. I have put them away for 7 years or more. It has to speak to me. I’ve tried to do work that is much more shallow. I can’t. It fights me. I’ll end up stabbing my hand by accident. I’ll slip. I am arguing with the piece. I have to be at one with the piece for lack of a better term. Sometimes, it is this unspoken dialogue that “this doesn’t belong here. This has to stay. This has to be dug deeper.” When it all works well, sometimes, my best pieces are kind of the most painful to get out because with jewellery, for example. If I have to do all kinds of hand-finished tacking, and if it feels like it is starting to aggravate me, I get agitated because I will want it to be done. That’s when I know I am on the right track because, now, I am out of my comfort zone. When I out of my comfort zone, I know this piece will speak because I am putting a lot more work into it than usual. Those turn out, for me, to be some pretty special pieces, I believe, have the potential to speak as strongly if not more loudly down the road.

Jacobsen: What is the feeling when a piece speaks to you, at first?

Moraes: The only term I can give is that they are kind of like my children. There is a joy there for being honoured enough to have that connect with my hands. At the same time, it is kind of jarring to realize that, “Yes, I am self-taught. How did this happen?” But it is starting to make more sense now; that I’ve had actual children and the very last one is almost scary to me. Because he’s just like me. But he is me who still has a father, right? He’s not me whose father was murdered before he turned four, which really set up some huge potholes down the road in my life, growing up without a father. So, he has a father. Not only does he have a father, his father is artistic. And his father’s artisticness has passed on to him in spades. He’s far more talented than I was at that age. He is far more grounded than I was at that age. As long as I am still living and breathing, I will continue to foster these things in him. I know that he is going to be an artist out of the four children that we made together. One of them has come out as very, very heavily creative. That makes sense to me now, because, before this, I wouldn’t see any connective thread to the creative force. But it was there. I just didn’t know how to explain it. Now, I can, because he’s clearly part of me, clearly part of my wife. He’s most, obviously, going to be a creative force to reckon with in 10, 15, 20 years.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. The Tsimshian 1: Corey Moraes on Art and Family (1). November 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-1

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, November 15). The Tsimshian 1: Corey Moraes on Art and Family (1). In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. The Tsimshian 1: Corey Moraes on Art and Family (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Tsimshian 1: Corey Moraes on Art and Family (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott The Tsimshian 1: Corey Moraes on Art and Family (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (November 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘The Tsimshian 1: Corey Moraes on Art and Family (1)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-1>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘The Tsimshian 1: Corey Moraes on Art and Family (1)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-1>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “The Tsimshian 1: Corey Moraes on Art and Family (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-1.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Tsimshian 1: Corey Moraes on Art and Family (1) [Internet]. 2022 Nov; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/moraes-1

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright © Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Mizuki Tomaiwa on Life, Work, and Views: Member, OLYMPIQ Society (1)

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: A

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: None

Individual Publication Date: November 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Mizuki Tomaiwa

Word Count: 976

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

Abstract

Mizuki Tomaiwa was born in 2000 in Japan. She is an American college student with an interest in the biomedical field, psychiatry, and gifted education. She respects Leonardo da Vinci, Bach, Liszt, and her parents. She earned an I.Q. of 183+ (S.D. 16) on the Cattell CFIT. Tomaiwa discusses: growing up; extended self; family background; youth with friends; education; purpose of intelligence tests; high intelligence; extreme reactions to geniuses; greatest geniuses; genius and a profoundly gifted person; necessities for genius or the definition of genius; work experiences and jobs held; job path; myths of the gifted; God; science; tests taken and scores earned; range of the scores; ethical philosophy; political philosophy; metaphysics; worldview; meaning in life; source of meaning; afterlife; life; and love.

Keywords: Bach, Cattell CFIT, God, intelligence tests, IQ, Japan, Leonardo da Vinci, Liszt, Mizuki Tomaiwa, OLYMPIQ Society.

Conversation with Mizuki Tomaiwa on Life, Work, and Views: Member, OLYMPIQ Society (1)

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When you were growing up, what were some of the prominent family stories being told over time?

Mizuki Tomaiwa: When I was younger, I often disagreed with other classmates.

But my father was always fair in discussing my opinion versus other opinions. My mother affirmed me.

Jacobsen: Have these stories helped provide a sense of an extended self or a sense of the family legacy?

Tomaiwa: They will definitely be useful in the near future.

Jacobsen: What was the family background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?

Tomaiwa: My family, including myself, are Buddhists, but I can’t say that our faith is strong. We enjoy Halloween and Christmas.

As for geography, our house is surrounded by nature, and we often hear the singing of the Japanese bush warbler.

The language in the home is Japanese. I use English at school.

Jacobsen: How was the experience with peers and schoolmates as a child and an adolescent?

Tomaiwa: Unfortunately, my adolescence was a sad one. 

I was constantly trying to fit in with others and had to suppress my outpouring of curiosity. Every time I tried to match with my classmates, my heart was worn out.

I had no schoolmates with whom I could talk. I always felt alone.

In Japanese schools, everyone has to be the same. Talent and individuality tend to be unwelcome. However, according to Japan’s Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology, more than now, expert discussions are being held to accommodate individual abilities, such as math and other skills.

Jacobsen: What have been some professional certifications, qualifications, and trainings earned by you?

Tomaiwa: I have a certificate of English proficiency in Japan.

And I graduated from ESL at Langara College in Canada. This is the English proficiency equivalent to university entrance.

Jacobsen: What is the purpose of intelligence tests to you?

Tomaiwa: I occasionally come across a test that is exciting to solve.

Jacobsen: When was high intelligence discovered for you?

Tomaiwa: Around February 2021.

Jacobsen: When you think of the ways in which the geniuses of the past have either been mocked, vilified, and condemned if not killed, or praised, flattered, platformed, and revered, what seems like the reason for the extreme reactions to and treatment of geniuses? Many alive today seem camera shy – many, not all.

Tomaiwa: The frog in the well that knows the blue sky tries to get out.

The one without knowledge is the one who scoffs at it.

Jacobsen: Who seems like the greatest geniuses in history to you?

Tomaiwa: Leonardo da Vinci.

Jacobsen: What differentiates a genius from a profoundly intelligent person?

Tomaiwa: Deep love for all things.

And sometimes creative.

Jacobsen: Is profound intelligence necessary for genius?

Tomaiwa: I believe that geniuses connect those dots in the future by learning a wide range of fields through intelligence. Many dots make ideas creative.

Jacobsen: What have been some work experiences and jobs held by you?

Tomaiwa: Work as a tutor teaching math, English, science, Japanese, and social studies.

Work taking care of children after school.

Jacobsen: Why pursue this particular job path?

Tomaiwa: For several reasons, being in contact with children reminds me of my childhood.

Jacobsen: What are some of the more important aspects of the idea of the gifted and geniuses? Those myths that pervade the cultures of the world. What are those myths? What truths dispel them?

Tomaiwa: It is a myth that geniuses can do anything and rarely make mistakes.

All people have different orientations and interests. 

Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the God concept or gods idea and philosophy, theology, and religion?

Tomaiwa: Just as people like beautiful flowers, God also likes people with beautiful souls, so those who have them leave this world early.

Jacobsen: How much does science play into the worldview for you?

Tomaiwa: For me, it is a thought process.

The process of questioning, trial and error, and then coming up with an answer is important to me.

Jacobsen: What have been some of the tests taken and scores earned (with standard deviations) for you?

Tomaiwa: Cattell CFIT (sd 16) 183+.

Jacobsen: What ethical philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Tomaiwa: Remember to be grateful for the services you receive, even if you have to pay for them.

Jacobsen: What social philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Tomaiwa: History is driven by people’s anger and frustration.

Jacobsen: What political philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Tomaiwa: Governments that do not invest in education will not grow.

Jacobsen: What metaphysics makes some sense to you, even the most workable sense to you?

Tomaiwa: No study is considered valuable from the start. It is important to keep exploring.

Jacobsen: What worldview-encompassing philosophical system makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Tomaiwa: Every person I’ve met has been a teacher in my life.

Jacobsen: What provides meaning in life for you?

Tomaiwa: Life is challenging, but that is what makes it meaningful and interesting.

Jacobsen: Is meaning externally derived, internally generated, both, or something else?

Tomaiwa: Meaning may be influenced by its surroundings and it may have it’s own. They depend on each other.

Jacobsen: Do you believe in an afterlife? If so, why, and what form? If not, why not?

Tomaiwa: I believe that when our souls are gradually purified by reincarnation, we will be reborn into something higher by the approval of God.

Jacobsen: What do you make of the mystery and transience of life?

Tomaiwa: It is like the dreams you have when you sleep, no matter how happy or sad they are, they will end someday.

Jacobsen: What is love to you?

Tomaiwa:  It is the most precious thing of all.

And love remains long after the death of a loved one.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Mizuki Tomaiwa on Life, Work, and Views: Member, OLYMPIQ Society (1). November 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/tomaiwa-1

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, November 8). Conversation with Mizuki Tomaiwa on Life, Work, and Views: Member, OLYMPIQ Society (1). In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/tomaiwa-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. Conversation with Mizuki Tomaiwa on Life, Work, and Views: Member, OLYMPIQ Society (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Mizuki Tomaiwa on Life, Work, and Views: Member, OLYMPIQ Society (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/tomaiwa-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott Conversation with Mizuki Tomaiwa on Life, Work, and Views: Member, OLYMPIQ Society (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (November 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/tomaiwa-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘Conversation with Mizuki Tomaiwa on Life, Work, and Views: Member, OLYMPIQ Society (1)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/tomaiwa-1>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘Conversation with Mizuki Tomaiwa on Life, Work, and Views: Member, OLYMPIQ Society (1)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/tomaiwa-1>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “Conversation with Mizuki Tomaiwa on Life, Work, and Views: Member, OLYMPIQ Society (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/tomaiwa-1.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Mizuki Tomaiwa on Life, Work, and Views: Member, OLYMPIQ Society (1) [Internet]. 2022 Nov; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/tomaiwa-1

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 4: Curtis Boehm on Recovery, Systems, Christianity, and God

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: E

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use”

Individual Publication Date: September 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Curtis Boehm

Word Count: 637

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

Abstract

Curtis Boehm is another son – alongside Jeremy Boehm – of the founder of Wagner Hills, Helmut Boehm. Boehm discusses: the story; main methodologies; experiences of individuals coming into recover; experiences of individuals helping those in recovery; evidence-based treatment; spirituality or religion; the “Higher Power” concept; the most tragic story; and the most heartwarming, uplifting story.

Keywords: British Columbia, Canada, Curtis Boehm, God, Jeremy Boehm, Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use, recovery, theist, Township of Langley, Wagner Hills.

Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 4: Curtis Boehm on Recovery, Systems, Christianity, and God

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was the start of the story in finding recovery for you?

Curtis Boehm: I do not have a personal story of recovery. The start of my awareness of recovery was observing my father’s work, as he counseled men in recovery at a center he founded.

Jacobsen: What seem like the main methodologies utilized in recovery systems in Canada?

Boehm: In my experience, there are a handful of approaches:

Harm reduction aims to provide basic safety to those in active addiction, through access to safe injection sites and shelter, and aims to be a stepping stone towards more lasting levels of recovery.

Voluntary, informal groups such as Alcoholics Anonymous, Narcotics Anonymous, and Celebrate Recovery provide support for those seeking change in their lives. These are low-commitment, low-cost approaches to helping people in recovery to continue but are less effective for those trapped in active addiction

Residential programs require much more commitment and offer much greater help to those seeking holistic recovery. These are much more expensive to offer.

Jacobsen: What are common themes amongst or between the experiences of individuals coming into recovery?

Boehm: Common themes include self-defeating attitudes and behaviour, hopelessness, desperation, and suicidal ideation. It is also common for our men to not be able to communicate their feelings accurately or easily.

There is a willingness to “try anything” to get better.

There is often a willingness to surrender to others’ guidance since the self-determined path has not worked.

Jacobsen: What are common themes amongst or between the experiences of individuals helping those in recovery?

Boehm: Common themes include the desire to show compassion, the desire to relate with the experiences of the individual, and the communication of affirmation that a person has come to the point where they are ready to seek help.

Also there is often a sense of purpose or calling to the work of guiding those in recovery.

Jacobsen: How much does evidence-based treatment play a role in Canadian treatment?

Boehm: I am not familiar with this term. I can’t speak to it’s use in the Canadian context.

Jacobsen: How much does spirituality or religion play a role in Canadian treatment?

Boehm: The most effective recovery programs are faith based. My experience is that programs that invite those in recovery to examine their whole lives, paying attention to physical, emotional, and spiritual layers, are the most likely to lead to enduring recovery. The deeper questions behind the patterns of behaviour also have more to do with the inner spiritual realities of a person’s life than with the events or bahaviours.

Jacobsen: What is the role of the “Higher Power” concept, or even the concept of God, in some treatment systems in Canada?

Boehm: My experience has been working within a faith based, Christian recovery program. We encourage those in recovery to turn control of their lives over to God, surrendering their judgement and relying on God’s character and activity to bring them out of the destructive cycle of behaviour. God is a life-giving, unconditionally loving, forgiving master.

Jacobsen: What has been the most tragic story known to you?

Boehm: I have known several young men who died after overdosing.

Jacobsen: For a happy ending, what has been the most heartwarming, uplifting story of success in treatment known to you?

Boehm: There is a 26 year old man who has nearly completed 12 months of his recovery at the center where I work. His joy and success have been heartwarming and uplifting. He is going to represent the center on an upcoming fundraising trip. Also, he has taken on a level of responsibility in his role as a kitchen assistant and is rising to the challenges presented to him. His success is a really encouraging part of how I have come to think about the center where I work.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 4: Curtis Boehm on Recovery, Systems, Christianity, and God. September 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/curtis-boehm

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, September 8). Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 4: Curtis Boehm on Recovery, Systems, Christianity, and God. In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/curtis-boehm.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 4: Curtis Boehm on Recovery, Systems, Christianity, and God. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 4: Curtis Boehm on Recovery, Systems, Christianity, and God.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/curtis-boehm.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 4: Curtis Boehm on Recovery, Systems, Christianity, and God.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (September 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/curtis-boehm.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 4: Curtis Boehm on Recovery, Systems, Christianity, and GodIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/curtis-boehm>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 4: Curtis Boehm on Recovery, Systems, Christianity, and GodIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/curtis-boehm>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 4: Curtis Boehm on Recovery, Systems, Christianity, and God.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/curtis-boehm.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 4: Curtis Boehm on Recovery, Systems, Christianity, and God [Internet]. 2022 Sep; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/curtis-boehm

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Humanism and Witchcraft/Tsav Allegations in Benue, Central Nigeria

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: African Freethinker

Journal Founding: November 1, 2018

Frequency: Once (1) per year (Circa January 1, 2023)

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 1

Issue Numbering: 1

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Individual Publication Date: September 21, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Dr. Leo Igwe

Author(s) Bio: Dr. Leo Igwe is the Founder of the Humanist Association of Nigeria, the Founder & CEO of Advocacy for Alleged Witches, and the Convener of the Decade of Activism Against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

Word Count: 874

Image Credit: Leo Igwe.

Keywords: Advocacy for Alleged Witches, Africans, atheists, Benue, Leo Igwe, LGBTQ, Nigerians, Tsav, western anthropologists, witch persecutions.

*Please see the footnotes and bibliography after the article.*

Humanism and Witchcraft/Tsav Allegations in Benue, Central Nigeria

The Advocacy for Alleged Witches (AfAW) is organizing its first seminar on witch persecution and superstitions in Benue Central Nigeria. Benue is a hotbed of witchcraft imputation and witch hunting because belief in the occult force called Tsav among the Tivs is pervasive. To properly situate this historic event, a local advocate explains the significance of the meeting. He said: “This event is very important because it would allow us to understand the different perceptions of witchcraft and the various ways that alleged witches are persecuted in Benue state. AfAW is a humanist organization that campaigns to end witch persecution in Africa by 2030. As the advocate noted, “Witchcraft belief is a big issue in Benue! Everyone believes in it, and anything can be linked to it. As kids, it was normal to tag along this path, imbibe these superstitions and live in deep fear of occult forces”. 

Witchcraft is popular and entrenched because people are socialized to believe, and not question witchcraft claims from childhood. And as adults, they find it difficult to abandon the superstitious mindset. People pass on these irrational beliefs to their children, perpetuating the cycle of ignorance, unreason, and misconceptions. These misconceptions are not innocuous sentiments; they drive abusive treatment of suspected witches. Incidentally, it is not everyone that is a target witchcraft accusation and witch persecution. A local advocate further states, “The most vulnerable, the people most likely to be accused of witchcraft, are the elderly. Aged people, who are perceived to have lived long while losing family members, children or grand children; those considered different/unusual, like those with autism, including atheists and members of the LGBTQ community”.

In Benue, alleged witches are believed to cause illness, death, and accidents. They are subjected to horrific abuses. A local source told AfAW that the “accused are often treated as horribly as can be imagined, but this depends on the scale of social frailty and vulnerability. A person who has people who could stand up and defend them would be less at risk than those who seem to have none like widows or orphans. When accusations originate from within the family, the accused are worse off, the support base weakens and the protection cover quickly disappears. The stigma and name soiling do much damage. They make suspected witches lose their humanity”. Witch hunting ended in Europe centuries ago but this wild and vicious phenomenon rages in Africa. An advocate in Benue explains why this is the case: “Witch persecution persists because religions, traditional, Christian and Islamic use witchcraft claims to manipulate people and attract followership and patronage. Knowing the cultural depths of this supposed evil, there are mass healing centers and crusades where people go. In these places, people want to hear that an uncle or mother-in-law or a husband’s girlfriend is the cause of the instability in their lives and that something can be done about it. Religion feeds that want”. Witchcraft belief is used to scapegoat individuals; incite persecution and violence against an innocent family or community member. In a recent incident, some youths attacked an elderly woman after consulting a local diviner who confirmed that the woman bewitched a young man who had cancer. Angry youths attacked and destroyed the woman’s house. 

Family members were able to rescue the woman and took her to a safe location. In many cases, accused persons are not lucky. They are tortured to death or lynched by an angry mob. In some parts of Benue, witch hunters strangle or stone accused persons to death. They act with impunity. These atrocities continue because perpetrators are seldom punished. Victims of witch persecution and their families often reign to their fate because of the notion that justice would not be served or that efforts to ensure justice would lead to further victimization. The police expect victims and their relatives to come and lodge complaints before they could intervene in cases of witch persecution. Even when complaints have been lodged, the police often expect the complainants to bribe or mobilize them before they could arrest the suspects or investigate the incident. In situations where the cases are charged to court, the matter suffers so many adjournments. Victims or their families are forced to abandon their case.

On what could be done to end witchcraft accusations and witch persecution in Benue, a local source said: “Education could play a great part in changing the mindset of the people. Nowadays, any sickness is presumed to be inflicted through witchcraft. Maybe, people need to understand that there are other causes of diseases and misfortune that can be verifiable through scientific testing”. 

Indeed, education could loosen the grip of witchcraft and other superstitions on the minds of people in Benue. But the tragedy is that educated Nigerians nay Africans are part of the problem. Many educated Africans are witchcraft apologists. They defend and justify witchcraft as a codification of African science, philosophy, and logic. Like western anthropologists, educated Africans espouse an exoticized notion of African witchcraft. They propagate the stereotypic idea that, unlike westerners, witchcraft is not a form of superstition; that witchcraft is a demonstration of black power. This mistaken, prejudicial misrepresentation of African witchcraft will be keenly challenged, interrogated, and examined at this event in Benue state.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Differing Opinions Between Muslim Clerics and Born Again Christian Pastor Over the Hijab of the President of the United Republic of Tanzania

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: African Freethinker

Journal Founding: November 1, 2018

Frequency: Once (1) per year (Circa January 1, 2023)

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 1

Issue Numbering: 1

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Individual Publication Date: September 21, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Isakwisa Amanyisye Lucas Mwakalonge

Author(s) Bio: Lucas is Assistant Editor African Freethinker/www.in-sightpublishing.com (Tanzania), a Lawyer, an Advocate of the High Court of Tanzania, a Notary Public Officer and Commissioner for Oaths.

Word Count: 462

Image Credit: Isakwisa Amanyisye Lucas Mwakalonge.

Keywords: Born Again Christian, Faustin Munishi, hijab, Isakwisa Amanyisye Lucas Mwakalonge, Muslim, Samia Suluhu Hasan, United Republic of Tanzania.

*Please see the footnotes and bibliography after the article.*

Differing Opinions Between Muslim Clerics and Born Again Christian Pastor Over the Hijab of the President of the United Republic of Tanzania

Dar es Salaam, Tanzania – East Africa.

(WhatsApp +255 766 151395/E-mail: isamwaka01@gmail.com.)

It has been a trending topic of discussion in social media in Tanzania as a result of the action of one Pentecostal church evangelist based in Nairob,i Kenya named as Faustin Munishi, in one of his preaching services through You Tube channel. Whereby, he did advise the president of the United Republic of Tanzania, her excellence Samia Suluhu Hasan, to stop her habit of using hijab to cover her head and hair while she executes her daily official duties. According to pastor Munishi, hijab is a symbol of Islamic religion, therefore, as a president, the act of using hijab to cover her head while performing presidential duties, it is like she is using such presidential platform to promote and spread Islamic religion. Furthermore, pastor Munishi stated that doing so is not good because the United Republic of Tanzania is a secular state. He additional urged that though people in Tanzania have a choice in faith and what to believe, but when a person is chosen to serve in the highest post in the nation like the presidency it is not advisable to put on some kind of clothes which may in one way or another link that particular individual to a certain religion or denomination because such situation may lead some citizens to start thinking that such concerned religion is being promoted through such highest office in the nation, while it is not the case.

On the other side, Muslim clerics in Tanzania in various occasions have come out and defending the habit of the president of covering her head with hijab. They insist that it is an Islamic good tradition that a woman head must be covered. The Muslim clerics in Tanzania encourages the president to continue to adhere to good Islamic standards which require women to cover their heads and hair with hijab.

All in all in these two opposing views, it can be settled that both sides have utilized their constitutional and human rights of freedom of expression be it to evangelist Faustin Munishi or the muslim clerics of Tanzania, and the right to freedom of religion and belief as well as the right of manifestation on what someone believes, together with the side of her excellence madam president, if hijab is part of Islamic teachings and instructions to believers, then madam president has all the rights to use it at whatever time she want because she is a muslim. Therefore, madam president has the right to manifest her religion at any place and at any time as her religion instructs.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 3: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts, Praxis, and Stories (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: E

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use”

Individual Publication Date: September 15, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Jeremy Boehm

Word Count: 2,523

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

Abstract

Jeremy Boehm is a lover of music, art, and sports, and loves to spend time with his young family and animals on his hobby farm on Vancouver Island. Jeremy has a BA with theological and youth ministry emphasis from Calgary and furthered his education in counselling with focus on addiction for a second career in supporting those with substance use disorders. Boehm discusses: finding recovery; main methodologies; experiences of individuals coming into recovery; experiences of individuals helping those in recovery; evidence-based treatment; spirituality or religion; the “Higher Power” concept; most tragic story known; and heartwarming, uplifting story.

Keywords: British Columbia, Canada, God, Jeremy Boehm, Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use, recovery, theist, Township of Langley, Wagner Hills.

Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 3: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts, Praxis, and Stories (2)

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was the start of the story in finding recovery for you?

Jeremy Boehm: After a career as a minister for fifteen years, I had the choice to relocate to another job, or seek local work. The area was perfect for our family, and relocating pointed towards uprooting the life of our children. Instead, I brainstormed other fields, and considered the environment I had grown up in, at Wagner Hills in Langley, which is a therapeutic Christian community for the healing of those with addictions. Working in recovery introduced me to people who seemed stripped of the pretense, and social-status devices in the culture around me. I was enthralled with the authentic vulnerability, and bravery of individuals who felt they had lost everything. As I feverishly studied the neurology of addiction, and the habit-structures, reward-structures, and motivation-structures of the brain, I interacted with fresh and honest people who challenged my status quo. I had decided to end my use of caffeine a year previous, and discovered just how challenging daily-cravings, triggers, social pressure, and reinventing my life, minus caffeine, could be. While embarrassed to admit how challenging this struggle was, in light of the much more difficult-to-control effects of street substances, I began to understand the commonality that all people can relate to in a struggle with change, unhealthy habits, motivation. Then as I identified how other parts of my life were out of order, I began to see that nearly all of us can relate to putting too much importance on the wrong things in our lives. When we examine these things that we place too much importance on, it can be a struggle to redefine fundamental meaning in their absence.

With my new career, to educate myself, I read the ‘Big book’, and was shocked at how important the content is for our culture, so many years after its publication. I began to lose my prejudice against ‘AA’, and to lose my former assumptions about addiction. I learned that trauma was the common denominator in people I counselled, and that ‘alcoholism’ was not solved by improving self-control. I also began to learn evidence-based practices, to supplement the old-fashioned counselling I had seen practiced in churches, so my college-days love of psychology returned. However, I began to become disenchanted with what I began to understand as a cognitive solution for some who identified themselves as ‘insane’ in their addiction. From a neurological point of view, the damage substances like alcohol caused in long-term use, seemed to remove any hope in the power of a cognitive solution, even if there was one, since the neural damage from prolonged use could be devastating.  At the same time, I began to recognize the value in rational emotive behavioural therapy for myself, and in mindfulness exercises and the power of self-talk. I went on to study counselling and a world of help was opened to me. However, I began to see that there was a rift between knowing and doing. This took me back to my roots at Wagner Hills, where I studied the concept of ‘therapeutic community’, the technical name for a community my father founded for healing in addictions. People took part in a work-program, with a spiritual approach to long-term healing. The ‘doing’ rather than learning approach, proved to lead to more effective outcomes compared with those I encountered in ‘recovery.’ The focus seemed to be a key difference. My research in the neurology of focus and desire confirmed that successful outcomes were prone to come from refocussed desires, rather than repressed ones, and that the brain seemed to heal best from reinforcing happy healthy habits rather than fighting with bad ones. My growing appreciation for the very model I grew up with at Wagner Hills, led me to network with like-minded people in hopes of furthering this vision. I currently work in rehabilitation to support people’s mental health and in their substance-use disorder.

Jacobsen: What seem like the main methodologies utilized in recovery systems in Canada?

Boehm: A menu of mindfulness practices, and psychoeducation with forms of cognitive behavioral therapy (like SMART’s rational emotive behavior therapy), have merged, mixed, and are replacing the existing 12-step foundations that have existed for decades through the recovery world. Clinical practice also seems to be replacing a heritage of peer-to-peer counselling and support group forms, yet these groups and meetings still thrive, through pandemics and cultural shifts. The current approach seeks to replace a ‘spiritual solution’ that ‘works’ through ‘surrender’ and finding support among peers through a ‘higher power,’ with a clinical approach that empowers, and erases shame. In the medical world, a different approach has also shifted the culture of recovery entirely with the advent of ‘harm reduction.’ With the attitude of providing the greatest care and safety our society can give, to those with substance use disorder, safe-using supplies, and safe injection sites with safe-supply of medical-grade versions of street drugs. In conjunction with mass distribution of harm-reducing naloxone kits, and education to practice safety, this method aims to eliminate stigma,and put people first.

One aspect of harm-reduction is medication offered as a support for recovery. Many recovery and treatment centres utilize opioid replacement or opioid agonist therapy approaches alongside traditional abstinence-based programs. More progressive still, is a movement to normalize drug-use. In this thinking, substance-use is not viewed as a disorder at all, but is part of a  normal human experience to medicate pain and trauma with drugs/medications, as has been practiced over time. Harm reduction in this scope, aims to safely and freely supply drugs and medications of all kinds, for those who choose to medicate their trauma and pain with them.

The methodology of a recovery centre that asks participants to surrender their phones for social-detox, provide urine-test, participate in classes, and receive support in cessation from their ‘drugs of choice’, has undergone some significant disruption and changes in recent years, as these cultures and ideologies crash into each other. Prejudice, stigma and judgement can be found within those who attempt to help those with substance-use-disorder when conflicting ideologies clash, and people’s approach becomes polarized into camps, rather than listening to each other’s experiences and values. While spirituality has always and still plays a major part in the process, recovery centres have needed to modernize their approaches in ways that meet the standards set by health authorities. This has resulted in a reduced-emphasis for spirituality, 12-steps, abstinence, peer-counselling, therapy from past trauma, and a greater emphasis on evidenced-based techniques, and clinical practice, including counselling forms that deal with the practice of the here and now, rather than what happened in the past. The stereotypical revolving door has left some cynical of the results of recovery, while, on the other hand, the outcomes of opioid agonist therapies have left opponents cynical of a medical approach.

Many of the individuals I meet with who struggle with substance-use disorder, report that a treatment centre is their best option and, depending on what stage they are in, may report that they are working up their courage to attend one, again.

Jacobsen: What are common themes amongst or between the experiences of individuals coming into recovery?

Boehm: In the past, the theme of ‘surrender’ was a major emphasis of recovery. The thinking was that a person needed to come to grips with the fact that they couldn’t do it alone, proved by the fact that despite their attempts, they were still unsuccessful. The solution that was proposed, was that a person surrender to a higher power with the help of others around, and through a system of steps, a person evolved from blaming and denying, to supporting and giving their recovery to others. With research, modern counselling methods, and mindfulness practices, such as breathing exercises, and forms of distress-management, the current major theme replacing these past themes, is one of empowerment through skills and mental tools.

Based on my experiences with those in recovery, a timeline could be sketched to describe the landscape of those in stages of readiness for recovery, including the individual’s age, amount of attempts, emergencies, and deaths of loved-ones to addiction. Many that stuck with their programs had the motto, “It’s this or I die.” On the other hand, many young first-timers explained how the court, or a wife that didn’t really understand the situation, had forced them to ‘deal with’ something that they already had under their control. I never encountered someone who had been a part of the fad of ‘interventions’ that happened twenty years ago or so, but have heard many reasons for people entering recovery.

Jacobsen: What are common themes amongst or between the experiences of individuals helping those in recovery?

Boehm: Many have ‘been there’ and are helping others out of a lifestyle they had experienced and felt was horrible. Others, like myself, can relate to a life that can get in disorder, and find it important to support people in desperate circumstances. With the brain restructured, and pulled by the immense gravity of relapse, following long periods of substance use, outcomes can be very discouraging. Those of us in the world practice enormous self-care to persevere through the discouragement and tragedy we encounter. It seems that overdose is common, and even death seems to get less attention than ever. With these conditions, and the deplorable suffering for those we care for, many rely and trust in a higher power for spiritual sustenance, and learn many ways to self-care in a career that can easily lead to burn out.

Jacobsen: How much does evidence-based treatment play a role in Canadian treatment?

Boehm: Thankfully, I doubt there is a place where evidenced-based treatment isn’t practiced to some degree. I had heard that years ago, there were recovery centres that used 12-step models, exclusively. Only one book was provided – the big book. It is of course possible that such places still exist, but I am not aware of any. As research has informed the education and climate of recovery, punitive methods have thankfully disappeared, to be replaced with helpful trauma-informed models that understand core reasons that people use substances to cope with life.

Jacobsen: How much does spirituality or religion play a role in Canadian treatment?

Boehm: I would say that spirituality plays a major role in the roots of recovery in 12-step models and programs, nearly 90 years-back, and has informed substance-users that recovery is something that is not accomplished independently. The role of religion is that it seems to have offered a lot of funding, and support for the development of recovery centres. For example, I know my dad used to tour churches to tell people about the therapeutic Christian community he founded, and congregants would volunteer to financially support or visit Wanger Hills and serve there. Spirituality, as defined by 12-step groups, has always been inclusive, and has facilitated the resistance many have formed toward religions for various reasons. Practices such as prayer, played a major role. For example, AA meetings end with the prayer of serenity “God, grant me the serenity to accept the things I cannot change, the courage to change the things I can’t, and the wisdom to know the difference. Prayer books often accompanied AA literature. The stereotypical setting for a meeting was a church, as churches often had free or cheap rental fees, big coffee urns, and demonstrate accommodating attitudes to those in recovery. Today, in recovery centres, Spirituality may include “Smudges”, and First Nations Spirituality is often honoured and encouraged.

Jacobsen: What is the role of the “Higher Power” concept, or even the concept of God, in some treatment systems in Canada?

Boehm: In a 12-step framed model, the role of the Higher Power, is the power to change for the person who feels powerless. The concept of God is the unconditional loving receiver of the rejected person who has broken every promise and provided pain to every relationship in their life. God is also the one person who can never be fooled, who stands as judge, but also as the one who forgives, and frees the person to forgive, to let go of their need to control others, to let go of their pain, and let go of the painful actions toward others, and can provides a new identity that can do good to those who were harmed. In a setting I worked in, I was surprised to see that videos from pastors and priests were viewed, along with other religious ceremonies. I encountered some in recovery who said “I’ll try it all, anything that works!” Other places focused more on breathing, meditation, and viewed religion and spirituality as a means to the end of sobriety. With this mindset, religion was used as a kind of evidenced-based practice. What I mean by this, is that if religion brought results, it was considered a positive therapy to add to the menu of recovery. At Wagner Hills, God is the centre of the programing and framed everything else. Music directed toward God frames each morning. Then through the day, clients work together with others, to act justly, value-people, and help to work for the world that God designed it to be. Focus on a relationship with the loving God, which when focussed on creates a love for others, diminishes selfish-destructive-desires, and is the essence of the actions and behaviour of everything practiced at Wagner Hills.

Jacobsen: What has been the most tragic story known to you?

Boehm: I supported a young person with mental illness, who had very little idea of the dangers of the drugs that he began to experiment with. He was found, sadly days after he died alone, and was missed deeply by friends he was so generous to. The inclusion of fentanyl in nearly every street drug, and the extreme-risk it presents, have made naive experimentation so lethal. In cases like his, he was gone, before I, or many of his friends, knew that he was even trying substances.

Jacobsen: For a happy ending, what has been the most heartwarming, uplifting story of success in treatment known to you?

Boehm: As a child, one of the most memorable clients from my fathers healing community for those with addictions, for obvious reasons, was a wonderful man who had one arm. He was so joyful, and played with my brother and me, with such enthusiasm, attention, and kindness, while he amazed us by throwing perfect spiral football passes. His joy was contagious, and still is, as he continues to help others nearly forty years later. I guess a good ‘heartwarming’ story should have a dramatic before-and-after story-arc, so the reader could fully appreciate the contrast of a changed-life. I have no idea what his ‘before’ story was, only that he was from a First-Nations background and must have arrived at Wagner hills to overcome addiction in his life. I think of this story, because it literally warms my heart to just think of him, and the joy he gave me and my brother, in his new found freedom at Wagner Hills. It is heartwarming to think that he is still giving that joy away today.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 3: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts, Praxis, and Stories (2). September 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm-2

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, September 8). Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 3: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts, Praxis, and Stories (2). In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm-2.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 3: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts, Praxis, and Stories (2). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 3: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts, Praxis, and Stories (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm-2.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 3: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts, Praxis, and Stories (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (September 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm-2.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 3: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts, Praxis, and Stories (2)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm-2>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 3: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts, Praxis, and Stories (2)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm-2>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 3: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts, Praxis, and Stories (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm-2.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 3: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts, Praxis, and Stories (2) [Internet]. 2022 Sep; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm-2

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 2: Stefan Oskar Neff on Recovery

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: E

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use”

Individual Publication Date: September 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Stefan Oskar Neff

Word Count: 863

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

Abstract

Stefan Oskar Neff is the SMART Recovery Regional Coordinator for British Columbia. Neff discusses: finding recovery; the main methodologies utilized in recovery systems in Canada; experiences of individuals; helping those in recovery/those circumstances; evidence-based treatment; spirituality or religion; “Higher Power” concept; most tragic story; and a happy ending.

Keywords: British Columbia, Canada, Japan, Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use, recovery, SMART Recovery, Stefan Oskar Neff.

Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 2: Stefan Oskar Neff on Recovery

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was the start of the story in finding recovery for you?

Stefan Oskar Neff: The first moment was when my wife was visiting Japan. I was drinking, hiding. She came back from Japan because my wife is Japanese. She said to me, “Why did you have to hide the fact that you needed cash?” I said, “Because I needed cash.” She said, “You know, you can hide. You can lie, to me, and to your family, but you cannot lie to the universe to whatever you want to believe in. You cannot lie to yourself.” At that moment, she said, “I am going to be happy no matter what if you’re in my life or not. I’ll support you in whatever way that I choose to do.” But she said she would be happy no matter. That moment, a light bulb went on in my head. I knew it was my choice and 24 hours later; I made the choice not to ever touch alcohol. That was 6 years ago. I would say that is the starting point. It was when she had shared with me that she was going to be happy no matter what and it was going to be my choice.

Jacobsen: What seem like the main methodologies utilized in recovery systems in Canada?

Neff: I did not use any recovery system in Canada. I used communication by talking about my thoughts and feelings. To answer your question, “None.” So, I have to pass.

Jacobsen: What are common themes amongst or between the experiences of individuals coming into recovery/having those experiences?

Neff: The common theme is one is out of control of the substance use, is they’re losing connection with their family. They are getting – I was getting – tired of hiding, lying, and destroying my life.

Jacobsen: What are common themes amongst or between the experiences of individuals helping those in recovery/those circumstances?

Neff: A common theme – wow, the commonality is so similar to every individual that I’ve seen because I’ve seen thousands over the last four years. The common one is being out of control and that they cannot stop drinking, until they’ve taken responsibility. The common theme is trying to help the out-of-controlness and helping the individual wanting to change and wanting to stop.

Jacobsen: How much does evidence-based treatment play a role in Canadian treatment?

Neff: For one, evidence-based is a large part of the actual healthcare profession, as myself as the regional coordinator for SMART Recovery. For one, SMART Recovery is in every federal corrections institute across Canada going from BC all the way back East. That was implemented as a major program for the corrections institutes. That was done two years ago. That’s a big part, further dual-diagnosis and the addiction aspect of it. That’s large. You’ve got most of the healthcare professions in BC are using evidence-based SMART Recovery with 1-on-1 psychiatric as well as in-treatment, and their own treatment centres as well, as well as a small portion of the recovery centres across British Columbia. It is making a large impact from what I’ve seen over the last 3 years, as well as the Indigenous/First Nations as well. As an individual, I work with the training team with SMART Recovery. So, I see individuals working and training organizations for youth, Indigenous, and also the healthcare profession. So, yes, I’ve seen a large grow over the last 2 or 3 years.

Jacobsen: How much does spirituality or religion play a role in Canadian treatment?

Neff: Canadian treatment? A large part, I don’t know about that aspect. From what I know, it is a large part. I am speculating because I don’t know. What I’ve seen when approaching the recovery aspect of it, recovery centres, yes, I would say, “95 to 99% of it.”

Jacobsen: What is the role of the “Higher Power” concept, or even the concept of God, in some treatment systems in Canada?

Neff: I’ll have to pass on that one.

Jacobsen: What has been the most tragic story known to you?

Neff: The only tragic one is my own. But, with that being said, I had an individual coming to the meetings. Then he left SMART Recovery, and then he woke up one morning. His wife at the time found him; that he’d passed away. That’s the only tragic one I’d seen. I’ve seen other ones as well. Not, for example, personally, because I had a personal connection with this individual in the sense that I was working with him. That’s what I’ve experienced in my own life.

Jacobsen: For a happy ending, what has been the most heartwarming, uplifting story of success in treatment known to you?

Neff: An individual went to treatment for a full year. Then coming to SMART Recovery, before that, the individual was living in a car, homeless, at the brink of, basically, choosing between death and life, and making that choice to live, and then moving to treatment, then joining SMART Recovery for 3 years. Now, she is becoming a social worker and helping others with recovery.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Stefan.

Neff: You’re very welcome.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 2: Stefan Oskar Neff on Recovery. September 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neff

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, September 8). Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 2: Stefan Oskar Neff on Recovery. In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neff.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 2: Stefan Oskar Neff on Recovery. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 2: Stefan Oskar Neff on Recovery.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neff.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 2: Stefan Oskar Neff on Recovery.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (September 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neff.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 2: Stefan Oskar Neff on RecoveryIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neff>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 2: Stefan Oskar Neff on RecoveryIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neff>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 2: Stefan Oskar Neff on Recovery.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neff.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 2: Stefan Oskar Neff on Recovery [Internet]. 2022 Sep; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/neff

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Complexity of Simplicity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: B

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: None

Individual Publication Date: September 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Prof. Sam Vaknin, Ph.D.

Author(s) Bio: Sam Vaknin is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He is former Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia and Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies). He was the Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician and served as a columnist for Central Europe Review, PopMatters, eBookWeb, and Bellaonline, and as a United Press International (UPI) Senior Business Correspondent. He was the editor of mental health and Central East Europe categories in The Open Directory and Suite101. His YouTube channels garnered 20,000,000 views and 85,000 subscribers. Visit Sam’s Web site: http://www.narcissistic-abuse.com.

Word Count: 1,758

Image Credit: Sam Vaknin

Keywords: chaos, complexity, design, DNA, intelligence, language, nature, Seth Shostak, SETI, simplicity, systems.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

*Republished with permission.*

The Complexity of Simplicity

“Everything is simpler than you think and at the same time more complex than you imagine.”
(Johann Wolfgang von Goethe)

Complexity rises spontaneously in nature through processes such as self-organization. Emergent phenomena are common as are emergent traits, both classes not reducible to basic components, interactions, or properties. Complex order is derived from simpler randomness or chaos, for example, but cannot be traced back to it in a linear, monovalent fashion (see note).

Complexity in nature does not imply the existence of a designer or a design. Natural complexity does not indicate, let alone prove the existence of intelligence and sentient beings. On the contrary, complexity in nature usually points towards a natural source and a random origin. Natural complexity and artificiality are often incompatible.

Artificial designs and objects are found only in unexpected (“unnatural”) contexts and environments. Natural objects are totally predictable and expected. Artificial creations are efficient and, therefore, simple and parsimonious. Natural objects and processes are not.

As Seth Shostak notes in his excellent essay, titled “SETI and Intelligent Design”, evolution experiments with numerous dead ends before it yields a single adapted biological entity. DNA is far from optimized: it contains inordinate amounts of junk. Our bodies come replete with dysfunctional appendages and redundant organs. Lightning bolts emit energy all over the electromagnetic spectrum. Pulsars and interstellar gas clouds spew radiation over the entire radio spectrum. The energy of the Sun is ubiquitous over the entire optical and thermal range. No intelligent engineer – human or not – would be so wasteful.

Confusing artificiality with complexity is not the only terminological conundrum.

Complexity and simplicity are often, and intuitively, regarded as two extremes of the same continuum, or spectrum. Yet, this may be a simplistic view, indeed.

Simple procedures (codes, programs), in nature as well as in computing, often yield the most complex results. Where does the complexity reside, if not in the simple program that created it? A minimal number of primitive interactions occur in a primordial soup and, presto, life. Was life somehow embedded in the primordial soup all along? Or in the interactions? Or in the combination of substrate and interactions?

Complex processes yield simple products (think about products of thinking such as a newspaper article, or a poem, or manufactured goods such as a sewing thread). What happened to the complexity? Was it somehow reduced, “absorbed, digested, or assimilated”? Is it a general rule that, given sufficient time and resources, the simple can become complex and the complex reduced to the simple? Is it only a matter of computation?

We can resolve these apparent contradictions by closely examining the categories we use.

Perhaps simplicity and complexity are categorical illusions, the outcomes of limitations inherent in our system of symbols (in our language).

We label something “complex” when we use a great number of symbols to describe it. But, surely, the choices we make (regarding the number of symbols we use) teach us nothing about complexity, a real phenomenon!

A straight line can be described with three symbols (A, B, and the distance between them) – or with three billion symbols (a subset of the discrete points which make up the line and their inter-relatedness, their function). But whatever the number of symbols we choose to employ, however complex our level of description, it has nothing to do with the straight line or with its “real world” traits. The straight line is not rendered more (or less) complex or orderly by our choice of level of (meta) description and language elements.

The simple (and ordered) can be regarded as the tip of the complexity iceberg, or as part of a complex, interconnected whole, or hologramically, as encompassing the complex (the same way all particles are contained in all other particles). Still, these models merely reflect choices of descriptive language, with no bearing on reality.

Perhaps complexity and simplicity are not related at all, either quantitatively, or qualitatively. Perhaps complexity is not simply more simplicity. Perhaps there is no organizational principle tying them to one another. Complexity is often an emergent phenomenon, not reducible to simplicity.

The third possibility is that somehow, perhaps through human intervention, complexity yields simplicity and simplicity yields complexity (via pattern identification, the application of rules, classification, and other human pursuits). This dependence on human input would explain the convergence of the behaviors of all complex systems on to a tiny sliver of the state (or phase) space (sort of a mega attractor basin). According to this view, Man is the creator of simplicity and complexity alike but they do have a real and independent existence thereafter (the Copenhagen interpretation of a Quantum Mechanics).

Still, these twin notions of simplicity and complexity give rise to numerous theoretical and philosophical complications.

Consider life.

In human (artificial and intelligent) technology, every thing and every action has a function within a “scheme of things”. Goals are set, plans made, designs help to implement the plans.

Not so with life. Living things seem to be prone to disorientated thoughts, or the absorption and processing of absolutely irrelevant and inconsequential data. Moreover, these laboriously accumulated databases vanish instantaneously with death. The organism is akin to a computer which processes data using elaborate software and then turns itself off after 15-80 years, erasing all its work.

Most of us believe that what appears to be meaningless and functionless supports the meaningful and functional and leads to them. The complex and the meaningless (or at least the incomprehensible) always seem to resolve to the simple and the meaningful. Thus, if the complex is meaningless and disordered then order must somehow be connected to meaning and to simplicity (through the principles of organization and interaction).

Moreover, complex systems are inseparable from their environment whose feedback induces their self-organization. Our discrete, observer-observed, approach to the Universe is, thus, deeply inadequate when applied to complex systems. These systems cannot be defined, described, or understood in isolation from their environment. They are one with their surroundings.

Many complex systems display emergent properties. These cannot be predicted even with perfect knowledge about said systems. We can say that the complex systems are creative and intuitive, even when not sentient, or intelligent. Must intuition and creativity be predicated on intelligence, consciousness, or sentience?

Thus, ultimately, complexity touches upon very essential questions of who we, what are we for, how we create, and how we evolve. It is not a simple matter, that. Moreover, it is safe to say that the scientific method cannot be gainfully employed to successfully tackle indeterminate complex systems (such as the brain, the Universe, the individual, and human collectives). It is questionable whether disciplines such as psychologyeconomics and even cosmology and “neuroscience” are, indeed, sciences.

Note

Admittedly, an argument can be made that organizational principles such as “time” and observational phenomena such as “chaos” reflect and arise from our limitations as (human, finite) observers and that reality is actually foundationally timeless and ordered. The stochastic may merely reflect our fundamental inability to grasp the deterministic, a boundary condition of our finitude, as it were.

Note on Learning

There are two types of learning: natural and sapient (or intelligent).

Natural learning is based on feedback. When water waves hit rocks and retreat, they communicate to the ocean at large information about the obstacles they have encountered (their shape, size, texture, location, etc.). This information modifies the form and angle of attack (among other physical properties) of future waves.

Natural learning is limited in its repertory. For all practical purposes, the data processed are invariable, the feedback immutable, and the outcomes predictable (though this may not hold true over eons). Natural learning is also limited in time and place (local and temporal and weakly communicable).

Sapient or Intelligent Learning is similarly based on feedback, but it involves other mechanisms, most of them self-recursive (introspective). It alters the essence of the learning entities (i.e., the way they function), not only their physical parameters. The input, processing procedures, and output are all interdependent, adaptive, ever-changing, and, often, unpredictable. Sapient learning is nonlocal and nontemporal. It is, therefore, highly communicable (akin to an extensive parameter): learning in one part of a system is efficiently conveyed to all other divisions.

Complexity Theory and Ambiguity or Vagueness

A Glossary of the terms used here

Ambiguity (or indeterminacy, in deconstructivist parlance) is when a statement or string (word, sentence, theorem, or expression) has two or more distinct meanings either lexically (e.g., homonyms), or because of its grammar or syntax (e.g., amphiboly). It is the context, which helps us to choose the right or intended meaning (“contextual disambiguating” which often leads to a focal meaning).

Vagueness arises when there are “borderline cases” of the existing application of a concept (or a predicate). When is a person tall? When does a collection of sand grains become a heap (the sorites or heap paradox)?, etc. Fuzzy logic truth values do not eliminate vagueness – they only assign continuous values (“fuzzy sets”) to concepts (“prototypes”).

Open texture is when there may be “borderline cases” in the future application of a concept (or a predicate). While vagueness can be minimized by specifying rules (through precisifaction, or supervaluation) – open texture cannot because we cannot predict future “borderline cases”.

It would seem that a complexity theory formalism can accurately describe both ambiguity and vagueness:

Language can be construed as a self-organizing network, replete with self-organized criticality.

Language can also be viewed as a Production System (Iterated Function Systems coupled with Lindenmeyer L-Systems and Schemas to yield Classifiers Systems). To use Holland’s vocabulary, language is a set of Constrained Generating Procedures.

“Vague objects” (with vague spatial or temporal boundaries) are, actually, best represented by fractals. They are not indeterminate (only their boundaries are). Moreover, self-similarity is maintained. Consider a mountain – where does it start or end and what, precisely, does it include? A fractal curve (boundary) is an apt mathematical treatment of this question.

Indeterminacy can be described as the result of bifurcation leading to competing, distinct, but equally valid, meanings.

Borderline cases (and vagueness) arise at the “edge of chaos” – in concepts and predicates with co-evolving static and chaotic elements.

(Focal) meanings can be thought of as attractors.

Contexts can be thought of as attractor landscapes in the phase space of language. They can also be described as fitness landscapes with optimum epistasis (interdependence of values assigned to meanings).

The process of deriving meaning (or disambiguating) is akin to tracing a basin of attraction. It can be described as a perturbation in a transient, leading to a stable state.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Vaknin S. The Complexity of Simplicity. September 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/simplicity-complexity

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Vaknin, S. (2022, September 8). The Complexity of Simplicity. In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/simplicity-complexity.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): VAKNIN, S. The Complexity of Simplicity. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Vaknin, Sam. 2022. “The Complexity of Simplicity.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/simplicity-complexity.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Vaknin, Sam The Complexity of Simplicity.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (September 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/simplicity-complexity.

Harvard: Vaknin, S. (2022) ‘The Complexity of SimplicityIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/simplicity-complexity>.

Harvard (Australian): Vaknin, S 2022, ‘The Complexity of SimplicityIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/simplicity-complexity>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Vaknin, Sam. “The Complexity of Simplicity.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/simplicity-complexity.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Vaknin S. The Complexity of Simplicity [Internet]. 2022 Sep; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/simplicity-complexity

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 1: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts of God in Recovery (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: E

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use”

Individual Publication Date: September 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Jeremy Boehm

Word Count: 3,930

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

*Republished with interviewee consent.*

Abstract

Jeremy Boehm is a lover of music, art, and sports, and loves to spend time with his young family and animals on his hobby farm on Vancouver Island. Jeremy has a BA with theological and youth ministry emphasis from Calgary and furthered his education in counselling with focus on addiction for a second career in supporting those with substance use disorders. Boehm discusses: concepts of God; a malevolent or a benevolent monotheistic god; an indifferent god; trauma as the foundation for individuals coming to a lot of centres for recovery or programs for recovery; connection; and malevolence or indifference to benevolence.

Keywords: British Columbia, Canada, God, Jeremy Boehm, Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use, recovery, theist, Township of Langley, Wagner Hills.

Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 1: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts of God in Recovery (1)

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, here today with Jeremy Boehm, he is the son of Helmut Boehm. He (Helmut) is the founder, or father, of Wagner Hills. This is in Langley, British Columbia. I wrote an article with an addendum two or more years ago. You sent me the longest email I have ever received [Ed. 10,000+ words.]. A lot of it was quite vulnerable and confessional in a healthy way. I emailed back relatively rapidly within the last week.

So, you agreed to talk, specifically, the concepts of God that arise in the context of recovery for individuals. You come from, not personally but, knowing some of the communal aspects and individuals who have a theist belief; and they find it helpful in their process of recovering from forms of substance use and/or misuse. So, what concepts of God tend to arise? And how do these arise over time?

Jeremy Boehm: The concept of God, I see a lot goes by different names. If a person is comfortable, with religion, faith, Christianity, and comfortable with the particular religion they grew up with, they would call that concept God or the name they had been given for it by their religion. So often, in different places of substance use/abuse, there is a background of trauma. A person from trauma may not want to remember the source of that trauma and in that case may have some real discomfort with the names and the terminology they inherited that remind them of that trauma. Now, the construct, the theistic construct, may be the same. It may even be a good and benevolent construct.

Some who would report that they didn’t believe in God may still have, in the back of their head, a latent, benevolent, theistic construct. They believe in something or someone cares for them, loves them, made the universe a beautiful place, even if that God made the universe a place with both awful and good in it. They feel that there is something out there that’s kind. Some people will name that construct “the Universe.” For example, I often hear the phrase, “The Universe stepped in and intervened.” It really is a kind personification to say that. Some people will use the name “Creator.” Some people “God.” Some people will avoid the issue. I find that the construct is latent, though. What I mean by latent, is that when people are really in trouble, that’s when this construct comes out.

For example, what I’ve heard from some who would identify themselves as atheist, is that when they were in trouble they reached out. I remember someone saying, “I, actually, confessed that I did, in this deep, deep dark place, reach out. I didn’t even know who I was reaching out to.” Or somebody who had a near death experience at my current work, recently said “I didn’t grow up with this. I grew up with a form of First Nations belief. But actually, I had a vision of Jesus, but, I guess, that was the one in my near death experience who I gravitated towards, or reached out to.”

So this way of relating to God, or not, is also a way of dealing with the trauma. The ‘AA’ way to deal with this difficulty in ‘naming’ or identifying God for those who have had a negative experience that taints their view of God, either by their parents, or abuse, or abuse in the church, you name it, and there are so many reasons, to have negative feelings towards religion, whether it be the Residential Schools, yes, there is every conceivable reason to have something against religion, and to have negative feelings toward the people who claim to practice it, who hurt other people. The approach of AA is to allow the individual to give the deity their own name and definition. “You name your higher power. It can be your cat if you want. You can name it whatever you want. You call the shots” and this can disarm the experience of encountering the higher power, AA talks about. This approach, takes the pain and trauma that have been associated with God, and pushes that aside, and allows people to experience the higher power as they feel comfortable with it.

What I witness in the people I work with in my current work place and from before, is that a majority of them are open to pray, and even are very open about their belief in God, and even, to a certain degree, are evangelistic of each other. What I mean by open, is that they will say, “Let me pray for you,” or, “Here, let me tell you what this is about.” They will fight, occasionally, about the character of that God, or who goes to heaven, but the character of the god I mostly hear about, is benevolent. I also witness that over time, the people who had gone through step work, or who had gone through some kind of a healing process, start to lose the negative images, what I mean by that is, that I think there are incredibly negative images of religion out there of, maybe, a divine punisher.

I think this is what I wrote to you about. That as a teenager, I had a very negative of God as a divine punisher. And I don’t think this construct had anything to do with my parents, or anything else, maybe just teenage rebellion contributed to me forming this construct of a divine punisher. The interesting this I’ve witnessed, is, this image of a divine bad guy out to punish us, slowly melts away as people heal, open their hearts, or open their minds, or whatever you call it, in prayer, and they allow this higher power to just reveal Himself or Itself. They find the openness to allow this being to being to reveal the character, apart from all the religion and negative imagery that was attached with that construct.

As a person finds more revelation or experience with God, I find that they’re experience is a lot like my experience was, and they will come to the conclusion that, “Oh, this isn’t a bad guy. This person cares. There’s love. There’s healing. There’s something really good here.” They get more and more comfortable with more of the terminology, which, before, maybe they didn’t like. They might even feel comfortable enough to explore doctrine and theology and other things they avoided at first because of the painful associations.

Jacobsen: I’m seeing two core concepts here of a god, which, on the surface if not at a deeper level, are diametrically opposed. On the one hand, as you phrased it, a “divine punisher,” on the other hand, a god who cares and loves for you, created a world of good and evil, but there’s a certain redemptive quality within that world as well. So, it’s less a divine punisher, and more a divine carer and nurturer.

Boehm: Benevolent, yes, something good.

Jacobsen: Are there any other manifestations, apart from those two, which you have seen arise in others? For instance, you alluded to one individual who comes from a First Nations background with an unnamed band who, in their own experience – religious experience, had Jesus as the imagery and experience. Are there other ones outside of the image of Christ, a sort of First Nations spirituality as a transition into the image of Christ, or the ones mentioned earlier between a malevolent or a benevolent monotheistic god?

Boehm: If I understand what you’re asking here, certainly what I encountered, especially from First Nations people who had been in a recovery centre where I worked experienced spiritual experiences differently than I had. For example, a bald eagle would fly over and they would report that this was a deeply significant and spiritual experience that came from their culture. So the timing of that eagle flying at that particular moment signified something important about that timing. Certainly, the significance of smudges and of ritual, I think ritual plays a very big part in religion and, to a certain degree, spirituality. But I don’t see religion and spirituality as the same thing. I make a divide.

I’m not the one who came up with this definition of the difference. I don’t know if I can put it very clearly at this time of day. But how I would differentiate these two, is that religion is something humans do, as a ritual to influence god or the forces of nature to work to their desired goal, so that might look, for example like the sacrifice of an animal, or a certain kind of dance to influence the gods to bring rain, or something. Whereas, spirituality is connecting in relationship to the deity, and sometimes this is in a posture of powerlessness, but of intimacy. So that’s how I would define Spirituality and religion differently. Spirituality is connecting; religion is practicing a ritual with the motive of trying to achieve something. Yes, I differentiate religion versus spirituality.

I think, getting back to your question, ‘Are there other forms there?’ Yes, I think what we receive as our ‘early programming’, from our parents, creates an image in those early formative years that has a profound impact on the whether we later think of God as benevolent or evil. Maybe, our parents communicate that God is good, while, on the other hand, abusing us. Or, the reverse might be true. To answer your question, there’s all kinds of things that we develop in our brains at an early age, that later form our expectations of what we will find in God. Those early years, build the brain’s framework of what spirituality and religion is, and then we populate that framework through our experiences.

I think this book that I was describing to you, Finding God in the Waves (Finding God in the Waves: How I Lost My Faith and Found It Again Through Science), really describes that well in terms of the neurology of it. I am really interested in the brain, which I’m sure is obvious, through the correspondence we’ve had so far. But, as is probably also obvious, based on how I have expressed my beliefs to you, I take a step further than the biological formations of frameworks of beliefs that are planted in a child, because I actually believe in a discoverable reality of God. I see a measurable reality in spiritual things, just like I think you can measure the realities of math, physics, and science and so on. In the same way I think you can find ultimate reality about our origin and Creator, and the all the rest. That is if you are, open to the higher power, and warm up to the idea, and let down the guard, set aside the negativity, relax the resolve, or whatever you want to call it, that pushes back against the idea or construct of God. The biggest part of this process is to allow that deity to separate itself from all of the human experiences of evil that have populated our brain with a bad impression or a bad feeling towards that deity, then the deity’s true colours will come through.

You have to be open to it, and let that experience happen. But in the instance that a person is open, I believe a person can uncover the reality of the true deity, the Truth that I understand. That’s what I see in my experiences of working with those is substance use disorder, in the work place. I see that there are lots of names, and lots of understandings and experiences of God. It’s easy to forget that Jesus is already a name that has been translated to English. The term Christ is a Greek word. All of these names, are names that people adopt from themselves to refer to the deity. The way that I see Jesus, as we have named him in English, is that God came down to help us understand who He really is. Back then, people were incredibly confused about what religion just as they are today. Jesus served people and that confused them. He lived in a culture that expressed racism toward its neighbours. His main opponents were ‘Pharisees’. These were people who held a concept of religious law that raised their own social status and provided them with power. When God presents Himself in the world, He’s not rich. He doesn’t hold the stereotypical kingship that people expected him too, in how they interpreted prophecy. He role-modeled this, this serving, this washing of feet, this dying on a cross, this love.

He says, ‘This is what deity is like. Eventually, all the world will know my name.” They won’t know my name because I had the fastest meme or the most powerful seat of rulership in the world in a major empire. Of course, there are much more powerful kings and famous people. It is because over time, people will come to know that the way Jesus lived was the character of the deity. That character is what, I think, will come out to someone who is searching. And those who are in substance use disorder are often searching very deeply for God and using substances or alcohol to medicate or soothe the pain that they wish God could heal. I think what I’ve said about Jesus isn’t a politically-correct thing to say. When I speak this way, some will only hear it said that everyone else is wrong. It will sound intolerant to say that there is a singular reality in spirituality as there is in chemistry for example. It can be offensive to say that only one thing is true. Could it say that someone’s spirituality isn’t true? It’s much easier politically to be subjective, and even to relegate the whole topic to one that can only be considered subjective. I don’t spend time arguing that one religion is right. I say that religions may point to truth. Instead I look for Spirituality that connects us with God, and the way that I derive the character of that God, is that He visited us and showed us. It may be hard to accept for many people that Jesus was God visiting us. To be fair, there have been many charlatans over time who have made false claims and deceived people. How a person like me, or like a recovering substance user, comes to these conclusions about God, has a lot to do with personal experience, learning history, and taking their time as they ease into the ideas. I don’t assume that everybody will come to the same conclusions that I have because everyone has their own experiences that influence their views. I understand that not all people will find the truth, because their experiences or desires, may not lead them to truth. They may choose to deceive themselves. A refusal to believe in climate change might be a good example of that. It can be comfortable to remain ambiguous about certain realities in an effort to dodge responsibility. Or they may have been deceived on a mass scale, or by simply not having the experience to discover the truth.

Jacobsen: Does anyone come to a recovery program with a sense of a belief in a god, but an indifferent god?

Boehm: I’ve asked people that. I am interested in the character of God people perceive. I am particularly interested in the perception of God people have when they come from abuse. Some of my personal experience in counselling people from abuse is just felt impossibly tragic.

Particularly in some of the most horrific abuse, I was interested in what people’s view of the deity was. Is their view of deity affected? Well of course, yes. But the strange thing was, that for some reason, some of those with the most tragic abuse could still imagine a benevolence creator. I don’t know why. For whatever reason, it seems that tragic abuse from a parent can somehow co-exist with a benevolent view of God. I suppose, in the same way that people believe that good and evil both exist, people can believe in a good god even while their neighbours are burned alive. They are able to see how evil and good can be at war, and can both exist. So yes, some people who come to a recovery centre, and who are deeply wounded from trauma, have a view of a God who doesn’t care. What is so interesting to me, is those who despite their experiences believe in a benevolent one. It’s really puzzling.

Jacobsen: At the outset of the recorded conversation, at least, you mentioned trauma as the foundation for individuals coming to a lot of centres for recovery or programs for recovery? What are the common patterns of trauma experiences and – let’s say – symptomatology around it, even qualitative symptomatology?

Boehm: That’s a good question, Scott. I don’t feel qualified to answer it, to tell you the truth. I think my experience is too limited. I could tell you what I saw, but I feel like that is much too big a question – as are all of these questions really. I’d be arrogant [Laughing] to say I am qualified to answer anything your asking, other than to speak from my experiences. I feel like my counselling and my clinical experiences were much too brief to say what the common experience is for trauma. Only that, “Yes,” trauma was present in so many cases and was a root pain that was medicated through substances and through other behaviours too. It feels like just about  every story included trauma. Here is an interesting part of the symptomatology. The consequences of using substances and alcohol to numb the pain, is that the use of these substances and the behaviour and consequences from the use create more consequences. So over time, the consequences of the medicating behaviour may be much greater than that of the trauma that lead to the behaviour. And in a few exceptions, I’ve heard that the addiction was the main problem-causer … in this person’s recollection, they didn’t have a painful beginning, but simply started drinking a lot at a very young age with their siblings and friends. Now of course, the neglect that could allow that to happen is a sort of abuse in itself, but this person perceived that they hadn’t begun to drink to cover pain, but that it was the alcohol from an early age that caused so many problems and so much pain. As I heard them, I wondered if it wasn’t both. A lot of people have a hard time remembering memories of trauma. They might blank out whole years or sections of life in their memory. But using alcohol and substances to numb pain is a very common means of dealing with pain, and in the perceived experience of a substance user, it is reported as a very effective way. There are other ways of course too.

The trauma story occurs generationally. The substance-use provides enough consequences in the family to cause disturbance, I think, in the oxytocin systems in a baby’s developing brain, so that rather than developing a sense of safety, of being soothed by the parent, the baby adapts with the instinct to self-soothe when the cycles of attachment with the parent are interrupted. Those basic cycles in the first 7 months, as I understand it, are so disturbed when a mother and father, are involved in substance use disorder. And this has the effect of passing this trauma from generation to generation. I think I am repeating myself, so I think I should finish with that.

Jacobsen: When an individual has an indifferentist experience of a god or a malevolent experience of a god, both grounded in a sense of trauma in personal history, or collective, how are they making that spirituality, as defined before as connecting to something, rather than human beings trying to get something, manifest itself in a recovery setting? How are they making that connection when it happens in their own words?

Boehm: Yeah! I think it’s a brilliant question. I think it starts with, “What do I got to do? How do I have to bargain to get out of here, out of trouble, out of my addiction, out of whatever? I’ll do whatever to get out of this misery.” It almost always starts with “Help. How can I bargain?” That might progress to “I don’t have anything to bargain with. I don’t have any currency that God or the deity needs. There’s nothing I can bargain with. Why should He be particularly put out, if I hurt myself, or if I do what he wants or not, or anything? Is there anything I can do that would effect the deity anyway? There’s nothing I can do, or not do, that is bargaining material.”

Once they realize their “bankruptcy,” I think, this is the AA term for this, where they might express, “I don’t have anything I can manipulate or control God with. I am not an equal player in this relationship.” Then when they come to this conclusion, there are a lot of uncomfortable feelings that go on. I think the discovery of benevolence happens in that moment. And it feels like being wrapped up in your parents loving arms, and forgiven [Laughing]. You’ve done something really naughty and can’t undo it. They forgive you and love you, only because you’re you and because they’re them, and because of love, not because you are able to fix the situation, or make it up to them, or do anything to bargain with them for forgiveness. You can’t argue your way into being forgiven.

I think the transition from the religious side of it – “I am doing this to get something” – to the spiritual connection side occurs when the person hits that point of bankruptcy or surrender where they admit “I am hopeless. I can’t do this. I have no traction.” Following this, they arrive at, as I described in my letter to you, the identity of considering themselves as a “child of God”. They gain the sense that they are worth something, simply because God made them and loves them, and not because they do anything, or perform anything, or become moral, or have the ability to flawlessly follow all the religious rules. They transition from wondering, “Am I moral enough?” to recognizing, “I am loved.” At that point, they experience the benevolence of God and I think, they make a deep connection.

Some people hear the voice of God or have visions, and gain a sense of communion, and connection with God, just like people might do with their closest human lovers or family. They’re like, “Wow, I am present with God. I feel His presence.”

Jacobsen: Is this transition from malevolence or indifference to benevolence a fulcrum grounded on, basically, conditionality to unconditionality of a sense of love?

Boehm: Yes, I think that’s it, Scott. That’s exactly what I was trying to say. When you find out, you can’t meet the conditions. What could you do anyway? Especially, you feel helpless with substance abuse disorder and the hopelessness of being unable to change. There is such a vivid picture of helplessness, especially there. I believe that the transition to a belief in God’s malevolence occurs just at that point when a person realizes that God’s love is unconditional, it’s the love, that’s the ticket. Well put.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 1: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts of God in Recovery (1). September 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, September 8). Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 1: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts of God in Recovery (1). In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 1: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts of God in Recovery (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 1: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts of God in Recovery (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 1: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts of God in Recovery (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (September 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 1: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts of God in Recovery (1)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 1: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts of God in Recovery (1)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 1: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts of God in Recovery (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Portraits in Substance Misuse and Use 1: Jeremy Boehm on Concepts of God in Recovery (1) [Internet]. 2022 Sep; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/boehm

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 25: Moya Byrne Merrin on Horse Care and Dressage Horses (2)

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: E

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: “The Greenhorn Chronicles”

Individual Publication Date: September 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Moya Byrne Merrin

Word Count: 868

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

*Interview conducted January 2, 2022.*

Abstract

Moya Byrne Merrin is the Director of High Point Equestrian Centre. Merrin discusses: the care for the horses; sold; properties; the sport; centralized in Europe; and the types of horses that tend to work best for dressage.

Keywords: British Columbia, Canada, dressage, equestrianism, High Point Equestrian Centre, Moya Byrne Merrin, The Greenhorn Chronicles, Township of Langley.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 25: Moya Byrne Merrin on Horse Care and Dressage Horses (2)

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I know what you’re talking about. I’ve worked in restaurants. I am working at one stable. With this, I want to ask, more as the barn manager, about the care for the horses, e.g., the proper feed, the proper shavings, etc.  

Moya Byrne Merrin: That is shared information over years of experience and also with what is available to us: The internet, bringing in people, asking them what they use. What can we get? What is best for the horse? We do constant research. There’s always new stuff coming up. Vets, we listen to them. “Look at this,” especially when learning with more horses coming through. We can up this or cut that.

When it comes to feeding, very motivated to find what is the best way to feed. What is in their food? How is it processed? That is a combination of shared wisdom and internet research, and constantly educating ourselves, taking in horses and anything new, i.e., papers that have been researched and published, and trying to adapt with what is available. Hay, it always gets tested now. Steamers, this is proven to work.

We have seen it not only in horses who are old and had issues. But we can see the differences in the horses when they are working. The seizing is less, the coughing that they blow out, same thing when it comes to the modalities for keeping them competition ready. Everyone has their favourite, but we can also see what’s actually working.

We have the luxury of people coming in and saying, “Hey, I thought I’d get this into your corner.” They will come to the show and get set. We get to try these modalities. The horses will tell you what works. We can tell we’re feeding them write because their skin, hair, coat, changes, and also a change in attitude towards work and play. So, the same approach when it comes to keeping them fit and competition ready.

We share information with friends in different disciplines. “This works. This horse slept during it,” couldn’t be happier when it works. That’s pretty much [Laughing] what we do in our spare time.

Jacobsen: Others have sold their properties. How does this change the industry?

Merrin: There are properties very tight in this area. It keeps getting more expensive. What you get, there is a sense of unease. We are losing a lot of places that were not just for dressage, but for horses in general, keeping horses in general. It is far more lucrative to turn it into blueberries, Christmas trees, whatever.

Horses are for older ages. You are not so much working on the ranch anymore. There is a lot of uncertainty about the future of our sport in general, horse sport.

Jacobsen: What do you think, in terms of dressage compared to jumping, hunting, eventing, the sport?

Merrin: Dressage is a lot smaller in this area. It doesn’t attract a lot. It is deemed pish-posh and cold. That hasn’t been my experience. My personality would, probably, be more jumper. I came into contact with ladies in the sport. People who are incredible mentors for young girls. These girls drive big trucks and huge horses, and have them trained to move off the slightest push of a leg or a cluck.

I think that dressage in itself is a smaller community, but incredibly dedicated. It is the foundation. It is the basic thing. I have talked to jumpers. This is just dressage with obstacles.

Jacobsen: [Laughing] I like that.

Merrin: It is the foundation. We just take it to a next level. I think it is a personality type that is attracted to it. There is adrenaline, but in a very different way. We are trying to avoid the adrenaline. We are trying give the picture of harmony and piece. Trust me, there is adrenaline going there. Jumping gets the numbers, gets the sponsors, gets the “ooh” and “ahh.”

Dressage, as a growing sport, is hard to get the young people in it. A lot of the ladies, maybe, that is part of its image issue when it comes to being stuck-up and detailed-oriented. They like things a certain.

Jacobsen: Is it also centralized in Europe, mainly?

Merrin: North America is pretty strong, but yes.

Jacobsen: Which countries in Europe?

Merrin: Germany and France, Holland, the Dutch are a very strong team. Again, it is the basis of all training, of anything you want to learn and do. There are strong dressage roots. It is just elevated, when you go past the basics. “I just want to stick in this sport.” Dressage is Europe.

Jacobsen: What are the types of horses that tend to work best for dressage?

Merrin: It is arguable. Every horse should be able to do dressage. At the upper levels, at the Olympics, you will see mainly warmbloods, Andalusians are coming along. There have been horses bred magnificently able to do multiple disciplines, but, I would have to say, the warmblood. It is a generic term. The Hanoverian, there are a couple of breeds. Every horse should be able to do it. That’s one of the bragging rights about dressage.

Jacobsen: Moya, thank you.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 25: Moya Byrne Merrin on Horse Care and Dressage Horses (2). September 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-2

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, September 8). The Greenhorn Chronicles 25: Moya Byrne Merrin on Horse Care and Dressage Horses (2). In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-2.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. The Greenhorn Chronicles 25: Moya Byrne Merrin on Horse Care and Dressage Horses (2). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 25: Moya Byrne Merrin on Horse Care and Dressage Horses (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-2.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott The Greenhorn Chronicles 25: Moya Byrne Merrin on Horse Care and Dressage Horses (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (September 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-2.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 25: Moya Byrne Merrin on Horse Care and Dressage Horses (2)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-2>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 25: Moya Byrne Merrin on Horse Care and Dressage Horses (2)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-2>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 25: Moya Byrne Merrin on Horse Care and Dressage Horses (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-2.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 25: Moya Byrne Merrin on Horse Care and Dressage Horses (2) [Internet]. 2022 Sep; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-2

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 24: Deborah Stacey on Math in the Equine (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: E

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: “The Greenhorn Chronicles”

Individual Publication Date: September 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Deborah Stacey

Word Count: 2,242

Image Credit: Deborah Stacey.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

*Interview conducted July 7, 2022.*

Abstract

Deborah Stacey is the Founder & CEO of Horse Lover’s Math. Deborah Stacey is the founder and CEO of Horse Lover’s Math (HLM). HLM is an active website for kids ages 8 and up devoted to horses, math and science offering print and downloadable STEM resources and website posts and content that are free and open to everyone. Growing up horse crazy in the suburbs didn’t allow Deborah much opportunity to spend time with horses. She had to find other ways to feed her passion, which she did through reading horse books, drawing horses and watching every program and movie she could find. While in elementary school, she and a friend organized their own horse school, taking turns teaching each other about horses. They even had a chalkboard and gave lectures and tests. The fascination with horses remained strong through high school. After graduating, an opportunity arose to take English riding lessons near her family home. One day at the barn her riding instructor asked if she wanted to work as a groom at a small, private hunter and jumper stable outside of Montreal. She jumped at the chance. Around this time Humber College in Toronto started up a two-year horsemanship program. Deborah graduated with an Honours Degree in Horsemanship in the mid-seventies and went on to work with hunters and jumpers, at a hunter jumper breeding farm, and boarding stables with a focus on dressage. Years later, she had a family of her own and a daughter who loved horses. In school, her daughter struggled with math. One evening, in an effort to help her daughter understand a math word problem, Deborah changed the context from shopping for a bag of flour at the grocery store to buying bags of grain at a feed store. The math operations remained the same; price, decimals and multiplication, but the context changed, now it was about the real world of horses. Her daughter became curious. How much does a bag of oats cost? How does that price compare with beet pulp or sweet feed? She was engaged and she started asking questions. It was an exciting moment for Deborah to see what happens when a child who is struggling finds their passion; they become motivated, curious and open to learning. Using the math worksheets her daughter brought home from school as reference, Deborah started creating math questions based in the real world of horses. She began seeing math everywhere in her work with horses, and Horse Lover’s Math was born. You can find reviews on HLM Level 1 and Level 2, information on Teachers Pay Teachers on HLM Level 1 and Level 2 (Links). Leslie Christian, of Outschool, has been a collaborator with HLM. Stacey discusses: demographic differences; orders; starting the conversation; the cost-benefit analysis; and kids are taking away from these lessons.

Keywords: British Columbia, Canada, Deborah Stacey, equestrianism, Horse Lover’s Math, mathematics, The Greenhorn Chronicles, Township of Langley.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 24: Deborah Stacey on Math in the Equine (2)

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I wrote an article, recently, looking at another facet. I was thinking about it while I was gardening: the injuries of equestrianism. That’s a thing. As I found, 60%, according to government statistics, of injuries are just falling off the horse.

Deborah Stacey: [Laughing] Okay.

Jacobsen: They are mostly in the teen years, mostly girls. Teen years make sense because everyone is learning. Girls make sense because that is, probably, the biggest demographic for the industry.

Stacey: I know! It is such an interesting phenomenon. People have tried to explain why that is.

Jacobsen: I have heard one explanation, which is: In Europe, you find more boys out there because over in North America, especially in Canada; there is a cultural nuance of safe, nurturing environments where there is observation, care, training, to guiding girls in a safe environment. Where, in Western Europe, it is more of a survival of the fittest or has been more so in the past. They throw you on there. The boys survive. They become decent to great riders. That’s one hypothesis. I don’t have data to back that up. It has a certain intuitive narrative appeal.

Stacey: That demographic holds for the English disciplines, but the Western is where the demographic changes. There’s a lot more males involved there.

Jacobsen: That’s also another nuance. The difference between dressage and show jumping versus rodeo. Those are big demographic differences. Canada produces the best women show jumpers in the world: Erynn Ballard and Tiffany Foster are two of the top women in the world. [Laughing] I think, Erynn Ballard was #1 woman in the world for the first half of the year. Tiffany Foster will, probably, be the #1 woman in the world for the second half of the year [Laughing]. So, the injury research, minor, extraordinarily inconsequential to the injuries of the great riders. There are some data. I don’t how regular they are collected. So, they might be a little bit out of date from the Government of Canada or, at least, those who report them. Even the great riders, a decent hunk of them have almost had career-ending injuries.

Stacey: I would guess that that is more eventing and show jumping than dressage.

Jacobsen: 100%. I can’t say the name. But a good friend of mine, her sister fell off a horse and died. She is doing dressage now. I suspect dressage is a safer context to pursue a passion without having to pursue the PTSD from when her sister died. So, people have a myth or a misconception about equestrianism in that sense. They think it’s ultra-safe and just fancy people. But it’s like the misconception around cheerleading. Cheerleading, it has a 100% injury rate. You’re going to get injured.

Stacey: I believe you. I watched that Netflix series. I was blown away by that. I hear you. I can see how that is the case.

Jacobsen: So, we have these aspects to it. Anyway, for Horse Lover’s Math, if you’re thinking about applicability in a teacher context towards students, if they’re using your resources, how has the feedback been from them? How large are the class sizes and cohorts that they’re working with?

Stacey: I haven’t really received feedback from individual teachers. In order for Horse Lover’s Math to be officially promoted and featured by a school district, I have to approach the school district and make a presentation, which I have not done. So, individual teachers come across my resources and use them as they see fit. I can send you; I’ve got quite a few comments and reviews of homeschooling. It is a big market for me. With the pandemic, more families started homeschooling. So, that’s a focus of mine. It is homeschooling families. Homeschool Canada carries my books, for example. Rainbow Resource in the U.S., which services homeschool families and educators in general, carries my books.

So, I also sell downloads on a site called Teachers Pay Teachers. There have been some teachers who have left comments. [Ed. See links in the Abstract.].

Jacobsen: How is the distribution through those other networks? You’re not simply working through Langley.

Stacey: I’ve mailed books to Australia.

Jacobsen: Wow.

Stacey: I have print versions of the books. I sell downloads too. I sell more downloads than prints themselves, not surprisingly. I’ve come to the point where I let things grow organically. I am so grateful to have this project. It’s meaningful to me. Not only because I love horses, but, as we’ve just touched on, there are a lot of girls who are horse crazy girls. There is still a message that some girls are getting that girls aren’t good at math or STEM subjects. I’ve always been a feminist. Part of what I love about Horse Lover’s Math, it combines those two interests and passions. It is empowering girls and a love of horses. I continue to learn doing the research that I do. You, probably, know this as a writer and journalist.

In order to write something clearly, you really have to understand it. I enjoy that process, and enjoy continuing to learn, myself. So, not surprisingly, the sales or the distribution slows during the Summer. In the Fall, it picks up again. Then I put out a newsletter that is growing, which is, now, over 1,200 people. That’s not big [Laughing] for a newsletter in today’s social media world. I understand that. It’s growing. That’s the direction I want it to go. The website is now getting around 5,000 visits a month. That’s growing. So, I am glad about that. I just had my biggest order from Rainbow a couple of months ago. That was a total, between the Level 1 and the Level 2, of 135 books that I mailed out to them. That’s been my biggest 1-time order.

Jacobsen: Do you get 1-time orders that are modest in size, but are to ranches, barns, equestrian facilities, around the area?

Stacey: No, I haven’t. I think part of that is that they don’t just know about me. When Covid hit, I had been planning on approaching, going and visiting, these barns. As you said, Langley is the horse capital of B.C. There are hundreds, probably, of riding stables and offering lessons. I was planning on brochures and marketing stuff. Approaching and them, introducing myself, off showing what I have to offer, asking if they would be interested in including, maybe, a morning, often, they will have a week Summer camp.

Maybe, for one morning or one afternoon, that could be Horse Lover’s Math focused. I didn’t go ahead with Covid when that plan hit. So, I feel like things are opening up again. Certainly, they are. That’s on my future to-do list. So, my contacting you. That’s part of my exposing more people, trying to get the word out. That the resource is available. On the website, as I mentioned, the content, the posts, are free and open to everyone. Along with the workbooks, there are also worksheets. Three or four pages for download. Also, I’ve created crossword puzzles. One is a horses and math crossword puzzle. Another is a horses and science crossword puzzle. Also, cryptograms around the theme of horses.

One thing that I have learned, math is not just arithmetic. It’s reasoning. It’s pattern recognition. It is mathematical thinking. So, these cryptograms, while they’re not about numbers and plus-or-minus, it is mathematical thinking and reasoning. So, those are available for download. It’s like a $1.49 or something.

Jacobsen: Some of the areas of exploration in the first few months of doing this series. It is dealing with vulnerable populations, let’s say. The young, they wouldn’t be categorized necessarily as vulnerable and disadvantaged in a necessary way, but their age makes them properly under guardianship. So, vulnerable in that sense, but not in a mental degenerative sense or a physical incapability in another sense. It’s just they’re still developing. If we’re taking a context of teaching and mathematics for specified grades 4, 5, 6, with regards to equestrianism, how might some of these industries within Langley, even, integrate with one another to have programs together? Because I see a lot of separation among different communities.

It has been noted to me after doing some interviews, “Thank you for starting the conversation. This is so necessary.” It has me reflecting more on something that I didn’t even realize was a thing. Not simply the formal siloing of the different areas of horsemanship, that I could see as an amateur or a greenhorn. One thing I didn’t realize was the degree to which individuals who had been in the different industries for a long time don’t talk to one another.

Stacey: Is that because they are too busy within their own group? Or are you suggesting that there is some competitiveness between these different disciplines?

Jacobsen: I think it depends. The competitiveness, for sure, would be between barns in show jumping, eventing, etc., but on a more or less friendly basis. There’s, certainly, a lot of gossip. But I think between industries that have no necessary relation to one another or a competitive back-and-forth between one another in a formal setting such as FEI events. Maybe, as a consequence of it being a lifestyle, they are so enmeshed and dealing with the day-to-day maintenance, opening and closing of operations. Not having the energy or the focus to think creatively outside of their acreage.

Stacey: Maybe, part of that, too, is they don’t see the benefits for making that effort.

Jacobsen: Yes, what is the cost-benefit analysis of thinking of ideas, starting programs, reaching out to people who deal with equine therapy or veterans or horses vis-à-vis math? These are not necessarily on the dossier for the day about what time is hay, which horses don’t get hay and get cubes instead. These are much more immediate. Once that is done, by the time you’re done your day, you’re kind of tired.

Stacey: We all have a role to play. We’re also talking here about human nature. It’s not just within the equestrian community. You use the word “gossip.”

Jacobsen: Sure [Laughing].

Stacey: There is just the quintessential egoic mind games world at play.

Jacobsen: Certain times, I have seen very immediate, legitimate cause for concern and people helping one another. The floods were a recent example. People offering barns, stalls, apartments on their site, which are usually for workers, to help them make it through because their basement flooded through and their drywall is all worn out. All those things are great. The more subtle, long-term things that aren’t necessarily context dependent on the weather. Those sorts of networking. I think that’s a core part of what they’re saying about getting a conversation started because they haven’t said much beyond that, but they have said that a couple of times. It has made me think.

Stacey: That’s interesting, Scott. It makes me curious. I’m not expecting you to answer this right now. But it is another interesting question for you, to explore. What do they mean by that? What issues are they touching on? Where might this go? What is the need that they’re speaking to? I don’t really know. So, I am finding that an interesting anecdote.

Jacobsen: One issue breaking into two immediately across the country, probably different degrees in different provinces and territories: Where are the new farriers coming from? Where are the new generations of vets coming from? If you have rising land costs in Langley, as we have all experienced, rent goes up. Mortgage payments go up. All of it. It makes it more difficult with a large plot of land, trying to run an equestrian business. Yet, with that rise in cost, you still have to pay your staff. All the other fixed costs are there. So, even good businesses might have to sell the land, move elsewhere, similarly for core service infrastructure like vets, they might, if new and trying to start a business, might simply move somewhere else if it is easier to start a business.

Stacey: You mentioned, “Where are the new farriers coming from?” Is Kwantlen in Cloverdale still running their program?

Jacobsen: I haven’t looked into that, recently. I am aware of the program.

Stacey: I visited them a couple of times. I really enjoyed it. Off the top of my head, I can’t remember the man’s name who was running it at the time. They had a competition, where farriers from the States came up. They had a competition. He gifted me a box of different kinds of horse shoes, which I’ve used in one of my Horse Lover’s Math activities. Measuring the size, weighing, math, these kinds of things with the different sizes of horse shoes.

Jacobsen: So, I wasn’t aware of this until about a month ago. It took several months in the industry for someone, in passing really, mentioned that farriers have competitions. [Laughing] That’s fascinating to me. The fact your math stuff being integrated into that is also another testament to your work because it is showing the general observation that math, even basic math, is used in all aspects of the industries.

Stacey: Yes.

Jacobsen: What are you hoping kids are taking away from these lessons?

Stacey: More knowledge about horses and a love of learning.

Jacobsen: Deborah, thank you very much for the time today.

Stacey: Okay, thank you, Scott.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 24: Deborah Stacey on Math in the Equine (2). September 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-2

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, September 8). The Greenhorn Chronicles 24: Deborah Stacey on Math in the Equine (2). In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-2.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. The Greenhorn Chronicles 24: Deborah Stacey on Math in the Equine (2). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 24: Deborah Stacey on Math in the Equine (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-2.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott The Greenhorn Chronicles 24: Deborah Stacey on Math in the Equine (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (September 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-2.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 24: Deborah Stacey on Math in the Equine (2)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-2>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 24: Deborah Stacey on Math in the Equine (2)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-2>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 24: Deborah Stacey on Math in the Equine (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo.11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-2.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 24: Deborah Stacey on Math in the Equine (2) [Internet]. 2022 Sep; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-2

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with President of Christian Heritage Party

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal (Unpublished)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, tell us a little bit about your family background and how they have been involved in Canada and how that has an influence on your own political interests as a youth?

Rod Taylor: I was born in the States. Both my parents were born in the States. Dad was born in Colorado and mom was born in Maine. When I was growing up, we attended Quaker meetings. Dad was a pacifist. Both of them were involved in social works on various levels.

We moved around with Dad’s work. We were in Minnesota. That’s where I was born, or Wisconsin, New Jersey. I changed my school in California within the New York state. So, dad was a Conscientious Objector in World War II, spent time in jail for refusing to participate with the system.

That was an interesting time. He then was involved in my younger years with the Civil rights movement with Martin Luther King; not with him, but attended some of the marches and things, that Martin Luther King was involved in.

Later on in the ‘60s, we were in Salamanca, New York, where the Seneca Indians were being flooded off land, land that had been promised to them by George Washington. It was the longest-standing two years and had not yet been broken.

Dad was defending them trying to prevent the flooding from taking place, but was unsuccessful. That was our introduction to Indian or First Nation issues in the United States. Later on, I finished my school at a Quaker boarding school in California, by that time mom and dad were planning to move to British Columbia, which they did.

I joined them when I graduated from high school in Vancouver and in British Columbia. Dad got involved increasingly with various environmental issues and First Nations’ issues that occupied him for the most of the rest of his life up to May 2002.

But it certainly influenced our family’s awareness of some of the issues in the country and environmental issues as well. By the time I left home, my saw travelled a bit and saw the country, both The United States and Canada.

I trekked back and forth across the country a few times, worked on farms. I was in community living for some time there, into gardening. That’s where I met my wife. She was a Christian when I met her, had become a Christian.

A few years later after we were married, I became a Christian too. That certainly influenced the way I looked at the world. We moved to Smithers, BC, where I worked in a lumber industry. Then we moved out to Alberta for 12 years, worked on the railroad’s track maintenance for about six of those years.

We went to Bible School for couple of years at Caroline, Alberta. Then in 1987, we moved back to Smithers area, northern BC. The next 22 years, I worked in the lumber industry and during that time in 1997 was when we first got involved with Christian Heritage Party.

And so, my wife went to a meeting one night. I was working night shift at saw mill. The next morning, she told me about some folks that want to do something in defense of innocent human life, in defense of traditional family values and freedom of speech and those kinds of things.

She felt it was a good thing for us to get involved with and we did. We were busy building a house and I was getting the hang of my working career in the lumber industry and became quality control supervisor. I was involved first in the union and later on in management in the lumber industry.

So, we have been involved for quite a number of years. In 2001, we had in the previous couple of years been involved in helping to organize a provincial party, the BC Unity Party, which was a coming together of five center-conservative parties: The Family Coalition Party of BC, The BC Party, Social Credit, and one other one that basically came together and formed a single party and that ran as a provincial candidate in Buckley Valley-Stikine in 2001.

None of our candidates were elected, but it was a good experience for me. From that point, I have been increasingly involved in politics and especially a few years later. I became a candidate for The Christian Heritage Party.

I have run a number of times there and in 2008 I became the Deputy Leader of the party. So, I was working in a mill. It was a voluntary position as a deputy leader, but shortly after I took on the role of Director for the party, which allowed me to do promotional work for the Christian Heritage Party full time across the country

In 2014, I became the leader’s party.

Jacobsen: [Laughing] You’ve been married to Elaine for 41 Years.

Taylor: It’s for 42 Year now.

Jacobsen: 42 Years. Congratulations!

Taylor: Thanks.

Jacobsen: You have two children and four grandchildren. That might have changed in the past year.

Taylor: No, it’s still the same.

Jacobsen: What perspective does having children and grandchildren, in other words lineage, on the future of a nation for you?

Taylor: It’s important; we don’t live for ourselves. I don’t mean Elaine and me, but people generally don’t live for themselves. This is by experience; we are the inheritors of the work. The labor, the traditions, and culture and love and care of those who’ve gone before.

We can also have fraternities to participate in; they’ve got a type of world that our children and grandchildren, and their children and grandchildren are going to inherit. There’s a lot of talk in the media or maybe in the parts of society that are leaving more focus on environmental issues.

There are talks about our environmental program, but about what a world we’re going to leave for our children in terms of pollution. Those types of things, which are certainly important. We have a legacy.

We have a planet. We want to pass it on in good shape, but we also have a little calm world environment. The society that our children and grandchildren will be living in. This freedom that we hope they will have the type of interactions they will have with their neighbors and those beyond borders to our international neighbors as well.

So, we have a short period of time as human beings. Even a strong person: but if we use a hundred years as an optimistic lifespan, 70 to a 100 years, we’re here for a short period of time. When we’re gone, we hope that we left a mark, and a positive mark, on the landscape; something that our children will appreciate.

Freedoms and opportunities that we can help create for them.

Jacobsen: Your personal values relate to not only thinking about future generations, but also standing for the innocent, the helpless, and freedom of speech. What’s the importance of these values to you?

Taylor: At some point, I’ll cross back into the world view. I have a Christian world view, but everyone has a religious world view and may not all call it that. But we believe that we are created for a purpose. That there is something beyond being born, punching the clock for so many years and being put into that dirt.

There’s the belief where God comes into play We have a responsibility. The opportunity to represent something beyond the 9 to 5 world. Something greater than the grief and struggle to maintain the physical existence.

So, for our children, we want them, and of course the children of this generation, to understand that they’re here for a purpose; something higher, we may name it your God, the opportunity to have positive interactions.

If we lived for ourselves then the survival of the fittest is the right way to live; get what you can, don’t worry about the other guy, find the ladder, enjoy all the things in life, and don’t worry about tomorrow, but our understanding of why we’re here is that God has put us here for His glory.

He has created mankind to have a relationship. He cares enough and that the creator of the universe cares enough to have a relationship with us and it’s ours to take. We are willing to participate in His plans.

Now, we can have a satisfying life if we want to live for ourselves which is over in a short period of time, but by cooperating with the One who has plans for us. We can be satisfied that we are contributing to an understanding of our fellow man, our children, grandchildren, and all others, but those who live around us.

If we give away human relationships, if we give away the value of human life, that is something beyond drawing your breath and pumping blood and tasting food for a short few years, then we have to look beyond that.

Otherwise, it could be a dismal existence. That’s why people who don’t think that way maybe tried to during their candidate experience as much as they can in this new year that we have here. That they don’t see something beyond the grave; we do believe there is life beyond the grave and soul.

We believe in everything from that promise. We have to look beyond our daily existence. Otherwise, we see around us in society, the plague and suicide. People trying to fill their soul as they’re trying to experience everything they can, whether it’s tasting things or feeling things or hearing things.

They’re trying to cram it all in. We believe that there’s things for us to experience beyond the grave that are far beyond what no one is supposed to experience here in this life.

Jacobsen: With that form of community, with that ultimate framework for a view on life, principles and values will be scripturally based, biblically based.

Taylor: That’s correct. I mean, we do believe that the Bible is God’s Word to man and that we are following – I don’t want to call it suggestions, but following – God’s directions. It is a way for us to safety, security, and happiness.

Ignoring what He has to say to us is basically ignoring the opportunity to be secure; so, I’m going to say no one inside agrees with that world view. Everyone has a worldview, but no one has a Christian world view.

We believe that when people ask us about the tie between our religious point of view and our political point of view. We believe that the things that God wants for mankind are good for all. So, it’s not a matter of trying to impose restrictions on people that will make their lives narrower and less enjoyable.

We want people to be free of disease. We don’t want people to be suffering. For instance, abortion is an issue we talk about a lot. There’s a lot of studies that show increased rates of breast cancer from abortion, especially in the first pregnancy.

So, when we are trying to save someone from some agony or an increase in depression or suicide following on a percentage basis, following abortion compared to those who fear the job or term, we think of broken home syndrome in this country.

It’s way out of control ever since the “No Fault Divorce” concept came in, but we think that imposes pain and suffering on children that they spend the rest of their lives trying to sort out when the two people that are most important in their lives – their mother and father – are no longer in a relationship.

We’re not saying that can always be avoided, but policies should lean towards encouraging families to stay together because it avoids pain. Those pains that are inflicted in childhood. Often, we see them come home in later life.

Children who’ve never witnessed a sustained marriage are probably more likely to fail in their own marriage. At times, they’re going to say, “My parents could not do it. So, maybe, it’s impossible to hold a family together.”

We take our guidance from the whole Bible. Itself is a big. It has lots of angles to it, instructions and important things, but first is to do to others as you would have them do unto you, love neighbor as yourself, honor God, have a reverence for the one who made you, and reverence and respect for your fellow human being.

If all of this is spiritual wisdom was followed, from man down to our society, if they lived according to those, we’d have a lot better society than we have today.

Jacobsen: With the foundation in Scripture in the Bible, in the death, burial, and resurrection of Christ, the final moral precept, ethical precept, of the Golden Rule exists there.

This can be taken at multiple scales, not only at the individual level, but with respect to how one treats oneself, as how one treats one’s neighbor, how one treats people that they happen to come across in the street, their own family, their community, their province or territory, and the larger society.

Does this perspective with the ethical precept of the Golden Rule at all levels in society impact at the parties’ positions?

Taylor: Sure. I mean, first example that comes to mind, is when we as a society or as a government do not spend money that has not yet been earned by the children of the next generation, or is stealing their money or spending money that they didn’t give permission.

They didn’t get to elect today’s politicians, but they’re going to have to pay the bills tomorrow. So, that is one example on income. Of course, our intervention or our attempt to intervene in the protection of innocent human life.

the child in the womb is my neighbor. So, to see a life shortened is something we should intervene in on an individual level, that becomes a suicidal issue at an individual level. We can speak to people as individuals.

We don’t have authority to tell people what they should do and indeed the strength of our influence should be persuasion rather than caution. We as Christians, Canadians, who care about other Canadians.

We should be getting better at our powers of persuasion and another angle to this is the family. The broader wings of our relationships, but self-government. everybody wants to be independent.

But if we will have a true self-government as individuals and restraining ourselves as opposed to restraining someone else, if all of us have that and we were all doing unto others that we would have done unto us, we would need as many rules and regulations, court cases, and people suing one another.

That only happens because were trying to assert our rights over somebody else’s rights. If we were caring about each other than on that level, it’s a pretty high standard price to set to love others as we love ourselves, but your neighbor’s fence line or whatever it is.

If we were doing that, we would need far fewer rules and regulations than we have today – than frankly the rules and regulations we have today. The laws aren’t doing it as it seems to be in many ways becoming more lawless.

There is more anarchy and more people doing the wrong things and not caring about others. Here comes a point where you can’t hire enough policemen to make sure there’s no graffiti, to make sure things don’t get broken at night. If you do hire enough policemen to do that, you can’t afford them.

Secondly, how are you going to ensure society, the individuals that make up our society, don’t have the law written in their heart or don’t have self-governance? How would we know that the policemen or the judges that takes the cases are going to judge properly?

So, we need to become a nation of people who are governed from within. Then we’ll be able to find the right people to govern from without or to oversee the peaceful, prosperous, and connected society.

Jacobsen: That freedom to speak and those anarchic tendencies with a fraying of social ties in society. It can reduce the amount of peace in the society. This goes back at least 2,500 years to Plato, when he was writing about these kinds of things.

The party has talked about “the high cost of a bloated and unaccountable bureaucracy.” How does this impact the working class especially with respect to a “sovereign national debt and an unsustainable tax burden”?

Taylor: Good. The bureaucracy, everyone has seen it grow. The number of civil servants. It can keep expanding, trying to cover what we need. When people count on government to do everything for them and nobody does that, but when people want government to do everything for them, we’ve put our trash can on the street.

Now, what if we want the government to come into our house and clean our house and take the trash out to the street? You can develop levels of dependence that are unsustainable. If people watch over the lock in front of their own house’s door, that’s another example.

That you don’t need some entire government set of personnel. I’m not saying that’s unnecessarily a bad thing, but those are examples. If we become a society, or maybe we are already a society, that requires a government agency to ensure that we’re not polluting a stream.

It could even be more than one agency. Maybe, it’s a federal level, provincial level, or a regional district. Then I have officers, staff, and vehicles and as opposed to individuals saying, “I’m going to be sure that I don’t pollute a stream.”

Maybe, they got people that are doing a great job of that and one person who doesn’t care, but because of that one person we have to create a government department to look after that. Everybody has to pay for it. Those are some levels of family.

If families would stay together, a whole lot of problems would go away or would be reduced at least, whereas now you need the court system to deal with family break down and so on. You need social workers.

So, it’s back to the point of taxes are unaffordable. Obviously, we’re having deficit year after year It’s also happening in the household. I wouldn’t go on forever because someone will come and take your house, right?

We can’t spend money that we don’t have; we can’t at least on an annual basis because of the potential for some great natural disaster. We have to spend a little bit more one year then another, but you have to pay it back the next year.

You can’t do what we’ve been doing over and over again. Now, we have a debt of six hundred and twenty billion looking something like seventy-one million dollars a day in interest. So, the interest payments and to our other costs.

It goes on and on, but it hasn’t been curtailed except for a few years. Then all that was saved in over ten years’ time has been re-spent again. So, it’s best to find out what are the important things that we can’t do without that requires taxpayers to cover the cost and to read the taxpayer magazine.

There are numerous examples of things that money gets spent on. even if you went to empty your salaries, some of the costs are going to CEOs of Crown Corporations and things like that. it’s always ridiculous.

Why would politicians vote themselves for those kinds of salaries when the average Canadian can’t support themselves? Sometimes, it’s hard for me to believe that politicians would have the brass to do that, but that’s where we’re at today.

A rough answer to your question, maybe if you need to redirect the question or reframe it, if you do that then I could try again [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing] So, with respect to that response about government bureaucracy, the national debt, the tax burden on the working class, and so on, what would the Christian Heritage Party of Canada do to remove what it deems unnecessary red tape and other obstacles to success?

Taylor: We would have our own cabinet. We’d form a government. You have to go through line by line on what can we do without. At any end, you have to make some decision what can we live without. We have to do it as a family.

We can’t afford this particular item this year or this month. We have to do without. There’s no other way around it. Unfortunately, the difficulty for politicians in making those tough decisions is your decision affects somebody else. Since you require the relics of those people, of at least of some of them to get re-elected, that’s the trend: the downward trend.

It’s easy to promise people things on the way into office and hard to deliver them. If you’re promising to cut taxes, you have to say “then what are we not going to buy?” So, Thomas Jefferson said, “Democracy will only last until the people discover they can vote themselves money.”

Essentially, that’s where we’re at today is it’s easy to promise things and the public seems to be practically unaware that what is promised with one hand is being taken on their back pocket with the other one.

So, it is a challenge. We believe as Christian Heritage Party Christians that we need to be honest with people. We can’t promise things and then not deliver them, and promising things that we can’t afford will not be practical either.

So, we’re focused on cutting. We would pay off the national debt; the existing national debt, we will pay it off a mortgage, So, we’d save so much a month. Our monthly bill monthly mortgage payment is going against the national debt.

We wouldn’t implement a mandatory balanced budget. So, that it would be illegal to make a budget that was going to be a deficit budget with, I suppose, the exception of horrendous natural disaster or war. There are times when you have to make an exception.

So, this trouble when the exceptions become the norm or what constitutes a natural disaster. That’s a national disaster that it would warrant breaking your commitments, right? Now, we may have to go line by line. Where do we cut?

Give me one example where we wouldn’t be spending money on gay pride parades and all. I mean, that’s a relatively small example, but even under the Conservative government $400,000 went to the gay pride parade.

For something that we think is lowering the standards for Canadians contributing to disease and dysfunction. We’re adding to national woes instead of building the country up. Right now, I wouldn’t be spending the money that the Prime Minister has spent flying to participating in gay pride parades.

There’s the couple of hundred thousand dollars right there that can be saved. So, there are places to cut funds. The court system needs to be sped up. Of course, you can’t do that whether you have to or not.

Everything has to be done in the line of maintaining. You can’t compromise principles. Right now, it’s taking sometimes a couple years for a murder trial. It’s on everything. If you have no evidence and no suspects, that’s a different story.

But when all the evidence you’re ever going to have is before you. Why should things drag out for years and tie up a lot of people’s time and energy? They’re criminal. If there’s an innocent person accused, they deserve to have their name cleared; if there’s a guilty person accused, they deserve to come to grips with what they’ve done.

In case of murder, you can never bring a person. The person, even the guilty party, can become whole again, can become a productive member of society again. We believe in restitution. So, I’m getting into that platform as opposed to how we’re going to cut cost, but victims of property crimes need to be made whole again if it’s possible.

If the perpetrator can contribute to that person’s window being fixed or their car being restored or whatever’s happened, the money that was taken to be replaced. That should be first and foremost. It might reduce the number of things that are happening to people.

There are a lot of areas where cost can be cut. I see sometimes various forms of wasteful spending in highway construction, not always, but we notice quite often there’s an extra bit here and there.

Where it seems common sense should be enough to guide the day, that the driver should be able to figure out how to get past a place without having to have two people tell him how to do it, but everything has to be weighed in the balance for safety, security, and cost-effectiveness.

Jacobsen: Now, with respect to the demographics of the Christian Heritage Party, who are they? What are their general demographic stances, e.g. age, ethnicity, and so on?

Taylor: We probably don’t have any graphs and charts to show that exactly. So, my comments are pretty generic. The party was started in 1987 and many of our original members are still with us. Some have gone to be with the Lord already.

There was a gap where the families of the original members maybe didn’t see the results. Some are waiting to see that before they get involved and partly this is the pace of life. So, I’m going to say that our demographic is certainly older than ideal.

We would like to have a surging group of young members. We do have new members. Some middle-aged and young people joining our party. We need the party to grow, but there probably was a gap between those who originally saw the vision for the party and those who are the beneficiaries of a Christian worldview.

Our society’s freedoms and prosperity are a result of God’s blessing on this nation. The honor that He has historically been given and His principles have been given up until now, but no one in society, whether they’re in a church or out of a church, recognizes that.

And so, our side has gotten busy and volunteerism has taken a hit. So, many people have won the benefits of the society. We’re working for it, but maybe either through busyness or lack of understanding they haven’t committed the time to it.

So, it’s a challenge for us as far as the backgrounds; our founding members were Catholics and Protestants involved in the founding and still are. I would say the original membership was a large contingent from some of the Reformed churches.

The Christian reformed and other reformed churches and that still is probably the case. I would say across the country there are many of our long-standing members and hard-working members come from that background.

I would say in recent years those joining the party have come from a variety of backgrounds, Catholics and various streams of Evangelical Christianity. So, what else would you to know about demographics if I touched on it?

Jacobsen: So, my sense is as described: as with global Christianity, you have a wide representation of nationalities and ethnicities, backgrounds, ages, of course, because not only thousands but hundreds of millions of people adhere to scripture to one degree or another claiming Jesus as their Lord and Savior.

The party will represent that to a degree. So, that will inform both the perspectives; the people that join, the values and principles, and the platform and the policies that the party adheres to and advocates for.

Taylor: Yes, and, of course, we want to appeal to and we believe that we can basically represent those who belong or who are currently in other faith groupings as well. Our policies are based on a Christian worldview, but now we believe that same worldview too.

We do believe in freedom of religion. So, we promote freedom of religion for all in this country who being any faith and that includes no faith or those who, for instance, would maybe classify themselves as atheists and think that they only look at things from a scientific point of view.

We believe of course that science comes from the Bible or science is proven in the Bible and God created all the scientific laws. The interactions of chemicals and living things, but we believe that atheists should be allowed to proclaim their lack of belief in God.

It becomes a type of humanist that they believe in mankind and some of the staunch radical environmentalists have put the Earth at the top of the pinnacle on a level of priority, things to be maintained.

Earth and animal life sometimes even human life, but it’s a different worldview. But we consider that also a religious worldview and that’s of course in many cases a religious worldview that’s being taught in schools today.

When this discussion for the challenge between secularism and the Christian worldview is many cases being fought out in the classrooms or in the boardrooms that control the classrooms; There’s a worldview being taught in classrooms that we think is a religious worldview.

We think it doesn’t belong here. It’s not helping kids, but they’re a section of society – or at least certain groups within that society have been able to frame the issue as religion opposed to science. After creationism, did God create the world? Or did it all just happen?

They teach that it all happened and that’s a religious worldview, which we don’t think that it’s helping our nation to have our children indoctrinated with that religious worldview – the non-God the God view or non-God thing.

But anyway, it is a challenge to ensure that our commitment to religious freedom. That we don’t get walked on in the process, which has been happening for a number of years. The freedom that we’ve enjoyed in this country is now being twisted into some form of compulsion to participate in the belief system being promoted in schools.

That’s where we have a concern and we need to be able to frame that issue. So, that secular society can understand why we’re concerned. They think that we want to impose something on them; they never realize it that they are much more so imposing a worldview on us and on our children.

Jacobsen: With regards to the CHP and pro-life policy, it is noted that it is the only pro-life federal political party.

Taylor: Yes.

Jacobsen: In addition to the advocacy, teaching, and espousal of Judeo-Christian principles and values, one nuanced point might be of interest to readers at some point maybe a month, a year, or 5 or 10 years from now reading this; some will hyphenate Judeo-Christian-Islamic values or principles. Others will highlight Judeo alone. Others will highlight Judeo-Christian together.

Regardless, you note Judeo-Christian principles enshrined in the Canadian Constitution. Why Judeo-Christian in early 21st century rather than Judeo-Christian-Islamic?

Taylor: Thank you for that question. Of course, you take the Old Testament the New Testament together, they are considered the written Word of God. The Old Testament is the Judeo worldview up until the birth of Christ.

Yes, Jesus was a Jew, was born into a Jewish culture and brought, in our point of view, the fulfillment of the Jewish concept of the Messiah and, of course, while there may be a disagreement that not all Jews have accepted that point of view.

Still it’s the same, it’s the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. There’s a shared history right up to the birth of Christ at least. Of course, many Jews today are taking the next step as when he did in Jesus’s day and saying, “Oh! This is the Messiah,” which to us makes sense.

We think it’s the reality and that’s the reality we teach. Islam is based on a different prophet, the teachings of a different prophet; we disagree with the Islamic teachings. Now, of course, there are some pro-life points of view.

Finally, they also promote traditional marriage between one and one woman or between one man and four women. So, it begins to be a divergence there. But as far as sharing a pro-life value, we certainly support freedom for speech for Muslims in Canada.

As long as Muslims’ or any group’s teachings don’t result in attacks on others, then we’re fine with that, as around the world, there’s a lot of concern about Islamic terrorism. So, that’s a concern. I would find it a stretch to tie Islamic-Judeo-Christian worldview because there is a diversion on that one in many countries.

The Islamic focus is on killing Jews and Christians. We hope one day that that focus will be gone, but right now the teachings: it’s hard to relate to that and of course some of those are direct. They lean on direct quotes from the Quran in terms of not finding a Jew behind a rock and kill them and so on.

So, I don’t see how we would tie it together as a worldview. I certainly see how we can work together; those who are committed to protecting the family and protecting innocent human life. We would to work together and represent those values, and the freedom of religion.

I would have a hard time framing it as Islamic-Judeo-Christian, though. We believe in one God. That’s something that we share if there is only one God.

Jacobsen: In some of the ads for CHP, seven core point’s touched on. They are family values, traditional marriage, sanctity of life, free speech, freedom of religion, fiscal sanity, and accountable government.

I would like to explore each of those a little bit in some minor detail. So, in the order as presented, with respect to family values, these can mean different things to different people and different groups of local parties.

In general, though, within a Judeo-Christian worldview and set of principles, what are family values to you and to the CHP?

Taylor: Thank you. First of all, if we first recognize that the family has value, then there is value in the unit that we call a family. Now, Ontario passed the All Families Are Equal Act and, of course, they’re going somewhere different than when we say a family.

We are referring to husband and wife, one man one woman married with or without children. That’s what we consider a family. Now, there are situations where the husband dies. Then you have a single mother or the wife dies or there is unavoidable separation.

Then you have a broken family, still a family. It’s family with tremendous additional challenges. Every family has challenges. So, family values: there’s the value of having time together. There’s a value of mentorship, or fathers teaching their sons how to behave towards each other, how to behave towards outsiders, how to behave towards women.

There’s a value that is being passed on that is the value that other people have value. That you can play king of the hill in the backyard, but you have to care about other people if you want to have a life that it has its own dignity and value.

Mother’s teaching her daughters how to walk in a way that is purer; a way that protects that which God has given them. They have a special place, obviously. Mothers and women have a special place in our society, totally unrecognized.

Often, the value that the girls bring to the softening effect on what might otherwise be a selfish society. So, those are values: spending time together. Of course, all the things that parents do for their children: providing shelter, food, teaching them skills, teaching to read and tie their shoelaces.

All these details that go into the transference of skill, knowledge, and character one generation to the next. So, when we say family values, we also include, and most people understand when a Christian says family values we include, protection of innocent human life, the sanctity of marriage between one man and one woman.

Those types of things. The scripture says to honor your father and your mother. That’s a family value not to disrespect them. Parents have a responsibility to their children whether if you like it or not.

In the night, when the baby cries someone has to see to that infant’s cries. It’s a family value to make personal sacrifices for the good of your family members and, of course, it extends beyond your family unit, but that charity begins at home.

Are there other specific questions about family values?

Jacobsen: That covers the gamut that would be requisite with the question. The next in that order: number two was traditional marriage. What defines traditional marriage to you? Why is it important? What makes it a foundation for society; civil society?

Taylor: Traditional marriage is one man and one woman committed for life. Why is it important? That is the source where everyone being comes from; you need one man one woman. Of course, brothers and sisters are not always from the same man and the same woman depending on circumstances, but we all have in our DNA and our genes that it is one man and one woman.

It’s put there by God. God created Adam and Eve; first man and first woman, put them together. There’s symbolism also in Christ being represented as the bridegroom, the husband, waiting for the bride at the church.

Those who allow him to be joined to him. There’s more of a spiritual or mystical parallel that God has designed the family. If we want His blessing on our homes, His peace, His provision and in our communities, we should be following His footsteps.

No matter what people claim as far as their lifestyle. Their acquired gender, whatever the gender leanings or whatever. Every one of them also came from one man one woman. Nobody got here any other way.

So, it is the building block literally of society. Our DNA reflects our lineage that goes back through one man one woman. Each of them came from one man one woman; each of them came from one man one woman till you come all the way back to Adam and Eve.

So, that’s between that and God’s direction. That’s good enough for me.

Jacobsen: Thank you. The third on that list was the sanctity of life. This might require some follow-up questions to suss out the nuances here because it is a topic of still deep discussion, not only contention, but nuanced discussion with probably too much stereotyping on many of the sides that are taken into consideration for it.

So, with respect to the sanctity of life, let’s start with definitions. What is sanctity to you? What defines life to you?

Taylor: Okay. Let’s set apart their definitions along those lines, sanctity – or being sanctified – is to be set apart, it’s special. What we’re saying here is that human life is special compared to animal life.

Most of us are meat eaters. Those who aren’t they consider all animal life sanctified, but we regard human life as made in the image of God according to the Bible. He made all the creatures. All plant life: the fish, the birds, and everything else, bugs, but human beings were the last creation.

He said it was good. So, He has made us in His image, which, of course, doesn’t mean everyone looks at some a cartoon stereotype of God sitting on a throne that we know can only vaguely imagine or dream about, but we’re made by Him.

That we have creativity. We have the ability to love, the ability to think and plan. We have the ability to design and interact with the design. We can take things and build things out of them. Of course, God made everything from nothing.

God made everything, but He’s given us stuff to work with. So, God brings us into the world; we believe that even at conception that in a man and woman there’s a child created and, under normal circumstances, goes through the cycle of life: is born, grows as a period of productivity, then midlife, old age, and hopefully is still finding a useful role even in old age as a mentor or something.

Then we pass from this Earth, and then we go to a better place if we know the Lord. So, in Canadian society, there is one stream of activity. God does not want us to cut off someone’s life at any stage, whether it’s a child in womb or a child in society – we’ll all agree – such as leaving a child in a hot car.

It dies. It’s terrible. You go to jail for that. But a few months earlier, you take a knife and cut a baby out of its mother’s womb and then it is somehow alright. Of course, what with euthanasia, that has now become so-called legal in Canada.

We think it’s still illegal in God’s eyes, but to end someone’s life prematurely before God has called them; we think that’s not our place to do that. So, sanctity of life: there’s another angle. It needs to be brought off that we’re made in His image for his purpose, for his pleasure.

We are human beings set apart from the rest of the animal kingdom, we have a special role It pleases God while we treat human life as with the same respect that it deserves.

Jacobsen: You mentioned euthanasia as well. What would the CHP do in terms of laws and practices for both euthanasia and abortion within Canada? What would be the stance in other words?

Taylor: If we had a majority government tomorrow, then a practical way to the end to abortion and euthanasia would be a goal. The reality is at this point in time our role is to provide persuasive influence.

Even if we have members of Parliament, a handful of members, we could only appeal to the deeper nature or the higher nature of fellow MPs. Even if you have a majority government, you have to educate the public on some things.

You can’t impose, but, on the other hand, there’s a responsibility to take steps to persuade. One of my concerns was Prime Minister Harper over the years when he said that if people wanted to reduce the number of abortions then you need to change hearts not laws.

In other words, he said I’m not going to do anything in that direction. That other people need to change hearts. You are the Prime Minister. You could at least speak to the young people and educate young people and encourage young people to consider the details, the facts.

So, there’s the education aspect of it. Here’s the practical steps we would be taking with abortion, this Parliament, the past Parliament, were unwilling to take the simplest steps that could be taken to outline gender related abortion killing of young girls at a higher rate than killing young boys because they want a boy.

Some have a girl killed by abortion. Most Canadians think that’s wrong. Of course, it’s a slice in the face of much feminist rhetoric. Here’s little girls being killed, then boys aren’t, but Parliament has avoided that question and is not willing to take it on.

So, we’ve introduced that legislation to have a specific thing that societies agree is wrong. We would want to defund that version. Why should so many people who have deeply held beliefs about it be forced to pay for it and to enable the ongoing slaughter of a hundred thousand babies a year while making abortionists rich?

So, that would be another thing in both BC and Ontario. Those two provinces, you can’t even find out the statistics about abortion, which is a violation of freedom of information. People’s taxes are being used for that and being called healthcare, but they can’t find out how many are being done, what reasons they are being done for, and what the demographics are in the end.

They can’t even find out the bad results. There’s a breast cancer link to abortion. These things are even being shared with people. So, women are undergoing abortions without having adequate information. So, they’re not even having informed choice.

Then we would come against coercion to have an abortion, which has been tried a couple times in the previous governments. But where many girls, sometimes about 60% have abortions because their boyfriend or husband or their parents or peers are almost compelling them to have an abortion.

We would take steps to, I suppose, put an end to that. That would free a lot of babies right away. On Euthanasia, we think it was a terrible ruling, a couple things need to happen; number one, government needs to start using the notwithstanding clause; federal government never has.

When the Supreme Court ruled that the law against assisted suicide was unconstitutional, that’s the ruling. These are nine fallible human beings; they’re not perfect. They never were perfect. The government did not have to accept that.

The government should have gone back to using the notwithstanding clause and stood up for protection of innocent human life, but the government didn’t. The government allowed the Supreme Court to set the stage.

Of course, there’s a lot of pressure in that direction already, but what many people or countries have not grasped is the extent to which the euthanasia bandwagon is being driven by those who simply want to cut hospital costs for old people.

It’s a known fact that elderly people consume a lot; in your final year, you consume more healthcare dollars than when you’re young and healthy. So, for governments that are struggling to make ends meet, it’s convenient when people’s health is failing to give them a way out because it frees up a hospital bed and saves money.

That’s a terrible reason to end somebody’s life, but it’s part of the driver there. So, one of the things we would do for both – Euthanasia and abortion – for doctors involved in surgery and for educators: conscience legislation.

Canadians, whether doctors, lawyers, or teachers, should not be compelled to do things against their conscience. No doctors should have to participate even in recommending an abortion when they know in their heart of hearts that they’re violating God’s principles.

No teacher should be forced to teach sexual perversion as an alternate lifestyle when they know that that is a violation of God’s will and as from your own conscience. Right now, we don’t have conscientious objection in this country. We need to have it. So, that’s one of the things the CHP would strive for.

Jacobsen: Thank you. What do you see as the state of free speech within Canada? Do you think it needs amendments or is it fine as is?

Taylor: Freedom of speech is under attack. Ontario’s past legislation that taking mother and father off government documents is ridiculous. I can’t think of a more ridiculous blurring of lines between reality and fantasy.

Jordan Peterson, University of Toronto (U of T), is fighting for his career because he refuses to use a new language to refer to people who he knows are men and women, or boys and girls, and he’s being told that he must be willing to use different pronouns instead of “he” and “her” or whatever.

He refused to do that. He is taking a principled and difficult to understand position. A teacher in British Columbia was fired for mentioning in class, in a casual passing manner. Of course, when another discussion mentioned that he was opposed to abortion, a complaint was filed by one student and that man has lost his job.

This is ridiculous, especially when he was right; but regardless, freedom of speech needs to be protected. Trudeau has introduced Bill C-16. He’s sitting in the Senate now. That makes it dicey to talk about sexual preferences, sexual lifestyles, so-called genders, transgender-ism, any of those things, and to make any statements that are not supportive of them.

For instance, speaking about the negative health impacts of the homosexual lifestyle, they could be under attack. We’ve seen that years ago already, where there were pint-sized Human Rights Commissions.

Alberta for being a so-called hate speech people. It was the accurate relaying of a research study done by a university regarding the health impacts of homosexuality and to not be able to discuss those things is absurd.

We need to fight for these things soon and quickly and effectively because once freedom of speech is gone. I look at it. Life is the top priority. If you don’t have life, then none of your other rights matter and freedom of speech is next.

Because if you don’t have freedom of speech, you can’t defend. But again, you have your other rights including the right to life. So, we need to have absolute freedom of speech. That is not the freedom to tell lies.

That is the freedom to express your opinion. Without that, of course, we regard this as almost demonic. I can’t or don’t want to say that there’s a spiritual struggle or attack against those who oppose our worldview and who oppose it aggressively and viciously.

But we find ourselves having to take this road to try to stop our free speech because when you have free speech you might persuade someone to think differently. But if you take away free speech, then you can coerce people like Hitler did, or Chairman Mao.

You can make everyone say the same things. Those you won’t say the things are out. They are either dead or in prison. Mary Wagner was arrested again for bringing roses into an abortion clinics’ waiting room and for the ladies offering prayer for them.

She would to be able to speak freely in her independence in her life. She’s denied that merit to Linda Gibbons earlier.  Linda has spent over ten years in jail for standing in front of that abortion clinic.

That’s the free speech right that’s being denied. Bill who went in the Gay Pride Parade in disguise and handed out some information there. No one agrees with his tactics, but he’s being sued for a 104 million dollars by gay rights people.

Even Prime Minister Trudeau and Kathleen Wynne have joined that [Laughing], the guy may not have a 104 dollars at any one time but anyway. The freedom to speech is definitely under attack.

Jacobsen: With respect to freedom of speech within a multi-party pluralistic democratic society, it seems like the glue. The grease of the wheels – so to speak – in terms of furthering discussion about topics between parties, between demographics.

With that threat to freedom of speech where people might feel offended, it is a two-way street. In a way, if you can’t tell someone what to say, in another way, then you can’t tell someone else what to say in return or feel in return to that.

So, someone can say something that is either pro-choice or pro-life, someone might feel offended by either position or they can respond with the opposing position, but to restrict either a pro-life or pro-choice position would be an illegitimate restriction on freedom of speech from your own perspective as the representative of the CHP.

Is that a fair representation?

Taylor: That’s fair. We don’t go around trying to interfere with those who have a different point of view. We would be able to offer our point of view and many of our positions are now represented by government. So, they have not only our approval.

We’re also paying for them as there comes a point where I shouldn’t be forced to pay for someone else’s stuff, for their – what I consider – faulty things. We elect to government. They do certain things, but, for instance, this goes into a slightly different realm.

But in political parties in the last election of 2015, because the Liberals and the Conservatives each got over 10% of the vote with parties which they spent respectively, the Liberals spent $43 million and the Conservatives spent $41 million during the campaign.

They will get 50% of that money back from the taxpayers. I’m not sure when they get it, though. So, $20 million dollars of taxpayer’s money is going into the Conservative coffers. The same amount going to the Liberal coffers.

They are able to use that money to promote not only the party, but their point of view. I’m not getting [Laughing] that money would we ever achieve that 10% threshold. So, we don’t receive the old money back after an election.

That’s an example of how it got off on the side track there, but I don’t like my money being used against me. So, when there was the send out with this electoral reform card, it’s a terrible card. The website is terrible. Their questions are terrible.

There’s questions with two answers and neither one is the right answer. At the end, they tell you you’re an innovator or you’re a guard or something like that. You wanted examples of waste of money, where we could cut a bloated bureaucracy.

That would be one right there, conducting those meetings across the country trying to give us Canadians the idea that we were being consulted and in the end they keep the cards close to their chest and do their own thing anyway.

But freedom, yes, I’ll give you a local example here. I’m on the Smithers Pro-Life Society for years and years. They’ve put billboards up in our area and for years and years somebody comes along at night and paints them over, tears them down, tries to burn them, or cuts them down, or pulls them down with the vehicle.

That’s not their property. It’s free speech. It’s also a matter of private property, going on someone’s private property and damaging something that belongs to someone else. So, we’re not running around pulling down their stuff.

The reality is some people feel so strongly about these issues that they then use any means. They don’t care if you get to say your speech because they don’t agree with you. They don’t want people to hear what you have to say.

So, another way of putting it is, you only have freedom of speech if people can hear what you’re saying. There are numerous cases of Pro-Life speakers at universities being shouted down to get rid of them.

It’s not the matter of standing there with signs and expressing their different opinion. It’s a matter of making so much noise that the person cannot speak. So, pretty much speech is important and if we don’t have it, we will have mob rule. We’re probably not far from mob rule in some cases.

Jacobsen: Now, I want to touch on the fifth point we’ve listed before, which was freedom of religion. What is the importance of freedom of religion in Canada? How does Canada’s freedom of religion provide a marker for the world in how to do things? What are we doing well with respect to it? What are we doing poorly with respect to it?

Taylor: Okay. As our Charter of Rights and Freedoms begins with the Preamble to Canada’s founding principles that recognizes premise, you’ve got a rule law. Such a statement by government, at one time, it was believed by all levels of government that there is a religious foundation to our society and to our laws and so on.

That foundation for the Government of Canada, it was a Christian foundation. It wasn’t a generic religious foundation. It was evident. They the name ‘The Dominion of Canada’ came from Psalm 73. The description, it was a specific reference to the God of the Bible.

But in our memory, there’s not been a persecution of a religious minorities in our memories. There have been in Canada, for sure, especially some of the First Nations. Certainly, you add these cultural practices that may have had religious connotations that were banned and so on.

But that’s not been a big part of our history. In China, you have the Falun Gong or along with Christians being thrown in jail sometimes even being sacrificed for body parts to be sold on the world market.

It’s a religious minority that the Chinese government does not want. As to what do we do in this country, I’m giving you some examples from other countries. Many of the Islamic countries. If you are a Muslim and you become a Christian, you are subject to the death penalty for that.

That’s now so far removed from what happens in Canada that it’s hard to even imagine, but any Christian can become a Buddhist, a Hindu, a Muslim, an atheist and walk the streets of this country. We’re not going to be thrown in jail for changing religion.

So, we have that level of religious freedom in this country. We have had, of course, with our churches; churches have been considered places where it’s accepted and expected that the teachings of a particular religion will dominate in all the Christian schools and so on.

That’s also allowed, but pressures are coming as in the places within the province of Alberta, wanting to force different standards on Christian schools than have been in the past, wanting to force in teachings about gay rights and positions that aren’t based biblically at all.

It’s a Christian school; it’s not a non-Christian school. So, that’s where freedom of religion and freedom of speech are mingling and mixing there. The one father complained because in Toronto his child had some other religious view being brought to them in class.

There are these places where there are schools that have Islamic prayer rooms, but they don’t have Christian prayer rooms. There’s a case in BC with cultural or religious practices of Aloha First Nations.

There was an activity in class and all the students were supposed to participate in it. Parents complained and, of course, that’s now how you’re being accused of racism or similar stuff; whereas, all the person was saying is that we have our own religious place.

We don’t need things imposed on us and schools. The foundation of the country is Christian religion. If there was ever an area of overlap in free speech and to not have anything imposed, to stand in Parliament and speak the name of Jesus, should be all right in my opinion, I’m sure it would take flak.

We would receive flak, but because of our foundation there is fiction for allowing Christian prayers and Christian references. The wall has affirmative Christian verses written on them. I do not fear the attempts.

It is going to be unsuccessful; the attempt to purge any religious statements from any public presentations. You can’t do it because we are all religious beings. I said even an atheist has religion. They will express that publicly. An atheist will get up and say there is no God.

That’s a religious statement. I would say it’s a challenge. It’s going to be a challenge. It already is for people in the Christian Heritage Party, but for all those who are involved in social activities or social activism of any sort.

Pro-Life or other activities to try to present our views in such a way that they can be understood and appreciated by society at large without stepping on toes and a lot of the challenges are unreasonable challenges.

People coming against you for having a manger scene, right? It is a pluralistic society. It’s a multifaceted society. We need to get along, but I honestly think the best way to get along would be to back up quite a few steps to where there is a respect for guidelines and commands that He’s given for all of us to have happy and successful lives.

Jacobsen: As we talked a bit on fiscal sanity, which is the sixth point, the proposition by implication is a solution to a problem; where fiscal insanity is the problem, fiscal sanity is the solution.

In brief, as we have touched on this a little before, what is the fiscal insanity of the current moment? What is the fiscal sanity proposition?

Taylor: Fiscal insanity here, cutting it short, is spending money we don’t have, pretending that money comes out of thin air [Laughing]. Yes, it does because of our banking system. Money is created out of thin air.

Money wanted to create or reduce debt, but to spend money that we cannot recover from our tax base and to do that year after year is fiscal insanity. To send four hundred thousand dollars to a gay pride parade is an example of fiscal insanity, we should promote the use of the Bank of Canada.

Right now, we’re borrowing from chartered banks, which are making a profit on the borrowing and when we have to repay them we’re repaying privately owned banks. We do have a government owned bank. It’s called The Bank of Canada.

We should be using it. Our national proposal is to use it for infrastructure renewal. We think they can go much beyond that, but that would be a place to start. So, provinces, municipalities, and Crown corporations that have need for, not wishful thinking but a need for, infrastructure renewal or development to be rail lines, optics, fiber optics, ports, canals, highways, sewage treatment, there’s a lot of airports.

Things where there needs to be a significant amount of money spent to achieve a long-range goal as we paid off over the years and will have a residual benefit for all Canadians that they would be able to borrow from the Bank of Canada interest free to accomplish those objectives.

It would put people to work. It would accomplish a real solid task. Is that any pie in the sky? At the end of it, you have an airport or you have a railway extension. They would. It’s not a grant from the federal government. It’s a loan.

So, as it’s repaid, the money would be retired for circulation. So, we wouldn’t have a long-range inflationary impact. So, we think that’s fiscal insanity to go on borrowing money and paying interest to China or to other international banks.

So, that they can use our interest payments to go build their world-class Navy. We think that is insanity. Things that are going on. Ontario is an example. Ontario is building wind farms when Ontario doesn’t need the power, paying extravagant amounts of money for wind and solar power when they have reliable and affordable power.

Then selling that power to the United States at loss or to go back at loss; now, that’s insanity. That’s doing things for political impact not for any common-sense objective. We would want to put an end to those kinds of things.

Paying doctors to kill babies then because we don’t have enough for our own people growing up in our country that we have to fast-track the immigration to try to bring in people that can fill the jobs because we’ve killed off a hundred thousand babies a year or formally knock off four million babies.

It’s not only moral insanity, but it’s fiscal insanity. Then we’re paying for the immigration benefits and all kinds of things that could have been invested in babies that should have been born here. So, many examples of the insanity. The sanity would be a small cabinet, reduced salaries for MPs, for bringing government employees at all levels into a pension regime that is comfortable to most Canadians.

Not having a special pension arrangement for MPs and government workers; those are the areas for improvement there. And to stop throwing money at political parties, but to raise their own money, that’s what we’re doing now.

We think if all parties were doing that it would reduce some of the clutter in the political world and probably get better results than now.

Jacobsen: Your final point was accountable government. Some of these statements prior imply what that means. As a general principle, what would make an accountable government? What would the CHP do to keep itself accountable if in government?

Taylor: That’s a good follow-up question. Accountable government, we find anything many Canadians feel that once a government is elected, then everybody wants your votes and wants your support and everything else, but once a government is in power they seem to do their own thing.

When same-sex marriage passed in 2005, I have no doubt in my mind that that would not have passed a national referendum, but it was overseen by government. They are accountable right now as Bill C-16 went through second reading, went to committee, they had no hearings; they didn’t want it to be discussed at length by the public.

So, they ignored the chance to have bill input and from people who have knowledge and wisdom.  Nobody held them accountable, we raised the question, but they carry on as if it’s their right. They have been elected. They have a majority government and so they’ll do what they want.

If you don’t it, it’s tough. So, how would the CHP keep ourselves accountable? Yes, that’s a good question. Basically, it goes down to human character; it goes down to the character of men and women who make the decisions.

If you don’t put something in place, for instance, if there is a federal recall, they still have it in BC. Recall and citizens’ initiative legislation, that was successfully used in turning back the HST. It was introduced by the provincial government. Although, it was quite a challenge to get the number of signatures required and so on.

I understand the former premier was part of that movement and succeeded in turning back something that the government had done on its own and unaccountably because it’s that they weren’t going to do it in the election.

Then since the election was over, they passed it. So, there’s an example and maybe some new additional emphasis that way federally could be implemented, e.g. first referendums and things that are difficult and costly to put into place.

Some people think we should have referendum on everything. I don’t agree with that. If we do elect a representative government, I’ll say that our party is committed to our principles. If attaining power was more important to us than principles, we would probably do what Conservatives have done and take a more moderate approach some of these issues.

We believe it’s important to protect innocent human life. These types of things. We’re going to tell people on the way in because if we don’t say it when we’re running for office we won’t have a mandate to do it once we’re elected.

Any government and any number of Parliaments. If they’ve told people they are going to do something, they should do it when they get in. So, other than the possibility of introducing some recall and initiative legislation on a federal level I don’t have a real strong answer for that.

Jacobsen: When I reflect on the conversation today, the core principles and values come from Christianity. In particular, biblical and scriptural firm interpretation with respect to values and principles. The core ones would be things including the Golden Rule.

Now, you have noted that there have been restrictions on freedom of speech, whether de-platforming, for instance, of people that are Pro-Life in terms of speaking at certain events – whether on campuses or elsewhere.

What relates those seems to me bias against what would be the majority of Canadians, it would be where the majority of Canadians are, if combining Catholics and Protestants, about 70% of the population, which is several million people.

Does bias or prejudice and bigotry against – not ideological differences based on argument and evidence and so not against ideas and principles and things within Christianity but rather against – individual Christians or sects of Christianity, groups of Christians? Does that seem to you an increasing trend in Canada over the last decade or two?

Taylor: Absolutely… The stakes are heating up in that way. The material points are becoming much more sensitive. Certainly, the trend that has become less tolerant of the Christian worldview. It’s a powerful trend. We’ve seen it always where someone doesn’t want to bake a cake for somebody or whatever.

The intolerance, I would say a lot of it begins with a movement. Some activism that usually results in a court case somewhere or a human rights case. That gets built into these government documents. For instance, the taking out mother and father, but then it gets into the education system.

Of course, that’s where the rubber meets the road, but the media – and it is not only the news media, of course, but CBC has been indoctrinator extraordinaire in this country for many years at our expense again.

My money being used to convince people that I’m wrong [Laughing]. Our money, our taxpayer money, being used to promote alternate sexual lifestyles, for motives or something like that. Then by the time when you get into the classroom, teachers are supposed to be teaching children, number one: there’s no God because evolution is the means by which we got here.

I could go down the road on environmental issues and carbon. There’s no sin except producing carbon, right? But then making it so that a teacher can’t even speak their own beliefs in the classroom and children being badgered to believe things that their parents don’t believe, by the time this generation that’s now in kindergarten and grade one graduate from high school and universities – unless there’s been dramatic shift – a lot of the freedoms will be left behind.

It wouldn’t take that long. Unless, we have a major societal repentance or awakening, which is possible. We pray for that. We work for that. But if the trend we’re on right now, free speech is being hindered dramatically.

When we lose that ability to speak the truth in our society, we can take historical examples. Germany collapsed in a short period of time, where the freedoms were gone in a short period of time and today we see them to be closing the doors, closing the gates all around us and trying to limit and restrict.

That’s why we’re speaking up urgently today to try to wake people up before it’s too late because once the freedom of speech is gone the government is free to enact laws and nobody dares say anything about it because they’ll be thrown into a cell and we don’t want to get thrown in the cell [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing] what political parties align in values most with your own?

Taylor: We share some things with the libertarians. We want smaller government and the difference is that we see there is a need for self-government. As a fair libertarian, you want to deal with whatever you want. That’s not our point. That’s not freedom.

That’s becoming a slave to passions and fads or whatever. But if it’s, for instance, libertarians want to be able to smoke pot. Then you’re becoming a slave to something else besides government, but when we do agree that government should restrict its reach.

We believe that we should protect people from harm. It should provide weights and balances. It has to be the intermediary between nations for international trade and security and things like that, but government should not try to be all things to all people.

It can’t be the sugar daddy for everyone that wishes their life were different. The government has to treat all people the same. That’s the second part of the Preamble De Chartres is Canada’s thought on principles that recognizes the supremacy of God.

We know that. But then the rule of law; So, the rule of law is to treat all peoples the same. If in this country, if you’re from one of the first nations, you aren’t treated the same as others; if you’re right now in one of the alternative sexual lifestyles, you can do and say things, e.g., a man who claims to be transgender can go into women’s washroom.

There’s no way to prove that he has a reason. It’s his own statement. But a man who says, “No, I’m a man,” could not. They may be the same person, but it was with this political correctness being afraid to call a spade a spade.

It was refraining of being afraid to call a man a man and a woman a woman. We’re getting into all kinds of crazy stuff. So, the protection for women and girls to have their privacy is being thrown away in order to placate something less than 1% of the population and is being done for political agendas.

Nothing is being done anything because the people are feeling uncomfortable. They’re making more than 99% uncomfortable to accomplish protocol objectives and we object to that and our right to say that is under attack.

Jacobsen: And any feelings or thoughts and conclusion about what we’ve talked about today?

Taylor: You’ve taken me on a good course through our party. Our publicly stated principles. I have enjoyed wandering over those grassy fields [Laughing] and rocky meadows wherever. Those are the main things that people need to know.

In my personal reflections, if I conveyed much except that I came from a place and I want people at some point to realize, especially those who may disagree with our points of view on things or may not want our points of view to be represented in Parliament, that I came from a place of being a non-Christian.

An atheist, basically, a person who was following my own will; everything that can be wrong in a person in his selfishness, self-centeredness, or whatever. As a young person, many young people do have a self-focus, but a change of place of realizing that there’s a whole lot more that we’re not here by accident.

We’re not here by our own efforts; we’re here for a purpose. I’m grateful that God rescued me from my narrow world view and introduced me to His view of whole of this planet we call Earth and our interactions as human beings.

I’m grateful for the opportunity to speak these things in the public square. We still have that freedom today; we need to maintain it. We don’t know what is the future that God has for us as individuals or as a party.

How many years we have on this earth? We’re here for a limited period of time. The party, we’ve been here for 30 years. We’ve never yet elected someone to office. We believe that is still possible. We work towards that. I totally work towards the end of having members elected and bringing our principles right into Parliament.

If that were to never happen, we still have the opportunity to speak truth to our friends and neighbors and in the political realm there is a platform from which we can bring truth, especially young people, many young people, are not getting at home.

Many of them do not go to church. They’re not getting it from the media. They are not getting it in the universities, not getting it from the courts. So, we have a unique opportunity to speak some things, to tell young people that they’re made for a purpose.

That God has plans for them, good plans for them and for this country if we will labor His footsteps and follow them, if we pay attention to the Golden Rule ‘Do unto others as you’d have them do unto you.’

So, I do have hope that we can fulfill the plan and purpose God has for us. We don’t know exactly what that looks in Parliament, but I have a verse: ‘faith is the substance of things hoped for the evidence of things not yet seen.’

So, we hope things that we have not yet seen. We work towards them. We believe that God has plans that are better than our plans. That we’ll be excited to see how He leads us and what He does in and through us in the years to come.

I have met not all the leaders, but most are not leaders of the parties but people who are involved in running their parties. Some of the smaller parties I have met the leaders. Other parties, I meet some of the operatives who help their party, the purpose of those meetings is to keep us all functioning within the guidelines of Elections Canada and maybe occasionally to have some feedback or input into how Elections Canada does their work.

There’s nobody else who’s standing up for Pro-Life issues, sad state.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, thank you much for this opportunity.

Taylor: [Laughing] I hope to meet you one day. Anyway, I’m pleased that you would take time to do this interview. I wish you all success in all the other endeavors, which, first thing, you must never sleep.

So, let’s stay in touch and God bless you and thanks again.

Jacobsen: I enjoyed doing this much. So, thank you much for your time, and I hope you have a good evening.

Taylor: Thanks a lot.

Jacobsen: Take care.

Taylor: God bless. Bye.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Interview with First, and Only, Woman (Former) Canadian Prime Minister

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal (Unpublished)

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018

*Interview in two sessions March 19, 2018 and May 22, 2018.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You require little introduction. In your own words, what was family life for you, e.g., the political conversations arising around the table? Was there influence on personal interest in politics early in life?

Rt. Hon. Kim Campbell: I grew up in a non-political family. My parents both voted. They were good citizens, but neither was involved in a political party. I am a black sheep of the family. I am the first member of the family to become involved in running for public office.

Jacobsen: That is interesting. You were a leader in student politics in high school too. One thing noteworthy in early life. You took on the name “Kim.” I note an independent streak. Someone who speaks and asserts herself.

Campbell: I was always an independent person. I was encouraged by both of my parents to go for if I wanted to do things and to take on challenges. I changed my name at 13 because of the trauma of losing my mother.

She thought of naming me Kim. She named me Avril, so I shared my first name with her in a way that was painful. It was my way of dealing with a great childhood sadness, to take a different name.

Jacobsen: In your earlier political career, some issues were more poignant to women’s progress and empowerment. They relate to issues of women’s reproductive health. Now, I come from a generation building on those successes.

The successes earned in an earlier time. My generation takes these for granted sometimes. What was the early environment in the fight for women’s rights, women’s reproductive health rights and, in particular, the right to abortion in Canada?

Campbell: It is tempting to consider the issue of women’s reproductive rights and access to abortion as resolved issues. In fact, they are not. These touch the heart of a number of issues, e.g., the right of women to have control over their own bodies and to have bodily autonomy.

In Canada, the law was changed in the late 60s to make abortion legal. The issue was accepted by a therapeutic abortion committee in a hospital. In those parts of the country, the woman decided on it.

In Quebec, where most hospitals were Catholic hospitals, no abortion committees were formed. When Dr. Henry Morgentaler created a freestanding abortion clinic in Montréal, there was no other opportunity for a woman to comply with the law.

Eventually, the Supreme Court of Canada struck down the law. They supported Dr. Morgentaler. They said, “You cannot have a provision in the law, which says, ‘Doing X is criminal. Unless, you do Y if Y is not, in fact, available.’”

So, since 1988, the government considered some legislation and a provision in the law about abortion. The law was drafted as extremely liberal. In essence, abortion would be legal if it impeded mental, physical, or psychological health.

It did not pass. Now, we have no law. There are rearguard actions. It shows the difference between Canada and the United States. Religion is a bigger factor in American politics. America is more patriarchal than Canada.

There was interesting research by Environics Research. It has shown the growing divide between our societies. Canada is a much less patriarchal society. There are people in Canada who wish to limit access to abortion. They will work through funding or changing the law.

Stephen Harper had people in his caucus who wanted to restrict abortion. He refused to let the issue come forward. He viewed the court decision as settled law. However, people in today’s generation consider abortion settled law.

There are regional differences. There is access to health services and legal abortions in Canada. However, the issue persists. Your generation cannot pull the covers over your head and say, “We do not have to think about it anymore.” It comes back.

Jacobsen: I would not want to pull the covers over my head either [Laughing]. When it comes to this general fight, it is in an international context. If you take statements from organizations like Human Rights Watch, they firmly state, “Equitable access to safe abortion services is first and foremost a human right.”

If taking the international context, and if taking Canada with the unsettled nature of abortion in the culture, what steps should younger generations take when they apply the international human rights perspective within the Canadian legal tradition?

Campbell: Now, given the decision by the Supreme Court of Canada made in the R v Morgentaler decision, any interference with a woman’s right to abortion is seen to interfere with the life, health, and the rights to life and health of the woman.

There is a strong Charter foundation for the legislation. The debate takes place when people want to elevate the right to life of the foetus over the right of the woman to decide on carrying the foetus or not.

Thus, you or I might make the comment about the right to abortion and reproductive rights; the right to reproductive control as a human right. Others use the same terminology against us.

They say, “What about the right to life of the foetus?” For modern law, it has been the right of the women – of the living person – to decide on carrying the foetus or not. The Supreme Court of Canada recognized the possibility of some rights, which depends on the time of gestation.

In other words, whether the foetus can survive outside of the womb, these are issues to be considered rather than dismissed. You cannot simply say, “It is a human right.” Indeed, it is a human rights issue.

Many important research organizations analyzing social, political, and economic development of countries, including Pew Research, state one of the most important indicators of the social, political, and economic status of the country is the status of its women.

A key part is access to contraception, and safe and accessible abortions. The interesting thing is the rate of abortion declined dramatically over the last couple years.

If people have the right to abortion, it does not necessarily mean more abortions. Often, it will be accompanied by better contraceptive services. So, women will not want to run around terminating pregnancies.

It is a difficult decision for any woman. It depends on the circumstance of the conception. There is a bigger picture. There are ways in which people can control their fertility.

When they have access to those reliable mechanisms, then abortion becomes less necessary, it becomes a last resort in terms of conception and birth.

Jacobsen: Also, I noted this in conversation with major representatives of bigger abortion organizations, e.g. the Abortion Rights Coalition of Canada. I wrote on this as well.

You mentioned religion. Also, you mentioned a human rights perspective, which we both take on board. I do note the big split. One is the international secular human rights perspective.

Another is the traditional religious transcendental moral law perspective. It seems like the major divide. So, with respect to the latter position, the transcendental moral law perspective. Those would be “pro-life.”  The former would be “pro-choice.”

How much does religion, within Canada, play into the political and social perspective against the rights of a woman & for the “rights of the foetus”?

Campbell: Canada, in terms of our politics, is a less religious country. Canadians practice religion but are less religious than Americans. Religion is a much less salient factor in Canadian politics and public policymaking.

Different religions have different views. Some religions accept the primacy of the mother – of the woman – to decide whether she continues with the pregnancy. It’s her wishes and needs as always the most important.

Because in some religions, for instance, the Catholic Church takes that view, even in the case of preserving the life of the woman, abortion is unjustified. For many people, it is a repellant view.

Even among religions, there are different views on the lines, which means the rights of the pregnant woman versus the rights of the foetus. Those who follow religious views have a more non-existent or more restricted view of pregnancy termination.

They tend to be the most politically active because they fight against the status quo. There are those who have a religious faith, where the status quo in terms of abortion laws are consistent with their religious beliefs.

Jacobsen: Also, aside from women’s reproductive health rights, you are the only woman prime minister of Canada – the first and only.  You stand out. Also, you are the first woman president in high school of the student body.

You have notable areas, relative to life stage, of standing out as a woman leader. It continued into the present in various domains. One, how does being recognized, nationally and internationally, feel to you? Two, what additional social responsibilities come along with those recognitions?

Campbell: It is a positive thing if people take it as an inspiration to want to replicate the experience, or if people see it as something that inspires them to seek their goals and ambitions. I had an interesting experience in the 2017 International Women’s Day with the Daughters of the Vote.

The program brought young women to Ottawa from every constituency in Canada. They were excited to meet me. When they sat in their seats in Parliament, which belonged to members of Parliament, they see the excitement and the commitment of them.

They would return in their own right. It is important to acknowledge. I am happy to be a vehicle for it. It says, “This is doable.” It is not easy. Because I am the only one. However, it is not unthinkable now.

In the Summer of 1993, according to Gallup, I had the highest approval rating in their polling of any prime minister in 30 years. So, while I was governing, I was popular. However, there is a lesson too.

I have been interested over the past couple of decades in exploring the growing body of research in social and cognitive psychology helping understand why these barriers are difficult to overcome.

Why living in a society where leadership is gendered masculine creates a sense among men and women of an implicit attitude, visceral sense, leadership is male. That is, when a woman comes along in a leadership position, she creates a sense of discomfort, where something is not right.

There is only one way to change it. It is for women in larger numbers to occupy positions of power, influence, and prominence and reprogram people’s expectations. This can create new implicit attitudes, where people feel comfortable with women leaders.

It is a significant challenge. In my own speaking, and work at the leadership college, I acquaint people with the understandings of the difficulties there. Even women are inhospitable, they may exempt themselves from the stereotypes.

However, their visceral response will be negative to somebody who does not sound or look like somebody who has done that job before, even if that somebody looks like them. it is an ongoing challenge.

If my experience can help people understand the reality, and if I can be somebody who shows that first of all there is survival even if you do not succeed in the long run. It inspiring young people, young women, to go for leadership positions, or for young men to support them.

That pleases me. It is the role. I have chosen to play it.

Jacobsen: In a recent conversation with the Rt. Hon. Paul Martin, he took on a different angle. One for post-prime minister duties, which was a focus on Indigenous youth: wellbeing, health, and education outcomes.

The Martin family Initiative examines the entire spectrum of the young person’s life in order to improve outcomes. This may help close the educational and health gap. Indigenous Canadians live 10-15 years shorter. They are a larger portion of the dropouts of the country too.

I noticed something about professional life for you. It is a focus on women. I want to mix those conversations today with a focus on Indigenous women leaders.

What organizations, women, or movements work to advance the Indigenous sub-demographic of women in terms of leadership?

Campbell: I have been in Edmonton. I met with groups of Indigenous women. The program at the college has strong Indigenous content. I have two main themes in professional work. These have been crucial to post-political life for me.

One is the advancement of women. The other is promotion of democracy and democratic values. In my youth, I was a Soviet specialist. I viewed with great alarm the resurgent authoritarianism, supported by Vladimir Putin’s Russia.

I see this gaining influence in countries, where we thought there were successful democratic transitions. I am worried about the state of democracy south of the border. I am passionate about it. Because it is one a precondition to support the advancement of previously non-included people.

When it comes to Indigenous people and Indigenous women, there are different subsets of women who are more disadvantaged than others; for example, more disadvantaged than I might be as a white woman in Canadian society.

Being female was a problem, however, I had other ways. I am in the accepted majority, which is an established group in society. I was out of Canada for about 18 years. I did not address those issues as much with regards to Canada’s Indigenous women.

Certainly, with women around the world in the Horn of Africa and Africa generally, women in many other parts of the world are significantly excluded and disempowered in their own countries.

In Canada, since I have been back, this is part of my broader concern about the empowerment of women. The Daughters of the Vote program took 338 young women to Parliament, which had 70 Indigenous young women as part of the group.

It was a powerful part of the experience. Both for the Indigenous and non-Indigenous women. It was coming to understand the reality of our experiences. Our different experiences of Canadian life and citizenship. It is important.

Of course, the recommendations through the Truth and Reconciliation Commission are something to provide a new agenda for Canadian governments and institutions at all levels. Am I specifically engaged in work to do with Indigenous women?

Not particularly, I include this in the general work for women. Interestingly enough, I was the first woman to be Minister of Justice. Anne McLellan was the second woman.

The current Minister of Justice, Jody Wilson-Raybould, is the third woman and the first First Nations person to be Minister of Justice. I know her. I have strongly encouraged her, to use her perspective to ask new and different questions as the justice minister.

It is an important part of expanding our ability to respond to people with realities, which are not on the agenda when making changes to law and policy.

Jacobsen: In the earlier part of the interview, you noted the empowerment of women was a key indicator of the health of a nation. So, the development and wealth of a nation by implication.

In other words, it becomes not only a moral right thing to do but also an economically correct choice. Also, you mentioned the patriarchal structure of other countries, such as the United States of America, but less so than Canada by comparison.

However, if you look at countries where someone like Vladimir Putin was recently re-elected in a “landslide victory,” apparently [Laughing], you have a way in which the Russian Orthodox Church is being held at the service of the government.

Thus, religion in this case, too, having a macho culture, a patriarchal culture, at the top and, therefore, throughout much of the country.

If we take the research on the empowerment of women, and if we look at a country where there is a patriarchal religion plus patriarchal leadership, it will lead to a lower quality of life with the reduction in the empowerment of women.

I mention Russia because of your speciality in the Soviet Union. What does this spell for Russia and other countries not taking advantage of the other half of the population?

Campbell: For all its size, Russia has a GDP the size of Belgium. It is an underperforming country. There are extraordinary women in Russia. When I spent three months in the Soviet Union in 1972, I was struck by women who carried the burden of the society.

They were excluded from the power structures. Only one woman was ever in the Politburo. In the Soviet Union, it was Yekaterina Furtseva who served briefly during Khrushchev’s time. In terms capacities and intelligence, there are brilliant women there. However, it is not a happy place to be a woman.

Russia is a politically, socially, and economically undeveloped society, even with its natural riches. It is a serious underperformer in its ability to create wealth. Putin creates problems through hybrid warfare. Clever people who commit cyberwarfare.

The sad thing: Putin is seeking power and dominance through hybrid warfare because he doesn’t have the power and dominance as a leading economy, except Russia is a source of fossil fuels and natural gas to external markets.

It is a hugely underdeveloped economy. Even though, it has talented people. It proves the point. This country is underperforming. Women do not have the same equality and opportunities, power, and ability to have influence on the policy of the country.

Because it is not a democracy. It is another huge problem. It is another factor holding Russia back.

Jacobsen: What trends throughout the world give hope? That is, a general trend towards greater equality for women and the traditionally excluded from mainstream society. An increase in general wellbeing over decades and, arguably, centuries, i.e., a trend of positive progress.

Campbell: The level of poverty has dropped dramatically. The level of education around the world and literacy has grown. There are places in the world where those are challenges. Firstly, what concerns me, the resurgence of authoritarianism, which is worrisome.

Typically, it has a kleptocratic underpinning as with Donald Trump and Vladimir Putin. Same with some of the other leaders. It worries me. Secondly, it is climate change. Our inability to tackle the challenge of global warming and climate change.

It is about ideas undermining people’s belief and faith in the capacity of democratic governments and institutions. If we do not meet that challenge, if we cannot respond to it and create global will and understanding, we will have a serious problem.

Thirdly, the ability of social media and the internet to become vehicles for massive campaigns of misinformation. It leads people to make judgments on erroneous understandings of the state of the world.

When Donald Trump tweets while campaigning about the terrible crime rate in the United States, crime was at a 40 year low. When you tell lies about when certain people behave in your country or certain movements/happenings, it is difficult.

It is hard for people to make considered decisions and choices in a democratic process, which will create governments able to move ahead with the capacity and stability necessary to protect human rights.

We created a monster. The response of the governments in the United States, Britain, and elsewhere to the role Facebook played in the American election in 2016 and the Brexit election in Great Britain.

The response of their parliaments. The concern they have for the ways in which Facebook and others collaborated with organizations of political campaigns. We may get some legislation and policy responses to this, which may remove those disruptive and negative influences.

However, it worries me. There are many ways in which we have created more effective ways of growing food. We have raised the level of overall wellbeing around the world. We have poverty, but the level of poverty is much lower before. Nonetheless, we have some major challenges.

At the end of the day, governance and the ability of governments to respond to these crises is absolutely fundamental. I see, certainly, south of the border a president trying to undermine people’s confidence in the democratic institutions. The same ones necessary to meet those challenges.

Am I happy about progress? Yes. Am I worried about the future? Yes. When we have those failures, they are accompanied by erosions in the rights of women. Therefore, women have nothing to gain by those failures.

We need to be very, committed to protecting our gains. Not only on our own behalf, but for the rest of the population.

Jacobsen: When it comes to the empowerment of women, it helps to have personal examples. Difficulties can arise, e.g., emotional difficulties, professional obstacles put in place deliberately or inadvertently such as through historical inertia.

When a young woman wants to achieve more in life, e.g., business, politics, trades, or theoretical physics, how can young women break barriers while also keeping in mind the likely difficulties?

Campbell: First, a young woman has more in support of these aspirations, which is good. Because, over the last few decades, we have the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, Human Rights Act at the national and provincial level, and various legislation dealing with jobs and opportunities.

We have protections against being discriminated against based on one’s sex. Hence, it is hard for any organization to justify excluding women from having an opportunity to do things. In some cases, you mentioned the trades.

There are some places where trades organizations are seeking and encouraging women to training and join those fields. Because they provide good jobs and women are good at them. Socially, politically, and legally, the landscape is different than 30-40 years ago.

There is more institutional basic support for women’s aspirations. The bigger challenge is less the formal-institutional one and more the social one. It is less problematic compared to when I was a young woman because more women are doing non-prototypical things.

More women in public life, in medicine, in law, and in business. However, there are barriers. With more women, there is a greater sense of this as normal, which becomes part of the social values. The fact something changed over the last 20 years does not change the minds of people who are mature and have their values.

There may be an age difference in how people perceive whether women belong or do not belong in certain circumstances. We are beginning to understand the nature of cognitive bias, of implicit attitudes, of old social attitudes where women are seen as inferior or weaker.

It will vary in the field. Some places will be more difficult than others. The old attitudes die hard. There are generational reasons. Some areas have women better able to compete. However, this does not mean are no barriers.

Jacobsen: When I reflect on common examples, even a personal example, I worked in construction at 15/16. There were not many women there. If a woman wanted to start a construction company in concrete, they would probably have difficulty with the sub-cultural aspect of the particular industry.

The different values people bring forward. They should probably bear in mind the type of business. In medicine, women do not have as many difficulties there. Because there are more role models for the current generation too, as well as more institutional supports.

For those women less academically inclined but more business oriented, if they want to found or co-found a construction company, this can be a difficulty in terms of the interpersonal examples.

How can a woman not demand but command respect in how she conducts herself? While knowing, given the sub-culture based on personal experience, it may be more difficult.

Campbell: You might be surprised. There are a few women in construction. In fact, the Alberta Home Builders’ Association is a woman. She created a company wih her husband. However, he died. Then she became the sole owner.

It happens for women. In particular, when the husband dies, they take the company over. There are many companies started by women. People tend to find they like working with women: reliable and good to work with them.

It varies. There is variation. However, it is important to make visible the ones already doing it. It is not as rare as one might think. The more one can provide profile and visibility to women doing these things. Then the more one can bring down the sense that they do not belong.

I can think of two women in Vancouver. One woman who ran a major engineering company. Another had a major tugboat company. Both inherited the leadership of the companies from the husbands who died.

But they both became titans of business in British Columbia. Once they were doing it, they owned and operated the business, successfully. It is similar to the case with women in technology. You are, of course, aware of the man at Google who wrote women were not suited for technology sectors.

What was offensive about it, many of the modern pioneers in technology have been women. Yet, they have been dropped from the history. It is interesting now. Somebody will tweet a biography of a woman, who was one of the founders of these information technologies.

You ask, “How come I never heard of her?” Because nobody talks about her. Often, I have said, “If you want a more inclusive and diverse future, then you should have a more inclusive and diverse history. We should have a history containing people who we traditionally leave out.”

The representation is men or white men. Often, there is a misapprehension about women demonstrating their capacity, breaking terrible barriers. Sometimes, these outstanding women had allies. One woman’s neighbour encouraged her, even though the father did not want her.

These are the challenges, where the women are not there. First of all, we need to give profile to the women already there. Women have been doing these things for a long time.

Secondly, the interesting thing about business. At the end of the day, performance does count. One of the things that happens to women. Indeed, it happens to anybody seen as an outsider entering into a field.

If people are jealous and fear the newcomer will take their business, it will create sabotage. They will try to drive people out. Many people face this in society. It can be some people who feel entitled to run the shops and be in the fields.

It is having the ultimate protection against the social pushing back. One of the things women encounter. In many societies, in jobs primarily dominated by women, they are both low status and low pay.

Yes, there are more women doctors, but there is lots of sexism. Many male doctors feel that if women come to dominate the field then the field will be less prestigious. It has been traditionally, socially the case.

Many years ago, when I did a review of a book of the Eastern economies during the Soviet time, it was something interesting identified by them. In the Soviet Union, doctors had different ranks. The family doctor, the 5-year postsecondary training, were overwhelmingly women.

It was low pay and low status. People say, “Look at all the women doctors.” But all the specialists were men. There were more women. Often, when people do not let newcomers in, they are afraid the presence of them will lower the economic reward and status of the field.

Same with immigrants and people of color. However, women always faced this. The feminization of an activity will result in the diminution of pay and status.

Jacobsen: You mentioned a supportive husband for some women. Many young women and many young men want to become married and have kids. These are high level life goals for many people.

In terms of professional advancement of a woman through having emotional support with a supportive partner, husband, or civil partner, what qualities should a young woman, if heterosexual, bear in mind about the potential partner?

Campbell: If a partner is not able to rejoice in your success, and to appreciate and value your abilities, it is not a hopeful sign for a relationship. One allowing success for you. In many families, in some cases, some husbands put their own careers on hold.

Because they feel their wife is a superstar, Carly Fiorina. He was going to make this possible for her. There are many other examples of this. Of men willing to step back and looking after the kids, and other things, to permit the wife to succeed, not all men are super-driven for a career.

They want to do other things than play the dominant economic role in the family. It depends. In any relationship, in a sense, if a man feels diminished by the success and capacity of his wife or girlfriend, this becomes a danger sign.

As I say, I have been lucky. I have been comfortable and happy. I succeeded. My second husband was terrified of the implications of being prime minister. He did not want to be in the public eye. However, he did not think I should not do what I was doing.

He thought I was good at it; the right person to do it. The implication of public life concerned him. There are great men out there. If it is an issue, the notion of the issue going away is an illusion. Women should be cautious.

It is not a man being successful too. A woman may say, “You are successful. Why should you be jealous of me? You are leaping tall buildings in a single bound.” It may not have to do with the success of the man.

It may have to do with the rationale or the status of the man. It may have more to do with the sense of what a woman should be, in terms of validating them. The amount of air to breathe at high levels [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Campbell: This is something women and men have to deal with in life. The female partners relish their success and do not feel threatened by it. It is not always easy either way. However, it seems more common for women to find men having mixed feelings about it.

Jacobsen: Do the sense of mixed feelings come from family and social pressure?

Campbell: I do not know the answer to this question. My husband came from a traditional background. His father doted on his mother. His mother died young. However, his mother was not traditional. Yet, my husband is supportive of everything I do, Scott.

There is no problem at all. It is hard to tell. At the end of the day, research suggests parents do not have as much influence on their children, as much as some parenting books tell us. No matter what parents do, children will become one way rather than another. Love and support help.

My family was not interested in me going into politics or having a public life. The ways in which people form their attitudes is complex. People have a sense of justice at a young age. You do not know the source of it. However, they can see things.

The idea is creating a society where the values are articulated. Our values of respecting the individuality of every person, the capacity of every person, the dignity of every person, and hope this is reflected in relations between the sexes and in the relationships created by them.

I do not know if there is a simple recipe. Sometimes, men who are supportive of women develop with strong female role models, who feel women can do things. It is a complex question. However, people who develop with domestic violence and the casual use of misogynistic language, where women are portrayed as inferior.

It takes strength of character to escape it, to not be affected by it.

Jacobsen: What seems like the greatest emotional struggle in professional life? What can a younger woman take from it?

Campbell: The greatest emotional struggle, I do not see life as a struggle for me as such. It is making judgments of when to dive into the fray and when not to. Sometimes, it can be difficult. My instinct was to dive into it.

Probably, it was not always a good idea to do it. I do not see emotional struggle as capturing things. One the biggest emotional challenges was the defeat of 1993. My deep disappoint; my need to try and find my feet after it.

I was a non-prototypical leader. People wanted to blame me. Men are more likely to be given a second chance. Knowing this meant the end of the political career, it was difficult. I did not have an emotional breakdown. However, I was sad.

I could not do something, which I wanted to do meaningful things. I had to figure out how to do something in life; things valuable and meaningful to me. My sister’s view is the greatest legacy, for me, is the survival.

People say, “You have had the most consequential post-political life of any prime minister.” I am not sure if this is true. People say this to me. It is interesting to me. The way in which they express it.

When I was younger, I did not know how much of a post-prime minister life I had to fill up [Laughing]. It pleases me. I succeeded in overcoming the disappointed and finding ways to live. The bottom line: it is to go back and ask, “What matters to me? What is meaningful work for me?”

When I wrote my memoir, it was interesting how consistent I was in my life. Two things compelled me. One was the state of the world, e.g., politics, democracy, justice, and so on. Although, when I was young, I was not sure how I would integrate this in my life.

I wanted to be the first woman Secretary-General of the UN. It was the experience of seeing the destruction of the Second World War. Because it was recent in my youth. Both of my parents were in uniforms. It was a value. I kept this value.

It continues to be important to me. Another is the advancement of women. I got this value from my mother. The notion women could do anything but this was not a universally accepted proposition. There were barriers. They needed to be broken down.

I found ways of asserting those values. There is always a challenge in dealing with the sense of disappointment and sadness, when one door closes. It was, perhaps, the greatest emotional challenge of life for me.

It was find the equanimity in it. I did not expect to experience a nervous breakdown. However, the idea of feeling bad about something. You grieve a lot. It is not a sign of weakness. It is permission to recognize the loss. Then you can figure out the lessons of it.

One of the things in public life. You see it. [Laughing] Other people see it. They take school tragedies and others. Then they draw value from it. A sibling dies from a disease. Then they become committed to fundraising for a cure.

Our human tendency to build something positive on the foundations of tragedy and loss. It is a positive thing. Many people have to face it. I have to face it. It was an emotional struggle. The need to understand the experience and deal with the sadness.

At the same time, I had to earn a living [Laughing].

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Campbell: You have to continue. Certainly, you can see people who were hoping for failure. If you thought I did not belong there, then it will be discouraging to you, when I become strong in the case of loss.

This will dispel the view of me, as someone weak. [Laughing]. To the extent of not giving those people the satisfaction, it is a good incentive. If I was not strong, I would not deal with setbacks and disappointments.

However, I am resilient. I am going to lick my wounds. I am going to acknowledge the disappointment and ask the question, “What matters to me?” I can work to pursue those goals. A life without being in elected politics.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mrs. Campbell.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Witch Persecution and Jungle Justice in Abia State

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: African Freethinker

Journal Founding: November 1, 2018

Frequency: Once (1) per year (Circa January 1, 2023)

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 1

Issue Numbering: 1

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Individual Publication Date: September 2, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Dr. Leo Igwe

Author(s) Bio: Dr. Leo Igwe is the Founder of the Humanist Association of Nigeria, the Founder & CEO of Advocacy for Alleged Witches, and the Convener of the Decade of Activism Against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

Word Count: 462

Image Credit: None.

Keywords: Abia state, Advocacy for Alleged Witches, Amaegbuato, Amarachi Okechi, Leo Igwe, Messers Chijioke Onyele, Nkpa Bende, Umueghu, witchcraft accusation.

*Please see the footnotes bibliography after the article.*

Witch Persecution and Jungle Justice in Abia State

The Advocacy for Alleged Witches (AfAW) deplores the torture and dehumanizing treatment of Mrs. Amarachi Okechi from Umueghu in Amaegbuato autonomous community Nkpa Bende Local Government, Abia state. A video that is circulating on social media shows some youths flogging this woman while some people looked on. Family sources told AfAW that some persons accused Mrs. Okechi of witchcraft after a young girl took ill and the illness “defied” treatment. They claimed that Mrs. Okechi magically caused the ailment. Youths in the community accused her after consulting a local diviner who certified that Mrs. Okechi was behind the sickness. Mr. Okechukwu Chidirim led the youths who consulted the diviner.

A relative told AfAW that on Tuesday, August 23, some youths abducted Mrs. Okechi, tied her hands and legs, and flogged her at a public square. A part of the video shows where some blood was gushing from her head. They forced her to sleep outside until the following day. On Wednesday, August 24, the youths flogged Mrs. Okechi again; they hit her with sticks and stones. She sustained injuries, and had bruises on her head, hands and back. According to local sources, some family members tried to intervene, but the youths attacked and beat them up. The youths asked Mrs. Okechi to heal the girl or she would suffer a worse fate. They compelled the family of Mrs. Okechi to pay them the sum of 50,000 Naira. They claimed it was the money that they paid to consult a diviner. Messers Chijioke Onyele and Okechukwu Chidirim collected the money on behalf of the youths from the community.

AfAW is in touch with family members on how to ensure the safety of the accused. The life of Mrs. Okechi is in danger. She could be killed if the sick child eventually dies. There is an ongoing consultation on how to take her to a safe location. Mrs Okechi also needs some medical examination.

However, AfAW has been informed some youths are threatening to burn down Mrs Okechi’s house if anyone takes her out of the community. AfAW urges the traditional ruler and president general of the community to call the youths in the community to order, and get to end this show of shame. Community leaders should work to ensure that Mrs. Okechi suffers no further harm or abuse. The torture and maltreatment of Mrs. Okechi are clear cases of jungle justice and trial by ordeal. They are criminal acts. AfAW calls on the divisional police officer in Uzuakoli and the Abia state police command to ensure that the perpetrators are brought to justice. State ministries for justice, women affairs and social welfare should synergize and help bring to an end witchcraft accusations and the barbaric treatment of alleged witches in the state.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 23: Gail Greenough on International Show Jumping and Equestrianism

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: E

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: “The Greenhorn Chronicles”

Individual Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Gail Greenough

Word Count: 3,318

Image Credit: Gail Greenough.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

*Interview conducted September 1, 2022.*

Abstract

Gail Greenough is the CEO of Greenough Equestrian. She teaches and trains out of Creekside Equestrian near Calgary, Alberta. She was the youngest and first rider to finish with zero faults to win the gold medal at the 1986 World Show Jumping Championships, and the only woman and North American to do so. She joined the Canadian equestrian team in 1983. She won gold for the National Cup, the National Horse Show, the International Grand Prix, the National Grand Prix, and the DuMaurier Grand Prix. She earned a Bachelor of Arts Classics, Arts History, and Sociology, from the University of Alberta. Greenough has been honoured with the Sports Federation of Canada Achievement Award (1984), Edmonton Sports Report Association Amateur Athlete of the Year (1986), TSN Female Athlete of the Year (1986), Alberta Achievement Award (1987), and the Edmonton YWCA Tribute to Women Award (1988), and entrance into the Order of Canada (1990), the Alberta Sports Hall of Fame (1994), the Canadian Olympic Hall of Fame (1998) and the Jump Canada Hall of Fame (2006). Greenough discusses: the first inklings of becoming an equestrian; an actual career; Canadian society at the time; the experience of seeing very, very high-level jumping; gold medals; the greatest supports; rapport with horses; human behaviour and patterns; the more difficult aspects of a horses personalities; the gold medals; the Bachelor of Arts in Classics, Arts History, and Sociology from U of A; the more impactful or significant personalities in the Canadian show jumping world since its inception; his trademark trait or personality facet; the system of building U25 riders into riders for Canada; the quality of the horse and the matching of the rider; barriers; regrets; balance; support structures; international women riders; the men; punching above our level; familial feel; most dominant international show jumping team; the style of riding for show jumping; principles; equipment and safety; aspects of safety have changed; the leading edge, the cutting edge, of the training, the equipment, the safety and care; identify a young rider with a lot of talent; training others; and feel proud three international trainees.

Keywords: Alberta, Canada, equestrianism, Gail Greenough, horse sense, Ian Millar, principles, show jumping, The Greenhorn Chronicles, U25.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 23: Gail Greenough on International Show Jumping and Equestrianism

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We are here with Gail Greenough. She is a distinguished international show jumper in Canadian equestrian history. So, to start, what were the first inklings of becoming an equestrian or interaction with horses in particular?

Gail Greenough: As a little girl, I did not grow up in a horse related family. I had two older brothers that played hockey. My father played hockey. I came from a very sports-minded family. I was one of those girls who loved horses and would do anything to be around horses. So for as long as I remember, I was always in love with horses.

Jacobsen: Was there a particular moment when you realized this could become an actual career and was formally a sport that you could compete in?

Greenough: Not really one particular moment, it evolved from Pony Club on up. I always wanted to make it my life. That was my dream. When I started jumping, all I wanted to do was jump for the Canadian equestrian team. I was very driven at a young age for sure.

Jacobsen: Do you think there’s anything about Canadian society at the time, latter 20th-century, that was a fertile time to be an equestrian to get into show jumping, etc.?

Greenough: It paralleled the growth of Spruce Meadows. Spruce Meadows was at its inception when I was 14-years-old, which is a time in an adolescent’s life where you choose directions. I was 14-year-olds at the first Spruce Meadows competition (13 or 14). I grew alongside with Spruce Meadows. As they grew, I grew. As a junior, I was able to compete in the international ing in Spruce Meadows and walk under the watchtower. They got international teams from Europe and England. I was able to watch the best riders in the world ride as a teenager.

That, probably, catapulted me. So, the parallel with Spruce Meadows growth would parallels my growth. I, probably, couldn’t have achieved what I achieved without Spruce Meadows.

Jacobsen: Recollecting back, when you had the experience riding and jumping with horses before seeing the world’s best, and then actually seeing them in practice, what was the experience of seeing very, very high-level jumping compared to what you had seen before?

Greenough: I was competing at lower levels. I was at the competitions at the same time, competing at a different level. I was able to absorb everything from the international riders and knew that that was what I wanted to do.

Jacobsen: For a lot of people who may not realize, you had a lot of success – gold medals and such – very early in life, in your 20s.

Greenough: Yes.

Jacobsen: It came rapidly, very tightly together.

Greenough: Yes.

Jacobsen: When did you realize, outside of the medals, that you were quite very good.

Greenough: I think as a junior jumper rider. I was fairly brave and fairly accurate. As we say in our sport, I had a pretty good eye for the distance to the jump. When I finished high school, I moved to California. I achieved a lot there. I learned how to go fast agains the clock with Butch Thomas. I went to college. Then I moved back to Edmonton to go to university and work with Mark Laskin.

My last year of university was my first team on the Canadian team. My horses were back East because that’s where everything was based. I was going to U of A. I really don’t know how I did that. I was on the planes a lot. It was the days before the internet. I would do Madison Square Gardens and the Royal Winter Fair with the team and try and get home and write final exams. That was complicated.

Jacobsen: What do you consider some of the greatest supports in getting that achieved?

Greenough: My family, my parents, my mother, my father, they were behind me 100%, as long as I went to school [Laughing]. For sure, my family and my brothers, my two older brothers, supported me and my dreams. I had really good coaches. I had John Weir, Mac Cone, Butch Thomas, Mark Laskin. First and foremost, I was matched with really good horses that brought me along in the sport. You are only really as good as what you sit on and only as good as the match between horse and rider. Not that I had easy horses, I didn’t. But definitely, I created really good rapport with the horses that I had.

Jacobsen: How do you develop that rapport with horses? How long does that generally take?

Greenough: It is a lot of time. It is a lot of time in the saddle and out of the saddle, and in the barn, knowing the personalities, establishing a relationship, a give-and-take. Every horse is different, just like human beings. Every relationship was different. You have to work together. It takes a lot of time. Some horses [Laughing], you click with quicker than others. Some relationships develop quicker than others. It is like human-to-human relationships or a human to any animal. You have to learn to listen to each other both ways.  

Jacobsen: What do you think are the main ways horses tune into human behaviour and patterns?

Greenough: I think if somebody is nervous around a horse; they pick up on that right away. So, as we say in our sport, you have horse sense. You just learn to read each other in the stall, mucking out the stall, doing waters, feeding, hand walking, a lot of work on the ground – groundwork. You establish your rapport.

Jacobsen: What do you consider some of the more difficult aspects of horses’ personalities to make that connection, where that horse is not easily making that connection with a horse or a rider?

Greenough: The horse would have a reason for it. It could be something from its past. If you take on a rescue dog, they have layers. Things you don’t know that have happened to them in the past. So, you have to develop a trust and a language between each other. You just do that through handling and working away, taking away, so you have a trust.  

Jacobsen: Of the gold medals that you have won in your history, what ones would you consider the most significant, personally?

Greenough: I’d have to say the World Championships. There have been other GPs that I have won that stick out in my mind. I won the Stuttgart Masters in Germany. A few double clears in Nation Cups, I am pretty proud of. I won the Halifax $100,000 2 years in a row on a horse called Simon Says. I have been in 4th, 5th, and 6th, in GPs with horses that jumped so well where those are more meaningful than the wins. You have accomplished something, but you didn’t get the red rosette for it.

But you really accomplished something in that round. That sticks out for me more than anything. Winning the Canadian championships on a horse called Lesandra in the early 2000s. I am pretty proud of that. I have been out of the top end of the sport for a while, built this young mare. She came along pretty quickly and won the Thunderbird Grand Prix two years in a row as a 7 or 8 year old, which is pretty unheard of. She was pretty phenomenal.

Jacobsen: Have you ever made use of the Bachelor of Arts in Classics, Arts History, and Sociology from U of A?

Greenough: [Laughing] Yeah, probably.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Greenough: I have an appreciation for it. In some social settings, it has come in handy for sure. You tend to be in those kind of settings among some pretty elite people in this sport. I’d say, “Yes, it has come in handy,” but school in general gives you a methodology of thought. My writing skills are better for it. My communication skills are better for it. I’d say that I have used my degrees well.

Jacobsen: Who would you consider some of the more impactful or significant personalities in the Canadian show jumping world since its inception?

Greenough: Ian Millar, our sport wouldn’t be where it is without Ian Millar. He has been the singlehandedly most impactful rider and developer of our sport in Canada, by far, by far.

Jacobsen: What would you consider his trademark trait or personality facet that makes him stand out?

Greenough: He never gives up until he solves the problem. He is a problem solver. He is so willing to pass on that knowledge to anybody who wants to listen. He is a great communicator. He is a great passer on of knowledge. He is, by far, a great rider and also as a coach. I ran a coaching business for a few years. This is well after I won the world championships. I wanted to learn that side of things to become a better coach. I worked alongside Ian at Millar Brooke (Farm) for a few years to learn the coaching side of things. He is amazing.

Jacobsen: How do you see the system of building U25 riders into riders for Canada compared to other nations in the Americas or the other continental regions as well?

Greenough: I think we’re catching up. I think it has not been as impactful as other countries. It is there. The system is in place. It is available to those who follow it. There is a ladder. There is a process. I think that is the most impactful thing, is that it is in place and available. Our numbers are smaller than other countries as far as riders. We don’t have the same number of riders. But we’ve always been a small, but might country equestrian-wise. We’ve won a lot of gold medals for a country that doesn’t have the same numbers of riders as, say, Germany or Ireland or even the U.S. For our small numbers, we do quite well. For shortages of good horses, we have many great riders in this country. It is just finding the good horses to match them. That’s the hard part.

Jacobsen: Outside of the quality of the horse and the matching of the rider, what would you consider barriers to entry or aspects where the industry could improve to make those chances even better, to leverage the small population of talent even further?

Greenough: It’s a dedication of quality of young riders earlier and the process of getting them going. Financially, it is inhibiting for sure. So, I think that’s always an issue. Money is always an issue. It is to find the good riders and seeing if you can get them going somehow, being creative in your ways of thinking. We are getting better at the breeding programs, a lot better. That is starting to show itself, slowly. It is starting to show itself in Canada.

Jacobsen: Are there any areas where there are barriers when you were going through the process of becoming an international rider that are, more or less, not necessarily entirely equitable, but more evened out?

Greenough: I was one of the few females riding on the international stage. It was definitely a European man’s sport at the international level. So, I was a bit breaking the glass ceiling for females to follow. “You can do it. We can do it. We can try.” I think that catapulted more females into the sport at the higher level.

Jacobsen: Do you have any regrets in any achievements that you did not attain in your history?

Greenough: I never competed in the Olympic Games. Either my horses were hurt or I was hurt, that’s a regret. I regret not having a family [Laughing], because I was focused on the next competition and the next year. I missed out on that phase of my life. Now, you see the girls doing both. It is hard. They do it. That impresses me. The top female athletes having families. It is very impressive.

Jacobsen: How do you think they achieve that balance between international show jumping fame and the intensity of the work there, as well as the balance with the family life? How do you think they’re achieving that?

Greenough: Major team behind them.

Jacobsen: Do you think other riders who would want that same balance, who did not have support structures – people, resources, etc. – in place, that they could attain them?

Greenough: You make a decision. If your decision is to ride at the top level, then you find a way to make it work. It is difficult for any female like a top female business executive would have the same issues as a top athlete. You look at Serena Williams. She is stepping down to spend more time with her family. It’s pretty hard to do both perfect. Females are strong, but, boy oh boy, it is hard to do both perfect. I think if you have achieved in the international sport as a female and then decide to have children. I think it is easier to let the international side go. If you have achieve many other goals, it is easier to let that part of your life go and attain that better balance.

Jacobsen: Of the international women riders you know, do you think most would like that balance?

Greenough: Yes, I think it’s natural.

Jacobsen: What about the men?

Greenough: Oh, who knows? [Laughing]

Jacobsen: [Laughing]

Greenough: A man’s life is easy. But, typically, what happens in this sport, you marry within the sport and have children within the sport, and the kids grow up in the sport. We all become one big family. I’m auntie Gail to many, many kids. Because we spend so much time together on the road. We all get to know each other pretty well. It is a nice group.

Jacobsen: Based on a prior response, do you think that’s even more exaggerated for Canadian show jumpers? So, per capita, we are punching above our level, but it is tighter because it is smaller.

Greenough: I think we punch above our numbers, yes.

Jacobsen: Do you think there is this faux familial feel more than other countries?

Greenough: No, I think it is the same. You are fighting for your country and fighting together. We have a large contingent of Irish people in Canada. They’re a pretty tight group.

Jacobsen: Which country, in the 2010s, even in the 2020s now, has been the, certainly, most dominant international show jumping team?

Greenough: I think Ireland has come along gangbusters in the last 20 years. At the worlds, it was Sweden. It was in Denmark. The Swedes, oh my God, on fire! They are on fire.

Jacobsen: When it comes to the earliest riders, I think it was in Mexico, three guys, e.g., Thomas Gayford, etc. Do you think that the style of riding for show jumping, in terms of training thought and approach to the sport has changed to the present, or are the principles much the same?

Greenough: It has evolved, tremendously. They were incredible. That team was incredible, the Mexico team. The style of riding has changed dramatically. The courses have changed. The horses have changed. It’s not even apples and oranges. It is apples and peanuts. It is totally changed. It is much more technical in every way. Even since my win at the world championships, the sport has evolved. If you don’t evolve… I coach and source horses. If you don’t evolve with the sport, you should pick something else to do; it has changed that much. Like any sport, it is continually evolving. You could ask the same thing about hockey in 1964 and hockey now. It is different. The athletes are different. The equipment is different, much faster game. It is a much faster game in the equestrian world too.

Jacobsen: What principles do you think would be the most significantly changed since that time in ’64?

Greenough: It is much more developed as a sport. So, principles, those guys had the same principles as us. They were determined and driven, as we are now. So, the principles have remained the same. The technicalities have changed.

Jacobsen: In terms of equipment and safety, those have changed too?

Greenough: Oh, night and day.

Jacobsen: What aspects of safety have changed?

Greenough: Safety cups for back rails and oxers. If the comes down on the back rail, they don’t fall down, the rail falls down. That’s a safety aspect. Different bridals have been developed, different mouth pieces, different boots, saddles, saddle pads. The care of the horses is extraordinary. We have acupuncturists, and chiropractors, and massage therapists. We have different care for their legs and different machines that we use, and ultrasound. Diagnostics has changed. We can tell right away if something is up with the ultrasounds, the X-rays, radiographs. The attention to detail is extraordinary. The horses get better care than we do: the feed, the hay, all of it.

Jacobsen: What would you consider some of the leading edge, the cutting edge, of the training, the equipment, the safety and care, of horses and riders?

Greenough: One thing that sticks out to me after what I just said is the training, getting the horses more rideable – broke, using a lot of rail work. I use a lot of rail work in my training instead of jumping a bunch of jumps. I do a lot of flat work over rails, establishing the connection with the horse that way, making them come forward and back, having them come off the leg, but not over jumps – just training over a flat, a rail, or different gymnastics.

Jacobsen: How do you identify a young rider with a lot of talent, a lot of horse sense?

Greenough: Somebody who is pretty relaxed in the saddle. Somebody who is coachable. Somebody who has a good comfort level around horses and confidence, dedication, determination, thinking in the long term and not the short term.

Jacobsen: Of those, what can you train? What can you not? What can you reinforce? What can you not?

Greenough: Certainly, it is easier to work with riders with more natural ability. It is a hard sport. If somebody doesn’t have the innate talent, it is difficult, like any sport, like hockey players. If they can’t skate well [Laughing], it is going to be tough going. Individuals, human beings are driven to, hopefully, to the sports that they excel in. I don’t coach at the lower levels. I coach pretty much elite athletes. They are fine if I am not there. If I cannot make it to a competition, they are more than capable. It is more of a collaboration. I work with them in specific training at home to get horse and rider ready for competition to do what I do now. I don’t really deal with the grassroots at all.

Jacobsen: Of those riders you have trained, which ones do you feel proud of, say?

Greenough: When I did train juniors, riders evolving, I’d have to say Amy and Jonathan Millar, Ben Asselin. Those would be the three. I’ve been under the saddle for quite a few years. I’m pretty proud of my coaching in general. I’m more excited than the riders are when they are successful. I take it pretty seriously. I’m pretty proud. I’ve coached the Olympic Games, young riders with the kids. I’m pretty proud of all that. Everything things of the World Championships. I’ve evolved with the sport since then. I also am on the High Performance Committee for the equestrian team. I’ve been doing that for many, many years. I’m pretty proud of what I have been able to contribute to that within equestrian Canada.

Jacobsen:  Gail, thank you very much for the opportunity and your time.

Greenough: Yes, thanks! Thanks for the interview.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 23: Gail Greenough on International Show Jumping and Equestrianism. September 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/greenough

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, September 1). The Greenhorn Chronicles 23: Gail Greenough on International Show Jumping and Equestrianism. In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/greenough.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. The Greenhorn Chronicles 23: Gail Greenough on International Show Jumping and Equestrianism. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 23: Gail Greenough on International Show Jumping and Equestrianism.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/greenough.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott The Greenhorn Chronicles 23: Gail Greenough on International Show Jumping and Equestrianism.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (September 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/greenough.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 23: Gail Greenough on International Show Jumping and EquestrianismIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/greenough>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 23: Gail Greenough on International Show Jumping and EquestrianismIn-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/greenough>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 23: Gail Greenough on International Show Jumping and Equestrianism.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo. 11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/greenough.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 23: Gail Greenough on International Show Jumping and Equestrianism [Internet]. 2022 Sep; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/greenough

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 22: Deborah Stacey on the Origins of Horse Lover’s Math (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: E

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: “The Greenhorn Chronicles”

Individual Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Deborah Stacey

Word Count: 3,194

Image Credit: Deborah Stacey.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

*Interview conducted July 7, 2022.*

Abstract

Deborah Stacey is the Founder & CEO of Horse Lover’s Math. Deborah Stacey is the founder and CEO of Horse Lover’s Math (HLM). HLM is an active website for kids ages 8 and up devoted to horses, math and science offering print and downloadable STEM resources and website posts and content that are free and open to everyone. Growing up horse crazy in the suburbs didn’t allow Deborah much opportunity to spend time with horses. She had to find other ways to feed her passion, which she did through reading horse books, drawing horses and watching every program and movie she could find. While in elementary school, she and a friend organized their own horse school, taking turns teaching each other about horses. They even had a chalkboard and gave lectures and tests. The fascination with horses remained strong through high school. After graduating, an opportunity arose to take English riding lessons near her family home. One day at the barn her riding instructor asked if she wanted to work as a groom at a small, private hunter and jumper stable outside of Montreal. She jumped at the chance. Around this time Humber College in Toronto started up a two-year horsemanship program. Deborah graduated with an Honours Degree in Horsemanship in the mid-seventies and went on to work with hunters and jumpers, at a hunter jumper breeding farm, and boarding stables with a focus on dressage. Years later, she had a family of her own and a daughter who loved horses. In school, her daughter struggled with math. One evening, in an effort to help her daughter understand a math word problem, Deborah changed the context from shopping for a bag of flour at the grocery store to buying bags of grain at a feed store. The math operations remained the same; price, decimals and multiplication, but the context changed, now it was about the real world of horses. Her daughter became curious. How much does a bag of oats cost? How does that price compare with beet pulp or sweet feed? She was engaged and she started asking questions. It was an exciting moment for Deborah to see what happens when a child who is struggling finds their passion; they become motivated, curious and open to learning. Using the math worksheets her daughter brought home from school as reference, Deborah started creating math questions based in the real world of horses. She began seeing math everywhere in her work with horses, and Horse Lover’s Math was born. You can find reviews on HLM Level 1 and Level 2, information on Teachers Pay Teachers on HLM Level 1 and Level 2 (Links). Leslie Christian, of Outschool, has been a collaborator with HLM. Stacey discusses: background; an application of mathematics in different disciplines or areas of horsemanship; more advanced mathematics; Humber College in Toronto; no other precedent for this type of program; partnering with any other groups; and the equestrian educational series.

Keywords: British Columbia, Canada, Deborah Stacey, equestrianism, Horse Lover’s Math, Humber College, Leslie Christian, mathematics, The Greenhorn Chronicles, Township of Langley.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 22: Deborah Stacey on the Origins of Horse Lover’s Math (1)

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We are here with Deborah Stacey from Horse Lover’s Math. She is from Langley, British Columbia. Our meeting was interesting because I am doing interviews with equestrians. I started writing articles on equestrianism. One of them was on the horse capital in British Columbia called Langley, Township of Langley. I put a list of businesses, not complete, obviously, that I found. You contacted me and said, “You’re missing one.” [Laughing]

Deborah Stacey: [Laughing]

Jacobsen: “Mine!” I said, “Oh my gosh, I’m so sorry.” So, I added it. “Why don’t I interview you as well?” So, here we are today, in an aspect of equestrianism that I haven’t seen anywhere else, which is the application of the equine to math education with children, so, I have to take a step back and ask, “How did you get interested or started in horses?” What is your background there?

Stacey: This is something I noticed that I had in common with many of the equestrians that you’ve already interviewed. I was a horse crazy girl growing up. How does one explain that? I don’t know. But that was a passion of mine. I grew up in the suburbs. I didn’t have a chance to take riding lessons or be around horses any more than, maybe, once a year to go on a trail ride or something. I graduated from high school. I was living in Ottawa at the time.

I decided to take riding lessons. There was a stable not far from where my parents’ home. My home at the time, I started taking riding lessons. Probably just a few months after I started taking riding lessons, my riding instructor approached me, and asked if I was interested in working at a hobby farm, 10-horse barn, just outside of Saint-Augustin (Côte-Nord, Quebec), North of Montreal. I said, “Sure.” So, I packed my stuff and took the train, and arrived to Mrs. Fleet, who owned the farm. I had an apartment attached to the barn, attached to the doorway and led away from the tack room, and from the tack room into the barn.

She sent me into the tack room to clean tack. The next day, we were going to the show. I didn’t want to tell her that I didn’t know how to clean tack. I went in. There was a saddle soap can. I read the instructions on the can and cleaned the tack. So, that’s how I got going to actually living my dream. This was back in the ‘70s. At the time, I learned about a horsemanship course, a 2-year horsemanship program at Humber College.

I thought, “Okay, this would be a good step for me to take to try and catch up with people who have been with horses all their lives and already had this huge base of experience and knowledge.” So, I was accepted and went. In between those 2 years, I worked at a hunter-jumper breeding farm just outside of Ottawa. After I graduated, I worked at a country club North of Toronto. Then, at a certain point, when I was still looking after other people’s horses, and sharing an apartment with three or four other girls, I couldn’t see a future for myself.

My life took a different direction. Then in the 90s, by then, I, and my family, had moved out here. “Out here” being the West Coast, the Lower Mainland, I had my daughter, who was also a horse crazy girl. Not far from where we lived at the time, there was a farm, a barn, called Sunnyside Barn on 24th East of the King George Highway. She started taking lessons there. One thing led to another, I ended up working there, and eased my way back into the horse world. That’s where the idea for Horse Lover’s Math came to being.

I was helping my daughter. She was in elementary school at the time. I was helping her with her math homework. It was one of those boring word problems about apples or whatever. I thought to myself, “If I just change the context of this question to be about the real world of horses, keep the math operations the same, maybe, she’d want to know the answer.” It was like the light bulb went off. I began to see math everywhere in the world of horses. I started working on creating content. This was before InDesign, before individuals had the capability of creating their own website, before social media. Most of these things weren’t happening then.

I was trying to interest a print publisher in Horse Lover’s Math. I had accepted some articles and essays, and a short story of mine had received an honorable mention in the Writer’s Digest magazine’s annual writers competition. I had that interest and experience, but I couldn’t interest a print publisher. So, I had to put it on the back burner. I never let it go. I knew it was a good idea. Then in 2011, I was at another turning point. I thought, “Okay, if I am ever going to make Horse Lover’s Math happen, now is the time.” As the universe would have it, a friend of mine, his daughter was a children’s book publisher. I had an in.

She agreed to meet with me. I brought with me the work that I’d already prepared. She was very supportive. She said that she’d never seen anything like it. But, her company didn’t publish this type of book. She encouraged me. She said if I had any questions, do not hesitate to contact her. When I left there, I said to myself, “Okay, you’re going to go for it.” I made WordPress courses to make my own website. I lean InDesign to lay out my own books. That’s how I got started.

Jacobsen: The general observation is an application of mathematics in different disciplines or areas of horsemanship.

Stacey: My elevator pitch is: I’ve researched the math curriculum guidelines for grades 4, 5, and 6. I create math content drawn from the real world of horses to meet as many curriculum goals as possible. So, for horse crazy kids, the motivation to learn is built in. I don’t organize the workbooks or the content around the math. It is around the horse information. So, in the workbooks for example, there could be questions about fractions in horse science, e.g., understanding horse height, or in sports, like the fractions around a thoroughbred racetrack.

So, what is motivating kids is their passion for horses, I’ve had comments. I did, as I’ve been working on this (this is before Covid), volunteer at my local elementary school to help out in the math classes, because my kids are adults. I wanted to be familiar with what kids are like today. I developed a Horse Lover’s Match math club, where I would have a group of kids. I went to different classes in grades 4, 5, and 6. I gave them my feel. I described to them what I would be doing. Anyone who would participate, we would meet in the all-purpose room at lunch on Tuesday, say. I developed these activities. Not sitting down, this is one thing I learned in this.

One section of the level 2 workbook is about mustang brands. The BLM in the United States, when they capture horses; they give them a freeze brand. They use the international angle system of brand. It is like a code. If you know how to read the code, you can know how old the horse is, where it was captured, and what their net tag number is. So, I developed these materials to teach kids how to do that and gave them actual examples and real photos of brands on horses necks, asking them, “How old is this horse?” etc. I really love that. I printed out pages. I brought it in from the math club. Kids didn’t really engage with it. They wanted to be standing up and moving, and doing things. That was a good lesson for me. I developed, at least, 10 activities for kids to do.

Then Covid hit, that particular part of Horse Lover’s Math has been put on hold. I am hoping next year to be able to approach home school groups, local elementary schools, and equestrian barns, where they offer riding lessons to kids with a half-day workshop for Horse Lover’s Math.

Jacobsen: How are you hoping to develop this into more advanced mathematics if at all?

Stacey: I’m not. I satisfied with grades 4, 5, and 6. Along with the workbooks, there is an active website. The posts are free and open to everyone. Another goal, I have, as I have shared with you; I was a horse crazy girl growing up. I didn’t really have the opportunity to become a good rider. So, in my mind, I had, “In order to have a career with horses. You’ve got to be a good rider.” You don’t, actually. You can have an academic career with horses, as we have touched on already. There are all these universities and colleges now doing research, who have professors and undergraduates. So, this is another goal of mine. For this to open the door for kids, so many kids by this crucial age group, they start to become closed to learning. The joy, the excitement, the fun of learning, which, I believe, we are all born with becomes shut down.

So many kids, “I don’t like math.” I’ve had so many kids tell me, “I didn’t even know I was doing math because the focus is on horses.” I’m hoping. My market, my target group, is very much a niche group. That age group and horse crazy kids, it’s not all kids. It’s not in the high school. I’m hoping that those kids by getting excited by learning will open the doors to them, who knows where it will lead. One of the sections on the website is courses and careers. So, kids can see that they don’t need to be a rider. They can be an equine science researcher. So, that’s a little side there.

Jacobsen: When you went to Humber College in Toronto, how did the horsemanship program compare then from now?

Stacey: That’s a good question. There is much more variety now, like I said. I wasn’t aware of these equine science programs and all of this research being done. It was the only one that I knew of, at Humber College. I’m sure there were ones in the States. I would assume, at that time. Even now, there are even high school programs incorporating equestrian subjects and learning. I think you mentioned one, because there is one based in Brookswood, perhaps.

Jacobsen: Maybe?

Stacey: When I took it, which was back in the ‘70s, there were riding lessons. There was in-classroom work. There was learning about anatomy and lamenesses. That sort of thing in the classroom. It was just a 2-year course. So, I think I was much more basic back then, than what is the variety of availability now. There is this area, which I find exciting, now. An area, which can be referred to as, natural horsemanship feel, like Pat Parelli, Jonathan Field, Josh Nichol, and Warwick Schiller. Their approach to training horses and how horses think, is so much different than when I was involved. It was one of the reasons I got out when I did. It was because I didn’t really like what I was seeing. There are places, universities and colleges, that have programs focused on natural horsemanship.

So, it has really expanded over the years.

Jacobsen: When you were first developing this…

Stacey: Yes.

Jacobsen: …you came across no other precedent for this type of program. Correct?

Stacey: No, and still now, if you Google “Horse Math” or “horses and math,” you should do that and see what you get. It still pretty well stands alone. As I have worked on it over the years, initially, I really tried to keep it restricted to math. I was having increasing trouble doing that. With the rising importance of STEM subjects, I, now, describe it as also being science. So, math and science, kids learn about math and science through their love of horses.

Jacobsen: Have you tried partnering with any other groups who, after you had done it, thought of doing something along similar lines?

Stacey: I haven’t tried partnering. One of the challenges things for me is it’s just me doing everything. Yes, it could be a reason to find a partner to help. Someone suggested, “Why don’t you try to find a publisher?” I could feel in myself. I didn’t want to lose control. You get a publisher involved. I didn’t want to give over that control. I do have a wonderful person who is responsible for the maintenance and backend of my website. I’ve had, initially, an illustrator because, along with photographs and some of my own graphics and drawings, each of the workbooks; I’ve hired an illustrator. I have partnered in that way. Beyond that, I haven’t found another group.

One thing I do is through my Google Alerts, periodically; I find different equine organizations. You mentioned equine therapy when we first started talking. I’ve come across articles of people who have an organization that focuses on at-risk youth or providing kids with the opportunity to be with horses in such a way that it encourages their confidence and competence. I will reach out to them and offer free downloads of Horse Lover’s Math content if they would find it useful for their organization. One early organization, which I contacted, we’ve stayed in touch. [Laughing] It has a great name: Detroit Horse Power. This is a young man named David Silver who started this organization, who has been a pony clubber and is a teacher. He started this organization to help inner city youth kids, primarily black kids.

Jacobsen: That’s fantastic.

Stacey: I don’t know if that is what you were looking for, but that is one thing I am actively doing. I just contacted a woman in Ontario. So, she and I are communicating. She’s excited about using some of the materials. She is going to let me know what she needs.

Jacobsen: At the periphery of the journalism, those tidbits of information become helpful for a journalist, as I do not have a team behind me, do not have institutional backing. This is not a paid position. These are things, I find, either intellectually interesting or consider important to present to a public intellectual audience. It doesn’t have to necessarily be restricted to people paying for an article, as it is a free outlet. Yet, the grade reading level can prevent a full comprehension of the written material. That, in a very direct way, restricts the people who comprehend properly the intended content. So, the way to buttress the reader and help them is to have it as a conversational presentation as well.

Stacey: Also, storytelling, some of these anecdotes, they’re stories. That is always an entertaining way of conveying information and draws people in.

Jacobsen: 100%, and also, this starts with, myself at, zero background knowledge.

Stacey: I read that! How did you get this idea that this was an area? I mean, now, you’re out cleaning stalls.

Jacobsen: So, today, we were at the FEI barns. I was cleaning stalls, doing landscaping and gardening, came back to home base and did more landscaping and gardening. That was the day. Basically, it’s whatever they need me to do. Yesterday, it was getting the sprinkler system set on 30 -minute timers [Ed. Staff as the timers for some of the sprinkler systems.] and setting three on at a time while doing second pickings for the stalls while doing stall fronts. Wherever you are needed, you go there. One of the biggest lessons from this industry. It’s a barn. There’s always work. I was in restaurants. I was thinking, “Money is not an issue. What can I do?”

I decided something that would be interesting. For one, it is the horse capital of British Columbia. For two, I know people that talk about horses all the time, want to try working with or around them. So, why not? I decided to just take that jump. My work experience, writing experience, my education, [Laughing] none of it has any applicability to this industry. It has turned out fabulously because it has melded so well into the independent journalistic work by me, especially because it is in Langley. There is a lot of opportunity to write about, learn about, extend a hand to people in saying, “Hi, my name is Scott. I do journalism. Would you like to talk about horses?”

Most of the people, most of the time, are very open to these things. It’s very lovely. Myself, I like this particular series because, as far as I know, this might be one of the first educational series of the journal, where it is very explicit: I am utterly ignorant and am going to have conversations with all facets and people, as much as I can, starting nationally, with equestrians. The conversations will be presented as follows: You’ll learn about the people, and then the industry. You’ll learn as I am learning in a lot of ways. So, the sophistication of my questions will develop along the way. Even in show jumping, names like Eric Lamaze, Erynn Ballard, Tiffany Foster, and Ian Millar.

These names meant nothing to me before. I had no idea who these people were. Now, I know. Now, I make the proper call for a horse, to move around a horse and not be nervous around them. Things everyone does. What are the differences between alfalfa hay, timothy hay, and local hay? Things of this nature. Or, simply, barns and keeping things clean for clientele. There is this whole aesthetic to equestrian culture. So, the short of the long has been what most people have been telling the whole time, basically. [Laughing]

Stacey: [Laughing].

Jacobsen: “It’s a lifestyle.” That explains most things because there are no transferable things, I had into this industry prior. You’re either a foot in the door phenomena and slowly getting in, or in 10-fingers and 10-toes. It’s all week. You don’t stop. That’s, more or less, without deep knowledge or presentation of the story; my mini narrative into the industry. I love it, despite the all-weather hard labour. I do love it. I am excited to see how the bits and pieces of knowledge and practical application begin to knit together with more full ranch work.

And, get this, I only (have) had a horse step on my foot, once!

Stacey: [Laughing].

Jacobsen: He was a boy, a colt in other words, no steel toe. I was lucky, in other words.

Stacey: [Laughing].

Jacobsen: My toe was completely mangled. I’ve heard of way worse. It took about two weeks to heal. You get used to that kind of stuff.

Stacey: Yes, it’s going to happen, in one way or another.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 22: Deborah Stacey on the Origins of Horse Lover’s Math (1). September 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-1

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, September 1). The Greenhorn Chronicles 22: Deborah Stacey on the Origins of Horse Lover’s Math (1). In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. The Greenhorn Chronicles 22: Deborah Stacey on the Origins of Horse Lover’s Math (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 22: Deborah Stacey on the Origins of Horse Lover’s Math (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “The Greenhorn Chronicles 22: Deborah Stacey on the Origins of Horse Lover’s Math (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (September 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 22: Deborah Stacey on the Origins of Horse Lover’s Math (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-1>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 22: Deborah Stacey on the Origins of Horse Lover’s Math (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-1>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 22: Deborah Stacey on the Origins of Horse Lover’s Math (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo. 11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-1.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 22: Deborah Stacey on the Origins of Horse Lover’s Math (1) [Internet]. 2022 Sep; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stacey-1

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Olav Hoel Dørum on Norwegian Socio-Culture and Talent: Former Ombudsman, Mensa Norway (3)

Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Publisher Founding: September 1, 2014

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com 

Location: Fort Langley, Township of Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Journal: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Journal Founding: August 2, 2012

Frequency: Three (3) Times Per Year

Review Status: Non-Peer-Reviewed

Access: Electronic/Digital & Open Access

Fees: None (Free)

Volume Numbering: 11

Issue Numbering: 1

Section: A

Theme Type: Idea

Theme Premise: “Outliers and Outsiders”

Theme Part: 26

Formal Sub-Theme: None

Individual Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Issue Publication Date: January 1, 2023

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewer(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Interviewee(s): Olav Hoel Dørum

Word Count: 4,109

Image Credit: None.

International Standard Serial Number (ISSN): 2369-6885

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations, after the interview.*

Abstract

Olav Hoel Dørum was the Ombudsman for Mensa Norway. He is a Member of Mensa International. He discusses: professional medicine; the warmth of a childhood; absurd jokes and eccentric stories; a lack of formal religion; misuse or positive social use; common misuses of intelligence tests; common positive uses of intelligence tests; too much value on the I.Q. score; medical screening process; the causal or correlation pathway; some high-I.Q. types; Nietzsche; Jung; archival work; the last year-and-a-half; the era of singular, solitary genius; Norway’s relative high comfort and SES; the social mobility in Norway; societies where capitalism is leaned on too much or socialism is leaned on too much; a “deeper meaning”; the Gapminder Foundation; other favourite maxims of Kant; idea of a rejection of no saturation points as a definite referent; the benefits of “work ethic, social conscience, structure and reaction to crisis” in East-Asian cultures; and a harmonious balanced viewpoint.

Keywords: Christians, Donquixote Doflamingo, East-Asian cultures, Gapminder Foundation, geniuses, I.Q. tests, Jordan Peterson, Jung, Kant, LGBTQ+, Nietzsche, non-religious, Norway, Olav Hoel Dørum, Russia, Ukraine, Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale, Western oriented cultures.

Conversation with Olav Hoel Dørum on Norwegian Socio-Culture and Talent: Former Ombudsman, Mensa Norway (3)

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Did the history of professional medicine influence any of the professional decisions for you?

Olav Hoel Dørum: No. I did what I had a talent for and found enjoyable. My parents thought it was important I got educated but not in any particular direction.

Jacobsen: Were there any other influences than the warmth of a childhood family of encouragement and support?

Dørum: Not until I joined Mensa when I was 23. I met people who really inspired and motivated me, and I was given trust and responsibility. There were, and still are, many beautiful people with very different lives that each gave me something. An idea, a feeling, a perspective, a goal – something that gives you the little tickling gut feeling you would not want to be without.

Jacobsen: What are some of your more absurd jokes and eccentric stories?

Dørum: Our national gathering in 2019 had a flamingo and unicorn-theme. I bought a costume on eBay to wear during Saturday’s dinner. It was the pink feather coat to the character Donquixote Doflamingo from the manga One Piece. Look it up, it is quite the view. The ad said that some shedding may occur. The hotel staff can assure you that was an understatement. It was a trail of feathers from the elevator and to my room, in the nachspiel suit, in the bar and a significant amount in the banquet hall. Worth every cent and was one of the best banquets I have ever been to. The cleaning personnel certainly disagrees.

Jacobsen: Is Norwegian society marked by a lack of formal religion? I am aware of the huge humanist community there. They’ve had a great legacy contribution to the international secular humanist community.

Dørum: Religion does not play a noticeable role in either decision making or political views. Religion still has a unifying role in ceremonies such as weddings, funerals and public mourning after terror attacks but many religions are represented in these events – not just Christians. Very low percentage of people attend church regularly, roughly 12 percent attend mass once a month and roughly 50 percent are baptised. I would say that most if not all kinds of societal participation is non-religious. Some parts of the country are noticeably less tolerant when it comes to LGBTQ+ issues and those parts tend to be more religious in general, but I think it has more to do with conservative views and generally low level of tolerance and not something that is a manifestation of religion.

Jacobsen: For the most part, given the conventional view on intelligence tests, are they more prone to misuse or positive social use?

Dørum: Positive social use. Most societies do not practice systematic discrimination in such a way that intelligence tests would be a useful tool. It surely has been misused by having ambiguous items, instructions that are specifically worded so that they are difficult to interpret correctly or questions with references commonly unfamiliar to the working class. The problem is that using intelligence tests with the intent to discriminate is that it is a low precision weapon. If the group you want to discriminate against has low reading comprehension due to lack of schooling and you want to use that against them, it will also hurt people you do not want to discriminate against but who also have low reading comprehension. It only works if you indiscriminately discriminate and extremely few are willing to do just that. Many countries also do not have a tradition for testing so the opportunity never arose in the first place.

Jacobsen: What are common misuses of intelligence tests?

Dørum: I have not seen any common misuse of intelligence tests itself, but there is an abundance of tests that piggyback on the credibility of professional tests and the term I.Q. Most people know that what you find online should not be taken seriously, but there are too many not very well developed tests that are sold to companies with the purpose of team building or recruitment. The validation data is usually not publicly available, contrary to professional psychological tests, so we only have the companies’ words that they work. We also have salesmen who are selling adaptations of professional tests to companies. The tests itself might be very useful in the right context, which is rarely recruitment.

Jacobsen: What are common positive uses of intelligence tests?

Dørum: To locate various forms, and the severity, of head injuries, in neuropsychiatric diagnostics (ADHD, Autism etc) and to identify or rule out intellectual reasons for learning difficulties or failure to adjust. Typically something an average person would never experience. The army uses cognitive tests to screen out those who fall below one standard deviation and who is likely to succeed in various fields. Some companies use intelligence tests during recruitment if that is crucial for the job – pilots is one example, but it may vary from country to country. You hear “general ability test”, “logical reasoning”, “ability test” and so on. They all mean more or less the same thing, general intelligence. The reason it’s branded as something else than intelligence tests is that the academic requirements for calling a test an intelligence test is very costly and lengthy. It’s cheaper to call it a “general ability test”. It’s also less controversial.

Jacobsen: There is a tendency to place too much value on the I.Q. score, as in a formulation of part of an identity around it. Plenty of others have noted this. I take this area as another aspect of the research into the communities. What seems like the factual, state of the matter, reason for this pattern, particularly among men who get media attention with some exceptions?

Dørum: First a quick explanation why exact scores do not matter. Psychological tests place you in a landscape. Scores are meaningful when you ask more fundamental questions like if a person is at risk of falling behind at school, need help to get employment or if a person has above average capacity for learning and understanding complex material. It does not matter if you score 120 or 133 on an I.Q. test, you’re a smart guy. What matters is if you score 96 or 117. Most tests are not very accurate beyond two standard deviations from the mean. The number of people you need to perform statistical analysis to build a reliable test is usually much higher than what is available.

I do not necessarily think people who place much value in I.Q. scores are different from other people who are equally passionate about a niche, but since I.Q. is more controversial they come off as eccentric or boasting. Most people have something they are proud of, which is used as a springboard to confidence in other areas. It is a very human thing to do. Vanity is a very old thing.

Many of those interested in I.Q. has no interest in cognitive functions as a field of study so they don’t understand the premises of the tools. I.Q. tests reflect something essential about the person taking the test so I understand why some might get a bit too carried away with I.Q. scores.

Jacobsen: Was the medical screening process requiring a cognitive test art of the autism spectrum disorder finding? How do you see the world differently than others – to what extent in the spectrum, for example?

Dørum: Most neuropsychological assessments use cognitive tests which taps into different mental abilities. Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale was originally developed as a cognitive screening tool and has continued to be developed with this purpose in mind. They do not calculate an I.Q. score because it’s not relevant for the assessment, but rather looking at differences between scores and certain profiles. I am not limited by my conditions in any significant way, which is what is commonly referred to as “high functioning” although many don’t like that because it suggests function level can be represented on a two dimensional scale.

I do not conceptualize the same way and seem to be more aware of how my inner picture is built up. If you read a list of 20 words that all share a common theme to someone: “Snow, fireplace, santa, food, jolly, reindeer, gingerbread”, and then asked if a certain word was on the list, most people would say that the word “christmas” was on the list. It is much more common for non-autistic people to not differentiate between a conclusion or interpretation and individual impressions or facts. I know what I have seen or heard, but I do not confuse that with what people have told me or what I feel or assume. I have many opinions but I am rarely emotionally invested in them. I do not feel a clear group identity and I have no understanding of tribalism or destructive competition. It’s easier to see the many sides of events and situations if you don’t feel you have something to defend.

Jacobsen: What is the causal or correlation pathway? Is intelligence leading to social and economic success, or is it social and economic circumstances leading to intelligence ‘success’, some third variable, or some circularity of the first two, etc.?

Dørum: Intelligence can be predicted at a fairly early age and manifests itself through increased capacity for learning, making sense of complexity, figuring out what to do and other things related to thinking, so it is definitely a major genetic component. The environment can help you utilize your genetic potential but you cannot create something that was not there to begin with. Negative stress has a negative impact on decision making, so those who struggle financially or live in poverty have a disadvantage by not being able to plan and act as rationally as they otherwise would have done, but that is social circumstances and not the underlying general intelligence we measure on I.Q. tests.

Jacobsen: Do you think some high-I.Q. types try to up-play the ‘dysfunctional’ for some more media attention? Tabloid news must gobble it up.

Dørum: I think those who feel they have something to say are the ones likely to respond when the media is looking for someone to interview. The motivation for making the case has a lot to say too. When journalists wrote about Mensa Norway prior to 2010, their main focus was on eccentric and a bit different kinds of people that have come together and found a community. Overall, the article gave a positive image of Mensa and its members but the last ten years or so the focus has been that it is cool and fun to be a member. I think articles reflect a trend in society and not so much about the members themselves.

Jacobsen: What about Nietzsche stands out the most about comprehension of human nature?

Dørum: He is not afraid to embrace thoughts that most people find very uncomfortable or straight out frightening. He once wrote “The thought of suicide is a great consolation: by means of it one gets through many a dark night.” Suicide is an act that is universally condemned, and even considering committing suicide is seen as a sin or something many people reacts very strong to. It is perfectly understandable, as it has an unbelievably devastating effect on those you leave behind. Nietzsche understands that when you have found a way out, a solution to your suffering, even if the solution is terrible, you can endure if you know that you do not have to. There are suicide clinics in Europe that allows patients with uncurable diseases such as ALS (Amyotrofisk lateral sklerose) that significantly reduce quality of life while giving them a lot of pain, to die peacefully. Some research has shown that around 80 percent of those who get a “green light” from the clinic do not proceed to end their life. A way out gave them strength to continue. Nietzsche also said “He who has a why to live for can bear almost any how.” People should seek to find meaning wherever they find it, but at the same time know that it is you who decides what is worth fighting for and how much you can afford to give. I think some of the reason we have such a strong reaction to suicide is that your family depend on you, and that life in general was incredible harsh and ruthless. It was necessary for our survival to find a way to cope that did not involve dying.

Jacobsen: How has Jung been helpful in making summative statements on human nature?

Dørum: He was one of the first to identify personality traits such as introversion and extraversion, which was very useful in an academic setting. I liked his relationship with spirituality. Religion is one example of systematic spirituality where you have a God and rules for how to live and some stories and tales to justify the rules. Jung focused more on the human need to have a meaning beyond materialistic needs. This was something he observed in his patients and it is reasonable to assume he was well educated in other cultures and religions as well. It resonates well with how humans see themselves in the cosmos. Even among those without religious identity there are very few that fully accept that life is entirely without meaning or that there is absolutely nothing immaterial that has some role to play in the development of the cosmos and those who experience it. There is no good way of telling if religion is a part of modern life because we once found it useful to develop something that brought order and meaning into a highly unpredictable and violent world, or if it represents an inborn need to have something bigger than humanity. Rituals seem to be important for mammals with a high level of intelligence, such as elephants, dolphins and apes. They are less sophisticated but we clearly see they react to death. Spirituality could be important for all intelligent life forms as they mark the beginning and end of life. With a tradition for art and music we can easily transform rituals into a form with religious associations.

Jacobsen: What kind of archival work in the past?

Dørum: Just ordinary archiving at public offices and organizations. Nothing special in particular. I really cannot make this interesting for the readers.

Jacobsen: Also, since I messed up with the interview on part 2, what has happened in the last year-and-a-half? (Sorry, by the way, for being dumb.)

Dørum: I have gotten a new job within IT and hosted an exchange student from Japan. It has without doubt been one of the best years in some time. I got to experience some aspects of having a family. From the very basics such as dinner planning and fun and interesting family activities on the weekend, to vacations and holidays. The experience is different from everyone as all have different motivation for bringing in an exchange student. The other host parents did it for excitement and curiosity, I did for sentimental reasons. Many thinkers, including Socrates, have said “know thy self”. I got to explore new feelings and new perspectives, and to know a different culture and your own culture a lot better.

Jacobsen: Is the era of singular, solitary genius gone? Marilyn vos Savant made a comment one time about ‘teamwork and dollars’ as the driver now.

Dørum: I think the era of singular and solitary geniuses was never there to begin with. As long as we have been able to communicate, both geniuses and scientists have exchanged knowledge and people have cooperated whenever practical. We see it today in various intellectual organizations and platforms on social media. Intelligence tends to seek intelligence. Any singular and solitary genius was more likely a product of lack of infrastructure and opportunity, not deliberate choice. 

Jacobsen: How does Norway’s relative high comfort and SES react in times of war threat, as in the case of Ukraine and Russia?

Dørum: Noticeable increase in cost of living, mainly food, fuel and electricity. I think it has been a shock for the Norwegian people that we are vulnerable in ways we cannot protect ourselves from. Trade assumes that someone wants to trade with you, which may very well not be the case if there is a shortage of food and energy. Ukraine and Russia produce about 10 and 17 percent of the world’s wheat, respectively, and Europe, especially Germany, are too dependent on Russian gas – mostly for heating. Norwegians are notoriously bad at securing their own finances and Norway is one of the European countries with most private debt. Debt is not bad if you invest it in property, but unsecured debt in forms of short loans make up a significant proportion of total debt. Some may be desperate or have reasonable cause, but I would be surprised if more than 10 percent use a spreadsheet to draft a budget. Life is good during continuity, but that is not what you should plan for. I follow the same rule for money as for riding a motorbike: “Dress for the slide, not for the ride”. 

Jacobsen: Has your family benefitted from the social mobility in Norway?

Dørum: Most have benefitted from social mobility in some way, but comparing generations is complicated since Norway experienced an overall increase in wealth post World War 2 like other industrial countries. You can easily stay within your class and experience a tremendous increase of wealth as the society gets richer and more advanced. The answer is “Yes, but I do not know by how much”.

Jacobsen: What happens to societies where capitalism is leaned on too much or socialism is leaned on too much?

Dørum: All European countries have their own variation of welfare capitalism. Inefficient bureaucracy and too many regulations consume resources that could have been spent elsewhere, or not collected. Since it often regulates private contracts and production – it can impede progression. On the other side: Too many financial obstacles and it makes it difficult for people to move upwards and lack of regulation is not a good thing either. But the biggest challenge is immaterial, it exists as political and philosophical reference points. When all you got is capitalism then everything becomes a market, when all you got is the state then everything becomes chaos that must be tamed by bureaucracy. Both systems will eventually lead to stagnation as the people continue to adapt the system to new situations, except in the way that matters. Economic systems define fairness and justice and sets a starting point for further progress, where any form of decline is seen as an unnatural setback rather than a natural change or a necessary alternative. We have a saying in Norway that “much wants more”. No one wants to settle for the reasonable.

Jacobsen: You mentioned a “deeper meaning” being found in the case of religious values and way of living, or political dogma as with political ideologies found in nationalism. Are these forms of escapism, in one sense, tied to a feeling of a “deeper meaning”? We see this in self-professed ignorant, somewhat discovery oriented, forms of biblical favouritism – via loose, improvisatory psychological textual analysis and stage performances – in Canadian society following a relative decline in religiosity compared to previous decades in the modest fame of Dr. Jordan Peterson.

Dørum: A part of that is probably escapism in the way that whatever you struggle with in your life can be seen as secondary to something bigger than yourself. Religion is more powerful than other isms, because it guarantees a personal reward instead of an unpaid sacrifice. Humans are territorial and collective in nature. Most people have a sense of belonging or identity which provides a robust foundation. We see how vulnerable rootless individuals become when they feel rootless, and that is why extremists and totalitarian regimes seek to eradicate traces of foreign cultures and the past. If people do not have cultural roots to attach themselves to, they will seek something else. Maybe all is just an extension of our need to be in a pack.

Jacobsen: What are some of your favourite, impactful statistics found through Hans Rosling’s research and the Gapminder Foundation?

Dørum: Level of education and child births. That people live longer make up a large part of population increase. We see that the fertility rate is dropping all over industrial countries, and when the level of education and wealth improves – their fertility rates drop too. It is the same as low average life expectancy in the past. If you lived to be 18 or 25 or something, you had a very good chance to live until the age of 60, 70 or 80. The child mortality was very high, so they had to get many children to ensure that some of them grew up.

Jacobsen: Any other favourite maxims of Kant?

Dørum: I like Kant’s approach to ethics. If an action is deemed right or wrong is determined by a set of rules instead of the consequences. I am not an absolutist, but I am a bit bothered that ethics and morality are too influenced by social concerns, political convenience or personal benefit. It brings in a form of relativism where we have very few intellectual defence against various forms of violence and destructive methods. Right and wrong should reflect something more than a simple majority’s rule. I have given it a lot of thought. It is not an easy balance, but I want to reserve moral exceptions for exceptional situations – not something that applies in everyday life. I value integrity and take ownership in my values. I should be careful to morally object to an action I accept to benefit from, or at least not pretend not to know what I am doing. You are not obligated to broadcast your views to everyone, but you should at least know what you stand for and how you will defend your interests and accept others to do the same.

Jacobsen: The idea of a rejection of no saturation points as a definite referent. This goes against most of the world’s ethical-philosophical systems. In that, these posit absolutes or a singular point for morality. Why is the reasoning reversed, as in absolutism in general, over the globe?

Dørum: I do not know if it is true that the premise for moral reasoning has changed. I see types of conflicts caused by a gradually more diverse society that were much less prominent a few generations ago. The world has always been affected by nations’ political, cultural and economic struggle for dominance. The methods today may be more peaceful in terms of human lives, but they are not more sympathetic in nature. People have never seemed to care too much with consistency. The outlines have become more vocal through the Internet that with great certainty tells right from wrong, but they have hardly changed. I have read various articles about modern morality and ethics. It is adapted to the 21’th century, but I do not see any fresh ideas.

Jacobsen: Is there a manner in which to take the benefits of “work ethic, social conscience, structure and reaction to crisis” in East-Asian cultures and the change towards LGBTI-rights, and the like, of more Western oriented cultures?

Dørum: East-Asian cultures are generally more conservative than western countries. A high context culture (cooperation, group-oriented and public image) impedes social progress since each family member represents the family. It is more difficult to break out and live your life as you should live it, if it negatively impacts your family’s reputation and receives negative attention. More people have to normalize LGBTQ and advocate LGBTQ-rights, but it is difficult without a minimum of open tolerance. The best way to change public opinions is through the exposure of different thoughts and ideas.

Jacobsen: How is humanism a harmonious balanced viewpoint for you?

Dørum: I care about what kind of people a thought system, being philosophical, political or religious, produces. You have evil and goodness amongst all kinds, but humanism has yet to produce the systematic oppression caused by religion and other ideologies. Humanism is not atheism – which is a lack of faith, but revolves around the idea that humans have an inviolable right to live in freedom and to seek knowledge through science. It is difficult to oppress without infringing on people’s right to freedom. Humanism is not anchored in a set of rules or perspectives on life, so it remains flexible, there is only an essence. I think that is useful as society continues to change more rapidly than previous points in history.

Bibliography

None

Footnotes

None

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA 11th Edition): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Olav Hoel Dørum on Norwegian Socio-Culture and Talent: Former Ombudsman, Mensa Norway (3)[Online]. September 2022; 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/dorum-3

American Psychological Association (APA 7th Edition): Jacobsen, S. (2022, September 1). Conversation with Olav Hoel Dørum on Norwegian Socio-Culture and Talent: Former Ombudsman, Mensa Norway (3). In-Sight Publishing. 11(1). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/dorum-3.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. D. Conversation with Olav Hoel Dørum on Norwegian Socio-Culture and Talent: Former Ombudsman, Mensa Norway (3). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, Fort Langley, v. 11, n. 1, 2022.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Olav Hoel Dørum on Norwegian Socio-Culture and Talent: Former Ombudsman, Mensa Norway (3).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (Winter). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/dorum-3.

Chicago/Turabian, Notes & Bibliography (17th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott Conversation with Olav Hoel Dørum on Norwegian Socio-Culture and Talent: Former Ombudsman, Mensa Norway (3).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 11, no. 1 (September 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/dorum-3.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. (2022) ‘Conversation with Olav Hoel Dørum on Norwegian Socio-Culture and Talent: Former Ombudsman, Mensa Norway (3)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, 11(1). <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/dorum-3>.

Harvard (Australian): Jacobsen, S 2022, ‘Conversation with Olav Hoel Dørum on Norwegian Socio-Culture and Talent: Former Ombudsman, Mensa Norway (3)In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 11, no. 1, <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/dorum-3>.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 9th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. “Conversation with Olav Hoel Dørum on Norwegian Socio-Culture and Talent: Former Ombudsman, Mensa Norway (3).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vo. 11, no. 1, 2022, http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/dorum-3.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Olav Hoel Dørum on Norwegian Socio-Culture and Talent: Former Ombudsman, Mensa Norway (3) [Internet]. 2022 Sep; 11(1). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/dorum-3

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, or the author(s), and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors copyright their material, as well, and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

People with dementia are not witches, they need care and support

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/

Individual Publication Date: August 29, 2022

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: TBD

Words: 590

Keywords: Advocacy for Alleged Witches, Ann Soberekon, Leo Igwe, mental health, Nigerians, Port Harcourt.

People with dementia are not witches, they need care and support[1],[2]

Dr. Leo Igwe is the Founder of the Humanist Association of Nigeria, the Founder & CEO of Advocacy for Alleged Witches, and the Convener of the Decade of Activism Against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030. 

The Advocacy for Alleged Witches (AfAW) has urged Nigerians to stop branding persons with dementia witches because this mental health issue has nothing to do with the superstitious belief in witchcraft and magic. This statement has become necessary following a visit to Ann Soberekon’s family in Port Harcourt Rivers state. Ann Soberekon, a grandmother and retired lab scientist, was almost lynched by a mob in Port Harcourt following an accusation of witchcraft in December last year. According to family sources, Ms. Soberekon has dementia and is receiving some treatment at a local hospital. In December, she went to visit a relative but forgot her way back to her residence. For two days, she was missing. Family members did not know if she was alive or dead. They were making contact with relatives to ascertain her whereabouts when a family member got a call that a mob was about to lynch her in some area in Port Harcourt; they suspected that she was a witch. The family quickly sent someone who rescued and brought her home. Ms. Soberekon was lucky. She survived. Many people with mental health challenges who are accused of witchcraft seldom survive. They are usually beaten to death or lynched.

Family members said that Ms. Soberekon had bruises all over her body. When Ann was unable to trace her way back home, she started roaming the streets. Some youths accosted her, stripped her naked, and started beating her with sticks, banana leaves, and stems; they pelted her with stones. According to Ann, one pastor Jeremiah requested some salt. The pastor claimed that if he administered the salt to Ann, she would die immediately. The salt was not administered. But a family member claimed that they gave her some concoction.

In a video that went viral on social media, Ann Soberekon could be seen lying naked on the ground and responding to queries from the mob. Someone described her as ‘a strong witch’; they asked her to provide a list of her fellow witches. They claimed that she was returning from a witch meeting when she crash-landed while flying over an electric pole. Ann mentioned Prof Konya as one of her colleagues but that mob regarded the names she mentioned as some of the members of her witch coven. The crowd misconstrued Ann’s replies and regarded her statements as witch confessions, not utterances by a mentally unstable person. What a shame!

Following her rescue and return, the Konya family asked Ann Soberekon’s family to tender an apology for mentioning her name. When Ms. Soberekon’s family was not forthcoming with the apology, the Konya family used the police to arrest a relative of Ann Soberekon and detained her at the Central police station in Port Harcourt. The police later released her after a day. The family of Ann Soberekon later tendered a public apology to the Konyas. The apology was published in a local newspaper.

AfAW condemns the ill treatment and persecution of Ann Soberekon and other persons with mental health challenges in the country. There is no link between dementia and witchcraft fears and anxieties. Mental health problems have no connection with occult forces or demonic possession as popularly believed. Attribution of dementia to witchcraft is rooted in irrational fear, misinterpretation and ignorance of the cause of disease. People who suffer from mental health issues are not witches or wizards and should not be attacked or killed. People with dementia and other mental health problems are patients with health conditions. They should be treated with love, care, and respect.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism Against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 29, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/2022/08/29/people-with-dementia-are-not-witches-they-need-care-and-support/.

Image Credit: Leo Igwe.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Pesent. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, In-Sight Publishing, and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

An Attack on Salman Rushdie is Indeed an Attack to Freedom of Thought and Expression

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author: Isakwisa Amanyisye Lucas Mwakalonge

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/

Individual Publication Date: August 27, 2022

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: TBD

Words: 332

Keywords: courts of law, East Africa, Isakwisa Amanyisye Lucas Mwakalonge, modern civilization, religious radicalism, Salman Rushdie, Tanzania.

An Attack on Salman Rushdie is Indeed an Attack to Freedom of Thought and Expression[1],[2]

Dar es Salaam, Tanzania – East Africa.

(WhatsApp +255 766 151395/E-mail: isamwaka01@gmail.com.)

It is a shock to the world and to all civilized people for a recent incident of an attack on Salman Rushdie. International media have reported that Rushdie was attacked right on a stage while waiting for an interview in one of the academic forums in the United States of America, unexpectedly a person succeeded to get in and stabbed Rushdie perhaps with intention to assassinate him. It is really very sad for humankind to continue experiencing these cruel activities, actually this heartless action must not only be blamed but also cursed in all over the world especially by those believing in humanity. It is a disgrace that at this modern world yet there are some people who are still embracing fanatical-archaic ideologies of believing in butchering fellow human beings only because those whom they hate do exercise their rights of freedom of expression and freedom of thought…perhaps the thoughts which that criminal and fellow uncivilized ones did not like Rushdie to enjoy them.

It is easy to link this attack with religious radicalism, or whatever may be the case, still no one has the right to take someone’s right to life probably due to the differences on what someone believes or thinks. It should be clear that despite the differences in faith; yet, all human beings deserve to enjoy the right to life. It is not good to kill fellow human beings. Any attempt to either silence or kill Rushdie is an attack against human rights. It is an attack against modern civilization. It is an attack against academic freedom. It is an attack against enjoyment of the rights of freedom of thought. It is an attack against the right of enjoying freedom of expression and opinion.

For that case a culprit must be prosecuted before courts of law just like other criminals for an attempt to murder an innocent person, and the attack must be condemned all over the world because an attack to Rushdie is an attack against civilization.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Lucas is Assistant Editor African Freethinker/in-sightpublishing.com (Tanzania), a Lawyer, an Advocate of the High Court of Tanzania, a Notary Public Officer and Commissioner for Oaths.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 27, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/2022/08/27/an-attack-on-salman-rushdie-is-indeed-an-attack-to-freedom-of-thought-and-expression/.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, In-Sight Publishing, and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Police: Bring to Justice Killers of Mgboebuba Nwankwo in Enugu

Author: Dr. Leo Igwe

Numbering: Issue 1.B, Idea: African Freethinking

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: African Freethinker

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/

Individual Publication Date: August 27, 2022

Issue Publication Date: TBD

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: TBD

Words: 1,452

Keywords: Advocacy for Alleged Witches, Agatha Mgboebuba Nwankwo, Awgu, Enugu, Leo Igwe, Mark Chukwuino, Mgboebuba Nwankwo, Okeke Kele, Remijus Nwankwo, Silas Okolie.

Police: Bring to Justice Killers of Mgboebuba Nwankwo in Enugu[1],[2]

Dr. Leo Igwe is the Founder of the Humanist Association of Nigeria, the Founder & CEO of Advocacy for Alleged Witches, and the Convener of the Decade of Activism Against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030. 

On January 26, an advocate sent a message to the Advocacy for Alleged Witches (AfAW) urging it to investigate a case of an alleged witch murder in Awgu in Enugu in Southern Nigeria. The message states: “Please investigate the allegation that a woman was killed as a suspected witch because her husband who lives abroad accused her of being the reason why he dares(sic) not return home anymore, suspected that she killed their son, and her daughter, suspected that she was the reason she could not attract a spouse. The proof of witchcraft was that she had a list of people who died in the village, a fact that is found in every home because people always kept a list of those they gave gifts to during funerals. The town is Awgu in Awgu Local Government of Enugu State, Nigeria. Your investigation may help to reeducate the villagers against witch-hunting”.

AfAW is not a police agency but liaises with the police and other institutions to bring justice to the accused. Through its network, AfAW found out that this middle-aged woman, Agatha Mgboebuba Nwankwo, was accused of witchcraft and subsequently killed by a local mob. On January 5, one Silas Okolie made a  Facebook post on the incident: “Sad: Villagers disgrace woman caught with ‘voodoo’ item. The worst happened in Awgu in early 2022 as Woman alleged to be perpetrating evil in the community was caught after an alarm was raised due to her ill actions. Stories have it that a paper was picked in her room that contained names of people she has allegedly dealt with and those she will still do including her daughters and new husband’s name. Lots of incriminating Items was(sic) found in her abode during a thorough search by the villagers. She was beaten mercilessly and sent to her creator. Parading someone (evil Doer) in the market or roadside is the worst disgrace anybody will ever receive in Awgu, Enugu State. The evil man does must surely live with them”.

Unfortunately, some of the people who commented on the post supported the murder of this innocent woman. One said: “Thank you Lord for exposing her”; while another noted: “They said it was even her daughter that saw the snake inside a bowl of water with some juju under her bed, and some names she wrote in a sheet of paper including her daughter name and her new husband to be, that she is going to kill them next week, whenever she killed them she will mark it, there was a man from Awgu that was found dead on a palm tree last month, they said his name was also among the list…that was how she was exposed to the world by her daughter, but thank God she has been killed and thrown away to the bush. May God always protect his children”

When contacted, Okolie confirmed that he made the post the same day that Agatha was murdered. But one of those who commented stated: “yes they killed her the day before yesterday”. Thus Agatha might have been murdered on January 3. Whether on January 3 or 5. This innocent woman is no more. The state police command and office of the National Human Rights Commission in Enugu have been contacted to look into the matter. Nobody has come forward to report the case. According to an informant the following persons need to be interrogated: Mr. Remijus Nwankwo – the husband in London can be interviewed by the investigators. His daughter, Chikwado Nwankwo was said to have found the alleged list. She was said to have been to a church that allegedly told her that her mother was responsible for her misfortunes and that she and the father of her four children were the ones who helped the villagers to discover that the mother and grandmother were the witches causing problems. Mark Chukwuino was alleged by the husband to be his uncle who sent him similar lists. Emmanuel Nwankwo Mba is the uncle of the woman alleged to have suspected that she also killed his wife with witchcraft and must have seen her attackers because she was allegedly killed near his home.

As an informant explained: I have just spoken to a relative who told me that he suspected his uncle, Mr. Mark Chukwuino, as the instigator because he had been threatening his wife. According to him, the uncle recently sent him a list of dead enemies allegedly compiled by his wife but it was typewritten and so no way to prove that his wife compiled such a list. The uncle then sent another handwritten list but it was not in his wife’s handwriting. He asked the wife to leave the family home and go and stay in a hotel for a while but she told him that no one runs away from his father’s compound. The uncle then phoned and threatened to send ‘ndu ogba ozi’ or messengers to force her out if she did not leave. He said that someone later sent him a video of how some people broke into his house and dragged his wife out and beat her to death. He promised to forward the video to me and I will forward it to you as soon as I receive it. I asked him if he has reported the murder to the police and he said that I must know how the police work in Naija. I do not know what he means by that but I know that it is believed to be an abomination for a family member to invite the police in matters that involve other family members. He said that he had been ill since he returned from a visit home last year but that he is better now and is working to save for his airfare back home to see what he can do”.

Both the police and the NHRC offices in Enugu have asked anyone who knew about the case to come forward and lodge a complaint. Almost three months after this horrific murder, nobody has come to report the case. If nothing is done to investigate the case, this grievous crime will fizzle out. Nobody will be punished. But all advocates should not allow this to happen. According to an informant, no one has come forward to lodge a complaint because most people in the community thought the woman was a witch and the punishment was in order. Others are afraid of the lives an safety. A member of the community who was contacted regarding the case said: “Mgboebuba lili amosu laegbuishi ndu ibe ayi. Ive ogbulu egbu kalikwalu. Shite la eka ada e nwayi (‘Chikwado’ la di e) o kelu igbuko ka eshilu chofuta ive o la eme. Ndu Awgu lo daide juwe ive oji egbushi ndu eka va du ucha, ya shi lo ndu ino e ive ya legbu. Eva ndu o kalaeke igbukwe kaligbukwelu. O gbuagakwalu madu, kalegbukwe tufu adaide. Eva mpam la mmam, okeke kele la nwae nwoke, onyebuchi adae nwayi la nwae dukota la ekwukwo ndu o gbugolu egbu. Oo ndu Awgu jikolu eka kpufute la orie Awgu, megbuo akaje, kpuluihia bia la uhumbele ezi nnae lo tigbuo ye, palu ozue ga gbavuo la ejo ovia du la nduegu ululor. (“Mgboebuba ate witchcraft and was killing our people. The number she killed was a lot. Through the efforts of her daughter (‘Chikwado’ and her husband) whom she was preparing to kill too, that was how it was discovered what she was doing. Awgu people caught her and questioned why she was killing innocent people who have clean hands, she said that her enemies were the ones that she killed. The names of the people she was preparing to kill were numerous. She had killed too many people and was going to kill more before she was caught. My father and mother, Okeke Kele and his son, Onyebuchi, his daughter, and his grandchild were among the names found in the book of the people she had killed. The people of Awgu joined hands to drag her to Orie Awgu marketplace, mocked her, dragged her to her father’s compound in Obugo village, and beat her to death, then they carried her corpse and threw it away in the evil forest at the farm settlement of her husband’s village, Ululor”).

The informant said that the deceased refused to reveal the names of others who were suspected to be in her ‘witch’ group. Hence they killed her. The state police command in Enugu should rise to the occasion and take all necessary measures to investigate the murder of Agatha Mgboebuba Nwankwo from Awgu and bring to justice all those who carried out this horrific crime.

Appendix I: Footnotes

[1] Founder, Humanist Association of Nigeria; Founder & CEO, Advocacy for Alleged Witches; Convener, Decade of Activism Against Witch Persecution in Africa: 2020-2030.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 27, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/2022/08/27/police-bring-to-justice-killers-of-mgboebuba-nwankwo-in-enugu/.

Image Credit: Leo Igwe.

License and Copyright

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Pesent. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, In-Sight Publishing, and African Freethinker with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 21: Lesley Daldry on Experiences with Horses (1)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.E, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,810

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Lesley Daldry is a client of Symatree Farm. She discusses: some moments of thinking about; horses as a young person; the family farm; horses something not needed at the time; finding Symatree; a natural relationship that develops; healing social environment with animals; the unspoken power of horses; a sensibility; adaptations to their behaviour; and Manitoban weather.

Keywords: Canada, equestrianism, horses, Lesley Daldry, ponies, Symatree Farm, The Greenhorn Chronicles.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 21: Lesley Daldry on Experiences with Horses (1)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations after the interview.*

*Interview conducted June 24, 2022.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are here with Lesley Daldry who is a client of Symatree Farm. So, when it comes to your background with horses, what were some moments of thinking about horses as a young person or having real-life experience with them, or ponies?

Lesley Daldry[1],[2]: I started off. My first experience was at a camp as a camper, eventually as a staff person. When I worked as a staff person, I also had a chance to spend a bit more time with horses. It was one of the first things to ride on the weekends. That was kind of my first experience, which wasn’t super eventful. I enjoyed it. I didn’t “ohhh” and ‘awe” over it. Coming out from there, I was looking to more of an opportunity to invest a bit of time in a new place. I had some life changes. I had a bit more time to do something different.

I was looking for something with animals and on a farm. I grew up going to a family farm and enjoying it. That’s how I came across Symatree.

Jacobsen: So, the family farm, itself, how many horses were there? How large was this place?

Daldry: Oh! The family farm, we had pretty much every animal but a horse.

Jacobsen: [Laughing].

Daldry: [Laughing].

Jacobsen: Were the horses something not needed at the time, or just something not part of the palette of the animals kept as a happenstance?

Daldry: They had horses once upon a time. It was before I was around. I spent time going there as a kid. They had horses before I arrived. I didn’t get to meet those horses. I don’t know why they switched out. I don’t know why.

Jacobsen: So, what is the jump there from the horses there to finding Symatree?

Daldry: They were somewhat connected. I had a really good experience on the farm. I enjoyed it. I loved being around the animals. It was part of who I am. I learned that my grandfather had a real interest in starting a horse ranch one day. He never did do it. But it was something that he wanted to do, which made sense to me why I was so drawn to Symatree.

I was timid with the horses in the beginning because I hadn’t been around horses in some time. Once I spent a bit of time with them, and felt more comfortable, which was great, I enjoyed the being outside and most of all the people there, and the horses. It has been a really interesting experience getting to know everybody and the horses, spending some time with them, and some of the things already talked about (off tape) in caring about the horses. I was learning something new and different. Yes, they have a real special energy to them.

The people, everybody is just absolutely lovely and encouraging and very boundaried and respectful. I’ve been a true new addition to being part of a family. It has been lovely.

Jacobsen: When people come there, I am told that they are drawn to particular ponies or horses, and some are drawn to them. It is sort of a natural relationship that develops before they learn about the horse’s or pony’s history. Was this a similar experience for you when coming there?

Daldry: Yes, but I cannot explain it, there is a drawing that happened, but I don’t really know how or why. But I think it changes with the person, and grows, as the person becomes more aware of who they are. I think different horses are drawn to different people, and vice versa, at different points in their life. Different emotions or different physically, I would say that I was definitely having experiences, where I was drawn to the horses. They were drawn to me, in different ways. It has evolved. I don’t think it has stayed the same over time. It is something that changes over time.

You need the energy exchange between person and horse, It, definitely, keeps things growing and moving.

Jacobsen: When it comes to the kinds of therapeutic interventions people can have, or a healing environment one can have with animals, have you ever had any other experiences other than those with horses? A healing social environment with animals, is this something similar with other animals, or only something with horses, formally?

Daldry: Definitely, only horses, I would say, I think, all animals bring some kind of healing energy to people, for sure. I would say that that kind of connection is very unique to horses. I find it very difficult to articulate. The other animals, there is definitely something there in terms of that calm and that bringing the heart rate down, and feeling sort of more congruent with who you are at that particular time.

Horses, I would say, it is a very unique exchange. I found it difficult, in many ways, to say, “Yes,” to this interview because it is hard to express it. Because it is such a unique experience. You can have it with other animals. For me, it is definitely the most potent energy exchange compared to other animals.

Jacobsen: When I was coming into the industry, I’ve been in it 8 or 9 months. Another interviewee referenced the idea of the unspoken power of horses, or ponies. That’s the kind of sense that I’m getting from your response. It’s not something that you can necessarily per terms to, but you can sort of give a reference to the inaudible. Things like “unspoken.” Because they are so large that they should be in charge of the relationship, but they are, sort of, letting you relate with them. They are kind of gentle in that way.

Daldry: Yes, the horses at Symatree, there is a variation in size. So, most of the horses are quite small. There are three different paddocks. There are the smalls, the mids, and the bigs. They all bring something to the table, not just size wise, but personality wise. It is very difficult to articulate. I think people really need to experience it to get a full understanding, because I think the experience for each person is going to be different. I don’t think it’s the same for everybody.

For me, it isn’t even the same every time that I am with the horses. It is different each time. I just think they are [Laughing] amazing.

Jacobsen: There’s also a sensibility of working with either one of the facilitators or the owner with the horses as well. Do you think that greases the wheels with the relationship of the horse too?

Daldry: I don’t really spend much time in a therapeutic sense, in a formal sense, with them. Definitely, the people who work there have a lot of experience in facilitating a relationship between a person and a horse. So, I would say that that is a very unique this to Symatree. I don’t think it exists in a lot of other places. They have allowed a lot of people to go to their edge of comfort and try something different, try something new, in a way that is super safe and very respectful, and very boundaried. They let the experience happen in the way that it is meant to happen. The people that are there are good when asking questions, growing and learning something new. I’ll just ask for guidance and go off and try it.

I find that really empowering because you have an opportunity to try something different and to experiment. You get instant feedback from the horse. It is never you independent because you are always in relationship, always in connect. Either with people or with horses there, it is even where you are standing in the yard or in a paddock. Wherever you are, it is like being part of a herd. Or where you move, so, the rest of the herd moves and adjusts to the move of the herd depending on its hierarchy and relationship within that particular paddock. You become a member of the herd in a way, which is really cool.

Because your movement, horses adjust and do what they need to do to be who they are, and to be part of the herd and to balance. It is a constant rebalancing that happens within the herd.

Jacobsen: How do you find their adaptations to their behaviour? Do you find them highly sensitive or more moderate in their body and behavioural tone?

Daldry: It really depends on the horse. Some are incredibly sensitive. You need to emit little energy for them to sort of respond to you. Other ones, it really depends. Most horses, it depends on my energy for that day, for my day, what I am bringing to that herd. They will respond, accordingly. If my energy is high or pretty low, for my happy place, everybody’s energy is working together. If someone’s energy is too high or too low, that’s horse or person. There’s a rejigging that has to happen to balance everything again. It really depends on the horse, the day, and the weather.

One thing that has surprised me over the years is seeing how things like weather really impact not only a person’s mood, but a horse’s mood, and their comfort level. That horses get irritable like people. They get happy like people do. There are a lot of parallels.

Jacobsen: How do you find Manitoban weather in particular? Because, for those reading this outside of Canada, parts of Manitoba are known for being very cold…

Daldry: …[Laughing]…

Jacobsen: …or volatile in the range of temperatures “available” to residents.

Daldry: Yes, it is definitely cold here in the Winter. That’s for sure. Summers can be incredibly hot. So, yes, there’s definitely something to consider there. Even just the way that the horses are, in the paddocks on hot days and rainy days sometimes, they will need to be inside the shelters. You need to go where they are to visit them. Some will come out. It definitely takes some adjusting. You have to adjust what you wear. I have to be very conscious.

When I am at the farm for half of a day or a full day the whole time, obviously, I have to dress for it and keep in mind how much I am moving, and adjusting for that. I’m sure some horses have some work to them. It is really interesting to see how much extra hair that they grow in the Fall and the Winter, especially, then they shed it all off in the Summer. It is amazing how they adapt to it. It really is. I used to think the cold was the worst for them. Actually, I think it is the heat, because they have so much fur.

Footnotes

[1] Client, Symatree Farm.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/daldry-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/insight-issues/.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 21: Lesley Daldry on Experiences with Horses (1)[Online]. August 2022; 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/daldry-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 22). The Greenhorn Chronicles 21: Lesley Daldry on Experiences with Horses (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/daldry-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 21: Lesley Daldry on Experiences with Horses (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/daldry-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 21: Lesley Daldry on Experiences with Horses (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/daldry-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “The Greenhorn Chronicles 21: Lesley Daldry on Experiences with Horses (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/daldry-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 21: Lesley Daldry on Experiences with Horses (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/daldry-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 21: Lesley Daldry on Experiences with Horses (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/daldry-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 21: Lesley Daldry on Experiences with Horses (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.E (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/daldry-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 21: Lesley Daldry on Experiences with Horses (1)[Internet]. (2022, August 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/daldry-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 20: Moya Byrne Merrin on High Point Equestrian Centre and Equine Labour Shortages (1)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.E, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,635

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Moya Byrne Merrin is the Director of High Point Equestrian Centre. She discusses: foot in the door moment for the equine world; the industry looking now; finding people who are willing to do the hard labour; a common experience in equestrianism among managers and owners; and separation between haves and have-nots, growing income inequality, and worker insecurity.

Keywords: Canada, dressage, equestrianism, High Point Equestrian Centre, Moya Byrne Merrin, The Greenhorn Chronicles.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 20: Moya Byrne Merrin on High Point Equestrian Centre and Equine Labour Shortages (1)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations after the interview.*

*Interview conducted January 2, 2022.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, today, we are here with Moya of High Point Equestrian Centre. We’ve had a chance to explore the facilities and discuss some of the issues facing the equestrian world at the moment. Your focus is dressage. Although, this is one particular professional area of equestrianism. There’s a wide range. However, each facet of equestrianism, I think, can provide a bit of a glimpse into different images of equestrianism as a whole. So, to get started, to give people an idea, what was your first foot in the door moment for the equine world?

Moya Byrne Merrin[1],[2]: My first in the door was my parents buying me a $500 horse. I was, probably, around 10-years-old. It kept me out of trouble. Then there was a bit pause. I was 28 when I began picking up horses again with a retired race horse, which was quite young and quite athletic. That started. I did not plan or foresee – my husband and I – an equestrian lifestyle. Where, we have ended up owning a facility and running & managing it, which does events and focuses on education.

Jacobsen: How is the industry looking now, in terms of dressage?

Merrin: We have a lot of support in our area. We have amazing trainers and access to them. People from the Interior come down and are willing to train here with coaches that are allowed to come in. We also bring in trainers from all around the world. There is a lot of support for the education and the shows. We a show series, which is a lower-level. It is called the schooling show. It is not rated. You are welcome to try your first ride. You are welcome to try the next level. It is a very fun atmosphere. We take the precautions and do the proper things.

We focus on the schooling and the education aspect of it. We sell out every show, prior to Covid. This has been something that we have been working on during Covid because there wasn’t any access to the rate shows. We couldn’t do this. We could do this safely on a smaller scale. We have had overwhelming response to our show series. It looks like the sport is thriving. But when you get to those bigger rated shows that cost a lot more, it thins out. It really does seem to be a divide between the professionals and the amateurs.

The amateurs used to make up the bulk of these shows. Now, it is about 50/50. People are finding out series more interesting, or cannot afford it.

Jacobsen: Staffing, this is an issue, not only in the times of the coronavirus pandemic, but also in the industry as a whole: Finding people who are willing to do the hard labour. So, the issue of finding quality labour in the midst of a pandemic and in a field requiring, simply put, hard labour.  

Merrin: So, prior to the pandemic, staffing has always been an issue, finding reliable, hard working staff that are willing to look beyond the immediate. It is never the same day in a barn. There are always things that come up and happen, and people will sign up to stall cleaning. That’s it. If you ask them to do anything else, they won’t listen. It is not in their job description. I don’t know if this people being more educated about or not, but people say, “This is not in my job description. I am not doing it”

Then you get these rare gems who either have horses and want to be here because they understand. They want to be a part of this. This is their long-term goal. Those are the ones that we have had the most success with; they’re flexible, adaptable, and hardworking. Either their parents have instilled it in them, “This is what you need to do to get a horse,” rather than simply going to Starbucks and getting a set course.

Yes, the barn work does offer more flexibility. But we tend to find a conflict between those who want to ride and compete, who really understand the sport, because those are the times where we need those people to work. [Laughing] That’s been tough. What I have found works fast is if they don’t actually ride, they want to simply be working with the horses, being around them, and in the lifestyle. They, sometimes, get the opportunity to take on someone else’s horse. So, they get the fix that way.

Between pay and the type of work, they find it difficult. The pandemic, actually, had more people out of work. They couldn’t go elsewhere. We had some really good people come in and just do it short-term because it is not a long-term profession. There’s no room here, in this particular facility, to work your way up. Previously, you could have worked your way to a management position. We don’t have that. We are very small.

Because we are a small operation. I don’t think that we’re alone in that. We find part-timers who are willing to come here for a few hours and to work hard. I am looking for a unique person.; So, it has been incredibly challenging.

Jacobsen: Is this a common experience in equestrianism among managers and owners (outside of dressage)?

Merrin: I have seen this on both sides. You can post for Fraser Valley barn help. Either the hours aren’t suitable for them. There’s not a lot flexibility for them. It, basically, comes down to pay. People want $20/hr or more for a job that doesn’t really require what a horse needs. But if it is only 4 hours of work, and if it only pays $20/hr, there are people who are worth it. For here, you earn it. If you work full-time here, and if you get good benefits, you earned it. But now, with the number of horses, you are working part-time. It is, maybe, 4 hours of work during the day and another 2 hours at night.

So, it is a bit of struggle for us. Elsewhere in the industry, I see find someone working 8 hours challenging. It is a lot of physical labour. They burnout. Career advancement is an issue. We don’t have it. You don’t see it. Unless, you are a trainer. Trains have the upper hand in that area. So, the labour thing will come back to life in this industry for sure. We have to pay more. That’s the reality there. We have to look after them.

Jacobsen: Some issues for larger scale aspects of the industry. The separation between haves and have-nots, growing income inequality, and worker insecurity cause issues for the industry as a whole. How is this impacting Canadian equestrianism as a whole?

Merrin: I cannot speak for Canadian equestrianism because we are unique. What I find is, people want a place to live and to work. If we can offer live-work, some of their work can be done here, then they could work elsewhere advancing whatever they do. Some of that problem is directly related to the ALR (Agricultural Land Reserve). It won’t allow some forms of secondary, etc., etc. If you own your own property, getting the permit to have somebody else above your barn is incredibly impactful, everybody wants a suite in a barn. Yet, we’re not allowed.

It is getting the labour. Getting here, you need a car, and so on. A real advantage to have somewhere to work and live. A working student can live there and they will work for you. That used to be a very common thing. I don’t know if that’s so feasible anymore with the bylaws and the regulations. I can see it impacting our community. I don’t know if the job security in our industry is keeping up with the payment and benefits for any of these things, or if it can, because a lot of this stuff is done contract. “I work for you. You give me a lesson.”

“Training and skills, I get to be around your horse and learn how to do this.” I don’t know what the job security is; I know what our labour laws state. I used to be very careful. They can show up; they can quit. Here again, it is different. I really try to have communication and try to keep our staff very happy, etc. It is coming out and saying, “It is a crappy day. Let me help you.”

Most barn owners are trainers. If they are really good, then they can pick who works for them and then they can set the demand, “This is what the job is, and this is what I expect.” It is like interning. Which doesn’t give much financial reward, and depending on the people worked for can be a bit of slave trade, labour laws caught up with that, so did the kids and their parents. The independent worker just looking to do stalls.

Generally, we find the young motivated. They are great. They are here for a short-time. They are off to school, to get that trainer, to get to the next level. They are, usually, short and sporadic. If you get the older, seasoned worker, they, usually, have a vice or two. They’re immovable in their ways of working. You have to adapt to that. You to take your pick. I think that’s the same in any industry. I worked in the restaurant industry. Some are great, but are going to school or something. Then they are out of here. Then the seasoned, “I like to do these things this way.” They are honest, show up, and get the job done. “Okay, bye.” I think it is more of a gig industry.

It depends.

Footnotes

[1] Director, High Point Equestrian Centre.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/insight-issues/.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 20: Moya Byrne Merrin on High Point Equestrian Centre and Equine Labour Shortages (1)[Online]. August 2022; 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 22). The Greenhorn Chronicles 20: Moya Byrne Merrin on High Point Equestrian Centre and Equine Labour Shortages (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 20: Moya Byrne Merrin on High Point Equestrian Centre and Equine Labour Shortages (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 20: Moya Byrne Merrin on High Point Equestrian Centre and Equine Labour Shortages (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “The Greenhorn Chronicles 20: Moya Byrne Merrin on High Point Equestrian Centre and Equine Labour Shortages (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 20: Moya Byrne Merrin on High Point Equestrian Centre and Equine Labour Shortages (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 20: Moya Byrne Merrin on High Point Equestrian Centre and Equine Labour Shortages (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 20: Moya Byrne Merrin on High Point Equestrian Centre and Equine Labour Shortages (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.E (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 20: Moya Byrne Merrin on High Point Equestrian Centre and Equine Labour Shortages (1)[Internet]. (2022, August 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/merrin-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 19: Will Clinging on Canadian Farriers (1)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.E, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,689

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Will Clinging is the President of the Association of Farrier Trainers of Canada and the Vice President of the Western Canadian Farrier’s Association. He discusses: family connections to being a farrier; common story; first starting on a horse; to come back or rediscover; pivotal choices; differences between the education younger farriers might get now; and historical knowledge of the first farriers in Canadian society.

Keywords: Association of Farrier Trainers of Canada, Canada, equestrianism, farriers, The Greenhorn Chronicles, Western Canadian Farrier’s Association, Will Clinging.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 19: Will Clinging on Canadian Farriers (1)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations after the interview.*

*Interview conducted July 4, 2022.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, today, we are here with Will Clinging, the Vice President of the Western Canadian Farrier Association and the President of The Association of Farrier Trainers of Canada, which is the National Association that’s been newly formed. I’d like to start off with a narrative arc focusing on some of the background. You can only answer as much as you feel comfortable with, but it lets people know a little bit where you’re from. So, were there any family connections to being a farrier?

Will Clinging[1],[2]: Yes and no, many generations ago… I’m from Ireland. I do have blacksmiths in my lineage on my father’s side, but not that I would have ever net any…they were long gone before I was born.

Jacobsen: What about horses for yourself? A lot of people who are trainers or riders, a common story is starting when they were single digit age with horses or with the pony club, for instance.

Will: Yeah, I’m probably not too far off of that. My mother rode when she was young. When I was a kid, we had a couple of ponies and a horse. So, that’s where I learned to ride. I didn’t ride from the time I was probably 10 years old until the time I was 20. And then I rediscovered it.

Jacobsen: What was that feeling when you were first starting on a horse? Do you recall?

Will: As a child? No, I had no idea. Marginal terror, probably, and the total lack of understanding or control or knowledge, but just get on and go for it and hope for the best – which didn’t always happen.

Jacobsen: Why did you decide to come back or rediscover in the 20s?

Will: That’s a good question. I spent my teenage years growing up in Surrey. I wanted to be a carpenter, actually. I spent a couple of years building houses and hated every minute of it. And it was suggested to me that, maybe, I should go to college and take a couple of courses on agriculture because my dad was involved in agriculture, more from an agribusiness perspective. So, I thought, “Why not?” I took a couple of courses at the University of the Fraser Valley in Chilliwack. I really enjoyed it. Then I entered into a two-year diploma program in livestock production. That led me to working on some ranches in the interior and that kicked off my equestrian or my horse career. That was in 1994 and here we are in 2022. I’m still in the horse business.

Jacobsen: If you could take a moment to envision back to that period of 1994 to the time in 2022 now, are there any points in that career trajectory where you would have made a modification to pivotal choices?

Will: I just wanted to be a cowboy, whether that was sort of romance from my childhood reading Westerns or whatever. When I was a teenager in high school and graduating, I actually had no concept that being a cowboy was really a thing, and then having gone to college to study agriculture. You realize that actually ranching and beef production and cowboys do exist. It sort of just became this thing that I wanted to do. And, I guess, if I hadn’t chosen that, I don’t know where I would be honestly because I’ve really spent almost my entire adult life working with horses, probably, because of that first decision to take a course. I don’t even know what it was, and then a night course at Fraser Valley College on agriculture. It just sort of opened all kinds of doors that seemed a lot more interesting than living in Surrey, building houses. Then getting onto the ranches, it was a whole different experience. One that I wasn’t really familiar with, but I just loved it. You’re outside. You get to work with livestock. It was a whole different perspective that I just kind of found easy and comfortable. It really guided the rest of my professional career in a variety of different aspects, but they all come back to horses at the end. I’ve been a cowboy. I’ve been a farrier. I’ve been a horse trainer. I’ve been a cowboy. So, I have kind of been bounced around back and forth between those careers, but, at the end of the day, it’s still really all been about horses. This is going on a long time now.

Jacobsen: Do you notice any differences between the education younger farriers might get now compared to, say, two decades ago?

Will: I would. I would say that when I started, I didn’t really have any education. It was just what I learned from other cowboys that I worked with; and there were definitely shoeing programs that you could go to, but they were all short in duration. A couple to three months, it was all sort of hands-on. If you didn’t work with somebody, you didn’t learn anything. And nowadays, with the internet access to information, the ability to travel, and the popularity of the horse industry, it’s changed a lot in the last 25 years. Natural horsemanship, you’ve got horsemanship clinics. You’ve got more shows. It’s had a far broader public image. It’s got a lot more people into it. The education now, the colleges that teach farriery have expanded. The programs are longer, there’s far more in-depth knowledge that’s expected. Then the last, probably, 10 years with YouTube and the internet, webinars, and YouTube videos, the amount of knowledge that young farriers have access to is really almost endless.

It’s mostly a self-guided path of education. But this is definitely a trade that if you’re into it, it’s easy to get into it because now you have access to things that you didn’t have access to 25 years ago. But if you’re not into, you don’t last very long. So, I would say that now is probably the best time ever to be a farrier if you’re interested in professional development, education, competition, and certification. There’s an endless limit to what you can learn and how you can share that knowledge or use that knowledge. The farrier industry is quite regional and being where I am on Southern Vancouver Island. It’s not like living in rural British Columbia or Alberta or other parts of the country. There’s a real value placed on the animals here. There’s a high expectation for care for the horses, but not such a high expectation for performance.

A lot of adult amateur riders here that have the resources and the facilities and the care and the love and all of those things that go into making good horse people. We’re really fortunate here. So, there’s a high expectation for knowledge and skills. In other areas, they don’t have access to the same type of clientele. Therefore, the demand for knowledge or professionalism or education isn’t as great, but, in this trade itself, really it often becomes a very personal journey on improvement and how good a job you’re doing. There’s a lot of heritage involved. There’s still quite a few farriers that make all their own shoes. There’s a real pride in the craftsmanship that they bring to the trade handmade tools. It’s one of the oldest professions in the world. We still make our living with a hammer and a piece of steel and heat. So, the technology hasn’t affected the fundamentals, but the access to information, knowledge, science, research, imaging, and the study of mechanics and movement is really quite astounding in where it has come. So, if you’re interested in becoming a good farrier, there’s really an endless amount of information that you can access. If you’re not, you’ll end up probably not staying in the industry very long because it just becomes a hard way to make a living.

Jacobsen: Is there any historical knowledge of the first farriers in Canadian society? Where is an organization devoted to them? Is there a particular individual or school of people known?

Will: From an organized farrier perspective, the WCFA has been around for probably 40 odd years. There was a small group of farriers in the Fraser valley that sort of assembled and created this association, guys like Randy Blackstock and others. They just had this thought that, maybe, they should organize. They’ve helped improve the industry and the trade and really they were thinking far beyond their time because, historically, farriers have not worked well together. They’ve often considered themselves to be in competition with other farriers and only a limited amount of business. So, they didn’t always get along. I would think that that dynamic has changed a lot. There are a lot more horses. They’re used much more for recreation than they are for work.

The people that can afford horses in the Fraser valley or on the island or in much of Canada. They can afford their horses and those farriers that are of any good quality are all so busy that we’re actually trying to give clients away rather than trying to argue with our competitors about pricing and service because ‘I can do a better job cheaper if you hire me’; none of that really happens anymore. So, the farrier community has become a far broader community I would say regionally, nationally, and internationally. On my Facebook page, I have probably 500 farriers from all over the world that I’m friends with; and I message with, and I would think that most other farriers that are involved in the community would say the same thing. It’s really astounding where I can message a farrier in the UK and ask for some advice and then get a message back fast within relative to the time zones, but the sharing of information is unbelievable. It wouldn’t really have happened if it hasn’t been for those associations that started out 40 years ago with the goal of trying to bring the community together. But in Canada, who did it first? I honestly couldn’t tell you. It is before my times.

Footnotes

[1] President, Association of Farrier Trainers of Canada; Vice President, Western Canadian Farrier’s Association.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/clinging-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/insight-issues/.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 19: Will Clinging on Canadian Farriers (1)[Online]. August 2022; 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/clinging-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 22). The Greenhorn Chronicles 19: Will Clinging on Canadian Farriers (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/clinging-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 19: Will Clinging on Canadian Farriers (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/clinging-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 19: Will Clinging on Canadian Farriers (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/clinging-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “The Greenhorn Chronicles 19: Will Clinging on Canadian Farriers (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/clinging-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 19: Will Clinging on Canadian Farriers (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/clinging-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 19: Will Clinging on Canadian Farriers (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/clinging-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 19: Will Clinging on Canadian Farriers (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.E (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/clinging-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 19: Will Clinging on Canadian Farriers (1)[Internet]. (2022, August 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/clinging-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Nozomu Wakai on Life, Work, and Views: Member, Japan Mensa (1)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,929

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Nozomu Wakai is a Hard Rock and Heavy Metal Artist with specializations in guitar, production, composition, and design He studied Jazz at Senzoku Gakuen College of Music. He has worked with Mari Hamada. His first album was “Requiem for a Scream.” He produced a 2015 EP “Anecdote Of The Queens.” Wakai’s project, DESTINIA, began in 2014. He is signed with Ward Music. He discusses: growing up; extended self; family background; youth with friends; education; purpose of intelligence tests; high intelligence; extreme reactions to geniuses; greatest geniuses; genius and a profoundly gifted person; necessities for genius or the definition of genius; work experiences and jobs held; job path; myths of the gifted; God; science; tests taken and scores earned; range of the scores; ethical philosophy; political philosophy; metaphysics; worldview; meaning in life; source of meaning; afterlife; life; and love.

Keywords: Hard Rock, Heavy Metal, HELLIQ Society, Japan, Japan Mensa, life, Nozomu Wakai, views, Ward Music, work.

Conversation with Nozomu Wakai on Life, Work, and Views: Member, Japan Mensa (1)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When you were growing up, what were some of the prominent family stories being told over time?

Nozomu Wakai[1],[2]*: My family on my father’s side was Christian, and my parents often told me the story of how my grandfather named me after a letter in the Bible. My mother’s side of the family came from the northernmost part of Japan, Hokkaido, so I remember hearing stories about the Ainu, the northern folklore of Japan.

Jacobsen: Have these stories helped provide a sense of an extended self or a sense of the family legacy?

Nozomu: I think that both the fact that my name was taken from the Bible and the fact that I am a northerner had a great influence on the formation of my self-identity. In Japan, both Christians and northern folk are surprisingly minorities.

Jacobsen: What was the family background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?

Nozomu: My family was a very normal middle-class family. The only thing that was unusual was that we were a little more westernized than other families, partly because my father had studied in France. My father was often transferred for his own reasons, and we lived in various places in Japan during my childhood. I think my parents were not very religious. They were very Japanese. I think I had more religious and philosophical views from my childhood.

Jacobsen: How was the experience with peers and schoolmates as a child and an adolescent?

Nozomu: I moved to many different places due to many job transfers, but I was able to make many friends in all of them, and my social skills were very high. I had a lot of general knowledge about the world before I became an adolescent, so I spent a lot of my adolescent years with adults through music, sports, and art. I felt like an incredible kid around them, and I did a lot of pretending. lol.

I guess I spent more time having fun than others because I hardly ever studied growing up.

Jacobsen: What have been some professional certifications, qualifications, and trainings earned by you?

Nozomu: The only qualification would be a black belt in karate. I took music seriously until I started in high school. I even won second place in a big competition. I thought I could make a living at it. Until I got injured. Then I started playing music in high school, became a professional, and went on to music college and majored in jazz. But what I do now is heavy metal artists. I am also a professional graphic designer, although I am not qualified. I’ve been good at drawing since I was a little.

Jacobsen: What is the purpose of intelligence tests to you?

Nozomu: One of the ways to look at myself. Something like a puzzle is also a hobby.

Jacobsen: When was high intelligence discovered for you?

Nozomu: I think I was probably in elementary school when I was first discovered. In my time, there were intelligence tests and only students who scored exceptionally high were supposed to let their parents know. I became aware of this again on my own in 2019 when I developed a severe form of Hunt’s Syndrome. I was concerned about my cognitive and thinking abilities, so I took an intelligence test to see if there were any deficiencies. That gave me the numbers.

Jacobsen: When you think of the ways in which the geniuses of the past have either been mocked, vilified, and condemned if not killed, or praised, flattered, platformed, and revered, what seems like the reason for the extreme reactions to and treatment of geniuses? Many alive today seem camera shy – many, not all.

Nozomu: This is my opinion, but people feel “interest and awe” at the same time for things beyond their understanding. They also have “admiration or jealousy” for things that they understand and that are above their own level. This is my experience and observation of the human psyche. When there is an “extraordinary talent,” there is a corresponding “extraordinary reaction. I suspect that if there is a high level of awe and jealousy, it will be frowned upon, and if there is a high level of interest and admiration, it will be praised. As can be inferred from the foregoing, when flaunting obvious talents, one must be prepared to be mentally exposed to negative reactions. I can see why it would be wiser not to flaunt it if you don’t have to. Well, I’m a musician and an artist, so I can’t help it, and there is a catharsis to both slander and praise that can’t be explained by logic alone.

Jacobsen: Who seems like the greatest geniuses in history to you?

Nozomu: Leonardo da Vinci, I think. There are many great thinkers, but I feel that Leonardo da Vinci is a step above the rest in that he also possesses an indefinable “sense” of artistic talent. I feel that Leonardo da Vinci is one step ahead of other great artists and genius. It’s just my personal preference, though.

Jacobsen: What differentiates a genius from a profoundly intelligent person?

Nozomu: It’s like the difference between hardware and software, I guess it’s hard to compare. I think the concept of genius is what we call specs in computers. A profoundly intelligent person can be reached if he or she has the right specs, but not a genius. However, a genius cannot be a profoundly intelligent person if the genre of his or her work does not match the specifications.

Jacobsen: Is profound intelligence necessary for genius?

Nozomu: Genius is a different concept than intelligence or knowledge, so intelligence or knowledge is something you may or may not have. That’s why there were geniuses with intelligence, and there were others like Mozart who could not be figured by intelligence.

There are geniuses who can think freely without being bound by anything because they don’t have the filter of intellect or useless knowledge. Sometimes, such factors are the reason why we cannot arrest geniuses who are inclined to do evil. Because their imagination is completely different from that of ordinary people.

Jacobsen: What have been some work experiences and jobs held by you?

Nozomu: I have been a professional musician since my late teens. At the same time, I have also been working professionally as a graphic designer and advertising planner, which was my side job, since my mid-twenties. As an interesting part-time job, I used to imitate a detective and get paid for solving problems.

Jacobsen: Why pursue this particular job path?

Nozomu: As mentioned, I was obsessed with karate and planned to make a living at it. When I got to high school, I started playing heavy metal and was hooked. I had no musical experience, but I mastered it like crazy, and three years later I ended up touring all over Japan with a small band and management company came along. When it came time to go to college, I was torn between art and music, so I decided to go with music. I could draw very well in art from a young age, and my high school art teacher strongly recommended art, but I chose music, which was a little less my skilled, and went on to a music college. As for design, I didn’t make enough money after I started playing music professionally, so I used to design flyers. I started designing flyers a lot, and then I started getting work from big companies, and I became a professional.

Jacobsen: What are some of the more important aspects of the idea of the gifted and geniuses? Those myths that pervade the cultures of the world. What are those myths? What truths dispel them?

Nozomu: Archimedes jumped out of the bath and ran around the city screaming in his nude joy, Da Vinci dug his own grave and dissected it, and so on. All these stories, along with the myths of greatness, are anecdotes of geniuses that would be impossible for any ordinary person to imagine. I think it’s all because they are too focused.

They can’t stop their ideas and senses on their own. But I guess any eccentricities are trivial in front of the results that amaze everyone.

Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the God concept or gods idea and philosophy, theology, and religion?

Nozomu: All of them have various effects on people, such as uniting many people, shifting responsibility for something, giving a core to one’s thought, and so on. They are all very useful and useful things. I am impressed and think it is very wonderful. And any person can have a reason for death and life. And any person can have a reason for death and life.

Philosophy, theology, or religion. It may be the best of the wisdom of life that people have created. If all this is in the hands of God or Buddha, then our understanding of what they rightly are in this dimension would be beyond our ability to reach.

At this point, I think the limit of what we can do is to philosophically discuss what their existence is. I don’t know the answer, but as long as we are facing it, there must be something.

I may be making music by turning these ideas of life and death derived from philosophy, theology, religion, and God into general events and further into lyrics and sounds.

Interestingly, God and the devil appear frequently in heavy metal lyrics. On the other hand, there are many bands that express their views in their music within their own musical tastes, with some questioning the existence and significance of each.

When you think about it, heavy metal itself is really close to religion and philosophy. Convenient, isn’t it? lol

Jacobsen: How much does science play into the worldview for you?

Nozomu: Science is one of my strong interests in the challenge to this world. To figure out what is ungraspable, even though in reality there is some answer. I’m not a party to solving the riddle, but I am very interested in the answer. In what kind of space and how do living things, including human beings, repeat themselves as life? I think it is interesting that there are also parts of history that are closely related to astronomy and medicine, although they are generally antithetical to areas such as God and religion. I think it is only through the concept of science, which includes natural science to a greater or lesser extent, that things that are not concrete, such as God, thought, and art, which are unknown, can also gain form. In this aspect, in my world, both God and science are factors that govern our life and death as human beings.

Jacobsen: What have been some of the tests taken and scores earned (with standard deviations) for you?

Nozomu: In the tight test, IQ 140 on the FSIQ with WAIS III (SD 15), FSIQ 156 with WAIS IV (SD 15). WAIS IV may not be an official result, though, since the time period from WAIS III was a bit shorter. Both had low verbal IQ. Perception and processing speed seem to be superior.

Jacobsen: What ethical philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Nozomu: I am sympathetic to the stance of relating morality to free choice, as Immanuel Kant thinks.

The idea of a categorical imperative derived from free will in the metaphysics of human ethics is an indicator of my personality.

However, as a human being, I have unfinished weaknesses, so I just keep it in a corner of my mind.

Jacobsen: What social philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Nozomu: I can understand social philosophy objectively, but I don’t think it has much influence on my way of life. I find it somewhat difficult to identify with any of the ideologies, and perhaps because I am an individualist, I am not interested in discussions from the perspective of society.

Jacobsen: What political philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Nozomu: In a world as complex and intertwined with diverse ideologies as modern society,

I think the act of questioning the nature of politics is necessary.

However, since I’m not in a position or position to think about politics, I don’t think I am greatly affected by it.

Jacobsen: What metaphysics makes some sense to you, even the most workable sense to you?

Nozomu: This is a subject of particular interest to me in philosophy. I think it is an individualism, though not a complete one. However, I do acknowledge the existence of objects even before recognition, and as for the existence and concept of God, I have yet to even determine my own interpretation of it. I believe that the confirmation of the existence of all things, life and death, consciousness, God, etc., are the “destiny” of man since time immemorial to be discussed.

Jacobsen: What worldview-encompassing philosophical system makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Nozomu: I believe that philosophy is a mediator between man and the absolute other, nature and society. Between all people and things in the world, all value judgments about nature and society are based on a particular worldview, large or small. It has the attributes of the world that is other to the individual, but it is alien to the world as an objective entity, and in that sense it exists within the individual. So from the side of the world, which is the absolute other, it is a conception subordinate to the individual.

Of course, I ‘m the same way. I think the reason we are discussing all philosophies is because there is a philosophical system that encompasses the world view. So in that sense it is of great significance to me personally. Unfortunately, I am a heavy metal musician, not a philosopher, so I don’t have the knowledge to absorb all the philosophies. I never studied philosophy, only read a few books when I was younger. It would be nice to study philosophy properly if I had the chance.

Jacobsen: What provides meaning in life for you?

Nozomu: To face one’s self. To “burn your life hard,” to use a literary expression.

As Nietzsche said, “the meaning of life is to live authentically and powerfully, creating one’s own goals and values.” So, I continue to search for it and do what I have to do. I am free to do what I will.

I have a side of pragmatism and nihilism in me, but I think Nietzsche’s words are a good description of the meaning of life in today’s society, and I share it.

Maybe it’s because Japan is a particularly non-religious country.

Jacobsen: Is meaning externally derived, internally generated, both, or something else?

Nozomu: Good question. I think it’s both. Nietzsche said something like value is a commitment between the world and yourself, and I believe it is generated on both sides if either side has it.

Jacobsen: Do you believe in an afterlife? If so, why, and what form? If not, why not?

Nozomu: I don’t know whether to believe it or not, since it’s the next point we’re debating whether it’s there or not, and it’s there in spirit, but I think it is. Unfortunately, I can’t prove it definitively because I’m not dead. It is similar to the problem of proving God.

So, what exactly would be nice is if consciousness continued to exist in the spiritual realm after the death of the physical body. That would be more interesting and easier to write songs about. lol

It would be interesting to see a future where the possibility of multiple dimensions is scientifically proven and philosophical views of the afterlife are substantiated by science. It will be a real next step for all of us.

Jacobsen: What do you make of the mystery and transience of life?

Nozomu: The universe had a beginning, and whether by necessity or by chance, the life of man was born, and I exist today in the midst of it. For some reason, while I was seriously playing heavy metal, I am now being interviewed on a philosophical note. Life is so much fun! If it’s a predetermined destiny, it’s fun, if it’s a total coincidence, it’s real entertainment.

And all this is happening in the span of a few decades. It is a mystery and a miracle. If it were possible, I would love to live forever and see everything in the universe.

Oh, and making a deal with the devil for that might be a good idea. Heavy metal and the devil go hand in hand.

Jacobsen: What is love to you?

Nozomu: I can’t be definitive because there are so many things in my life. There may be more kinds than eros and agape and philia or eight, like the ancient Greeks.

Ultimately, I think “love” is something that is neither physical nor mental, something that is as close as possible to nothingness, something that is beyond the philosophical realm.

I think that love is something that is not physical or mental, but unfortunately I don’t have enough ability to reach that realm.

I can’t go beyond the realm of the typical TV romances and romantic comedies.

Oh,,,, sometimes it becomes suspense or mystery. That’s scary.

Yes, I can’t be a rock star without being popular with men and women. I just realized that. So, I live with a lot of love. Thank you.

Footnotes

[1] Member, HELLIQ Society; Member, Japan Mensa.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/wakai-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Nozomu Wakai on Life, Work, and Views: Member, Japan Mensa (1)[Online]. August 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/wakai-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 22). Conversation with Nozomu Wakai on Life, Work, and Views: Member, Japan Mensa (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/wakai-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Nozomu Wakai on Life, Work, and Views: Member, Japan Mensa (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/wakai-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Nozomu Wakai on Life, Work, and Views: Member, Japan Mensa (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/wakai-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Nozomu Wakai on Life, Work, and Views: Member, Japan Mensa (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/wakai-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Nozomu Wakai on Life, Work, and Views: Member, Japan Mensa (1)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/wakai-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Nozomu Wakai on Life, Work, and Views: Member, Japan Mensa (1)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/wakai-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Nozomu Wakai on Life, Work, and Views: Member, Japan Mensa (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/wakai-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Nozomu Wakai on Life, Work, and Views: Member, Japan Mensa (1)[Internet]. (2022, August 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/wakai-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 18: Betty Asseiro on Symatree Farm (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.E, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,864

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Betty Asseiro is an experienced mentor. She has been part of the team, running programs, developing programs, taking horse pictures, facilitating events and helping to take care of the horses! A key member of the team, Betty helps keep us all on track both in and out of the paddocks. Currently studying addictions and youth correctional counselling, Betty skillfully applies her combination of experience and education to plan and run the variety of youth programs we have in the best ways possible. She discusses: story with horses; kind of horse; her name; a naming kind of rule; involved with Symatree; the positions and the responsibilities; youth with issues; a very lucky and privileged position; anger; this internalization of the anger; horses being forgiving; and the intuitive nature of working around horses.

Keywords: addictions, anger, Betty, Canada, Dakota, equestrianism, The Greenhorn Chronicles, Kathy, mentor, Symatree Farm, youth.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 18: Betty Asseiro on Symatree Farm (1)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations after the interview.*

*Interview conducted June 14, 2022.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: This is Betty from Symatree Farm. The stories that I’m gathering are early life stories. People get started very early in life with them. Or they have been around them and then they rediscover them later in life. What has been your story with horses?

Betty: I never left horses, but I definitely went on to a different path and came back to working with them. So, when I was very young, my mom loves horses. My mom is Kathy, the founder of Symatree Farm. So, we had horses boarded. We were always around them, and then when we moved out to the country. Obviously, it was around them. I was living on the farm, and then I took a bit of a different path in university and was in the city a lot, and then ended up coming back and now working with them. I have my own horse and I am just really appreciating them and working with them in a new life not as a little kid.

Jacobsen: What kind of horse do you have?

Betty: She is a just grey mare. She’s a mix of a bunch, but an absolutely amazing mentor. I feel like she’s really my partner in what we do.

Jacobsen: And what’s her name?

Betty: Her name is Dakota.

Jacobsen: And is that named after North/South Dakota or something else?

Betty: Honestly, we have a naming kind of rule that we follow. So, for our newest horses and for the horses that aren’t doubling as our personal horses, and just kind of equine mentors for the general public primarily, we let people on Facebook name them. They all vote. But with our horses, we find a name that we like for every single letter of the alphabet, and then we narrow it down to the top, like three or four, and then we’ll ask the horse. We’ll see which one in training and stuff they seem to respond to. That’s how we choose our names.

Jacobsen: How long have you been involved with Symatree?

Betty: I have been involved with Symatree on and off. I was always there as a kid. I would help out, but I have been involved as a facilitator and really working on the farm for the last four years.

Jacobsen: How did you start at Symatree in terms of the positions and the responsibilities? How’s that grown over time?

Betty: I came back to the farm as an assistant, so I was just helping out in the programming that Kathy and Barb were doing at the time and just found that I really loved it. I loved working with the kids. My interests started to grow. So, I asked to take on more responsibility. I started thinking about running camps with the kids that I was pretty passionate about working with, and then through school I started learning more. I got an education that really supported what we do here. So, I began working with all our youth and teen contracts that come through child and family services. So, that’s how I stepped into the role as lead youth facilitator working with all those contracts and working with those support teams.

Jacobsen: Who are the majority population of youth with issues, whether addictions or otherwise, coming to you?

Betty: I primarily work with youth who are like 7 to 13. They all come through child and family services. So, normally, the youth is struggling or is not open to going to therapy. So, they’re looking for a service provider who will make the child feel comfortable and who will get the child to think about their strengths and get the child a little bit more open to speaking to an adult and thinking about their feelings, and then usually enter talk therapy following that. I stay on the support team as a person they feel really comfortable with and a place that they feel really safe and they can kind of reset during the week.

Jacobsen: Now, as far as I know in psychology and psychiatry, and so on, individuals who are of mature age, after a time that brain is pretty well formed. So, any addictions or behavioral patterns or problems that they may have had up to that point may, more or less, be pretty well ingrained for the duration of their life without substantial intervention. For youth, up to age 13, you have sort of a very lucky and privileged position because the brain is still forming significantly, and so you get to see probably a lot more rapid change, a lot more flexibility cognitively and emotionally, in the young. What are some of the changes that you noticed in the youth coming to you and working with you over time?

Betty: I think that’s a really great point. That’s why I feel so lucky to be able to work with the youth that come, so that we can work together to get onto a path that’s going to feel a lot more comfortable for them as they get older. A lot of the kids that I work with start out very much with a lot of anger and a lot of frustration about their situation and not being able to share their feelings or have a sense of safety. So, being able to provide a safe place with the horses who are completely non-judgmental, if the child is angry, they’re allowed to say to the horse, “I’m feeling really angry today. I don’t want to be your friend.” The horse is going to say, “That’s okay for today and when you feel better I will be here,” and the child can come back to the horse the next week and say, “I feel like I can be your friend today. I’d like to be around you.” What working with the kids is all about is building friendships because kids are motivated to be friends with horses, I found they see this huge animal. They think, “Wow! They’re so cool.”

As soon as they find out, they can be the horse’s friend they go, “Okay, I’ll do whatever I can to make that happen.” So, the change that you see is the motivation and the real hard work that they put in to make sure their energy is right and make sure that they are really thinking about the words that they use and thinking about how if they scare the horse; they can make their friend feel better. I think that’s the power of horses because they are so forgiving. It allows the kids to have a space to experiment with their energy and with their words and that healthy experimentation is how they’re going to build healthy coping mechanisms for the future.

Jacobsen: The one emotion coming out in the last response was anger and those youth who are mainly dealing with anger tend to be boys. Is that the majority population of young coming to you?

Betty: I work with both. I find that the boys are a lot more externally angry and, oftentimes, the girls internalize that anger. Instead of lashing out to others, it’s lashing out on themselves. So, it’s a different way of feeling that frustration and feeling misunderstood.

Jacobsen: So, this internalization of the anger. Is this a manifestation of a depressive state in the girls when, maybe, it comes off in sarcastic comments or things of this nature?

Betty: It can definitely come across as very shut down, unwilling to even make eye contact, pretending to be disinterested in the horses, and kind of making sarcastic comments. In working with them, a lot of times, it can also come across as giving up really quickly. So, they’re asking the horse to follow them, and the horse turns to eat grass. They drop the lead line. They say, “It doesn’t matter. No, I don’t want to do this anymore. It’s not going to work.” They give up, or they whine, and say, “Oh, I can’t do this. I’m never going to be able to do this. Nobody likes me. Everybody hates me. The horse hates me…”

Jacobsen: Wow! That’s a lot.

Betty: Yes, that’s a lot of times how you’ll see that expressed.

Jacobsen: You mentioned the horses being forgiving. You did not say forgetful. So, I want to clarify. I mean I’ve only been in the industry about eight months. So, are the horses forgiving because they are forgetful, or are they not forgetful and still forgiving?

Betty: I believe that the horses are not forgetful and still forgiving. I have absolutely seen kids come back as teenagers who came when they were eight years old for like a summer camp. They come back as a teenager with a school group. They come back to visit with their family. The horses remember the people just as much as the people remember them. No matter what their experience was together. If the person comes with a new energy, if the person comes in with positivity, the horse is going to respond to that.

Jacobsen: When I talk to horse people, a lot of the language is around sense, feel, experience; the intuitive nature of working around horses. So, are horses in general very sensitive and intuitive to the “energy” the person around people around them is giving off?

Betty: I definitely think so and I think that’s something that’s absolutely magical about working with them and working with kids because a kid can come in and they are angry, they had a really rough car ride coming in and they come into the arena with big energy. They want to work with a quiet horse. Big energy and a shy animal aren’t going to work in a logical sense, but the kid is not their anger. The kid is not a bad day at school. If they come in, and they take a breath, and they breeze past their driver, and they breeze past me, and they go to talk to that horse more often than not, that shy horse will kind of look at the child. They’ll wait until the child’s energy is genuine. If the kid says, “I had a really bad day. I want to talk to you about it,” they can walk up to that horse and talk to that horse about their bad day, they can raise their voice when they’re talking about it and that shy horse will stay with them because they’re not angry at the horse. They’re simply expressing themselves and the horses realize that that’s okay. That’s not who they are underneath the anger that they’re feeling in that moment. They’re wanting to genuinely just be a friend. They’re looking to have the horse as a friend. That’s a relationship that they can share no matter if the child is sad in a moment or angry in a moment.

Footnotes

[1] Mentor, Symatree Farm.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/betty-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/insight-issues/.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 18: Betty Asseiro on Symatree Farm (1)[Online]. August 2022; 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/betty-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 22). The Greenhorn Chronicles 18: Betty Asseiro on Symatree Farm (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/betty-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 18: Betty Asseiro on Symatree Farm (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/betty-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 18: Betty Asseiro on Symatree Farm (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/betty-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “The Greenhorn Chronicles 18: Betty Asseiro on Symatree Farm (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/betty-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 18: Betty Asseiro on Symatree Farm (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/betty-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 18: Betty Asseiro on Symatree Farm (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/betty-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 18: Betty Asseiro on Symatree Farm (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.E (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/betty-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 18: Betty Asseiro on Symatree Farm (1)[Internet]. (2022, August 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/betty-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 17: Cindy Waslewsky on Operations at Twin Creeks Ranch (1)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.E, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,287

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Cindy Waslewsky went to Stanford University and competed on the Varsity Gymnastics and Ski Teams. She earned a B.A. in Human Biology in 1982. She earned a Diploma in Christian Studies at Regent College in Vancouver, and a BC teachers’ certification from the University of British Columbia in 1984. She was the President of the Squamish Valley Equestrian Association. She is a certified English and Western coach. Waslewsky is co-owner of Twin Creeks Ranch. She discusses: horse maintenance; and clientele connection to horses.

Keywords: Canada, Cindy Waslewsky, equestrianism, Greenhorn Chronicles, Steve Waslewsky, Twin Creeks Ranch.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 17: Cindy Waslewsky on Operations at Twin Creeks Ranch (1)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations after the interview.*

*Recording accidentally start a tad late, after the formal interview began, Steve Waslewsky joins the interview later.*

*Interview conducted January 2, 2022.*

Cindy Waslewsky[1],[2]: We can hot walk a horse in a circle, so that the shedrow goes in a circle. So, you can hot walk your horses undercover. That’s great if a horse is colicky or something like that. You need to monitor and walk the horse. You’ve got a space right there outside the stall to do that. So, we have crossties there and huge tack rooms that are insulated and one of our staff members lives in a suite that’s off that same barn. She’s a single girl. She worked at North Shore Equestrian Centre before she came to us, so a good experience that she’s got into the vet tech program starting January. And then across from the barn, we have two suites there, again staff. One’s a single fellow who does basic out maintenance. We have lots of equipment. So, he’ll harrow the arena, clear the trails. He’ll check the water lines, of course, with this cold snap, getting frozen lines working again and plowing snow. All that kind of stuff. Then to the left of his suite or to the right of his suite is a young couple, she works in the barn. Her partner is an IT guy and he works from home. So, when we had this bad weather, he was out helping Kira in the barn and then, as I said, Kayla who has the four kids. The partner was up helping the barn too, so we had extra help.

So, having everyone live on the property, they walk out. Because they’re feeding at seven in the morning. They’re feeding at noon. They’re feeding at five. They’re feeding at nine. So, to drive back and forth would not be very efficient, but you can go out there and feed at seven in the morning and then go in and warm up or have breakfast, come back out and start doing stalls and at 9:30, turn some of the horses out, some are in what we call “in-and-outs.”

When people contact us, I would say about almost half our stalls are now in-and-out because what my husband did is he created more in-and-outs off the back of the bar, and tried to make as many of the in-and-out stalls. Every other stall is an in-and-out because you don’t want the run, the pen, to be the same width as the stall; that’s too narrow. They can get cast and things like that. So, what you do is if one stall has an in-and-out, the next stall that horse gets led out to a paddock outside the next one’s in-and-out, where they can run in and out at will; and the next one we lead them out. So, we have good, generous paddocks. Every horse has a paddock. They get turned out no matter what. If pouring rain, they’re out for half the day. When they have this freezing weather, they were out for almost one o’clock in the afternoon, and then we brought them in for their lunch because the water was freezing. Even if we gave them a bucket, it was frozen before they needed it when they got fed their lunch. You cannot feed a horse without water available to them. They need water.

So, that was a limiting factor. So, we bring them in at one o’clock, and then have the lunch inside. Normally, we’ll keep them out as much as we can keep them out and in the spring and the fall. In the summer, they could be out 24 hours a day. They have more room in a paddock than they do in a stall. They can see their neighbor, but they each get their own feed in a feeder that’s on the rubber matting. So, the thing doesn’t fall onto the crusher. The gravel stuff that they’re living on and they have auto waters as well. We took out all the hog fuel and put in crusher which is a blend of different kinds of sand and fills so that it’s firm. That gives the horse something firm and doesn’t harbor fungus because we’re living in the Pacific Northwest.

I grew up in California, didn’t have rain and mud fever. All these other different kinds of fungus. You see on horses up here. But up here, you’ve got to be very careful that they have a blanket on; they’re going to be out in the rain, so that they don’t get damp and get a fungus on their back called ring sore. You can’t even then put a saddle on if they get too sore. You got to stay on top of those things. So, anyway, we have staff living on the property. We have options of in-and-out stalls. Ones that you lead horses out to paddocks and back in again, and then we have a couple of what are called loafing sheds, which means it’s a shelter. We have two Icelandics that love to be outside in the snow, rain. They love to be outside. They have a shelter where they can get out of the weather, but they’ll be standing outside most of the time. We do have a stall for them if the weather is really bad or the water starts freezing. We can bring them inside if we need to do that. But they love being out, they’re shaggy little guys and they love being outside.

On our property, we have the main indoor arena. We have dressage letters up. We have some jumps. We have show-quality jumps. We don’t set up often because they’re heavy to lift in-and-out. We have other jumps that are easily put in-and-out for lessons and for people to practice on, but we have a multi-disciplined barn. In other words, we have people who like Western and English. In Western, you might have reiners. You might have pleasure. You might have trail horses.  In English, you might have dressage, hunter, jumper, and just simply pleasure trail horses. We tend to have more older riders with a few younger people who this is the first horse that they’ve brought in here. People, of course, are somewhat price conscious because it’s really expensive owning a horse. It’s getting more expensive because we’ve seen costs skyrocket. We have voluntarily just increased the rates and wages for our workers. We do the same thing in a per diem: this is how many horses you have, this is how much you get per horse to clean and feed them for the day.

Now, if you have 31 horses, that’s too many stalls to do for one person, which it really is, then we say you get a secondary worker. Then they get paid for the stalls they do; and you get paid the primary wage. So, it all works out. Our staff have three primary stock barn staff people. They make up their own schedule. They talk together. They work it out. Some are at school. Some have kids. So, they work together and make up a schedule that works for them. They cover for each other. They make sure everyone’s okay, and then we have another fellow, Hank, who does maintenance. Like you, he can jump into the stalls. He can do stall work. He can do buckets. He can bring the hay down for them. He does maintenance. So, he’s there if anyone’s sick, if anyone needs a hand, and if something happens like a pipe breaks or anything happens; they call him. So, they have that as well as my husband and I who live on the property as well.

Jacobsen: Is Steve available right now as well by the way?

Cindy: Yes, Steve’s just upstairs. He’s not a chatty person. If you had specific questions for him, he’d be happy to answer them. He, like I said, does a lot of the maintenance. We mix our own footing for the arena. We mix footing for our paddocks. We use crusher for it and for all the roads. We also have three and a half kilometers of trails, which he put in with his own GPS lining up through the woods and clearing out trails, putting culverts in and then putting landscape cloth and then crusher on top. So, a nice trail that you would see at Alder Grove Park or Camel Valley Park. We have some half kilometers of trails here on the property. So, as you saw on the web page, we have a round pen, a main indoor arena, a second indoor arena, which is like the lunging arena that we have. It’s a 72 x72, so it’s a nice 20-meter circle with a coverall. Then we have three and a half kilometers of all-weather trails, so it’s not muddy. They’re a good footing. Trees fall down, branches fall, things happen with these storms we’ve had recently. We go out and clear them off. Then we have a half-mile sand racetrack.

Now, the racetrack is not what you would see for training race horses; the inside rails are out. So, it’s basically a recreational track. We still harrow it. We keep it maintained. You can go out there. You can just walk around the track, trot, or do a little gallop. Sometimes, I’ll take students out. We’ll do a slow canter contest and then the fastest walk contest. We’re trying to train our horses to have good gaits for us to be out hacking on trails and such, and have them in control. We do our hay storage, like this year there was a real crisis for hay because of the fires, the drought, Covid, and then, of course, the flooding came along. So, hay is difficult. We bought a B-train load, which is a truck and a big trailer following it. A B-train load in the Fall, and then we put a deposit on another B-train load from the same hay supplier up North because it’s good quality professionally grown hay.

Steve with his background in animal physiology and nutrition will be happy to advise boarders on good nutrition for their horse, but, as you probably have found, everybody’s an expert. Quite frankly, it’s interesting. Even when he went to UBC, lots of feed studies on pigs, sheep, goats, chickens, cows, but not many good feed studies on horses. So, you still see kind of a backyard approach, “Oh, I’m going to get the beet pulp,” or, “They’ll get their weight up.” The beet plants, just saw this cheap pulp stuff and get rid of it by giving it to horse people saying, “Here’s some empty calories for your horse.” It’s great for hydrating your horse because you soak this pulp and some people do that to try to put weight on the horse, but I would question their more scientific knowledge of the digestive system of the horse.

We can advise borders. But if they want this, that, or the other thing, we accommodate them because that’s not livestock to them. That’s not even a pet. That horse is their child. You’ve seen that. Have you not? These women and guys, often, their kids are grown up and gone. These horses are their family. They’re their children, very important to them. So, horse boarding is a very unique business. They really think you’re taking care of people’s horse; we’re taking care of people by taking care of their horses.

Jacobsen: Talking to clientele while working, certainly, individuals who own one or more horses feel as if the horse is a part of their own family. Also, a common sentiment I find among those in the equestrian industry with only a few months out of my belt granted, is the sense of a lifestyle.  So, you either dive into the deep end first; or it’s a foot in the door phenomenon. Where, once you start getting into it, more or less, you don’t leave. Unless, you’re forced to leave due to finances or some other catastrophic circumstance. People love it. It is their lifestyle.

Cindy: I have adults coming to me for lessons who have always wanted to ride. Now, they’re close to retirement. They now have the time. They have the money. Some of them don’t have the health anymore. So, we make sure they’re on a horse that suits their limitations. You’ll see this all the time. People come to me. They might take some lessons. Hopefully, they do take a good number of lessons and really learn horsemanship, ground manners, training techniques, and then get a horse.  When they get that horse, they get because the worst thing is to be over horse; to get a horse that’s a little too much, a little bit too athletic, too high energy, too high maintenance, not as well trained and needs more training. If you don’t get someone with that knowledge, then you get a horse that becomes somewhat dangerous for that rider. Unfortunately, that horse then doesn’t always get a good chance with the next owner either. They get kind of labeled. They’ve developed some bad habits. I always say a horse is kind of like a dog. Get a dog and train that dog, an ill-trained dog, an insecure dog, or an aggressive dog is not a happy dog. Indeed, it could be a danger to a person, then you might have to put down the dog because an incident happens. I’ve seen that in the horse world as well with horses that are great animals, but have not had the best riding and training at some point in their life. It is human made problems in the horses that the good trainers have to go in and try to fix.

Footnotes

[1] Co-Owner, Twin Creeks Ranch.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/waslewsky-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/insight-issues/.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 17: Cindy Waslewsky on Operations at Twin Creeks Ranch (1)[Online]. August 2022; 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/waslewsky-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 22). The Greenhorn Chronicles 17: Cindy Waslewsky on Operations at Twin Creeks Ranch (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/waslewsky-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 17: Cindy Waslewsky on Operations at Twin Creeks Ranch (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/waslewsky-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 17: Cindy Waslewsky on Operations at Twin Creeks Ranch (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/waslewsky-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “The Greenhorn Chronicles 17: Cindy Waslewsky on Operations at Twin Creeks Ranch (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/waslewsky-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 17: Cindy Waslewsky on Operations at Twin Creeks Ranch (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/waslewsky-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 17: Cindy Waslewsky on Operations at Twin Creeks Ranch (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/waslewsky-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 17: Cindy Waslewsky on Operations at Twin Creeks Ranch (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.E (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/waslewsky-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 17: Cindy Waslewsky on Operations at Twin Creeks Ranch (1)[Internet]. (2022, August 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/waslewsky-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 16: Wes Schild on Expense, Show Jumping’s Appeal, and the Industry (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.E, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,852

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Wes is a Professional Trainer & Coach for Riverlands Equestrian Centre. He completed an internship at Landgestuet Celle (Hanovarian State Stud) in Adelheidsdorf, Germany. He has worked as a professional rider for McLean Reitsport in Tonisvorst. He has worked in Wellington, Florida for Alexandra Duncan and trained with Juan Matute Sr. He discusses: economic barriers; the demographics per discipline; new rider; people will enter into the industry and then drop out; the industry now in Canada; quality and cleanliness and orderliness of facilities; geldings and mares get 15×15 stalls and stallions get 15×20 stalls; boarding and room for a horse; base costs for improved quality of life; training with various individuals within the industry; a session; tack up; and to Riverlands for a lesson.

Keywords: Canada, Dressage, Greenhorn Chronicles, Riverlands Equestrian Centre, Wes Schild.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 16: Wes Schild on Expense, Show Jumping’s Appeal, and the Industry (2)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations after the interview.*

*Interview conducted December 30, 2021.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Are there economic barriers? Although, I don’t know if that’s necessarily true because the demographics note the incomes of people who ride horses generally are about middle class. They are ordinary people in general. But getting into the industry, getting a horse, getting equipment, paying for boarding for the first little bit, etc. is that a barrier at the outset for getting into the industry?

Wes Schild[1],[2]: I think it depends on when you’re probably getting into the industry; I think it might be a little bit tougher as a child or a young teen to get into it just because there is a greater expense. Then again if you were just to go and be on some other sports team, there’s a lot more to owning a horse. Then you have to have someone that can help care for it or you have to board it out. So, I think that also slows down, why people don’t do it.

Jacobsen: How do you find the demographics per discipline within the equine – dressage versus jumping versus hunting, etc.? What tends to attract the most participants in Canada?

Schild: I would probably say jumping definitely would be your number one.

Jacobsen: What might be the reason for that?

Schild: I think if you go from people that are getting into it at a younger age. Show jumping has more appeal to it. For someone that’s just standing back and watching it; you get the idea of what’s going on. You see that someone’s riding the horse. They get to gallop the course. They’re jumping fences. It looks fun. It’s exciting. Whereas if you are looking back from a distance, again, and watching a very basic dressage test happen, you might not understand exactly what’s happening. So, someone to see the jumping is definitely more interesting. So, I think that’s where people lean to first; they want to get into jumping first. And then, maybe, once they’re in riding for a while and have a better understanding of it, they start to look to dressage because they understand that actually dressage is the basics to all riding. They need a really good solid foundation in their flat work and in their dressage work to be an excellent jumper. And then, of course, you would find out that if you’re riding with someone reputable or your trainer. Those top riders are all working on good flat work and dressage to make these top jumping horses.

Jacobsen: How long does it take for a horse to become acquainted and comfortable with a new rider?

Schild: I always say to my clients here when I’ve helped them in the past look for a new riding horse and there’s a new partnership being started up; I always say about a year. It takes a while for you to learn the horse and how they think and how they act and how they react to different situations. It’s a partnership, so it’s about building trust with your new partner and that that takes time and patience and help from a coach or a trainer.

Jacobsen: Is there a period at which people will enter into the industry and then drop out? So, hypothetically, a young teenager, parents put them into some equestrian discipline. They have a horse. They train, take part in competitions or some casual events for five years, and then they drop it at 17. What is a common scenario one would expect in a decent hunk of the equestrian world in Canada?

Schild: I would say that’s right. I would say if you were to look at a lot of the young riders that, maybe, ride from the time they’re 10 to 18 or whatever; they do that while they’re in high school and have the time, the ability, and, probably, their parents support, hopefully, to be able to do the sport. I would say around that age is when you start to see people fizzle out of it. I think it’s mostly because they’re going off to start post-secondary education. Or they need to start working full-time. They just can’t afford to do both things. There’s not enough time to do both things. So, I would say that’s probably when most fizzle out of the sport, but I would also say I know quite a few who have stopped riding then, and then maybe go on to post-secondary education, and then start a family, or whatever, and then return to riding in their early 30s, and continue on.

Jacobsen: How many people are in the industry now in Canada?

Schild: That’s a good question. I don’t actually know the answer.

Jacobsen: Okay. How important are quality and cleanliness and orderliness of facilities for proper equine activities?

Schild: Well, I would say it’s very important. That’s actually one of the biggest things that I took away from being in Europe. Some of the facilities that you go to over there are almost like military. They expect very high standards of cleanliness and respect and order for horses and riders. And here at our facility, I do the same; I make sure that everything’s very clean and organized. Everything’s very proper because it makes for running the business and the horses and the clients and everything just such a way nicer atmosphere to come to work every day when everything has a place and is organized. People know where things are; and it makes the day just run that much smoother.

Jacobsen: Your stalls are noted as 15×15 and 15×20. 15×20 for the stallions. So, geldings and mares get 15×15 stalls and stallions get 15×20 stalls. Why do the stallions get slightly bigger stalls?

Schild: There’s really not a huge reason why here we made them a little bit bigger. It’s only because stallions sometimes tend to be inside a little bit longer than you would like a mare-stallion for turnout purposes anyways. Luckily at our facility, we have quite a few paddocks that are built correctly and tall enough and are safe enough to put stallions out in so that there is no risk of them hurting themselves or getting out and trying to get to another horse. But the person who designed our facility wanted to make those stallion stalls just a little bit bigger because, like I said, if you have times where the stallions might not be able to go outside, it’s nice for them to have a big stall inside that they can move around and they’re quite comfortable in.

Jacobsen: For boarding and room for a horse, so gelding, stallion, to mare, where most people have a small ranch to the upper echelons of standards of care in Canada or even Europe, what is the range of costs people want to be looking at here?

Schild: Definitely out in the West coast, now, you’re looking roughly most places now about 1,000 dollars a month for a stall, and then that can go up or down depending on the facility and what the facility offers and what’s included in your board. If you go down to – let’s say – Florida, for example, I know lots of facilities down there that you’re looking probably closer to like 1,800 a month to 2,000 a month. That’s, of course, done in US dollars, but I would say at most good facilities now you’re looking around a 1,000 dollars a month.

Jacobsen: What can be added onto those base costs for improved quality of life for the horse?

Schild: So, for example, at our facility, some of the add-ons, there would be different types of quality of hay that you can get. With your board, you have just local grass type hay that we grow here on the farm, but then some horses need more protein or more energy in their diet. So, we also can bring in straight alfalfa. We have timothy, so that would be an extra cost. We have an automatic horse walker, which is really good for horses that need rehabilitation. Or we use it as a strength and exercise program every morning. So, all my competition horses go on the walker before they go to their turnout fields, so that would be an extra cost monthly. Those would be some of the type of things some facilities have. Treadmills or water treadmills, again, that would be an extra charge that would add on. Also, we have a massage therapist and chiropractor that come monthly. So, if that’s something that you want done for your horse, that’s just an extra add-on to your monthly bill here, and then they get massaged. They get a chiropractor treatment done.

Jacobsen: How much is training with various individuals within the industry? So, they have the basic level of training to become a coach to training with someone who has been on the national Olympic team for a particular country?.

Schild: You mean for a lesson price wise?

Jacobsen: Certainly.

Schild: Again, it totally depends on who you’re training with; a lower-level coach, you’re, probably, looking for around 75 dollars for a session. Then upper level stuff, you’re probably looking somewhere around 200 dollars for a session.

Jacobsen: For a session, how long does that last?

Schild: Generally, 45 minutes to an hour.

Jacobsen: Okay. Does this include tack up?

Schild: No, if you are having a session, your session begins at, let’s say, three o’clock. You’d be expected to be tacked up and ready to ride for three o’clock, and then you would ride with your coach from 3:00 to 3:45.

Jacobsen: So, let’s say, someone comes to Riverlands for a lesson, what will be a standard pre-lesson lesson and post-lesson series of procedures for them?

Schild: Well, for most people that come for lessons here, they have their horse already here, so they’re in a program with me. They would come. They would have their lesson time. They would get their horse tacked up and ready to ride. They would go into the indoor or the outdoor riding arena and warm up for probably 5-10 minutes before I come into the arena, and then we normally would have probably a five-minute little chat about what they’re feeling, what they want to work on, if they have any questions or concerns, and then we go into more of a detailed warm-up where I have eyes on them and the horse. We work through the warmup. Then we go into more of what I call the work for the day or the competition riding. So, we figure out what we’re going to work on, and we put the horse through some type of lesson plan and then there’s always breaks in that, of course, to give the horse time to recover and recuperate. Then we would do the cool down session and we always end the lesson with thoughts on how the lesson went; the good, the bad, and what we need to work on and their takeaway, their homework, for whatever. The next couple days until I see them again.

Footnotes

[1] Professional Trainer & Coach, Riverland Equestrian Centre.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-2; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/insight-issues/.

Image Credit: Wes Schild.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 16: Wes Schild on Expense, Show Jumping’s Appeal, and the Industry (2)[Online]. August 2022; 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-2.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 22). The Greenhorn Chronicles 16: Wes Schild on Expense, Show Jumping’s Appeal, and the Industry (2). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-2.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 16: Wes Schild on Expense, Show Jumping’s Appeal, and the Industry (2). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-2>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 16: Wes Schild on Expense, Show Jumping’s Appeal, and the Industry (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-2.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “The Greenhorn Chronicles 16: Wes Schild on Expense, Show Jumping’s Appeal, and the Industry (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-2.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 16: Wes Schild on Expense, Show Jumping’s Appeal, and the Industry (2)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-2>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 16: Wes Schild on Expense, Show Jumping’s Appeal, and the Industry (2)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-2.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 16: Wes Schild on Expense, Show Jumping’s Appeal, and the Industry (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.E (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-2>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 16: Wes Schild on Expense, Show Jumping’s Appeal, and the Industry (2)[Internet]. (2022, August 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-2.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 15: Dana Cooke on High Performance Equestrianism (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.E, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,826

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Dana Cooke is the Director of Equestrian Activities at Kingfisher Park Equestrian. She was a member of the Canadian Bronze Medal team at the 2019 Pan American Games in Lima, Peru. She is an “A” level Pony Club graduate and an Equestrian Canada Level 1 Certified Coach. She discusses: earliest inklings; Canadian bronze medal team in Lima, Peru; the feeling in anticipation; selection criterion for the Canadian Olympic team; 5-star; eventing versus jumping; financial barriers; the prices going up; and profit.

Keywords: Canada, Dana Cooke, equestrianism, Greenhorn Chronicles, Kingfisher Park Equestrian, Lima, Olympics, Peru.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 15: Dana Cooke on High Performance Equestrianism (1)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations after the interview.*

*Interview conducted January 7, 2022.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Okay, so, I will begin at the beginning. So, you performed at very high levels in the equestrian world. You are at Kingfisher Park Equestrian now. So, there’s obviously a story before the start in Kingfisher Park Equestrian. So, what were some of the earliest inklings of being around, or riding, horses for you because the people start at different ages and their paces of development are also different?

Dana Cooke[1],[2]: My parents originally were from Vancouver. They moved out to a little town called Merritt, which is about three hours north of Vancouver. My mom was a schoolteacher and I think my father was working. I can’t remember who he was working for at the time when he first stepped out. They had bought like a little piece of, probably, a 20-acre piece of property outside of town and friends there decided to keep some horses there. People started a little pony club around the corner, so my brother started pony club. My parents just bought like two kinds of 500-dollar sale horses. They didn’t know really anything about horses. My brother started this pony club. I started watching him ride and stuff. I was like little; like those photos of me with a pacifier in my mouth sitting on a horse and one of my brothers boarding for lessons. Once I was old enough, I also joined the pony club. My mom met my stepfather. He is, actually, a cowboy and literally chases cows for a living. He has worked for several different ranches like those in Nicola Valley. He likes to break horses and stuff like that. So, I got into a little bit of rodeo because my stepdad. This is what he did. I did a little rodeo. I did a little pony club. Then probably by the time I was eight or nine, I started jumping and just then stuck with the more equestrian side of things; English style and Western. When I was in kindergarten, I think, or my early elementary school years, we had to write what we want to do when we grow up. I said I wanted to go to the Olympics. So, here I am.

Jacobsen: You were on the Canadian bronze medal team in Lima, Peru for the Pan American Games. You have your eyes on the 2024 Olympic Games in Paris, France.

Dana: Yes, absolutely.

Jacobsen: What is the feeling in anticipation of heading in that direction and being so close when you’ve been aiming for that for so many years?

Dana: Well, it’s exciting, but it’s also a little bit like disbelief because you work so hard for it. It’s a dream for so long. It’s still also three years away, so it feels like forever away. With the Pan Am, it’s the same. In the Pan Am, it’s a little bit interesting because the path that I took the Pan Am. I planned it out like three years prior: how to get her there and make sure she was qualified. I was like, “I’m going to get this horse there,” which I did. like I have a little bit of the same philosophy, same planning, but I’m, actually, hoping to have, maybe, two or three horses qualified as opposed to just having one. But yes, it’s a weird feeling; you get excited about it, but you also can’t really get hung up on just getting qualified for the team and just making the team because it can run your life, which is a great thing. Also, things go wrong. So, it’s also a bit disappointing when it goes wrong. So, you’ve got to have other goals and other dreams and plans going on simultaneously if that makes sense.

It’s exciting, but I try not to get too hung up on just making the team because it’s disappointing when you don’t make it. It’s really disappointing when we don’t make it. So, it is exciting, but there’s a lot of pressure that comes with it.

Jacobsen: What is the selection criterion for the Canadian Olympic team in any of the three major areas of equestrianism?

Dana: Honestly, they, usually, come out what our actual criteria is; usually, it’s the fall or winter prior, so usually the November-December of the year before we get a selection like they’ll get sent out to all the high-performance riders, what you need to do to qualify to be on the team. Then we have to declare to our National Federation, which is Equestrian Canada, to tell them that we want to be selected or we want to be included in the selection process. So, it’s just for the Olympics, which is run at a 4-star level, at least across countries 4-star level. Usually, you and your horse have to be qualified at the fourth CCI 4-star long level. Actually, being qualified at the CCI 5-star long level is the highest level of sport; it’s actually a level above the Olympics. To have the best shot at it, you would like to have a great result out of 5-star going into it. But I believe that in this past Olympics we had to have a qualification at the 4-star long level.

Jacobsen: What would count as a 5-star? What is the contextualization there for someone without the expertise in the field?

Dana: So, the 5-star is the highest level in in eventing. It would be… trying to think of one good equivalent would be in like a different sport… It’d be like doing a full ironman, like it is compared to doing just a triathlon. It’s the dressage. It’s more technical and the test is longer. The cross country, the jumps are bigger, of course. It’s also more technical than the levels below it. The course generally takes significantly longer, and then the show jumping again. It’s more technical. It’s a larger show jumping track than you know the levels below it.

Jacobsen: How did you get into eventing versus jumping?

Dana: Well, pony club is actually based in the eventing. That’s where they started with everything. When you’re in pony club, you can go down different avenues; you can go down just the dressage avenue, or you go down the show jumping avenue, or you could go down eventing one. Whichever avenue you choose, it used to be like an all-around type. It’s an organization, but it’s also a bit of an education as well. So, you could focus on the whole thing and eventing would be like an all-around type of thing. So, that’s where it started. Honestly, I love the cross country. Which if you ask any event clutter, they’ll all say the same thing that they’re in it for the cross country. We have to do all the other things, but we learned to enjoy the dressage, or at least get good enough at it. We learned to love the show jumping as well, but the cross country is really why we do it.

Jacobsen: For the sport, especially at the higher levels, I have come across some commentary of financial barriers to it. Is that a common thing, or is that more an urban myth?

Dana: No, it’s common. Horses are expensive. Everybody says, “Oh, you have horses.” There’s so much money in horses and the money is literally in the horse, like the care of it, the feeding, maintenance, the veterinary, the farrier, competing; it’s expensive. I tell people all the time the cheapest part about owning a horse is the purchase price. It doesn’t matter whether you get it for free or you spend 500,000 dollars on it; that’s the least amount of money you’re going to spend on that horse. And after that, it’s expensive. That’s why a lot of us, especially the upper-level riders, have reformed syndicates because most of us can’t afford to do it on our own. I’m lucky enough that I have the owners of Kingfisher to support me, but they could only support me so much. So, trying to bring other people into the sport and to want to be a part of it, there’s a lot of people that want to be a part of your team and your sport and your journey, but they also can’t afford to own the whole horse, so they have the option to own a share of the horse and pay for a share of the expenses – which makes it actually a lot more affordable to them and to us as riders. So, it is expensive.

Jacobsen: Are the prices going up?

Dana: Yes. The horse purchase prices, some of them. Yes, it’s going up. I wouldn’t think that it’s changed in the last two years. It doesn’t change that much, but absolutely the care of them and competition costs and travel costs, absolutely. That has definitely gone up.

Jacobsen: For the industry to become profitable for an individual, or for a syndicate, or for a business, or for farmers, stables, etc., how do North Americans make the bulk of their income to sustain themselves versus Western Europeans?

Dana: Well, most have teaching businesses. We teach a lot of lessons. Europe, there are a lot more equestrians for disciplines, all of them. There, it’s definitely part of their culture; whereas, that’s not here in the US, so it’s a lot easier to get owners in Europe, but it actually is a lot more competitive. Because if you’re not doing a good job with that horse, they’ll take the horse and give it to somebody else. So, you have to stay quite competitive with those horses. So, here, you’ll find a lot of people start out getting the thoroughbreds, which are fine. You can find some really good thoroughbreds, but majority of them are not as competitive in the dressage. They’ll, maybe, have a little bit of a flatter jumping style. So, they might not have the best show jumping records. They generally are great cross-country horses, but not always the most competitive in the in the other two phases. But they’re more affordable to buy. So, you definitely see a lot of people starting out with that.

In Europe, they do have teaching and riding businesses like they do here, but I think probably a little bit easier to build up a little more clientele because it’s part of the culture. I haven’t spent that that much time actually living in Europe; not that I’ve lived in Europe, but I haven’t been there long enough to actually really see the difference. But my coach is Australian. He lived in England for a long time. He had a teaching business, but it was more of a riding business. He had competition horses, so it’s just a different style. He would have 12 horses going at any given time. So, you don’t see that as much here in the US or in North America in general.

Footnotes

[1] Director of Equestrian Activities, Kingfisher Park Equestrian.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/cooke-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/insight-issues/.

Image Credit: Dana Cooke.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 15: Dana Cooke on High Performance Equestrianism (1)[Online]. August 2022; 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/cooke-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 22). The Greenhorn Chronicles 15: Dana Cooke on High Performance Equestrianism (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/cooke-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 15: Dana Cooke on High Performance Equestrianism (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/cooke-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 15: Dana Cooke on High Performance Equestrianism (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/cooke-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “The Greenhorn Chronicles 15: Dana Cooke on High Performance Equestrianism (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/cooke-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 15: Dana Cooke on High Performance Equestrianism (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/cooke-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 15: Dana Cooke on High Performance Equestrianism (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/cooke-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 15: Dana Cooke on High Performance Equestrianism (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.E (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/cooke-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 15: Dana Cooke on High Performance Equestrianism (1)[Internet]. (2022, August 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/cooke-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Prof. Vaknin on Gut Feelings and Intuition

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/08/09

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin (YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, Amazon, LinkedIn, Google Scholar) is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited (Amazon) and After the Rain: How the West Lost the East (Amazon) as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He was Senior Business Correspondent for United Press International (February, 2001 — April, 2003), CEO of Narcissus Publications (April, 1997 — April 2013), Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician (January, 2011 -), a columnist for PopMatters, eBookWeb, Bellaonline, and Central Europe Review, an editor for The Open Directory and Suite101 (Categories: Mental Health and Central East Europe), and a contributor to Middle East Times, a contributing writer to The American Chronicle Media Group, Columnist and Analyst for Nova Makedonija, Fokus, and Kapital, Founding Analyst of The Analyst Network, former president of the Israeli chapter of the Unification Church’s Professors for World Peace Academy, and served in the Israeli Defense Forces (1979–1982). He has been awarded Israel’s Council of Culture and Art Prize for Maiden Prose (1997), The Rotary Club Award for Social Studies (1976), and the Bilateral Relations Studies Award of the American Embassy in Israel (1978), among other awards. He is Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia (September, 2017 to present), Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies) (April, 2012 to present), a Senior Correspondent for New York Daily Sun (January, 2015 — Present), and Columnist for Allied Newspapers Group (January, 2015 — Present). He lives in Skopje, North Macedonia with his wife, Lidija Rangelovska. Here we talk about gut feelings and intuition.

*Previous interviews listed chronologically after interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What differentiates intuitions from gut feelings if at all?

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin: Gut feeling is immediate and nebulous. Intuition takes longer to form and feels more precise, incisive, and certain.

Jacobsen: How much of knowledge is filtered, processed, and prefabricated non-consciously and then presented to a conscious arena/awareness for decision-making?

Vaknin: There are three types of intuition.

Eidetic Intuitions

Intuition is supposed to be a form of direct access. Yet, direct access to what? Does it access directly “intuitions” (abstract objects, akin to numbers or properties — see “Bestowed Existence”)? Are intuitions the objects of the mental act of Intuition? Perhaps intuition is the mind’s way of interacting directly with Platonic ideals or Phenomenological “essences”? By “directly” I mean without the intellectual mediation of a manipulated symbol system, and without the benefits of inference, observation, experience, or reason.

Kant thought that both (Euclidean) space and time are intuited. In other words, he thought that the senses interact with our (transcendental) intuitions to produce synthetic a-priori knowledge. The raw data obtained by our senses -our sensa or sensory experience — presuppose intuition. One could argue that intuition is independent of our senses. Thus, these intuitions (call them “eidetic intuitions”) would not be the result of sensory data, or of calculation, or of the processing and manipulation of same. Kant’s “Erscheiung” (Sic!) — the “phenomenon”, or “appearance” of an object to the senses — is actually a kind of sense-intuition later processed by the categories of substance and cause. As opposed to the phenomenon, the “nuomenon” (thing in itself) is not subject to these categories.

Descartes’ “I (think therefore I) am” is an immediate and indubitable innate intuition from which his metaphysical system is derived. Descartes’ work in this respect is reminiscent of Gnosticism in which the intuition of the mystery of the self leads to revelation.

Bergson described a kind of instinctual empathic intuition which penetrates objects and persons, identifies with them and, in this way, derives knowledge about the absolutes — “duration” (the essence of all living things) and “élan vital” (the creative life force). He wrote: “(Intuition is an) instinct that has become disinterested, self-conscious, capable of reflecting upon its object and of enlarging it indefinitely.” Thus, to him, science (the use of symbols by our intelligence to describe reality) is the falsification of reality. Only art, based on intuition, unhindered by mediating thought, not warped by symbols — provides one with access to reality.

Spinoza’s and Bergson’s intuited knowledge of the world as an interconnected whole is also an “eidetic intuition”.

Spinoza thought that intuitive knowledge is superior to both empirical (sense) knowledge and scientific (reasoning) knowledge. It unites the mind with the Infinite Being and reveals to it an orderly, holistic, Universe.

Friedrich Schleiermacher and Rudolf Otto discussed the religious experience of the “numinous” (God, or the spiritual power) as a kind of intuitive, pre-lingual, and immediate feeling.

Croce distinguished “concept” (representation or classification) from “intuition” (expression of the individuality of an objet d’art). Aesthetic interest is intuitive. Art, according to Croce and Collingwood, should be mainly concerned with expression (i.e., with intuition) as an end unto itself, unconcerned with other ends (e.g., expressing certain states of mind).

Eidetic intuitions are also similar to “paramartha satya” (the “ultimate truth”) in the Madhyamika school of Buddhist thought. The ultimate truth cannot be expressed verbally and is beyond empirical (and illusory) phenomena. Eastern thought (e.g. Zen Buddhism) uses intuition (or experience) to study reality in a non-dualistic manner.

IB. Emergent Intuitions

A second type of intuition is the “emergent intuition”. Subjectively, the intuiting person has the impression of a “shortcut” or even a “short circuiting” of his usually linear thought processes often based on trial and error. This type of intuition feels “magical”, a quantum leap from premise to conclusion, the parsimonious selection of the useful and the workable from a myriad possibilities. Intuition, in other words, is rather like a dreamlike truncated thought process, the subjective equivalent of a wormhole in Cosmology. It is often preceded by periods of frustration, dead ends, failures, and blind alleys in one’s work.

Artists — especially performing artists (like musicians) — often describe their interpretation of an artwork (e.g., a musical piece) in terms of this type of intuition. Many mathematicians and physicists (following a kind of Pythagorean tradition) use emergent intuitions in solving general nonlinear equations (by guessing the approximants) or partial differential equations.

Henri Poincaret insisted (in a presentation to the Psychological Society of Paris, 1901) that even simple mathematical operations require an “intuition of mathematical order” without which no creativity in mathematics is possible. He described how some of his creative work occurred to him out of the blue and without any preparation, the result of emergent intuitions.

These intuitions had “the characteristics of brevity, suddenness and immediate certainty… Most striking at first is this appearance of sudden illumination, a manifest sign of long, unconscious prior work. The role of this unconscious work in mathematical invention appears to me incontestable, and traces of it would be found in other cases where it is less evident.”

Subjectively, emergent intuitions are indistinguishable from insights. Yet insight is more “cognitive” and structured and concerned with objective learning and knowledge. It is a novel reaction or solution, based on already acquired responses and skills, to new stimuli and challenges. Still, a strong emotional (e.g., aesthetic) correlate usually exists in both insight and emergent intuition.

Intuition and insight are strong elements in creativity, the human response to an ever changing environment. They are shock inducers and destabilizers. Their aim is to move the organism from one established equilibrium to the next and thus better prepare it to cope with new possibilities, challenges, and experiences. Both insight and intuition are in the realm of the unconscious, the simple, and the mentally disordered. Hence the great importance of obtaining insights and integrating them in psychoanalysis — an equilibrium altering therapy.

Kazimierz Dąbrowski’s theory of positive disintegration (TPD) posits that angst (existentialist tension and anxiety) not only induces growth, but is a necessary condition for it. Disintegrative processes are desirable. The absence of positive disintegration results in a fixated state of “primary (not secondary) integration”, without true individuality. One’s developmental potential, especially one’s overexcitabilities (abnormally strong reactions to stimuli) determine the potential for positive disintegration. Overexcitability (OE) is a heightened physiological experience of stimuli resulting from increased neuronal sensitivities.

Like Jordan Peterson, Dabrowski regards suffering — including the self-inflicted kind — as a key to both progress and healing. Personality shaping depends on socialization and on peer pressure (second factor). Strict unthinking and unwavering adherence creates robopaths (von Bertalanffy). Disintegartion requires countering social signalling and pressures which, I suggest, are mostly detected intuitively. Intuition, therefore, plays a key part in the regulation of these processes.

IC. Ideal Intuitions

The third type of intuition is the “ideal intuition”. These are thoughts and feelings that precede any intellectual analysis and underlie it. Empathy may be such an intuitive mode applied to the minds of other people, yielding an intersubjective agreement. Moral ideals and rules may be such intuitions (see “Morality — a State of Mind?”).

Mathematical and logical axioms and basic rules of inference (“necessary truths”) may also turn out to be intuitions. These moral, mathematical, and logical self-evident conventions do not relate to the world. They are elements of the languages we use to describe the world (or of the codes that regulate our conduct in it). It follows that these a-priori languages and codes are nothing but the set of our embedded ideal intuitions. This is why we can be pretty certain that the language of mathematics is inadequate and insufficient to capture reality or even the laws of nature.

As the Rationalists realized, ideal intuitions (a class of undeniable, self-evident truths and principles) can be accessed by our intellect. Rationalism is concerned with intuitions — though only with those intuitions available to reason and intellect. Sometimes, the boundary between intuition and deductive reasoning is blurred as they both yield the same results. Moreover, intuitions can be combined to yield metaphysical or philosophical systems. Descartes applied ideal intuitions (e.g., reason) to his eidetic intuitions to yield his metaphysics. Husserl, Twardowski, even Bolzano did the same in developing the philosophical school of Phenomenology.

The a-priori nature of intuitions of the first and the third kind led thinkers, such as Adolf Lasson, to associate it with Mysticism. He called it an “intellectual vision” which leads to the “essence of things”. Earlier philosophers and theologians labeled the methodical application of intuitions — the “science of the ultimates”. Of course, this misses the strong emotional content of mystical experiences.

Confucius talked about fulfilling and seeking one’s “human nature” (or “ren”) as “the Way”. This nature is not the result of learning or deliberation. It is innate. It is intuitive and, in turn, produces additional, clear intuitions (“yong”) as to right and wrong, productive and destructive, good and evil. The “operation of the natural law” requires that there be no rigid codex, but only constant change guided by the central and harmonious intuition of life.

Intuition is a topic that concerned many philosophers throughout the ages.

IIA. Locke

But are intuitions really a-priori — or do they develop in response to a relatively stable reality and in interaction with it? Would we have had intuitions in a chaotic, capricious, and utterly unpredictable and disordered universe? Do intuitions emerge to counter-balance surprises?

Locke thought that intuition is a learned and cumulative response to sensation. The assumption of innate ideas is unnecessary. The mind is like a blank sheet of paper, filled gradually by experience — by the sum total of observations of external objects and of internal “reflections” (i.e., operations of the mind). Ideas (i.e., what the mind perceives in itself or in immediate objects) are triggered by the qualities of objects.

But, despite himself, Locke was also reduced to ideal (innate) intuitions. According to Locke, a colour, for instance, can be either an idea in the mind (i.e., ideal intuition) — or the quality of an object that causes this idea in the mind (i.e., that evokes the ideal intuition). Moreover, his “primary qualities” (qualities shared by all objects) come close to being eidetic intuitions.

Locke himself admits that there is no resemblance or correlation between the idea in the mind and the (secondary) qualities that provoked it. Berkeley demolished Locke’s preposterous claim that there is such resemblance (or mapping) between PRIMARY qualities and the ideas that they provoke in the mind. It would seem therefore that Locke’s “ideas in the mind” are in the mind irrespective and independent of the qualities that produce them. In other words, they are a-priori. Locke resorts to abstraction in order to repudiate it.

Locke himself talks about “intuitive knowledge”. It is when the mind “perceives the agreement or disagreement of two ideas immediately by themselves, without the intervention of any other… the knowledge of our own being we have by intuition… the mind is presently filled with the clear light of it. It is on this intuition that depends all the certainty and evidence of all our knowledge… (Knowledge is the) perception of the connection of and agreement, or disagreement and repugnancy, of any of our ideas.”

Knowledge is intuitive intellectual perception. Even when demonstrated (and few things, mainly ideas, can be intuited and demonstrated — relations within the physical realm cannot be grasped intuitively), each step in the demonstration is observed intuitionally. Locke’s “sensitive knowledge” is also a form of intuition (known as “intuitive cognition” in the Middle Ages). It is the perceived certainty that there exist finite objects outside us. The knowledge of one’s existence is an intuition as well. But both these intuitions are judgmental and rely on probabilities.

IIB. Hume

Hume denied the existence of innate ideas. According to him, all ideas are based either on sense impressions or on simpler ideas. But even Hume accepted that there are propositions known by the pure intellect (as opposed to propositions dependent on sensory input). These deal with the relations between ideas and they are (logically) necessarily true. Even though reason is used in order to prove them — they are independently true all the same because they merely reveal the meaning or information implicit in the definitions of their own terms. These propositions teach us nothing about the nature of things because they are, at bottom, self referential (equivalent to Kant’s “analytic propositions”).

IIC. Kant

According to Kant, our senses acquaint us with the particulars of things and thus provide us with intuitions. The faculty of understanding provided us with useful taxonomies of particulars (“concepts”). Yet, concepts without intuitions were as empty and futile as intuitions without concepts. Perceptions (“phenomena”) are the composite of the sensations caused by the perceived objects and the mind’s reactions to such sensations (“form”). These reactions are the product of intuition.

IID. The Absolute Idealists

Schelling suggested a featureless, undifferentiated, union of opposites as the Absolute Ideal. Intellectual intuition entails such a union of opposites (subject and object) and, thus, is immersed and assimilated by the Absolute and becomes as featureless and undifferentiated as the Absolute is.

Objective Idealists claimed that we can know ultimate (spiritual) reality by intuition (or thought) independent of the senses (the mystical argument). The mediation of words and symbol systems only distorts the “signal” and inhibits the effective application of one’s intuition to the attainment of real, immutable, knowledge.

IIE. The Phenomenologists

The Phenomenological point of view is that every thing has an invariable and irreducible “essence” (“Eidos”, as distinguished from contingent information about the thing). We can grasp this essence only intuitively (“Eidetic Reduction”). This process — of transcending the concrete and reaching for the essential — is independent of facts, concrete objects, or mental constructs. But it is not free from methodology (“free variation”), from factual knowledge, or from ideal intuitions. The Phenomenologist is forced to make the knowledge of facts his point of departure. He then applies a certain methodology (he varies the nature and specifications of the studied object to reveal its essence) which relies entirely on ideal intuitions (such as the rules of logic).

Phenomenology, in other words, is an Idealistic form of Rationalism. It applies reason to discover Platonic (Idealism) essences. Like Rationalism, it is not empirical (it is not based on sense data). Actually, it is anti-empirical — it “brackets” the concrete and the factual in its attempt to delve beyond appearances and into essences. It calls for the application of intuition (Anschauung) to discover essential insights (Wesenseinsichten).

“Phenomenon” in Phenomenology is that which is known by consciousness and in it. Phenomenologists regarded intuition as a “pure”, direct, and primitive way of reducing clutter in reality. It is immediate and the basis of a higher level perception. A philosophical system built on intuition would, perforce, be non speculative. Hence, Phenomenology’s emphasis on the study of consciousness (and intuition) rather than on the study of (deceiving) reality. It is through “Wesensschau” (the intuition of essences) that one reaches the invariant nature of things (by applying free variation techniques).

Jacobsen: Is this a large part of intuition and/or gut feelings if inclusive of the filtration, processing, and prefabrication, of information from physiology — the body — too? I do not necessarily mean extensive amounts of time — could be fractions of a second — from input to presentation to consciousness (conscious awareness).

Vaknin: There is no question that input from the body is crucial to the formation of intuitions. The sensa (sensory inputs) are only one part of it. Autonomous reactions — such as heartbeat or perspiration — also figure into the equation. As we try to make sense of these corporeal data, we often come up with a heuristic or a narrative and most of the time we perceive the outcomes of these attempts as gut feelings or intuitions.

Jacobsen: When something feels wrong to an individual, how is this justifiable in considering the “something” as wrong in and of itself, or wrong in interpretation of an individual (more likely than not a fallible individual)? Are there moments when these feelings of wrongness about something are themselves inaccurate — following more generally from part of the last question?

Vaknin: Intuition is wrong as often as right. It is a shaky foundation for decision making. But it is a reliable signal that further research and investigation are called for.

Intuition should not be confused with either emotions or cognitions. They are an amalgam of both but they are a form of anxiety reaction, a variant of hypervigilance.

Jacobsen: When someone is trying to force-fit a relationship, a friendship, a marital situation, a professional arrangement, why is this a sign of inauthenticity, a fake?

Vaknin: Authenticity consists of being yourself even when you adhere to social strictures, norms, and mores or when you are trying to meet expectations and obligations. Feeling good about your choice to conform and act responsibly, reliably, and predictably (ego syntony).

If the sum total of an engagement with others causes you acute discomfort (ego dystony or dissonance) — this is a sign that you are betraying yourself somehow and, therefore, being inauthentic.

Watch “Being is Slavery, Nothingness is Freedom (Sartre’s “Being and Nothingness”, FIRST LECTURE)”

Watch “Relationships Always Fail, Inauthentic (Sartre’s “Being and Nothingness”, SECOND LECTURE)” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xFvRcB1MOWM

Jacobsen: Grandiose claims are made all the time. Those claims too good to be true. Why are the “too good to be true” more likely to be false than true?

Vaknin: Splitting is an infantile psychological defense mechanism: the baby divides the world into all good and all bad. Of course, this is counterfactual: there is good and bad, right and wrong, helpful and obstructive in everything and in everyone.

So, “too good to be true” is an outcome of splitting coupled with magical thinking (the delusion that your willpower or thoughts affect reality even without any commensurate action). It is the offspring of a pathology of impaired reality testing.

Jacobsen: Why are we prone to believing things people say far more often than not, when people lie all the time in little and big ways?

Vaknin: This is known as the base rate fallacy. This cognitive distortion aims to resolve a cognitive dissonance: I know that people lie but I want to trust them all the time in order to feel safe.

It stems from the same pathological roots which involve grandiosity magical thinking: other people are all good and can be always trusted because I am all-powerful and immune to harm as well as all-knowing and so, I cannot be conned.

Trusting other people is the optimal strategy when you are the omniscient and omnipotent master of the Universe: investing in research and investigation would be wasteful.

Jacobsen: Should we make decisions immediately based on gut feelings and intuitions or over a reasonable amount of time making incremental, moderate changes/decisions based on increasing feedback from the processes colloquially called “gut feelings” and “intuitions”?

Vaknin: We should definitely listen to gut feelings and intuitions. They are telling us that something has gone awry with the way we perceive reality. This alert bears careful investigation and research.

But I would not act on my intuition or gut feeling unless and until I have delved deeper into what it is that is nagging at me.

Jacobsen: How can intuitions and gut feelings, ultimately, save us from our conscious delusions?

Vaknin: Intuitions and gut feelings are a poor guide in this sense because, as I said, as often as not, they turn out to have been wrong. Some intuitions are delusional!

Shoshanim: Thanks so much for the time and opportunity, Prof. Sam (Wise Gamgee).

Shoshanim’s Shoshanim: I have an intuition that you actually mean it this time!

Previous Electronic ‘Print’ Interviews (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Narcissism in General

(News Intervention: January 28, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Cold Therapy (New Treatment Modality)

(News Intervention: January 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Giftedness and IQ

(News Intervention: February 2, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Religion

(News Intervention: February 11, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Science and Reality

(News Intervention: April 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Gender Wars

(News Intervention: May 21, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Psychological Growth

(News Intervention: May 24, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Structure, Function, Society, and Survival

(News Intervention: May 26, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Chronon Field Theory and Time Asymmetry

(News Intervention: May 28, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Genius and Insanity

(News Intervention: June 1, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Freedom of Expression

(News Intervention: June 10, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Misogyny and Misandry

(News Intervention: June 20, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Victimization and Victim Identity Movements

(News Intervention: July 27, 2022)

Previous Interviews Read by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

How to Become the REAL YOU (Interview, News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 26, 2022)

Insider View on Narcissism: What Makes Narcissist Tick (News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 29, 2022)

Curing Your Narcissist (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 31, 2022)

Genius or Gifted? IQ and Beyond (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: February 3, 2022)

Thrive: Your Future Path to Growth and Change (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: May 25, 2022)

Previous Interviews Interpreted by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

Your Narcissist: Madman or Genius? (Based on News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: June 3, 2022)

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Prof. Vaknin on Victimization and Victim Identity Movements

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/07/27

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin (YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, Amazon, LinkedIn, Google Scholar) is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited (Amazon) and After the Rain: How the West Lost the East (Amazon) as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He was Senior Business Correspondent for United Press International (February, 2001 — April, 2003), CEO of Narcissus Publications (April, 1997 — April 2013), Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician (January, 2011 -), a columnist for PopMatters, eBookWeb, Bellaonline, and Central Europe Review, an editor for The Open Directory and Suite101 (Categories: Mental Health and Central East Europe), and a contributor to Middle East Times, a contributing writer to The American Chronicle Media Group, Columnist and Analyst for Nova Makedonija, Fokus, and Kapital, Founding Analyst of The Analyst Network, former president of the Israeli chapter of the Unification Church’s Professors for World Peace Academy, and served in the Israeli Defense Forces (1979–1982). He has been awarded Israel’s Council of Culture and Art Prize for Maiden Prose (1997), The Rotary Club Award for Social Studies (1976), and the Bilateral Relations Studies Award of the American Embassy in Israel (1978), among other awards. He is Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia (September, 2017 to present), Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies) (April, 2012 to present), a Senior Correspondent for New York Daily Sun (January, 2015 — Present), and Columnist for Allied Newspapers Group (January, 2015 — Present). He lives in Skopje, North Macedonia with his wife, Lidija Rangelovska. Here we talk about victimization, victims, and victim identity movements.

*Previous interviews listed chronologically after interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What defines victimization? What defines a real victim in contrast to a fake victim?

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin: Victimization involves the denial of the self-determination, identity, self-actualization, rights, and boundaries of a person without their express consent and collaboration.

Jacobsen: What makes victim identity movements, in fact, movements?

Vaknin: When victimhood becomes an organizing and explanatory (hermeneutic) principle, a determinant of the victim’s identity, and a socially binding force centred around grievances; prosocial or communal grandiosity; entitlement; conspiracism (paranoid or persecutory delusions); aggressive engagement or, on the other end of the spectrum, schizoid withdrawal; dysempathy; defiance (reactance); and contumaciousness (rejection of expertise and authority) — we have on our hands a victim identity movement.

No one is a victim. We may end up being victimized — but it doesn’t render us victims for life, it doesn’t brand us.

Jacobsen: Some studies in British Columbia, as you have noted, found some victimhood movements have been hijacked by narcissists and psychopaths. How does this muddy the waters of the real justice movements and make them ineffectual?

Vaknin: This was not the only study to have unearthed this very disconcerting undertow. We are beginning to wake up to the reality of what Gabay et al. call (2020) Tendency for Interpersonal Victimhood, TIV). “professional” or “career” victims with emphasized narcissistic and psychopathic tendencies find new homes (“pathological narcissistic spaces”) in these social justice upswells.

It makes it difficult to tell apart legitimate evidence-based grievances from entitlement-fueled manipulative and counterfactual claims.

One helpful way to distinguish the two is by noting that narcissists and psychopaths are destructive, not solutions-oriented. They thrive on negative affects such as anger and envy and are loth to invest in the routine and tedious chores attendant upon rectifying wrongs and building a better world.

More here: Victimhood Movements Hijacked by Narcissists and Psychopaths https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lBpxFxMAztA

Jacobsen: What have been extreme historical cases of this going awry, as this phenomenon has been historically cyclical, including one close to ‘home’ in 2004?

Vaknin: Nazism is a victimhood movement gone awful. And, to a lesser degree the white man’s grievance movement implausibly headed by Trump is a more recent example of such subversive dynamics.

Jacobsen: What is the typical arc of development of victim movements?

Vaknin: The sociologist Bradley Campbell suggested that we have transitioned from a culture centred around dignity to one based on victimhood.

Learn more by reading Habermas, Fukuyama, and Foucault. All justice-seeking movements start with grievances (injustices). They decry and seek to remedy and reverse individual transgressions (eg, the narcissistic abuse online movement) or societal and cultural biases (implicit and explicit), discrimination, and suppression.

The victims organize themselves around exclusionary identity politics and intersectionality and this orientation results in grandiosity and entitlement, in other words: in growing narcissism. Increasingly more aggressive, these movements often become psychopathic (defiant and contumacious) and demonize the Other.

Left-leaning victimhood movements centre around entitlement and reparations claims on the majority, on social institutions, and on history. Right-wing movements are conspiracy-minded and avoidant, but also more violent.

Narcissists and psychopaths gravitate to such movements in order to obtain narcissistic supply, money, power, and sex. They become the public faces and the media darlings on these hapless victims, having hijacked their legitimate complaints and demands.

Jacobsen: How much of the online content on narcissism and psychopathy is garbage (worthless or worse) now?

Vaknin: About 90%. It is not only worthless (wrong), it is dangerously misleading and entrenches a lifelong self-defeating and self-aggrandizing victimhood stance even as it demonizes and mythologizes abusers.

Jacobsen: What is the Tendency for Interpersonal Victimhood (TIV)?

Vaknin: A series of two studies by Israeli scholar Gabay and others, published in 2020. The authors provided this abstract:

“In the present research, we introduce a conceptualization of the Tendency for Interpersonal Victimhood (TIV), which we define as an enduring feeling that the self is a victim across different kinds of interpersonal relationships. Then, in a comprehensive set of eight studies, we develop a measure for this novel personality trait, TIV, and examine its correlates, as well as its affective, cognitive, and behavioral consequences. In Part 1 (Studies 1A-1C) we establish the construct of TIV, with its four dimensions; i.e., need for recognition, moral elitism, lack of empathy, and rumination, and then assess TIV’s internal consistency, stability over time, and its effect on the interpretation of ambiguous situations. In Part 2 (Studies 2A-2C) we examine TIV’s convergent and discriminant validities, using several personality dimensions, and the role of attachment styles as conceptual antecedents. In Part 3 (Studies 3–4) we explore the cognitive and behavioral consequences of TIV. Specifically, we examine the relationships between TIV, negative attribution and recall biases, and the desire for revenge (Study 3), and the effects of TIV on behavioral revenge (Study 4). The findings highlight the importance of understanding, conceptualizing, and empirically testing TIV, and suggest that victimhood is a stable and meaningful personality tendency.”

Read an analysis of these studies here: “The Tendency for Interpersonal Victimhood: The Personality Construct and its Consequences” (https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0191886920303238):

https://www.psypost.org/2020/12/researchers-identify-a-new-personality-construct-that-describes-the-tendency-to-see-oneself-as-a-victim-58753

Another interesting study:

“New research provides evidence that narcissism, psychopathy, and Machiavellianism — maladaptive personality traits known as the “Dark Triad” — are associated with overt displays of virtue and victimhood. The study suggests that people with dark personalities use these signals of “virtuous victimhood” to deceptively extract resources from others.”

(“Signaling Virtuous Victimhood as Indicators of Dark Triad Personalities“, was authored by Ekin Ok, Yi Qian, Brendan Strejcek, and Karl Aquino, Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, American Psychological Association, May 2020).

Jacobsen: What are the primary signifiers of narcissists and psychopaths who have or might hijack legitimate victimhood or justice movements looking for money, power, and sex?

Vaknin: Ironically, these usually are prosocial or communal narcissists. They often “control from the bottom” (emotionally blackmail by being self-sacrificial). So, the infestation of victimhood activism by narcissists and psychopaths is the tip of a submerged iceberg of ersatz altruism.

Some narcissists are ostentatiously generous: they dedicate time and other resources to social justice movements and to activism, they donate to charity, lavish gifts on their closest, abundantly provide for their nearest and dearest, and, in general, are open-handed and unstintingly benevolent. It is a form of virtue signalling. How can this be reconciled with the pronounced lack of empathy and with the pernicious self-preoccupation that is so typical of narcissists?

The act of giving enhances the narcissist’s sense of omnipotence, his fantastic grandiosity, and the contempt he holds for others. It is easy to feel superior to the supplicating recipients of one’s largesse. Narcissistic altruism is about exerting control and maintaining it by fostering dependence in the beneficiaries.

But narcissists give for other reasons as well.

The narcissist flaunts his charitable nature as a bait. He impresses others with his selflessness and kindness and thus lures them into his lair, entraps them, and manipulates and brainwashes them into subservient compliance and obsequious collaboration. People are attracted to the narcissist’s larger than life posture — only to discover his true personality traits when it is far too late. “Give a little to take a lot” — is the narcissist’s creed.

This does not prevent the narcissist from assuming the role of the exploited victim. Narcissists always complain that life and people are unfair to them and that they invest far more than their “share of the profit”. The narcissist feels that he is the sacrificial lamb, the scapegoat, and that his relationships are asymmetric and imbalanced. “She gets out of our marriage far more than I do” — is a common refrain. Or: “I do all the work around here — and they get all the perks and benefits!”

Some narcissists are compulsive givers.

To all appearances, the compulsive giver is an altruistic, empathic, and caring person. Actually, he or she is a people-pleaser and a codependent. The compulsive giver is trapped in a narrative of his own confabulation: how his nearest and dearest need him because they are poor, young, inexperienced, lacking in intelligence or good looks, and are otherwise inferior to him. Compulsive giving, therefore, involves pathological narcissism. In reality, it is the compulsive giver who coerces, cajoles, and tempts people around him to avail themselves of his services or money. He forces himself on the recipients of his ostentatious largesse and the beneficiaries of his generosity or magnanimity. He is unable to deny anyone their wishes or a requests, even when these are not explicit or expressed and are mere figments of his own neediness and grandiose imagination.

Some narcissists are ostentatiously generous — they donate to charity, lavish gifts on their closest, abundantly provide for their nearest and dearest, and, in general, are open-handed and unstintingly benevolent. How can this be reconciled with the pronounced lack of empathy and with the pernicious self-preoccupation that is so typical of narcissists? The act of giving enhances the narcissist’s sense of omnipotence, his fantastic grandiosity, and the contempt he holds for others. It is easy to feel superior to the supplicating recipients of one’s largesse. Narcissistic altruism is about exerting control and maintaining it by fostering dependence in the beneficiaries.

The People-pleasers

People-pleasers dread conflicts and wish to avoid them (they are conflict-averse) — hence their need to believe that they are universally liked. Always pleasant, well-mannered, and civil, the conflict-averse people-pleaser is also evasive and vague, hard to pin down, sometimes obsequious and, generally, a spineless “non-entity”. These qualities are self-defeating as they tend to antagonize people rather than please them.

But conflict-aversion is only one of several psychodynamic backgrounds for the behavior known as “people-pleasing”:

1. Some people-pleasers cater to the needs and demands of others as a form of penance, or self-sacrifice;

2. Many people-pleasers are codependents and strive to gratify their nearest and dearest in order to allay their own abandonment anxiety and the ensuing intense — and, at times, life-threatening — dysphoria (“if I am nice to him, he won’t break up with me”, “if I cater to her needs, she won’t leave me”);

3. A few people-pleasers are narcissistic: pleasing people enhances their sense of omnipotence (grandiosity). They seek to control and disempower their “charges” (“she so depends on and looks up to me”). Even their pity is a form of self-aggrandizement (“only I can make her life so much better, she needs me, without me her life would be hell.”). They are misanthropic altruists and compulsive givers.

All people-pleasers use these common coping strategies:

1. Dishonesty (to avoid conflicts and unpleasant situations);

2. Manipulation (to ensure desired outcomes, such as an intimate partner’s continued presence);

3. Fostering dependence: codependent people-pleasers leverage their ostentatious helplessness and manifest weaknesses to elicit the kind of behaviours and solicit the benefits that they angle for, while narcissistic people-pleasers aim to habituate their targets by bribing them with gifts, monopolizing their time, and isolating them socially;

4. Infantilization: displaying childish behaviours to gratify the emotional needs of over-protective, possessive, paranoid, narcissistic, and codependent individuals in the people-pleaser’s milieu;

5. Self-punishment, self-defeat, and self-sacrifice to signal self-annulment in the pursuit of people-pleasing.

Jacobsen: What, historically speaking, can be done to combat these Cluster B bad behaviours connected to some social movements?

Vaknin: As the grievances of these movements are addressed, they become a part of the establishment. This is when the hard work begins: the labors of writing laws, regulatory oversight, politics, negotiations and compromise, and the tedium of perseverance and routine.

These newfangled demands on the psychological and logistical resources of the movement and its adherents drive narcissists and psychopaths away: they are unaccustomed to and reject the hard slog and the often Sisyphean undertakings of public policy.

Shoshanim: Thanks so much for the time and opportunity, Prof. V.

Shoshanim’s Shoshanim: V for Victim or V for Vaknin? Just kidding. Thank you for suffering me yet again!

Previous Electronic ‘Print’ Interviews (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Narcissism in General

(News Intervention: January 28, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Cold Therapy (New Treatment Modality)

(News Intervention: January 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Giftedness and IQ

(News Intervention: February 2, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Religion

(News Intervention: February 11, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Science and Reality

(News Intervention: April 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Gender Wars

(News Intervention: May 21, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Psychological Growth

(News Intervention: May 24, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Structure, Function, Society, and Survival

(News Intervention: May 26, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Chronon Field Theory and Time Asymmetry

(News Intervention: May 28, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Genius and Insanity

(News Intervention: June 1, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Freedom of Expression

(News Intervention: June 10, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Misogyny and Misandry

(News Intervention: June 20, 2022)

Previous Interviews Read by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

How to Become the REAL YOU (Interview, News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 26, 2022)

Insider View on Narcissism: What Makes Narcissist Tick (News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 29, 2022)

Curing Your Narcissist (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 31, 2022)

Genius or Gifted? IQ and Beyond (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: February 3, 2022)

Thrive: Your Future Path to Growth and Change (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: May 25, 2022)

Previous Interviews Interpreted by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

Your Narcissist: Madman or Genius? (Based on News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: June 3, 2022)

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Submissions Call: “In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal”

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/07/16

In an article last month, I examined the various publications available of some of the high-I.Q. societies. The result was a listing of longstanding high-I.Q. publications with others newer and published either irregularly or intermittently.

Regardless, the world of the highly intelligent has been an interesting journalistic research project for the last few years. The list of publications from the research were the following:

1. Mensa World Journal.

2. Thoth.

3. Telicom.

4. Vidya.

5. Leonardo.

6. Phenomenon.

7. Gift of Fire.

8. Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society.

9. Deus VULT.

10. USIA Research Journal.

11. GENIUS: Proceedings and Publications of the GENIUS High IQ Network/GENIUS: Journal of the GENIUS High IQ Network.

As I hold ownership, editorial, writer, and contributor status for a variety of publications, with capacity depending on the outlet, I like looking at publications’ content, style, font, contributors, and the like. It’s fun. I like words

Now, since the high-I.Q. communities have been so nice to me, I figure a kindness in return seems worth it. For In-Sight Publishing’s main journal, or the main one, basically, off the ground while the others sit in limbo, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, I am inviting participation from those self-same communities.

So, kindly, I invite members of the high-I.Q. communities to submit materials as they deem fit for review. The details for this section of submissions; this is a call for submissions to Section B of the journal:

Submission Guidelines (B)

Material

  • Contributor status access restricted to undergraduate students, graduate students, instructors, professors, and experts. Each submission considered on appropriateness of grammar and style, comprehensiveness, coherence, and originality of content.

Scope

  • Depending on the issue, the accepted submissions consists of articles, book reviews, commentaries, poetry, prose, and art.

Submission

  • It must not have publication or pending publication elsewhere. For exceptions, sufficient reason should be sent to the Editor-in-Chief along with the material. For written scholarly material, it must be in 12-point font, Times New Roman, 12-point font, single-spaced, 6-point after spacing, and with APA or MLA formatting. Length of material ranges from 500 to 7,500 words. Material should be sent to the following:
  • Scott.Douglas.Jacobsen@Gmail.com

I look forward to hearing from you. Some lenience permitted for republications from these communities depending on the material. When submitting, you will be corresponding with me, personally, so one-on-one to make your publication come out right.

P.S. Those publication were sifted through a listing of non-defunct high-I.Q. societies, 84 reduced to the active ones, from the World Intelligence Network website:

1. The Cogito Society

2. The International High IQ Society of Nathan Haselbauer

3. The Deep Brain Society of Anna Maria Santoro and Vincenzo D’Onofrio

4. Mensa Society of Lancelot Ware and Roland Berrill

5. The High Potentials Society of Max Tiefenbacher

6. Intertel of Ralph Haines

7. The Top One Percent Society (TOPS) of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

8. The Colloquy Society of Julia Cachia

9. The CIVIQ Society of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis

10. The Glia Society of Paul Cooijmans

11. International Society for Philosophical Enquiries/International Society for Philosophical Inquiry (ISPE) of Christopher Harding

12. The Triple Nine Society (TNS) of Richard Canty, Dr. Ronald Hoeflin, Ronald Penner, Edgar Van Vleck, and Kevin Langdon

13. The AtlantIQ Society of Beatrice Rescazzi and Moreno Casalegno

14. The EpIQ Society of Chris Chsioufis

15. The IQuadrivium Society of Karyn S. Huntting

16. The Society for Intellectually Gifted Individuals with Disabilities of Nathaniel David Durham/Nate Durham with assistant Lyla Durham

17. The Encefálica Society of Luis Enrique Pérez Ostoa

18. The Greatest Minds Society of Roberto A. Rodriguez Cruz

19. The Mysterium Society of Greg A. Grove

20. The Sigma II Society of Hindemburg Melão

21. The Mind Society of Hernan R. Chang

22. The Infinity International Society (IIS) of Jeffrey Osgood

23. The Sigma III Society of Hindemburg Melão

24. The Milenija Society of Dr. Ivan Ivec and Mislav Predavec

3.13 Sigma to 4.8 Sigma

25. ISI-Society of Dr. Jonathan Wai

26. Epida Society of Fernando Barbosa Neto

27. SPIQR Society of Marco Ripà

28. Vertex Society of Stevan M. Damjanovic

29. Epimetheus Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

30. HELLIQ Society of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis

31. Prometheus Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

32. Sigma IV Society of Hindemburg Melão

33. Tetra Society of Mislav Predavec

34. UltraNet Society/Ultranet of Dr. Gina Langan (formerly Gina LoSasso/Gina Losasso) and Christopher Langan/Chris Langan/Christopher Michael Langan

35. GenerIQ Society of Mislav Predavec

36. Mega Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

37. Omega Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

38. Pi Society of Dr. Nikos Lygeros/Dr. Nik Lygeros

5. Sigma to 7. Sigma

39. Mega International Society/Mega International of Dr. Gina Langan (formerly Gina LoSasso/Gina Losasso) and Christopher Langan/Chris Langan/Christopher Michael Langan

40. OLYMPIQ Society of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis

41. PolymathIQ Society of Ron Altmann

42. Sigma V Society of Hindemburg Melão

43. Ultima Society of Dr. Ivan Ivec

44. GIGA Society of Paul Cooijmans

45. Sigma VI Society of Hindemburg Melão

46. Grail Society of Paul Cooijmans

47. Tera Society of R. Young

(I will be updating this list with more research now, and more updates coming out of the high-I.Q. communities.)

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Free of Charge: or, Landmarks in Secular Humanism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/06/22

New frameworks for Secular Humanism will be required when pillars of the international community continue to enter a renewed era of besiegement. Not even necessarily directly as a consequent of the comprehension of the philosophical lifestance of Secular Humanism or of the associated philosophies related to them, where many philosophies crosslink with it, including non-theist religious.

It’s a natural outgrowth or organic consequent of neglect from monocultural views of social ideologies and religious frameworks as political tools. Think of a local context news item, you will find attempts at ‘regression’ inasmuch as history as a directionality outside of human affair vis-à-vis human affairs.

Any net vector of human history amounts to an in-practice sum over all human choices in a manner of speaking. Which seems, on first principles, the primary summation of secular humanist, eupraxsophist, philosophy, then every other empirical fact and scientific theory become the inventory of other principles taken into account, naturalistically.

The humanist manifestos and declarations for a century or so have proclaimed issues of their generations with a sense of urgency followed by a restatement — with future adaptations — of the philosophical premises, becoming less parochial, more inclusive, and more refined.

No comprehensive analysis of the humanist manifestos seems to exist, so a conversation or a series of educational conversations seemed apt with regards to Secular Humanism. A recent text with Dr. Herb Silverman was produced with this in mind entitled Free of Charge.

The attempts at aforementioned regression are not new. They represent a continuance of historical inertia with increased fervour based on changes in fundamental demographics, nationally and internationally.

The observation of legislative siege against international secular human rights and scientific frameworks based on the premises of singular transcendentalist moral frameworks comes an observation of functioning on the defensive — an accurate observation.

Individual religious hierarchs observe a retreat of the laity from faiths on most levels of devotion and continue a longstanding work of putting forth a counter-wave in legislation against the desires of the majority of the population in many cases. Nothing new under the Sun, or the Moon, here.

The only novelty is the degree to which anti-dogmatic processes have freed women and the historical underclasses while buttressing notions of equality for all under a common law and representative government.

The “counter-wave” merely reflects a state of fear, not panic, on behalf of hierarchs who, in prior moments, could rely on utter lifetime devotion — from womb to tomb — to a monocultural religious or political lens.

Future adaptations of Secular Humanism and philosophies in the same epistemic and ontic relational net will merely need to envelop these counter-waves with the long view in sight, as the scientific referents and universalist ethics seem to appeal to more of the global population than not. Otherwise, or if there wasn’t, there wouldn’t be such strident international revolt against repression.

Free of Charge was developed with this in mind.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Prof. Vaknin on Misogyny and Misandry

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/06/20

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin (YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, Amazon, LinkedIn, Google Scholar) is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited (Amazon) and After the Rain: How the West Lost the East (Amazon) as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He was Senior Business Correspondent for United Press International (February, 2001 — April, 2003), CEO of Narcissus Publications (April, 1997 — April 2013), Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician (January, 2011 -), a columnist for PopMatters, eBookWeb, Bellaonline, and Central Europe Review, an editor for The Open Directory and Suite101 (Categories: Mental Health and Central East Europe), and a contributor to Middle East Times, a contributing writer to The American Chronicle Media Group, Columnist and Analyst for Nova Makedonija, Fokus, and Kapital, Founding Analyst of The Analyst Network, former president of the Israeli chapter of the Unification Church’s Professors for World Peace Academy, and served in the Israeli Defense Forces (1979–1982). He has been awarded Israel’s Council of Culture and Art Prize for Maiden Prose (1997), The Rotary Club Award for Social Studies (1976), and the Bilateral Relations Studies Award of the American Embassy in Israel (1978), among other awards. He is Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia (September, 2017 to present), Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies) (April, 2012 to present), a Senior Correspondent for New York Daily Sun (January, 2015 — Present), and Columnist for Allied Newspapers Group (January, 2015 — Present). He lives in Skopje, North Macedonia with his wife, Lidija Rangelovska. Here we talk about misogyny and misandry.

*Previous interviews listed chronologically after interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Misogyny and misandry, what defines them?

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin: Misogyny and misandry are forms of inverted gender dysphoria, actually. It is hatred, resentment, and revulsion brought on by the opposite sex. It encompasses all aspects and dimensions of the hate figure and in this sense, it is akin to racism.

Jacobsen: Historically, how have misogyny and misandry manifested in partnerships, in individual social settings, and in cultures at large?

Vaknin: Misogyny has been the patriarchal organizing principles of all societies from the agricultural revolution to this very day. It permeated all institutions, from the family to the Church to the state.

Misogyny was mainly intended to restrict the freedoms of women in order to prevent them from procreating extradyadically and thus secure the intergenerational transfer of wealth to the male’s rightful offspring.

Misandry is the reaction of some waves of feminism in the past 150 years or so. It is visceral and bitter, but not nearly as organized and institutionalized as misogyny.

Recently both are on the increase.

Jacobsen: As you note in several productions, there are obvious cases of a ‘rollback’ of women’s rights in the United States through murmurings of repeals of Roe v Wade and in state legislatures, in Russia with the (re-)legalization — in a manner of speaking — of domestic abuse, in Afghanistan with women confined to the home, in Ethiopia with sexual violence (by Ethiopian and Eritrean forces), in Turkey via withdrawal from the Istanbul Convention, and in online hate groups comprised of resentful, bitter, anomic, hopeless, potentially mentally ill, batches of men in MGTOW (Men Going Their Own Way), Black Pillers, Red Pillers, Incels (Involuntary Celibates), generic male supremacists, PUAs (Pick Up Artists), MRM men (Men’s Rights Movement), TFLers (True Forced Loners), and so on. These men, young and old alike, seem composed of anomie, despair, and porcelain, transmogrified into contempt for the Other. Do these seem like a disunified variegated ‘wave’ of anti-women sentiments and acts by men online and offline around the world?

Vaknin: Some men are fighting back against what they perceive to be the ominous usurpation of rights and powers by women. They are also aghast at the way women have appropriated stereotypical male behaviors, such as promiscuity.

The counter-movement started off in disparate groups but now has coalesced into an agenda that is promoted by lawmakers all over the world. The backlash is fierce. Men are still the gatekeepers in most countries in the world. This doesn’t bode well for women. Legal rights and access to services such as healthcare and educations are being rolled back and freedoms are curtailed.

Women are bound to be radicalized by such counter-reform. They are likely to become way more militant and masculinized. They are shunning men in growing numbers and resorting to male substitutes even when it comes to procreation: donor sperm and IVF.

Jacobsen: What seems like the psychology of the men with the authority to impose these ‘rollbacks’ in legislation and socio-cultural life?

Vaknin: This is a state of panic, both moral and operational. Inter-gender morality was imposed by men in order to preserve the “purity” of women and their role as domestic comforters-in-chief. As power shifted from men to women, this ideal has been shattered.

Moreover, women emulate aggressive, ambitious men. In multiple studies, women described themselves in exclusively masculine terms. They have been taking away men’s jobs for well over a hundred years now. They are way more educated than men so men feel absolutely threatened, very much like a species going extinct.

Men who react adversely to the ascendance of women and the emergence of a unigender world via legislation and politics are anxious, sociosexually restricted, narcissistic (but not psychopathic), insecure, and, in some cases, with a conflicted sexual and gender identity.

Jacobsen: What seems like the psychology of the men in these international, disparate online groups, who even create their own lingo, patois?

Vaknin: These are rabid misogynists who have created an ideology around their deep-seated, irrational, and pathological hatred. They have primitive defenses, are highly narcissistic and even psychopathic, and tend to externalize aggression. They tend to hold grudges and grievances, ruminate and fixate, and be vengeful and hypervigilant.

Jacobsen: You agree with First Wave Feminism and Second Wave Feminism, and disagree with Third Wave Feminism and Fourth Wave Feminism. What defines them?

Vaknin: First and second wave feminisms (in plural: there are many schools) were focused on leveling the playing field and fighting abusive and exploitative practices such as prostitution and pornography.

Starting with the suffragettes, they focused on the franchise (the right to vote), equal wages, access (to healthcare, education, the workplace, daycare), revising the dress code (“rational dress”), the right to own and dispose of property, and converting marriage from indentured bondage to an intimate, hopefully lifelong equal partnership.

The third wave was a psychopathic outgrowth. While claiming to be inclusive and permissive, it was a defiant and reckless attempt to “empower” women by eliminating all boundaries, conventions, and mores of any kind in all fields of life.

What women have garnered from the confluence of the three waves is that they should make their careers the pivot of their lives, avoid meaningful, committed relationships with men, and pursue sex as a pastime with any man.

Ironically, the third wave played right into the hands of predatory men (“players”) who took advantage of the newfangled promiscuity while assiduously avoiding any hint of commitment or investment. Third wave feminists internalized the male gaze (“internalized oppression”) and pride themselves on being “sluts”.

The fourth wave of feminism is focused on real problems such as sexual harassment, rape, and body shaming as well as intersectionality (discrimination of women who belong to more than one minority). In many ways, it is an offshoot of second wave feminism.

Jacobsen: Even within these four waves of feminism, what seem like the most laudable portions and the most contemptible parts of each?

Vaknin: First, second, and fourth wave feminisms are legitimate movements which have improved and strengthened societies around the world by integrating women in the social and economic fabrics of their milieus.

The third wave was utterly destructive. It hijacked the feminist message and precipitated the gender wars which are threatening to undo the accomplishments of the first and second waves.

Moreover: corporate interested coopted the messaging of the third wave to encourage women to remain single and promiscuous in order to encourage their participation in the labor force and thus convert them into consumers.

Jacobsen: Since history cannot be rewritten in actuality, though can be erased and rewritten in records, what might Fifth Wave Feminism incorporate as lessons from the previous four to correct course from the clear antipathy between the sexes — maintaining the proper equalitarian victories and jettisoning the improper inegalitarian losses?

Vaknin: Feminism needs to fight the patriarchy and its discriminatory practices — not men. It needs to recognize that men and women are equal, but not identical. It needs to encourage women to adopt boundaried sexuality and the formation of intimate partnerships, cohabitation households, and families with men (or women, if they are so inclined). It needs to expose the way business and the third wave end up disempowering women like never before.

Jacobsen: How can science on sex and gender clarify the fact from the fiction, as the sea floor of these waves — so to speak? Something to set limits on conversation based on reality in contrast to discourses entirely in the realm of fantasy.

Vaknin: I dealt with this at length in the interview I gave you about gender wars https://www.newsintervention.com/prof-sam-vaknin-on-the-gender-wars/

Jacobsen: How might such a fifth wave grounded in science inform international human rights discourse, national legislation, sociocultural lives, families, and individual self-identification?

Vaknin: Women are not a minority. Numerically, they are a majority. Their situation is reminiscent of apartheid in South Africa and needs to be tackled with the same tools: nonviolent resistance; truth and reconciliation; a peaceful and consensual transfer of power; an integrated society with no discrimination or subterfuge; equal rights and obligations while recognizing the uniqueness of each constituency.

Shoshanim: Thanks much, Prof. Samuel.

Vaknin: You are very welcome. May we both live to see the day men and women love each other the way they should.

Previous Electronic ‘Print’ Interviews (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Narcissism in General

(News Intervention: January 28, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Cold Therapy (New Treatment Modality)

(News Intervention: January 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Giftedness and IQ

(News Intervention: February 2, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Religion

(News Intervention: February 11, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Science and Reality

(News Intervention: April 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Gender Wars

(News Intervention: May 21, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Psychological Growth

(News Intervention: May 24, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Structure, Function, Society, and Survival

(News Intervention: May 26, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Chronon Field Theory and Time Asymmetry

(News Intervention: May 28, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Genius and Insanity

(News Intervention: June 1, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Freedom of Expression

(News Intervention: June 10, 2022)

Previous Interviews Read by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

How to Become the REAL YOU (Interview, News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 26, 2022)

Insider View on Narcissism: What Makes Narcissist Tick (News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 29, 2022)

Curing Your Narcissist (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 31, 2022)

Genius or Gifted? IQ and Beyond (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: February 3, 2022)

Thrive: Your Future Path to Growth and Change (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: May 25, 2022)

Previous Interviews Interpreted by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

Your Narcissist: Madman or Genius? (Based on News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: June 3, 2022)

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Americans More Skeptical of the God Concept Than Ever

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/06/19

Belief in God in the United States, probably in the Western world generally, is at an all-time low. Between 1944 and 2011,the belief in God in the United States remained above 90%. In 2017, it dropped to 87%.

Now, with changes in the religious and theistic landscape of American society, we are watching the erosion of theistic belief on the order of millions of people per year. The number is now 81%.

Atheists, agnostics, and the like, have been and continue to be an increasing demographic in the United States. The most likely groups to witness this decline are Democrats at 72%, young adults at 68%, and liberals at 62%.

Interestingly, no change appears to have happened to married adults and conservatives. These reflect more dramatic changes in the attendance at religious services in the United States. Less than 50% of Americans are explicit members of a church, mosque, or synagogue, and 36% having confidence in organized religion.

Most American citizens have doubts about the existence of God, while 19% have no belief in God. These shifts appear driven mostly by the young.

With files from Gallup

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

International Introductory Review of High-I.Q. Publications

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/06/15

*Updated June 15, 2022.*

*If not included/missed, and if wanting inclusion, please send an email to Scott.Douglas.Jacobsen@Gmail.Com, then I can include the publication in the listing. I want everyone included in the international community here.*

High-I.Q. societies continue to give a modicum of fascination to me. Whenever I think the trail ends, other people come forward and present new information and material. In general, where one finds individuals with numerical, spatial, verbal, or reasoning talent, or all of the aforementioned, one tends to find individuals in professions demanding intellectual facility. When others want, typically, a digital community, a safe space for communication, correspondence, and the like; the high-I.Q. communities give such place for quiet felicity in interaction with the like-talented.

Publications, in this sense, provide a platform for the members to show talents, interests, thoughts, and productions. A short-form list of found publications will be listed at the end of the article. This resource will be built on the listing of non-defunct societies listed in” World Intelligence Network Addendum I — Non-Defunct Societies Membership” with some extensions. The purpose is to catalogue some high-I.Q. publications for individuals curious about the high-I.Q. communities and as a piece of personal curiosity. The prior non-defunct societies, as follows:

1. The Cogito Society

2. The International High IQ Society of Nathan Haselbauer

3. The Deep Brain Society of Anna Maria Santoro and Vincenzo D’Onofrio

4. Mensa Society of Lancelot Ware and Roland Berrill

5. The High Potentials Society of Max Tiefenbacher

6. Intertel of Ralph Haines

7. The Top One Percent Society (TOPS) of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

8. The Colloquy Society of Julia Cachia

9. The CIVIQ Society of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis

10. The Glia Society of Paul Cooijmans

11. International Society for Philosophical Enquiries/International Society for Philosophical Inquiry (ISPE) of Christopher Harding

12. The Triple Nine Society (TNS) of Richard Canty, Dr. Ronald Hoeflin, Ronald Penner, Edgar Van Vleck, and Kevin Langdon

13. The AtlantIQ Society of Beatrice Rescazzi and Moreno Casalegno

14. The EpIQ Society of Chris Chsioufis

15. The IQuadrivium Society of Karyn S. Huntting

16. The Society for Intellectually Gifted Individuals with Disabilities of Nathaniel David Durham/Nate Durham with assistant Lyla Durham

17. The Encefálica Society of Luis Enrique Pérez Ostoa

18. The Greatest Minds Society of Roberto A. Rodriguez Cruz

19. The Mysterium Society of Greg A. Grove

20. The Sigma II Society of Hindemburg Melão

21. The Mind Society of Hernan R. Chang

22. The Infinity International Society (IIS) of Jeffrey Osgood

23. The Sigma III Society of Hindemburg Melão

24. The Milenija Society of Dr. Ivan Ivec and Mislav Predavec

3.13 Sigma to 4.8 Sigma

25. ISI-Society of Dr. Jonathan Wai

26. Epida Society of Fernando Barbosa Neto

27. SPIQR Society of Marco Ripà

28. Vertex Society of Stevan M. Damjanovic

29. Epimetheus Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

30. HELLIQ Society of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis

31. Prometheus Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

32. Sigma IV Society of Hindemburg Melão

33. Tetra Society of Mislav Predavec

34. UltraNet Society/Ultranet of Dr. Gina Langan (formerly Gina LoSasso/Gina Losasso) and Christopher Langan/Chris Langan/Christopher Michael Langan

35. GenerIQ Society of Mislav Predavec

36. Mega Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

37. Omega Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

38. Pi Society of Dr. Nikos Lygeros/Dr. Nik Lygeros

5. Sigma to 7. Sigma

39. Mega International Society/Mega International of Dr. Gina Langan (formerly Gina LoSasso/Gina Losasso) and Christopher Langan/Chris Langan/Christopher Michael Langan

40. OLYMPIQ Society of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis

41. PolymathIQ Society of Ron Altmann

42. Sigma V Society of Hindemburg Melão

43. Ultima Society of Dr. Ivan Ivec

44. GIGA Society of Paul Cooijmans

45. Sigma VI Society of Hindemburg Melão

46. Grail Society of Paul Cooijmans

47. Tera Society of R. Young

The overlay following this listing will incorporate descriptive commentary for some societies based on the listing followed by newer resources outside of the previous listing:

1. The Cogito Society

No found publication for The Cogito Society.

2. The International High IQ Society of Nathan Haselbauer

Duly note, Nathan Haselbauer is deceased. He committed suicide. The International High IQ Society appears functional with some provisions for members regarding correspondence and discussion, while no formally listed publication, as follows:

When you join IHIQS, you get a membership certificate and you can become a part of our online community to participate in forum discussions, learn from top experts, connect with intelligent people and advance yourself.

We have a private online forum at our website and are available on Facebook as well as LinkedIn and Instagram. We currently have no offline events, but other members may well live close by. As long as you “kick the ball and not the player”, you will find yourself in an open-minded environment where you are allowed to kick the ball quite hard.

You do not have access to a representative publication. You have access to a private online forum, Meta/Facebook discussions, LinkedIn, and Instagram.

3. The Deep Brain Society of Anna Maria Santoro and Vincenzo D’Onofrio

A publication, Profondamente (DeepBrain Society Magazine/DeepBrain Magazine), is listed with the Executive Editor, Anna Maria Santoro. Contributors are not remunerated for submissions. This may be a pervasive fact with high-I.Q. society publications. Two issues have been published: 2010 and June, 2012.

4. Mensa Society of Lancelot Ware and Roland Berrill

Mensa World Journal is the flagship international publication of ‘Mensa Society’ or Mensa International. It replaced the International Journal in 2013.

5. The High Potentials Society of Max Tiefenbacher

There is a listed point or not to a Society Magazine. However, finding a hyperlink to such a point of reference is not present, perhaps, this remains only accessible to members. I hold no formal memberships in any high-I.Q. society, as I take this as an independent journalistic endeavour. Thus, a publication or magazine may exist, though the access may be restricted to members and not the general public.

6. Intertel of Ralph Haines

Intertel has a flagship publication, Integra. Its members are encouraged to contribute to it. They state, “Because members of Intertel are so geographically widespread, communication is very important. All members are encouraged to contribute to Integra, the Journal of Intertel, published ten times a year. In addition, regional newsletters are published periodically, and many members correspond via e-mail or a growing variety of online forums. There is an annual gathering (this year in Prague), and the various regions schedule social activities.”

7. The Top One Percent Society (TOPS) of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

Termite is the official publication of TOPS. It appears as if limited to members.

8. The Colloquy Society of Julia Cachia

A flagship publication does not appear available. However, a series of articles are open for reading to an interested community.

9. The CIVIQ Society of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis

No individual publication appears to exist for The CIVIQ Society. However, its umbrella World Intelligence Network’s flagship publication is Phenomenon.

10. The Glia Society of Paul Cooijmans

Thoth is its flagship publication. The Glia Society website states, “The journal “Thoth” is available only to members and appears in digital format. It guarantees absolute freedom of speech and has no editorial changes or censorship of any kind. Thoth is filled with members’ submissions, and occasionally contains material by others.

Thoth has a variable number of pages of A5 size. Images are frequently included.

Thoth is named after the Egyptian moon god, who weighed the hearts of the deceased to determine if they would be admitted to the hereafter or, if the examination was failed, torn apart by a monster. Thoth is also the name used by the future Grail Society member.”

11. International Society for Philosophical Enquiries/International Society for Philosophical Inquiry (ISPE) of Christopher Harding

Telicom is its flagship publication. It has a robust presentation online as a provision for its membership. This appears to be — out of the 11 examined so far — one of the more publicly well-presented publications.

12. The Triple Nine Society (TNS) of Richard Canty, Dr. Ronald Hoeflin, Ronald Penner, Edgar Van Vleck, and Kevin Langdon

Vidya is the official publication of the Triple Nine Society. It states, “Vidya content is exclusively provided by members. There are personal stories and experiences, semi-scientific articles, puzzles, pictures, poems, news about the society — and everything in-between. Below are some articles that will hopefully give you an impression of the diversity you can expect in TNS. And they are good reads, too.”

13. The AtlantIQ Society of Beatrice Rescazzi and Moreno Casalegno

Leonardo is the official publication of the AtlantIQ Society. It has 48 issues to date. It amounts to a multi-society publication hosted on the new AtlantIQ Society website. They state, “These are the issues of the new Leonardo — the magazine of the AtlantIQ Society, STHIQ Society and the Creative Genius Society — and the previous AtlantIQ Society Members’ Magazine issues. They are freely readable and downloadable by everyone.
This is a multimedia magazine: you can click on photos and links to know more about the article you are reading. 
You can easily read the magazine after clicking the image links and going full screen (click the square button in the lower right side of the preview window).”

14. The EpIQ Society of Chris Chsioufis

A magazine connected to EpIQ Society via the IQ Nexus is IQ Nexus Journal.

15. The IQuadrivium Society of Karyn S. Huntting

No discernible publication exists for The Iquadrivium Society.

16. The Society for Intellectually Gifted Individuals with Disabilities of Nathaniel David Durham/Nate Durham with assistant Lyla Durham

No publication appears to exist for The Society for Intellectually Gifted Individuals with Disabilities.

17. The Encefálica Society of Luis Enrique Pérez Ostoa

No discoverable publications for The Encefálica Society.

18. The Greatest Minds Society of Roberto A. Rodriguez Cruz

No found publication for The Greatest Minds Society.

19. The Mysterium Society of Greg A. Grove

No apparent publication for The Mysterium Society.

20. The Sigma II Society of Hindemburg Melão

No apparent flagship publication for this society, though under the rubric of the Sigma Society. Sigma Society website has a database of articles relevant to its international community of about 200+ members.

21. The Mind Society of Hernan R. Chang

No formal publication exists for Mind Society. However, the society exists a means by which members can communicate with other members without affiliation with other societies.

22. The Infinity International Society (IIS) of Jeffrey Osgood

Its publication exists under the rubric of IQ Nexus, where IQ Nexus Journal amounts to the journal for The Infinity International Society and others.

23. The Sigma III Society of Hindemburg Melão

No apparent flagship publication for this society, though under the rubric of the Sigma Society. Sigma Society website has a database of articles relevant to its international community of about 200+ members.

24. The Milenija Society of Dr. Ivan Ivec and Mislav Predavec

No apparent publication at this time. Nonetheless, Ivan Ivec retired from test construction. Mislav Predavec may be different.

3.13 Sigma to 4.8 Sigma

25. ISI-Society of Dr. Jonathan Wai

The Isi-s Discussion Group, WIN Board: WIN, and IQ Nexus forum, exist for communication of members. No formal publication found at this time for ISI-Society.

26. Epida Society of Fernando Barbosa Neto

No publication at this time.

27. SPIQR Society of Marco Ripà

No flagship publication at this time. In fact, membership considerations are suspended at the moment.

28. Vertex Society of Stevan M. Damjanovic

Zero publications for Vertex Society.

29. Epimetheus Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

A section of the website states “Termite.” This may be a reference to the aforementioned publication Termite for TOPS.

30. HELLIQ Society of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis

No individual publication appears to exist for The HELLIQ Society. However, its umbrella World Intelligence Network’s flagship publication is Phenomenon.

31. Prometheus Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

An interesting and distinct setup for The Prometheus Society. They have a primary forum discussion group entitled The Fire List. It is open to Prometheus Society members and subscribers. Its flagship publication is Gift of Fire published 0 to 10 times per year available to members and subscribers.

32. Sigma IV Society of Hindemburg Melão

No apparent flagship publication for this society, though under the rubric of the Sigma Society. Sigma Society website has a database of articles relevant to its international community of about 200+ members.

33. Tetra Society of Mislav Predavec

No discernible publication for Tetra Society.

34. UltraNet Society/Ultranet of Dr. Gina Langan (formerly Gina LoSasso/Gina Losasso) and Christopher Langan/Chris Langan/Christopher Michael Langan

An online Meta/Facebook group discussion exists with administrators and moderators as Christopher Michael Langan/Chris Langan/Christopher Langan (brother of Mark Langan, Jeffrey Langan, and Colter Langan, and son of the late Mary Chappelle Langan-Hansen), Dr. Gina Langan, Torbjørn Brenna, Freidank Eike, Erin J. Morgart, and Laney Ellis. No formal publication appears to exist.

35. GenerIQ Society of Mislav Predavec

No publication discernible for GenerIQ Society.

36. Mega Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society or Noesis is the flagship publication of the Mega Society.

37. Omega Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin

A section of the website states “Termite.” This may be a reference to the aforementioned publication Termite for TOPS and for the Epimetheus Society.

38. Pi Society of Dr. Nikos Lygeros/Dr. Nik Lygeros

Its journal appears to be Perfection.

5. Sigma to 7. Sigma

39. Mega International Society/Mega International of Dr. Gina Langan (formerly Gina LoSasso/Gina Losasso) and Christopher Langan/Chris Langan/Christopher Michael Langan

Noesis-E and Ubiquity were publications of the larger non-profit organization The Mega Foundation of the same individuals.

40. OLYMPIQ Society of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis

No individual publication appears to exist for The OLYMPIQ Society. However, its umbrella World Intelligence Network’s flagship publication is Phenomenon.

41. PolymathIQ Society of Ron Altmann

No discernible publication

42. Sigma V Society of Hindemburg Melão

No apparent flagship publication for this society, though under the rubric of the Sigma Society. Sigma Society website has a database of articles relevant to its international community of about 200+ members.

43. Ultima Society of Dr. Ivan Ivec

No found publication.

44. GIGA Society of Paul Cooijmans

A members-only publication named Nemesis is active.

45. Sigma VI Society of Hindemburg Melão

No apparent flagship publication for this society, though under the rubric of the Sigma Society. Sigma Society website has a database of articles relevant to its international community of about 200+ members.

46. Grail Society of Paul Cooijmans

G is the publication, unpublished to date.

47. Tera Society of R. Young

Minds that Matter is the publication with one issue in October, 2014 by Editor Moira Greyland.

The shorthand of this listing of 47 with publications can be cut down. The total of 47, in reality, has about 21 discernible publications. While, within a little bit of analysis, these have plenty of replication. So, even further, the 21 would, in fact, be fewer. To start, those 21 would be the following:

The Deep Brain Society of Anna Maria Santoro and Vincenzo D’Onofrio has the publication Profondamente (DeepBrain Society Magazine/DeepBrain Magazine).

Mensa Society of Lancelot Ware and Roland Berrill has the publication Mensa World Journal.

Intertel of Ralph Haines has the publication Integra.

The Top One Percent Society (TOPS) of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin has the publication Termite.

The Glia Society of Paul Cooijmans has the publication Thoth.

International Society for Philosophical Enquiries/International Society for Philosophical Inquiry (ISPE) of Christopher Harding has the publication Telicom.

The Triple Nine Society (TNS) of Richard Canty, Dr. Ronald Hoeflin, Ronald Penner, Edgar Van Vleck, and Kevin Langdon has the publication Vidya.

The AtlantIQ Society of Beatrice Rescazzi and Moreno Casalegno has the publication Leonardo.

The EpIQ Society of Chris Chsioufis has the publication IQ Nexus Journal.

The Infinity International Society (IIS) of Jeffrey Osgood has the publication IQ Nexus Journal.

Epimetheus Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin may have the publication Termite.

HELLIQ Society of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis has the publication Phenomenon.

Prometheus Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin has the publication Gift of Fire.

Mega Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin has the publication Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society.

Omega Society of Dr. Ronald K. Hoeflin may have the publication Termite.

Pi Society of Dr. Nikos Lygeros/Dr. Nik Lygeros has the publication Perfection.

Mega International Society/Mega International of Dr. Gina Langan (formerly Gina LoSasso/Gina Losasso) and Christopher Langan/Chris Langan/Christopher Michael Langan have, or had, the publications Noesis-E and Ubiquity.

OLYMPIQ Society of Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis has the publication Phenomenon.

GIGA Society of Paul Cooijmans has the publication Nemesis.

Grail Society of Paul Cooijmans has the publication G.

Tera Society of R. Young has the publication Minds that Matter.

Yet, when looking at these 21 without replication and with more recent activity, we find 10:

  1. Mensa World Journal.
  2. Thoth.
  3. Telicom.
  4. Vidya.
  5. Leonardo.
  6. Phenomenon.
  7. Gift of Fire.
  8. Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society.
  9. Perfection.
  10. Nemesis.

Even eliminating ones only meant for once new membership arrives or has clear presentation to the public or to the membership, we have fewer in number with 8:

  1. Mensa World Journal.
  2. Thoth.
  3. Telicom.
  4. Vidya.
  5. Leonardo.
  6. Phenomenon.
  7. Gift of Fire.
  8. Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society.

Others with an honourable mention with three issues intermittently published in the last couple of years, or so, are Deus VULT of CatholIQ Society with Domogoj Domo Kutle/Domagoj Kutle BScEE, Dalibor Marincic MEng, Patrick O’Shea, PhD, Mislav Predavec, Stephan Wagner Damianowitsch, Iakovos Koukas PhD, Thomas Hally, Phillip Power, Kirk Raymond Butt, PhD, DTh, Eick Sternhagen, PhD, Sandra Schlick, PhD, Ivan Ivec, PhD, Dalibor Marincic, MEng, and Patrick O`Shea, PhD., and USIA Research Journal of United Sigma Intelligence Association (formerly United Sigma Korea) with Bryan Kim/YoungHoon Bryan Kim/YoungHoon Kim and Ian Bott, and GENIUS: Proceedings and Publications of the GENIUS High IQ Network/GENIUS: Journal of the GENIUS High IQ Network of The GENIUS High IQ Network with Iakovos Koukas and Daniel Pohl.

Deus VULT listed as a semi-newsletter in the first issue and as a journal in the latest issue. USIA Research Journal listed as published irregularly. GENIUS: Proceedings and Publications of the GENIUS High IQ Network/GENIUS: Journal of the GENIUS High IQ Network with four issues: “Gnorizon,” “Logicon,” “Thymicon,” and “Noemon,” standing for science/knowledge, logic/philosophy, art/literature, and intelligence/psychology, respectively. If incorporating these with the list of 8, we have 11 active high-I.Q. publications with variations in provisions, rarities, frequency, length, style, content, and tone:

1. Mensa World Journal.

2. Thoth.

3. Telicom.

4. Vidya.

5. Leonardo.

6. Phenomenon.

7. Gift of Fire.

8. Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society.

9. Deus VULT.

10. USIA Research Journal.

11. GENIUS: Proceedings and Publications of the GENIUS High IQ Network/GENIUS: Journal of the GENIUS High IQ Network.

Not everyone, clearly, but it’s a start — there you go; well done to all, and to your communities, as such, murmurs in the void with some eyes watching and comprehending.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Stains Upon the Stains

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/06/13

Richard May (“May-Tzu”/“MayTzu”/“Mayzi”) is a Member of the Mega Society based on a qualifying score on the Mega Test (before 1995) prior to the compromise of the Mega Test and Co-Editor of Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society. In self-description, May states: “Not even forgotten in the cosmic microwave background (CMB), I’m an Amish yuppie, born near the rarified regions of Laputa, then and often, above suburban Boston. I’ve done occasional consulting and frequent Sisyphean shlepping. Kafka and Munch have been my therapists and allies. Occasionally I’ve strived to descend from the mists to attain the mythic orientation known as having one’s feet upon the Earth. An ailurophile and a cerebrotonic ectomorph, I write for beings which do not, and never will, exist — writings for no one. I’ve been awarded an M.A. degree, mirabile dictu, in the humanities/philosophy, and U.S. patent for a board game of possible interest to extraterrestrials. I’m a member of the Mega Society, the Omega Society and formerly of Mensa. I’m the founder of the Exa Society, the transfinite Aleph-3 Society and of the renowned Laputans Manqué. I’m a biographee in Who’s Who in the Brane World. My interests include the realization of the idea of humans as incomplete beings with the capacity to complete their own evolution by effecting a change in their being and consciousness. In a moment of presence to myself in inner silence, when I see Richard May’s non-being, ‘I’ am. You can meet me if you go to an empty room.” Some other resources include Stains Upon the Silence: something for no one, McGinnis Genealogy of Crown Point, New York: Hiram Porter McGinnis, Swines List, Solipsist Soliloquies, Board Game, Lulu blog, Memoir of a Non-Irish Non-Jew, and May-Tzu’s posterous. Recently, we released an ebook, here (hyperlinked).

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Where does the original book’s title Stains Upon the Silence start? Who coined it? What is the idea behind it?

Richard May: Please allow me to quote one of the innumerable people who do not know Richard May/May-Tzu viz. Richard May/May-Tzu at the beginning of our second interview:

Richard May[1],[2]*: I think the expression that “each word is a stain upon the silence” originated with Samuel Beckett, who may have implied that his words were less true and beautiful than silence. The silence of pure consciousness in the moment is suggested to and by me, but not necessarily meant by Beckett, analogous to sunyata, the Buddhistic void.

“ — Something for no one” anticipates that the book is unlikely to immediately be made into a hit TV series or become a popular film. Only the subset of the general population with both fairly high cognitive ability and a degree of “right-brainedness” and/or appreciation of artistic creativity are likely to value the work. These two factors probably have a correlation of about zero (0). So this is not a large potential audience.

Jacobsen: Its structure seems almost ‘damn-it-all’ as if not there, though discernible in snippets. What is the intended “structure” if any of Stains Upon the Silence?

May: I just arranged material which had been published in Noesis, and, hence in some sense vetted, sequentially in what appeared to be to me an not entirely random order by meanings. But each writing was done separately and independently of the others, so in fact there is only little order.

Jacobsen: You were the second person to earn a perfect score on the verbal section of the Mega Test of Ronald Hoeflin, the first being Marilyn vos Savant (Marilyn Mach vos Savant), which permitted entrance into the Mega Society. A theoretical 1-in-a-million high-I.Q. society based out of the United States of America, primarily, though international if considering an online environment for readers and contributors to the journal, Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society. You are the Co-Editor with Ken Shea of Noesis. Even with these, for the most part, as you note, you have avoided the media. Why avoid the media?

May: I have little respect for the rather biased main stream media today. I have no desire to be famous. How does it enhance me if I have, or imagine that I have, millions of drooling fans and even less privacy? Some may use media attention to make money, which is a different matter. My persona or false personality should not be propped up, especially by strangers or by imaginary ‘friends’ on Meta or whatever.

Jacobsen: With these decades of avoiding the media when intermittent opportunities arose for you, when I asked for In-Sight Publishing, why accept the interview(s)?

May: Your interviews with Rick Rosner had been published in Noesis, so I thought you probably would not do a drive by shooting.

Jacobsen: The interviews, so far, carried into 11 sessions, which shows commitment and patience from you. Why stick it out?

May: Maybe these interviews are my children, pathetic from a normal perspective, I suppose. But at least I don’t have to change their diapers. The shit remains right where it is — in the interview. I don’t have to pay their college tuition either. And I don’t need to have the Nature inspired delusion that I am my genes and will somehow live on in my progeny.

Jacobsen: Our first formal book production became Stains Upon the Stains. Why choose this title?

May: If my writings are stains upon the silence, then my commentary on the writings would be stains upon the stains, if I’m lucky.

Jacobsen: What can readers future-past or past-future ‘expect’?

May: My hope, of course, is that this will all be made into a major motion picture that no one will go to.

Jacobsen: Thanks, Chard.

May: I’m only a shard of chard now. But thank you and you are very welcome.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Canadian Pastor Bruxy Cavey Alleged Sexual Assault Cases Continue

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/06/12

Bruxy Cavey (57), disgraced Canadian pastor, has been charged with sexual assault against an adult female. Cavey is a pastor of one of the largest churches in Canada, The Meeting House. It has 20 campuses across Ontario. The charge came May 31.

In March, Cavey was requested to resign from post as a pastor of the church in March of 2022. The March request came after an independent investigator found Cavey had a years-long sexual relationship with a member of the church.

The church investigator stated the prior relationship was “sexual harassment” and an “abuse of power.” Detective Jeremy Miller, Hamilton Police Service, stated the unit received a “publication ban.” This means some information cannot be released to the public.

Cavey came voluntarily to the police station. He was charged and released. He will appear in court on June 27. The alleged assault happened off church property in Hamilton. Days after resignation, two more allegations of sexual misconduct emerged against Cavey.

In a June 6 press release, the Hamilton police believe more victims may be extant. Cavey considered the first accusations as true and “an extramarital affair.” No statute of limitations exists for criminal charges brought on sexual assault in Canada.

Consent in Level 1 sexual assault, as brought to Cavey, means the abuse of trust, power, or authority.

With files from Religion News Service

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Ride On Time in Triumph: Canadian Equestrianism and Injuries

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/06/11

Injuries remain common in all sports. Each comes with statistical tendencies in injury rates and severities. Equestrianism harbours its own unfortunate cases, even among the most accomplished riders in the sport’s Canadian history.

Not a lot of up-to-date information exists on the rates of injuries in the 2020s for equestrians, however, the Government of Canada has some statistics from 1996 archived. I could be wrong here. At the time, 48.1% of injuries were children 10-to-14 years of age. For riders, this, probably, makes sense as those are the ages many youths enter into horse riding.

As with anyone entering a sport for the first time, injuries will occur. 76.5% of all equestrian injuries were women. Again, this makes a lot of sense, as most of the riders are women in Canada, if agglomerating the participation numbers over all age cohorts. Those with more experience in the industry would be able to provide plausible reasons as to the injuries occurring in the summer (40.9%), the weekends (46.9%), and between 12:00 and 20:00 (62.2%).

These statistics seem to tell a story of summer weekends between 12:00 and 20:00 as the most likely time for injury, especially amongst 10-to-14-year-old girls. The majority of these injuries (62.1%) happened when the rider fell from the horse. As someone new to the industry, this is commonly stated. It’s dangerous to ride a horse. If you ride, you’re going to fall. If you fall, you’ll likely get hurt. Regardless, take some Advil and get back on the horse, the day is still here, and long.

In the industry, in equestrianism, in Canada, the risk of injury is high. Yet, as I have witnessed in working in the industry, the people, mostly women — who tolerate me (lucky me), remain devoted to the activity. They love riding. They love horses, particularly theirs. They love the social life. They love the art and sport of horsemanship. In Canada, one could, with a neologism, legitimately quip, “The art and sport of Horsewomanship.”

As stated in the first article entitled “Canadian Equitation Equation Introduction: Langley, Horse Capital of B.C.,” the major players in the history and active communities of equestrianism can be catalogued rather tightly: “Amy Millar, Eric Lamaze, Erynn Ballard/Erynn L. Ballard, Ian Millar, James Day, James Elder, Jill Henselwood, Laura Balisky (Tidball-Balisky/Tidball), Lisa Carlsen, Mac Cone, Mario Deslauriers, Michel Vaillancourt, Nicole Walker, Thomas (Tom) Gayford, Tiffany Foster, Yann Candele.” I am happy to include others. Neither snubbing nor ignoring, merely an organic development of knowledge from a base zero.

Others exist. Yet, the aforementioned comprise a close-knit listing of the country’s best in class over a span of several decades, as noted by Olympic participation, for example. The natural question in a brief look at statistics more than a quarter of a century old: “What about the most accomplished riders?” Indeed, they have experienced extreme injuries, several of them. The biographical data may be disparate for some.

Nonetheless, these individuals will partake of a natural consequence of riding horses for a long time and jumping at the 1.60m level. One could infer: If jumping higher, then falling farther, so injuries being more severe when occurring.

By the way, equestrians state things in a particular patois. They have a world unto themselves, thus a lingo, too. In this manner, most Canadians would state 1.60 metres as “one point six zero metres.” Equestrians say, “A metre sixty.” Language always gives people away. Horse people, in this way, have a consistency with everyone else, in nuanced speech acts and patterns delineating a linguistic culture.

Let’s look at them alphabetically from first name, as presented above:

Amy Millar does not seem to have suffered a major injury when looking into popular reportage. Unless, naturally, or of course, I am missing a narrative. The only period of requiring time away from riding appears to be giving birth (son, Alexander; daughter, Lily).

Eric Lamaze, as some commentators note, looks as if deserving of a book devoted to his professional narrative. The death of Hickstead with an acute aortic rupture at competition, the cocaine basis for rejection in competing with an overturn of the decision by an arbitrator (and cold medication, diet pills, and cocaine, in a later occasion), the Olympic medals and comebacks, the battle with brain cancer, and, most recently, the announcement of formal retirement in March of 2022, can set some points of future reflection and writing. As this particular article’s foci are injuries, he was out for three weeks from a foot injury with aggressive surgery involving screws at one time, which seems minor to other eventualities of personal choices, in some considerations, and happenstances of unfortunate fate, in others.

Erynn Ballard/Erynn L. Ballard, in May of 2013, fell and broke a collarbone and damaged a shoulder joint. This resulted in nerve damage and a nearly paralyzed arm. Within one year, she returned. Another story of triumph amongst Canadian equestrians.

Ian Millar, “Captain Canada,” had an accident at his farm in Perth in October, 2020. He was 74-years-old. When riding a young mare that reared her hind legs, came down hard and spun around, Millar went through the air, landed, and the mare came down on him 3 times. He suffered major blood loss in his left arm above the elbow. He reported seeing nerves and muscles in the injury. He returned after treatment to his home in about 6 hours.

James Day harbours an incredible equestrian pedigree in Canadian show jumping history. To his credit, as far as I can find, I do not see a history of a major injury for Day.

James Elder, similar to Day and of the same pedigree, I cannot find an explicit story — perhaps, due to the historical nature of the accomplishments and legacy — about an injury.

Jill Henselwood, similar to Day and Elder, did not acquire a major injury in the midst of performing in a basic review of some online resource. For a period of her career, Henselwood had significant luck, by some reportage.

Laura Balisky (Laura Tidball-Balisky/Laura Tidball), first Canadian and youngest woman to win both the ASPCA Maclay Medal Final (1980) and the AHSA Medal Finals, does not seem to have a significant injury on the records in a simple examination of records.

Lisa Carlsen, as another without an apparent record of injury, seems to have come out unscathed in the major injury department of Canadian equestrians.

Mac Cone appears to only have an injured horse hindering career progression on the record.

Mario Deslauriers did not appear to suffer a significant injury. In fact, he simply appears remarkable for returning after 33 years to the sport.

Michel Vaillancourt did not suffer from a major injury. However, his father, in fact, died from an accident in 1971, where his mount fell on him, which seems particularly tragic for a young man.

Nicole Walker had an incident, according to her, of ingesting coca tea, which lead to a drug test resulting in cocaine metabolite benzoylecgonine identification. A Prohibited Substance under the World Anti-Doping Agency (WADA) Code, this resulted, eventually, in Canada’s disqualification from the 2020 team spot at Tokyo. Panam Sports accepted the coca leaf consumption claim. She suffered a more serious professional injury of the knee. She tore the ACL or anterior cruciate ligament, had minor tears of other ligaments, and fractured the fibular head. She recovered by 2021 and has been competing successfully. Another rising story of success and triumph.

Thomas (Tom) Gayford has been a historical figure, as with James Day and Jim Elder, as highly successful figures in Canadian show jumping. However, as with Day and Elder, I cannot find a significant injury of the gentleman. Although, one can find lots of medals.

Tiffany Foster, when schooling an inexperienced 6-year-old mare, attempted to teach the mare to jump a line of small jumps measuring about one metre in height, or a cavalettis, slower than before. Something bad happened. Next thing Foster knew, she woke up, face in the sand with “searing pain” — then unconscious again. She awoke strapped-up in an emergency room in a local hospital. She had a burst fracture at the T-6 vertebrae, loose bone particles floated around her spinal cord. An 8-hour surgery led to “a plate, six screws, six clips, and two titanium rods inserted, and [her] spine fused from T-2 to T-10.”

Yann Candele, as with others, does not appear to have suffered a major injury, while being a successful international show jumper for Canada.

Injuries don’t always happen to equestrians. When they happen at the highest level, they tend to be significant and require weeks to months of reparative work. All this analysis side-steps the lifelong issues, potentially, sitting before all equestrians with issues of the hip, back, and elsewhere, due to the strain on the body from riding. These side-stepped issues are not pins, screws, bolts, and titanium plates; they’re gradual erosion of the body in an all-consuming, entirely demanding professional sport. Others can be examined of prominence in equestrianism in Canada, and more in-depth research can be done. Nonetheless, all this says, “It’s a lifestyle.”

Life lesson: Apparently, injuries are common at all levels, sometimes highly damaging physically, with international show jumping as a do-or-die sport; bottom line, equestrians make a ‘beast of burden’ do something almost civilized, somewhat human-like, with an ever-present risk of bodily damage at all stages and ages.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Temporary Suspension of Random Arrival COVID-19 Testing in Canada

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/06/11

Randomized arrival testing at Canadian airports will be suspended (on the prior mandatory basis). Only unvaccinated travellers on June 11 forward will require testing upon re-entry into Canada.

Previously, fully vaccinated travellers were subjected to randomized testing too. It amounts to a pause on the random arrival testing between June 11 and July 1. July 1, the randomized testing, presumably, will begin once again.

Health Minister Jean-Yves Duclos’ spokesperson, Marie-France Proulx, stated, “…this is the only way we have of detecting new variants coming into the country, given that provinces and territories are no longer doing any PCR testing.”

Airports, with these changes, can dismantle testing sites dedicated specified in particular spaces at airports. The three-week period permits to shift to off-site testing of COVID-19.

Tourism Minister Randy Boissonnault said, “It’s going to make sure that the airports flow more quickly. The airports aren’t designed to be mini health care centres and so this will help with staff, it’ll help with congestion… So this is a good step in the right direction.”

With more widespread vaccination, especially among Canadians, and a vaccine-induced immunity to the virus, a widespread testing regime may become less necessary, according to public health experts. The removal of upon-arrival testing sites will reduce clogged airport systems and delays at airports.

However, the Government of Canada has defended the arrival testing program on the grounds of finding novel variants of the coronavirus, potentially, entering into the country and tracking the number of COVID-19 cases coming into Canada.

A major concern for all parties has been Toronto Pearson International’s hours-long waits as of recent. Staff may be overburdened in the midst of this. Greater Toronto Airport Authority (GTAA) has expressed this concern of delays. This will become worse, if kept up for the busy summer months.

The Canadian Government has hired 800 Canadian Air Transport Security Authority (CATSA) screening officers to process this deluge of passengers. Opposition Conservatives urge the Government of Canada to drop vaccine mandates. These require travellers to give proof of vaccination. Passengers are required to show proof of vaccination, which the Opposition Conservatives disagree with as a policy.

Vaccine mandate is still required for federal employees and transport workers. Some claim this is resulting in staff shortages for airports.

With files from CBC News

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Prof. Vaknin on Freedom of Expression

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/06/10

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin (YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, Amazon, LinkedIn, Google Scholar) is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited (Amazon) and After the Rain: How the West Lost the East (Amazon) as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He was Senior Business Correspondent for United Press International (February, 2001 — April, 2003), CEO of Narcissus Publications (April, 1997 — April 2013), Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician (January, 2011 -), a columnist for PopMatters, eBookWeb, Bellaonline, and Central Europe Review, an editor for The Open Directory and Suite101 (Categories: Mental Health and Central East Europe), and a contributor to Middle East Times, a contributing writer to The American Chronicle Media Group, Columnist and Analyst for Nova Makedonija, Fokus, and Kapital, Founding Analyst of The Analyst Network, former president of the Israeli chapter of the Unification Church’s Professors for World Peace Academy, and served in the Israeli Defense Forces (1979–1982). He has been awarded Israel’s Council of Culture and Art Prize for Maiden Prose (1997), The Rotary Club Award for Social Studies (1976), and the Bilateral Relations Studies Award of the American Embassy in Israel (1978), among other awards. He is Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia (September, 2017 to present), Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies) (April, 2012 to present), a Senior Correspondent for New York Daily Sun (January, 2015 — Present), and Columnist for Allied Newspapers Group (January, 2015 — Present). He lives in Skopje, North Macedonia with his wife, Lidija Rangelovska. Here we talk about freedom of expression.

*Previous interviews listed chronologically after interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Freedom of expression is a paper right in most places of the world. It is listed in international rights documents and in national constitutions. Yet, one could ask, “What is the ‘free’ part of freedom of expression?” It depends on the society and the culture, and the person. So, to open this session, what is a proper framing of rights, responsibilities, obligations, and privileges in societies, i.e., an accurate frame or definition to ground practice of free expression?

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin: Freedom of expression, including freedom of speech and freedom of the press, is a feature of individualistic societies. Where collectivism reigns, this amalgam of rights is subordinated to the greater good.

Ironically, utilitarianism inexorably leads to limitations on these freedoms intended to protect the majority against the incursions of disruptive or even destructive minorities.

Yet, even in anarchic polities, freedom of expression cannot be abused to spread panic (crying fire in a crowded theatre), life threatening misinformation (re: the COVID-19 pandemic), or to threaten the wellbeing and lives of others (e.g., virulent racism, or calls for eugenic culling, or victimization). Only anomic civilizations in decadent decline countenance such toxic speech acts.

Jacobsen: Which countries and parts of the world seem the freest regarding freedom of expression?

Vaknin: It is a surprisingly mixed bag including perennials like Denmark and Finland, but also surprises like Argentina and Slovakia.

But freedom — all freedoms — are on the decline everywhere, besieged by populism, profound mistrust of authority and of expertise, anti-intellectualism, anti-elitism, anti-liberalism (anti-“progressivism”), and the dominance of rapid dissemination technologies such as social media.

Ochlocracies (mob rule) are regaining ground all over the world, led by authoritarian, proudly ignorant, and defiantly contumacious and reactant narcissistic-psychopathic leaders.

Jacobsen: Which nations and regions of the world seem the least free regarding freedom of expression?

Vaknin: Again, the rankings are counterintuitive. Canada, for example, is less free than Uruguay and the USA is languishing with Peru somewhere at the bottom of the upper third.

Jacobsen: How did (and does) the internet change freedom of expression or the access to free exchange of words, ideas, and philosophies, or simply disjointed randomly emoted thoughts?

Vaknin: In the internet age, the distinction between raw information and knowledge (structured data) is lost. The internet is a huge dumping ground for half-baked truths, rank nonsense, misinformation, propaganda, hate speech, speculation, and outright derangement. Even where vetted and reliable information is available, it is unprocessed and out of context.

No single technology has harmed free expression more than the internet. It has created a problem of discoverability (locating quality content in a sempiternal tsunami of trash) and allowed mobs to form and to ominously suppress speech by sheer force of numbers (the cancel culture is the latest example of such transgressions).

All semblance of civilized, informed speech is now lost even in academe. Social media were deliberately constructed by engineers and turncoat psychologists to polarize aggressive speech and cement confirmation bias (silos of like-minded people in echo chambers).

Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, is this net good or net bad?

Vaknin: Bad by a long shot.

https://videotranscripts.dk/ (Transcripts)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wpvv_ooqJik (The True Toxicity of Social Media)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QY79nDYjW94 (Malignant Egalitarianism)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jvuRmP3KP1g (The Need to Be Seen)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WgjOH0kDErw (A-social Media: Fracking Mankind)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jVprI6_P8GE (Plugged-in Documentary)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w2rKrWNWkS0 (How to Fix Social Media)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fIElARjRGTo (Social Media as the Big Eye)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5NTwxAJDMTo (Metaverse: Conspiracy or Heaven?)

Jacobsen: One camp will claim complete freedom of expression in social media will be a net good because the liars and defamers will be overwhelmed by more reasonable voices and evidence. Another camp thinks there should be sharp restrictions on particular types of speech, electronic communication, and so on. Those are two big ones. A third believes in outlawing social media altogether, so stringently binding or making illegal social media for some people if not most or all. It’d be similar to acquisition of a firearm in much of the world, getting a driver’s license, qualifying as a surgeon or an accountant, and such. You have commented on this. With social media, what should be done for or against freedom of expression, if anything?

Vaknin: Social media are utilities and should be subjected to the same regulatory oversights that other media and monopolistic utilities are under.

Additionally, owing to the addictive nature of social media, laws should be passed to restrict their use and to monitor the content posted on them.

Self-regulation is a myth on Wall Street as it is in tech valleys around the globe. Where money rears its head, morality and restraint and the public interest go out of the window.

Crowdsourced regulation is the dumbest idea ever. Majorities are forever silent and conflict-averse. Ask the misnamed Mensheviks who were actually the overwhelming majority and yielded to the equally mislabeled Bolsheviks who were more ruthless and vociferous and better mobilized.

Jacobsen: What does social media and internet use do in mild use and in chronic use to the mental health of individuals and groups?

Vaknin: The evidence is unequivocal (see the studies by Twenge et al.): the more extensive the exposure to screens, the longer the screentime, the higher the prevalence and incidence of anxiety and depressive disorders, especially among the young (under 25) and among seniors over 65. There is no such thing as “mild” or “moderate” use: the effects commence at the first moment of use.

Jacobsen: What do trends of expression and outcomes among users of social media tell us about individual psychology and mass psychology, and social media in general?

Vaknin: By far the biggest problem social media use has fostered is what I call “malignant egalitarianism”.

Malignant egalitarianism is threatening our existence as a species. Until about 10 years ago, people — even narcissists — had role models they sought to learn from and emulate and ideals which they aspired to.

Today, everyone — never mind how unintelligent, ignorant, or unaccomplished — claim superiority or at least equality to everyone else.

Armed with egalitarian equal access technology like social media, everyone virulently detest and seek to destroy or reduce to their level their betters and that which they cannot attain or equal.

Pathological envy (egged on by instruments of relative positioning such as “likes”) had fully substituted for learning and self-improvement. Experts, scholars, and intellectuals are scorned and threatened. Everyone is an instant polymath and an ersatz da Vinci.

But, this is just one of many vile side effects and byproducts of social media. Watch my videos on the topic (see links above).

Jacobsen: How will the Metaverse, and associated developments, in the 2030s affect relations between people?

Vaknin: Is the Metaverse the ultimate dystopia, an escape from reality, or the promised technological heaven? I summarized my views in this interview: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5NTwxAJDMTo.

Jacobsen: If the goal is mental health for most people most of the time, what are the most efficacious policies and laws for governments to enact, and for individuals and families to practice, regarding social media and the right to freedom of expression?

Vaknin: Limit usage time (clocks embedded in the app will terminate use after 2 hours);

Only real life friends and acquaintances would be allowed to become online friends;

Identity verification would be mandatory for various types of content;

Introduce an accreditation system for experts, gurus, and coaches online;

ScholarTube for vetted, evidence-based knowledge provided by real-life academics or experts;

Curation of most content prior to its release (the contemporary Wikipedia model as distinct from the original crowdsourcing mess).

More here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w2rKrWNWkS0 (How to Fix Social Media)

Shoshanim: Thank you, Dr. Shmuel.

Vaknin: You are always welcome, shoshanim!

Previous Electronic ‘Print’ Interviews (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Narcissism in General

(News Intervention: January 28, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Cold Therapy (New Treatment Modality)

(News Intervention: January 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Giftedness and IQ

(News Intervention: February 2, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Religion

(News Intervention: February 11, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Science and Reality

(News Intervention: April 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Gender Wars

(News Intervention: May 21, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Psychological Growth

(News Intervention: May 24, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Structure, Function, Society, and Survival

(News Intervention: May 26, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Chronon Field Theory and Time Asymmetry

(News Intervention: May 28, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Genius and Insanity

(News Intervention: June 1, 2022)

Previous Interviews Read by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

How to Become the REAL YOU (Interview, News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 26, 2022)

Insider View on Narcissism: What Makes Narcissist Tick (News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 29, 2022)

Curing Your Narcissist (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 31, 2022)

Genius or Gifted? IQ and Beyond (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: February 3, 2022)

Thrive: Your Future Path to Growth and Change (News Intervention Interview)

Prof. Sam Vaknin: May 25, 2022)

Image Credit: Sam Vaknin.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Canadian Equitation Equation Introduction: Langley, Horse Capital of B.C.

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/06/04

*Updated June 4, 2022.*

Equestrianism in the Township of Langley remains a stable staple of community, competition, education, industry, recreation, and sport. Dozens of businesses devoted to the art of horses, equestrianism, the equine: Equitation (horsemanship) writ broad. As a formal independent journalistic research project in person, the introduction into the industry requires on-the-ground experiential depth, extensive interpersonal interactions with every person involved in all facets, and integration with the theory and praxis of working with and knowing horses & their people, which began in late 2021 working from the bottom with zero background in education or careers to buttress entrance into the discipline. The necessary embarrassment of a steep learning curve and arduous manual labour to become acquainted with the sensations and experiences of working around the equine and equestrians. Nothing prepares for it; a world unto itself and, in a manner of speaking, a community unlike most others, though seemingly disparate while networked.

This is a terse introduction to the horse capital of British Columbia: The Township of Langley. A more thorough presentation will be delivered in future articles. In some sense of the term “fundament,” a fundament of Langley is recognition of this as a land of hippophiles in British Columbia. Those thoroughly bred in family/blood lineages warm to the equine. Its businesses, clubs, equestrian centres, equestrian facilities, farms, horse riding schools, ranches, places for instruction, und so weiter, are manifest, plentiful, which makes sense of the moniker: The Horse Capital of British Columbia. Even with a simple search, you can witness the vast number of networked enterprises.

These are the names emerging for Langley alone: Milner Downs Equestrian Center (2005) Ltd, Sacred Equestrians, Los Vientos Equestrian Centre, High Point Equestrian Center, Westcott Equestrian, Greenhawk Equestrian Sport — Langley, Louisa Nicholls Riding Instruction, M & M Connemaras Horse Farm, Cornwall Ridge Farm, Priority 1 Equestrian, Ponte Equestrian Estates, Sunshine Equestrian Centre, Langley 204 Horseback Riding, Greenhawk Harness & Equestrian Supplies, Thunderbird Show Stables, Park Lane Equestrian Centre, Thorbrooke Equestrian, Cartwright Equestrian, Willow Creek Equestrian Centre, Elysium Equine Ltd, Double 4 Equestrian Centre (double 4 equestrian), Footnote Farm, Excelsior Stables & Nicki Muller Training, Sunny Riding Stables, Windsum Enterprises Ltd, Martinoff Equestrian, Langlee Acres, Shelley Lawder Dressage, Equine Studies Canada, Namastables, Sierra Stables, Equidice Stables, Windsor Stables, Thunderbird Show Park, Silver Fox Horse Sales, Epona Stable and Farms Ltd, Sterling Stables, Valley Therapeutic Equestrian Association, Highliner Stables Ltd, Pacific Country Stables, Villa Training, Perneill Training, Dog & Pony Shop, Campbell Downs Equestrian Centre, Papalia Training, Twin Rivers, Hideaway Stables, Hazelmere Equestrian Center, Pacific Riding for Developing Abilities, Stepping Stones Riding & Horsemanship, Triple M Farms, Flightline Farm Arabians, Ponies 4 You, Vintage Riders Equestrian Club, Hit Air Equestrian Canada, OSJS, Glen Valley Stables, The Tack Addict, Denham Stables, Ponder Park Stables, Langley Riders Society, Short Stirrup Stables, October Farm, Highbury Dressage, Jump Start Stables, Gloucester Downs, Laughing Stock Ranch, Skyline Equine, Alliance Training & Stud, The Grene Wode, Bekevar Farms, Willow Lake Farm & Stables, Hobbit Hole Farm, Twin Creeks Ranch, Dreamscape Farm, Adiva Murphy Horsemanship Centre, Rebel Equestrian, EnJ Equine First Aid Training, Freedom Farms livestock, Thunderbird Tack Shop, Unbridling Your Brilliance, Willow Acres, Sycamore Hills Equestrian, Pinto Miremadi Horsemanship, Keepsake Farms, WestMoore Dressage, Dog & Pony Shop, Iron Gait Stables, Hutter Sport Horse Auctions, Thorbrooke Tack, Mia Sheldon Horsemanship, Horse Council BC, Kingdom View Equestrian, High Country Horseshoes, Thunderbird Livestock, BZ Built, Wise Equine Veterinary Services Ltd, Dares Country Feeds, and Stampede Tack & Western Wear, Horse Lover’s Math, probably others.

If not included in the above listing, and wanting inclusion, please let me know (Email: Scott.Douglas.Jacobsen@Gmail.Com), my research is not comprehensive; I’m new to the industry, and know little, even nothing, have mercy on me. The introductory examination to some equestrianism in British Columbia will begin with the Township of Langley while emphasizing those with publicly accessible records via a website, typically. The staggering breadth of one municipality’s horse community extends to other municipalities and across the country — let alone internationally — into a single question, “Where to begin with horses?” Naturally, one at a time, I like a challenge — should be fun.

Canadian equestrianism harbours several household names on the national and international stage: Amy Millar, Eric Lamaze, Erynn Ballard/Erynn L. Ballard, Ian Millar, James Day, James Elder, Jill Henselwood, Laura Balisky (Tidball-Balisky/Tidball), Lisa Carlsen, Mac Cone, Mario Deslauriers, Michel Vaillancourt, Nicole Walker, Thomas (Tom) Gayford, Tiffany Foster, Yann Candele, and many others. Some of these names — e.g., James Day, James Elder, and Thomas Gayford — span back as far as 1968 as a team in show jumping at the Olympics in Mexico City. By the way, all three extant, alive.

While equestrianism can be considered a pursuit for fun, as in a hobby, for most individuals who enter into the discipline, this can slowly, almost inevitably, become a “lifestyle,” which seems like a common phrase in conversation with a number of equestrians, including interviews. It envelops them, as if slowly surrounded by the warm embrace of a horse’s equivalent of a hug. Among other tidbits given by them, to me, when not attempting to force a positive or a negative image of equestrianism, horsemanship, at all levels, remains pluripotent.

Horsemanship seems as if a means by which to show talent relative to one’s class, to integrate one’s flow and feel with a ‘beast of burden’ to perform civilized almost human-like actions, to socialize in a community of others with similar sensibilities and sensitivities, to make a living passing on knowledge to next generations, to create a safe and nurturing environment for girls, women, and the elderly who wish to get on the saddle, et cetera. Even the simple act of tacking up, getting the horse ready, you can watch the gossip, the chit-chatter, and natural activities of a community in love with a lifestyle — fair enough.

All the way to international FEI events and Longines rankings representing the best in class in the world, including several Canadians. Whether small family farms to middle sized ranches to professional equestrian facilities, or carriage tours, or the media sensations about the toings-and-froings of various prominent personalities in community, Canadian equestrianism appears singular (“unto itself”) in many ways. Langley, as one provincial capital, of horses seems like a natural starting place to begin an introduction into equestrianism, so to a community unto itself and, potentially, unlike most others.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Prof. Vaknin on Genius and Insanity

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/06/01

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin (YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, Amazon, LinkedIn, Google Scholar) is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited (Amazon) and After the Rain: How the West Lost the East (Amazon) as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He was Senior Business Correspondent for United Press International (February, 2001 — April, 2003), CEO of Narcissus Publications (April, 1997 — April 2013), Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician (January, 2011 -), a columnist for PopMatters, eBookWeb, Bellaonline, and Central Europe Review, an editor for The Open Directory and Suite101 (Categories: Mental Health and Central East Europe), and a contributor to Middle East Times, a contributing writer to The American Chronicle Media Group, Columnist and Analyst for Nova Makedonija, Fokus, and Kapital, Founding Analyst of The Analyst Network, former president of the Israeli chapter of the Unification Church’s Professors for World Peace Academy, and served in the Israeli Defense Forces (1979–1982). He has been awarded Israel’s Council of Culture and Art Prize for Maiden Prose (1997), The Rotary Club Award for Social Studies (1976), and the Bilateral Relations Studies Award of the American Embassy in Israel (1978), among other awards. He is Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia (September, 2017 to present), Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies) (April, 2012 to present), a Senior Correspondent for New York Daily Sun (January, 2015 — Present), and Columnist for Allied Newspapers Group (January, 2015 — Present). He lives in Skopje, North Macedonia with his wife, Lidija Rangelovska. Here we talk about genius and insanity.

*Previous interviews listed chronologically after interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Delusions remain ubiquitous. Delusions in conspiracy theories found in 5G, backmasking, Big Pharma, chemtrails, free energy suppression, Holocaust denial, New World Order-ism, QAnon, and so on. Delusions formalized in cults. Delusions in religious discourse, organization, and practice. Delusions promoted in quack ‘medicine’ with acupuncture, alternative ‘medicine,’ anti-GMO movements, anti-vaccination activism, aromatherapy, chiropractory, conversion therapy, faith healing, homeopathy, naturopathy, psychic surgery, Reiki, reflexology, traditional Chinese medicine, and such. Delusions in anti-intellectualism with creation ‘science’ (e.g., the variants of Creationism and Intelligent Design), global warming denialism or even alarmism in some respects, God of the gaps-ism, ‘holy’ text literalism, homeschooling, paranormalism, quantum woo, und so weiter. Delusions in bigotries and prejudices including anti-Semitism, or racist ideologies bound to politics or religion (e.g., white supremacist KKK, black supremacist Nation of Islam, and the like). Delusions in social and political cure-alls for societies’ ills — panaceas, e.g., American commitments to the idea of every problem having a solution. Then there are those who took a permanent lift-off from terra firma and detached from reality altogether, e.g., or a case study, the person running the “Sam Vaknin Scum Antichrist” YouTube channel — an apparent idiotic crazy (read: demented screwball) person. You know the deal. We’re on the same page in the identical book here. There’s a thin line, as has been observed before, between true genius and real insanity. What factors set the distinctions between insanity, on the one hand, and genius, on the other?

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin: The problem is that both madness and genius involve the ability to reframe reality in an unexpected way (i.e., provide insight) either by gaining a synoptic or interdisciplinary vantage point — or by radically departing from hidden underlying assumptions.

The scientific method is designed to tell the two apart by applying the test of falsifiable predictions. Both madness and genius are theories of the world and of the mind and, like every other type of theory, they yield predictions which can then be tested and falsified.

Most of the predictions yielded by insanity are easily and instantly falsifiable. Most of the predictions garnered by genius hold water for long stretches of time and, even when falsified, it is only in private cases or in extreme conditions. Thus, the theories of relativity falsify Newtonian prediction only on vast scales with incredible energies.

Jacobsen: What are the easiest means by which to distinguish a genius from an insane person?

Vaknin: Psychopathology is rigid. It is unyielding, not amenable to learning, nauseatingly repetitive, constricting, and divorced from reality (impaired reality testing). The genius is immersed in the world even if he is a recluse, he learns and evolves all the time, his mind is kaleidoscopic and vibrant, ever expanding. Insanity is mummified, genius is life reified.

Jacobsen: Is high intelligence required for true genius?

Vaknin: If by intelligence you mean IQ then the answer is a resounding no. The adage about perspiration and inspiration applies. But, more importantly, genius is the ability to see familiar things in a fresh, unprecedented way. Imagination, intuition, and the ability to tell apart the critical from the tangential are the core constituents of genius — not intelligence.

What intelligence does contribute to genius is alacrity. It is a catalyst. It speeds up both the processes of theorizing and of discovery.

Jacobsen: What happens to an insane person who happens to have high intelligence too?

Vaknin: He is likely to construct theories that will pass for genius, especially among laymen. The intelligence of the gifted madman serves to camouflage the lack of rigor and the delusional, counterfactual content of his creations. Rather than catalyze disruptive discoveries, his intellect works overtime at the service of aggressively defending a manifestly risible sleight of hand. It is not open to any modificatory feedback from the environment. The madman’s intellect is solipsistic and moribund.

Jacobsen: What happens in the mind of a genius who slowly deteriorates into an insane person?

Vaknin: He visibly transitions from cognitive flexibility to defensive and hypervigilant rigidity (confirmation bias). His work becomes way more easily falsifiable, sometimes even with mere Gedankenexperiments. He repeats himself ad nauseam. He becomes grandiose (cognitively distorts reality to buttress an inflated and fantastic self-image).

Jacobsen: How do fake geniuses cover for their lack of insight, ingenuity, intelligence, etc.?

Vaknin: They copy and plagiarize. They imitate a real genius’s structured thinking and work. They are good at promoting themselves and getting credit where none is due. Most of these frauds are actually intelligent, but dark personalities (subclinical narcissists, subclinical psychopaths).

Jacobsen: Is true genius more inborn, innate, native to the individual or more honed, refined, developed extrinsically?

Vaknin: We know that IQ is responsive to environmental stimuli. The analytic kind of genius (IQ above 140 or 160) is by far the most studied because it is the most facilely measurable. There are no studies that rigorously link it to heredity. On balance, anecdotal evidence clearly suggests that genius is acquired and can be inculcated at an early age if the child is subjected to rigorous training and a regime of positive and negative reinforcements.

It would behoove us to make a distinction between polymath or synoptic genius and “idiot savant” type of one-track mental acuity (think “Rain Man”). The latter form definitely is neurological and, probably, with a pronounced genetic contribution.

Jacobsen: Some mental disorders, including schizophrenia, appear mostly heritable. Is it the same for various states of insanity in general?

Vaknin: We don’t know enough, not by a long shot. Certain mental illnesses present with structural and functional abnormalities of the brain that are very likely to be genetically coded for: schizophrenia or Bipolar Disorder. Other mental health issues run in families, so a genetic component is indicated: Borderline Personality Disorder and psychopathy, for instance.

Jacobsen: Which five individuals seem like true geniuses in the modern world to you? I do not mean rich, famous, well-cited, and the like; even though, they may be rich, famous, or well-cited, etc., as a consequence of successful implementation of aspects of their genius.

Vaknin: Versatile polymaths included Einstein (of course), Richard Feynman (see my interview on Chronon Field Theory), Noam Chomsky, George Steiner (whom I had the pleasure of knowing), and Adolf Hitler (who regrettably turned his considerable gifts to the dark side).

Jacobsen: Do you consider yourself a genius?

Vaknin: Yes.

Shoshanim: Thank you, once again, for your time and the opportunity, Prof. Vaknin.

Vaknin: OK, Shoshanim!

Previous Electronic ‘Print’ Interviews (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Narcissism in General

(News Intervention: January 28, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Cold Therapy (New Treatment Modality)

(News Intervention: January 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Giftedness and IQ

(News Intervention: February 2, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Religion

(News Intervention: February 11, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Science and Reality

(News Intervention: April 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Gender Wars

(News Intervention: May 21, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Psychological Growth

(News Intervention: May 24, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Structure, Function, Society, and Survival

(News Intervention: May 26, 2022)

Prof. Vaknin on Chronon Field Theory and Time Asymmetry

(News Intervention: May 28, 2022)

Previous Interviews Read by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

How to Become the REAL YOU (Interview, News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 26, 2022)

Insider View on Narcissism: What Makes Narcissist Tick (News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 29, 2022)

Curing Your Narcissist (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 31, 2022)

Genius or Gifted? IQ and Beyond (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: February 3, 2022)

Thrive: Your Future Path to Growth and Change (News Intervention Interview)

Prof. Sam Vaknin: May 25, 2022)

Image Credit: Sam Vaknin.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Prof. Vaknin on Chronon Field Theory and Time Asymmetry

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/05/28

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin (YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, Amazon, LinkedIn, Google Scholar) is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited (Amazon) and After the Rain: How the West Lost the East (Amazon) as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He was Senior Business Correspondent for United Press International (February, 2001 — April, 2003), CEO of Narcissus Publications (April, 1997 — April 2013), Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician (January, 2011 -), a columnist for PopMatters, eBookWeb, Bellaonline, and Central Europe Review, an editor for The Open Directory and Suite101 (Categories: Mental Health and Central East Europe), and a contributor to Middle East Times, a contributing writer to The American Chronicle Media Group, Columnist and Analyst for Nova Makedonija, Fokus, and Kapital, Founding Analyst of The Analyst Network, former president of the Israeli chapter of the Unification Church’s Professors for World Peace Academy, and served in the Israeli Defense Forces (1979–1982). He has been awarded Israel’s Council of Culture and Art Prize for Maiden Prose (1997), The Rotary Club Award for Social Studies (1976), and the Bilateral Relations Studies Award of the American Embassy in Israel (1978), among other awards. He is Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia (September, 2017 to present), Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies) (April, 2012 to present), a Senior Correspondent for New York Daily Sun (January, 2015 — Present), and Columnist for Allied Newspapers Group (January, 2015 — Present). He lives in Skopje, North Macedonia with his wife, Lidija Rangelovska. Here we talk about the Field Theory of Time, time asymmetry, and chronons.

*Previous interviews listed chronologically after interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You earned a Ph.D. based on a dissertation entitled “Time Asymmetry Revisited” from California Miramar University (previously “Pacific Western University”). “Revisited” is a recurring term, whether on the physics of time or the psychology of narcissism. So, let’s revisit the early 1980s, what was the inspiration or practical purpose of a doctorate in physics from 1982–83?

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin: In the 1970s, the second law of thermodynamics has emerged as a major explanation for the Time arrow: entropy inexorably increases and its unidirectional growth determines Time’s exclusive trajectory, from past to future.

This tautology (after all: entropy increases in time!) dominated physics. It provided no insight into the nature of Time or reality (correlation is not causation or any other necessary linkage).

In 1982–3, I met Richard Feynman, the Nobel prize winning genius, in Geneva a few times for long evening reveries in a lakeside shed owned by a common friend (the late Dudley Wright).

One evening, Richard, tired of my diatribes, said: “You are insisting that Time is a nonreducible elementary theoretical entity. If it is so, surely you could derive all of physics from this one single underlying process or thing?”

And this is what I set out to do in my dissertation.

Recently, Eytan Suchard et al. took my work and ran with it and were able to derive every single theory and equation in all fields of physics from my original, way more primitive, thesis.

Jacobsen: Why study time in particular?

Vaknin: Time is the only bridge between physical reality and the human mind. Many scholars — Einstein included — went as far as suggesting that Time is nothing but a mental artefact, a reflection of our inability, as finite creatures, to perceive reality in its totality. Others, starting with Newton, regarded time as ontic.

In my work, Time is the field of all potentials. Only the mind (a sentient intelligence) can witness the becoming of these potentials. This harks back to the observer in some interpretations of Quantum Mechanics.

Jacobsen: What were other research possibilities, in physics, of interest at the time?

Vaknin: I did a lot of work in thermodynamics and quantum physics. But I became disenchanted with the latter as it began to resemble metaphysics.

Jacobsen: Why is time symmetric at one scale of existence and asymmetric at another one?

Vaknin: A directional time does not feature in Newtonian mechanics, in electromagnetic theory, in quantum mechanics, in the equations which describe the world of elementary particles (with the exception of the kaon decay), and in some border astrophysical conditions, where there is time symmetry.

Yet, we perceive the world of the macro as time asymmetric and our cosmology and thermodynamics explicitly incorporate a time arrow, albeit one which is superimposed on the equations and not derived from them. The introduction of stochastic processes has somewhat mitigated this conundrum.

Time is, therefore, an epiphenomenon: it does not characterize the parts — though it emerges as a main property of the whole, as an extensive parameter of macro systems.

Jacobsen: What is the point at which time divides between asymmetric and symmetric, even if artificial and not truly real?

Vaknin: No one knows. The emergence of time in macrosystems is one of the greatest mysteries of science.

Jacobsen: What are chronons?

Vaknin: In my doctoral dissertation (Ph.D. Thesis available from the Library of Congress), I postulate the existence of a particle (chronon). Time is the result of the interaction of chronons, very much as other forces in nature are “transferred” in such interactions.

The Chronon is a time “atom” (actually, an elementary particle, a time “quark”). We can postulate the existence of various time quarks (up, down, colors, etc.) whose properties cancel each other (in pairs, etc.) and thus derive the time arrow (time asymmetry).

My postulated particle (chronon) is not only an ideal clock, but also mediates time itself (same like the relationship between the Higgs boson and mass.) In other words: I propose that what we call “time” is the interaction between chronons in a field. The field is time itself. Chronons exchange a particle and thereby exert a force which we call time. Introducing time as a fifth force gives rise to a quasi-deterministic rendition of quantum theories and links inextricably time to other particle properties, such as mass.

“Events” are perturbations in the Time Field and they are distinct from chronon interactions. Chronon interactions (i.e. particle exchange) in the Time Field generate “time” (small t) and “time asymmetry” as we observe them.

My work is, therefore, a Field Theory of Time. The Universe is observing itself. It is the only privileged observer and frame of reference, which restores intuitive (Einsteinian) determinism to physics.

The idea of atomistic, discrete time has a long pedigree in physics (Descartes, Gassendi, Torricelli, among others). More recently, Boltzmann, Mach, and even Poincare all toyed with the concept. There was a brief flowering of various speculative and not very rigorous, almost metaphysical or numerological models immediately after the introduction of quantum mechanics in the 1920s and 1930s (Palacios, Thomson indirectly, Levi who coined the neologism “chronon”, Pokrowski, Gottfried Beck, Schames, Proca with his “granular” time, Ruark, Flint and Richardson, Glaser and Sitte).

Oddly, luminaries such as Pauli, de Broglie, and especially Schroedinger were drawn into the fray, together with lesser lights like Wataghin, Iwanenko, Ambarzumian, Silberstein, Landau, and Peierls. By now, everyone was talking about minimal durations (somehow derived from or correlated to the mass or some other property of each type of elementary particle), not about time “atoms” or a lattice. This subtle conceptual transition between mutually-contradictory notions caused an almighty and enduring confusion. Is time itself somehow discrete/quantized/atomized — or are our measurements discontinuous?

Ever since the early 1960s and especially during the 1990s, there have been several attempts to build on the work of the likes of H. S. Snyder (Physical Review 71, (1) 1947, 38) to suggest a quantized spacetime or a Quantum Field Theory, Tsung Dao Lee’s work being the most notable attempt. More recent work with relativistic stochastic models led inexorably to discrete time

P. Caldirola postulated the existence of a chronon (1955, 1980): “An elementary interval of time characterizing the variation of the particle’s state under the action of external forces”. He calculated chronons for several types of particles, most notably the electron, both classical and in (nonrelativistic) quantum mechanics.

In 1982–3, I proposed that chronons may be actual particles — more about my work HERE. A decade later, in 1992, Kenneth J. Hsu suggested the very same thing (though without reference to my work). He postulated sequencing cues delivered to particles by captured chronons. Like me, he hypothesized the existence of various types of chronons (“large” and small). Chronons, wrote Hsu are also involved in the catalysis of events. Finally, like me, Hsu also posited a field theory for the flow of chronons. In 1994, C. Wolf again suggested the existence of time atoms (Nuov. Cim. B 109 (3) 1994 213).

In 1993, Arthur Charlesby suggested that particles have an intrinsic discrete time property and that time (interval in the presence of relative motion) has a “quantized nature”. This dispenses with the need for a wave concept as a mere mathematical expedient in the case of individual events (though still useful in contemplating continuous relative motion). This notion of “proprietary” or “individual” system-specific time as distinct from a “systemic”, overall Time was further explored by Alexander R. Karimov in 2008.

In the same year (1993), Sidney Golden published a paper in which he claimed that “quantum time-lapses are … an essential feature of the changes undergone by the energy-eigenfunction-evaluated matrix elements of statistical operators that evolve in accordance with an intrinsic temporal discreteness characteristic of strictly irreversible behavior.”

A year later, in 1994, A. P. Balachandran and L. Chandar studied the quantized of time in discretized gravity models with multiple-valued Hamiltonians. Ruy H. A. Farias and Erasmo Recami (2010) applied a quantum of time to obtain startlingly impressive consequences regarding the treatment of electrons (and, more generally, leptons), the free particle, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom in both classical and quantum physics, in effect proffering a discretized and surprisingly powerful and useful quantum mechanics. Strangely, their work had very little resonance.

Quantized time has been used to suggest solutions to a panoply of riddles in physics, including the K-meson decay, the Klein-Gordon equation, and the application of Kerr-Newman black holes to electron theory, q-deformations and stochastic subordination (“quantum subordination”), among others (R. Hakim, Journal of Mathematical Physics 9 1968, 1805; B. G. Sidharth, 2000, Alexander R. Karimov,2008; Claudio Albanese and Stephan Lawi).

Jacobsen: With the interactions between the chronons in a field creating perturbations for the creation of the idea of the Time Field, the argument implies the 4-dimensionality of space as space-time comes from the perturbations in the Time Field based on the interactions of the chronons in the field exerting a force. So, in a sense, chronons’ interactions in the Time Field produce the temporal dimension, where without the chronons’ interactions in the Time Field; time would not pass because time would not exist in the first place. What is the apparent time asymmetry in this context?

Vaknin: Timespace can be regarded as a wave function with observer-mediated collapse. All the chronons are entangled at the exact “moment” of the Big Bang. This yields a relativistic QFT with chronons as its Field Quanta (excited states.) The integration is achieved via the quantum superpositions.

Another way to look at it is that the metric expansion of time is implied if time is a fourth dimension of space.Time may even be described as a PHONON of the metric itself.

A more productive approach may involve Perturbative QFT. Time from the Big Bang is mediated by chronons and this leads to expansion (including in the number of chronons.) In this case, there are no bound states.

Chronons as excitation states (stochastic perturbations, vibrations) tie in nicely with superstring theories, but without the baggage of extra dimensions and without the metaphysical nonsense of “music of the spheres”. Perturbations also yield General Relativity: cumulative, “emerging” perturbations amount to a distortion (curvature) of time-space. Both superstring theories and GRT are, therefore, private cases of a Chronon Field Theory.

Jacobsen: Have there been other advancements on these ideas since 1983?

Vaknin: Eytan H. Suchard’s Work

Interacting particles with non-gravitational fields can be seen as clocks whose trajectory is not Minkowsky geodesic.

A field in which a small enough clock is not geodesic can be described by a scalar field of time whose gradient has non-zero curvature. The scalar field is either real which describes acceleration of neutral clocks made of charged matter or imaginary, which describes acceleration of clocks made of Majorana type matter.

This way the scalar field adds information to space-time, which is not anticipated by the metric tensor alone. The scalar field can’t be realized as a coordinate because it can be measured from a reference sub-manifold along different curves.

In a “Big Bang” manifold, the field is simply an upper limit on measurable time by interacting clocks, backwards from each event to the big bang singularity as a limit only.

In De Sitter / Anti De Sitter space-time, reference sub-manifolds from which such time is measured along integral curves are described as all the events in which the scalar field is zero. The solution need not be unique but the representation of the acceleration field by an anti-symmetric matrix is unique up to SU(2) x U(1) degrees of freedom.

Matter in Einstein-Grossmann equation is replaced by the action of the acceleration field, i.e. by a geometric action which is not anticipated by the metric alone. This idea leads to a new formalism of matter that replaces the conventional stress-energy-momentum-tensor. The formalism will be mainly developed for classical but also for quantum physics. The result is that a positive charge manifests small attracting gravity and a stronger but small repelling acceleration field that repels even uncharged particles that measure proper time, i.e. have rest mass.

The negative charge manifests a repelling anti-gravity but also a stronger acceleration field that attracts even uncharged particles that measure proper time, i.e. have rest mass.

The theory leads to causal sets. Spacetime exists only where a chronon wave-function collapses. Work still to be done is to replace particles by strings of collapse events. The theory in its quantum form is of events and not of particles.

The theory has technological repercussions and implications regarding “Dark Matter” and “Dark Energy”.

Jacobsen: Have there been any experimental results supporting the theoretical framework, even the basic claim of the existence of chronons?

Vaknin: None. The theoretical framework emerged less than 5 years ago. But there are some technological implications and even an application for a patent in the USA ( https://pdfaiw.uspto.gov/.aiw?PageNum=0&docid=20200130870&IDKey=58760C759BBB )

Jacobsen: As a Field Theory of Time, as the field itself is time or events in spacetime equate to perturbations in this field of time, if true, what does this leave — a la Feynman — for future paths of the development of time asymmetry, chronons, temporal field theoretic considerations, and integrations of the Field Theory of Time into a GUT (Grand Unified Theory) and a ToE (Theory of Everything, which you consider inevitable or have “no doubt” about its arrival — eventually)?

Vaknin: Chronon Field Theory is a GUT/TOE. It is parsimonious (Time is the only entity and also the only principle of action). Watch this: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8AEEwYcWUuc

Every potential in the field, once observed (“collapsed”), is an aspect of physics: mass, momentum, force, particles, symmetry, energy, field coefficients, fine structure constant, gravity, etc.

The theory predicts new particles (for example between muons and bottom quarks); a new, fifth force of nature; a natural connection between electromagnetism and gravity; and many other goodies which can be leveraged into futuristic technologies.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Prof. Vaknin.

Vaknin: Much appreciated.

Previous Electronic ‘Print’ Interviews (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

An Interview with Professor Sam Vaknin on Narcissistic Personality Disorder

(In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal: June 22, 2020)

Interview with Sam Vaknin and Christian Sorensen on Narcissism

(News Intervention: June 23, 2020)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Philosophy of Nothingness

(News Intervention: January 26, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Narcissism in General

(News Intervention: January 28, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Cold Therapy (New Treatment Modality)

(News Intervention: January 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Giftedness and IQ

(News Intervention: February 2, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Religion

(News Intervention: February 11, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Science and Reality

(News Intervention: April 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Gender Wars

(News Intervention: May 21, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Psychological Growth

(News Intervention: May 24, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Structure, Function, Society, and Survival

(News Intervention: May 26, 2022)

Previous Interviews Read by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

How to Become the REAL YOU (Interview, News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 26, 2022)

Insider View on Narcissism: What Makes Narcissist Tick (News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 29, 2022)

Curing Your Narcissist (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 31, 2022)

Genius or Gifted? IQ and Beyond (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: February 3, 2022)

Thrive: Your Future Path to Growth and Change (News Intervention Interview)

Prof. Sam Vaknin: May 25, 2022)

Image Credit: Sam Vaknin.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Structure, Function, Society, and Survival

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen 

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/05/26

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin (YouTubeTwitterInstagramFacebookAmazonLinkedInGoogle Scholar) is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited (Amazon) and After the Rain: How the West Lost the East (Amazon) as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He was Senior Business Correspondent for United Press International (February, 2001 – April, 2003), CEO of Narcissus Publications (April, 1997 – April 2013), Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician (January, 2011 -), a columnist for PopMatters, eBookWeb, Bellaonline, and Central Europe Review, an editor for The Open Directory and Suite101 (Categories: Mental Health and Central East Europe), and a contributor to Middle East Times, a contributing writer to The American Chronicle Media Group, Columnist and Analyst for Nova MakedonijaFokus, and Kapital, Founding Analyst of The Analyst Network, former president of the Israeli chapter of the Unification Church‘s Professors for World Peace Academy, and served in the Israeli Defense Forces (1979-1982). He has been awarded Israel’s Council of Culture and Art Prize for Maiden Prose (1997), The Rotary Club Award for Social Studies (1976), and the Bilateral Relations Studies Award of the American Embassy in Israel (1978), among other awards. He is Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia (September, 2017 to present), Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies) (April, 2012 to present), a Senior Correspondent for New York Daily Sun (January, 2015 – Present), and Columnist for Allied Newspapers Group (January, 2015 – Present). He lives in Skopje, North Macedonia with his wife, Lidija Rangelovska. Here we talk about structure, function, society, and survival.

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin (YouTubeTwitterInstagramFacebookAmazonLinkedInGoogle Scholar) is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited (Amazon) and After the Rain: How the West Lost the East (Amazon) as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He was Senior Business Correspondent for United Press International (February, 2001 – April, 2003), CEO of Narcissus Publications (April, 1997 – April 2013), Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician (January, 2011 -), a columnist for PopMatters, eBookWeb, Bellaonline, and Central Europe Review, an editor for The Open Directory and Suite101 (Categories: Mental Health and Central East Europe), and a contributor to Middle East Times, a contributing writer to The American Chronicle Media Group, Columnist and Analyst for Nova MakedonijaFokus, and Kapital, Founding Analyst of The Analyst Network, former president of the Israeli chapter of the Unification Church‘s Professors for World Peace Academy, and served in the Israeli Defense Forces (1979-1982). He has been awarded Israel’s Council of Culture and Art Prize for Maiden Prose (1997), The Rotary Club Award for Social Studies (1976), and the Bilateral Relations Studies Award of the American Embassy in Israel (1978), among other awards. He is Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia (September, 2017 to present), Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies) (April, 2012 to present), a Senior Correspondent for New York Daily Sun (January, 2015 – Present), and Columnist for Allied Newspapers Group (January, 2015 – Present). He lives in Skopje, North Macedonia with his wife, Lidija Rangelovska. Here we talk about structure, function, society, and survival.

*Previous interviews listed chronologically after interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Embedment seems like a fundamental of reality described in a prior session, by you. Embedment of the intersubjective agreement and in the agreement upon the collective experiences ascertained as external, objective. Structures interact, functions follow. Internal objects and relations, external processes and dynamics, the mind and the universe structured in particular ways and the physics of the mind bound by the physics of the universe, in which it’s embedded. What defines subjective experience, consciousness, the mind, and awareness?

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin: The source of the confusion that permeates the discourse regarding consciousness is the recursive conflation of introspection (an element of self-awareness) and its subject: the mind. The mind observing the mind. This leads, of course, to a vertiginous infinite regression.

To escape this sempiternal, dizzying tunnel, humans posit an arbitrary “self”: the terminal station, where all phenomena converge and come to a halt. There is nothing beyond the self.

Introspection also objectifies the mind. It is as if the mind were an inert, immutable substrate (which, of course, it is not). This is why most people avoid true introspection: the experience is very much like death, like being pinned and mounted.

The physical world is founded on feedback loops very much like introspection. But presumably only humans are capable of meta-transcendence: being aware of their self-awareness. This leads to a feeling of a solipsistic, self-contained estrangement from the world, a kind of observer only mentality.

In a panicky attempt to reconnect, we institute the arbitrary and possibly counterfactual (non-falsifiable) intersubjective agreement. It is undergirded by two assumptions: (1) All human beings are the same; and (2) The physical world is only a part of human reality. The network of minds is the true Universe in which we operate and minds are somehow not fully physical (Cartesian dualism).

Such delusional defenses lead to the emergence of religion, culture, philosophy, and art. But they are counterfactual and brittle.

The truth is that humans and their minds are physical phenomena, subject to the laws of nature. Our complexity gives rise to emergent phenomena such as consciousness, mind, proprioception, and introspection. But we are still mere organisms. Monism is the only rigorous approach to reality.

Jacobsen: What is the relation of structure to function in the most general definition?

Vaknin: Structure is merely the visible reification of function. It is dictated by it. Functions drive the evolution of structures inexorably. More broadly: environments dictate which functions will survive (will prove adaptive) and which will perish. So, structures are reactive to environmental pressures and data mediated via functions and meanings.

We cannot conceive of any process of production without the dubious aid of the Watchmaker’s Metaphor: an artisan; a plan, or program, or procedure; raw materials, or inputs; and the finished product – all four elements distinct from one another. Yet, in nature, this division of labor is rarely true: in the vast majority of cases the raw materials and the program are one and the same and the artisan is missing altogether.

This discrepancy between our intuition and reality is so bothersome that even talented scientists, such as Rupert Sheldrake, were forced to resort to pseudoscience to reconcile it. His concept of “morphic fields” that dictate both the structure and functions of “morphic units” via a kind of “morphic resonance” and are formed by repetition of acts or thoughts is nothing short of mystic: it is unfalsifiable and, therefore, unscientific.

But dismissing Sheldrake’s fields and Jung’s “collective consciousness” leaves important questions unanswered: Why (not how) do stem cells and embryonic cells differentiate and grow into separate, highly-specific organs during the phases of embryogenesis or, later and in some animals, metamorphosis? How do animal colonies, flocks, and shoals form and function? Why and how do crystals “choose” to develop into specific forms rather than others, equally possible and “permissible” under the laws of physics? What is the organizing principle that guides the formation of neural networks and axon pathfinding (guidance)?

In other words: are Forms (and, by extension: functions) somehow predetermined, “out there”, hylomorphically (as Plato, Aristotle, and, to some extent Leibniz suggested)? Are there potentials or “fields” that attract matter and energy and mold them into objects and processes (including mental processes)? And, if so, what decides in favour of certain forms (or “ideals” or “ideas”) and not others? Discarding the religious response (“divine intervention”) and the mystic solutions (such as the “Akashic records”), we find to our consternation that we are left with no answer at all.

To say, as science does, that the Laws of Nature yield “self-organization”, or “self-assembly” is an embarrassing tautology (not to say teleology). To attribute pattern formation to regulatory or inhibitory molecular or chemical cues in the environment, to signalling, cell fates, or, in scientists’ favourite phrase, to a “developmental induction cascade” is to confuse the “how” with the “why” and the “how come”. Stating the obvious as did Adrian Bejan with his Constructal “Law” (which postulates that finite-size systems evolve to provide easier access to imposed currents that flow through them) does nothing to further our fundamental insight of the world.

Spontaneous order via stigmergy and sematectony, emergence (emergentism), connectionism, epiphenomenalism and, more generally, synergetics are even more circular and “magical” propositions: descriptive and phenomenological, they may well amount to mere language constructs. These approaches definitely add nothing to our understanding of the presumably causative chains underlying the sudden appearance of novel, coherent (or correlated), macro, dynamical, supervenient (the system supervenes its components), and ostensive patterns, behaviors, and properties.

We are supposed to believe that, somehow, the system – an abstract notion, wholly in the mind of its human promulgators – interacts with its environment and that context thus dictates the behavior at the micro level. Such models require a leap of faith and a suspension of scientific judgement. In defending them, Peter Corning was reduced to introducing a deus-ex-machina (the consciousness of chess players) through the back door to fully explicate emergence, for instance.

Clearly, to merely re-label and name the mystery does not make it go away. Nor can such fancy verbalizing disguise our fundamental ignorance regarding emergent order in phenomena as varied as bacteria cultures; swarm intelligence; the distribution of vegetation; foams, crystals, and flakes; and chemical and Turing patterns (e.g., the Belousov-Zhabotinsky reaction).

Instances of this propensity of modern thinkers to obscure rather than elucidate abound: Evolutionary Development’s resurrected concept of morphogenetic fields (or units), or the incorporation of lattices in partial differential equations that describe dynamical evolving systems (e.g. in the Swift-Hohenberg equation) are only marginally more rigorous than Sheldrake’s concept of morphic fields in that they fail to convincingly account for, respectively, why cells develop into specific organs even when they are mishandled and transplanted and why hysteresis arises in convection experiments.

What is it that tells cells to develop into a specific part of the organism and, equally important, to not develop into another? What is the source of their deterministic lack of “hesitation” and their directional “decisiveness”? And where does the path dependence spring from in certain physical systems?

Back to our initial question:

Is there anything external or extraneous involved in these mind-boggling processes of morphogenesis and differentiation (except the signalling biochemicals which constitute an integral part of the system?) Genes (DNA), morphogens, adhesion molecules, transcription proteins, the extracellular matrix, and hormones cannot by any stretch of the word be perceived as outside the largely autopoietic systems they control. Environmental chemicals and mechanical stresses are external, but it is difficult to understand why they trigger specific morphogenetic configurations and not others and, even so, they account for a minority of mutations and occurrences.

But isn’t this whole self-contained unfolding reminiscent of a computer? After all: computers do run programs which are resident (internal). But here the parallels break: programs are written by programmers; chips are designed, manufactured, and assembled by armies of humans and machines; and input is provided yet again either by users or by other computing platforms. All these are external and independent agents.

To further complicate matters, “morphic units” (for want of a better term) such as cells or crystals comport themselves variably in identical circumstances. Consider axons for instance: their growth cones (which sense and react to gradients of biochemicals in the extracellular environment) respond differently in different times to the same cues, depending on previous exposure and habituation, timing, and physiological context. So, if there is a guiding principle, a matrix, field, template, lattice or structure “out there”, it must be changing constantly to allow for these idiosyncratic reactions.

Why do we discern forms, patterns, and order everywhere? Because this ability to reorganize our perceptions of reality into predictable moulds and sequences bestows on us untold evolutionary advantages and has an immense survival value. Consequently, we compulsively read configurations and patterns even onto completely random sets of data. The way we perceive holes and other immaterial disruptions as structured entities attests to our “addiction to order and regularity” even where there is only nothing and nothingness.

Why do we all seem to spot essentially the same forms, patterns, and evolving order? Simply because we are possessed of largely identical hardware and software: wetware, our brains. We function well on the basis of these shared perceptions. Even so, the limitations of intersubjectivity mean that we can never prove that we experience the world in the same way: observers may perceive the colour red or the sensation of pain identically or differently. We simply don’t know.

Moreover: beings equipped with other types of processing units, or even different eyes (with a much faster or slower blink rate, or an extended exposure to light), or creatures which use other segments of the electromagnetic spectrum for information gathering are bound to descry the world entirely differently with none of the forms, patterns, and order that we impose on it.

Yet, surely we can construct dictionaries to translate the observations of such alien beings and creatures and to reduce their perceptions, mathematics and physics, geometry, and biology into our own? Maybe so. There is no way to prove that all experiences are reducible and translatable to one another and that all perceptions and concepts can be mapped regardless of the qualities and parameters of the sensory organs that give rise to them in the first place.

Even if they were, the way we experience the Universe would still be vastly different to the subjective, inner landscape of beings or creatures with an unfathomably disparate sensorium, brain, and conceptual space: different to the point of being incommunicable. Even within our species, certain people – the mystics – resort to hermetic and hermeneutically-inaccessible private languages to describe their experiences. With such barriers afoot, we will never be able to ascertain that any translation, reduction, or mapping that we engage in is valid: the subjective dimensions or components of any complete knowledge of the world are as important as the objective ones. Absent operational intersubjectivity, we can never be sure that our knowledge of reality is the same as someone else’s, let alone an extraterrestrial.

Churchfield commented astutely in 1994:

“Defining structure and detecting the emergence of complexity in nature are inherently subjective, though essential, scientific activities. Despite the difficulties, these problems can be analysed in terms of how model-building observers infer from measurements the computational capabilities embedded in non-linear processes. An observer’s notion of what is ordered, what is random, and what is complex in its environment depends directly on its computational resources: the amount of raw measurement data, of memory, and of time available for estimation and inference. The discovery of structure in an environment depends more critically and subtly, though, on how those resources are organized. The descriptive power of the observer’s chosen (or implicit) computational model class, for example, can be an overwhelming determinant in finding regularity in data.”

Still, regardless of what or how we perceive – is there some thing out there? Are we hallucinating when we refer to external entities, bodies, objects, events, and processes?

It is parsimonious to assume that there is an objective reality, independent of any and all observers. But, to account for all its manifestations and for our perceptions of it, such reality must be multifarious. We seem to select the forms and patterns that we see by collapsing a kind of superpositioned uber-wave function of all potential forms and patterns. Indeed, we choose the Universe, we do not observe it.

We do not create it, though (as the Copenhagen interpretation of Quantum Mechanics and some solipsistic epistemologies would have us believe): all the potential forms and patterns (one is almost tempted to say entelechies or monads had it not been for their teleological connotations) do really, independently, objectively and deterministically co-exist both spatially and temporally. The solutions to the wave function with the highest probabilities are the ones we encounter (select) most often. The less probable outcomes we call “mutations” (in biology) or “freak occurrences” (in statistics) or “exceptions” (to rules.)

It stands to reason that bifurcation (catastrophe), singularity, and chaos theories should be able to provide a precise account of the way that we dynamically affect our choices. Indeed, the entire Universe may be conceived as being in states of quenched, or (truer to reality) annealed order with the observers as its random variables. Alternatively, the Universe and the Observer can be viewed as states with differing topological orders and the collapse of the wave function as a phase transition from one to the other. It can be shown that this kind of description naturally gives rise to a Multiverse characterized by topological entropy.

Thus, we are back to where we started: there is no need for “morphic fields” or “morphic resonance” out there because forms and patterns are all “in our head”, mere conventions, akin to Time. All forms and patterns co-exist as potentials and the observer determines which ones are best suited to his needs and predilections, biases and sensory equipment, processor and language (or meta-language).

The observer imposes his choices and selections by ignoring certain potentials (options) and by using the selected forms and patterns as organizing and exegetic principles. The history of science is full of paradigm shifts: collective transitions from one set of forms and patterns to another, adopted as the new preferred frame of reference. Not idealism, therefore (“reality is heavily dependent on our mental activity, perhaps to the point of not having an independent, absolute existence”), but some kind of a theory of filtering: the world is out there and we slice and dice and order it to fit our limitations.

We often see faces where there are none (pareidolia), discern spurious patterns and rules, hear hidden messages in vinyl records played backwards (backmasking), and, since time immemorial encounter shadow persons, spirits, fairies, demons, and ghosts.

Why do we discern forms, patterns, and order everywhere? Because this ability to reorganize our perceptions of reality into predictable moulds and sequences bestows on us untold evolutionary advantages and has an immense survival value. Consequently, we compulsively read configurations and patterns even onto completely random sets of data. The way we perceive holes and other immaterial disruptions as structured entities attests to our “addiction to order and regularity” even where there is only nothing and nothingness.

Why do we all seem to spot essentially the same forms, patterns, and evolving order? Simply because we are possessed of largely identical hardware and software: wetware, our brains. We function well on the basis of these shared perceptions. Even so, the limitations of intersubjectivity mean that we can never prove that we experience the world in the same way: observers may perceive the colour red or the sensation of pain identically or differently. We simply don’t know.

Moreover: beings equipped with other types of processing units, or even different eyes (with a much faster or slower blink rate, or an extended exposure to light), or creatures which use other segments of the electromagnetic spectrum for information gathering are bound to descry the world entirely differently with none of the forms, patterns, and order that we impose on it.

Complexity arises spontaneously in nature through processes such as critical self-organization. Emergent phenomena are common as are emergent traits, not reducible to basic components, interactions, or properties.

Complexity does not, therefore, imply the existence of a designer or a design. Complexity does not imply the existence of intelligence and sentient beings. On the contrary, complexity usually points towards a natural source and a random origin. Complexity and artificiality are often incompatible.

Artificial designs and objects are found only in unexpected (“unnatural”) contexts and environments. Natural objects are totally predictable and expected. Artificial creations are efficient and, therefore, simple and parsimonious. Natural objects and processes are not.

As Seth Shostak notes in his excellent essay, titled “SETI and Intelligent Design”, evolution experiments with numerous dead ends before it yields a single adapted biological entity. DNA is far from optimized: it contains inordinate amounts of junk. Our bodies come replete with dysfunctional appendages and redundant organs. Lightning bolts emit energy all over the electromagnetic spectrum. Pulsars and interstellar gas clouds spew radiation over the entire radio spectrum. The energy of the Sun is ubiquitous over the entire optical and thermal range. No intelligent engineer – human or not – would be so wasteful.

Confusing artificiality with complexity is not the only terminological conundrum.

Complexity and simplicity are often, and intuitively, regarded as two extremes of the same continuum, or spectrum. Yet, this may be a simplistic view, indeed.

Simple procedures (codes, programs), in nature as well as in computing, often yield the most complex results. Where does the complexity reside, if not in the simple program that created it? A minimal number of primitive interactions occur in a primordial soup and, presto, life. Was life somehow embedded in the primordial soup all along? Or in the interactions? Or in the combination of substrate and interactions?

Complex processes yield simple products (think about products of thinking such as a newspaper article, or a poem, or manufactured goods such as a sewing thread). What happened to the complexity? Was it somehow reduced, “absorbed, digested, or assimilated”? Is it a general rule that, given sufficient time and resources, the simple can become complex and the complex reduced to the simple? Is it only a matter of computation?

We can resolve these apparent contradictions by closely examining the categories we use.

Perhaps simplicity and complexity are categorical illusions, the outcomes of limitations inherent in our system of symbols (in our language).

We label something “complex” when we use a great number of symbols to describe it. But, surely, the choices we make (regarding the number of symbols we use) teach us nothing about complexity, a real phenomenon!

A straight line can be described with three symbols (A, B, and the distance between them) – or with three billion symbols (a subset of the discrete points which make up the line and their inter-relatedness, their function). But whatever the number of symbols we choose to employ, however complex our level of description, it has nothing to do with the straight line or with its “real world” traits. The straight line is not rendered more (or less) complex or orderly by our choice of level of (meta) description and language elements.

The simple (and ordered) can be regarded as the tip of the complexity iceberg, or as part of a complex, interconnected whole, or hologramically, as encompassing the complex (the same way all particles are contained in all other particles). Still, these models merely reflect choices of descriptive language, with no bearing on reality.

Perhaps complexity and simplicity are not related at all, either quantitatively, or qualitatively. Perhaps complexity is not simply more simplicity. Perhaps there is no organizational principle tying them to one another. Complexity is often an emergent phenomenon, not reducible to simplicity.

The third possibility is that somehow, perhaps through human intervention, complexity yields simplicity and simplicity yields complexity (via pattern identification, the application of rules, classification, and other human pursuits). This dependence on human input would explain the convergence of the behaviors of all complex systems on to a tiny sliver of the state (or phase) space (sort of a mega attractor basin). According to this view, Man is the creator of simplicity and complexity alike but they do have a real and independent existence thereafter (the Copenhagen interpretation of a Quantum Mechanics).

Still, these twin notions of simplicity and complexity give rise to numerous theoretical and philosophical complications.

Consider life.

In human (artificial and intelligent) technology, every thing and every action has a function within a “scheme of things”. Goals are set, plans made, designs help to implement the plans.

Not so with life. Living things seem to be prone to disorientated thoughts, or the absorption and processing of absolutely irrelevant and inconsequential data. Moreover, these laboriously accumulated databases vanish instantaneously with death. The organism is akin to a computer which processes data using elaborate software and then turns itself off after 15-80 years, erasing all its work.

Most of us believe that what appears to be meaningless and functionless supports the meaningful and functional and leads to them. The complex and the meaningless (or at least the incomprehensible) always seem to resolve to the simple and the meaningful. Thus, if the complex is meaningless and disordered then order must somehow be connected to meaning and to simplicity (through the principles of organization and interaction).

Moreover, complex systems are inseparable from their environment whose feedback induces their self-organization. Our discrete, observer-observed, approach to the Universe is, thus, deeply inadequate when applied to complex systems. These systems cannot be defined, described, or understood in isolation from their environment. They are one with their surroundings.

Many complex systems display emergent properties. These cannot be predicted even with perfect knowledge about said systems. We can say that the complex systems are creative and intuitive, even when not sentient, or intelligent. Must intuition and creativity be predicated on intelligence, consciousness, or sentience?

Thus, ultimately, complexity touches upon very essential questions of who we are, what are we for, how we create, and how we evolve. It is not a simple matter, that…

Jacobsen: How do internal objects and relations of the mind integrate with subjective experience, consciousness, and awareness?

Vaknin: Our subjective experience consists of the interplay between internal objects. Some of the information regarding these interactions makes it into our consciousness or awareness. The rest remains occult.

The experience is not entirely smooth. We are all capable to discerning different “voices” inside our mind (introjects). These dynamics often engender dissonance, even dysfunction.

“Objective” reality intrudes on this inner theatre and modifies its content. But even so, it is distinct from it. We appropriate the world “out there” and immediately convert it into representations and models in our mind in order to be able to manipulate it self-efficaciously.

This ability, to generate an ever-shifting simulation of the world in our minds, has enormous adaptive value. It is far easier to manipulate a symbol space than bulky, unwieldy objects. And the results always conform to reality almost entirely.

Jacobsen: How do the processes and dynamics of the universe operate?

Vaknin: We know a lot about the language we use to describe the workings of the Universe: mathematics (and its implementations in physics and other disciplines). But we are barred from knowing the world itself fully and directly.

Everything is mediated – and therefore interpreted and transformed – via our senses and brain. Additionally, as both Godel and Heisdenberg have famously observed, there are limitations in principle to what we can “know” about reality.

But why is mathematics so successful?

In earlier epochs, people used myths and religious narratives to encode all knowledge, even of a scientific and technological character. Words and sentences are still widely deployed in many branches of the Humanities, the encroachment of mathematical modeling and statistics notwithstanding. Yet, mathematics reigns supreme and unchallenged in the natural sciences. Why is that? What has catapulted mathematics (as distinct from traditional logic) to this august position within three centuries?

Mathematics is a language like no other. Still, it suffers from the drawbacks that afflict other languages. The structure of our language, its inter-relatedness with the world, and its inherent limitations dictate our worldview and determine how we understand, describe and explain Nature and our place in it. Granted, languages are living things and develop constantly (consider slang, or the emergence of infinite numbers theories in mathematics). But, they evolve within a formal grammar and syntax, a logic, a straitjacket that inhibits thinking “outside the box” and renders impossible the faithful perception of “objective” reality.

So, what made mathematics so different and so triumphant?

1. It is a universal, portable, immediately accessible language that requires no translation. Idealists would say that it is intersubjectively shared. This may be because, as Kant and others have suggested, mathematics somehow relates to or is derived from a-priori structures embedded in the human mind.

2. It provides high information density, akin to stenography. Just a few symbols arranged in formulas and equations account for a wealth of experiences and encapsulate numerous observations. Mathematical concepts and symbols do not correspond to material objects or cause them, nor do they alter reality or affect it in any way, shape, or form. One cannot map a mathematical structure or construct or number or concept into the observed universe. This is because mathematics is not confined to describing what is, or what is necessarily so – it also limns what is possible, or provable.

3. Mathematics deals with patterns and laws. It can, therefore, yield predictions. Mathematics deals with forms and structures: some of these are in the material world, others merely in the mind of the mathematician.

4. Mathematics is a flexible, “open-source”, responsive, and expandable language. Consider, for instance, how the introduction of the concept of the infinite and of infinite numbers was accommodated with relative ease despite the controversy and the threat this posed to the very foundations of traditional mathematics – or how mathematics ably progressed to deal with fuzziness and uncertainty.

5. Despite its aforementioned transigence, mathematics is invariant. A mathematical advance, regardless of how arcane or revolutionary, is instantly recognizable as such and can be flawlessly incorporated in the extant body of knowledge. Thus, the fluidity of mathematics does not come at the expense of its coherence and nature.

6. There is a widespread intuition or perception that mathematics is certain because it deals with a-priori knowledge and necessary truths (either objective and “out there”, or mental, in the mind) and because it is aesthetic (like the mind of the Creator, the religious would add).

7. Finally, mathematics is useful: it works. It underlies modern science and technology unerringly and unfailingly. In time, all branches of mathematics, however obscure, prove to possess practical applications.

The octagonal Tower of the Winds in ancient Athens boasted eight sundials on its eight faces. From any given angle, only three of them were visible. Thus, the amount of information gleaned and its subsequent interpretation were determined by the physical limitations of the observer.

Imagine a being with the ability to “see” an infinite number of frames per second. Such a creature would lack the very concepts of motion and sequence. It would perceive both snapshots and video identically. The technology of motion pictures is adapted to our ocular restrictions.

But, would all observers, regardless of corporeal constraints, essentially come up with the same physics once subjected to mathematical transformations?

Imagine a being with an infinite mind (god-like.) Such an entity would never come up with the basic tenets of our perception of reality: time, space, motion, change, force, and identity. Lower down the hierarchy, a being able to perceive the entirety of creation bar one object would be forced to come up with the idea of time to account for his world: it is bound to relate to that one excluded object as new, set apart from the already-known rest of the universe. A being able to perceive only 90% of reality would likely introduce also space as an organizing principle. Finally, much more limited intelligences, such as ours, are bound to come up with a multiplicity of forces to describe their environment.

In my work in physics, I suggest that time and space as well as what we call “forces” (electromagnetic, weak, strong, and gravity) are really all emergent facets of the same underlying essence. While they can be formally described as mediated via particles (quantized) and interacting with each other, they do not exist in any objective sense of the word. They are completely interchangeable and convertible because, deep down, they are one and the same.

These conventions (spacetime and the forces) are mere witnesses to the structural and functional handicaps of our language, our sensory input, and our processing unit, the brain. After all, the Tower of Winds has facets because we can’t perceive it all at once: its facets are mere conveniences, an accommodation of our finiteness, a way of organizing our sense. They are not objective, observer-independent entities.

Jacobsen: How are the physics of the mind – the physical interactions and information exchange through time of the Central Nervous System (C.N.S.) – limited by the processes and dynamics of the universe?

Vaknin: The mind is a part and a manifestation of the Universe. It is subject to all its laws.

The tendency to posit Man as distinct from the world, a mere observer has its roots in religion.

The concept of “nature” is a romantic invention. It was spun by the likes of Jean-Jacques Rousseau in the 18th century as a confabulated utopian contrast to the dystopia of urbanization and Darwinian, ruthless materialism. The traces of this dewy-eyed conception of the “savage”, his alleged harmony and resonance with nature, and his unmolested, unadulterated surroundings can be found in the more malignant forms of fundamentalist environmentalism and in pop-culture (the most recent example of which is the propaganda-laden cinematic extravaganza, “Avatar”).

At the other extreme are religious literalists who regard Man as the crown of creation with complete dominion over nature and the right to exploit its resources unreservedly. Similar, veiled, sentiments can be found among scientists. The Anthropic Principle, for instance, promoted by many outstanding physicists, claims that the nature of the Universe is preordained to accommodate sentient beings – namely, us humans.

Industrialists, politicians and economists have only recently begun paying lip service to sustainable development and to the environmental costs of their policies. Thus, in a way, they bridge the abyss – at least verbally – between these two diametrically opposed forms of fundamentalism. Similarly, the denizens of the West continue to indulge in rampant consumption, but now it is suffused with environmental guilt rather than driven by unadulterated hedonism.

Still, essential dissimilarities between the schools notwithstanding, the dualism of Man vs. Nature is universally acknowledged.

Modern physics – notably the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum mechanics – has abandoned the classic split between (typically human) observer and (usually inanimate) observed. Environmentalists, in contrast, have embraced this discarded worldview wholeheartedly. To them, Man is the active agent operating upon a distinct reactive or passive substrate – i.e., Nature. But, though intuitively compelling, it is a false dichotomy.

Man is, by definition, a part of Nature. His tools are natural and so are his constructions, the built environment. Man interacts with the other elements of Nature and modifies it – but so do all other species. Arguably, bacteria and insects exert on Nature far more influence with farther reaching consequences than Man has ever done. Even an environmentalist like Bill McKibben of “End of Nature” fame, recognize this synergetic confluence. “To Think Like a Mountain” (Aldo Leopold) gradually came to be challenged by “To Think Like a Mall” (Steven Vogel). We should consider the entirety of our surroundings argues Vogel and seek to optimize our environment regardless of its origin: manmade or “natural”.

The mind is a physical phenomenon. Period. There are only physical phenomena in existence.

Jacobsen: Human collectives – e.g., tribes, city centres, nation-states, and such – are composed of these same minds, in interaction, limited by the processes and dynamics of the universe. (Some newer modulations based on developments in digital information processing, e.g., the Internet.) The aforementioned intersubjective agreement becomes an emergent property from human collective arrangements. The human mind reflects a psychological structure with associated functions. The intersubjective agreement, in turn, reflects structures inter-related with emergent functions in collective psychology, and the prior associated functions in individual psychology. This may imply an embedment, where these minds in human collectives represent phenomena statistically interpretable as a singular entity. Not a literal entity, an abstraction for ease of comprehension. If so, these singular entities (phenomena statistically interpretable as such) may be contextualized in a manner similar to the physics of the mind. Even in the reverse direction, the neuronal networks, and associated support cells and structures, neurons, and so on, of the nervous system – and their outputs – become interpreted, contextualized, as a person with a mind. Back to the point, given the variation of human minds and the variants of human collectives, is it reasonable to make the connection of the limitations of human collectives as reflective of the limits in human psychology bound by the universe? A means by which to demarcate boundaries and draw a thread from individual narrative to mass psychology in scientific terms and referents, as seems, among educated people, accepted from parts of the nervous system in interaction to individual narrative. Even though, as you have noted elsewhere, notions of individuality, personality, and the like, are “misleading and counterfactual.”

Vaknin: The newly discovered phenomenon of entraining has taught us that minds literally meld, fuse, merge, and become one in response to regular or rhythmic stimuli (music). Speech may carry the same function in human collectives: to synchronize minds and foster a “hive” consciousness.

Human collectives display all the hallmarks and attributes of individual psychology, but some of these features are taken to the extreme, amplified as it were. For example: in a mob, individuals are far less inhibited and considerably more aggressive and paranoid.

Still, the limitations that apply in individual psychology are equally applicable to mass psychology. Crowds are nothing but individuals writ large.

In collectives, the executive functions of the individual’s mind as well as the regulatory functions and ego boundary functions are relegated to the group. But this transfer does not alter them substantially.

Finally, individual pathologies clearly appear in masses of people. Collectives can be narcissistic or psychopathic, schizoid, paranoid, bipolar, or even borderline.

Jacobsen: How can a scientific approach to the arrangement of human collectives improve human flourishing, individually and collectively, with a fine understanding of human flaws?

Vaknin: Human collectives are, first and foremost human. All our attempts at social engineering failed miserably and many of them resulted in incalculable catastrophes. I am adamantly set against such endeavours. I even consider psychology to be a grandiose pseudo-science.

Jacobsen: What are valid and reliable indices of healthy human collectives akin to individual self-love (not narcissism)?

Vaknin: The secret of healthy, durable collectives is self-love. Not narcissism which is a compensation for self-loathing and an inferiority complex – but profound, all-pervasive self-love.

Self-love is a healthy self-regard and the pursuit of one’s happiness and favorable outcomes. It rests on four pillars:

1. Self-awareness: an intimate, detailed and compassionate knowledge of oneself, a SWOT analysis: strengths, weaknesses, others’ roles, and threats.

2. Self-acceptance: the unconditional embrace of one’s core identity, personality, character, temperament, relationships, experiences, and life circumstances.

3. Self-trust: the conviction that one has one’s best interests in mind, is watching one’s back, and has agency and autonomy: one is not controlled by or dependent upon others in a compromising fashion

4. Self-efficacy: the belief, gleaned from and honed by experience, that one is capable of setting rational, realistic, and beneficial goals and possesses the wherewithal to realize outcomes commensurate with one’s aims.

Self love is the only reliable compass in life. Experience usually comes too late, when its lessons can no longer be implemented because of old age, lost opportunities, and changed circumstances. It is also pretty useless: no two people or situations are the same. But self-love is a rock: a stable, reliable, immovable, and immutable guide and the truest of loyal friends whose only concern in your welfare and contentment.

Jacobsen: Even if ignoring old ideas of flourishing, eudaimonia, and keeping to persistence, what needs to be considered for the survival of the species, human collectives, and of the individual? What are the main threats to human collectives’ survival now?

Vaknin: Volitional Dissonance is when we act in ways which we perceive to be akratic, immoral, or antisocial, rather than phronetic. When we perceive our actions to have been the outcomes of akrasia (weak willed misbehavior contrary to our best judgment) and not of phronesis (good judgment, excellence of character, habits conducive to eudaimonia – a good life – and practical virtue).

So, we need to develop perseverance, determination, critical thinking, cooperation, and quest for excellence (but not superiority via relative positioning).

Regrettably, we are going in the opposite direction with blind alacrity. We are risk-averse to the point of effete timidity; we have microscopic attention spans; we are more gullible than ever (hence the pandemics of conspiracy theories and misinformation); we are atomized and self-sufficient; and we settle for alcohol-imbued entertainment-suffused mediocrity. This doesn’t bode well to the survival of the species.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Prof. Vaknin.

Vaknin: Thank you for showcasing some of my work.

Previous Electronic ‘Print’ Interviews (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

An Interview with Professor Sam Vaknin on Narcissistic Personality Disorder

(In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal: June 22, 2020)

Interview with Sam Vaknin and Christian Sorensen on Narcissism

(News Intervention: June 23, 2020)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Philosophy of Nothingness

(News Intervention: January 26, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Narcissism in General

(News Intervention: January 28, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Cold Therapy (New Treatment Modality)

(News Intervention: January 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Giftedness and IQ

(News Intervention: February 2, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Religion

(News Intervention: February 11, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Science and Reality

(News Intervention: April 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Gender Wars

(News Intervention: May 21, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Psychological Growth

(News Intervention: May 24, 2022)

Previous Interviews Read by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

How to Become the REAL YOU (Interview, News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 26, 2022)

Insider View on Narcissism: What Makes Narcissist Tick (News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 29, 2022)

Curing Your Narcissist (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 31, 2022)

Genius or Gifted? IQ and Beyond (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: February 3, 2022)

Thrive: Your Future Path to Growth and Change (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: May 25, 2022)

Image Credit: Sam Vaknin.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Psychological Growth

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/05/24

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin (YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, Amazon, LinkedIn, Google Scholar) is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited (Amazon) and After the Rain: How the West Lost the East (Amazon) as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He was Senior Business Correspondent for United Press International (February, 2001 — April, 2003), CEO of Narcissus Publications (April, 1997 — April 2013), Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician (January, 2011 -), a columnist for PopMatters, eBookWeb, Bellaonline, and Central Europe Review, an editor for The Open Directory and Suite101 (Categories: Mental Health and Central East Europe), and a contributor to Middle East Times, a contributing writer to The American Chronicle Media Group, Columnist and Analyst for Nova Makedonija, Fokus, and Kapital, Founding Analyst of The Analyst Network, former president of the Israeli chapter of the Unification Church’s Professors for World Peace Academy, and served in the Israeli Defense Forces (1979–1982). He has been awarded Israel’s Council of Culture and Art Prize for Maiden Prose (1997), The Rotary Club Award for Social Studies (1976), and the Bilateral Relations Studies Award of the American Embassy in Israel (1978), among other awards. He is Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia (September, 2017 to present), Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies) (April, 2012 to present), a Senior Correspondent for New York Daily Sun (January, 2015 — Present), and Columnist for Allied Newspapers Group (January, 2015 — Present). He lives in Skopje, North Macedonia with his wife, Lidija Rangelovska. Here we talk about psychological growth.

*Previous interviews listed chronologically after interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: One fundamental aspect of life is change. All this begins with emotions and motivations. What are the basic emotions and motivations behind human action?

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin: Emotions are a subspecies of cognitions. Watch this video to learn more: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XMqT56189Ag

All emotions are directional (goal-oriented) and induce action. All actions result in change. Therefore, all emotions lead to change and are transformative.

Jacobsen: Why are emotions primary for action?

Vaknin: Non-emotive cognitions are always subject to cognitive distortions and biases, are altered by the action of psychological defense mechanisms, and lead to a departure from reality (impaired reality testing). They are not helpful when it comes to survival. In a way, cognitions are a negative adaptation, from the point of view of evolution.

Emotions are more directly accessible to the mind in a non-intermediated way. They are less prone to mislabelling (in mentally healthy people). They are a more reliable guide and a trustworthy compass. Consequently, emotions are more intimately and immediately linked to action.

Jacobsen: What are the types of changes possible to the human nervous system now, whether introduced experientially, chemically, or otherwise?

Vaknin: The human CNS (Central Nervous System) is largely neuroplastic. It is responsive to repeated identical stimuli and learning. It is closely integrated with all the elements of its dual environments: the internal (for example : the gastrointestinal system) as well as the external. Every single dimension and manifestation of the human experience can be reprogrammed efficaciously using chemical substances, foods, light, sound, words, and other inputs.

Jacobsen: How far could functional reliable manipulation of the structure of the nervous system be taken in this century?

Vaknin: We are on the threshold of being able to create “designer CNS (nervous systems)” which will be responsive to idiosyncratic job descriptions and incorporate adaptations reactive to specific environments.

Simialry, soon we will learn to induce neural growth even in the brain and grow brains in a dish.

Finally, within a few decades, we will be routinely backing up our minds into external storage, the way we are doing with our smartphones today. Applications would be able to tap into these uploaded consciousnesses and data mining them both for commercial and medical purposes.

Jacobsen: There’s a phrase in North America. “You can’t change other people.” Can these changes internally be facilitated by external sources to a reasonable degree, or is the common sense wisdom truly more wisdom than folly?

Vaknin: After age 25, people rarely, if ever, change in fundamental ways. It is folly to try to transform your intimate partner, for example.

But, psychiatry and bioengineering are marching towards artificially engendered changes in personality, character, temperament, and mind. Neural implants, man-machine interfaces (cyborgs), tailored psychedelics and psychotropics, Immersive reality environments like the Metaverse — will all have irreversible impacts on the brains of willing (and unsuspecting) subjects.

Jacobsen: We’ve talked about religion and associated delusions. Some practices within religions induce real, lasting neurological change. If carving out the nonsense, and if keeping the practices, could these practices become part of robust, routine therapeutic techniques/modalities to create changes in patients’/clients’ lives — probably already being done?

Vaknin: Yes, it is already being done. Psychology is a brand of secular religion, of course, not a rigorous science by any stretch of the phrase. It makes use of many mind control and brainwashing techniques long deployed by institutional religions and sects. It leverages delusions and metaphors (ego, anyone ?) the same way the Church does.

Watch this : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IJqgR0VuUU8

Jacobsen: Even as a militant agnostic, you note the freethought movements more on the defensive now. What happens to the central nervous systems of true believers in religions throughout life — or in religious conversion experiences — to make religion overwhelmingly enchanting, and reason and science non-starters, in general?

Vaknin: Practice makes neural slaves. Religion, cunningly, insists on routines that consume the believers’s lives and rewire their brains. It becomes literally hardwired. It is not a question of enchantment — more a type of verbal surgery. Faith is an alien implant that snatches the systems of body and mind. It is an infestation with adherence to delusions replacing critical thinking.

Jacobsen: What are the most evidenced means by which to create lasting psychological growth and positive neurological change in one’s life for greater mental wellness in practices, in diets, in activities and hobbies, and the like?

Vaknin: The secret is self-love. Not narcissism which is a compensation for self-loathing and an inferiority complex — but profound, all-pervasive self-love.

Self-love is a healthy self-regard and the pursuit of one’s happiness and favorable outcomes. It rests on four pillars:

1. Self-awareness: an intimate, detailed and compassionate knowledge of oneself, a SWOT analysis: strengths, weaknesses, others’s roles, and threats

2. Self-acceptance: the unconditional embrace of one’s core identity, personality, character, temperament, relationships, experiences, and life circumstances.

3. Self-trust: the conviction that one has one’s best interests in mind, is watching one’s back, and has agency and autonomy: one is not controlled by or dependent upon others in a compromising fashion

4. Self-efficacy: the belief, gleaned from and honed by experience, that one is capable of setting rational, realistic, and beneficial goals and possesses the wherewithal to realize outcomes commensurate with one’s aims.

Self love is the only reliable compass in life. Experience usually comes too late, when its lessons can no longer be implemented because of old age, lost opportunities, and changed circumstances. It is also pretty useless: no two people or situations are the same. But self-love is a rock: a stable, reliable, immovable, and immutable guide and the truest of loyal friends whose only concern in your welfare and contentment.

Jacobsen: What happens to one’s capabilities to change one’s mind throughout the lifespan?

Vaknin: It diminishes dramatically and falls off a cliff after age 25 when the brain is fully formed. Confirmation bias sets in together with dozens of cognitive distortions (such as the Dunning-Kruger effect and the base rate fallacy). It is hopeless. The adult min dis an echo chamber, fortified behind the firewall of reality-reframing psychological defense mechanisms.

Jacobsen: When is it right or wrong to change one’s mind?

Vaknin: The only rational test is whether a change of mind enhances self-efficacy (is positively adaptive). It is all about survival. If altering your thinking enhances your chances to survive or thrive — you should, regardless of whether you find the transformation palatable or not.

Of course, many would disagree with such blatant utilitarianism. Parents sacrifice their lives for their children, for example. Soldiers and firemen and policemen do the same for the greater public good. On the face of it, these are irrational acts that beg for a seachange of mind.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Vaknin.

Vaknin: As usual, thank you for your thought-provoking questions.

Previous Electronic ‘Print’ Interviews (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

An Interview with Professor Sam Vaknin on Narcissistic Personality Disorder

(In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal: June 22, 2020)

Interview with Sam Vaknin and Christian Sorensen on Narcissism

(News Intervention: June 23, 2020)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Philosophy of Nothingness

(News Intervention: January 26, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Narcissism in General

(News Intervention: January 28, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Cold Therapy (New Treatment Modality)

(News Intervention: January 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Giftedness and IQ

(News Intervention: February 2, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Religion

(News Intervention: February 11, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Science and Reality

(News Intervention: April 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Gender Wars

(News Intervention: May 21, 2022)

Previous Interviews Read by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

How to Become the REAL YOU (Interview, News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 26, 2022)

Insider View on Narcissism: What Makes Narcissist Tick (News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 29, 2022)

Curing Your Narcissist (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 31, 2022)

Genius or Gifted? IQ and Beyond (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: February 3, 2022)

Image Credit: Sam Vaknin.

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Gender Wars

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen 

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/05/21

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin (YouTubeTwitterInstagramFacebookAmazonLinkedInGoogle Scholar) is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited (Amazon) and After the Rain: How the West Lost the East (Amazon) as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He was Senior Business Correspondent for United Press International (February, 2001 – April, 2003), CEO of Narcissus Publications (April, 1997 – April 2013), Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician (January, 2011 -), a columnist for PopMatters, eBookWeb, Bellaonline, and Central Europe Review, an editor for The Open Directory and Suite101 (Categories: Mental Health and Central East Europe), and a contributor to Middle East Times, a contributing writer to The American Chronicle Media Group, Columnist and Analyst for Nova MakedonijaFokus, and Kapital, Founding Analyst of The Analyst Network, former president of the Israeli chapter of the Unification Church‘s Professors for World Peace Academy, and served in the Israeli Defense Forces (1979-1982). He has been awarded Israel’s Council of Culture and Art Prize for Maiden Prose (1997), The Rotary Club Award for Social Studies (1976), and the Bilateral Relations Studies Award of the American Embassy in Israel (1978), among other awards. He is Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia (September, 2017 to present), Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies) (April, 2012 to present), a Senior Correspondent for New York Daily Sun (January, 2015 – Present), and Columnist for Allied Newspapers Group (January, 2015 – Present). He lives in Skopje, North Macedonia with his wife, Lidija Rangelovska. Here we talk about the gender wars.

*Previous interviews listed chronologically after interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Sex and gender, you’ve done a decent amount of material on this subject matter. First, what is sex?

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin: Sex is biological, albeit fluid. You are born with it, or at least with the corporeal propensity for it. It is a hardware issue.

Jacobsen: Second, what is gender?

Vaknin: Gender is performative, the outcome of socialization, an expression of dominance, and of a gendered personality. It is largely a sociocultural construct grounded in a specific history (see my response to your next question).

Jacobsen: Third, what are other pertinent terms within this context?

Vaknin: “One is not born, but rather becomes, a woman.”, Simone de Beauvoir, The Second Sex (1949)

With same-sex marriage becoming a legal reality throughout the world, many more children are going to be raised by homosexual (gay and lesbian) parents, or even by transgendered or transsexual ones. How is this going to affect the child’s masculinity or femininity?

Is being a gay man less manly than being a heterosexual one? Is a woman who is the outcome of a sex change operation less feminine than her natural-born sisters? In which sense is a “virile” lesbian less of a man than an effeminate heterosexual or homosexual man? And how should we classify and treat bisexuals and asexuals?

What about modern she-breadwinners? All those feminist women in traditional male positions who are as sexually aggressive as men and prone to the same varieties of misconduct (e.g., cheating on their spouses)? Are they less womanly? And are their stay-at-home-dad partners not men enough? How are sex preferences related to gender differentiation? And if one’s sex and genitalia can be chosen and altered at will – why not one’s gender, regardless of one’s natural equipment? Can we decouple gender roles from sexual functions and endowments?

Aren’t the feminist-liberal-emancipated woman and her responsive, transformed male partner as moulded by specific social norms and narratives as their more traditional and conservative counterparts? And when men adapted to the demands of the “new”, post-modernist woman – were they not then rebuffed by that very same female as emasculated and unmanly? What is the source of this gender chaos? Why do people act “modern” while, at heart, they still hark back to erstwhile mores and ethos?

We assume erroneously that some roles are instinctual because, in nature, other species do it, too: parenting and mating come to mind. The discipline of sociobiology encourages us to counterfactually learn from animals about our social functioning. But humans and their societies are so much more complex that there is little we can evince from lobsters, chimpanzees, or gorillas. In nature, there is “male” and “female”, not “man” and “woman” which are learned and acquired gender roles. There is no “mother” and “father”, even among apes – just progenitors. To fulfill any of these demanding and multifarious human functions, we must be exposed to good enough and working role models in childhood and then practice tirelessly through adulthood, constantly reframing and evolving as demands and expectations change with social mores and the times. Evolution in the human species is no longer predominantly genetic – but social and cultural. So, many people simply don’t know how to act as men or as women, as mothers or as fathers. Here, faking it never makes it.

In nature, male and female are distinct. She-elephants are gregarious, he-elephants solitary. Male zebra finches are loquacious – the females mute. Female green spoon worms are 200,000 times larger than their male mates. These striking differences are biological – yet they lead to differentiation in social roles and skill acquisition.

Alan Pease, author of a book titled “Why Men Don’t Listen and Women Can’t Read Maps”, believes that women are spatially-challenged compared to men. The British firm, Admiral Insurance, conducted a study of half a million claims. They found that “women were almost twice as likely as men to have a collision in a car park, 23 percent more likely to hit a stationary car, and 15 percent more likely to reverse into another vehicle” (Reuters).

Yet gender “differences” are often the outcomes of bad scholarship. Consider Admiral Insurance’s data. As Britain’s Automobile Association (AA) correctly pointed out – women drivers tend to make more short journeys around towns and shopping centers and these involve frequent parking. Hence their ubiquity in certain kinds of claims. Regarding women’s alleged spatial deficiency, in Britain, girls have been outperforming boys in scholastic aptitude tests – including geometry and maths – since 1988.

In an Op-Ed published by the New York Times on January 23, 2005, Olivia Judson cited this example

“Beliefs that men are intrinsically better at this or that have repeatedly led to discrimination and prejudice, and then they’ve been proved to be nonsense. Women were thought not to be world-class musicians. But when American symphony orchestras introduced blind auditions in the 1970’s – the musician plays behind a screen so that his or her gender is invisible to those listening – the number of women offered jobs in professional orchestras increased. Similarly, in science, studies of the ways that grant applications are evaluated have shown that women are more likely to get financing when those reading the applications do not know the sex of the applicant.”

On the other wing of the divide, Anthony Clare, a British psychiatrist and author of “On Men” wrote:

“At the beginning of the 21st century it is difficult to avoid the conclusion that men are in serious trouble. Throughout the world, developed and developing, antisocial behavior is essentially male. Violence, sexual abuse of children, illicit drug use, alcohol misuse, gambling, all are overwhelmingly male activities. The courts and prisons bulge with men. When it comes to aggression, delinquent behavior, risk taking and social mayhem, men win gold.”

Men also mature later, die earlier, are more susceptible to infections and most types of cancer, are more likely to be dyslexic, to suffer from a host of mental health disorders, such as Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), and to commit suicide.

In her book, “Stiffed: The Betrayal of the American Man”, Susan Faludi describes a crisis of masculinity following the breakdown of manhood models and work and family structures in the last five decades. In the film “Boys don’t Cry”, a teenage girl binds her breasts and acts the male in a caricatured relish of stereotypes of virility. Being a man is merely a state of mind, the movie implies.

But what does it really mean to be a “male” or a “female”? Are gender identity and sexual preferences genetically determined? Can they be reduced to one’s sex? Or are they amalgams of biological, social, and psychological factors in constant interaction? Are they immutable lifelong features or dynamically evolving frames of self-reference?

In rural northern Albania, until recently, in families with no male heir, women could choose to forego sex and childbearing, alter their external appearance and “become” men and the patriarchs of their clans, with all the attendant rights and obligations.

In the aforementioned New York Times Op-Ed, Olivia Judson opines:

“Many sex differences are not, therefore, the result of his having one gene while she has another. Rather, they are attributable to the way particular genes behave when they find themselves in him instead of her. The magnificent difference between male and female green spoon worms, for example, has nothing to do with their having different genes: each green spoon worm larva could go either way. Which sex it becomes depends on whether it meets a female during its first three weeks of life. If it meets a female, it becomes male and prepares to regurgitate; if it doesn’t, it becomes female and settles into a crack on the sea floor.”

Yet, certain traits attributed to one’s sex are surely better accounted for by the demands of one’s environment, by cultural factors, the process of socialization, gender roles, and what George Devereux called “ethnopsychiatry” in “Basic Problems of Ethnopsychiatry” (University of Chicago Press, 1980). He suggested to divide the unconscious into the id (the part that was always instinctual and unconscious) and the “ethnic unconscious” (repressed material that was once conscious).  The latter is mostly molded by prevailing cultural mores and includes all our defense mechanisms and most of the superego.

So, how can we tell whether our sexual role is mostly in our blood or in our brains?

The scrutiny of borderline cases of human sexuality – notably the transgendered or intersexed – can yield clues as to the distribution and relative weights of biological, social, and psychological determinants of gender identity formation.

The results of a study conducted by Uwe Hartmann, Hinnerk Becker, and Claudia Rueffer-Hesse in 1997 and titled “Self and Gender: Narcissistic Pathology and Personality Factors in Gender Dysphoric Patients”, published in the “International Journal of Transgenderism”, “indicate significant psychopathological aspects and narcissistic dysregulation in a substantial proportion of patients.” Are these “psychopathological aspects” merely reactions to underlying physiological realities and changes? Could social ostracism and labeling have induced them in the “patients”?

The authors conclude:

“The cumulative evidence of our study … is consistent with the view that gender dysphoria is a disorder of the sense of self as has been proposed by Beitel (1985) or Pfäfflin (1993). The central problem in our patients is about identity and the self in general and the transsexual wish seems to be an attempt at reassuring and stabilizing the self-coherence which in turn can lead to a further destabilization if the self is already too fragile. In this view the body is instrumentalized to create a sense of identity and the splitting symbolized in the hiatus between the rejected body-self and other parts of the self is more between good and bad objects than between masculine and feminine.”

Freud, Kraft-Ebbing, and Fliess suggested that we are all bisexual to a certain degree. As early as 1910, Dr. Magnus Hirschfeld argued, in Berlin, that absolute genders are “abstractions, invented extremes”. The consensus today is that one’s sexuality is, mostly, a psychological construct which reflects gender role orientation.

Joanne Meyerowitz, a professor of history at Indiana University and the editor of The Journal of American History observes, in her recently published tome, “How Sex Changed: A History of Transsexuality in the United States”, that the very meaning of masculinity and femininity is in constant flux.

Transgender activists, says Meyerowitz, insist that gender and sexuality represent “distinct analytical categories”. The New York Times wrote in its review of the book: “Some male-to-female transsexuals have sex with men and call themselves homosexuals. Some female-to-male transsexuals have sex with women and call themselves lesbians. Some transsexuals call themselves asexual.”

So, it is all in the mind, you see.

This would be taking it too far. A large body of scientific evidence points to the genetic and biological underpinnings of sexual behavior and preferences.

The German science magazine, “Geo”, reported recently that the males of the fruit fly “drosophila melanogaster” switched from heterosexuality to homosexuality as the temperature in the lab was increased from 19 to 30 degrees Celsius. They reverted to chasing females as it was lowered.

The brain structures of homosexual sheep are different to those of straight sheep, a study conducted recently by the Oregon Health & Science University and the U.S. Department of Agriculture Sheep Experiment Station in Dubois, Idaho, revealed. Similar differences were found between gay men and straight ones in 1995 in Holland and elsewhere. The preoptic area of the hypothalamus was larger in heterosexual men than in both homosexual men and straight women.

According an article, titled “When Sexual Development Goes Awry”, by Suzanne Miller, published in the September 2000 issue of the “World and I”, various medical conditions give rise to sexual ambiguity. Congenital adrenal hyperplasia (CAH), involving excessive androgen production by the adrenal cortex, results in mixed genitalia. A person with the complete androgen insensitivity syndrome (AIS) has a vagina, external female genitalia and functioning, androgen-producing, testes – but no uterus or fallopian tubes.

People with the rare 5-alpha reductase deficiency syndrome are born with ambiguous genitalia. They appear at first to be girls. At puberty, such a person develops testicles and his clitoris swells and becomes a penis. Hermaphrodites possess both ovaries and testicles (both, in most cases, rather undeveloped). Sometimes the ovaries and testicles are combined into a chimera called ovotestis.

Most of these individuals have the chromosomal composition of a woman together with traces of the Y, male, chromosome. All hermaphrodites have a sizable penis, though rarely generate sperm. Some hermaphrodites develop breasts during puberty and menstruate. Very few even get pregnant and give birth.

Anne Fausto-Sterling, a developmental geneticist, professor of medical science at Brown University, and author of “Sexing the Body”, postulated, in 1993, a continuum of 5 sexes to supplant the current dimorphism: males, merms (male pseudohermaphrodites), herms (true hermaphrodites), ferms (female pseudohermaphrodites), and females.

Intersexuality (hermpahroditism) is a natural human state. We are all conceived with the potential to develop into either sex. The embryonic developmental default is female. A series of triggers during the first weeks of pregnancy places the fetus on the path to maleness.

In rare cases, some women have a male’s genetic makeup (XY chromosomes) and vice versa. But, in the vast majority of cases, one of the sexes is clearly selected. Relics of the stifled sex remain, though. Women have the clitoris as a kind of symbolic penis. Men have breasts (mammary glands) and nipples.

The Encyclopedia Britannica 2003 edition describes the formation of ovaries and testes thus:

“In the young embryo a pair of gonads develop that are indifferent or neutral, showing no indication whether they are destined to develop into testes or ovaries. There are also two different duct systems, one of which can develop into the female system of oviducts and related apparatus and the other into the male sperm duct system. As development of the embryo proceeds, either the male or the female reproductive tissue differentiates in the originally neutral gonad of the mammal.”

Yet, sexual preferences, genitalia and even secondary sex characteristics, such as facial and pubic hair are first order phenomena. Can genetics and biology account for male and female behavior patterns and social interactions (“gender identity”)? Can the multi-tiered complexity and richness of human masculinity and femininity arise from simpler, deterministic, building blocks?

Sociobiologists would have us think so.

For instance: the fact that we are mammals is astonishingly often overlooked. Most mammalian families are composed of mother and offspring. Males are peripatetic absentees. Arguably, high rates of divorce and birth out of wedlock coupled with rising promiscuity merely reinstate this natural “default mode”, observes Lionel Tiger, a professor of anthropology at Rutgers University in New Jersey. That three quarters of all divorces are initiated by women tends to support this view.

Furthermore, gender identity is determined during gestation, claim some scholars.

Milton Diamond of the University of Hawaii and Dr. Keith Sigmundson, a practicing psychiatrist, studied the much-celebrated John/Joan case. An accidentally castrated normal male was surgically modified to look female, and raised as a girl but to no avail. He reverted to being a male at puberty.

His gender identity seems to have been inborn (assuming he was not subjected to conflicting cues from his human environment). The case is extensively described in John Colapinto’s tome “As Nature Made Him: The Boy Who Was Raised as a Girl”.

HealthScoutNews cited a study published in the November 2002 issue of “Child Development”. The researchers, from City University of London, found that the level of maternal testosterone during pregnancy affects the behavior of neonatal girls and renders it more masculine. “High testosterone” girls “enjoy activities typically considered male behavior, like playing with trucks or guns”. Boys’ behavior remains unaltered, according to the study.

Yet, other scholars, like John Money, insist that newborns are a “blank slate” as far as their gender identity is concerned. This is also the prevailing view. Gender and sex-role identities, we are taught, are fully formed in a process of socialization which ends by the third year of life. The Encyclopedia Britannica 2003 edition sums it up thus:

“Like an individual’s concept of his or her sex role, gender identity develops by means of parental example, social reinforcement, and language. Parents teach sex-appropriate behavior to their children from an early age, and this behavior is reinforced as the child grows older and enters a wider social world. As the child acquires language, he also learns very early the distinction between “he” and “she” and understands which pertains to him- or herself.”

So, which is it – nature or nurture? There is no disputing the fact that our sexual physiology and, in all probability, our sexual preferences are determined in the womb. Men and women are different – physiologically and, as a result, also psychologically.

Society, through its agents – foremost amongst which are family, peers, and teachers – represses or encourages these genetic propensities. It does so by propagating “gender roles” – gender-specific lists of alleged traits, permissible behavior patterns, and prescriptive morals and norms. Our “gender identity” or “sex role” is shorthand for the way we make use of our natural genotypic-phenotypic endowments in conformity with social-cultural “gender roles”.

Inevitably as the composition and bias of these lists change, so does the meaning of being “male” or “female”. Gender roles are constantly redefined by tectonic shifts in the definition and functioning of basic social units, such as the nuclear family and the workplace. The cross-fertilization of gender-related cultural memes renders “masculinity” and “femininity” fluid concepts.

One’s sex equals one’s bodily equipment, an objective, finite, and, usually, immutable inventory. But our endowments can be put to many uses, in different cognitive and affective contexts, and subject to varying exegetic frameworks. As opposed to “sex” – “gender” is, therefore, a socio-cultural narrative. Both heterosexual and homosexual men ejaculate. Both straight and lesbian women climax. What distinguishes them from each other are subjective introjects of socio-cultural conventions, not objective, immutable “facts”.

In “The New Gender Wars”, published in the November/December 2000 issue of “Psychology Today”, Sarah Blustain sums up the “bio-social” model proposed by Mice Eagly, a professor of psychology at Northwestern University and a former student of his, Wendy Wood, now a professor at the Texas A&M University:

“Like (the evolutionary psychologists), Eagly and Wood reject social constructionist notions that all gender differences are created by culture. But to the question of where they come from, they answer differently: not our genes but our roles in society. This narrative focuses on how societies respond to the basic biological differences – men’s strength and women’s reproductive capabilities – and how they encourage men and women to follow certain patterns.

‘If you’re spending a lot of time nursing your kid’, explains Wood, ‘then you don’t have the opportunity to devote large amounts of time to developing specialized skills and engaging tasks outside of the home’. And, adds Eagly, ‘if women are charged with caring for infants, what happens is that women are more nurturing. Societies have to make the adult system work [so] socialization of girls is arranged to give them experience in nurturing’.

According to this interpretation, as the environment changes, so will the range and texture of gender differences. At a time in Western countries when female reproduction is extremely low, nursing is totally optional, childcare alternatives are many, and mechanization lessens the importance of male size and strength, women are no longer restricted as much by their smaller size and by child-bearing. That means, argue Eagly and Wood, that role structures for men and women will change and, not surprisingly, the way we socialize people in these new roles will change too. (Indeed, says Wood, ‘sex differences seem to be reduced in societies where men and women have similar status,’ she says. If you’re looking to live in more gender-neutral environment, try Scandinavia.)”

Jacobsen: You wrote and spoke on the ‘gender wars,’ as such. What is the gender war, or are the gender wars?

Vaknin: The gender wars started 150 years ago, with the suffragettes and the first wave of feminism. Women acquired access to jobs, financial independence, and increasing political power. Men resented this relinquishment of traditionally male powers and the incursions on their turf. But the process of gaining equality and equity was inexorable.

Women are better educated than men and better suited for the modern, networked economy. They earn more than men do in some age groups. They are gaining ground in business (where one fifth of CEOs are female) and in politics.

Today, men are saying:

Women! You are too independent! I am terrified that you will no longer tolerate my abuse and my infantilism, you will decline to serve me, you will abandon me, and I will lose you. You are too well-educated. I feel inferior, inadequate, and outcompeted in the workplace. You sleep around with strangers and friends alike. It makes me feel like a statistic, a number, a mere conquest, objectified, not special, insecure, and unsafe. In short: you are too much like the men of yore!

It is actually a rational choice to not form a relationship with promiscuous people. They tend to be way more prone to serial cheating and to breakups or divorces.

Ask any man: women went too far. Too far not in terms of rights or equal pay, but in terms of militancy (zero sum game, men as the enemy); aggressiveness (reactance, defiance, in your face); usurpation of masculine traits, behaviors, norms, and roles; and raunch culture (gratuitous, “empowering” promiscuity).

Now, men are hitting back:

Domestic violence laws were abrogated in Russia; women are again confined to home under a male guardian in Afghanistan; Roe vs. Wade (the right to abortion) is being repealed in the USA; and toxic masculinity is spreading like wildfire, especially in online communities collectively known as the manosphere (MGTOW, incels, redpillers, dating coaches).

Men have one trump card left: intimate relationships, including physical intimacy (sex) where they are largely irreplaceable.

The “stalled revolution” means that when it comes to sexual mores, marriage, relationships, and family, men remain stuck in a Victorian England mindset while women have progressed into a feminist 21st century.

Confronted with this abyss, women face a stark choice:

1. They can give up on men altogether and go it alone while assuming masculine traits and roles; or

2. They can regress and subject themselves to male dominance and objectification in raunch culture and in supposedly “intimate” relationships.

There is no other alternative. Men won’t budge. Men are fighting back. About one third of all men are celibate or lifelong singles.

As things stand now, most men are merely taking advantage of women’s newfangled sex positivity and then walk away from casual sex, unscathed.

Women are paying the price of this male sexual opportunism in terms of heartbreak, bad sex, childlessness, loneliness, and career or financial damage.

Even as they make strides in the real world, when it comes to intimate relationships, women are more abused and disempowered than ever. And men just joyfully roam around, humping dozens of throwaway women in the promiscuous Disneyland of post-modernity.

Jacobsen: Does this antipathy, even outright hatred, signal a threat to the species in some ways? In that, if, traditionally speaking, couples can’t negotiate the modern landscape of inter-relations for the creation of a safe and nurturing environment for the next generations, then the next generations may simply become an afterthought, something dismissed, if not outright discarded from individual life plans.

Vaknin: In most industrial societies, so few couples are having children and they are having so few offspring that they fail to meet the replacement rate (the number of the dead exceeds the number of the newborns). Many modern men and women remain purposefully childless, prioritizing career, self-actualization, and fun way above procreation.

The gender wars are by far the greatest threat to the survival of the species, far greater than climate change.

Jacobsen: Natality rates globally have been declining for decades. Different regions of the world have different pressing concerns in regards to birth rates. In some regions, there are too many mouths to feed with too few resources to commit to them, sufficiently. In other regions, the rates of newborns are well below the proverbial replacement rate of 2.1 children per woman. In short, some regions need more children, while others need fewer, for a balanced, sustainable growth pyramid generation after generation.

Vaknin: To sustain the global economic structure, we need to have more children. The population in the developed world is aging fast and safety nets such as pension schemes (social security) and healthcare are already technically insolvent. Immigration is only a partial solution because it strains the social fabric and results in conflicts.

The Black Death – an epidemic of bubonic plague in the 14th century – decimated between one third and one half of Europe’s population, yet it was the best thing to have happened to Mankind in many centuries. The depleted number of survivors shared in the vast fortunes of the deceased, laying the foundation for modern, entrepreneurial capitalism; the added physical spaces and vacancies made available via the devastation of numerous households spurred urban renewal and magisterial architecture on an unprecedented scale; the crumbling authority of the Church and its minions led to reformist religious stirrings and the emergence of the Renaissance in arts and sciences; labourers and women saw their standing in society much improved as the scarcity of workforce rendered them much sought-after commodities.

Seven centuries later, an “inflation of humans” led to an ineluctable devaluation and may have erased at least the latter of these achievements: wage growth. Wages have stagnated in direct correlation with the explosion in global population. The social fabric itself has been rent by the mounting pressure of an annual net growth in population which exceeds the citizenry of Germany: interpersonal relationships, social organizational units, tolerant co-existence, peaceful multiculturalism and diversity have all crumbled worldwide.

So, is the solution to our global and escalating woes another pandemic?

The latest census in Ukraine revealed an apocalyptic drop of 10% in its population – from 52.5 million three decades ago to a mere 45.7 million a decade ago. Demographers predict a precipitous decline of one third in Russia’s impoverished, inebriated, disillusioned, and ageing citizenry. Births in many countries in the rich, industrialized West are below the replacement rate. These bastions of conspicuous affluence are shrivelling.

Scholars and decision-makers – once terrified by the Malthusian dystopia of a “population bomb” – are more sanguine now. Advances in agricultural technology eradicated hunger even in teeming places like India and China. And then there is the old idea of progress: birth rates tend to decline with higher education levels and growing incomes. Family planning has had resounding successes in places as diverse as Thailand, China, and western Africa.

Some intellectuals even regard the increase in the world’s population as a form of “quantitative diversification”: as technology homogenizes cultures, societies, and civilizations everywhere, the risks associated with such a monoculture grow. Homogeneous populations are less adaptable and, therefore, less fit for survival. The only defense lies in the sheer force of numbers. The greater the number of people, goes this strain of thinking, the more varied the human species, such variety and variation being the sole guarantors and generators of adaptability and, therefore, survival.

In the near past, fecundity used to compensate for infant mortality. As the latter declined – so did the former. Children are means of production in many destitute countries. Hence the inordinately large families of the past – a form of insurance against the economic outcomes of the inevitable demise of some of one’s off-spring.

Yet, despite these trends, the world’s populace is augmented by 130 million people annually. All of them are born to the younger inhabitants of the more penurious corners of the Earth. There were only 1 billion people alive in 1804. The number doubled a century later.

But our last billions – the sixth and the seventh – required only 19 fertile years. The entire population of Germany is added every half a decade to both India and China. Clearly, Mankind’s growth is out of control, as affirmed in the 1994 Cairo International Conference on Population and Development.

Dozens of millions of people regularly starve – many of them to death. In only one corner of the Earth – southern Africa – food aid is the sole subsistence of entire countries. More than 18 million people in Zambia, Malawi, and Angola survived on charitable donations in 1992. More than 10 million expect the same this year, among them the emaciated denizens of erstwhile food exporter, Zimbabwe.

According to Medecins Sans Frontiere, AIDS kills 3 million people a year, Tuberculosis another 2 million. Malaria decimates 2 people every minute. More than 14 million people fall prey to parasitic and infectious diseases every year – 90% of them in the developing countries.

Millions emigrate every year in search of a better life. These massive shifts are facilitated by modern modes of transportation. But, despite these tectonic relocations – and despite famine, disease, and war, the classic Malthusian regulatory mechanisms – the depletion of natural resources – from arable land to water – is undeniable and gargantuan.

Our pressing environmental issues – global warming, water stress, salinization, desertification, deforestation, pollution, loss of biological diversity – and our ominous social ills – crime at the forefront – are traceable to one, politically incorrect, truth:

There are too many of us. We are way too numerous. The population load is unsustainable. We, the survivors, would be better off if others were to perish. Should population growth continue unabated – we are all doomed.

Doomed to what?

Numerous Cassandras and countless Jeremiads have been falsified by history. With proper governance, scientific research, education, affordable medicines, effective family planning, and economic growth, this planet can support even 10-12 billion people. We are not at risk of physical extinction and never have been.

What is hazarded is not our life – but our quality of life. As any insurance actuary will attest, we are governed by statistical datasets.

Consider this single fact:

About 1% of the population suffer from the perniciously debilitating and all-pervasive mental health disorder, schizophrenia. At the beginning of the 20th century, there were 16.5 million schizophrenics – nowadays there are 64 million. Their impact on friends, family, and colleagues is exponential – and incalculable. This is not a merely quantitative leap. It is a qualitative phase transition.

Or this:

Large populations lead to the emergence of high density urban centers. It is inefficient to cultivate ever smaller plots of land. Surplus manpower moves to centers of industrial production. A second wave of internal migrants caters to their needs, thus spawning a service sector. Network effects generate excess capital and a virtuous cycle of investment, employment, and consumption ensues.

But over-crowding breeds violence (as has been demonstrated in behavioral sink experiments with mice). The sheer numbers involved serve to magnify and amplify social anomies, deviate behaviour, and antisocial traits. In the city, there are more criminals, more perverts, more victims, more immigrants, and more racists per square mile.

Moreover, only a planned and orderly urbanization is desirable. The blights that pass for cities in most third world countries are the outgrowth of neither premeditation nor method. These mega-cities are infested with non-disposed of waste and prone to natural catastrophes and epidemics.

No one can vouchsafe for a “critical mass” of humans, a threshold beyond which the species will implode and vanish.

Jacobsen: What are the root dynamics of the gender wars in time, in global cultures, in collective psychologies in the early 21st century?

Vaknin: The gender war is no different to any other conflict between erstwhile masters and their emancipated chattel or property. To this very day, whites are in pitched battles with blacks (their former slaves) and not only in the USA.

Women were domestic slaves. Then they leveraged the enlightenment and the age of revolutions to unshackle themselves in every way: sexually, politically, financially, and psychologically. Their former owners are incensed and are trying to turn back the wheel. Nothing new under the sun.

Jacobsen: What are the possible paths ahead for the genders and the sexes amid this conceptive whirlpool of personal and collective identities? What are the solutions? What are things to do now to rectify the bitterness, contempt, irascibility, and antagonisms for the sustainability of global culture reliant upon new generations of human beings? We all leave the stage, eventually. Even though, the play signifies nothing and is, indeed, written by an idiot.

Vaknin: I see only two possible trajectories:

  1. We renounce the contentious and adversarial organizing principles of gender and sex and allow for complete fluidity within a unigender; or
  2. We revert to the 1950s in terms of more or less rigid gender roles and sexual scripts.

The most likely scenario is that some part of the population will opt for the former and others will adopt the latter. Whether these two camps could co-exist peacefully remains to be seen.

There is nothing much we can do but wait. The gender war is a part of a way more massive upheaval in human affairs. For the first time in human history, all social institutions and mores are crumbling simultaneously. Our hermeneutic narratives have been rendered useless.

When the dust settles, we will face a new world, based on the radical, technology-empowered self-sufficiency of the individual. Society and relationships – intimate or otherwise – may well be a thing of the past: redundant, obsolete, and burdensome.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Vaknin.

Vaknin: Thank you again for having me.

Previous Electronic ‘Print’ Interviews (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

An Interview with Professor Sam Vaknin on Narcissistic Personality Disorder

(In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal: June 22, 2020)

Interview with Sam Vaknin and Christian Sorensen on Narcissism

(News Intervention: June 23, 2020)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Philosophy of Nothingness

(News Intervention: January 26, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Narcissism in General

(News Intervention: January 28, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Cold Therapy (New Treatment Modality)

(News Intervention: January 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Giftedness and IQ

(News Intervention: February 2, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Religion

(News Intervention: February 11, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Science and Reality

(News Intervention: April 30, 2022)

Previous Interviews Read by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

How to Become the REAL YOU (Interview, News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 26, 2022)

Insider View on Narcissism: What Makes Narcissist Tick (News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 29, 2022)

Curing Your Narcissist (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 31, 2022)

Genius or Gifted? IQ and Beyond (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: February 3, 2022)

Image Credit: Sam Vaknin.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Prof. Benoit Desjardins on U.S. Medical Practice

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Dr. Benoit Desjardins

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/05/06

Professor Benoit Desjardins, MD, PhD, FAHA, FACR, FNASCI is an Ivy League academic physician and scientist at the University of Pennsylvania. He is member of several scientific societies and a Fellow of the American College of Radiology and of the American Heart Association. He is the co-Founder of the Arrhythmia Imaging Research (AIR) lab at Penn. His research is funded by the National Institute of Health. He is an international leader in three different fields: cardiovascular imaging, artificial intelligence and cybersecurity. He is a member of the most elite high IQ societies in the world.

We have been engaged in a series of interviews with Prof. Desjardins at www.in-sightpublishing.com. Desjardins mentioned the major concerns with the medical system and the treatment of physicians in the United States. This became a longer conversation and evolved into a separate series. Here we discuss medical practice in the United States.

This interview represents Dr Desjardins’ opinion, combined to the current content of the published medical literature, and not necessarily the opinion of his employers.

1 – On science and medicine

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start by defining terms, what is science?

Dr. Benoit Desjardins: From Webster, science is the knowledge about general truths or general laws obtained and tested by the scientific method. The scientific method provides a set of principles for the pursuit of knowledge. It involves formulating a problem, collecting data by observation and experimentation, and formulating and testing hypotheses.

Jacobsen: What is medicine? 

Desjardins: From Webster, medicine is both a science and an art, dealing with health maintenance and the prevention, alleviation, or cure of disease. It used to be primarily an art, but it has become firmly based on science as science evolved.

Jacobsen: What is a physician? How does a physician differ from other terms of professionals within medicine?

Desjardins: A physician is someone educated, experienced, and licensed to practice the science of medicine. The difference between physicians and other healthcare professionals is becoming less clear with time, as other professionals take on more and more of the responsibilities of physicians.

Jacobsen: What are the ultimate limits of science as applied to medicine?

Desjardins: Nobody knows. Science progresses constantly, and new scientific discoveries that positively impact medicine are produced every year. There are often tradeoffs limiting the applicability of some scientific advances to medicine. Let’s take an example from my field. There have been advances in cross-sectional imaging to image humans at extremely high spatial resolution. Flat-plate CT scanners can do that but require more radiation, which is a limiting factor for human imaging. As a result, they are mainly used to image small animals.

2 – On practicing medicine in the U.S.

Jacobsen: What are the values of the medical field within the United States? How does this differ from other fields?

Desjardins: There are values related to the patient, including compassion, respect, and justice. Other values are related to the physician, including a commitment to excellence, integrity, and ethics. Physicians take a Hippocratic Oath and swear to uphold specific ethical standards. It differs from other fields. Healthcare is, however, a business in the U.S., which creates conflicts with some of its values. For example, many medical practices start with noble goals, trying to help their community with devoted, caring physicians who will do whatever is best to help their patients. These practices sometimes get bought by venture capital firms. After the purchase, physicians become indentured servants, forced to perform massive amounts of work (e.g., seeing one patient every five minutes). They are forced to do whatever is best to maximize shareholders’ and investors’ profits at the expense of quality of care and consequences to physicians’ health.

Jacobsen: Venture capital firms decided to make medicine a business. Is there a documented timeline?

Desjardins: Venture capital firms started buying physicians and medical practices in the late 1980s, a growing phenomenon.

Jacobsen: When do venture capital firms decide to buy them?

Desjardins: I am not familiar with the field of business, but they seem to buy them when they are profitable or have the potential to become profitable from the exploitation of physicians.

Jacobsen: Since medicine became more of a business than less of one, what are some choices the businesses made to appeal to patients with higher incomes?

Desjardins: Some hospitals offer entire floors reserved for wealthy patients, with hotel-like amenities in their rooms and increased access to services and physicians, a limousine drive from the airport, and lodging for patients’ families.

Jacobsen: How do CEOs and others interact with physicians?

Desjardins: CEOs have minimal direct interactions with physicians. They often provide mass emails to their entire medical center staff updating everyone on current issues, such as the pandemic or new initiatives, the hospital system’s latest national rankings, or financial health.

Jacobsen: Why is American medicine terrible at outcomes?

Desjardins: American medicine is known as the “great outlier”: it is the worst healthcare system among high-income countries (Commonwealth Funds) but at the same time is the most expensive healthcare system in the world. It has a high infant mortality rate, low life expectancy at age 60, and high preventable mortality. Its infant mortality rate is comparable to some third-world countries, like Sri Lanka (Worldbank). This poor performance at extremely high costs is due to multiple factors. It includes a minimal focus on preventive medicine, emphasis on fixing catastrophic health outcomes after years of neglect, the practice of defensive medicine, and the business approach to healthcare. The traumatic nature of life in America, and the high poverty rate, have significant harmful effects on the population’s health.

Jacobsen: How are these expectations from American patients coming to American physicians with sophisticated ignorance, when ignorance masquerading as knowledge comes to blows with evidence-based expertise?

Desjardins: Physicians are required by their Hippocratic Oath to serve their patients as best as possible. They use an evidence-based approach to healthcare, which is good medicine that can sometimes lead to bad outcomes. The latter often leads to patients physically harming or suing their physician, as patients are too ignorant to realize that good medicine sometimes leads to bad outcomes. Physicians can respond to this situation in two ways. First, they can continue using an evidence-based approach for healthcare until they either get harmed by their patient or more likely lose their practice license due to too many frivolous lawsuits against them. Or they can adapt to an ignorant, scientifically illiterate society by doing “defensive” medicine. The latter leads to overutilization of medical resources, patient harm, and increased U.S. healthcare expenses.

Jacobsen: What about the lower strata of the educational and authority hierarchy in medical facilities? I mean nurses and the like. How is their education? Are they given the same quality of education? How does their education impact the quality of care for patients?

Desjardins: Every member of the healthcare field receives the best possible quality of education addressing the tasks they are expected to perform, ensuring the highest level of quality in healthcare at different levels. Problems arise when healthcare workers lower in the hierarchy are given the authority to perform duties and actions for which they have not been trained to decrease healthcare costs. It has led to patients’ deaths.

3 – On American patients

Jacobsen: How are values and preferences of cultures impacting the expectations from physicians by patients in the United States?

Desjardins: I am originally from Canada. Canadians have a more socialist mindset, think about the greater good, and are more reasonable. Americans have a more individualistic mindset. They will not tolerate waiting lists like in Canada. If they cannot see their physicians rapidly or get the device or the operations they want, they get angry and can become litigious. They will expect physicians to spend millions on extending grandma’s life by a few weeks. They have gone to court to prevent unplugging of brain-dead patients (remember Terri Schiavo), with brain dead U.S. lawmakers forcing doctors to keep these patients on life support.

Jacobsen: How are American patients different than others?

Desjardins: They have no personal accountability. They do not take care of themselves. They can chain-smoke for 50 years and then blame their physician if they develop cancer. They expect their physicians to be at their service 24/7/365, an unrealistic expectation, to work all the time without getting tired, and never make a mistake. They fail to realize that physicians are human beings. They still think of physicians as wealthy, privileged people driving expensive cars and living in mansions. U.S. physicians are instead in massive debts from medical schools, massively overworked, cannot take breaks, and are often suicidal from their working conditions.

Jacobsen: How are American patients similar to others?

Desjardins: They get sick.

Jacobsen: How do these expectations from patients impact the pressure from administration towards physicians?

Desjardins: There is increasing use of patient satisfaction metrics by the administration to judge physician performance, which I believe is wrong. Most factors affecting patient satisfaction, like waiting time or access to physicians, are entirely beyond the control of physicians. Hospitals in the U.S. are like hotels. U.S. patients have unrealistic expectations because of this hotel mentality.

Jacobsen: What are the rudest versions of this hotel mindset of American patients?

Desjardins: We see more disrespectful behavior from patients and their families against doctors. Some patients will refuse to be examined by a black, Muslim, female, or foreign physician or by a medical trainee, intern, or resident. They will get angry at physicians if they must wait a long time before visits, if the price of their medication is too high, or if busy physicians do not spend enough time with them. And, of course, angry patients often write bad online reviews against competent, dedicated physicians, negatively affecting the physicians’ careers and livelihood.

Jacobsen: What about American virtues? How are these ameliorating this issue of overwork or poorly cared-for physicians?

Desjardins: Americans can display generosity, compassion, honesty, and solidarity. They often raise thousands of dollars in crowd-funding of patients for an operation, a transplant, or medication. Unfortunately, there is zero empathy in American culture towards physicians. When Americans are told of the poor working conditions of physicians, they simply respond that physicians chose that profession, and they should accept the consequences of working in that profession, even if this leads to physician deaths. When a football player commits suicide, this is extensively covered in the news media, and small local memorials are erected around which people can deposit flowers and pay their respect. When a U.S. physician commits suicide due to poor working conditions, their body gets covered by a tarp, and the death is not reported in the news media. When patients come to their annual physician visit, they are told the physician moved away. After dedicating their lives to taking care of human suffering, their existence is simply eradicated and forgotten. But Americans will remember the football player forever.

Jacobsen: Are violent hysterics against Dr. Fauci ongoing?

Desjardins: I don’t think they will ever stop. In December 2021, Fox News host Jesse Watters urged listeners at a conservative meeting to take a “kill shot” at Dr. Anthony Fauci, the U.S. top government infectious disease physician. Since April 2020, Dr. Fauci and his family have received multiple death threats and have required security and bodyguards. Think about it for a minute. One of the most brilliant infectious disease scientists in the U.S. receives numerous death threats from Americans due to a world pandemic originating in China. What kind of society does that?

Jacobsen: What are two great examples of American ignorance in biology/medicine and basic astronomy?

Desjardins: At my institution, we invite the best scientists in the world to talk about their research. I was privileged to attend lectures by academics who devoted their entire careers to studying American ignorance and scientific illiteracy and trying to find solutions. Here are some examples they provided. Only about 20-30% of Americans believe in the theory of evolution, the core of all biological and medical science. 25% of Americans are unaware that the Earth revolves around the Sun. More recently, when Trump recommended injecting or swallowing Clorox to kill the coronavirus during the pandemic, thousands of Americans poisoned themselves by following his advice.

Jacobsen: Is there a similar trend, as with the increasingly worse treatment of physicians over half of a century, of a collapse of the social fabric and institutional trust in the United States? If so, are these mutually reinforcing trends?

Desjardins: The combination of ignorance and hostility in the U.S., each reinforcing the other, leads to the current war against expertise, in which the expertise of physicians, scientists, and scholars is downplayed or wholly dismissed. I am reminded of the famous quote by Isaac Azimov: “There is a cult of ignorance in the United States, and there has always been. The strain of anti-intellectualism has been a constant thread winding its way through our political and cultural life, nurtured by the false notion that democracy means that my ignorance is just as good as your knowledge.” In his 2017 book, “The Death of Expertise: The Campaign Against Established Knowledge and Why It Matters,” Tom Nichols addressed the issue. Nichols notes that “increasing numbers of laypeople lack basic knowledge, they reject fundamental rules of evidence and refuse to learn how to make a logical argument.” He describes instances where scientifically illiterate patients tell their physician why their advice is wrong. He decries Americans’ lack of critical thinking abilities, their positive hostility towards knowledge, their rejection of science, and of dispassionate rationality, which are the foundations of modern civilization.

4 – On the work conditions of U.S. physicians

Jacobsen: What was the earliest known, to you, exposure to the poor working treatment of physicians in the United States?

Desjardins: I realized it as soon as I started my training in the U.S. when I was forced to work 68h without sleep. I had been on call at the hospital two nights in a row, had worked 58 consecutive hours without rest, and was driving back home. As I crashed into my bed, I received a phone call from my chief resident asking me why I was not at the hospital as I was on call again for a third night in a row. I was unaware of it and explained the situation. He ordered me to get back to work. I drove back exhausted to the hospital and could have easily been killed in a car accident. I worked ten additional consecutive hours until I crashed on the call room floor. They found me unconscious later that morning. It was my first exposure to the poor working conditions of U.S. physicians.

Jacobsen: Who have been the most vocal people about exposing the treatment of physicians from 50 years ago to 10 years ago?

Desjardins: In the U.S., it was common for post-MD medical trainees (called “residents”) to work 90-100 hours per week and up to 36 hours without rest. In March 1984, 18-yo Libby Zion died at a New York hospital from a prescription error by a resident doing a 36h shift. It led to an investigation on the effect of resident fatigue on patient safety. New regulations were passed in 1987 limiting residents in New York to work no more than 80h per week and no more than 24 consecutive hours. In 2003, the ACGME (the body regulating medical training in the U.S.) extended the rule to all residents. They also limited resident calls to once every third night and implemented one day off per week. For comparison, in Europe, residents cannot work more than 48h per week. Note that these new rules only apply to residents in training, not to the U.S. practicing physicians who regularly work up to 120h per week and up to 72 consecutive hours without sleep.

Jacobsen: Of various productions, what ones seem to have made the biggest inroads in sheer viewership or consumption?

Desjardins: Around ten years ago, some physicians started to expose the poor working conditions of U.S. physicians. Dr. Pamela Wible noticed an epidemic of suicide among physicians, and she began accumulating data. So far, she has documented 1620 suicides of physicians caused by their poor working conditions, a clear underestimate of the true incidence of the problem. She publicized her results in a TED talk (“Why doctors kill themselves,” March 23, 2016), maintains a blog, and wrote books on the poor treatment of U.S. physicians. Since then, many articles, blogs, books, medical conferences, and documentary movies have covered the poor treatment of U.S. physicians. As a result of these initiatives, physician wellness is now a topic addressed by every U.S. hospital and medical school.

Jacobsen: Which productions have been the most incisive and factually accurate?

Desjardins: On April 8, 2019, the New York Times published the op-ed article “The Business of Health Care Depends on Exploiting Doctors and Nurses” by Dr. Danielle Ofri. The op-ed discussed how the U.S. exploits healthcare workers with poor working conditions that would be unacceptable in other fields and countries. In June 2019, Dr. Pamela Wible wrote a book entitled “Human Rights Violations in Medicine,” tabulating and illustrating with real examples 40 different ways in which the U.S. violates the fundamental human rights of its physicians. It includes sleep deprivation, food deprivation, water deprivation, overwork, exploitation, bullying, punishment when sick, violence, no mental health care, etc. In 2018, Robyn Symon produced a documentary movie on physician suicide and poor working conditions entitled “Do no harm” (donoharmfilm.com). It is available for rent on Amazon and Vimeo. In 2004, Dr. Kevin Pho created a blog (KevinMD.com) on physician issues. Several recent articles and interviews on his blog have focused on the poor working conditions of U.S. physicians.

Jacobsen: What are other superficial proposals at every medical center hypothesized to help with the issue of overwork?

Desjardins: The U.S. lacks interest in identifying and solving real problems. It goes well beyond healthcare and applies to poverty, violence, corruption, gun control, climate change, etc. Band-Aid solutions are proposed, and the root causes of problems are rarely addressed. Physician working conditions are treated similarly. Every hospital and medical school is now addressing physician wellness, given the massive levels of physician burnout. They discuss yoga mats, meditation, eating healthy, exercising, and sleeping well. But they don’t address 120h work weeks, 72 consecutive hours call shifts without rest and lack of access to food and water, physicians dying on the job, getting strokes on the job, destroying their health.

Jacobsen: Have any tried the simple and obvious solution by taking issue with the prefix “over-” in “overwork” to deal with overwork of physicians? 

Desjardins: No. There is a lack of interest in identifying the real problems and offering needed solutions. There is only one solution to the overwork of U.S. physicians: getting more physicians (or physician equivalent healthcare workers). The U.S. has 2.6 physicians per 1000 people (WorldBank data). The European Union has 4.9, ranging from 3.7 in the Netherlands to 8.0 in Italy, with much healthier populations. Despite the smaller number of physicians in the U.S., the country has the highest healthcare costs globally: $11K per capita in the U.S., compared to $5K per capita in the European Union. If the U.S. increased its population of physicians, the costs would rise since U.S. medicine is a business with unlimited spending. Hospitals have started to explore substituting physicians with less qualified healthcare workers to decrease costs. The frightening consequences of this approach have been well documented in the 2020 book by Dr. Al-Agba and Dr. Bernard, “Patients at Risk: The Rise of the Nurse Practitioner and Physician Assistant in Healthcare.” The book provides examples of poorly trained N.P.s and P.A.s, allowed to perform physician-level decisions and actions, resulting in preventable patient deaths.

Jacobsen: If working 36 hours in one period, what are the impacts, known in medicine and psychology, on the human brain?

Desjardins: Lack of sleep for 24h is, according to the CDC, equivalent to having a blood alcohol content of 0.10, higher than the legal driving limit of 0.08. Among the many side effects, it creates drowsiness, impaired judgment, impaired memory, reduced coordination, increased stress level, and the brain shutting down neurons in some regions. Lack of sleep for 48h affects cognition. The brain enters brief periods of complete unconsciousness known as microsleep, lasting several seconds. Lack of sleep for 72h will have more profound effects on mood and cognition and can lead to paranoia. Chronic sleep deprivation has a lasting impact on general health and creates high blood pressure, obesity, diabetes, heart disease, and depression.

Jacobsen: If working 90-100 hours in a week in one week, what are the impacts, known in medicine and psychology, on the human body?

Desjardins: In a 2021 study by WHO and ILO, long working hours (> 55h/week) led to 398 000 deaths from stroke (35% risk increase) and 347 000 deaths from ischemic heart disease (17% risk increase). Dr. Maria Neira from WHO stated that “Working 55 hours or more per week is a serious health hazard“. Now imagine how much worst of a hazard for physicians forced to work more than 55 consecutive hours without rest. I cannot find any studies specifically looking at the health effects of 90-100 hours workweeks. Japan has the term “karoshi” to describe death by overwork, and employers are held criminally responsible for such deaths. No such laws exist in the U.S.

Jacobsen: How do these working conditions – and work expectations – impact the social life of the physicians amongst one another, and the physician-to-patient interaction?

Desjardins: Overwork increases the divorce rate in female physicians, not in male physicians. Many physicians do not have much social life since they work constantly. They mainly interact with other physicians at work, not outside work. Sometimes burned-out overworked physicians have been rude to their patients, especially surgeons.

Jacobsen: How were physician friends killed in the midst of maltreatment due to working conditions in medical institutions? How have physician friends been permanently disabled due to the work conditions?

Desjardins: Thousands of U.S. physicians have been killed or disabled because of poor working conditions. It has been extensively described in the literature. In my circle of colleagues, which extends beyond my current institution, three of my close radiology colleagues have been killed, all in their 30s, and many have been disabled for life. One was killed at work under circumstances that are still hidden. Two were killed in car accidents after driving back home in the middle of the night after their workday, completely exhausted. A colleague developed a stroke during his workday resulting in a permanent physical handicap. Another colleague was on his 97th hour of work on a week in which he was not allowed to sleep much or eat much. His body failed under these poor working conditions, and he became blind during work. He was rushed to the E.R., where they diagnosed a work-condition induced hypertensive urgency with bilateral optic nerve damage. They pumped him full of medication until part of his vision returned. But he remains physically disabled for life due to the poor working conditions.

Jacobsen: How many patients kill their, current or former, physicians every year in the United States? How does this compare to other countries with metrics if any?

Desjardins: There are, unfortunately, no statistics on that. In my city, physicians are frequently assaulted by their patients. Some have been stabbed in the face, and some have been killed. The local news media almost always downplay it. Physicians are killed in other countries, too, notably in China. Physician suicides from the poor U.S. working conditions are also downplayed. When a physician jumps from the roof of their hospital, the local authorities simply throw a tarp over the body and don’t report it in the news media. Hospitals simply do not want the bad publicity from having a series of physicians jumping to their death from the roof of their hospital due to poor working conditions, like what recently happened in some N.Y. hospitals.

Jacobsen: What is the level of burn out in your field? What is the formal definition of “burn out” – whatever terms people want to use to describe physicians simply being taxed beyond reasonable limits and – not even requested – demanded to work more, as in your case?

Desjardins: The current level of burnout in my field is up to 70%. There has been a debate on whether physicians experience burnout, moral injury, or basic human rights violations. Burnout means physical and mental collapse from overwork. Moral injury indicates damage to one’s conscience when witnessing horrible conditions violating one’s moral beliefs or code of conduct. In 1948 the U.N. General Assembly adopted a Universal Declaration of Human Rights, a standard for properly treating human beings. Human rights violations are violations of the rules in this declaration. Physicians experience all three categories of injuries: burnout, moral injury, and human rights violations. It is a symptom of a toxic healthcare system, with working conditions massively out of compliance with safe labor laws from all other industries.

Jacobsen: What are some of the more egregious examples of (mis-)treatment of physicians?

Desjardins: There are many examples in the literature. Some U.S. physicians are forced to work up to 72 consecutive hours without rest. In my circle of colleagues, which extends well beyond my current institution, many of my colleagues experienced mistreatment. A physician friend recently started a new job in breast imaging. At the end of her first workday, which included a half-day orientation, they put her on probation for not reading her daily quota of 100 studies. At the end of her second workday, she became more proficient with her new work tools and read 98 studies, two studies short of her daily quota. They fired her immediately. Another physician friend was starting a new radiology job and went to lunch at the hospital cafeteria on her first day. She was forcibly dragged back to her work cubicle before eating a single bite, yelled at by administrators, and told physicians in her practice are not allowed to eat during the workday. Many physicians are required to work non-stop with no breaks for eating and no bathroom breaks and finish their regular workday in the middle of the night. They sometimes must sleep on the floor of their office at the hospital as there is not enough time to return home before their next shift. Dr. Pamela Wible identified several extreme examples of mistreatment: physicians being forced to work during a miscarriage or a seizure, surgeons collapsing on their patients because of dehydration and hypoglycemia because of their lack of access to food and water during work, and physicians falling asleep on their patient during medical rounds due to massive exhaustion.

Jacobsen: When speaking of your deceased or now-disabled colleagues, what happens to a body as parts of it simply shut down, especially in, basically, peak health years, e.g., the 30s?

Desjardins: For deceased colleagues, their body gets cremated or eaten by worms. For disabled colleagues, their health remains affected by the damage to their bodies for the remaining of their lives and deteriorates faster as they get older. They develop chronic diseases, such as high blood pressure, sooner than other workers, making their bodies deteriorate faster and increasing morbidity and mortality.

Jacobsen: For the UDHR, what human rights violations are discussed the most in the literature?

Desjardins: I would say violations of Article 23 (Everyone has the right to work, to free choice of employment, to just and favorable conditions of work), Article 24 (Everyone has the right to rest and leisure, including reasonable limitation of working hours), and Article 25 (Everyone has the right to a standard of living adequate for the health and well-being of himself and of his family, including food).

Jacobsen: Is the International Labour Organization, in any way, involved in rectifying these working conditions? Are there any countries anywhere with comparable working conditions, though, perhaps, lacking the advanced expertise and technological sophistication of the U.S.?

Desjardins: Among the risks for physicians identified by the ILO is “Physical and mental fatigue stemming from the specific conditions of this work” and “Danger of being violently attacked by unsatisfied patients.” So, the ILO has identified some of the risks and has proposed some solutions (Improving employment and working conditions in health services, 2017). In that paper, they discuss the European Union 2003 Working Time Directive, setting work limits to 48h per week, minimum daily rest periods of 11h, weekly rest of 35h, and allowing derogations for some doctors. They do not discuss the working conditions of U.S. physicians. Every country has different working conditions for physicians. India, China, and African Countries have difficult working conditions, given limited access to medical technology and the low physician to population ratios. But among the most industrialized countries (G-20), the U.S. and China have the worst working conditions for physicians.

Jacobsen: What are common statements from physicians about the working conditions?

Desjardins: The physician workforce has undergone a progressive zombification as it evolved within the current system. Physicians develop learned powerlessness to affect the system and deference to authority. They understand that working 72 consecutive hours without sleep is illegal and inhumane in every other profession except their own but are forced to do it by their hospital administration. They know that they will continue to become victims of crimes committed by corrupt prosecutors. They understand that the U.S. population is strongly anti-physicians and anti-science and will never be their ally. They know that the U.S. healthcare system is collapsing faster than anyone predicted. So, they bear the insufferable work environment and count the days until they can afford to abandon their medical careers or die on the job.

Jacobsen: Have American physicians simply left states to other states, even to other countries for humane working conditions?

Desjardins: Definitely. Physicians frequently move out of state because of working conditions. In some departments, large groups of physicians leave en masse to practice elsewhere or abandon their medical career. Most would like to move out of the U.S. into countries with better working conditions for physicians, such as Canada, the U.K., or European Union countries, but immigration and licensure issues prevent them from moving abroad.

Jacobsen: What does this bode for the future of the American healthcare system?

Desjardins: The American healthcare system is collapsing. A massive shortage of healthcare workers is rapidly worsening, made even worse by the treatment of U.S. healthcare workers during the recent pandemic. The jail time recently imposed by a judge on a massively overworked nurse for a fatal mistake will likely have a massive negative impact. These factors decrease the interest of foreign healthcare workers to move to the U.S., reduce the appeal of Americans to enter the medical field and make healthcare workers retire earlier. They have caused the development of healthcare deserts in 80% of the counties in the U.S., which lack access to the medical workforce, hospitals, or pharmacies. The present situation is bleak, but the future will be even more dismal.

5 – On the medical-legal system in the U.S.

Jacobsen: How is the U.S. comparable to the Middle Ages with patients blaming physicians for illness?

Desjardins: It is often taught that the U.S. has been the only country since the Middle Ages in which people blame physicians for their diseases. There is no personal accountability anymore in the U.S. Every problem Americans face is someone else’s fault. They blame most problems on immigrants or rich people, but they blame healthcare problems on physicians. If a woman delivers an imperfect baby, she blames it on the physician and tries to extort money. If a man develops lung cancer after chain-smoking for 50 years, he will often go over his past medical record with lawyers to see if a physician could be blamed for his cancer. Sometimes they discover early imperceptible evidence about cancer and then try to extort money from physicians. Most U.S. courtrooms in medical-legal trials are like the courtroom from the movie “Idiocracy,” where massively ignorant, scientifically illiterate people try to blame top physicians for patients’ diseases. The U.S. medical-legal system has been the laughingstock of the entire planet for more than fifty years.

Jacobsen: What about the legal repercussions?

Desjardins: An entire sector of the U.S. “justice” system has been created to blame physicians for patients’ diseases. There are thousands of primarily frivolous lawsuits filed against physicians in the U.S. every year. Corrupt prosecutors use four well-known techniques of deception to extort money: (1) they suppress published scientific evidence supporting the correct actions by physicians, (2) they commit massive perjury against physicians, (3) they use flawed reasoning techniques from con-artists to fool jurors, and (4) they pay unqualified “experts” to misrepresent the standards of medical practice in court. In addition, U.S. judges threaten physicians with jail time if they try to prove in court that they followed correct science, after corrupt prosecutors suppress published scientific evidence. In other countries, using deception to extort money is a crime. In the U.S., it is the modus operandi of a 55-billion-dollar financial extortion industry against physicians and hospitals, affecting up to 80% of U.S. physicians in some specialties.

Jacobsen: Also, how is the court system in Pennsylvania?

Desjardins: In the past ten years, Philadelphia has been exposed in the medical literature and at medical conferences as having one of the most corrupt, scientifically illiterate medical-legal systems on Earth. The Philadelphia “justice” system frequently commits crimes against innocent physicians.

Jacobsen: What are some fallouts or likely outcomes from this idiocy?

Desjardins: It has led to a severe shortage of physicians in Philadelphia. Physicians have left the city by the boatload, sometimes more than 50% of entire divisions resigning en masse, and we experience significant difficulties recruiting. Several city hospitals have permanently shut down in recent years, and many more are on the verge of shutting down.

Jacobsen: How does this impact the future of the field to recruit sufficiently qualified, even talented, individuals? Where do they go? What about those better physicians in the field who can hack it, but don’t want to deal with the nonsense and risks to livelihood?

Desjardins:  In the past ten years, my clinical section, which is in desperate need of more radiologists, has not been able to recruit any radiologists. We have offered some promising recruits the possibility to work remotely. Still, they do not want to be associated with the city of Philadelphia for the reasons described above.

Jacobsen: How do U.S. physicians keep one another in check, too, in case of malpractice – so back to higher levels of healthcare education and authority?

Desjardins: A tiny portion of lawsuits against physicians are genuine cases of malpractice due to poorly trained or incompetent physicians. Checks and balances are in place to either address the educational shortcomings or remove the practice license if necessary. Most lawsuits are crimes committed against excellent physicians by corrupt prosecutors in cases of bad outcomes or complications, which are part of expected outcomes in medicine. There is no lesson for physicians to learn from these cases. They are discussed in the literature and at conferences to educate physicians about the corruption and scientific illiteracy of the U.S. “justice” system and prepare them to become crime victims.

Jacobsen: Have physicians built any defense mechanisms or infrastructure to protect themselves from the litigious patients, when they inevitably arise, or the top-heavy bureaucratic culture?

Desjardins: There is a malpractice insurance system for physicians, a 55-billion-dollar industry. When physicians become victims of too many frivolous lawsuits, the cost of their malpractice insurance rapidly increases until, at some point, they cannot afford to pay the exorbitant fees and are forced to abandon their medical careers. Physicians practicing in cities with the most corrupt medical-legal systems tend to leave their medical profession early, worsening the massive shortage of physicians.

Jacobsen: How does this – the litigious patients out there and the maltreatment of healthcare professionals by institutions – impact those with fewer means and less authority in medical institutions, e.g., nurses, nurse-practitioners, and the like?

Desjardins: Nurses and nurse-practitioners have their own malpractice insurance system, although physicians and hospitals are the main targets of prosecutors. Nurses also have difficult working conditions, including forced overtime. But they cannot be exposed to working conditions as poor as physicians, as nurses have a union. For example, nurses are “officially” not allowed to work more than 12 consecutive hours in most states. It does not include occasional forced overtime. Some physicians are required to work up to 72 straight hours. It would be illegal and inhumane to make nurses work as long as physicians.

6 – On medical quackery in the U.S.

Jacobsen: What are common cases of individuals able to use the term “doctor,” “physician,” etc., by law, or not, when, in fact, no legitimate training or grounds for the claims to the titles exist?

Desjardins: Many professions outside medicine use the term “doctor.” Any Ph.D. in any field has the right to be called a “doctor,” for example, Dr. Jill Biden has a doctorate in educational leadership. Dr. Phil McGraw (Dr. Phil) is not a physician but provides medical advice on T.V. He has a Doctorate in Psychology but is not a licensed psychologist. In the healthcare field, Doctors of Osteopathy (D.O.s) have the right to be called “doctors” and practice medicine in the U.S. but cannot practice medicine in some other countries. Chiropractors and naturopaths are called “doctors” and practice healthcare but are not physicians. They constitute a hazard to healthcare and are not allowed to practice in most countries. There are cases of individuals pretending to be physicians who practice medicine without training until they are exposed.

Jacobsen: There are ineffective remedies out there in the public sold. What about medical institutions who buy into them and begin to practice them? What are cases of this? Are there any consequences for individuals engaged in giving out known ineffective treatments?

Desjardins: The medical community scientifically assesses remedies to determine their effectiveness. If they are proven ineffective, respectable institutions will not adopt them. Some physicians dispense some ineffective or dangerous therapy and can lose their license. Recently U.S. judges forced physicians to administer ivermectin (horse deworming medicine) to COVID patients, an act of pure idiocy. It reflects the mindboggling scientific illiteracy of the U.S. justice system. Physicians who have administered such medication have been fired for incompetence and stupidity.

Jacobsen: Also, what are the problems with ‘alternative’ medicine, naturopathic medicine, and so on?

Desjardins: They don’t work. Just look at the late Steve Jobs.

Jacobsen: I wrote a short article critical of Naturopathy in British Columbia, Canada, a while ago – a quickie. A while goes, I received a lengthy email or digital letter from the President of the British Columbia Naturopathic Association (B.C.NA.) at the time. Obviously, the person was displeased. I responded with the same so-called baseless critiques towards this individual, once, saying I would only do it a single time, but covered the territory well. How is the Dr. Oz-ification of culture and medicine halting progress on the front of proper treatment of disease in American society?

Desjardins: Some individuals with top credentials in a specific field sometimes become self-appointed experts in entirely different fields. Dr. Mehmet Oz is one of those. He is a retired Ivy League Professor and cardiothoracic surgeon from Columbia University. He is a scholar with top credentials in a highly specialized field, who has become a television personality and started providing general health advice. He has promoted pseudoscience, alternative medicine, faith healing, and paranormal beliefs. Dr. Scott Atlas, a prominent neuroradiologist from Stanford, was appointed by Trump as a coronavirus advisor, an area in which he had no expertise. He then spread massive misinformation about COVID and advised against the official policy of the CDC. Pseudo-experts are tools that ignorant, corrupt people use to spread misinformation in the U.S. These pseudo-experts halt progress of good evidence-based medical policy and affect the quality of care.

Jacobsen: Other than Dr. Oz, who are other ignorance-mongers becoming rich off offering fake medicine?

Desjardins: There are several, especially given the rapid growth of social media. But the most prominent media personalities doctors are Dr. Andrew Weil, a physician and expert in integrative medicine, and Dr. Phil McGraw, a T.V. unlicensed psychologist. Weil has a net worth of $100 million (similar to Dr. Oz). McGraw has a net worth of $460 million. They both offer good and bad advice and are both very entertaining.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Science and Reality

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2022/04/30

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin(YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, Amazon, LinkedIn, Google Scholar) is the author of Malignant Self-love: Narcissism Revisited (Amazon)and After the Rain: How the West Lost the East(Amazon) as well as many other books and ebooks about topics in psychology, relationships, philosophy, economics, international affairs, and award-winning short fiction. He was Senior Business Correspondent for United Press International (February, 2001 — April, 2003), CEO of Narcissus Publications (April, 1997 — April 2013), Editor-in-Chief of Global Politician (January, 2011 -), a columnist for PopMatters, eBookWeb, Bellaonline, and Central Europe Review, an editor for The Open Directory and Suite101 (Categories: Mental Health and Central East Europe), and a contributor to Middle East Times, a contributing writer to The American Chronicle Media Group, Columnist and Analyst for Nova Makedonija, Fokus, and Kapital, Founding Analyst of The Analyst Network, former president of the Israeli chapter of the Unification Church’s Professors for World Peace Academy, and served in the Israeli Defense Forces (1979–1982). He has been awarded Israel’s Council of Culture and Art Prize for Maiden Prose (1997), The Rotary Club Award for Social Studies (1976), and the Bilateral Relations Studies Award of the American Embassy in Israel (1978), among other awards. He is Visiting Professor of Psychology, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia(September, 2017 to present), Professor of Finance and Psychology in SIAS-CIAPS (Centre for International Advanced and Professional Studies)(April, 2012 to present), a Senior Correspondent for New York Daily Sun (January, 2015 — Present), and Columnist for Allied Newspapers Group (January, 2015 — Present). He lives in Skopje, North Macedonia with his wife, Lidija Rangelovska. Here we talk about science and reality.

*Previous interviews listed chronologically after interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Reality — all that is, ever was, or ever will be, what defines it, to you?

Prof. Shmuel “Sam” Vaknin: “Reality” is the name we give to our aggregate experiences, both of ourselves (“consciousness”) and of not-ourselves (the “world out there”).

We assume that a world exists independent of our perception of it or interaction with it because we maintain an intersubjective agreement with all other human beings.

The high correlation between the contents of our mind and the self-reports of others leads us to deduce that we must be sharing something distinct from our observations and experiences.

Of course, this commonly shared “theory of reality” is full of holes and easily refuted. But we tend to ignore this fact and impute “reality” even to simulated worlds — simply because they trigger reactions in our brains.

Jacobsen: What defines science?

Vaknin: Scientific Theories

All theories — scientific or not — start with a problem. They aim to solve it by proving that what appears to be “problematic” is not. They re-state the conundrum, or introduce new data, new variables, a new classification, or new organizing principles. They incorporate the problem in a larger body of knowledge, or in a conjecture (“solution”). They explain why we thought we had an issue on our hands — and how it can be avoided, vitiated, or resolved.

Every scientific theory and many pillars of the scientific method are founded on metaphysical principles.

Evolution Theory hails from the metaphysical assumption that individual organisms as well as entire species aim or are geared to survive. Survival is the hermeneutic and organizing principle.

The Special Theory of Relativity is based on the Cartesian separation between observer and observed.

Popper’s principle of Falsifiability is founded on a tautology (for a theory to be considered scientific, it must be falsifiable — but we can apply falsifiability only to scientific theories). Add to this the fact that the languages we use to communicate science — mathematics and geometry, for instance — are not neutral. They constrain in large measure what can and cannot be said, they shape content via context, and they provide language elements as theoretical entities.

There are two types of ideas: synoptic and prescriptive. Synoptic ideas shed light on the interconnectedness of apparently disparate phenomena or concepts. These insights are titillating, fascinating, or even mind-boggling. But, with the exception of a few specialists and eggheads, they are usually of fleeting interest, akin to intellectual fireworks and pyrotechnics, a form of entertainment that fizzles out and is rendered tedious by repetition. Synoptic ideas are deep and intertwined, so people tend to tune out and wander off (or fall asleep) in mid-sentence. Interdisciplinarity requires discipline and rigor that few have, not even the majority of scholars (witness the crowd dynamics in academic conferences). In contradistinction, prescriptive ideas focus on proposed solutions based on cumulative data and experience or on theories and rules of derivation. They are highly relevant to their consumers because they aim to better their lives and resolve their problems. Religion, science, technology, and most of philosophy are prescriptive. A public intellectual whose output is strictly synoptic won’t remain public for very long: he will fall out of favor and be ignored and overlooked. Prescriptive thought leaders and change agents thrive and prosper the more anomic, disrupted, dysfunctional, and pathologized society is. The more lost, disoriented, anxious, and depressed people are, the more they seek prescription to extricate them from their predicament.

Scientific theories invite constant criticism and revision. They yield new problems. They are proven erroneous and are replaced by new models which offer better explanations and a more profound sense of understanding — often by solving these new problems. From time to time, the successor theories constitute a break with everything known and done till then. These seismic convulsions are known as “paradigm shifts”.

It is interesting to note that paradigm-shifting work is often produced by non-specialist outsiders, gifted amateurs, and laymen (such as Da Vinci, Steno, Mandel, Freud, and, to some extent, Einstein). As Thomas Kuhn noted, run of the mill scientists are vested and invested in the status quo and normally generate paradigm-sustaining theories and discoveries.

Contrary to widespread opinion — even among scientists — science is not only about “facts”. It is not merely about quantifying, measuring, describing, classifying, and organizing “things” (entities). It is not even concerned with finding out the “truth”. Science is about providing us with concepts, explanations, and predictions (collectively known as “theories”) and thus endowing us with a sense of understanding of our world.

Scientific theories are allegorical or metaphoric. They revolve around symbols and theoretical constructs, concepts and substantive assumptions, axioms and hypotheses — most of which can never, even in principle, be computed, observed, quantified, measured, or correlated with the world “out there”. By appealing to our imagination, scientific theories reveal what David Deutsch calls “the fabric of reality”.

Like any other system of knowledge, science has its fanatics, heretics, and deviants.

Instrumentalists, for instance, insist that scientific theories should be concerned exclusively with predicting the outcomes of appropriately designed experiments. Their explanatory powers are of no consequence. Positivists ascribe meaning only to statements that deal with observables and observations.

Instrumentalists and positivists ignore the fact that predictions are derived from models, narratives, and organizing principles. In short: it is the theory’s explanatory dimensions that determine which experiments are relevant and which are not. Forecasts — and experiments — that are not embedded in an understanding of the world (in an explanation) do not constitute science.

Granted, predictions and experiments are crucial to the growth of scientific knowledge and the winnowing out of erroneous or inadequate theories. But they are not the only mechanisms of natural selection. There are other criteria that help us decide whether to adopt and place confidence in a scientific theory or not. Is the theory aesthetic (parsimonious), logical, does it provide a reasonable explanation and, thus, does it further our understanding of the world?

David Deutsch in “The Fabric of Reality” (p. 11):

“… (I)t is hard to give a precise definition of ‘explanation’ or ‘understanding’. Roughly speaking, they are about ‘why’ rather than ‘what’; about the inner workings of things; about how things really are, not just how they appear to be; about what must be so, rather than what merely happens to be so; about laws of nature rather than rules of thumb. They are also about coherence, elegance, and simplicity, as opposed to arbitrariness and complexity …”

Reductionists and emergentists ignore the existence of a hierarchy of scientific theories and meta-languages. They believe — and it is an article of faith, not of science — that complex phenomena (such as the human mind) can be reduced to simple ones (such as the physics and chemistry of the brain). Furthermore, to them the act of reduction is, in itself, an explanation and a form of pertinent understanding. Human thought, fantasy, imagination, and emotions are nothing but electric currents and spurts of chemicals in the brain, they say.

Holists, on the other hand, refuse to consider the possibility that some higher-level phenomena can, indeed, be fully reduced to base components and primitive interactions. They ignore the fact that reductionism sometimes does provide explanations and understanding. The properties of water, for instance, do spring forth from its chemical and physical composition and from the interactions between its constituent atoms and subatomic particles.

Still, there is a general agreement that scientific theories must be abstract (independent of specific time or place), intersubjectively explicit (contain detailed descriptions of the subject matter in unambiguous terms), logically rigorous (make use of logical systems shared and accepted by the practitioners in the field), empirically relevant (correspond to results of empirical research), useful (in describing and/or explaining the world), and provide typologies and predictions.

A scientific theory should resort to primitive (atomic) terminology and all its complex (derived) terms and concepts should be defined in these indivisible terms. It should offer a map unequivocally and consistently connecting operational definitions to theoretical concepts.

Operational definitions that connect to the same theoretical concept should not contradict each other (be negatively correlated). They should yield agreement on measurement conducted independently by trained experimenters. But investigation of the theory of its implication can proceed even without quantification.

Theoretical concepts need not necessarily be measurable or quantifiable or observable. But a scientific theory should afford at least four levels of quantification of its operational and theoretical definitions of concepts: nominal (labeling), ordinal (ranking), interval and ratio.

As we said, scientific theories are not confined to quantified definitions or to a classificatory apparatus. To qualify as scientific they must contain statements about relationships (mostly causal) between concepts — empirically-supported laws and/or propositions (statements derived from axioms).

Philosophers like Carl Hempel and Ernest Nagel regard a theory as scientific if it is hypothetico-deductive. To them, scientific theories are sets of inter-related laws. We know that they are inter-related because a minimum number of axioms and hypotheses yield, in an inexorable deductive sequence, everything else known in the field the theory pertains to.

Explanation is about retrodiction — using the laws to show how things happened. Prediction is using the laws to show how thingswillhappen. Understanding is explanation and prediction combined.

William Whewell augmented this somewhat simplistic point of view with his principle of “consilience of inductions”. Often, he observed, inductive explanations of disparate phenomena are unexpectedly traced to one underlying cause. This is what scientific theorizing is about — finding the common source of the apparently separate.

This omnipotent view of the scientific endeavor competes with a more modest, semantic school of philosophy of science.

Many theories — especially ones with breadth, width, and profundity, such as Darwin’s theory of evolution — are not deductively integrated and are very difficult to test (falsify) conclusively. Their predictions are either scant or ambiguous.

Scientific theories, goes the semantic view, are amalgams of models of reality. These are empirically meaningful only inasmuch as they are empirically (directly and therefore semantically) applicable to a limited area. A typical scientific theory is not constructed with explanatory and predictive aims in mind. Quite the opposite: the choice of models incorporated in it dictates its ultimate success in explaining the Universe and predicting the outcomes of experiments.

To qualify as meaningful and instrumental, a scientific explanation (or “theory”) must be:

  1. All-inclusive (anamnetic)– It must encompass, integrate and incorporate all the facts known.
  2. Coherent– It must be chronological, structured and causal.
  3. Consistent– Self-consistent (its sub-units cannot contradict one another or go against the grain of the main explication) and consistent with the observed phenomena (both those related to the event or subject and those pertaining to the rest of the universe).
  4. Logically compatible– It must not violate the laws of logic both internally (the explanation must abide by some internally imposed logic) and externally (the Aristotelian logic which is applicable to the observable world).
  5. Insightful– It must inspire a sense of awe and astonishment which is the result of seeing something familiar in a new light or the result of seeing a pattern emerging out of a big body of data. The insights must constitute the inevitable conclusion of the logic, the language, and of the unfolding of the explanation.
  6. Aesthetic– The explanation must be both plausible and “right”, beautiful, not cumbersome, not awkward, not discontinuous, smooth, parsimonious, simple, and so on.
  7. Parsimonious– The explanation must employ the minimum numbers of assumptions and entities in order to satisfy all the above conditions.
  8. Explanatory– The explanation must elucidate the behavior of other elements, including the subject’s decisions and behavior and why events developed the way they did.
    • Predictive (prognostic)– The explanation must possess the ability to predict future events, including the future behavior of the subject.
    • Elastic– The explanation must possess the intrinsic abilities to self organize, reorganize, give room to emerging order, accommodate new data comfortably, and react flexibly to attacks from within and from without.

Scientific theories must also be testable, verifiable, and refutable (falsifiable). The experiments that test their predictions must be repeatable and replicable in tightly controlled laboratory settings. All these elements are largely missing from creationist and intelligent design “theories” and explanations. No experiment could be designed to test the statements within such explanations, to establish their truth-value and, thus, to convert them to theorems or hypotheses in a theory.

This is mainly because of a problem known as the undergeneration of testable hypotheses: Creationism and intelligent Design do not generate a sufficient number of hypotheses, which can be subjected to scientific testing. This has to do with their fabulous (i.e., storytelling) nature and the resort to an untestable, omnipotent, omniscient, and omnipresent Supreme Being.

In a way, Creationism and Intelligent Design show affinity with some private languages. They are forms ofartand, as such, are self-sufficient and self-contained. If structural, internal constraints are met, a statement is deemed true within the “canon” even if it does not satisfy external scientific requirements.

The Life Cycle of Scientific Theories

“There was a time when the newspapers said that only twelve men understood the theory of relativity. I do not believe that there ever was such a time… On the other hand, I think it is safe to say that no one understands quantum mechanics… Do not keep saying to yourself, if you can possibly avoid it, ‘But how can it be like that?’, because you will get ‘down the drain’ into a blind alley from which nobody has yet escaped. Nobody knows how it can be like that.” R. P. Feynman (1967)

“The first processes, therefore, in the effectual studies of the sciences, must be ones of simplification and reduction of the results of previous investigations to a form in which the mind can grasp them.” J. C. Maxwell, On Faraday’s lines of force

“ …conventional formulations of quantum theory, and of quantum field theory in particular, are unprofessionally vague and ambiguous. Professional theoretical physicists ought to be able to do better. Bohm has shown us a way.” John S. Bell, Speakable and Unspeakable in Quantum Mechanics

“It would seem that the theory [quantum mechanics] is exclusively concerned about ‘results of measurement’, and has nothing to say about anything else. What exactly qualifies some physical systems to play the role of ‘measurer’? Was the wavefunction of the world waiting to jump for thousands of millions of years until a single-celled living creature appeared? Or did it have to wait a little longer, for some better qualified system … with a Ph.D.? If the theory is to apply to anything but highly idealized laboratory operations, are we not obliged to admit that more or less ‘measurement-like’ processes are going on more or less all the time, more or less everywhere. Do we not have jumping then all the time?

The first charge against ‘measurement’, in the fundamental axioms of quantum mechanics, is that it anchors the shifty split of the world into ‘system’ and ‘apparatus’. A second charge is that the word comes loaded with meaning from everyday life, meaning which is entirely inappropriate in the quantum context. When it is said that something is ‘measured’ it is difficult not to think of the result as referring to some pre-existing property of the object in question. This is to disregard Bohr’s insistence that in quantum phenomena the apparatus as well as the system is essentially involved. If it were not so, how could we understand, for example, that ‘measurement’ of a component of ‘angular momentum’ … in an arbitrarily chosen direction … yields one of a discrete set of values? When one forgets the role of the apparatus, as the word ‘measurement’ makes all too likely, one despairs of ordinary logic … hence ‘quantum logic’. When one remembers the role of the apparatus, ordinary logic is just fine.

In other contexts, physicists have been able to take words from ordinary language and use them as technical terms with no great harm done. Take for example the ‘strangeness’, ‘charm’, and ‘beauty’ of elementary particle physics. No one is taken in by this ‘baby talk’… Would that it were so with ‘measurement’. But in fact the word has had such a damaging effect on the discussion, that I think it should now be banned altogether in quantum mechanics.” J. S. Bell, Against “Measurement”

“Is it not clear from the smallness of the scintillation on the screen that we have to do with a particle? And is it not clear, from the diffraction and interference patterns, that the motion of the particle is directed by a wave? De Broglie showed in detail how the motion of a particle, passing through just one of two holes in screen, could be influenced by waves propagating through both holes. And so influenced that the particle does not go where the waves cancel out, but is attracted to where they co-operate. This idea seems to me so natural and simple, to resolve the wave-particle dilemma in such a clear and ordinary way, that it is a great mystery to me that it was so generally ignored.” J. S. Bell, Speakable and Unspeakable in Quantum Mechanics

“…in physics the only observations we must consider are position observations, if only the positions of instrument pointers. It is a great merit of the de Broglie-Bohm picture to force us to consider this fact. If you make axioms, rather than definitions and theorems, about the “measurement” of anything else, then you commit redundancy and risk inconsistency.” J. S. Bell, Speakable and Unspeakable in Quantum Mechanics

“To outward appearance, the modern world was born of an anti religious movement: man becoming self-sufficient and reason supplanting belief. Our generation and the two that preceded it have heard little of but talk of the conflict between science and faith; indeed it seemed at one moment a foregone conclusion that the former was destined to take the place of the latter… After close on two centuries of passionate struggles, neither science nor faith has succeeded in discrediting its adversary. On the contrary, it becomes obvious that neither can develop normally without the other. And the reason is simple: the same life animates both. Neither in its impetus nor its achievements can science go to its limits without becoming tinged with mysticism and charged with faith.” Pierre Thierry de Chardin, “The Phenomenon of Man”

I opened with lengthy quotations by John S. Bell, the main proponent of the Bohemian Mechanics interpretation of Quantum Mechanics (really, an alternative rather than an interpretation). The renowned physicist, David Bohm (in the 50s), basing himself on work done much earlier by de Broglie (the unwilling father of the wave-particle dualism), embedded the Schrödinger Equation (SE) in a deterministic physical theory which postulated a non-Newtonian motion of particles.

This is a fine example of the life cycle of scientific theories, comprised of three phases: Growth, Transitional Pathology, and Ossification.

Witchcraft, Religion, Alchemy and Science succeeded one another and each such transition was characterized by transitional pathologies reminiscent of psychotic disorders. The exceptions are (arguably) the disciplines of medicine and biology. A phenomenology of ossified bodies of knowledge would make a fascinating read.

Science is currently in its Ossification Phase. It is soon to be succeeded by another discipline or magisterium. Other explanations to the current dismal state of science should be rejected: that human knowledge is limited by its very nature; that the world is inherently incomprehensible; that methods of thought and understanding tend to self-organize to form closed mythic systems; and that there is a problem with the language which we employ to make our inquiries of the world describable and communicable.

Kuhn’s approach to Scientific Revolutions is but one of many that deal with theory and paradigm shifts in scientific thought and its resulting evolution. Scientific theories seem to be subject to a process of natural selection every bit as organisms in nature are.

Animals could be thought of as theorems (with a positive truth value) in the logical system “Nature”. But species become extinct because nature itself changes (not nature as a set of potentials — but the relevant natural phenomena to which the species are exposed). Could we say the same about scientific theories? Are they being selected and deselected partly due to a changing, shifting backdrop?

Indeed, the whole debate between “realists” and “anti-realists” in the philosophy of Science can be settled by adopting this single premise: that the Universe itself is not immutable. By contrasting the fixed subject of study (“The World”) with the transient nature of Science anti-realists gained the upper hand.

Arguments such as the under-determination of theories by data and the pessimistic meta-inductions from past falsity (of scientific “knowledge”) emphasize the transience and asymptotic nature of the fruits of the scientific endeavor. But such arguments rest on the implicit assumption that there is some universal, invariant, truth out there (which science strives to asymptotically approximate). This apparent problematic evaporates if we allow that both the observer and the observed, the theory and its subject, are alterable.

Science develops through reduction of miracles. Laws of nature are formulated. They are assumed to encompass all the (relevant) natural phenomena (that is, phenomena governed by natural forces and within nature). Ex definitio, nothing can exist outside nature: it is all-inclusive and all-pervasive, or omnipresent (formerly the attributes of the divine).

Supernatural forces, supernatural intervention, are contradictions in terms, oxymorons. If some thing or force exists, it is natural. That which is supernatural does not exist. Miracles do not only contravene (or violate) the laws of nature, they are impossible, not only physically, but also logically. That which is logically possible and can be experienced (observed), is physically possible.

But, again, we are faced with the assumption of a “fixed background”. What if nature itself changes in ways that are bound to confound ever-truer knowledge? Then, the very shifts of nature as a whole, as a system, could be called “supernatural” or “miraculous”.

In a way, this is how science evolves. A law of nature is proposed or accepted. An event occurs or an observation made which are not described or predicted by it. It is, by definition, a violation of the suggested or accepted law which is, thus, falsified. Subsequently and consequently, the laws of nature are modified, or re-written entirely, in order to reflect and encompass this extraordinary event. Result: Hume’s comforting distinction between “extraordinary” and “miraculous” events is upheld (the latter being ruled out).

Extraordinary events can be compared to previous experience — miraculous events entail some supernatural interference with the normal course of things (a “wonder” in Biblical terms). It is by confronting the extraordinary and eliminating its “abnormal” or “supernatural” attributes that science progresses as a miraculous activity. This, of course, is not the view of the likes of David Deutsch (see his book, “The Fabric of Reality”).

Back to the last phase of this Life Cycle, to Ossification. The discipline degenerates and, following the “psychotic” transitional phase, it sinks into a paralytic state which is characterized by the following:

All the practical and technological aspects of the dying discipline are preserved and continue to be utilized. Gradually the conceptual and theoretical underpinnings vanish or are replaced by the tenets and postulates of a new discipline — but the inventions, processes and practical know-how do not evaporate. They are incorporated into the new discipline and, in time, are erroneously attributed to it, marking it as the legitimate successor of the now defunct, preceding discipline.

The practitioners of the old discipline confine themselves to copying and replicating the various aspects of the old discipline, mainly its intellectual property (writings, inventions, other theoretical material). This replication does not lead to the creation of new knowledge or even to the dissemination of old one. It is a hermetic process, limited to the ever decreasing circle of the initiated. Special institutions govern the rehashing of the materials related to the old discipline, their processing and copying. Institutions related to the dead discipline are often financed and supported by the state which is always an agent of conservation, preservation and conformity.

Thus, the creative-evolutionary dimension of the now-dead discipline is gone. No new paradigms or revolutions happen. The exegesis and replication of canonical writings become the predominant activities. Formalisms are not subjected to scrutiny and laws assume eternal, immutable, quality.

All the activities of the adherents of the old discipline become ritualized. The old discipline itself becomes a pillar of the extant power structures and, as such, is condoned and supported by them. The old discipline’s practitioners synergistically collaborate with the powers that be: with the industrial base, the military complex, the political elite, the intellectual cliques in vogue. Institutionalization inevitably leads to the formation of a (mostly bureaucratic) hierarchy.

Emerging rituals serve the purpose of diverting attention from subversive, “forbidden” thinking. These rigid ceremonies are reminiscent of obsessive-compulsive disorders in individuals who engage in ritualistic behavior patterns to deflect “wrong” or “corrupt” thoughts.

Practitioners of the old discipline seek to cement the power of its “clergy”. Rituals are a specialized form of knowledge which can be obtained only by initiation (“rites of passage”). One’s status in the hierarchy of the dead discipline is not the result of objectively quantifiable variables or even of judgment of merit. It is the outcome of politics and other power-related interactions.

The need to ensure conformity leads to doctrinarian dogmatism and to the establishment of enforcement mechanisms. Dissidents are subjected to both social and economic sanctions. They find themselves ex-communicated, harassed, imprisoned, tortured, their works banished or not published, ridiculed and so on.

This is really the triumph of text over the human spirit. At this late stage in the Life Cycle, the members of the old discipline’s community are oblivious to the original reasons and causes for their pursuits. Why was the discipline developed in the first place? What were the original riddles, questions, queries it faced and tackled? Long gone are the moving forces behind the old discipline. Its cold ashes are the texts and their preservation is an expression of longing and desire for things past.

The vacuum left by the absence of positive emotions is filled by negative ones. The discipline and its disciples become phobic, paranoid, defensive, and with a faulty reality test. Devoid of the ability to generate new, attractive content, the old discipline resorts to motivation by manipulation of negative emotions. People are frightened, threatened, herded, cajoled. The world is painted in an apocalyptic palette as ruled by irrationality, disorderly, chaotic, dangerous, or even lethal. Only the old discipline stands between its adherents and apocalypse.

New, emerging disciplines, are presented as heretic, fringe lunacies, inconsistent, reactionary and bound to regress humanity to some dark ages. This is the inter-disciplinary or inter-paradigm clash. It follows the Psychotic Phase. The old discipline resorts to some transcendental entity (God, Satan, or the conscious intelligent observer in the Copenhagen interpretation of the formalism of Quantum Mechanics). In this sense, the dying discipline is already psychotic and afoul of the test of reality. It develops messianic aspirations and is inspired by a missionary zeal and zest. The fight against new ideas and theories is bloody and ruthless and every possible device is employed.

But the very characteristics of the older nomenclature is in the old discipline’s disfavor. It is closed, based on ritualistic initiation, and patronizing. It relies on intimidation. The numbers of the faithful dwindle the more the “church” needs them and the more it resorts to oppressive recruitment tactics. The emerging discipline wins by default. Even the initiated, who stand most to lose, finally abandon the old discipline. Their belief unravels when confronted with the truth value, explanatory and predictive powers, and the comprehensiveness of the emerging discipline.

This, indeed, is the main presenting symptom, the distinguishing hallmark, of paralytic old disciplines. They deny reality. They are rendered mere belief-systems, myths. They require the suspension of judgment and disbelief, the voluntary limitation of one’s quest for truth and beauty, the agreement to leave swathes of the map in a state of “terra incognita”. This reductionism, this schizoid avoidance, the resort to hermeticism and transcendental authority mark the beginning of the end.

Jacobsen: How are the mentally ill disconnected from reality in various ways?

Vaknin: Mental illness is about opting out of the intersubjective agreement: disagreeing with most other people about what constitutes “reality”. In various periods in history, the mentally ill were considered to be in possession of privileged or exceptional access to a more fundamental stratum of reality, beyond commonly shared experiences.

Is there a way to tell “objective” reality from dreams or mental illness? No, there isn’t. To decide which version of reality is widely accepted, we use statistics (a polling of all the participants in any given worldline) or measures of efficacy (if it works, it must be real or it is based on a correct assessment of reality).

Jacobsen: Why is psychology not science, though following the forms?

Vaknin: Are psychological theories scientific theories by any definition (prescriptive or descriptive)? Hardly.

First, we must distinguish between psychological theories and the way that some of them are applied (psychotherapy and psychological plots). Psychological plots are the narratives co-authored by the therapist and the patient during psychotherapy. These narratives are the outcomes of applying psychological theories and models to the patient’s specific circumstances.

Psychological plots amount to storytelling — but they are still instances of the psychological theories used. The instances of theoretical concepts in concrete situations form part of every theory. Actually, the only way to test psychological theories — with their dearth of measurable entities and concepts — is by examining such instances (plots).

Storytelling has been with us since the days of campfire and besieging wild animals. It serves a number of important functions: amelioration of fears, communication of vital information (regarding survival tactics and the characteristics of animals, for instance), the satisfaction of a sense of order (predictability and justice), the development of the ability to hypothesize, predict and introduce new or additional theories and so on.

We are all endowed with a sense of wonder. The world around us in inexplicable, baffling in its diversity and myriad forms. We experience an urge to organize it, to “explain the wonder away”, to order it so that we know what to expect next (predict). These are the essentials of survival. But while we have been successful at imposing our mind on the outside world — we have been much less successful when we tried to explain and comprehend our internal universe and our behavior.

Psychology is not an exact science, nor can it ever be. This is because its “raw material” (humans and their behavior as individuals and en masse) is not exact. It will never yield natural laws or universal constants (like in physics). Experimentation in the field is constrained by legal and ethical rules. Humans tend to be opinionated, develop resistance, and become self-conscious when observed.

The relationship between the structure and functioning of our (ephemeral) mind, the structure and modes of operation of our (physical) brain, and the structure and conduct of the outside world have been a matter for heated debate for millennia.

Broadly speaking, there are two schools of thought:

One camp identify the substrate (brain) with its product (mind). Some of these scholars postulate the existence of a lattice of preconceived, born, categorical knowledge about the universe — the vessels into which we pour our experience and which mould it.

Others within this group regard the mind as a black box. While it is possible in principle to know its input and output, it is impossible, again in principle, to understand its internal functioning and management of information. To describe this input-output mechanism, Pavlov coined the word “conditioning”, Watson adopted it and invented “behaviorism”, Skinner came up with “reinforcement”.

Epiphenomenologists (proponents of theories of emergent phenomena) regard the mind as the by-product of the complexity of the brain’s “hardware” and “wiring”. But all of them ignore the psychophysical question: what IS the mind and HOW is it linked to the brain?

The other camp assumes the airs of “scientific” and “positivist” thinking. It speculates that the mind (whether a physical entity, an epiphenomenon, a non-physical principle of organization, or the result of introspection) has a structure and a limited set of functions. It is argued that a “mind owner’s manual” could be composed, replete with engineering and maintenance instructions. It proffers a dynamics of the psyche.

The most prominent of these “psychodynamists” was, of course, Freud. Though his disciples (Adler, Horney, the object-relations lot) diverged wildly from his initial theories, they all shared his belief in the need to “scientify” and objectify psychology.

Freud, a medical doctor by profession (neurologist) — preceded by another M.D., Josef Breuer — put forth a theory regarding the structure of the mind and its mechanics: (suppressed) energies and (reactive) forces. Flow charts were provided together with a method of analysis, a mathematical physics of the mind.

Many hold all psychodynamic theories to be a mirage. An essential part is missing, they observe: the ability to test the hypotheses, which derive from these “theories”. Though very convincing and, surprisingly, possessed of great explanatory powers, being non-verifiable and non-falsifiable as they are — psychodynamic models of the mind cannot be deemed to possess the redeeming features of scientific theories.

Deciding between the two camps was and is a crucial matter. Consider the clash — however repressed — between psychiatry and psychology. The former regards “mental disorders” as euphemisms — it acknowledges only the reality of brain dysfunctions (such as biochemical or electric imbalances) and of hereditary factors. The latter (psychology) implicitly assumes that something exists (the “mind”, the “psyche”) which cannot be reduced to hardware or to wiring diagrams. Talk therapy is aimed at that something and supposedly interacts with it.

But perhaps the distinction is artificial. Perhaps the mind is simply the way we experience our brains. Endowed with the gift (or curse) of introspection, we experience a duality, a split, constantly being both observer and observed. Moreover, talk therapy involves TALKING — which is the transfer of energy from one brain to another through the air. This is a directed, specifically formed energy, intended to trigger certain circuits in the recipient brain. It should come as no surprise if it were to be discovered that talk therapy has clear physiological effects upon the brain of the patient (blood volume, electrical activity, discharge and absorption of hormones, etc.).

All this would be doubly true if the mind were, indeed, only an emergent phenomenon of the complex brain — two sides of the same coin.

Psychological theories of the mind are metaphors of the mind. They are fables and myths, narratives, stories, hypotheses, conjunctures. They play (exceedingly) important roles in the psychotherapeutic setting — but not in the laboratory. Their form is artistic, not rigorous, not testable, less structured than theories in the natural sciences. The language used is polyvalent, rich, effusive, ambiguous, evocative, and fuzzy — in short, metaphorical. These theories are suffused with value judgments, preferences, fears, post facto and ad hoc constructions. None of this has methodological, systematic, analytic and predictive merits.

Still, the theories in psychology are powerful instruments, admirable constructs, and they satisfy important needs to explain and understand ourselves, our interactions with others, and with our environment.

The attainment of peace of mind is a need, which was neglected by Maslow in his famous hierarchy. People sometimes sacrifice material wealth and welfare, resist temptations, forgo opportunities, and risk their lives — in order to secure it. There is, in other words, a preference of inner equilibrium over homeostasis. It is the fulfillment of this overwhelming need that psychological theories cater to. In this, they are no different to other collective narratives (myths, for instance).

Still, psychology is desperately trying to maintain contact with reality and to be thought of as a scientific discipline. It employs observation and measurement and organizes the results, often presenting them in the language of mathematics. In some quarters, these practices lends it an air of credibility and rigorousness. Others snidely regard the as an elaborate camouflage and a sham. Psychology, they insist, is a pseudo-science. It has the trappings of science but not its substance.

Worse still, while historical narratives are rigid and immutable, the application of psychological theories (in the form of psychotherapy) is “tailored” and “customized” to the circumstances of each and every patient (client). The user or consumer is incorporated in the resulting narrative as the main hero (or anti-hero). This flexible “production line” seems to be the result of an age of increasing individualism.

True, the “language units” (large chunks of denotates and connotates) used in psychology and psychotherapy are one and the same, regardless of the identity of the patient and his therapist. In psychoanalysis, the analyst is likely to always employ the tripartite structure (Id, Ego, Superego). But these are merely the language elements and need not be confused with the idiosyncratic plots that are weaved in every encounter. Each client, each person, and his own, unique, irreplicable, plot.

To qualify as a “psychological” (both meaningful and instrumental) plot, the narrative, offered to the patient by the therapist, must be:

  1. All-inclusive (anamnetic) — It must encompass, integrate and incorporate all the facts known about the protagonist.
  2. Coherent — It must be chronological, structured and causal.
  3. Consistent — Self-consistent (its subplots cannot contradict one another or go against the grain of the main plot) and consistent with the observed phenomena (both those related to the protagonist and those pertaining to the rest of the universe).
  4. Logically compatible— It must not violate the laws of logic both internally (the plot must abide by some internally imposed logic) and externally (the Aristotelian logic which is applicable to the observable world).
  5. Insightful (diagnostic) — It must inspire in the client a sense of awe and astonishment which is the result of seeing something familiar in a new light or the result of seeing a pattern emerging out of a big body of data. The insights must constitute the inevitable conclusion of the logic, the language, and of the unfolding of the plot.
  6. Aesthetic — The plot must be both plausible and “right”, beautiful, not cumbersome, not awkward, not discontinuous, smooth, parsimonious, simple, and so on.
  7. Parsimonious — The plot must employ the minimum numbers of assumptions and entities in order to satisfy all the above conditions.
  8. Explanatory — The plot must explain the behavior of other characters in the plot, the hero’s decisions and behavior, why events developed the way they did.
  9. Predictive (prognostic) — The plot must possess the ability to predict future events, the future behavior of the hero and of other meaningful figures and the inner emotional and cognitive dynamics.
  10. Therapeutic — With the power to induce change, encourage functionality, make the patient happier and more content with himself (ego-syntony), with others, and with his circumstances.
  11. Imposing — The plot must be regarded by the client as the preferable organizing principle of his life’s events and a torch to guide him in the dark (vade mecum).
  12. Elastic — The plot must possess the intrinsic abilities to self organize, reorganize, give room to emerging order, accommodate new data comfortably, and react flexibly to attacks from within and from without.

In all these respects, a psychological plot is a theory in disguise. Scientific theories satisfy most of the above conditions as well. But this apparent identity is flawed. The important elements of testability, verifiability, refutability, falsifiability, and repeatability — are all largely missing from psychological theories and plots. No experiment could be designed to test the statements within the plot, to establish their truth-value and, thus, to convert them to theorems or hypotheses in a theory.

There are four reasons to account for this inability to test and prove (or falsify) psychological theories:

  1. Ethical — Experiments would have to be conducted, involving the patient and others. To achieve the necessary result, the subjects will have to be ignorant of the reasons for the experiments and their aims. Sometimes even the very performance of an experiment will have to remain a secret (double blind experiments). Some experiments may involve unpleasant or even traumatic experiences. This is ethically unacceptable.
  2. The Psychological Uncertainty Principle — The initial state of a human subject in an experiment is usually fully established. But both treatment and experimentation influence the subject and render this knowledge irrelevant. The very processes of measurement and observation influence the human subject and transform him or her — as do life’s circumstances and vicissitudes.
  3. Uniqueness — Psychological experiments are, therefore, bound to be unique, unrepeatable, cannot be replicated elsewhere and at other times even when they are conducted with the SAME subjects. This is because the subjects are never the same due to the aforementioned psychological uncertainty principle. Repeating the experiments with other subjects adversely affects the scientific value of the results.
  4. The undergeneration of testable hypotheses — Psychology does not generate a sufficient number of hypotheses, which can be subjected to scientific testing. This has to do with the fabulous (=storytelling) nature of psychology. In a way, psychology has affinity with some private languages. It is a form of art and, as such, is self-sufficient and self-contained. If structural, internal constraints are met — a statement is deemed true even if it does not satisfy external scientific requirements.

So, what are psychological theories and plots good for? They are the instruments used in the procedures which induce peace of mind (even happiness) in the client. This is done with the help of a few embedded mechanisms:

a. The Organizing Principle — Psychological plots offer the client an organizing principle, a sense of order, meaningfulness, and justice, an inexorable drive toward well defined (though, perhaps, hidden) goals, the feeling of being part of a whole. They strive to answer the “why’s” and “how’s” of life. They are dialogic. The client asks: “why am I (suffering from a syndrome) and how (can I successfully tackle it)”. Then, the plot is spun: “you are like this not because the world is whimsically cruel but because your parents mistreated you when you were very young, or because a person important to you died, or was taken away from you when you were still impressionable, or because you were sexually abused and so on”. The client is becalmed by the very fact that there is an explanation to that which until now monstrously taunted and haunted him, that he is not the plaything of vicious Gods, that there is a culprit (focusing his diffuse anger). His belief in the existence of order and justice and their administration by some supreme, transcendental principle is restored. This sense of “law and order” is further enhanced when the plot yields predictions which come true (either because they are self-fulfilling or because some real, underlying “law” has been discovered).

b. The Integrative Principle — The client is offered, through the plot, access to the innermost, hitherto inaccessible, recesses of his mind. He feels that he is being reintegrated, that “things fall into place”. In psychodynamic terms, the energy is released to do productive and positive work, rather than to induce distorted and destructive forces.

c. The Purgatory Principle — In most cases, the client feels sinful, debased, inhuman, decrepit, corrupting, guilty, punishable, hateful, alienated, strange, mocked and so on. The plot offers him absolution. The client’s suffering expurgates, cleanses, absolves, and atones for his sins and handicaps. A feeling of hard won achievement accompanies a successful plot. The client sheds layers of functional, adaptive stratagems rendered dysfunctional and maladaptive. This is inordinately painful. The client feels dangerously naked, precariously exposed. He then assimilates the plot offered to him, thus enjoying the benefits emanating from the previous two principles and only then does he develop new mechanisms of coping. Therapy is a mental crucifixion and resurrection and atonement for the patient’s sins. It is a religious experience. Psychological theories and plots are in the role of the scriptures from which solace and consolation can be always gleaned.

Jacobsen: If psychology is not a science, what are the ultimate odds of the development of a true taxonomy of mental illness (and mental health)?

Vaknin: Taxonomy is not synonymous with science, nor does it have to rely on it. It could be descriptive-literary, for example.

The classificatory texts in psychology — such as the DSM and the ICD — are extensive and ample. They capture the gamut of manifested and observable human behaviors coupled with self-reported states of mind.

Jacobsen: How does science pierce the veil of reality, and give a modicum of comprehension and insight about reality?

Vaknin: It is a common misconception that science is about “reality” (whatever this fuzzy concept may mean).

Science is about science. The texts of science provide self-referential allegories, metaphors, symbols, similes, and synecdoches. These texts build on each other in a hermetic loop of hermeneutics.

Ultimately, science is a methodology of constructing algorithmic narratives that enhance our efficacy in our environments through technologies. Good science is never teleological or tautological — and so, it is never explanatory.

Our uncanny ability to translate science to technology misleads us to believe that science endows us with a grasp of reality. It doesn’t. Technology is merely the manipulation of symbols to yield “real life” outcomes. Science is the confluence of texts which often resolve into technology.

Jacobsen: Cranks, Creationism, cults, Intelligent Design advocates, non-falsifiable theoretical constructs, pseudoscience, religious fundamentalism, quack medicine, socio-political dogmatisms, the god concept, woo, and the like, are hindrances to a more full and robust comprehension of reality, by more people — an accurate view of the world. How does delusion play into science, as delusion plays into human psychology, as human psychology plays an implicit part in the scientific process?

Vaknin: By far the most pernicious and hubristic delusion in science is the belief that it ultimately captures the “truth” or “reality” however incrementally or asymptotically.

The other, equally pervasive delusion, is the confusion between language and the scientific method. Many disciplines — most notably psychology and its close kin, economics — erroneously believe that the use of mathematics and statistics renders them “scientific”.

Jacobsen: Will there ever be a true Grand Unified Theory (GUT), if not a Theory of Everything (ToE)?

Vaknin: Elusive and tedious as the process may be, I have no doubt that we will end up having a TOE. Simply because both the mind and the universe are unitary. Eastern teachings are right: “reality” is nothing but illusory appearance. Underneath it all, there is a single engine of meaning.

How do I know that? Parsimony, Occam’s razor. In all disciplines, even as we have been multiplying our knowledge, we have witnessed a massive reduction in the number of theoretical constructs and entities required to account for this ever proliferating cornucopia of observations.

Jacobsen: Will we need new principles of scientific methodology to construct a more comprehensive image of reality?

Vaknin: No. The crowning achievement of the human mind is the scientific methodology as it stands today. I see no need to tinker with it.

We may, however, gain a new understanding of how to use it best. Popper’s principle of falsification is an example of such an evolution in thinking.

We should also avoid all kinds of fads and fashions that masquerade as the scientific method or abuse it.

Finally, we should never confuse the use of language (maths) with the algorithmic nature of the scientific method (for example: the requirement that experiments be replicable).

There are no limits to the applicability of the scientific methodology. I wholeheartedly disagree with attempts to exclude any aspects of reality or existence from its remit.

Jacobsen: Is reality bound to full comprehension in principle or to asymptotic understanding while never reaching capital “T” Truth by some operators in the universe (e.g., human beings)? Of course, we can include an apparent statistical phenomenon: Mean knowledge of all human beings oscillating within and between the epochs of human history.

Vaknin: Though I accept that reality exists, albeit beyond our access, I reject the notion of “truth”. The only measure is efficacy in any given environment. The kind of narrative that allows us to be efficacious and is conducive to survival is science. It has no truth value.

The extent of confusion that reigns when we discuss the concept of truth is evident in the film “The Invention of Lying”. The movie takes place in a world where people are genetically unable to lie. When one of them, presumably an aberrant mutant (his son inherits his newfound ability), stumbles across the art of confabulation, his life is transformed overnight: he becomes rich, a celebrity, and marries the girl of his dreams (who scorned him before).

But, this clever piece of comedy is philosophically muddled. The denizens of this dystopian cosmos (yes, the truth hurts) not only respond veraciously when prompted — they actually and often sadistically share their innermost thoughts, opinions, and observations. The film fails to realize that volunteering the truth is not the same as being truthful.

What’s worse, the characters in the movie take all statements about the future to be true. Yet, statements about the future can be and often are false even in a world where lying is unknown. As Aristotle has put it: nothing we say about the future has a truth value (can be confidently and rigorously determined to be true or false). We can lie only by making statements that we know with certainty to be false, but such certainty exists only with regard to the past and the present. We can make statements about the future that may be false, or that are probably false, or that we believe to be false — but we can never be sure that they are false. Therefore, we can never lie (or tell the truth!) about the future.

Still, it is not as simple as that. Truth must also be possible (there is no such thing as an impossible truth, though, of course, there are many improbable truths). Yet, the very concept of possibility has to do with the future. Moreover: only facts are possible. If something is not possible it is also not factual and nothing that is a fact is impossible.

Consider the following:

Thought experiments (Gedankenexperimenten) are “facts” in the sense that they have a “real life” correlate in the form of electrochemical activity in the brain. But it is quite obvious that they do not relate to facts “out there”. They are not true statements.

But do they lack truth because they do not relate to facts? How are Truth and Fact interrelated?

One answer is that Truth pertains to the possibility that an event will occur. If true — it must occur and if false — it cannot occur. This is a binary world of extreme existential conditions. Must all possible events occur? Of course not. If they do not occur would they still be true? Must a statement have a real life correlate to be true?

Instinctively, the answer is yes. We cannot conceive of a thought divorced from brainwaves. A statement which remains a mere potential seems to exist only in the nether land between truth and falsity. It becomes true only by materializing, by occurring, by matching up with real life. If we could prove that it will never do so, we would have felt justified in classifying it as false. This is the outgrowth of millennia of concrete, Aristotelian logic. Logical statements talk about the world and, therefore, if a statement cannot be shown to relate directly to the world, it is not true.

This approach, however, is the outcome of some underlying assumptions:

First, that the world is finite and also close to its end. To say that something that did not happen cannot be true is to say that it will never happen (i.e., to say that time and space — the world — are finite and are about to end momentarily).

Second, truth and falsity are assumed to be mutually exclusive. Quantum and fuzzy logics have long laid this one to rest. There are real world situations that are both true and not-true. A particle can “be” in two places at the same time. This fuzzy logic is incompatible with our daily experiences but if there is anything that we have learnt from physics in the last seven decades it is that the world is incompatible with our daily experiences.

The third assumption is that the psychic realm is but a subset of the material one. We are membranes with a very particular hole-size. We filter through only well defined types of experiences, are equipped with limited (and evolutionarily biased) senses, programmed in a way which tends to sustain us until we die. We are not neutral, objective observers. Actually, the very concept of observer is disputable — as modern physics, on the one hand and Eastern philosophy, on the other hand, have shown.

Imagine that a mad scientist has succeeded to infuse all the water in the world with a strong hallucinogen. At a given moment, all the people in the world see a huge flying saucer. What can we say about this saucer? Is it true? Is it “real”?

There is little doubt that the saucer does not exist. But who is to say so? If this statement is left unsaid — does it mean that it cannot exist and, therefore, is untrue? In this case (of the illusionary flying saucer), the statement that remains unsaid is a true statement — and the statement that is uttered by millions is patently false.

Still, the argument can be made that the flying saucer did exist — though only in the minds of those who drank the contaminated water. What is this form of existence? In which sense does a hallucination “exist”? The psychophysical problem is that no causal relationship can be established between a thought and its real life correlate, the brainwaves that accompany it. Moreover, this leads to infinite regression. If the brainwaves created the thought — who created them, who made them happen? In other words: who is it (perhaps what is it) that thinks?

The subject is so convoluted that to say that the mental is a mere subset of the material is to speculate

It is, therefore, advisable to separate the ontological from the epistemological. But which is which? Facts are determined epistemologically and statistically by conscious and intelligent observers. Their “existence” rests on a sound epistemological footing. Yet we assume that in the absence of observers facts will continue their existence, will not lose their “factuality”, their real life quality which is observer-independent and invariant.

What about truth? Surely, it rests on solid ontological foundations. Something is or is not true in reality and that is it. But then we saw that truth is determined psychically and, therefore, is vulnerable, for instance, to hallucinations. Moreover, the blurring of the lines in Quantum, non-Aristotelian, logics implies one of two: either that true and false are only “in our heads” (epistemological) — or that something is wrong with our interpretation of the world, with our exegetic mechanism (brain). If the latter case is true that the world does contain mutually exclusive true and false values — but the organ which identifies these entities (the brain) has gone awry. The paradox is that the second approach also assumes that at least the perception of true and false values is dependent on the existence of an epistemological detection device.

Can something be true and reality and false in our minds? Of course it can (remember “Rashomon”). Could the reverse be true? Yes, it can. This is what we call optical or sensory illusions. Even solidity is an illusion of our senses — there are no such things as solid objects (remember the physicist’s desk which is 99.99999% vacuum with minute granules of matter floating about).

To reconcile these two concepts, we must let go of the old belief (probably vital to our sanity) that we can know the world. We probably cannot and this is the source of our confusion. The world may be inhabited by “true” things and “false” things. It may be true that truth is existence and falsity is non-existence. But we will never know because we are incapable of knowing anything about the world as it is.

We are, however, fully equipped to know about the mental events inside our heads. It is there that the representations of the real world form. We are acquainted with these representations (concepts, images, symbols, language in general) — and mistake them for the world itself. Since we have no way of directly knowing the world (without the intervention of our interpretative mechanisms) we are unable to tell when a certain representation corresponds to an event which is observer-independent and invariant and when it corresponds to nothing of the kind. When we see an image — it could be the result of an interaction with light outside us (objectively “real”), or the result of a dream, a drug induced illusion, fatigue and any other number of brain events not correlated with the real world. These are observer-dependent phenomena and, subject to an agreement between a sufficient number of observers, they are judged to be true or “to have happened” (e.g., religious miracles).

To ask if something is true or not is not a meaningful question unless it relates to our internal world and to our capacity as observers. When we say “true” we mean “exists”, or “existed”, or “most definitely will exist” (the sun will rise tomorrow). But existence can only be ascertained in our minds. Truth, therefore, is nothing but a state of mind. Existence is determined by observing and comparing the two (the outside and the inside, the real and the mental). This yields a picture of the world which may be closely correlated to reality — and, yet again, may not.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor Vaknin.

Vaknin: Thank you for your excellent questions.

Previous Electronic ‘Print’ Interviews (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

An Interview with Professor Sam Vaknin on Narcissistic Personality Disorder

(In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal: June 22, 2020)

Interview with Sam Vaknin and Christian Sorensen on Narcissism

(News Intervention: June 23, 2020)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on the Philosophy of Nothingness

(News Intervention: January 26, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Narcissism in General

(News Intervention: January 28, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Cold Therapy (New Treatment Modality)

(News Intervention: January 30, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Giftedness and IQ

(News Intervention: February 2, 2022)

Prof. Sam Vaknin on Religion

(News Intervention: February 11, 2022)

Previous Interviews Read by Prof. Vaknin (Hyperlinks Active for Titles)

How to Become the REAL YOU (Interview, News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 26, 2022)

Insider View on Narcissism: What Makes Narcissist Tick (News Intervention)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 29, 2022)

Curing Your Narcissist (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: January 31, 2022)

Genius or Gifted? IQ and Beyond (News Intervention Interview)

(Prof. Sam Vaknin: February 3, 2022)

Image Credit: Sam Vaknin.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 14: Wes Schild on Dressage (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.E, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 15, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,876

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Wes is a Professional Trainer & Coach for Riverlands Equestrian Centre. He completed an internship at Landgestuet Celle (Hanovarian State Stud) in Adelheidsdorf, Germany. He has worked as a professional rider for McLean Reitsport in Tonisvorst. He has worked in Wellington, Florida for Alexandra Duncan and trained with Juan Matute Sr. He discusses: earliest introduction into equestrianism; specialization before dressage; dressage; a trained eye; the top dressage performers in Canada; selecting a horse as a rider; no training to full training; the average lifespan of a horse; the German and the Floridian context; and women compared to men.

Keywords: Dressage, Greenhorn Chronicles, Riverlands Equestrian Centre, The American Quarter Horse Association, Wes Schild.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 14: Wes Schild on Dressage (1)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations after the interview.*

*Interview conducted December 30, 2021.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are with Wes Schild, a professional dressage trainer and coach. He comes from Riverlands Equestrian Facility; it’s by Whistler, British Columbia. So, I want to start from the beginning, or near the beginning, in terms of the life of an equestrian for you, because of those who I know in the industry; they describe equestrianism as a lifestyle more than anything. Some prefer the term equestrianism. Some are for the term horsemanship, but in general they will speak consistently about it as a lifestyle. When was the earliest introduction into equestrianism or the equine for you?

Wes Schild[1],[2]: Well, it would have started at a fairly young age, probably when I was three or four. My mom had a passion for horses. She had a horse growing up. I always had a love for animals from as soon as I could walk, basically. So, she got me connected with one of our neighbors and a good friend of hers who ran a riding school and a boarding facility in the area that I grew up in, in Ontario. And pretty much from the time they sat me up on my first pony, I was instantly hooked with horses and from there continued to ride and train and get lessons. So, probably from the time I was three or four, I was on the horse.

Jacobsen: That’s very interesting. Did you transition into any particular specialization before dressage, or did you jump into dressage primarily at first?

Schild: No, when I first started riding, I think most young kids that get into I would say the English discipline of riding, generally start out with jumping just because dressage tends to be quite a technical sport and if you don’t really understand it, it can be somewhat confusing for people to understand. So, I started out jumping and did a little bit of pony club riding and that sort of thing. Then as I got into my young teenage years, I switched over to quarter horses, actually. So, I started showing within a breed association called The American Quarter Horse Association and focused my time on that. Then as I got into my later years in high school, I swapped back over to the English discipline again and was focusing really on dressage and jumping at that point.

Jacobsen: How do you differentiate dressage from the other disciplines within the equestrian world? I mean, there’s hunting and there’s jumping; how do you differentiate dressage in terms of a definition as a professional?

Schild: Dressage, again, it is in the English discipline of riding. Dressage is just the art of training a horse basically. So, a lot of people will describe dressage as horses that are dancing. The horses are trained to do such technical movements within their body and in the training that we do every day. And so, to the untrained eye, it looks to someone like the horse is dancing. That’s where you will see people who will say dressage is the horse dancing.

Jacobsen: And to a trained eye, what are you looking for in the moments when the horse is engaged with a rider in dressage?

Schild: Well, the end goal in dressage is always to have a harmonious partnership between horse and rider. So, when you look at a top-level dressage rider and horse, you want to see that it looks like it’s so easily executed that you can’t see any of the rider’s aids to the horse. That they’re really together as one partnership.

Jacobsen: Who would you consider some of the top dressage performers in Canada now?

Schild: There are lots of great riders in Canada. Some of the top riders that represented our country this year at the Olympics would have been Chris Von Martels, Lindsay Kellock, Brittany Fraser; those are some really top Grand Prix riders and that represent Canada really well.

Jacobsen: How do you go about selecting a horse as a rider by the way?

Schild: Selection of horses is definitely tricky. There’s so many factors that go into making a top level dressage horse; character, the right ability, their confirmation, so, basically, how the horse is put together, their willingness to do the job, the attitude towards the rider; these are all things that would affect a top horse. And generally, a top horse, you’ll hear a lot of people say that they can tend to be a little bit quirky or they have lots of character. So, they tend to be quite full of themselves, but they always are very eager. Once you can channel that quirkiness or their character into the job, generally, you have a spectacular horse.

Jacobsen: How long does it take to get a horse from no training to full training at a national competing level?

Schild: Well, for a horse that’s going to do upper-level dressage, so let’s say you’re getting a horse that’s doing like a Grand Prix, you’re generally looking at a horse that’s around the age of 10 years old. Most horses are started under saddle, so they start being ridden when they’re three or four, and then just slowly develop throughout their years. But roughly around 10 years old, you’re getting a horse that knows their job, is physically able to do the job, they’re mentally and physically fit at that point in their life. They’re coming into the prime of their life. A horse’s prime is probably from 10 to 15 years old. So, if you were to look at internationally competed dressage horses, most of them that are doing the Grand Prix are in that age gap.

Jacobsen: What is the average lifespan of a horse who is performing in dressage? What is the breed of horse too?

Schild: The average age; that’s really changed over even my lifetime because of modern medicine for them and the quality of feed and understanding of health that we have for the horses now. But probably, the average age is somewhere between 30-35 and most horses now are being retired anywhere between 20 and 25 years of age. They’re not being ridden anymore. They’ve done their job. They get to spend some quality time just relaxing with their friends out in the field or a nice retirement life. And the breed of horse that tends to be used again in international Grand Prix or dressage; you’ll see is a warm blood. There are multiple different types of warm bloods; Hanoverian is a very popular one and Dutch warm blood. Those are the two that you hear a lot. There’s Oldenburg, and then also there are some countries that have very good success competing the Spanish horses. That’s the PRE and the Lusitano; you’ll see those as well in dressage.

Jacobsen: You did some traveling in the midst of your career to Germany and to Florida. What were the lessons from the German and the Floridian context for equestrianism? What were the lessons that you could take from the differences? What were the lessons you could take from the similarities between the two contexts?

Schild: In Germany, it is a huge industry over there. The equestrian industry is very big and it’s the epicenter for horses. So over there the structure was a very big one; they had lots of very classical riding styles, old school riding styles that have made very successful riders over many, many years. So, that was something that was very interesting for me. I learned a ton over there from some fabulous trainers that I could bring back to Canada and implement it in my daily routine here at the barn and with my clients and horses.

In Florida, it’s less of an industry Florida-wise. So, in the winter, lots of people head to Wellington, Florida. That’s the horse epicenter for winter and there’s multiple competitions within a span of three months. So, it’s a very busy season down there, many people come from all over the world. It’s fun because it’s like being at a resort with 10,000 of your equestrian friends. There are lots of different varieties of training; if one way is not working for you there’s someone down the road that might have a different idea, a different way to fix the problem. So that was interesting as well. It definitely opened the door to a different type of riding. You’ll hear a lot of riders say in dressage that they were trained either in the German system riding or the Dutch system.

So, when I was in Germany, obviously, I was riding with many German riders. That’s where I got my background. And when I went to Florida, it just opened up my eyes to different trainers that were from around the world that had different ideas and opinions on how to get the horse to the same place, but with a different method. And I also got to ride with a wonderful Spanish teacher Juan Matute Sr. down there. So, I got to have many lessons with him, which was really wonderful because he was German trained – but he was also an Olympian for the Spanish team. He just had a different view because he trained also in Spain with some of the classical riding masters there, so he just brought like a new energy and a different way to see things, which is always nice.

Jacobsen: Within some of the demographic research, which I’ve had the time to do a little bit, there’s approximately 7 out of 10 equestrians who are women compared to men. However, I remain uncertain if this is in the North American context or the Canadian, or the North American versus the European context. Regardless, there is a skew and from what I can gather based on reading interviews, there is a skew more in North America than in Europe. Why is this the case? How long has this been the case?

Schild: Well, I would definitely, probably, say it’s the skew for North America or like North America to Europe, probably. It would be that 7 to 10 number, and as long as I’ve been working with horses. That’s probably like 25-26 years now. It’s always been that way in North America. It’s always been a female dominated sport over here; whereas, when I was in Europe, I would say it’s probably closer to 50-50, 60-40 over there. There’s a lot more men representation, especially in dressage over here in North America. There’s not as much. I don’t really know why in North America there’s not as much. My one guess would be that in Europe every little town has a riding school that every kid goes to. They have riding clubs, so from a young age boys and girls are going to these riding clubs over there. So, there’s a lot more exposure to the horse industry over there; whereas, here, not every town has the ability or has horse farms. Also, it’s much more expensive over here to get your children into equestrian sports. Whereas, it’s easier and much cheaper to probably just put your young children into like hockey or soccer. So, I think that’s part of the problem as well too.

Footnotes

[1] Professional Trainer & Coach, Riverland Equestrian Centre.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 15, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/insight-issues/.

Image Credit: Wes Schild.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 14: Wes Schild on Dressage (1)[Online]. August 2022; 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 15). The Greenhorn Chronicles 14: Wes Schild on Dressage (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 14: Wes Schild on Dressage (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 14: Wes Schild on Dressage (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “The Greenhorn Chronicles 14: Wes Schild on Dressage (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 14: Wes Schild on Dressage (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 14: Wes Schild on Dressage (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 14: Wes Schild on Dressage (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.E (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 14: Wes Schild on Dressage (1)[Internet]. (2022, August 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/schild-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Justin Duplantis on Advanced Certifications in Dad-ology: Lifetime Member, Triple Nine Society (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 15, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 879

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Justin Duplantis works in computational biology and will complete his MBA specializing in data analytics this month. A lifetime member of the Triple Nine Society, he served as an Executive Committee member and Editor of their journal, Vidya. He is a father of two profoundly gifted boys, whom joined him in Mensa membership at the ages of two and three. Justin has interests in high IQ communities, intelligence, and intelligence research, as measured by IQ tests. Beyond that, he is a former professional billiards player and was playing in Israel in the Israeli Elite Hockey League (IEHL). He discusses: Israel; education; worst dad joke; best dad joke; statistical extrapolation; culture; No Child Left Behind; T.N.S.; valuable memories; the preciousness of time; cancer treatment; graduate degree; and above 3 S.D. range.

Keywords: cancer treatment, child, dad, Director of Business Development, Evangelos Katsioulis, Hebrew, Israeli Elite Hockey League, Justin Duplantis, No Child Left Behind, T.N.S., The Bioinformatics CRO, Inc.

Conversation with Justin Duplantis on Advanced Certifications in Dad-ology: Lifetime Member, Triple Nine Society (7)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When did you move to Israel? Do you speak Hebrew?

Justin Duplantis[1],[2]*: I was only living there temporarily while playing in the Israeli Elite Hockey League. I do not speak Hebrew and have since returned stateside.

Jacobsen: One S.D. on either side of the normal curve sounds too tight. Are you sure? Let’s say moving 1.5 to 2 S.D. on either side of the normal distribution, what happens in education, to teachers and to students?

Duplantis: I agree that this is too tight and wish that was not the case. In a perfect world, there would be delineations between average, gifted, and profoundly gifted. Given the poor funding for basic giftedness, this is surely pie in the sky.

Jacobsen: What’s your worst dad joke – high on the Eye Roll Richter Scale (ERRS)?

Duplantis: Figured I should create one that is IQ related, so how about: “Your child is neurotypical? That’s so mean.”

Jacobsen: What’s your best dad joke – even higher on the ERRS?

Duplantis: He didn’t steel anything he’s a copper.

Jacobsen: How do their, your boys’, similarly endowed intellects approach problems in different ways? Also, when do these comparisons in I.Q.s become increasingly hard to distinguish to the point of insignificance, because there are, probably, about 100 or so other high-I.Q. societies than T.N.S. claiming I.Q.s above 200 S.D. 15. Everyone’s aware of these. What makes statistical extrapolation techniques of I.Q.s past 140 or 160 legitimate and illegitimate, by the way, e.g., from the S-B or the W.A.I.S.?

Duplantis: My boys are incredibly different. One is extremely outgoing and mirrors the behaviors of the neurotypical child, although he is profoundly gifted. My eldest, on the other hand, has the typical characteristic high IQ personality. Luckily I share that affliction so am able to empathize with his idiosyncratic behaviors. My boys are within one SD of each other so the differences are negligible. This is especially true given their interests and strengths are quite different. Measuring IQ beyond five SD is quite difficult and agree that I am unsure the accuracy of such examinations.

Jacobsen: Is Israel a helpful culture and society for encouraging intellectual development of boisterous and silly boys?

Duplantis: N/A. I traveled there alone.

Jacobsen: Now, with No Child Left Behind, was this emphasizing standardized intelligence test scores, or proxies, or tests for things like grades, etc.?

Duplantis: Standardized test scores.

Jacobsen: Are vacancies still available for volunteers within the T.N.S. community for the Executive Committee?

Duplantis: They are no longer. The vacancies have been filled.

Jacobsen: What are the most valuable memories with your boys now?

Duplantis: My eldest son went through treatment for brain cancer last year. Although it was a very tough time, there were many moments where the three of were able to come together and have fun times. My goal was to make the treatment process a fun one. It certainly worked! Each time we have to return to the hospital for scans, every three months, they get excited about going on “vacation”.

Jacobsen: I read these statements about the preciousness of time, from some, including some prominent members of the high-I.Q. communities, e.g., Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis. Yet, this principle of the value of time might best be counterbalanced with non-forcefulness. In that, a friend had her sister die. Her father became immensely focused on the Eternal Gratitude of Now. To her, my friend, this seemed pathological, even occasionally intolerable. I feel for her, of course, you know. How can individuals who might treasure every moment to the detriment of truly living in the moment on their life’s path pull back and take note of the impact on others? A sense of valuing life’s moments without emphasizing some effervescent, explosive Now of incredible import.

Duplantis: I feel this deeply. My son’s journey is what motivated me to go to Israel. It gave me the “you only live once” mentality. With that said, it is all about the way in which you present things. I do not regularly express why I have a sudden desire to travel, which could inadvertently pressure others. I simply “do me”.

Jacobsen: How is your son now, given cancer treatment? How is your wife? How is your other son? How are you?

Duplantis: My son that went through treatment is doing superb. He had his one year scans last month and they were clear. My youngest is oblivious. I have relatively no emotions, so am just happy it is over for all of our sakes, but especially for his. My wife struggles significantly from time to time. She still has flashbacks and fears of a recurrence. We are going to a retreat, which will have occurred by the time this is published. Hoping hearing from other parents will be of comfort.

Jacobsen: How will this graduate degree help with the enrichment of your children on a personal level? Data Analytics and Business can seem removed from daddy daycare.

Duplantis: Not sure it will aid in that fashion, but as the Director of Business Development for The Bioinformatics CRO, Inc., which I have served as for nearly two years, it will be quite helpful.

Jacobsen: What are the “commonality of characteristics [that] shine through most” at the above 3 S.D. range?

Duplantis: Neuroses (joking, not joking).

Footnotes

[1] Member, CIVIQ Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 8, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/duplantis-7; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Justin Duplantis on Advanced Certifications in Dad-ology: Lifetime Member, Triple Nine Society (7)[Online]. August 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/duplantis-7.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 15). Conversation with Justin Duplantis on Advanced Certifications in Dad-ology: Lifetime Member, Triple Nine Society (7). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/duplantis-7.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Justin Duplantis on Advanced Certifications in Dad-ology: Lifetime Member, Triple Nine Society (7). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/duplantis-7>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Justin Duplantis on Advanced Certifications in Dad-ology: Lifetime Member, Triple Nine Society (7).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/duplantis-7.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Justin Duplantis on Advanced Certifications in Dad-ology: Lifetime Member, Triple Nine Society (7).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/duplantis-7.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Justin Duplantis on Advanced Certifications in Dad-ology: Lifetime Member, Triple Nine Society (7)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/duplantis-7>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Justin Duplantis on Advanced Certifications in Dad-ology: Lifetime Member, Triple Nine Society (7)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/duplantis-7.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Justin Duplantis on Advanced Certifications in Dad-ology: Lifetime Member, Triple Nine Society (7).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/duplantis-7>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Justin Duplantis on Advanced Certifications in Dad-ology: Lifetime Member, Triple Nine Society (7)[Internet]. (2022, August 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/duplantis-7.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with AntJuan Finch on Heoric Attitude, Character, and Harvard University Research Findings: Member, CIVIQ Society (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,926

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

AntJuan Finch is the Author of After Genius: On Creativity and Its ConsequencesThe 3 Sides of Man, and Applied Theory. He created the Creative Attitudes Inventory (CAT) and the Public Domain Intelligence Test (PDIT). He discusses: the healthier things; problems; the heroic attitude; the sense of disdain of organized religion; “very intense, moralistic tirades”; social maldevelopment as a consequence of autism; “incredible literature”; the geniuses who come out of extreme poverty; tests; the most valid findings; qualitative interpretations from the findings; and work with Shelley Carson at Harvard University.

Keywords: AntJuan Finch, character, CIVIQ Society, Edith Wharton, Harvard University, heroic attitude, Shelley Carson.

Conversation with AntJuan Finch on Heroic Attitude, Character, and Harvard University Research Findings: Member, CIVIQ Society (3)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What have been some of the healthier things, personal and professional life, of the family?

AntJuan Finch[1],[2]*: My immediate family and I are very close. I think that some of those developmental and childhood hardships, as well as familial isolations, inadvertently caused a sort of bond that I think should be present in every family (though I definitely don’t think that everyone should or needs to have similar experiences to get that dynamic).

I’ve always been somewhat amazed when some people tell me that they’ve always had a tough relationship with immediate members of their family, who weren’t diagnosably anti-social or something like that—I’ve always been like, “you’ve spent your whole life with them, how have you not figured out how to get along by now?” My siblings and I are all very different, and I’m really not sure if we’d all been friends if we’d met like how most non-sibling, similar-aged people tend to—but we are, and I think that’s because that’s just something that most healthy people will have to figure out at some point.

Jacobsen: What problems do you want to solve? What types of people do you want to focus helping efforts on now?

Finch: I am generally attracted to (what tends to be) just intuitively hard to solve problems. Such things are not always straightforwardly potentially helpful to a lot of people, at least, if solved in a way that I judged to be correct in some way. For example, it might be the case that the return on any con-or-disconfirmation of freewill might yield a nearly nonexistent positive return, in terms of lives bettered, given the quality of thought that would be needed to reach either conclusion accurately, which surely could have been invested elsewhere.

Likewise, I have and do sometimes gaze on problems that actually seem to matter, like the “meaning of life,” or ways to aid recovery from pneumonia, as well as cancer. Though, more generally, I’d say I’m currently dedicated towards identifying and cultivating extraordinary creativity, so as to, hopefully, empower others to produce solutions to pressing problems that perhaps most of us, including me, could not meaningfully solve directly.

For example, a synopsis of my idea on free will, recently tweeted (1)

[Nothing outside of the set of all things ever could have caused the set of all things ever, so the existence of the set of all things ever must have been determined by something inside the set of all things ever (itself). Ergo, free will exists. The universe determined itself.]

Likewise, a very innovative paper on cancer treatments, which I have no affiliation with (2)

Anakoinosis: Correcting Aberrant Homeostasis of Cancer Tissue—Going Beyond Apoptosis Induction

Jacobsen: What sense is the heroic attitude oriented towards ‘saving the world’? Or is this more of an orientation?

Finch: For a story, I once wrote, “Most people work justifications for their character flaws into their worldviews.” I tend to do the opposite: I view the world as a place where my actions really matter, as somewhere where my decisions could trickle and domino into something that could really save a life, or everyone’s, or cause much unnecessary suffering. But, I don’t view myself as very special in this regard—more so as a hero among heroes, or possible heroes. Somewhat unrelated, I do sometimes get an attitude when talking to someone who appears to be avoiding taking responsibility for the effects they may have on their own, and our accumulated problems.

Jacobsen: What is the sense of disdain of organized religion for the full siblings, i.e., the reasons? What about forms of non-institutional religion?

Finch: I’ll refrain from answering this so as to not mischaracterize their views, or get them into something they might not want to deal with.

Jacobsen: What was the character and content of the “very intense, moralistic tirades”?

Finch: To my memory, the man (the preacher) would just get up and yell for hours about whatever he was thinking about that day, which I think sometimes included the mortal sin of sodomy, charismatically in front of openly gay members of the church. Though, I usually fell asleep—maybe I dreamt that.

Jacobsen: When does the social maldevelopment as a consequence of autism break through the intelligence and become more apparent?

Finch: That something’s amiss is usually most apparent in groups of over 3 or 4 people, where apparently my brain tends to become incapable of producing statements quickly, or in a way that isn’t odd to everyone else around. But I think that that would be one of the only indications, to others, these days. It seems that I’ve become more competent with socializing as time has gone on, which corresponds to some studies on the topic, showing that autism “symptoms” tend to “improve” as time goes on, and which also matches what one might expect, given that, according to the DSM-V, autism is primarily defined by social maldevelopment, and that because one continuously has social experiences throughout their life, at least some functional or experiential understanding, or competence should develop with age, not unlike how while some learn their first language quicker than others, really everyone gets fluent by thirty—similarly, though less intensely—barring cases where’s there’s prohibitively low generally cognitive, or induction ability.

Somewhat of an aside, but my casual advice to high-functioning autists regarding social situations is usually something like “just try to learn how to be much more comfortable and casual–even loose–while talking: your anxieties and neuroses get mirrored and contribute to the awkwardness and complications.” Believe it or not, that may have helped some people.

Jacobsen: What were some influential pieces of the “incredible literature”?

Finch: Edith Wharton’s Roman Fever. I believe that my first academic essay ever was actually on that short story. For the curious, I’ll link that too (3).

Jacobsen: Do you think the geniuses who come out of extreme poverty may have compensatory mechanisms and psychological sturdiness to succeed even further than a comparable genius coming from affluence?

Finch: This could actually be a good hypothesis, and even explain the somewhat surprising finding that socio-economic status is uncorrelated with creative achievement. This could indeed imply that there’s some “compensatory mechanism” with creative people that might nullify the obvious benefit of additional resources. Unfortunately, another explanation could be that almost all people high in creative achievement are wealthy, but that hardly any wealthy people are also high in creative achievement—this would effectively “zero-out” the correlation while keeping it the case that those high in recognized creative achievement tend to have had quite a lot of resources to manifest their abilities, and get them recognized.

But regardless, my general thoughts have been that creative geniuses (of the potentially general type that I’m usually referring to) would likely tend to be very high in what most people might call a kind of “psychological sturdiness,” being extreme internal motivation and perseverance with interests even when there’s no clear reward. Though, they may not be very psychologically sturdy in the sense of having high emotional stability, as—and if the frequency of mood disorders among highly creative artists is to provide any indication—there isn’t much reason to expect mental health for creative geniuses to be, or have always been, above and beyond the norm generally.

But I think that you were getting at a sort of “edge” that could make some people from extreme poverty even more dedicated or sharp than their counterparts from more comfortable, or less extreme situations, which might elicit less extreme variations of people—which all geniuses, by definition, would be, due to being so rare. To be honest, I think that I’ve always thought that that edge would describe all very industrious people—they’re moving quickly, racing, competing against someone, maybe often themself—and have never thought that it would ever be more common in people from tough circumstances than those who weren’t. Though, it seems reasonable that industriousness could be to some extent cultivated by early exposure to straightforward input-output dynamics in childhood or young adulthood—for example: I did this, this came back; if I do more, I’ll get more—which might be less in common in “tiger parent” situations where a kid or young adult’s day-to-day decisions are more externally determined, and as a result, they might identify with their successes and failures less, and not Internalize a sense of consequence enough for it to be a moving facet in their personality. Likewise, I suppose overly harsh punishment, which might be more common in more tough circumstances, might inadvertently also contribute to a greater degree of this internalized sense of causation. Of course, another explanation for industriousness might simply be that some people are born with neurology that is wired such that they feel more stress at rest, and so more often fill their days with things to do, and when they’re creative, more creative things.

Jacobsen: How have your tests been developing so far, by the way?

Finch: Rather than continuous development of a myriad of tests for constructs of interest, this past year I’ve been more focused on collaborating with others to develop platforms that may allow for more integrated use and tracking regarding tests that I’ve already thought about. I’ve also been more focused on collaborating with others to utilize existing platforms to more widely validate ideas that I’ve had for a long time, but have had trouble getting superb samples for.

Jacobsen: What would you consider the most valid findings from them?

Finch: The most robust and interesting data that I collected in the past year would probably be the results from a large experiment that Jay Olson and I did not too long ago. In short, using several thousand participants, we found a significant correlation between the ability to produce random sequences of letters (in a few seconds) with a high-quality test of verbal originality, using words; I’ll elaborate more on this later.

Jacobsen: Are there qualitative interpretations from the findings about some of the relationships between the findings of the different tests?

Finch: In the experiment with Jay Olson, previously mentioned, we found that the ability to produce chaotic sequences of letters decreased with age less than the ability to produce unrelated words. This was actually expected, and one explanation for it was that the ability to produce disordered letters relies on some predisposition for psychological disorders, while the ability to produce unrelated words taps a bit of this ability plus the ability to recognize patterns more generally.

Jacobsen: How did the work with Shelley Carson at Harvard University develop to its conclusion? What were the findings?

Finch: The experiment carried out on twelve Harvard Extension students in Shelley Carson’s creativity class found a .7 correlation (the maximum is 1.0) between the rarity of one’s imagined uses for a common object (AUT Originality) and the ability to produce letters that were unpredicted by one’s previously inputted letters (a modified version of the Aaronson Oracle). Moderate correlations (.3 and .5, respectively) were also found between self-report (BFAS) conscientiousness and the creative achievement questionnaire, as well as between self-report aberrant salience scores and results on the Alternative Uses Test, previously mentioned.

Another interesting data point was that the class, overall—of about 50 people—had an average level of Openness to Experience that was higher than 96% of Canada’s general population.

Quite a while later, I was shared Jay Olson’s DAT creativity test. Not long after that, Jay and I worked on an experiment.

Footnotes

[1] Member, CIVIQ Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 8, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/finch-3; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with AntJuan Finch on Heroic Attitude, Character, and Harvard University Research Findings: Member, CIVIQ Society (3)[Online]. August 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/finch-3.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 8). Conversation with AntJuan Finch on Heoric Attitude. Character, and Harvard University Research Findings: Member, CIVIQ Society (3). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/finch-3.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with AntJuan Finch on Heroic Attitude, Character, and Harvard University Research Findings: Member, CIVIQ Society (3). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/finch-3>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with AntJuan Finch on Heroic Attitude, Character, and Harvard University Research Findings: Member, CIVIQ Society (3).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/finch-3.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with AntJuan Finch on Heroic Attitude, Character, and Harvard University Research Findings: Member, CIVIQ Society (3).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/finch-3.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with AntJuan Finch on Heroic Attitude, Character, and Harvard University Research Findings: Member, CIVIQ Society (3)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/finch-3>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with AntJuan Finch on Heroic Attitude, Character, and Harvard University Research Findings: Member, CIVIQ Society (3)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/finch-3.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with AntJuan Finch on Heroic Attitude, Character, and Harvard University Research Findings: Member, CIVIQ Society (3).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/finch-3>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with AntJuan Finch on Heroic Attitude, Character, and Harvard University Research Findings: Member, CIVIQ Society (3)[Internet]. (2022, August 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/finch-3.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 2: Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen on Integration and Contribution

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.D, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 15,448

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

This is a high-I.Q. community international discussion with Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen. They discuss: integration of the high-I.Q. societies; incentivize high-I.Q. communities to retain their unique identities and missions while connecting to the larger international communities; missing from the global high-I.Q. communities in the past; missing from the global high-I.Q. communities now; high-I.Q. communities use their mental and financial resources to focus on more real-world problems; major economic, educational, social, and scientific, problems; and contributing their talents.

Keywords: Dany Provost, David Udbjørg, Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, high-I.Q. communities, Hindemburg Melão Jr., intelligence, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, Tianxi Yu, Tim Roberts, Tor Arne Jorgensen.

Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 2: Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen on Integration and Contribution

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

*Interviews completed throughout July, 2022. One missing set of responses added August 3, 2022.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen (Moderator): The precedence in compartmentalizing for categorical investigation of the high-I.Q. communities is not new. The first round of experiments went forth with a generic high-range test community with foci on North America and Europe, as noted in the previous session:

This has been done with the women of the high-range, too, as the males as men dominance in membership and in presentation within the communities seems explicit and clear:

Similarly, with the aforementioned focus on North America and Europe (further on Western Europe, not bad, but narrow, so unrepresentative), there has been a preliminary effort at some focus on another area, e.g., China:

This session will have an expanded representation in different continents. Thank you to each of the participants for entering this second session and to those of the first, or June, session for providing candidates and their votes, this will help give a better idea of general identities, organizations, and relations in the respective continents. How can the high-I.Q. communities within continents, whether continental, national, local, or international connected to the continent, nation, or locality, become more integrated?

Hindemburg Melão Jr. (Latin America)[1]*: First of all, I want to congratulate you on the excellent questions. I think you touched on several very important points.

Regarding the integration of the various societies, apparently there are some people very interested in this, others interested in a separation, others roughly indifferent. I am more inclined to support integration, but respecting separations in cases where harmonious integration is not possible. I think I have good relations with almost all the people in the high-IQ societies that I have interacted with, with less than 1% exceptions. And for me it would be very unpleasant to have to interact ostensibly with some of these people. In such cases, I find the separation of groups with good internal harmony to be preferable to a union with internal conflicts. I find differences of opinion important and positive, but conflicts of personalities on fundamental issues (ethics, religion, etc.) can be very difficult to get around. In the case of disagreements between X and Y, for example, about religion, I like X and don’t know Y. So, in principle, I support X. I don’t know this case deeply enough to give an opinion, but I have read Y’s interview that was interpreted by X as offensive. I think Y really made unnecessarily aggressive comments, and part of the comments are objectively incorrect (or at least do not agree with the historical version documented so far). Since this is a very sensitive topic, I find it difficult that X and Y could live together harmoniously. There are other cases of conflicts for more serious reasons, others less serious, perhaps some can be resolved, but perhaps most are very difficult and costly to resolve.

As we have talked privately, just before Evangelos created WIN, I was thinking of doing something similar, but I thought that Sigma still needed to “mature” some things before putting them into practice. So he took concrete action, while I was still “planning”, and his work worked very well. Since I thought his work was well done, I preferred not to continue my project, because that would have a fragmenting effect on two groups. As far as I was able to follow the development of WIN, before I moved away from the high-IQ societies (~2007), my evaluation was positive, I think he did a good job. Recently I saw that Iakovos is also doing a very good job, with some different features than what Evangelos did. Generally speaking, I am more sympathetic to Iakovos’ work, and I would like to reinforce my suggestion for him to be one of the European representatives in this Forum. Of all the people I have met in high-IQ societies, I think he is the one who has managed to gather the most people per unit of time. He has some rare and valuable contributing personality traits that are not found in the general population, and even less so in high-IQ societies. He is very diplomatic and he is not afraid to act with humility, an uncommon trait among some people in high-IQ societies. Other people that I consider very important in this Forum, as I have already commented, are Tamara and Julia, besides David and others I have already mentioned, for different reasons. Tamara has many peculiar, interesting and often correct views on different subjects that need to be discussed. Julia, in my view, has a much more cooperative personality than competitive, which is an unusual trait in the high-IQ and positive for a unification process. Tor also has this trait, which I think is extremely important. David has a humanitarian outlook enriched by a very wide and diverse experience.

I think Tor, Iakovos, David, Julia are some people who can give excellent answers to that question. Julia is founder of Colloquy, which had no ambitions to expand and “dominate” the world, like WIN, but the atmosphere in Colloquy is particularly nice, as a macrocosmic reflection of Julia’s personality. So I think it would be interesting, perhaps, if some of these people are present in the future, that they have the opportunity to answer that question as well.

In the specific case of Iakovos, based on the concrete results he has achieved, I think he is one of the most qualified people to give a feasible and well-founded answer to this question about how to promote efficient, lasting, healthy, and synergistic integration among high-IQ communities. In the case of Mensa, in some countries (brazil, for example) I think it is almost the opposite. Apparently mensa brasil is afraid that members know that there are other high-IQ societies. Apparently in some other countries this also happens, but maybe in brazil is the place where this effect is more marked.

Recently, YoungHoon Kim is leading a process that seems to me to be a unification of Giga, Mega, Prometheus, TNS/ISPE etc. I see that Iakovos is participating, but it seems that Kim is driving the whole thing. At least the invitations I have received have been from him. I don’t have a formed opinion about this conglomeration of groups yet, because it is not clear how this will evolve in the coming days, months etc. I like some of Kim’s ideas and opinions. USIA, for example, seems extremely interesting to me, and in conversations with him, Kim has conveyed a positive image to me. But in my opinion, the social relations part should perhaps be left to Iakovos. Another point is that I have seen some “conflicting” names (people who, as far as I know, hate each other) in some groups that are being formed by Kim, and I am not sure how these people will get along and the impact this may have on the integrity of these groups. I think that the strategy you adopt in this Forum, of consulting people before inviting others who may eventually harbor some enmity, is very good and even necessary, also because we already know many precedents in the high societies that resulted in splits, some of which split tens or hundreds of people motivated by the conflict of only 2 people, but perhaps these tens or hundreds would remain united in the same group if they did not have to witness and “choose” in an internal dispute involving 2 people who were the protagonists of the split. So the split may be inevitable, but the size of each cluster can be controlled by the decisions of the people running the clusters. A cluster with 100 people might split into 2 of 50 or something like 35 and 65. Or 99 with only 1 out. I think there may be some reasons to prefer 50 x 50, such as avoiding the formation of “monopolies”. But with 50 x 50 there is also a greater risk of “wars”. If there is 99 x 1, the group of 99 may be more productive, with greater synergy, than if there is 50 x 50, even though these 50 and 50 work on common goals. So from the point of view of the people in the 99 group, it may be better for them than if there were two groups with 50 each. But for that 1 person left alone it can be very bad, like a form of ostracism. In this case, since group 99 would generally be “stronger” (although not necessarily), it would be important that there is a greater receptivity and tolerance of the stronger group to receive the one left out, as long as he accepts some basic conditions so as not to harm the harmony of the group. The doors should be open to him, as long as he doesn’t want to enter to conspire against the harmony of the group and promote a breakup (although he can do this from outside the group as well). Anyway, there are many complications and there would be no way to analyze everything. If I were inside a group, I would rather have 99 than 50, but if I were person 1 outside the group, maybe I would rather have 50 and 50 or something. So from an unbiased perspective it’s very hard to judge, but from the point of view of the person coordinating the group, it seems clear to me that having 99 in your group with harmony and stability is better than having 100 with the risk of 2 people in the group causing a split by taking tens to another group.

Kim asked about Sigma VI joining the Giga network and I have yet to consult with Petri and Peter Bentley about this. I have noticed that some names that are “hostile” to most of the members of the high-IQ societies, who have had conflicts with many people, are not in Giga. This is good. However in GM Society and P 2.0 I saw some names that might cause problems. But if that happens, I think Kim will take quick and forceful action, not letting any problems escalate. As I commented, it is still too early to form an opinion. I am watching and following. If I eventually feel that I can make a useful suggestion or intervene positively, I will, as always. In general, I am optimistic about this new unification venture.

When we talk about psychometric testing, Statistics, Logic, Ethics, Epistemology, Scientific Method, Econometrics, Philosophy of Science, Astronomy/Astrophysics/Cosmology, Cognitive Science, Science in general, some branches of Mathematics, Philosophy of Education, among other topics, I feel comfortable to give an opinion with reasonable confidence, but on the subject of this question I think other people could give more useful opinions than mine. Maybe I can give some guesses about what I think might work, but I don’t have many practical experiences to share. So I think it would be very interesting to have some people participate. Besides the names I mentioned above, all the others I suggested (Joao, Petri, Wagner, Renato, André, Dieguez, Eduardo, Mario, Domagoj, Veronica, Jason etc.), I think they would have a lot to contribute, for different reasons. But for this specific topic about unification of high-IQ societies, I think Iakovos, Kim and Jason are especially important names.

Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego (Latin America)[2]*: To answer this is important to look at the motivations of the people that found high I.Q. societies. Thinking about this I believe that the solution would be if each of the societies shared common goals and principles.

Tim Roberts (Oceania)[3]*: There are an absurd number of high IQ societies.  Regrettably, the vast majority of these are nothing but money-making opportunities for their founders, or just blatant ego trips and contribute nothing whatsoever to intellectual life.

The first step in making them more integrated, and therefore of some purpose, would be to reduce the number of societies devoted to particular IQ ranges (such as 170+, 150+, 130+, etc). 

Dany Provost (North America)[4]*: I think that, first, high-IQ societies should stop spinning off and reduce their number. Leaders should talk to each other, putting side their ego for the greater good, and admit that other people can also be right in their own views. A committee, composed of leaders from all continents could be formed. This committee would have the task of determining the various criteria for admission and selecting (developing) tests. As long as increasingly new societies and tests are created, integration is impossible. Discussions with MENSA, if they are open to it, could lead to a “Mensa plus” division that could benefit from this integration… just saying.

Rick Rosner (North America)[5]*: Let me start my responses by saying, “I don’t know what anyone else is saying, but they are likely to be a little dumber than everybody else’s.” I have a kidney stone. I was put on Flomax, which is a muscle relaxant. It might make it easier to pass the stone, but it also makes you very lethargic. I assume my mental processes are not quite what they would be.

For high-I.Q. societies to do anything, I think more members would have to give a shit. The benefits of belonging to a high-I.Q. society are generally not meriting giving that much of a shit. Through Mega, where I’ve probably been the most active, I joined it 30 years ago. I’ve got friends in it. We talk from time to time. We get together. They are in Southern California. But any other high-I.Q. society that I’ve joined or who have joined for me. I was added to membership of some societies somewhere. There is not a whole lot of benefit to belonging to most high-I.Q. societies.

I joined Mensa in the mid-80s, hoping Playgirl would do what Playboy did, which is the women of Mensa. I could get in naked as a man of Mensa and then get a girlfriend. My thinking in the mid-to-late-80s was focused on getting a girlfriend. Most of my plans were ridiculous. That’s partly, mostly, my fault for having an autistic type of focus. People who are on the spectrum. I have never been officially diagnosed. But some people who are on the spectrum have a tight focus on something. It could be collecting. It could be Disney movies.

In my case, it was making myself socially adept enough to be able to talk to girls. That, in itself, is not ridiculous, but a lot of the things I did to service that focus were ridiculous, including joining Mensa. I went to some Mensa stuff. It didn’t offer a lot. It was 90% awkward guys like me. That’s not helpful, at least with what I wanted to do, which was to meet girls. So, it is a roundabout way of asking you a question back, “Do high-I.Q. societies deserve to have more active memberships?” I would say, “Not so much, until they can offer their members more stuff that they can use.”

I’m on Twitter. I check Twitter dozens of times a day. The benefits Twitter offers me is immediate interaction with people, the news, jokes (because I follow a lot of people who are funny), feedback (that teaches me what is or is not okay to say in the current discourse). Now, I am not always afraid to say stuff that isn’t okay. I don’t have a lot of fear of being cancelled. But it is interesting to see what might get you in trouble with people. I wrote a joke using the term “Karen,” which is the term for a white lady who falsely claims aggression by minority people to get the minority people in trouble because she is bothered by their presence. Somebody wrote me, “I don’t think it is divisive. You are playing into Trump’s and Putin’s hands by using the term ‘Karen.’”

I wrote back, “I don’t think so. I am fine with using it. My wife’s name is Carole, which is one step from Karen. We see Karen used in T.V. and movies for a bland 50-ish white lady. I’m not helping Putin by using ‘Karen.’” A bunch of people came to my defense. That kind of interaction, which happens pretty fast, is instructive. I find it interesting and helpful. I shouldn’t admit this, but I used to look at news aggregator websites more than I do. I find Twitter more and more sufficient in telling me the news I want to know. This is all in comparison to high-I.Q. societies, which don’t do any of this.

Shalom Dickson (Africa)[6]*: To begin, I want to sell you the idea that high intelligence research has a distinct role to play in the advancement of Africa’s developing nations. Thus, African high-IQ organizations should adopt peculiar responsibilities to their respective communities. There may be more opportunities to discuss this later in the interview, but I hope this suggests the context in which I might be approaching some of the questions.

The notion of integration pertains to facts about the forms of the entities to be integrated, and facts about emergent features of their integration. The status of high-IQ societies in Africa is this: In general, they do not quite exist. For instance, I started the first society “for highly intelligent, highly creative, and highly resourceful individuals” in Nigeria known as Novus Mentis. The “intelligent” train was to admit members via IQ tests. While I knew many people who should have qualifying scores, none had actually taken ‘certified’ IQ tests. This, involving the second such organization I started, was several years ago (2015 and after), and I know many people who have tried high-range IQ tests, some through my referral. It is easier to run “IQ clubs” now. Mensa Nigeria kicked off some years later and my experience with that is shared here: https://qr.ae/pvkXhf.

Organizations interested in the subject should primarily commit to improving the penetration of intelligence tests. Integration between them can be enhanced through public events such as seminars and competitions, and project collaborations.

David Udbjorg (Africa)[7]*:  My knowledge about the High-IQ communities derives from internet-based activities, which are international and not local by nature. Hence, I have no clue as to what is already done on any other level to become integrated.

The only way, the High-IQ communities can become more integrated with the surrounding community, is by having something to offer, which will benefit the community in a notable way.

Many other communities such as Rotary and Lions clubs are based on local activities and members meeting up “in person” to plan and implement physical activities to raise money for their causes, hence it becomes local, but at the same time, their goals are often of international character. All the societies who are based on “in person” meetings, are losing members these days, probably because people do not have the time for voluntary projects anymore and probably also because the need to meet up physically is not needed to the same extent as before.

The High-IQ communities must focus on becoming active on the international level and find a way to funnel the many ideas into active products, which can form the basis for others to bring them into reality on local levels.

Maybe we should form an international “Think Tank”, a system which can formulate projects into various areas, present them to the various existing High-IQ communities to get responses and subsequently formulate them into “papers” which can be published, brought to the attention of the medias or handed over to specific interest groups, which will be able to use the knowledge in their work. A system which goal it is to harvest thoughts and bring them into play with reality.

Tianxi Yu (Asia)[8]*: a) Patriotism is the enemy of pacifism. If we want to integrate more deeply, we first have to put aside our sense of honor to our own country, not that we are not patriotic, and other people’s improper remarks about our motherland should be countered even if they are, but patriotism at this point will hinder deeper communication with other countries. b) Various regional representative tests need to be exchanged. In the high range tests I have done, there is a big gap in focus between the foreign tests and the Chinese tests, so I feel the need to see different representative tests from each country to get a deeper understanding of the culture and thinking habits of their IQ communities; c) Remove authority. Some authors are very vocal in the high-IQ community and claim that their tests are the most standard and rigorous. The idea that there is no such thing as a rigorous, standardized test is just plain wrong.

Tor Arne Jorgensen (Europe)[9],[10]*: If you look at this within the frame of the individual, something that I think fits best in this case, is thereby to remove the alienating stamp that these high-I.Q. societies have received from our surrounding holdings. As a world where there is no room for those who do not in their own eyes at least, have what it takes to make it in today’s society, a world where to show one’s weaknesses is not publicly accepted and the risk of exposing one’s true self-worth is therefore exposed to the risk of being ridiculed by all. For example. I was going to hold a two-hour info course some time ago at my own workplace, whereby I was going to present “this world”, as in our world within the high I.Q. community, if you can call it that. Where the course was to talk about myself, some of my high I.Q. friends, various high range tests that I had developed and the various high I.Q. communities and some of their content. Summarized, what this is all about. Out of 100 employees, only 3 employees came, luckily for me though, they thought this seemed very exciting, and completely harmless as to the course content.  

The other 97 employees thought that they would have their intellects exposed for all to see as to what they themselves said “risk showing how stupid they were in front of all the other employees.” I said in return that “this was not my intention at all, quit the opposite in fact”, the course’s purpose was solely to inform as what the information sheet showed, in alignment with what the school’s management requested from me. In other words, completely harmless, no intelligence tests were to be taken, just general information about what the high I.Q community is all about was to be addressed. The lack of participants made me curious as to ask them; “why not attend the course?”, general reply back was based on the fear of being portrayed as stupid. I then said; “what about when you don’t do so well in sports, sports like: Running, football, and handball, etc., what then?” The general reply back was now: No, that wasn’t a problem, one said; “I’d much rather be crap on the football field, than to show everyone that I don’t understand anything of what you’re talking about or are going to test us on.”

Conclusion: To be labeled a fool in physical activities is in most cases not a problem as to your self-esteem, but to be labeled a fool in mental activities becomes for most people prohibitive as to their perception of self-esteem.

These are the barriers that must be broken before any general acceptance is to be established.

This does not mean that everyone can qualify for any of these high I.Q. communities, but a more in-depth acceptance and notability will thus be established among most people. One clearly sees those mental activities, harmlessly so, activities like: Crosswords puzzles, Sudoku, Rubik’s cube etc. are absolutely loved and accepted by any outside bustling community, but soon as people get an I.Q. score attached to their names, then their mental self-image starts to crumble, as they are slowly suffocated by their stifling self-inflicted limitations. Some, not all, manage still to live well with what they are told of what their abilities extends to, but many more collapse into themselves and struggle to find their way out of the maze of Misérables, finally free as to be ones again a meaningful and productive member of society filled with the lust for both longevity and rejuvenation for life.

But we the members within the high I.Q. community have a mountain to climb as to be able to achieve this, for now viewed by me, as a futile utopianism notion towards the establishing directives for public acceptance…

Jacobsen (Moderator): What might sufficiently incentivize high-I.Q. communities to retain their unique identities and missions while connecting to the larger international communities?

Melão Jr. (Latin America): As long as there is no imposition to change the individual bylaws (in the cases of groups that have some internal bylaws), I don’t think there is any risk of loss of identity. In the USA, as far as I know, each state has its own laws, and all are submitted to the federal laws. In Brazil there is not the same level of independence among the states, a single federal constitution regulates the whole country. Abortion, for example, or the death penalty, are determined equally for the whole country. I like it better the way it is in the USA, because as the territory is very vast and covers a very large cultural variety, as well as climatic variety, topographic variety, etc., laws that might be good in certain regions might not be so good in others. In the cases of high-IQ societies, as they are spread over many parts of the world, I think respect for cultural diversities needs to be considered even more carefully. But at the same time I think it is important that there is a concise set of norms that are equally applicable to all groups, just to establish standards of conduct that aim to ensure a friendly coexistence among all. This may not be as easy or as simple as it sounds. In 1991, when the world junior chess championship was held in Guarapuava, the organizer of the event was kind enough to invite all the participants of the delegations from all the countries to have lunch with him. Guarapuava has a strong tradition of barbecue, and he took them to a rotisserie. When lunch started to be served, and the members of the Indian delegation saw what the lunch was, several of them started to cry. It was a tragic scene, because the organizer was well-meaning, but he made a terrible mistake that caused a very embarrassing situation for everyone. It was a primary mistake that was easy to avoid, provided that the organizer of the event knew the most important elements about the cultures of all the participants. This is why I believe that when formulating the general rules for everyone, it would be important to have at least one representative from each group to ensure that similar gaffes are not committed.

Pliego (Latin America): Probably working together on common subjects, let’s say for example that three high I.Q. societies agreed to publish research on Biology or any other shared interest.

Roberts (Oceania): I can’t think of anything that would achieve this.

Provost (North America): More recognition from other societies.

Rosner (North America): One incentive would be, for high-I.Q. societies to thrive, is creating opportunities for members. Early on, I was mentored by another member of the Mega Society who was using the Mega Society as a talent search to find people whose talents weren’t being used sufficiently. If belonging to these societies created opportunities like that, that would be helpful for the societies. I haven’t seen a whole lot of that. What I am saying in general, if high-I.Q. societies function more like social media, or there are these thriving social media ecosystems, where people can accomplish lots of stuff, they can get recognition, fame, understanding what’s happening in the culture by being on Insta or watching a lot of TikTok or being on Twitter.

There are a lot of negatives by being targeted by bullshit on Facebook. You need more information through high-I.Q. societies for them to function like social media. Social media is about being flooded with personally relevant information. The high-I.Q. societies don’t do that. Could they? I don’t know. It seems unlikely because social media is not exclusive. There’s not a lot of stopping people from joining, commenting, and following on social media. Yet, by their nature, high-I.Q. societies are very selective. You don’t have the high flow of information via millions of people posting on Instagram every hour.

Dickson (Africa): When multiple sub-entities come together, it is natural for their union to reflect the things they have in common. However, the process, with some effort, can be re-engineered to ensure that their distinct features are highlighted instead. There are various high-IQ societies with exotic themes like poetry, music, and mathematics. They should be encouraged to attract befitting members and promote ideas in their respective areas of interest.

The core problem of mission-based IQ societies is that there is a question of whether the IQ tag is necessary at all. Could not just drop the IQ stuff and say, oh well, this is a club for hobbyist astronomers? So, the question persists, of whether there is a genuine case for IQ societies in general to have distinct identities outside intelligence research, which is self-justified. On the other hand, to not claim such a theme might seem, for those who do not think intelligence research is a worthy end, like the society in question is a club for people to discuss how much smarter they are than anyone else.

Udbjørg (Africa): No comments.

Yu (Asia): This depends on the ability of the core members of the association in non-intellectual areas. God’s Power’s success in interviewing Chen Ning Yang on 7.11 and subsequently inviting more top scholars to join the association is the best example of this.

Jorgensen (Europe): Hopefully through a desire for a better community established on principles such as: Sincerity, honesty, fraternity and finally a general agreement on affiliation with the population’s governing units. These is for me the fundamental pillars onto which the future of these communities will thrive or not.

Jacobsen (Moderator): What was missing from the global high-I.Q. communities in the past?

Melão Jr. (Latin America): I had my first contact with high-IQ societies in 1999, so I didn’t get to know what it was like before the Internet was accessible to the general public. But I suppose for the older folks, the advent of the Internet has revolutionized the high-IQ realm. Sure, it revolutionized the whole world, but since high-IQ people are rare, you’re less likely to have a few neighbors with similar interests, or even to have people in the same city to talk to about certain subjects. So for people in general the impact of the Internet must have been much smaller than it was for high-IQ people.

Pliego (Latin America): They didn’t have the tools we have today to connect with other high I.Q. people around the world as we do today.

Roberts (Oceania): Any real sense of purpose, apart from money-making and ego-tripping.

Provost (North America): I think that lack of communication has been an issue, especially before the Internet.

Rosner (North America): You just didn’t get a lot of benefits from membership. Mensa has been the most successful high-I.Q. society. In the ‘60s, ‘70s, and ‘80s, people enjoyed their Mensa memberships because it allowed them to interact at gatherings, for the most part, or through pen pal kind of deals, with other people who shared their interests and who were intelligent and/or interested in intelligence. But now, you can do this kind of interaction times a million via social media. The advent of social media has been not great news for these societies. If I were trying to juice up a high-I.Q. society, I would do whatever I could to piggyback on social media. I would create some kind of high-I.Q. Insta account that did its best to provide the kind of content that Insta users like. There could be some room for high-I.Q. stuff. Social media people don’t mind an occasional brain teaser, puzzle. There could be room to juice a society via a savvy social media person.

Dickson (Africa): In the spirit of my responses so far, good picks are societies based in Africa, those with many African members, and high-range tests by African psychometric experimenters.

Udbjørg (Africa): No comments.

Yu (Asia): a) lack of shared values, although high IQ people have a variety of ideas, these ideas rarely work to advance the IQ community; b) lack of standardized regulations, such as standards for scale creation, standards for question setting, etc.; c) lack of violent authorities, the cost of cheating is too low and the cost of maintenance is too high.

Jorgensen (Europe): Since my “historical imprint” does not extend further back than seven years past, I will let this one lie in anticipation, of what might emerge as to what is written by my so brilliant co-writers of historical informative descriptions.

Jacobsen (Moderator): What is missing from the global high-I.Q. communities now?

Melão Jr. (Latin America): Accepting a large number of different tests as criteria for admission, even if all the tests were well standardized, greatly increases the probability of getting a sufficient score on at least one of the tests. Grady Towers has already written about this many years ago, so what I bring here is nothing new, but it is a problem that has never been solved and has only become worse with the increase in the total number of existing tests. It is great that there are many tests, and it is also good that every society has more than one alternative as a criterion for admission. On the other hand, it is important that the tests contribute to selecting correctly at a real level compatible with the nominal level declared in these groups, but this is not happening. One way to deal with this is to make combined use of several tests. So 4 tests with a 190 ceiling might produce a combined ceiling close to 198 or so, as well as diversifying the content, covering a wider variety of latent traits, and coming closer to measuring something that might be more g-factor saturated. But this has also been done incorrectly.

If a person takes the Power Test, he has probability P of reaching the score needed to enter Mega. But if the person takes 20 different tests, with an appropriate ceiling each, the probability that he or she will score 176+ on at least one of those tests is much higher than P, and will depend on several factors, including the correlation between those tests, the ceiling effect on each, the uncertainties in each score, how inflated each norm is, etc. Although the calculation of P is not trivial, it is clear that P becomes much larger. As a consequence, groups with a given cut-off become more inclusive as more tests are created and more tests are accepted as criteria for admission.

I don’t see a problem with a group being inclusive, this can even be considered positive in certain respects, however it is necessary to correct the numbers that are announced on the site. Obviously the real rarity level in Giga or Sigma VI is not 10^-9, in fact, it barely reaches 10^-6, as I have already demonstrated in some articles and commented in my interview, and the reason is not only the acceptance of many tests and the inflated norms, but also the presence of some errors in the axioms assumed in the norming process. This error is also present in groups like Mega, Omega, Pi, Pars, Sigma V, OlympIQ etc.

Currently there must easily be 1000 people potentially qualified for Giga or Sigma VI, and even though most of them are not interested in the high IQ societies, there are still dozens of members in the +6σ groups. In the less high cut-off groups, the inconsistency is less obvious because it does not come up against the ceiling of the world population of 7.9 billion or the number of people ever born – perhaps 100 billion. Of course, nothing prevents the smartest person in history from being alive today, or even the 10 smartest people from being alive today, but the probability of that is low, and when you look at the questions on the high range IQ tests, while some may actually be very difficult, it is questionable whether the latent trait they are measuring is in fact an adequate representation for intelligence at that level that the test is intended to measure. In fact, it is an understatement to say that it is “questionable”. The more correct would be to explicitly admit that it is not intelligence that is being measured. I won’t repeat several comments that I have made about this in articles and in my interview, but I would like to cite an episode involving Richard Feynman as an example: https://www.ecb.torontomu.ca/~elf/abacus/feynman.html.

The article in the link above talks about abacus, but since the boy was oriental, I suppose the term should be “soroban”. In any case, this is an irrelevant detail. The fact is that a well-trained sorobanist can solve elementary arithmetic questions much faster than a true genius like Feynman. In addition and subtraction, the Sorobanist wins by joking. In multiplications and divisions, Feynman starts to narrow the gap. When the sorobanist tried cubic root, Feynman won easily, partly by “luck”. But the gist of the idea is that if you were to increase the complexity, more and more Feynman’s intellectual supremacy would stand out from the mechanical ability of the mental speedster. If they went on to calculations with logarithms, integrals, algebraic topology, transfinite set theories, propositional calculations in paraconsistent logic, soon the sorobanker would no longer even understand the concepts they were talking about, nor the processes applied in the solutions, much less be able to deduce or create offhand a method to solve something new. This is basically one of the big problems I see with the use of very elementary problems being used to try to measure IQs at the rarity level of 1 in 1 million and even 1 in 1 billion, which comes across as a joke.

It is not just a problem that they are not difficult enough to measure correctly above a certain point (135 for most IQ tests and 170 for most high range IQ tests). In addition to inadequate difficulty, the tests begin to measure a variable that correlates more and more weakly with intelligence as the level of IQ being measured becomes higher. I have already commented extensively on this in my interview, so I will try not to be repetitive.

So my opinion about what is currently missing (among other things, of course), I would say that something like “Philosophy of intelligence testing” is missing, to better conceptualize what one wants to measure and how it should be measured. I see a sad regression compared to the 1980s, because Hoeflin’s tests were a good example of content, construct validity and rigor in standardization. There are problems, like the ones I already commented on in the interview, but in general terms they are better than the vast majority of the current tests. This is kind of scary, because we have a lot more technological resources now, to do a proper job. It seems that some people have realized this problem and agree with it, at least on some points. But for some reason, there doesn’t seem to be any commitment/interest in fixing it. In conversations with Tianxi, I could see that we share many views on this issue, although we also have some disagreements. Kim also seems to agree on some fundamental points. There is a very dangerous bias in this, because people are more inclined to defend a test that they have scored highly on than a test that they actually believe measures a latent trait that is a good representation of general intelligence.

The fact is that to correctly measure intelligence at levels above 170 (σ=16), a test needs to meet a number of non-trivial requirements, but tests which meet these requirements are very rare. A few months ago a TV program in Brazil started a show called “little geniuses”, in which children do addition, subtraction, multiplication and division operations, spell words, memorize some data about flags or capitals of countries and repeat. It is very sad that they sell this as “genius”, but “that’s okay”, it is a TV show for the general public, that needs to sell ads and have a large audience among an audience that would not know how to appreciate the beauty of the Kasparov-Topalov match, Wijk aan Zee 1999, for example, or how Ramanujan’s sum can result in -1/12. For this audience, if TV producers tried to discuss in depth the concept of genius, they would have losses in viewership, losses with sponsors, etc. But it is not acceptable that a similar mistake (with a little more sophistication) is made within high-IQ societies. There needs to be a critical analysis of whether the tests are in fact measuring something that reflects well the intelligence across the range that the test is intended to measure.

When Kim asked me to suggest tests for admission into United Giga Society, I indicated Power and Eureka. Although the number of questions in Eureka is very small and the uncertainty in scores is large, the other accepted tests present similar problems. There are few questions in the Power Test that are really useful for discriminating at the ~196 level, so in practice it is as if Power has only 1 or 2 questions contributing 70% or more of the discriminating power at the 196 level, while Eureka perhaps has 2 or 3 at that level, which might make Eureka less accurate than Power for all IQs below 190 or 180, but for the level that Giga intends to measure, perhaps Eureka is as good or even a little better than Power.

I also commented on the Sigma Test Extended, and other people had also recommended the STE, a I told Kim about Mahir Wu’s tests. Here I need to make a detailed clarification, because I am against tests that measure a very narrow latent trait (A) being used to measure a broad set of latent traits (B), many of which are not strongly correlated with the one measured by the test. In this case, “A” is number sequences and “B” is intelligence. A test based solely on questions with numerical sequences will not comprehensively measure intelligence.

Since I consider Mahir Wu’s Death Numbers more appropriate to measure correctly at the ~196 level than some of the tests accepted in Giga, but at the same time I have some reservations, such as the one I mentioned above, I suggested to Kim to talk to Tianxi about this, because Tianxi is an enthusiast of Mahir Wu’s tests and would have a way to defend the use of these tests with better arguments than I could.

Very briefly, my objection is that a person might have a talent for solving numerical sequences at the +7σ level, but have general intelligence at the +4σ or +4.5σ level, for example. It would be necessary for the person to demonstrate performances on a wider variety of difficult and complex cognitive challenges before one could interpret the result as representative of general intelligence. On the other hand, in some conversations with Tianxi he made a very good case for Mahir Wu’s tests as being better than other number series tests, requiring more creativity and ingenuity, with increased difficulty because they require structurally different cognitive processes, rather than just adding up steps in the process of discovering the underlying law governing the formation of the sequence. Also, there is one attribute in Mahir Wu’s tests that I find a key differentiator for measuring correctly at the ~196 level: the Death Numbers has 30 questions, requiring 25/30 to score 196+. So there are somewhere between 7 and 10 items useful to discriminate correctly at the 196 level, which is very rare. In the case of the Power Test, if you get 1 wrong, you fail. So it is almost as if the “pass/fail” result depends almost exclusively on only 1 question.

So while I am not sympathetic to tests that measure a narrow latent trait being used to estimate a very broad trait, since there are very few appropriate tests to measure at this level, I estimate Power, Eureka and Death Numbers to be partially appropriate. Power and Eureka are appropriate in construct validity, but the uncertainty in the result is large. Death Numbers is much more accurate, but not necessarily more accurate, because construct validity has the problems I mentioned.

So I couldn’t quite defend the use of this test because I don’t believe it is very appropriate, although I consider it at least as good as Power and Eureka for the 196 level, keeping in mind the set of positive and negative aspects in it. That’s why I recommended that Kim take up this issue with Tianxi, who could justify the use of DN with more motivation.

One detail that I think is important to make clear is that the fact that I recommend Power, Eureka and DN does not mean that I consider them appropriate for the 196 level. It just means that compared to other tests accepted for admission, these 3 are at least as good as the average of the others. So there would be no degradation in the criteria that were already being adopted.

I also think it is important to clarify that I consider the criteria for admission into United Giga to be more appropriate than those for Giga.

I also suggested to Kim to change “99.9999999 percentile” to “theoretical 99.9999999 percentile”, since the true percentile is very different from the theoretical one, and the number quoted (in all societies, not only in Giga) is the theoretical one.

So basically two items that I think need to be changed in high IQ societies are to maintain credibility and consistency:

  1. Initially make it clear that the nominal cut-offs are very different from the actual ones, in all high-IQ groups, with the disparity being greater in the more exclusive groups.
  2. To try to adopt criteria for admission that are compatible with the group’s proposal, that is, tests capable of measuring a broad set of latent traits strongly correlated with intelligence at the level that society is selecting.

There are good articles on test standardization by Grady Towers, Kevin Langdon, Garth Zietsman and others, from a time when there was no Wikipedia or Google, computers were slow, there were few Python libraries, yet the articles were careful and rigorous. Nowadays everything is easier, but for some mysterious reason, I see some bizarre things like tests with a 250 sd=15 ceiling, where the most difficult items have difficulty levels close to 170. The number of tests with this feature is multiplying. There would be no problem with a test with a 250 ceiling, provided that some of the questions required a demonstration of the Riemann hypothesis, the Collatz conjecture or a Unification Theory of forces. The problem is to believe that if a person figures out the rules underlying a few dozen series of figures, he has an IQ similar to that of Newton, Archimedes, Gauss or Aristotle.

This is one of the reasons why I find Kim’s idea about USIA interesting. But the path he took was to separate people with outstanding achievements on really difficult, complex, deep problems from people with high test scores on simple problems. I don’t think that should be the way. I think the right thing is to try to develop tests that can measure abilities similar to those in real-world problems, that are more faithful representations of the intellectual level at the higher levels. This is basically what I tried to do in STE, and it seems to me that this is what Hoeflin tried to do in Mega, Titan and especially Power. But there are few similar attempts.

Another topic that I think is important to comment on is the integration of high IQ societies with the general population, business, government, political, social, environmental, scientific problems, etc. I believe that this should be one of the main motivations for the meeting of this forum. But I also think that it is not something that can be solved only “internally”. It would need to have representatives from the government (in different sectors, especially Education, Science and Technology, Environment, Economy), from companies (different sectors), etc., because what we can do on our part is very limited if it is not adopted and implemented. It will help little if we come up with important solutions to environmental problems, for example, but our solutions are not implemented.

These problems need to be examined bilaterally. In the first round of questions, I emphasized some points about how members of high-IQ societies can and should contribute to the common good. But this needs to be a two-way street. Rick Rosner cited a very important problem which is the lack of recognition, of respect, of consideration, of appreciation of high-IQ people by society. Why is a rock star idolized, while a person with more valuable attributes (including high IQ) is marginalized? If members of high-IQ societies are not admired and valued, what is the motivation to work for the common good or strive to save the world, so that people in general applaud rock stars or soccer players who produce nothing useful for the collective? There needs to be a balanced mechanism of reciprocity in which contributions are recognized, valued, rewarded.

When I read Rick’s complaints about the girlfriend issue, I initially had a bad impression and thought that this topic would not be appropriate for such an event. But after reflecting more on it, I concluded that it is a necessary addition to the topics I had suggested, in order to have a symbiotic relationship. If high-IQ people work for the common good, but there is no community recognition, it will be a parasitic relationship in which the general population will suck the blood of the high-IQ people without giving anything in return. It would be abusive and unfair. So I stand by my opinion that high-IQ people should strive to contribute to the common good, while people in general (including media and government) should willingly and spontaneously reciprocate this with gratitude, appreciation, admiration, etc.

Pliego (Latin America): Less individuality and more team work.

Roberts (Oceania): Any real sense of purpose, apart from money-making and ego-tripping.

Provost (North America): Willingness from the leaders to cooperate.

Rosner (North America): Pace of interaction. People are compelled to maximize the amount of personalized information that they exchange and absorb. We look for relevant information as mental generalists. As the apex thinkers on the planet, we have evolved to be – and our survival and success has been based on being – better at finding regularities in the world than any other species. We kind of love it. Even if it is junk information, if it pertains to us, we love it the way that we love salty, fatty, sweet foods. Those foods gave us an advantage.

Now, we are in the middle of a civilization, where fatty foods no longer give us an advantage. Where, before, you had to take down a bison 80,000 years ago to get some fat. It is our nature to want to flood ourselves with information, which social media – I keep bringing it up – and streaming movies, and T.V., are good at doing. You just don’t get that by belonging to high-I.Q. societies. If some rich tech hundred-millionaire wanted to create some informationally attractive website for high-I.Q. people, and people who are interested in the same shit high-I.Q. people are interested in, you could build a website or an app that could be attractive because of the amount and the type of information. Now, there are no high-I.Q. apps or websites that do this.

Dickson (Africa): Generally, there haven’t been ways to effectively concentrate the efforts and intellectual resources of society members. These series of publications by In-Sight Publishing are good contributions to this end. Today’s technology can be leveraged to facilitate deep collaboration among highly intelligent individuals. In such a system, it gets increasingly beneficial (computationally) as well as costly (psychometrically) to network agents of higher and higher intelligence ranges. A practical application of this, let’s call it, Technologically Enhanced High-Intelligence Hyper-Network is that it can form one-half of a human-machine intelligence super-system. On the other half is, of course, some artificial intelligence network.

Yu (Asia): Relative to the past, did we progress? lol

Jorgensen (Europe): To the extent of what we must be able to do, is to raise our presence out to the general population, far beyond what Mensa has achieved for its humble beginnings in -46. The general public today knows almost exclusively of Mensa. Done so, to get the proper recognition, we deserve, the main focus as to the high IQ community, must then to be how to reach out to the general population? Solidified as follows, whereby a sober and purposeful policy directive, promoted to a certain extent that of what the highly acclaimed academic institutions have achieved, universities such as: Harvard University, Princeton University, Yale and many more. Must add to that; the use of public media for promotion should also be included as, YouTube, various online medias, Podcasts, hardcopies, E-books, online articles and streamlined commercial. Membership should be cherished and present itself through a feeling of proudness, not of shamefulness, like something to hide away. We (the high IQ members) must be able to equate the respective in the same way as a football supporter equates with his favorite team.

A football supporter who wears the football club’s jersey as proudly as one of us should wear our memberships.

It should be said that a lot of great effort is being done today, done by people with love for the community, people with drive, people who turn their watchful gaze towards the general awareness. But sadly, this is not the case with Mensa Norway. Currently Mensa Norway has around 1800-2000 members, the full potential is as high as 150,000 members in Norway alone, so clearly a lot is being done wrong as to gather new members. An example of what I mean, noted, not the best example but still it gets the point across: If I ran a grocery store with a potential to reach150,000 customers, but my general manager only managed to get 2,000 customers, heads would roll to put it mildly, so something drastic must be done. Wish for the future, that jocks and geeks should be equally respected and acclaimed for their achievements.

Jacobsen (Moderator): How could high-I.Q. communities use their mental and financial resources to focus on more real-world problems in your area?

Melão Jr. (Latin America): As I commented in the previous item, I believe that there needs to be integration with different entities, each of which contributes with something that it has in abundance. High-level societies can contribute with ideas, with problem solving at the theoretical level. Companies and the government can contribute with money, equipment, personnel to put the solutions into practice. The media can contribute by spreading the word, so as to attract collaborators (from the population in general, the government, from companies) and to promote the recognition of those involved. One of the reasons that Rosner is not “pursued” by women the way they pursue rock stars is because the media has constructed the world that way. If the media wanted women, businessmen/investors, etc. to run after the exceptionally intelligent people, the media could produce that effect. The media can elect presidents, or bring down presidents, they can make an entire group into heroes or villains, and in fact they do this. In the cases of very intelligent people, the media don’t turn them into a villain, but into a bizarre and devalued caricature, far removed from reality. It is a form of veiled boycott.

Pliego (Latin America): Just to clarify many high I.Q. societies don’t rely on any money to have an internet presence for example the Hall of Sophia uses Facebook or other free services.  Now let’s say that we have money probably it could be used to give scholarships to high talented individuals around the world something that would automatically transfer to the real world. 

Roberts (Oceania): Any real sense of purpose, apart from money-making and ego-tripping.

Provost (North America): I think that high-IQ communities could use their financial resources (when they have) for “opening the valves” and recruiting a maximum number of people. This could be of great value. I believe that most of the smartest people in the world (universal or “targeted” intelligence) are not members of any high-IQ. People with targeted intelligence often think out of the box for solving problems, “real-world” ones included. So, recruiting and communicating would be the first step.

Rosner (North America): As you know, one of the objectives of Mensa by the people who formed Mensa – Mensa is Latin for “table” – was to sit down the world’s smartest people, as determined by I.Q. scores, and have them come up with solutions to the world’s problems. Mensa has been around for decades. I don’t know a single solution to a real-world problem that has come out of Mensa or any other high-I.Q. society. It doesn’t mean that you couldn’t do it. Anybody can come up with a solution. The actor Kevin Costner came up with a simple, elegant way to clean up oil slicks. You stick a hose into the ocean where the slick is. The hose has a hose sticking out of the water that is fairly long. You have some mechanism that whips around the end of the hose. It whips around above the water. It creates a siphon if you operate it right. Because oil is less dense. That’s Kevin Costner! A freakin’ actor!

Anybody can come up with anything. But the high-I.Q. societies have a track record, as far as I know, of not. It doesn’t mean somebody couldn’t set up some kind of system. As you know, there are various scientific prizes out there that are open to anybody that is willing to take on the challenge. There was a flight prize offered 30 or 40 years ago for $100,000 for the first person who managed to stay aloft flying via a human-powered flying machine. Not a blimp, that’s cheating, but an airplane only powered by some really good bicyclist pedalling away like a maniac. I think somebody won that prize in the ‘80s. There is an X-Prize for doubling mouse lifespans funded by people who are interested in humans living longer and longer. It’s probably a whole series of prizes. You win one prize and the next objective kicks in.

Somebody could aggregate all the prizes out there in the world and communicate them to high-I.Q. societies. That might be a way to grease the skids a little bit. The Methusaleh Foundation is one that think of that comes up with prizes for making a 4-year mouse or a 6-year mouse. They might award you a million bucks or something.

Dickson (Africa): Basically, invest in early-stage intelligence evaluation and enhancement, and start talent programs. High-IQ society members can serve as mentors for the ‘gifted’ kids. Everyone smiles happily. In other regions, students who were selected for gifted programs seem to be more likely caught doing research at some point in the future. And the principal point of potential impact on Africa’s socioeconomic story is research.

In short, they should help incentivize intellectual curiosity. I suggested a guideline here: https://qr.ae/pvMoaI.

Udbjørg (Africa): We are all getting lots of ideas, and thoughts on how and why, but it seems that all these wonderful ideas doesn’t lead to anything… but more ideas and more discussions.

It is this loop, we have to break… have the brainstorm, let it materialize into a concept paper, take this to the next level and develop it into a project description, which can be elaborated further into an actual project proposal, targeted towards the relevant interest groups, be it a business, an international donor, the medias or others. We need to have products, which the World can benefit from.

Yu (Asia): Increase your real-world influence, expand your resources, and allocate them wisely to the regional community

Jorgensen (Europe): I think that a lot of what you point out here is happening today in terms of the mental aspect. But when it comes to the financial aspect, it is experienced by me to be of varying engagement, whether or not if it is poured into the deficient. Mainly, it is due to lack of personal commitment, time, family relationships, work relationships etc. We talk a lot like just now, we have many brilliant ideas roaming around in our heads, on paper we can accomplish almost everything, but in practice not so much, by what I have so far experience within the high IQ community, as to the issue of addressing these real-world problems. But as a most welcomed refreshment, Mr. Melao is probably the first I see has a clear model that is directly aimed at what you are talking about here.

I will say I look very much forward to seeing what emerges next from Mr. Melao most brilliant mind.

According to Europe, well, little, based on what I initially referred to. My own contribution is carried forward through my regular job, so for me the conditions are something completely different.

Here it is not me personally who fork out from my own pocket regarding a big personal financial risk, as this rests solely onto the shoulders of the municipal management; and whether or not they want to invest in the offer presented by C. June Maker, Ph.D., Litt.D., Professor Emerita and her team of (https://www.globalcooperativesynergygroup.org/), regarding gifted students’ program. Furthermore, the time strain is limited as to my own family commitments, even more so than it does today from previous. I am already well acquainted with the topic of “gifted students”, as I am a teacher who works daily with these students, and as mentioned, I do not bear any financial risk, which in turn does not put further stress on the family finances.

I’m not someone who takes unnecessary risks both familiarly and financially, I like to have a complete overall layout of what I am about to embark on, never take unnecessary risks that can bite me in the ass later on. This is just how I am programmed, anything and everything is being analyzes down to the smallest minute detail even thou it does not always seem so, done so, to ensure me and my loved ones against all eventualities that may come my way through the social media. But that’s how it is for all of us, I guess. Of what other engagement directed towards the current theme in question is not known by me, but no one know what tomorrow will bring…

Jacobsen (Moderator): How could high-I.Q. societies be used to solve major economic, educational, social, and scientific, problems?

Melão Jr. (Latin America): I think my previous answer covers this point, with the detail that the term “used” might not be the most appropriate.

Pliego (Latin America): Major corporations and governments should be open to work hand in hand with the high I.Q. individuals that conform such societies.

Roberts (Oceania): I have never known of any high-IQ communities which devote their resources to solving real-world problems.  And I am not optimistic that any will attempt this in the future, partly for the reasons mentioned below.

Provost (North America): See my previous answer. It also applies. Let’s try to find the geniuses in all areas (even if they don’t score high on a standard IQ test) so that their creative input could be used in other fields.

Rosner (North America): Through incentivization and by facilitating partnerships among high-I.Q. society members, and not just among members, but between members and experts in the field, like, you and I have been talking about our theory of the computational universe, IC. Informational Cosmology, which is the idea that the universe is a giant information processor, the way our brain is an information processor, but way more like there’s a basic mathematics behind both – which is unavoidable. To me, it strongly implies the universe is much older and less strictly Big Bang-y than it appears to be because a big bang ‘exploding’ from a single point and keeping going as a 3-dimensional manifold doesn’t seem like the same kind of information processing, even if the universe is made out of information that your brain is doing over its lifespan or your mind is doing is over its lifespan.

My mind at, say, 19 doesn’t seem much more ‘collapsed’ or much smaller if you were to mathematicize my brain at 19 compared to my brain now at 62. Whatever mathematical model really describes this wouldn’t have the 3-dimensional manifold of my mind now, which is my moment-to-moment consciousness, I don’t believe that my moment-to-moment consciousness is that much more information-packed that it would be a 3-dimensional manifold that is 3 times the size of the manifold that describes my mind at age 19. It seems like the information content of my thoughts on a daily basis stays fairly uniform from year-to-year. A Big Bang universe is not spatially uniform…

Anyway, I have been thinking about this stuff forever. Occasionally, somebody will try to hook me up with somebody who can talk about this shit with me from the standpoint of somebody who is a post-doc. in Relatavistic Cosmology. Yet, those kind of interactions tend to go pretty badly. The amateur who thinks they’re smart says, “What about this? What about this? What about this?” The expert says, “Nah, nah, nah, for this reason, this reason, this reason.” I was reading this week about revisiting how dark matter is pretty much invisible to the visible universe. Its interaction is super limited. It is limited, for the most part, to gross gravitational effects, gravitational clumping, the rotation speed of arms of galaxies, the lack of falloff in the rotational speed of galaxy arms (which suggests there is a bunch of matter that is invisible and exists in a halo around every galaxy).

The deal is, visible matter takes up space, has friction, interacts. When two galaxies pass through each other, they disturb each other because stuff can run into each other. They can absorb radiation. There are a lot of ways for visible matter in two colliding galaxies for that matter to be disturbed by the other matter. But less so, much less so, for dark matter. In my mind, it makes me think the universe is way fucking older than it appears to be, the dark matter could be a bunch of collapsed normal matter that started off in stars, and collapsed down in brown dwarfs, neutron stars, and black holes, because all the matter is down a gravity well. Also, it is teeny as shit. So, the gravitational force of this matter has not evaporated.

All these other tells that visible matter has, has all these collapsed matter things. It would be nice to talk to a post-doc. Say the universe is a trillion years old rather than 14-billion-years-old, you have a bunch of collapsed matter that is on the outskirts on the galaxies orbiting along and not colliding into anything. I’d talk to somebody, but I don’t want to get the “nah.” Both because I don’t want to feel like a dumb-shit or have my hopes of a new cosmology dashed when the guy or girl lists 10 reasons why it can’t be so. I would have to tap dance around those reasons or admit I’m wrong. Somebody, you have all these smart people in high-I.Q. societies. L.A. has more homeless people than any other city in the U.S. One reason is homeless people aren’t stupid. It is better to be homeless in L.A. in the Winter than Columbus, Ohio. I was on a neighbourhood council for a couple of years. I still participate.

The homeless problem is a hard problem to solve. One thing that I have learned is that the most effective way to deal with a homeless person and to get them moving out of their bad situation into a better situation is individual concierge level service. You take one person. 1/3rd of homeless might be mentally ill. 1/3rd might have a substance abuse issue. 1/3rd may be down on their luck. They are all individuals and need to be approached one-on-one and have uniqaue pasts and behaviours that keep them homeless. Each homeless person needs a concierge. One thing that makes it hard is that you can’t have an individual concierge for every homeless person.

The deal with individual high-I.Q. people is similar. You have all these quirky people. You would need a concierge to smooth the way to make introductions to convince the experts that talking to this smart person that doesn’t have a doctorate is worthwhile. You need to take the high-I.Q. lunatic and work with them, so they don’t immediately alienate the expert. If you want to maximize the utility of smart, quirky people, you need to facilitate the interactions between them and the world.

Dickson (Africa): The idea of high-IQ society members serving as mentors to high-ability kids can be extended globally, although the need typically declines as the regions get more developed.

The idea of using technology to enhance the collaborative effects of highly intelligent individuals is generic. The system can adapt to problems relevant to each region. For instance, such a network can be used to generate and define scientific and socioeconomic problems. It can also be used to develop educational blueprints for younger individuals (one’s Wikipedia history, for instance, is a primitive idea of what this might look like).

More generally, high-IQ organizations can be think tanks.

Udbjørg (Africa): Bring them into the pool of ideas as described above.

Yu (Asia): It’s hard to solve, and even though we advertise ourselves as highly intelligent people, not many of us can actually reach the level of experts. I understand that some people think their results are superior to what is already available, but if we choose to serve the community, it is the masses we should be addressing and let the masses choose. Some solutions are indeed better in some ways than the popular methods of the day, but this is not necessarily true, for example, is there any technological innovation in short videos? Not really, but it succeeded in taking up people’s fragmented time, and this has nothing to do with your expertise.

Jorgensen (Europe): These high I.Q. societies comes across as being box with regards to the human intellect. Sectioning who belongs where, meaning, that people with 130 sd15 IQ belong in that section and those with 160 sd15 belong in that section. Today’s division comes forth as somewhat disturbing to me, knowing full well that many are members of Mensa, where everyone from IQ 131-180 is a member. But all the different high IQ societies is filled with a never-ending sense of pride the higher one climbs on the intelligence ladder.

People ask me, what is your highest IQ score, instantly followed up by how many are members there in that specific society, one can then say, about 10-15 members, or perhaps only 4-5 members, it then comes back, “no more? what’s the point of that.”

For my own part, I would remove all division of these societies, and drastically reduce their current status. No, rather build towards the majority, remove the gradation, and rather focus on teamwork, where interactive measures should be the main focus. I would further like that this collaboration of intellectuals must focus on community bridging from within first between the communities and then proceed with the outside bridging regarding the communities and the universities etc. If you look again at what the broad sports has established, where everyone focuses on unity and recognition by and for all. It is recognized as something that unifies each and every one, inclusive and safe, with a clear goal for a healthier lifestyle for all people for a strengthened tomorrow.

I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again, we are widely perceived, at least in Norway, as a somewhat lugubrious collection of weirdos who mostly waste their time on nonsense that in no way contributes to an improved world system. As Mr. Melao has mentioned earlier, the seriousness towards the mainstream must firstly be addressed, the universities must be connected, the rating system must be professionalized a lot, and lastly, the image outwardly must ooze of; seriousness, professionalism, security, visible framework conditions, a targeted agenda aimed towards innovation and renewal. All this with a direct connection to schools, companies, and finally governing authorities. I also know very well that this with intelligence tests has been aimed at what someone here has been pointing out for a long time of varying acceptance globality regarding academics etc. But, before we can talk about what can high I.Q. society can do, as by the determine from the initiative formulations, then this mountain must first and foremost be overcome at any cost, only then can a serious debate be addressed.

Jacobsen (Moderator): Personally, what have you done to contribute your talents to the high-I.Q. communities and outside of them to general society?

Melão Jr. (Latin America): I’m not sure I would be able to separate well which contributions were exclusively for high-IQ societies and which were for society in general. Maybe the Sigma Test and the later versions, especially the Sigma Test Extended, have more impact inside high-IQ societies than outside, I’m not sure yet, because maybe if there were more people outside high-IQ societies who learned about the STE, it could have a greater impact outside than inside, as well as promoting a broader connection, bringing more qualified people from outside in.

Many people reject IQ tests for the reasons I commented above. Why don’t Perelman, Tao, Witten, Thorne participate in high IQ societies? I think one reason is because they don’t find it stimulating to spend months working on solving sequences of figures, but maybe some of them find it interesting to work on solving problems like those in Gardner’s or Gamow’s books. So the STE could be a vehicle to bring together great intellectuals who are currently estranged from high-IQ societies, as well as to revise some negative views that many people outside high-IQ societies have about our groups.

The norming method I described in 2000 and applied from 2003 on may also be a more relevant contribution within high-IQ societies than outside, because although the same method is also applicable to any psychometric test, the main advantage lies in the correction of scores much above 3 or 4 standard deviations above the mean. For scores below +2σ there is practically no advantage.

Outside of high IQ societies, I think some of my most relevant contributions are the correction of the formula for BMI (not for difficulty, but for comprehensiveness) and Melao_index as a risk-adjusted performance measure for investments. I find it difficult to enumerate which ones are more important, as well as to measure the importance. In the case of BMI, for example, it reaches hundreds of millions of people, but how many of them learned about it? So basically I did my part, but the media and the entities responsible for disseminating the correction did not do their part, boycotting humanity and reducing the effective impact. So the latent potential impact is to benefit about 400 million people, provided that these people learn about it.

In the case of Melao_index, the largest investment consulting company in Brazil, with 350,000 subscribers, published an article by Bruno Mérola comparing my Melao_index with William Sharpe’s index (1990 Nobel Prize), and showing that my index solves several problems that were present in Sharpe’s index. They also incorporated the Melao_index in their platform. But the conduct of this company is a rare case, because it depends on the ability of the people connected to these companies, in this case Bruno Mérola, who recognized the importance and the differentials of Melao_index compared to other existing indexes. Most of the time this is not the case. CEOs, CTOs, CIOs of large companies are not very capable of identifying and correctly judging these things. It is much easier to simply keep inadvertently repeating the use of the Sharpe ratio, which all the big banks in the world use, than to scrutinize the various existing ratios and rank them according to the efficiency of each one, to identify which are in fact the best, because this is a job that requires time, effort, competence, which are rare attributes. That is why other of my works, which could also help people in different areas, end up being less known. There is a short list here https://www.saturnov.org/autor and a more detailed list here https://www.sigmasociety.net/hm

Besides these large-scale and wide-reaching works (as long as each institution does its part), I have also been involved in some smaller welfare works. Brazil is a relatively poor country, with a fair number of people living on the streets. That is why in the winter (not during the pandemic) I used to take blankets to distribute among the homeless. My mother and I took sweets to children in orphanages. After my mom passed away, I continued taking sweets with my girlfriend to orphanages and hospitals. I coordinated some projects to support the victims of landslides in Santa Catarina, the victims of the tsunami in Indonesia in 2004, among other things.

One detail that I think is important to comment on is a “lesson” that I received from my parents and that maybe many other people also received from their parents. My mother used to say that philanthropy is something you do, but you don’t publicize it. There is a culture strongly oriented to support this “prohibition”, but this is a mistake with several negative effects, among which I will mention two: the first is that if a person is admired by other people, his attitudes are usually imitated, and if he hides the good he does, this reduces the dissemination of the practice of good. The second problem is that living organisms are driven by incentives (this premise is thoroughly analyzed by Steven Levitt in Freakonomics), so if a person does a good deed, but there is no reward for it, he is less motivated to repeat it. The reward can be the very well-being that he feels after doing the good deed, or the look of gratitude from the people or animals that receive the good deed. But there are many cases where person “A” does a good deed systematically, but nobody sees it and nobody knows about it, while another person “B” just does a calculated “good deed” strategically in the presence of another person “C” to get a reward, and gets it. The person rewarded is the one who had it less meritorious, but who advertised it ostensibly. People who know “A” and “B” realize that “B” was rewarded for doing a good deed that “A” does constantly, while “A” received nothing. This will encourage people to imitate “B” instead of imitating “A”. In addition, “A” will be less likely to survive because he will receive fewer incentives, less recognition, etc. The conduct of “B” to do calculated good with the primordial goal of receiving a reward is a serious ethical misconduct. However, if “A” does good with the primary goal of the good in itself, I see no problem with “A” not concealing the good he has done. In fact, it is positive that “A” does not hide it, for the reasons I mentioned above. 

Pliego (Latin America):  I founded the Hall of Sophia in 2019, I have designed several high range I.Q. tests, through the Hall of Sophia Facebook I have promoted some of his history and I think some of this has draw a lot of attention into the community from the real world.

Roberts (Oceania): I don’t believe, with one exception, that this is possible.  If you look at microbiology, or endocrinology, or aerospace engineering, or quantum physics, these all require a concentrated training in the discipline.  Advances come from those with a very lengthy period of either academic pursuits, or on-the-job training, or both.  Just a high IQ will not cut it.

The one possible exception is the area of number theory, where detailed real-world knowledge may not be required.  Many unsolved problems are very simple to understand, such as the Goldbach Conjecture, and Grimm’s Conjecture, and the Legendre Conjecture, and the Collatz Conjecture.  All of these can be Googled, and should be able to be easily understood by those with a high IQ within an hour or two at most.

So, some twenty years ago, I set up the Unsolved Problems web site, where twenty-three such problems are described, all on a single page.  I have in that time regularly advertised the site within high IQ societies, and to high IQ individuals.  But alas, in tems of results, all efforts haveso far been in vain.  So it appears in the area of number theory too, a high IQ is insufficient.

Provost (North America): Unfortunately, my schedule is quite full and I can’t say that I have contributed to the high-IQ communities so far. As for the general society, it’s mainly within my work that I contributed, especially by developing sophisticated financial planning and optimization tools.

Rosner (North America): Ugh, not a lot. I edited Noesis. The journal of the Mega Society, I was a very sloppy editor. If somebody sent something, I stuck it in there. Except for one guy who was a retired shop teacher or math teacher, he sent 12 pages a month disproving Einstein. That shit got tiresome pretty fast. Everyone but him, I would stick their shit in there. If you wanted to reach a little bit, I would say I have contributed to high-I.Q. people by being a T.V. writer. It is a tough job. You need to have good writing skills and good social skills because it is collaborative. The best smoozers move to L.A. to get into show biz. When you are working on a show with higher functioning autistic crappy social skills, you are dealing with people who have reverse autism. Their social skills are just dead on. You hear about ruthless people in show biz. You hear about them because they have to be in some cases. There are a lot of nice people in L.A. But there are some pricks. They can be because they have a) power in many cases and their b) reverse autism. Their extreme sociability. Their ability to talk their into and out of shit lets them.

In my family, there are two types of people. The people who have good social skills and high self-esteem and are pretty casual about dumping at romantic partners because they know with their skills and hotness that they can get somebody really fast if they want. Then there are people with low self-esteem and worse social skills, like myself, who work at it. My wife and I have been married for 31 years and in couple’s counsellnig for 28 years. Not yelling or that often, but relationship maintenance with a counsellor. That’s the two extremes. The person who has no game and works to hold onto relationships and the perso0n who has super lots of game and games everybody.

For me, as someone with not great social skills, to be great on T.V., is a “fuck you” to the non-high-I.Q. world, “I did it, fuckers.” I would hope someone with bad social skills and a high-I.Q. would be inspired by that. I’ve done four pilots for shows. I’ve been frustrated by there being no reality shows focusing on high-I.Q. people. I’ve done my part. I’ve done a lot of pilots. I’ve pitched a lot of reality shows that have focused on smart people. Nobody will buy these shows. I think mostly because most people don’t buy most of everything. I talked to a very experineced producer at the gym, “Before you give money to a pilot, what is the average number of pitch meetings you need to go to?” He said, “100.”

The average person who takes pitches at a network might take a 1,000 pitch ideas in a year and greenlight a pilot for a dozen, two dozen, of them. Maybe, two of those get to series. So, probably, a reason that my high-I.Q. shit hasn’t made it to series is because most don’t. I pitched one to one motherfucker who was slouched in his chair. He didn’t even get out of his chair to 12 ideas, which happened to two or three guys with this guy. He barely woke himself up and said, “Give me Cops that isn’t Cops.” Which is a show that is sending a camera crew out with cops, he wanted something super easy that you could keep on the air for 15 years. So, anyway, I tried to do my part.

My principle of that is that reality shows are, for the most part, about finding a bunch of assholes and following them around. My big idea is that smart people can be assholes too. You can find a bunch of smart assholes and follow them around. You can do more with them because they are smart. It can be assholes doing puzzles. If they don’t solve the genius house, you put 8 so-called geniuses in a house and to get anything – clothing, food, bedding, blankets, a T.V., communication with loved ones – they have to solve puzzles. They are naked and afraid in this house until they solve these brain teasers. If they fail, where there’s all these puzzle boxers, they explode and they get covered in glitter or flour, so they’re naked, afraid, and covered in glitter. That’s a great show. So, there you go.

Dickson (Africa): I am able to identify critical ideas and convince people that something is important.

I have convinced a number of people to try high-range IQ tests, had some useful discussions within high-IQ societies, and involved some members in personal projects. Other activities include introducing some peculiar problems, sharing ideas on developing tests, and creating some logic material that members tend to enjoy.

A major block of my research has been a decades-long investigation into the nature of Nigeria and eventually Africa’s socioeconomic predicament. I continue to write about my thoughts in this area, which tend to include precisely defined problems and specific solutions. Among these is noting the role of research and its dependence on “talent configuration”. One of the writings on this subject is here: https://shalomdickson.com/banking-on-knowledge-nigerias-path-to-prosperity/.

Udbjørg (Africa): I have provided very little to the High- IQ communities beside instigating the now defunct organization “High IQ for Humanity”, who set out to unite several High IQ communities and persons towards the common goal of finding and assisting highly intelligent children in developing countries and to find and provide information on brain drain from developing countries. It is still valid issues, however, lesson learned was, that it would not be possible to do on a solemnly voluntary basis, as people will burn out in their efforts after a few years. Financing has to be part of the game.

As a professional, I have been privilege to work with many different types of projects in developing countries. Outsourcing from Denmark in relation to 3D visualizations, assisting others to do the same, and liaising between partners in setting up factories for auto destructible syringes… I actually designed a destructible syringe, but it never materialized.

I have made Solar PV projects in Zambia, and Energy Efficiency projects in South Africa, Indonesia, Botswana and other places. As part of this, I designed Energy Efficiency competitions between schools and public companies in Botswana, and did the same between schools and private homes in Jakarta, Indonesian.

I was co- instigating “Architects without Borders”, back in 2002 and it is still working as an organization, who provide Architectural knowledge to developing countries.

As side projects, I have investigated, numerous different topics; Ship breaking, The supply chain for pineapple farmers in Chittagong Hill Tracks, the burned tile industry in and around Dhaka, A solar driven “EE knowledge”  catamaran for the Indonesian archipelago, life and products from garbage dumps in South Africa, installation of a “micro household waste, biogas digester, at a poor community school outside Pretoria. And investigations to make a local digester based on common “shelf” components.

I have ideas, which could help the people living in illegal settlements and squatter camps in Africa and other poor communities, they could be dusted of an become the type of projects,  that could be handed over to relevant NGOs and others for implementations.

Yu (Asia): Personally, I am currently working on a new revolution for the Chinese IQ community: a) spreading new ideas (web 3.0) and technologies to the community (blockchain) at this stage, because I think it fits very well with the identity of the high IQ community; b) branding the IQ community 3.0 as a high-end mystery. In the past IQ community 2.0/1.0, representatives of the Chinese IQ community pushed high IQ people into variety shows. But now it’s proving that this path doesn’t work and destroys the mystique people have about high IQ people. It may be cruel to say so, but high IQ people and ordinary people are not the same species, and may once be able to get along amicably, but now ordinary people are too malicious to high IQ people, so it is most important to keep the mystery and strengthen the high-end construction; c) Make the Chinese IQ community more international, once because of some negative factors, which caused Mensa China to permanently withdraw from this stage in China. Even today, the Chinese IQ community does not have much exposure in the world. Now is the chance to bring the Chinese community back into the world view.

Jorgensen (Europe): In the time that I have had knowledge about the various online communities within high intelligence, my focus has been directed towards promoting these various communities to people outside of these communities, aka the general population.

My way of engagement is done through various mediums, collectively presented in, newspaper interviews, local radio interview and a YouTube interview, lastly, lots of online interviews have also been conducted. All these interviews are then being broadcasted through mediums, mediums like, Facebook, LinkedIn, and Instagram among others. Also, as I initially mentioned, in local newspapers and local radio shows, purposely initiated, so people in my workplace and my local community would be able to form a better image of what the high IQ world is all about.

I have also focused on creating awareness of gifted students with regards to the Norwegian educational institutions. My personal commitment is mainly to do with the fact that I am a schoolteacher, and that I see the dire need for an elevated attention towards this lack of focus by the municipalities, not just in my own hometown, but across the nation regarding this above-mentioned issue of, pupils with extraordinary learning-potential and the lack of directive initiatives by the Norwegian municipalities to propagate correctness of these students’ educational rights.

Current status:

The willingness for facilitate proper attention and the willingness to propagated corrective measurements as to above-mentioned issue is not on the agenda of the municipalities today.

This has now “hopefully”, accumulated into a collaboration underway with Professor June Maker and her brilliant team, and my hometown’s schools’ municipality.

The objective is to try to facilitate from here my homebase, a nationwide referendum regarding these gifted students and their need for a better and more properly adapted educational directive. As all students have the right to a properly adapted education within the public schools across the nation, that again makes it possible for these students to reach for their own inherent qualities.

My engagements take up a lot of my time, as well as these interviews with Scott Jacobsen and In-Sight Journal, both assignments are very exciting as to learn from and to evolve within.

Footnotes

[1] Hindemburg Melão Jr. is the author of solutions to scientific and mathematical problems that have remained unsolved for decades or centuries, including improvements on works by 5 Nobel laureates, holder of a world record in longest announced checkmate in blindfold simultaneous chess games, registered in the Guinness Book 1998, author of the Sigma Test Extended and founder of some high IQ societies.

[2] Inspired by the M-Classification devised by Nikos Lygeros and the myths of the high I.Q. community Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego founded the Hall of Sophia in January 16 of 2019 which is conceived as a center of intellectual inquiry whose principal goals are to encourage and promote, the study of extreme intelligence**, the recognition of extreme intelligence as a driver of humanity, the recognition of individuals with extreme cognitive abilities, the creation of generic cognitive models by mathematics*, the creation of paradigms by linguistic formalizations (in the sense of Kuhn)*, the production of intellectual works on the field of mathematics, the production of intellectual works on the field of sciences, the production of intellectual works on the field of theology, the production of intellectual works on the field of philosophy, the production of intellectual works on the field of art, his existence is a meta-proof of the existence of the g-factor.**

*Points 6.4.8, 6.4.9 of the M-Classification

**Points 6.4.1, 6.6 of the M-Classification

http://www.lygeros.org/mclassi.html

[3] Tim Roberts self-describes in “A Brief and Almost True Biography” as follows: I was definitely born lower-middle class.  Britain was (and probably still is) so stratified that one’s status could be easily classified.  You were only working class if you lived in Scotland or Wales, or in the north of England, or had a really physical job like dustbin-man.  You were only middle class if you lived in the south, had a decent-sized house, probably with a mortgage, and at work you had to use your brain, at least a little. My mother was at the upper end of lower-middle class, my father at the lower. After suffering through the first twenty years of my life because of various deleterious genetically-acquired traits, which resulted in my being very small and very sickly, and a regular visitor to hospitals, I became almost normal in my 20s, and found work in the computer industry.  I was never very good, but demand in those days was so high for anyone who knew what a computer was that I turned freelance, specializing in large IBM mainframe operating systems, and could often choose from a range of job opportunities. As far away as possible sounded good, so I went to Australia, where I met my wife, and have lived all the latter half of my life. Being inherently lazy, I discovered academia, and spent 30 years as a lecturer, at three different universities.  Whether I actually managed to teach anyone anything is a matter of some debate.  The maxim “publish or perish” ruled, so I spent an inordinate amount of time writing crap papers on online education, which required almost no effort. My thoughts, however, were always centred on such pretentious topics as quantum theory and consciousness and the nature of reality.  These remain my over-riding interest today, some five years after retirement. I have a reliance on steroids and Shiraz, and possess an IQ the size of a small planet, because I am quite good at solving puzzles of no importance, but I have no useful real-world skills whatsoever.  I used to know a few things, but I have forgotten most of them.”

[4] Dany Provost is a member of a few high IQ societies including Giga Society of Paul Cooijmans, Mega and Sigma V. Having a degree in music, he played in various bands for many years. Formally educated as an actuary and a tax specialist, he is known in the province of Quebec, Canada, for being one of the top experts in the field of financial planning. He wrote two books on the subject and has been a columnist for 12 years in business publications. Wanting to have the broadest model for the Universe, he does not believe in materialism. Curious in a variety of fields, his main interests range from physics to records of all kinds, especially in athletic achievements. Father of four and grand-father of three, he is unable to remain serious for too long because, as he likes to say: “It’s best to laugh, we won’t get out of it alive, anyway”.

[5] Rick G. Rosner, according to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here,  may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here. He has written for Remote ControlCrank YankersThe Man ShowThe EmmysThe Grammys, and Jimmy Kimmel Live!. He worked as a bouncer, a nude art model, a roller-skating waiter, and a stripper. In a television commercialDomino’s Pizza named him the “World’s Smartest Man.” The commercial was taken off the air after Subway sandwiches issued a cease-and-desist. He was named “Best Bouncer” in the Denver Area, Colorado, by Westwood Magazine. Rosner spent much of the late Disco Era as an undercover high school student. In addition, he spent 25 years as a bar bouncer and American fake ID-catcher, and 25+ years as a stripper, and nearly 30 years as a writer for more than 2,500 hours of network television. Errol Morris featured Rosner in the interview series entitled First Person, where some of this history was covered by Morris. He came in second, or lost, on Jeopardy!, sued Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? over a flawed question and lost the lawsuit. He won one game and lost one game on Are You Smarter Than a Drunk Person? (He was drunk). Finally, he spent 37+ years working on a time-invariant variation of the Big Bang Theory. Currently, Rosner sits tweeting in a bathrobe (winter) or a towel (summer). He lives in Los AngelesCalifornia with his wife, dog, and goldfish. He and his wife have a daughter. You can send him money or questions at LanceVersusRick@Gmail.Com, or a direct message via Twitter, or find him on LinkedIn, or see him on YouTube.

[6] Shalom Dickson is a fundamental thinker with interests in cognition, philosophy, sociology, innovation-powered entrepreneurship, and ethical science. His friends regard him as a visionary with a knack for purpose-driven leadership. He is the founder of internovent, Nigeria’s first social innovation company designing solutions for developing nations to attain a balanced global socioeconomic advancement. One of these is Paperloops, Nigeria’s first FinTech company offering holistic financial management and literacy for teens. He is also the founding president of Novus Mentis, Nigeria’s first high-intelligence network with a mission to Map-out Nigeria’s Brain for optimized creative output. Novus Mentis has launched the Sound Mind Project to optimize cognitive ability and stimulate intellectual interest in Africa. Shalom is Nigeria’s first member of the exclusive Glia Society and an alumnus of Nigeria’s first cohort of the Founder Institute.

[7] David Udbjørg, self-described as follows, “Danish/American, Norwegian in my childhood. Married, 4 kids, and a similar amount of grandkids. Master in Architecture from The Royal Academy of Fine Arts in Copenhagen. Lived in seven countries, worked in 30+ and traveled, what equals 36 times around the globe. Fairly OK with Scandinavian languages, English, German and French, other languages less so. Worked, with architecture, sustainability, energy efficiency, 3D visualizations and auto destructible syringes, competition design and lots of other things. Currently, working as an Architect at the Danish Ministry of Foreign Affairs, taking good care of the Danish embassies around the World. Made a few inventions; a foot operated pointing device and an auto destructible syringe (none of them went into productions). I have stared many different projects, where the most important ones are co-instigator of ‘Architects Without Borders’, still in action, Instigator of a public contemporary art gallery, which has been running for 40 + years and ‘High IQ for Humanity’ (HIQH), which is now defunct. As an artist, I have exhibited in several countries, but mostly in Denmark. I make paintings, both portraits and contemporary. Stained glass, bronze, furniture’s, deconstructions and mixed medias, as well. I have written a couple of books and composed a few pieces of music. I am board member, at the Art club of the Danish Ministry of Foreign affairs, and I like to consider myself a skilled photographer and videographer. I have sold my work to ‘Un Explained’ and ‘Ancient Aliens’ and I have been features on CNN ‘Inside Africa’ with my visits to garbage dumps in Africa. As an adventurer, I am mostly focusing on indigenous tribes, garbage dumps, ship breaking places, funerals, medicine men and oracles, but I also like to visit schools and kindergartens in developing countries, occasionally I visit volcanos and caves as well.  I’m one of the very few Scandinavian members of ‘Los Angeles Adventurers Club’.”

[8] Tianxi Yu (余天曦) is a Member of God’s Power, CatholIQ, Chinese Genius Directory, EsoterIQ Society, Nano Society, and World Genius Directory.

[9] Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies, including World Genius Directory, NOUS High IQ Society, 6N High IQ Society just to name a few. Tor Arne was also in 2019, nominated for the World Genius Directory 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe.

[10] Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-2; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 2: Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen on Integration and Contribution[Online]. August 2022; 30(D). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-2.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 1). Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 2: Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen on Integration and Contribution. Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-2.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 2: Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen on Integration and Contribution. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-2>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 2: Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen on Integration and Contribution” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-2.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 2: Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen on Integration and Contribution” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-2.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 2: Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen on Integration and Contribution’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.D. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-2>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 2: Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen on Integration and Contribution’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.D., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-2.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 2: Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen on Integration and Contribution” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.D (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-2>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 2: Hindemburg Melão Jr., Guillermo Alejandro Escárcega Pliego, Tim Roberts, Dany Provost, Rick Rosner, Shalom Dickson, David Udbjørg, Tianxi Yu, and Tor Arne Jorgensen on Integration and Contribution [Internet]. (2022, August 30(D). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-2.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Women of the High-I.Q. Communities 1: Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, M.D., and Dr. Sandra Schlick on Nature, Social Media, Tests, and Women

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.D, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 5,275

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

This is a high-I.Q. community discussion with Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, and Sandra Schlick. They discuss: high-I.Q. societies tend toward males as men; interest in taking any of these various tests and joining the high-I.Q. communities; wordsmiths; women geniuses; women artists and musicians; Online poetry; and high-I.Q. communities to attract more women.

Keywords: Anja Jaenicke, artists, Clelia Albano, females, genius, high-I.Q. communities, Kate Jones, males, men, Monika Orski, Sandra Schlick, social media, Veronica Palladino, women.

Women of the High-I.Q. Communities 1: Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, M.D., and Dr. Sandra Schlick on Nature, Social Media, Tests, and Women

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

*Interviews completed throughout August, 2022.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Women of the High-Range was one initiative in 2020 with a production here:

High-I.Q. communities and societies seem to be men majority. As such, this would justify a complementary session or a compensatory group discussion with accomplished women of the high-I.Q. communities. There is a parallel international session. A candidate recommendation and vote structure has been in place. The outcome, as a natural environment experiment, is all men. Without a moral analysis of this phenomenon, as a factual observation, once noted, a participant began to recommend several women from the high-I.Q. communities’ history. In other words, once indicated, corrective course appears serious if more gender balance is the desired outcome in the months ahead. It’s an apparent natural non-conscious consequence of social circles and relations within high-I.Q. communities. Regardless, high-I.Q. societies contain more men than women with the high-I.Q. societies with the highest cut-offs having much more men than women as a ratio, even more so than lower cognitive rarities. That’s a demographic fact of theoretical I.Q. rarity of high-I.Q. societies, for the most part. Individuals who join high-I.Q. societies tend toward males as men, in short. To open on this sociological note, as was asked to the previous group with some uncertainty as to the reason, why? Any updated thoughts to returning participants?

Clelia Albano[1]*: It is true. I recall to my mind that several Hollywood actresses and famous singers who are considered gifted such as Sharon Stone, Geena Davis, Madonna, Shakira and Jodie Foster constitute a small percentage in comparison with their fellow male actors with an high IQ, but we should seriously consider if the difference is given by the fact that men might be more inclined to take the tests or not. Same consideration for ordinary people. I mean, is the percentage of high IQ male members of communities, associations and so forth, bigger than the female percentage because men are more attracted to take the tests?

Anja Jaenicke[2]*: As a species we basically live in societies with the tendency to predatory competition.That wasn’t always the case. When our hominid ancestors started to form larger groups, they often gathered around one dominating female and sometimes formed female polyandry. This had a positive effect on the whole group, not only because children where able to learn different skills from several fathers, but in the first place because these ancient small bands of hominids where ruled by the female production of oxytocin, the hormone that enables mothers to love and communicate with their newborns through eye contact. Being able to understand gestures by following them with the eyes is the first step to social communication and language. Populations who are able to solve problems through communication and loving understanding are more peaceful, and less competitive but also more successful than those based on domination and aggression controlled by steroids and adrenalin, which is mostly produced by male domination.

We can see the difference today in Bonobos and Chimpanzees, where Chimpanzee groups tend more toward aggression than Bonobos.#

Unfortunately we are more Chimpanzee than Bonobo and regardless of the newly found, often grammar crippling, gender specific language, this fact leads to societies based on more competitive and dominating strategies, not only in high IQ communities but also among humanity in general.

We need a better job, a higher income, and a bigger house than the individual next to us,which we perceive more as a competitor than as an enrichment for a happy development and a chance for a brighter future together.

But this is as old as humanity itself. Divide et Vince.

Unfortunately some high IQ societies have become platforms of competitive self performance rather than fruitful, creative and supportive centers for mindful discussion and exchange.

Of course I do not speak for all high IQ groups. There are many positive changes happening and the choices of  special interest groups  have become much more variable. This is a good thing.

Kate Jones[3]*: Why are there more men than women in Hi-IQ societies? Is that the question? It’s not because women are stupid. Any number of explanations are possible: 1. Women are too busy with other duties to spend social time showing off their smarts.  2. The tests administered to determine IQ are written by men on subjects focused on men and their subjects and interests; hardly any question concerns quality of relationships that are women’s stronger suit. 3. Men sell other men on joining them; most men don’t want to seem inferior to women in any department. Groups attract their own kind, in brief. 4. General competence is seen as men’s feature, since historically they have been “in charge” of social decisions. Women are busy looking after other people not in a bossy style but as helpful caretakers. Aside from all these is the fact that every single human being, of any derivation, is a unique individual, different on every scale and in every context from everyone else.

Monika Orski[4]*: Well, ask the men why they are attracted to high-I.Q. societies. Seriously, as far as I know there has been no real scientific study of this subject, and thus every theory will remain a guess. My personal guess is that because men, at group level, are raised to be more confident as well as more competitive, this shows in the statistics of people who take a high-I.Q. society entrance test. I only know the statistics for Mensa Sweden, but among those who take that entrance test there, the percentage of women who “pass” a Mensa score is slightly larger than the percentage of the men. But as more men take the test, there is still a male majority among the members.

Veronica Palladino, M.D.[5]*: I think that there are different cognitive attributes  in males and females. Specifically, males on average had larger volumes and higher tissue densities in the left amygdala, hippocampus, insular cortex, putamen; higher densities in the right VI lobe of the cerebellum and in the left claustrum; and larger volumes in the bilateral anterior parahippocampal gyri, posterior cingulate gyri, precuneus, temporal poles, and cerebellum, areas in the left posterior and anterior cingulate gyri, and in the right amygdala, hippocampus, and putamen. By contrast, females on average had higher density in the left frontal pole, and larger volumes in the right frontal pole, inferior and middle frontal gyri, pars triangularis, planum temporale/parietal operculum, anterior cingulate gyrus, insular cortex, and Heschl’s gyrus; bilateral thalami and precuneus; the left parahippocampal gyrus, and lateral occipital cortex.     Generally, females show advantages in verbal fluency, perceptual speed, accuracy and fine motor skills, while males outperform females in spatial, working memory and mathematical abilities. Generational changes of intelligence test performance in the general population (the Flynn effect) have been observed all over the world since the early 1940s. In a sudy, it was examined a mixed-sex sample of 449 university students in a cross-sectional design. It was observed higher performance of men than of women on  subscales, but only little evidence for sex differences regarding test score gains. So there is not Flynn’s effect’s difference between women and men. Another study investigated the difference between gender-role identity and intelligence of students at Universities. The samples were 153 participants consisting of 48 females and 105 males` undergraduate Iranian students in Malaysia Universities. All students were given a Catell Culture Fair Intelligence Test (CCFIT). The mean age and SD for female`s students  were 22.27 and 2.62, for ages of 18 to 27 and for male`s students  mean age and SD were 23.28 and 2.43, for ages of 19 to 27. The sampling method in this study was the simple randomization method. Descriptive statistics focusing on average and t-tests were used to examine differences between male and female students in this study. In general, the results were not found significant between female and male students in relation to intelligence. The theme is extremely complex. According to me, others factors could be investigated like environment, family, school, friends, university  and not gender.

Dr. Sandra Schlick[6],[7]*: A first reason is that we tend to go towards people we know, as you mentioned above, another one – which you won’t like – refers to the older studies in beginning of 20 century where it was claimed that females are less intelligent than men due to their smaller size (smaller brain = less intelligent). I just wonder, if one reason could be the tests that are offered in the high IQ range, as of being very scholarly oriented and less creative. I guess that tests such that formerly offered from Sigma might be more relevant, as it calls for problem solving skills and application. I refuse to go into a discussion the sort that females are occupied with other issues or might have not the same education. This used to be and I might be one of those victims, but recently and in the western / industrialised world, we have merely the same opportunities along with specific training for children with special needs.

Jacobsen: To more intriguing matters, what motivated interest in taking any of these various tests and joining the high-I.Q. communities?

Albano: As I said in my first interview, I happened to meet virtually some high IQ people who are members of various communities and I decided to give it a try.

Jaenicke: Well, I can only answer for myself. As a child I could not wait to go to school and learn. I taught myself how to write and read but was still too young to enter school. At this time IQ tests where not popular in Germany and my mother was told to wait and not to overload me with too much information. I was four and a half year when I took the Hamburg Wechsler Intelligence Test for Children with the result of being sent to second grade right after my fifth birthday.

Later the test has been repeated a couple of times but my mother didn’t tell me the results. She wanted me to “fit in” and make friends in my age, which of course I didn’t. All my friends where much older or grown up. Nevertheless I tried very much to adjust but always felt like an outsider because of my not so age typical interests in books and my longing to be alone for long periods of time. Years later I searched the internet and found the International High IQ Society of Nathan Haselbauer. I took the test and became a member. Later I entered the Poetic Genius Society and took a couple of other tests, standardized and high range, only to verify the results for myself.

Taking the tests also gave me an explanation why I was a bit “different”.

In my opinion, taking tests is not an end in itself, what matters is what you do with whatever you have to work with. 

Jones: In my case, because I always had high grades in school, someone recommended joining Mensa to associate with more intelligent people who might like to buy the products of my little company, namely challenging puzzles. My mental abilities were never a concern for me; I just tried to do the best I could in anything I did.

Orski: For me, it was the concept of taking an I.Q. test that attracted me, by pure curiosity. Then, when offered to join Mensa, I did so just to see what that would be like. And I have stayed in Mensa for 30+ years and counting. I also did the test then used by ISPE around a year later, and became a member for a year or two. But while I’m sure it’s a also a fine
society, I rather soon found that Mensa, being _the_ large high-IQ society, was quite enough for me.
Looking back, I think I was mostly curious about the workings and limitations of my own brain. I was young, and the notion of a challenge was also part of this curiosity.

Schlick: For past time, it is like playing a game, for the fun of the game. Some tests were just great. I regret to never have handed in Sigma test, as that was the one, I liked most, but upon being ready, they imposed a fee, which I did not want to pay. Also, I remember one test where I had all the questions except one, which I did not hand in, as I could not see how it was scored beforehand. That is something I observe in many IQ tests: you just get the questions but not the associated weight thereof. If you do a maths test in school, you have always the points associated, and you therefore can know if a question is worthy to consider or if it should be skipped. As a lecturer, I enjoy testtaking and test-design.

Jacobsen: As one participant noted here, we have a few wordsmiths here. As far as I know, verbal subtests of mainstream, proctored I.Q. tests, e.g., the WAIS, indicate a high g-factor loading on verbal ability, among the highest. In developmental psychology, girls and young women develop linguistic facilities far faster and more robustly than boys. Presumably, women, as they age, maintain this average advantage until death (at a later time, in general, than the men, too). In short, women develop verbal facility earlier and keep it longer, on average, than men. Were there early life indications of language talent for any of you?

Albano: I was strongly communicative as a child. I learned reading and writing precociously and I spelled each new word correctly. Before learning to read, my curiosity toward words was so deep that every time I walked on the road with my mother and I spotted a sign shop writing, I asked my mom what kind of shop it was and on the basis of it I tried to guess the writing on the sign. The result was that I invented the name of the shops. Hilarious. My mom generally preferred to explain to me what kind of job they enacted.

Once the shop was a bakery and she told me it was the shop where they make bread. I feigned to be focused on the sign to make her believe I was capable of reading the writing, and my guess was “Flourer” haha.

Jaenicke: Maybe the female oxytocin production mentioned above could be a hint for the development of communicational skills from an early pre natal mother- child relationship on?

In my case I started to talk and form long sentences in a very early stage. My mother recorded some of it and it has been very funny to listen to it in later life. I never used one word descriptions but rather formed long sentences from early age on. “I made pee in my diapers, only pee but the the poo is not mine, little Robert has placed it there.” 

(Hahaha, maybe I should have become a lawyer or politician?)

I read French and Italian children books without noticing the difference to my native German language. The language skills seemed to fly through the air and land on me without any effort which made it hard for me to sit down and learn a language from school books.

In school I translated an entire film script from English into German and converted it into a theatre play, much to the frustration of my English teacher who didn’t understand that I never worked hard on vocabulary or grammar but instead secretly read Charles Bukowski and Henry Miller in English, under the desk.

Language consists to a great part of logical deduction and logic is mathematical, so maybe female skills are not so different from those of men after all?

Jones: I can understand that connection. Vocabulary is related to the conceptual complexity of thoughts and ideas and relationships. Those subtleties are more built into female psychology out of the necessity of maintaining family connections and staying aware of people’s many shades of feelings and intentions. Why are soap operas aimed more at women? In my own case, having been born into one language (Hungarian), having fled to another country as a child and learned another language (German), having emigrated to America to learn a third language (English), and having studied Latin, French, and Spanish in school, and later in life having lived in Iran and added Farsi to my conversational equipment, developing “linguistic facilities” was just a part of life. I have read that children who are exposed to multiple languages at a young age learn them effortlessly and retain them better, both boys and girls. If women have greater facility, I think it has to do with the more numerous subjects and feelings they deal with.

Orski: I never really thought of myself having any particular language talent. Yes, I do speak a few languages, but I never really had a knack for it; it took quite some effort to get anywhere near being fluent. And the only language I really feel I can use fairly well remains my native Swedish. But I always liked reading, which helps develop language. And somehow I started writing, even before I could even spell correctly. I guess it just stayed with me. A writer writes, it’s just what we do. Even thought it isn’t my main profession, it has resulted in a few published books.

Palladino: Gender differences in conversational habits have been a favoured subject matter of scientists, researchers and lay people for a long time.  The ‘female chatterbox’ stereotype can be found in many cultures as demonstrated by the following proverbs:

If you have five wives, then you have five tongues. (Africa)

A woman would rather swallow her teeth than her tongue. (France)

Choose a wife rather by your ear than by your eye. (England)

Women never praise without gossipping. (China)

There is nothing sharper than a woman’s tongue. (Ireland)

The only sword that never rests is the tongue of a woman. (China)

Foxes are all tail, and women are all tongue.( England).

We all know that men and women are different. This does not mean that one of the sexes is better than the other, they are simply different.

As for the explanation of sex-specific differences in cognition and behaviour there have been numerous theories. In the past nature was held to be the primary reason of these differences. In the 1990s, the evolutionary theory emerged by assigning almost every gender difference to the evolution of the brain and natural selection. At the end of the 20 th century more and more works were published on the significance of hormones and the differences in brain structure.

I did not remember a particular verbal talent during my childhood.

Schlick: I don’t know, however I recall having discovered how to decipher the alphabet quite early and my earliest memories circle around the maths homework of my older sisters and their training and that I could join that. I therefore guess that I was more intrigued with counting and calculating. I guess, I am not of help here.

Jacobsen: Nature more often reveals Her secrets piecemeal, gently and slowly. Yet, sometimes, cataclysmic minds come forth from Her and gift understanding. Of women genius philosophers, epistemologists, scientists, logicians, and the like, who stands out to you?

Albano: An extraordinary woman, the forerunner of important educational methods was the physician Maria Montessori, to me. In my paternal family her non formal methodologies were adopted either by my grandmother, as a teacher either by my father’s sister as a teacher and as a mother. The latter employed particularly permissive methods to raise her sons, whilst the former, my grandma Maria, was one of the few teachers who didn’t correct left-handed pupils. I am left handed and she recommended to my mom to not force me to use the right hand because it was a mistake, even dangerous. These non-conventional views were deeply shaped by the Montessori method.

Jaenicke: If we go back in history, we must notice that it has been written by men. For centuries men dominated all fields of education and chronological recording.

Even in the enlightenment women often had hard times to find their way of free expression.

But even if they did find a way to stand out, like Hildegard von Bingen for example, who lived in medieval times, it has never been easy for them to make it into the history books. Very few of them are known by name.

Who, for example has read the poetry of the Renaissance philosopher and poet Tullia d’Aragona?

Yes, we all know Marie Curie but how many others stayed hidden in the darkness of time?

Even today it is difficult. For example, we all know about  the vaccine against Covid 19 but do we mention PD Dr. Özlem Türeci who co developed the mRNA vaccine together with her husband

Dr. Ugur Sahin?

Jones: Marie Curie, Ayn Rand, Susan Shaw, Maria Montessori. Show me a list and I’ll pick a few more.

Orski: I always have a problem defining geniuses, and even more so naming them. But well, Marie Curie, twice a Nobel prize laureate, seems like a good example. Being a computer engineer myself, I also feel I should mention Ada Lovelace.

Palladino: “Everybody in this town knows Madame Wu. One of the dearest, sweetest, most elegant women I’ve ever known.” – Merv Griffin (USA Today, Jan 29, 1998, Closing time at Madame Wu’s). Chien-Shiung Wu, 吳健雄was a Chinese-American particle and experimental physicist who made significant contributions in the fields of nuclear and particle physics. Wu worked on the Manhattan Project, where she  developed the process for separating uranium into uranium-235 and uranium-238 isotopes by gaseous diffusion. She is best known for conducting the Wu experiment, which proved that parity is not conserved. Lee and Yang won Nobel Prize and Madame Wu didn’t win it. It was a terrible injustice.

Schlick: Madame Curie, in how far does this help for the discussion? Imagine you get names from every one of us, thus, do you discover new celebrities of the high range?

Jacobsen: Others represent Nature, or interpret, frame, and transmute, e.g., artists and musicians. What women artists and musicians stand out to you?

Albano: To my surprise I love many women artists and musicians but I can’t name one who stands out. Must think about it.

Jaenicke: One can find the same phenomenon of male domination in the arts. In Germany it was only in 1919 that the first art school, the Bauhaus in Weimar, opened for women. In the year 1977 the painter Georg Baselitz stated that women in general are less talented painters than men.    

At this point I want to mention all the genius female artists, philosophers, scientists ,and epistemologists etc. who managed to set their mark and shine out of the shadow into the light but also all the women who where cast out of their careers because they where busy giving birth and education to future potential male geniuses.            

Men dominate our view on the arts, media, music, etc, and in particular on the picture we have of women in these fields.

As a female painter Frida Kahlo stands out to me but also my friend Mrs. Brause, he was a fashion designer and made very beautiful printings on fabric. Unfortunately he belonged to the first generation of homosexuals who died from AIDS.

I also want to mention the author Anette Kolb who wrote about herself in the book “The Swing” as “Mathias”, she gave herself an artificial boys name to describe her non conformist attitude and her independent way of thinking, in a time where women did not even have the right to vote.

I had the pleasure to play the role of “Mathias” in the film “The Swing” by the director Percy Adlon.

Jones: Faegheh Atashin (“Googoosh”), Edith Piaf, Alma Deutscher. Show me a list and I’ll pick a few more.

Orski: I’m to unmusical to take any real interest in music. But among artists, I tend to go for the names of modernist art, like Frida Kahlo, Tamare de Lempicka and Niki de Saint Phalle.

Palladino: I have two examples. Growing up in Manhattan, Helen Frankenthaler pursued painting studies at the Dalton School and Bennington College. Having studied under the artist Hans Hoffman, as a young artist she became an important figure in the abstract expressionism artistic movement. In the early years of her career, these compositions tended to be centralized on the canvas. She was a pioneer of color field painting—a style which features large swaths of color as the painting’s “subject.” To achieve the effect of a wash of brilliant color, Frankenthaler thinned her paints with turpentine before applying them to the unprimed canvas. The result of this “soak stain” method was an almost-watercolor-like appearance with color built in organic layers. Her art is pure passion.

One of the world’s greatest pianists, and a legend in classical music is Martha Argerich. She is a sweet wind of prodigious power. When I listen to her music I fly.

Schlick: Why not mentioning Marilyn Monroe, as before, what is that good for? I just pick one.

Jacobsen: Social media is a global phenomenon, which rose rapidly. Instagram has Inta-poetry. Online poetry, more generally, is a thing. Any thoughts on this? Does this trend in different media for poetry spark interest in poetry or not?

Albano: I write poems in English and when I approached online websites of poetry I was caught by surprise by the huge interest non-Italian people have in reading, listening to and writing poetry. I remarked “non-Italian” people because Italy is the cradle of Dante and Petrarca but poets in modern times do not capture a great attention. In the US, instead, public readings of poems and online publications, even insta-poetry, exert an unexpected fascination on the public.

Jaenicke: Obviously people engage in media poetry and as long as they do so they don’t shoot.

Jones: Humans like to celebrate their efficacy by turning basic skills into higher, decorated, romanticized, permanent forms like sculptures, word structures, sound structures, and playing with their variations. So words that rhyme become an exercise in pretty construction, and lines with rhythm also become a structure beyond random speech.

So let us say we want to build
Speech with rhythmic cadence filled

And tickle the mind with concepts new
That nevertheless sound sweet and true.

A game, I say, that will enfold
Male and female, young and old,

So speech is music to feed the mind
With skill that only humans find.

Orski: I certainly hope it does. It’s always good to make poetry, or any kind of literature for that matter, available in more different ways. Spoken word poetry has had the effect to attract new readers (listeners) as well as new writers, and I think that online poetry does so too.

Palladino: Online poetry could be a means capable of bringing many people closer to the poetic world but only if done with determination, intelligence and perception.

“The Princess Saves Herself in This One” by Amanda Lovelace

 Amanda has a fascination with fairytales and monsters and folklore and examines her trademark themes of abuse, mental illness, and grief through those lenses. I like her poems really.

Schlick: It is just a new way to communicate, in 1440 a first system to print was established and allowed to communicate easier, in the very early ages there was word of mouth or wall paintings, we have another reach out and it becomes faster, this is just technological development. But this does not say anything about the quality, neither earlier nor now. We all know that to establish a reach-out or being printed you need to hit some points, be it quality, or be it liaison with the right people in the right network.

Jacobsen: Finally, what efforts have been put forward by high-I.Q. communities to attract more women if any?

Albano: I think that high-I.Q. Communities’ efforts would be vain without a cultural paradigm shift. The educational system itself should pave the way of self-esteem for women who after finishing high school and universities develop a sense of inadequacy even when they reach important roles in their job. Sometimes women themselves inhibit their exceptional potential due to their own prejudices. Or it might be, as I said above, they are less interested in taking tests.

Jaenicke: As an intelligent being one is mostly attracted to other intelligent beings. I do not think this is gender specific.

Women who join high IQ communities tend to look for people with the same intellectual interests or the possibility for fruitful  discussion and not so much for other women.

Again it should not be an issue of gender but of intellectual exchange.

We all have a very limited time on this tiny, not very exceptional planet in midst of a vast universe, where even cats can be dead and alive at the same time.

We should not try to divide ourselves in even smaller groups of black, white, pink orange, green, male, female, queer etc.but should act together as one intelligent, cosmic and spiritual entity.

Jones: I have not found high-IQ communities to make any effort for or against the participation of women. There are, of course, men who would like to have more women around with whom they could form relationships of mutual excitement. Both men and women have an interest in associating with amiable and compatible individuals, of whatever gender. And similar intellects are more likely to match. Of course, everyone has their lifestyle and associations, and only so much time. A high-IQ society can, by mutual agreement, offer activities and programs to which people will be willing and able to give their time. Nowadays interesting conversations don’t require a physical presence. We can find fabulous people to enjoy on social media day and night.

Orski: Most of them, I don’t know about. I do know that some national Mensas have tried to promote their female leaders a little extra, too attract more women by showing role models. Also, as the communities grow, the groups naturally become more diversified, which in itself makes them more attractive.

Palladino: High iq world should pay more attention, foresight and consideration to women who, although different from men, have an equally powerful and extraordinary intelligence.

Schlick: Unfortunately, this remembers me when I started my machine construct engineering education. I was spotlighted as one female under very few doing that and I received the exact same question. The problem later was that I was not at all treated the same as my male counterparts. I was downgraded for not writing “nice” and had to meet the professors in their offices for several hours to show them that my answer was the correct one. Upon looking in my final grades, the downgraded grades were still in place. I do not claim that my answers were perfect but I do claim that the grading was biased towards the males and towards what their view of how a female should be and how she writes by hand. As I am a reversed left-hand writer, this is quite challenging to write “beautiful” with the right hand.

Having said that all, I guess there is not much to do other than demonstrating trust. Allowing females to have an IQ normality curve or not compared to men but not better or worse, just may be differently organized with may be aspects that are highly biased as males mostly produce IQ tests. I think that female intelligence and their way to produce insight is a very interesting topic and this should definitively be more explored.

#See Hare/Woods, Duke University

Footnotes

[1] Clelia Albano is from Italy. She’s a teacher of Italian and Latin, and a painter and poet writing in Italian and English. She has two collections of poetry. She is a member of Capabilis and USIA.

[2] Anja Jaenicke is a German Poet and Actor.

[3] Kate Jones is a “bemused and kindly traveler of this world who likes to leave things better than she found them.” She was born at the dawn of WWII in Budapest, Hungary, with a Type A personality and a philosophical bent. She is a Diplomate of ISPE and a member of American Mensa, a life member of the Imperial Society of Teachers of Dancing, and generally a Libertarian. Her greatest focus since 1979 is on her company, Kadon Enterprises, Inc., designing and making “playable art” puzzles and games.

[4] Monika Orski is a trustee of The Nordic Mensa Fund, a former
Ordförande/Chairman, Mensa Sverige/Mensa Sweden (2015-2019), a writer,
keynote speaker and IT engineer.

[5] Veronica Palladino, M.D., is a Medical Doctor, Co-Champion of the LexIQ Contest, an author of four books, and a member of a number of High-I.Q. societies, and a Fellow and Advisor of the United Sigma Intelligence Association (USIA).

[6] Dr. Sandra Schlick has the expertise and interest in Mathematics, Methodology for Business Engineers, and Statistics, and coaching and supervision of bachelor, master, and doctoral theses. She supervises M.Sc. theses in Business Information and D.B.A. theses in Business Management. Her areas of competence can be seen in the “Competency Map.” That is to say, her areas of expertise and experience mapped in a visualization presentation. Schlick’s affiliations are the Fernfachhochschule Schweiz: University of Applied Sciences, the University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, the Kalaidos University of Applied Sciences, and AKAD.

[7] Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-women-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Women of the High-I.Q. Communities 1: Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, M.D., and Dr. Sandra Schlick on Nature, Social Media, Tests, and Women[Online]. August 2022; 30(D). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-women-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 1). Women of the High-I.Q. Communities 1: Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, M.D., and Dr. Sandra Schlick on Nature, Social Media, Tests, and Women. Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-women-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Women of the High-I.Q. Communities 1: Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, M.D., and Dr. Sandra Schlick on Nature, Social Media, Tests, and Women. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-women-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Women of the High-I.Q. Communities 1: Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, M.D., and Dr. Sandra Schlick on Nature, Social Media, Tests, and Women.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-women-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Women of the High-I.Q. Communities 1: Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, M.D., and Dr. Sandra Schlick on Nature, Social Media, Tests, and Women.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-women-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Women of the High-I.Q. Communities 1: Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, M.D., and Dr. Sandra Schlick on Nature, Social Media, Tests, and Women’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.D. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-women-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Women of the High-I.Q. Communities 1: Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, M.D., and Dr. Sandra Schlick on Nature, Social Media, Tests, and Women’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.D., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-women-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Women of the High-I.Q. Communities 1: Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, M.D., and Dr. Sandra Schlick on Nature, Social Media, Tests, and Women.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.D (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-women-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Women of the High-I.Q. Communities 1: Clelia Albano, Anja Jaenicke, Kate Jones, Monika Orski, Veronica Palladino, M.D., and Dr. Sandra Schlick on Nature, Social Media, Tests, and Women[Internet]. (2022, August 30(D). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-women-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on High-Range Tests, Writing, Social Media Dieting, and Teaching: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (9)

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 4,784

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies, including World Genius Directory, NOUS High IQ Society, 6N High IQ Society just to name a few. Tor Arne was also in 2019, nominated for the World Genius Directory 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe. He is also the designer of the high range test site; toriqtests.com. He discusses: the first one developed; numerical and verbal tests; 11 tests; Zgonglin Li, Nitish Joshi, and Jason Betts; pluses and minuses; Jason Grant; writing and thinking skills in a dialogic format; areas to explore; the world of tests and test construction; written communication; prepare mentally for these interviews; a break from social media as an experiment; needless distractions; the temptation of time wasting; schooling the young; credentialed in the study of some aspects of history.

Keywords: Jason Grant, numerical tests, schooling, social media, the young, Tor Arne Jørgensen, verbal tests.

Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on High-Range Tests, Writing, Social Media Dieting, and Teaching: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (9)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There’s an interesting niche community all over the world. One in which you’re immersed. I have interviewed people in them, heard and read the vast amount of gossip from people about one another (shocking, hilarious, insightful, and scary, depending on the story). I would, hopefully, engage this more in depth in a separate series, but I want to cover some of the aspects of novice test construction. Individuals with various types of problem-solving skills in the variants of the high-I.Q. communities. What test was the first one developed by you?

Tor Arne Jørgensen [1],[2]*: The first high range test I designed was a collaboration with myself and Arne Andre Gangvik back in 2016, and it was decided to be called: Scout, which is a verbal test with 30 tasks of varying difficulty.

Jacobsen: Why focus on numerical and verbal tests?

Jorgensen: Simply explained, that these are the tests that I like best and are best at. When I first started taking these high range tests, I spent far too little time, around 30 minutes to 1 hour on tests that one should have spent 8-10 hours on. I learned a lot along the way about what I was good at and what I was not good at.

I’m not good at figurative tests, they are to be recon as my Achilles heel, then there are the numerical tests that I am somewhat better at, then lastly, verbal testes, whereas the association tests are the most preferred ones. Furthermore, I cannot rush as I am not good at time-limited tests at all, but at deep analysis, that is my strength. This corresponds well with how I am otherwise in terms of physical abilities, where I am a 10-15K runner, and as a cyclist I am to be considered a tempo rider.

Jacobsen: You have 11 tests: Gradus 3 Light, Gradus 3, Quinque, Quinque 2, Quinque 3, Quinque 4, Spot, Scout, Capiuntiq, MVNLT 20, and Lambda XIK. What test has been taken the most? Who has done the best on them if I may ask? Alternatively, what has been the highest score on the one of your tests on the 1st attempt and on the 2nd attempt?

Jorgensen: The tests that have the most attempts is MVNLT20, then my Quinque tests.

  1. To the question of who has the top score, I cannot reveal it, but all the Quinque tests except Quinque 3 have been totally solved. MVNLT20 has been solved 19/20 as a top score, but all the tasks have been solved correctly. The same goes for Spot, Gradus 3 and Gradus 3 Light. The remaining tests have been partially solved according to the 1st and 2nd attempts; this applies to all my tests. It should be mentioned that only Quinque 4 has been solved completely right in the first attempt.

Jacobsen: You link to Zgonglin Li, Nitish Joshi, and Jason Betts, on the website. Why those individuals?

Jorgensen: Simply justified, by the fact that they are according to what I know great people, with lots of talent for creating high range tests among other great qualities. Fantastic, and to add kind individuals that have a solid reputation for being serious test developers.

Jacobsen: Most people who develop tests independently do not have professional qualifications directly relevant to psychometrics or experimental psychology, or neuropsychology. For example, Dr. Xavier Jouve of the former Cerebrals Society has a doctorate in experimental psychology. He’s into photography now. Dr. Gina Langan of the Mega Foundation/‘Mega Society East’ has a doctorate in neuropsychology. Dr. Evangelos Katsioulis, M.D. is a psychiatrist and a medical doctor. So, well-educated people and intelligent exist in pockets of the community with directly relevant or almost directly relevant qualifications. Yet, back to the main observation, most do not. So, what pluses and minuses can arise in this context of a lack of relevant structured formal education or qualifications?

Jorgensen: Since the high range tests, or advance puzzle tasks, as an uneducated person according to what you are referring to here in your line of question, then these tests are not to be considered as intelligence tests, as they are to be considered to be mere logically based tests and nothing more. It should also be noted that I have received the standardization that is requested on my website and on each test. The fact that with each submission, scores from other high range tests must be brought with the persons test submission regarding the need for norm validation, and then a previous certificate from supervised tests is then provided by request from the test author. These supervised psychometric tests are the very best for providing a valid norm.

The norm is then usually based on 30-50 attempts, whereas many are based on these monitored psychometric tests, this in return provides me the test author with a deviation normed base of around 1-3 points at most, this example applies well to my MVNLT20 test, here the deviation has not exceeded on the last 15 attempts more than 3 points deviation plus minus from the supervised tests.

Positive sides regard to high range tests; they are much cheaper than these standard supervised tests, whereas my own tests are free of charge, the standard supervised tests on the other hand cost at least from 50 to 60 dollars as to what I last saw. As previous stated, the deviation from the standard supervised test and my own MVNLT20 test seems to be within 1-3 points.

The negative side is that you will not get the validness as to a correct supervised normed IQ score.

High range tests does in most case, not provide you with a proper IQ score as they are not correctly based on the correct psychometrics and are further not supervised by an certified professional psychologist, thus making them unreliable for a proper IQ score.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the mention in the interview with Jason Grant, by the way, how was the live interview compared to the more formal back-and-forth correspondence interviews done by you and I?

Jorgensen: I liked it very much, a wonderful format that gave me an extra boost. The only thing that was and still is a bit sad, is the time it took and now takes to publish these interviews. Jason Grant is a nice person, but it’s slow going to publish each interview, still waiting for part 2 of the interview series… That said, I like the format that we currently work as to the written format, this allows me to be a bit more colorful with regards to my particularities, as my orally flamboyance is not quite on par with my written formulations.

Jacobsen: We can cover more of the high-range test materials in another series, as I will be exploring some of these issues with others. You have some plans to transition, apparently rapidly, from the world of tests and test-development into the world of writing and thought. How have some of these interviews together helped to develop some writing and thinking skills in a dialogic format?

Jorgensen: Undoubtedly yes, these interview interactions that we conduct on a steady basis, the exposure of what is to be covered, as well as the nature of the content produce by its excellent qualitative elements, are thus promoted in dialogue-learning qualities that in turn can be viewed as evolving mantras.

Jacobsen: What seem like areas to explore into the future for us?

Jorgensen: To be able to continue very much in the same direction as now, perhaps direct the focus even more so towards the world of tomorrow and perhaps dig more into the world of fiction. Divide your interview format, create a separate platform by and for a book only format, in the anticipation by the desired intent of a more personal in-depth interview etc. Furthermore, to entertain the notion of a Podcast interview setup, done so to create new innovative appearances for both the interviewer and the interviewee also it gives you the opportunity to get down and dirty with the interviewee.

You have here, a golden opportunity for positive outlook expansion, as well as variety for yourself and the person being interviewed, and to add, that this Podcast format is the most applied platform by todays standard, also it lets you learn more about you the interviewer and the person you are interviewing. You have an absolute unique access to some of the most exciting and brilliant interview objects there is to get a hold off on a global spectrum both inside and outside the high IQ community. Think about the mind-bending opportunities that this could bring for you, both in terms of revenue and publicity. Hope you will one day embrace this idea as many of us would like to see this become a reality!

Jacobsen: Why decide to retire from the world of tests and test construction, and so on?

Jorgensen: Time was apt for change as I can go no further on my quest for new high score records. I currently hold the Norwegian record with my high range IQ score of 184 on my 1st attempt, this is good enough for me. But should someone beat this record, well…

When it comes to designing these high range IQ tests, the selection is so diverse. The creative side of designing something new and exciting as a high range IQ test is valued to be, becomes a bit suspicious to me, due to the fact that the ones I create, are not to be considered as an IQ tests per say, as I am not a certified psychologist, nor am I an expert as to what data I am supposed to collect from the test, i.e., what psychological trait I am supposed to extract etc. My personal excitement of designing these advanced puzzle test, regards to one’s creative engagement has for me now ended.

Jacobsen: For those who don’t know, you’re writing in a second or nth language when writing with me. Most of the high-I.Q. communities tend to do this if taking an international focus. English hasn’t been an issue for many of them. Even so, they learn quickly and adapt – duh. Acquisition of an innate sensibility to emotive content and intuitive-instinctive capacities may be too late for most if learning a language past teenage years; however, the content and capacity to communicate with analytical clarity remains a strong possibility and a trend for those who put in the effort. Have you noticed an improvement in written communication since our first interview together?

Jorgensen: For me personally, as I do not know about you and your opinion as to the level of improvement of my English skills, but as to my own experience, the improvement is tremendous, hopefully this spells well for me as I am about to start an English course this coming fall, at; The University of Agder (UIA).

Jacobsen: How do you prepare mentally for these interviews with me? Questions can range widely. Time commitment can be intensive. The audience of the high-I.Q. will be, by definition, more cognitively powerful, so more likely to be critical of any and all content and opinions expressed. Also, why repeatedly choose to be a willing interviewee (victim) with me? (!)

Jorgensen: When it comes to preparing for these interviews here, there is not much preparation necessary for me to do as I am sitting on most of the information needed to be quoted further and just run with the question formulation presented by the interviewer. But it should be said, that when it comes to interviews, which revolve around historical aspects, some preparations must be made as it can be good to freshen up a little on any eventualities that one should not necessarily remember there and then. When it comes to a part with which you mention with people with high intelligence is a little pickier about what is presented when it comes to spelling of sentences, presentation, content, depth, and variation and so on, then this is not viewed upon as a problem at all, rather as I think that it makes everything a little more exciting. I tend to see it all as a challenge, where you must stay on the alert and do your very best when presenting the topic of discussion, it creates credibility as to what is then being presented, which is just as it should be all purpose intended.

When it comes to the last bit where it refers to being a willing interview object. Think in terms of all ones has on one’s mind, must then be properly present it in the best possible way, thus it is very nice to be able to relate to the people who are good at presenting good quality question formulations, that allows the interviewee to elaborate on and enjoy. And that in turn creates an interesting topic field that many of the article readers out there can then have the opportunity to take part in, which I personally find very exciting and which I think others may think is exciting to gain insight into.

And so, I must be allowed to emphasize that being a “willing victim” in that sense is just the icing on the cake.

Jacobsen: I decided to take a break from social media as an experiment, as I need more time after returning to work following a back injury. I am noticing a lot of time freeing up. Have you tried this?

Jorgensen: In referring to; “time away from social media”, for me it will be a yes and no answer. A bit confusing, I know, but let me explain, I have taken time away from the social media that does not give me enough “feedback”, in the sense of enriching my everyday life. I have become much more alert about which social medias that gets my attention or not. I, for example, was in my earlier years in reference to the high IQ communities, an active person in debates on many different high IQ platforms, I was involved in debates and delivered posts for debate, that could in return be debated. After a while this became somewhat boring for me, as I felt I spent a lot of unnecessary time dabbling on with no real sense of directional purpose. I have a family to considered, and when I had full-time studies and back then as now a full-time job, and to add at that, I spent a lot of time on high range IQ tests, and lastly, I designed my own test page and eleven high range tests, then the hours in a day was just not enough.

Then it was ripe to take stock as to what to remove what could be removed of unnecessary social distractions, so I could again spend my newfound time on what was most important to me. Nowadays I no longer work with high range IQ tests, nor with my test page (toriqtests.com), my focus now is to help bring national and global awareness upon the dire need for proper attention as to correct measurements of education by and for the gifted students. This I have worked on a lot, in collaboration with the school where I work, and the municipal council in my hometown Grimstad, which I am now awaiting for a positive response from the letters I have sent over with propagated directives for educational purposes directed towards the “twice gifted”, this is in collaboration with Professor June Maker from The University of Arizona, who is a pioneer within the field of Psychoeducational Studies. (https://coe.arizona.edu/person/carol-j-maker)

Will also bring forth, of my fervent hope of showcasing this most wonderful community of high intelligence society and all its brilliant intellectuals within it, out to the rest of the global population, through what we here do here and what we are all about. This conveyed through various forums like; articles, YouTube clips, and in the future to be able to write books about what makes us the very special and unique individuals we all are.

Topic of; “time away from social media”, for me, is to specify what type of media that gives the most back as to enrich your everyday life and enables a pursuit for educational enlightenment.

Jacobsen: With more free time, it seems like one of those needless distractions. Do you think people would have more time and focus for time with family, on hobbies, with their partner, etc., if they took a time off electronic devices a little more?

Jorgensen: No doubt, but one must consider that by changing one’s pattern of awareness, whereby one frees up time away from mobile phones, computer games or other things, only to fill it with another activity that meets society’s expectations of expected pro-social behavior not necessarily is for the betterment of the person concerned. One’s sphere of interest can in many cases be experienced as contradictory to what is expected of one persona. The best solution would then be to work within the realm of the famous Golden rule, not too much of anything, nor too little. The acquisition of new knowledge through these technological innovations is not a waste of time, one must bear in mind that everything is relative according to whom it concerns. The joy of life is doing what you want, even if this comes at the expense of those around you. It is society’s expectations of us as individuals, which in turn place limitations on the day’s itinerary.

One’s social circle should not place limitations on that individuals’ specific interests. They should rather be adapted, as I said, everything is relative to everyone’s personal field of interest, what is exciting for me is not necessarily exciting for you, and vice versa. We must adapt, restructure our metal constructs. As time free from something, is only going to be filled with time directed towards something else, and in most cases not in favor of the person concerned. Education comes in many forms and shapes.

Concept of “wasting your time” is then no longer wasting your time, the time you spend on whatever content is thereby valuable to you by that reason alone and is therefore to be considered as not wasting your time at all, but rather valuing it on what you hold dearest to you heart, rather than then the alternative.

Jacobsen: Do you think even for smart people that the temptation of time wasting applications is too much? It feels as if it is a pervasive phenomenon at the moment. Different age cohorts emphasize some social media more than others, naturally. Older generations like Facebook/Meta. Younger generations like Instagram and TikTok.

Jorgensen: We`re are all human; we have all followed the same exploratory path, all humans alike find themselves innately searching for self-recognition through exhibition, we constantly follow the urge to restock on whatever comes our way. The dire need to quench our thirst for recognition on various media platforms is inescapable, age-related, or not. As far as the intellect is concerned, for me at least the jury is still out on that one, but what is clear is that we are all equal regarding our biological blueprints, be that of jocks or nerds.

Controversy or not:

Humans’ primordial instincts still to this day manages to overshadow the sovereignty of man’s intellect…

Jacobsen: We’re doing a series on schooling the young at the moment. What are you hoping to convey to anyone reading it about the importance of proper education?

Jorgensen: That our experience of the concept of education is a fleeting perception of reality. A constantly changing structure, which follows society’s need for virulence incentives. History has shown us the purpose of what underlies that existence until now, but my fear lies in whether it has played out its role today or not. The experience of holding on for dear life as to its very existence or not in the future. More and more of the most forward-looking innovators today renounce the importance of an education right down from kindergarten age and upwards. The social aspect in schools today is unchanged, but not its academic content. Social interaction is perhaps more important now than ever before in the age we live in with all the technological temptations we have today. Before, the children didn’t want to stay at home, they couldn’t wait to get out of the house, now the children no longer want to go out unless they are either taking part in organized sports or being forced to go to school. Yesterday’s children used to be directly involved in social interactions, today they are merely indirectly so.

Social anxiety is on the rise, the same can be said in relation to the refusal to contribute to society after finishing school. What was previously mentioned about “what do I need that particular subject for?”, has now developed into “why do I need to go to school”, I can just become a YouTuber, Instagram celebrity or I will live on my parents until I inherit everything.” The schools’ struggle to keep the students’ concentration, make them see the importance of an education, and do their homework. A transaction from before seeing students present at their school desk both physically and mentally, to now just physical presence but nothing more, as in “I am here am I not, but that’s all you get.” This does not apply to all students of course, but the transition is significant. Much of this lies in the pupils’ ability to access new information, we as teachers are no longer the Wessels of informatics. We are now merely the facilitators of the right method of approach and process of this information. We have gone from lecturers to observers, not that there is anything wrong with that, but this transformation affects the structure of education significantly.

An evolving education is all well and good but based on what terms one might ask. The outcome of this change, for me, is divided into evolving sections. The lecturer as the governing body, a walking encyclopedia that was responsible for all information is handed down. Tired students who had to stay focused on what was conveyed in blocks of 30-40 minutes, are now reduced to lectures with an introduction time of no more than 5 minutes, and then work independently in periods of 20 minutes, then review again by the teacher in periods of 3-5 min, then back to work independently for 20 min, etc.

This use of time flows like this and will progress further according to what I see. Keeping students in school today is mostly of socially importance, but not so much of academically importance by todays educational standard.

When we had the Covid-19 epidemic going around the world, the most important criterion for opening primary schools was the social aspect. It was for the sake of the pupils’ mental health that the schools had to reopen as soon as possible. Today, schools are almost only for the students to get social stimulus. All education today can be done interactively as I see it, as almost all teaching is digital.

The students themselves say that we could do this at home, but not under controlled conditions, at least not well enough as of today. It becomes a bit like at the universities, whereas the lectures are outdated, even looking at a separate lecture at the University of Agder, that around 80% of the students would rather watch YouTube, online newspapers, or betting sites rather than to pay attention to what the lecturer has to say to say. Ask yourself as to what one is actually doing at these fields of studies if it is not to acquire important new knowledge within ones chosen field of expertise.

The answer is quite simple and is experienced in a wide range of primary schools, to meet fellow students, again social interaction, or the protection of student fellowship if you will. The vast majority of students are not at school to learn, but as to as what is pointed out, to meet fellow students. The entire school system is missing the target, but this is nothing new, the only big difference is that today it is just so much more visible not only to the researchers who study this, but to us adults, and to the children themselves. We miss the mark of making education important in the eyes of the children, the exciting factor is not made visible until primary school and most of upper secondary school is over for many of these students. The basic package that all students must go through today must be changed drastically so that the content becomes meaningful for all students, even those who hate school. I have previously proposed to individually adapt the education to create an experience of importance within the student him or herself, which can be equated with the social aspect.

At a much earlier stage, the individual must adapt the content to the individual student’s abilities and aspirations. If this change does not take place in an extended volume, then the future of the current school structure will most likely parish. A global educational commitment to interact must be regarded with the upmost importance to be able to keep up with the technological developments. Furthermore, specially adapted positions must be tailored to the individual student’s wishes, where groups no larger than 10 per individual teacher, who then work with, for example, space travel, or game development or nature management adapted to their age specific level. I the future, the local, and even national/global companies must go all the way down to the primary school’s level, and Conway what they are looking for within their specific fields, and what then the students must work towards. Now, in most cases, this does not happen at primary school level, it first starts at high school level, to late I say, where students today get to choose their field of study.

Get this into primary school level.

The teachers of the future should only be subject-specific teachers on hire from the specialist fields of the commissioned companies. My hope is for that the schools themselves will set up what is needed and order in the proper educators of what to focus on for the next 3 years, then either continue in the same path or change direction. What then you say about learning how to write, read, calculate etc., that should, in my opinion, be done by units with general educators, everything else must be brought in externally to meet society’s need for innovation. This may seem somewhat extreme, but we are now in a time when the current school structure is becoming increasingly outdated, and many aging teachers are unable to change their old and outdated teaching style, so fresh minds must come in who have their mental clocks set on tomorrow’s needs and demands. This will require major structural changes at all levels, but the time is overdue for change anyway, so why not just do it…

Jacobsen: Since you’re credentialed in the study of some aspects of history, what are the perennial issues? Those issues affecting every generation cohort after cohort. What are lessons in those trends through time?

Jorgensen: What remains to be seen, or better yet, what has come to light through studies carried out within the subject of the review reads as follows. History has shown us time and time again, that formative changes within people are patterns from previous set systems with paramount constructs, pursued in the eagerness for the next level events beyond believes. We are demonstrably addicted to ever increasing stimuli of that what already is or in the eternal search for whatever may lie behind the horizon. We are driven by our innate curiosity towards a higher state of existence. This craving after intention conditioned innovative permeates all social structures of society from early days and forward into present day. For me, this innate curiosity is our most important quality by renewal towards a new and rendered state of existence. Our drive towards the unknown strengthens us as individuals, this means that we are better equipped to cope with whatever comes next.

The stamp of opportunism that is tattooed upon us all is not to be mistaken by its mere blinding nature. One can almost say that our opportunism in combination with our curious nature, thereby secures our path from this current stage of existence to the next. I am adamant that this is so, in any case it will be exciting to see what the outcome for our species will amount to in the future of what educational ties to the past has presented to us in the present.

Footnotes

[1] Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jorgensen-9; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on High-Range Tests, Writing, Social Media Dieting, and Teaching: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (9) [Online]. August 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jorgensen-9.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 1). Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on High-Range Tests, Writing, Social Media Dieting, and Teaching: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (9). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jorgensen-9.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on High-Range Tests, Writing, Social Media Dieting, and Teaching: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (9). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jorgensen-9 >.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Luis Ortiz on Family, Intelligence Scores, and Views: Member, Glia Society (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jorgensen-9.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on High-Range Tests, Writing, Social Media Dieting, and Teaching: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (9).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jorgensen-9.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on High-Range Tests, Writing, Social Media Dieting, and Teaching: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (9)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jorgensen-9 >.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on High-Range Tests, Writing, Social Media Dieting, and Teaching: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (9)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jorgensen-9.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on High-Range Tests, Writing, Social Media Dieting, and Teaching: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (9).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jorgensen-9 >.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Tor Arne Jørgensen on High-Range Tests, Writing, Social Media Dieting, and Teaching: 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe, World Genius Directory (9) [Internet]. (2022, August 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/jorgensen-9.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Victor Hingsberg on Life, Work, and Views: Founder & President of Global High IQ Society and TenIQ High IQ Network (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,020

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Victor Hingsberg is the owner and manager of several websites geared toward bringing together highly intelligent people from all over the world.  The goal is to help those in the high IQ community make meaningful and long lasting connections.  Aside from being a full time online entrepreneur, Victor is a retired contractor and bookkeeper and is currently working full time in the shipping industry.  With his organization Global High IQ Society, Victor’s goal is to bring high IQ into the mainstream and foster an atmosphere where everyone can reach their full potential. He discusses: growing up; an extended self; family background; the experience with peers and schoolmates; some professional certifications; the purpose of intelligence tests; high intelligence discovered; geniuses; the greatest geniuses; a genius from a profoundly intelligent person; profound intelligence necessary for genius; some work experiences and jobs; particular job path; more important aspects of the idea of the gifted and geniuses; the God concept; science; some of the tests taken and scores earned; ethical philosophy; social philosophy; political philosophy; metaphysics; worldview-encompassing philosophical system; meaning in life; meaning; an afterlife; the mystery and transience of life; and love.

Keywords: ethics, family, genius, gifted, Global High IQ Society, intelligence, I.Q., life, TenIQ High IQ Network, Victor Hingsberg, views.

Conversation with Victor Hingsberg on Life, Work, and Views: Founder & President of Global High IQ Society and TenIQ High IQ Network (1)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When you were growing up, what were some of the prominent family stories being told over time? 

Victor Hingsberg[1],[2]*: I can’t say there were any prominent stories being told, but I know of the hardships my parents went through living in a communist country after the second world war ended.  I guess the closest thing to prominence is the fact that they moved to Canada with very little in the way of personal belongs of value and worked hard to build a nest egg and create a chance for a more prosperous life for me and my sibling.

Jacobsen: Have these stories helped provide a sense of an extended self or a sense of the family legacy?

Hingsberg:  Well, I would say the legacy would be one of immigrants having moved to Canada for a better life and contributing to the growth of this great country.  This I would say is the legacy of Canada.  So, I suppose my family legacy is a Canadian legacy.

Jacobsen: What was the family background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?

Hingsberg: My parents are originally from Bosnia-Hercegovina which was part of what was known at the time as Yugoslavia.  My family heritage is quite diverse, however, in that I have Serbian, German and Hungarian roots. As far as religion goes it’s a mix of Serbian Orthodox and Roman Catholic, but I have been raised Roman Catholic.

Jacobsen: How was the experience with peers and schoolmates as a child and an adolescent?

Hingsberg:  To be honest, it wasn’t exactly ideal.  Truth is, I never did fit in with my peers and was a bit of a loner and outcast.  In adulthood I became much more socially adept, but still tended more towards introversion to the present day.

Jacobsen: What have been some professional certifications, qualifications, and trainings earned by you?

Hingsberg:  I have a diploma in Business Administration – Accounting track and I did at one time hold a real estate license. 

Jacobsen: What is the purpose of intelligence tests to you?

Hingsberg:  I believe there are many purposes for intelligence tests.  It’s a great way to assess one’s potential.  To see what areas of strengths as well as areas of weakness one has.  I also believe it’s a great tool for assessing one’s suitability in academic pursuits and what fields a candidate would be suited for.  But most importantly to the individual it’s a great tool for self-discovery.

Jacobsen: When was high intelligence discovered for you? 

Hingsberg: Actually, for me it was discovered rather late in life.  I was 34 when I was looking for IQ tests online and I happened upon a website for the International High IQ Society.  They had several IQ tests of various types.  If I recall they had a spatial, verbal, and a mixed test which was called the Ultimate IQ Test.  I took this test and passed.  I was a bit skeptical and reluctant but curiosity got the better of me and the very next day I paid the entrance fee and joined.  Wow!  It’s hard to believe that was 20 years ago.

Jacobsen: When you think of the ways in which the geniuses of the past have either been mocked, vilified, and condemned if not killed, or praised, flattered, platformed, and revered, what seems like the reason for the extreme reactions to and treatment of geniuses? Many alive today seem camera shy – many, not all.

Hingsberg: I’d say there’s a lot going on when comes to this phenomenon.  Much of it relates to ego, jealousy, reverence for icons.  I think there’s as much a fascination with extraordinarily gifted people among the regular masses as if they were somehow godlike, but also a resentment because such people make can make some people who are not secure with themselves to feel inferior.  Truth is, no matter how intelligent one may be, no one is perfect and we all suffer from the same human frailties regardless of where we might sit on the bell curve.

Jacobsen: Who seems like the greatest geniuses in history to you? 

Hingsberg: I would say it has to be Leonardo da Vinci.  Not only was he a talented artist and painter, but his abilities and talents spanned across many disciplines and intellectual endeavors.  This was a man who was both profoundly intelligent and profoundly creative.

Jacobsen: What differentiates a genius from a profoundly intelligent person?

Hingsberg:  I think a genius is someone who is capable of making paradigm shifting discoveries.  Someone who can introduce a perspective no one has ever considered before.  I think ingenuity and creativity are the keys to genius.

Jacobsen: Is profound intelligence necessary for genius?

Hingsberg:  I don’t think profound intelligence is necessary for genius.  It certainly helps, but I think along with other factors like creativity and perseverance; a high level of intelligence would be sufficient, but I don’t think profound intelligence is required for accomplishing feats of genius.

Jacobsen: What have been some work experiences and jobs held by you?

Hingsberg:  I’ve worked in construction for a good part of my adult life.  Mainly in the manufacture and installation of wooden staircases and handrails with my father for 20 years.  I’ve been a woodworker, laborer, clerical, bookkeeping and estimator.

Jacobsen: Why pursue this particular job path?

Hingsberg:  Initially, it was more out of necessity.  Stay in the family business to help it grow.  Really, my father got very busy with his work and needed an extra pair of hands.  Creating something out of scratch is very satisfying work.  Also, I enjoyed the administrative part of the business very much which is what led me to earn a diploma in Business Administration.

Jacobsen: What are some of the more important aspects of the idea of the gifted and geniuses? Those myths that pervade the cultures of the world. What are those myths? What truths dispel them?

Hingsberg:  I think the idea of those with exceptional intelligence being superhuman or God-like is very prevalent and misguided.  Notions that exceptionally gifted people are eternally wise and saint-like.  Nothing could be further from the truth.  History has shown geniuses and those of exceptionally high intelligence can suffer from various personality issues, neuroses and psychoses just as anyone else can.  Some of the smartest people can also be the most irrational and foolish at times.

Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the God concept or gods idea and philosophy, theology, and religion?

Hingsberg:  I’ve worn many hats on this subject.  I’ve started out as a theist because that’s what had been ingrained in my upbringing.  I’ve been atheist, agnostic and these days I’m more of a deist and like to keep an open mind.  These days I do believe there is a higher power.  A God of sorts.  In the past I was of the mind that if there is spirituality or a spirit realm and afterlife that the only religion that makes sense would be Buddhism something along similar lines.  But these days I’m open to the notion of there being a Christian God.  Whatever the case, I believe there is a higher power and a purpose to life.

Jacobsen: How much does science play into the worldview for you?

Hingsberg:  I believe it plays a significant role in my thoughts on the matter.  I belief it always has to various degrees.  Only difference now is I don’t take any of it at face value.  There’s always more than meets the eye be it in science or any philosophy.  Religion is more about faith and intuition while science is more about facts and data verification.  I think it’s pointless to try proving or disproving faith. 

Jacobsen: What have been some of the tests taken and scores earned (with standard deviations) for you?

Hingsberg: I’ve taken numerous tests from various test authors over the years.  My IQ has ranged anywhere from 123 to mid 160s range depending on the test. 

Jacobsen: What ethical philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Hingsberg:  I think the Golden Rule is pretty much the Gold Standard as far as ethical philosophy goes.  Do unto others as you would have them to you.  I think it all comes down to empathy.  The rest follows from there.

Jacobsen: What social philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you? 

Hingsberg: Same as the ethical philosophy.  A society without ethics or some common moral code adhered to by its citizens is doomed to implode.

Jacobsen: What political philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Hingsberg:  I think pragmatism and a focus on the common good for all is what would make the most workable sense to me as a political philosophy.  These days we are too far from what.  Tribalism and seems to be permeating and I’d say polluting the political landscape these days.  I think we all need to be united in working toward the betterment of humanity instead of fighting with each other over differing beliefs.

Jacobsen: What metaphysics makes some sense to you, even the most workable sense to you?

Hingsberg:  That there really is no self.  That we are all one and must therefore look out for one another.  Strife and conflict perpetuates suffering which in turn instigates more strife and conflict creating even more suffering.  It’s a rather horrific feedback loop.  If we look after each other as we look after ourselves I believe we can alleviate and even end suffering.

Jacobsen: What worldview-encompassing philosophical system makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Hingsberg:  To me a worldview of openness, understanding tolerance and a sense of cooperation for the betterment of us all as individuals, societies and as human beings.  It’s really the only thing that makes workable sense if we don’t want to destroy ourselves and this beautiful planet we live on.

Jacobsen: What provides meaning in life for you?

Hingsberg: Peace of mind.  A sense of self and a sense of purpose.  We find meaning in the things we do which we feel are purposeful.  It’s really about finding the most harmonious we to exist in the chaotic universe we dwell in.

Jacobsen: Is meaning externally derived, internally generated, both, or something else?

Hingsberg: I would say it’s a bit of both.  I don’t believe it’s an either/or proposition.  There’s a lot going on with introspection and meditation, but I don’t believe it can be done without and external environment to draw from.  Also, you can’t really derive meaning from external stimuli if you don’t understand it or take the time to analyze it, contemplate it and meditate upon it.   So, yes, I would definitely say it’s a bit of both.

Jacobsen: Do you believe in an afterlife? If so, why, and what form? If not, why not?

Hingsberg:  I don’t know if I believe in an afterlife with 100% certainty, but I believe if it exists, if we each have an eternal soul then it would be pure energy.  Of course, we’d all like to think we’d still have our sentience intact in this form, but there really is no guarantee this is the case nor is there any reason we should assume so.

Jacobsen: What do you make of the mystery and transience of life?

Hingsberg:  A co-worker of mine recently said he doesn’t take life too seriously.  Sure, you must take things seriously, but not too seriously, because as he put it, “None of us are getting out of it alive”.  I doubt any of us is smart enough to unravel the mysteries of life and we’re more likely to die trying.  So, why not embrace the transient nature of life for the precious gift that it is?

Jacobsen: What is love to you?

Hingsberg: To me, love, is knowing, understanding and embracing your fellow humans.  To love is to honor each other with compassion, kindness and grace.  We all have our stories.  We all have our issues, but in the end, we are all human and only here on this plane for a limited time.  Let’s not squander this precious gift we have.

Footnotes

[1] Founder & President of Global High IQ Society and TenIQ High IQ Network.

[2] Individual Publication Date: August 1, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/hingsberg-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Victor Hingsberg on Life, Work, and Views: Founder & President of Global High IQ Society and TenIQ High IQ Network (1) [Online]. August 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/hingsberg-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, August 1). Conversation with Victor Hingsberg on Life, Work, and Views: Founder & President of Global High IQ Society and TenIQ High IQ Network (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/hingsberg-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Victor Hingsberg on Life, Work, and Views: Founder & President of Global High IQ Society and TenIQ High IQ Network (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, August. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/hingsberg-1 >.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Luis Ortiz on Family, Intelligence Scores, and Views: Member, Glia Society (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/hingsberg-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Victor Hingsberg on Life, Work, and Views: Founder & President of Global High IQ Society and TenIQ High IQ Network (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (August 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/hingsberg-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Victor Hingsberg on Life, Work, and Views: Founder & President of Global High IQ Society and TenIQ High IQ Network (1)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/hingsberg-1 >.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Victor Hingsberg on Life, Work, and Views: Founder & President of Global High IQ Society and TenIQ High IQ Network (1)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/hingsberg-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Victor Hingsberg on Life, Work, and Views: Founder & President of Global High IQ Society and TenIQ High IQ Network (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A (2022): August. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/hingsberg-1 >.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Victor Hingsberg on Life, Work, and Views: Founder & President of Global High IQ Society and TenIQ High IQ Network (1) [Internet]. (2022, August 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/hingsberg-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Actuarial Sciences 2: Erik Haereid, M.Sc., on Actuarial Sciences in Practice (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.E, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 5,297

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Erik Haereid, born in 1963, grew up in Oslo, Norway. He studied mathematics, statistics and actuarial science at the University of Oslo in the 1980s and 90s, and is educated as an actuary. He has worked over thirty years as an actuary, in several insurance companies, as actuarial consultant, middle manager and broker. In addition, he has worked as an academic director (insurance) in a business school (BI). Now, he runs his own actuarial consulting company with two other actuaries. He is a former member of Mensa, and is a member of some high IQ societies (e.g., Olympiq, Glia, Generiq, VeNuS and WGD). He discusses: actuarial sciences in professional life; applicability in everyday life of a non-expert; using expertise to analyze the risks of something; mathematics and statistics; the maximum level of qualifications a Norwegian actuary can get; an actuary; and the major lessons.

Keywords: Actuarial Sciences, actuary, Erik Haereid, mathematics, statistics.

Actuarial Sciences 2: Erik Haereid, M.Sc., on Actuarial Sciences in Practice (2)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How does one apply actuarial sciences in professional life for you?

Erik Haereid[1],[2]*: As a bachelor in statistics, when I worked on my Cand. Scient. degree (which is almost the same as an M.Sc.), I had a part-time job in an actuary department in a Norwegian insurance company (from about 1987 to 1990). There I learned the basics about private individual life insurance products and life tables. At that time there were not usual with personal computers, and we used table books for each life insurance product. “N1964” (or was it 1963? I can’t remember) was one of some books with life tables and related formulas, describing how to calculate all possible premiums and reserves based on that single insurance product. Annuities and disability-products were based on different tables and had their own table books, and so were all group insurance products. These table books were the life insurance actuaries’ bible and tool.

A lot of the work in this actuary department was to control the mainframe systems, ensuring that all calculations that made the premiums and reserves were correct. When there were changes to a product or computer system, the actuaries had to be involved to include the formulas and calculations adapted to that new system. To everybody else, what happened inside the calculations were a black hole. We actuaries had to understand and translate the math into code and calculated numbers. We communicated a lot with the mainframe computer system programmers, and we used our calculators and after some time our personal computers and spreadsheets to ensure that the formulas and calculations where right; testing the mainframe computer’s calculations was an important job for the actuaries. When there were flaws, computer bugs and so on, we had to step in and find what’s wrong (and this happened often).

In general, you can say that an important part of actuarial science is about optimizing premiums; make it as small as possible to meet the customers need, and as big as necessary to meet the insurance company’s need (solvency). This balance is challenged all the time. I will talk much more about this later.

In my first jobs, the actuarial science part was to know and understand how the premiums and reserves, all the calculations, was build and why. All life tables were based on the same principles; the math was stable, and we didn’t change premiums based on more experiences (like one did in let’s say automobile insurance). We didn’t alter the mathematical foundation of the life tables. The death rates were reliable; they were quite easy to predict. The relative high levels of the interest rates were also rather established. The solvency of the insurance companies was subject to no worry. At that time.

It’s scientifically more demanding working with risks that are under great volatility and variation, and/or are subject to few experiences. Non-life insurances are in that manner more demanding than life insurances; traditionally. I have never worked with non-life insurances, and have of that reason never been exposed to great changes in risks, with the demands to continuously modify different mathematical methods. But, as I will talk about later, throughout the 1990’s and 2000’s the challenges occurred even in the life insurance discipline.

After my first job, I finished my final exam and started in a new job as actuary in another insurance company (1991 to 1995). The products and tasks were to begin with quite similar to those in the previous job, but I became more involved in product design and development of new formulas. The traditional life insurance business (including pensions and annuities) was under change, and converged towards more bank-oriented products; separate module-like products. Traditionally, the insurance risk elements in life insurance, pensions and annuities were parts of a mandatory package; the premium included savings (either as a lump sum/single premium, a general annuity or a pension premium), some sort of death benefit, spouse and children benefits if the insured died (riders and modules linked to pensions) and a disability coverage. The insured couldn’t choose elements and riders freely. You could of course buy a pure annuity, but then you had not many choices as to the death benefit part of the policy. This was under change, not at least because the old products at that time demanded a quite skilled salesman/agent, who usually used a lot of time selling and explaining to the customers, making the product’s administration cost part much higher. If one could sell insurance through the bank channels, like any other bank saving product, one could reduce the cost and make the insurance products more available, and the life insurance companies could grow.

I was part of a group (in my second job) in the beginning of the 1990’s, where we developed such a pension product, which aim was to make it simpler, more understandable and to sell it through the bank channels; a Unit-Linked kind of a product (ULIP). As to actuarial science, the challenges was not of other mathematical art than adapting a for the government sufficient risk element to the savings; either as part of the pension itself, or by making some of the additional coverage compulsory. When the executives and authorities agreed upon what kind of risk structure we could provide, the actuaries’ job was to create the necessary mathematics, resulting in right/sufficient premiums and reserves. And after that implementing this into the mainframe service system and the computer sales system that the salesmen (e.g., employees in the banks) used (this was the dawn of personal computers, and the agents started to use software programs instead of pen, paper and calculators to communicate with their clients).

At this time, the yield raised sky-high. The old structure operated with consistent guaranteed interest rates on pensions, annuities and other life insurance products, which from 1964 and until then, at the beginning of 1990, was 4 percent. This resulted in an increasing surplus, which was shared between the insurance company, its owners and the customers. Instead of handing out money to the customers, one could reduce their premiums. As to promotion and sales, this was cleverer than give “something” back after the insurance companies’ accounts were closed some months after year end. But as to ensuring the solvency in the long term, this was catastrophic, because it wasn’t built on actuarial science or basic financial methods. It was based on some naïve unscientifically drive born out from the illusion of eternal and exponential growth.

Maybe one should have used actuaries more consistently as consultants. It was damaging to promise customers up to 10 percent interest rates on their savings, for up to 10 years, only because the prognoses were sky-high. Nevertheless, as a young actuary with no other influence than pure mathematical, I saw it as a fine challenge contributing to an interest rate stair; 10 percent guaranteed interest rate for the first ten years, 7 percent for the next few years, and finally 4 percent for the rest (often for the rest of the insured lives).

Such products were of course stopped some years later, when one realized that these kinds of promises would kill the insurance companies. The insight was established, as usual, by explicit experience. When the interest rate dropped, one started debating guaranteed interest rates per se. Since one has to use some kind of interest rate in the calculation of pension premiums and reserves, and since it’s not a custom in the insurance business using expected values of stochastic variables concerning the interest rate (i.e., establishing an interest rate risk pool, similar to the other risk pools), one decided and decides to use guaranteed interest rates with almost no probability exceeding the actual return within the particular timespan, and limit this timespan to a certain termination age; e.g., 77 or 82 years (fixed term).

Since interest rates are volatile by nature, one would have a sensibility towards the development in the financial market; the expected future basic interest rate should theoretically change from year to year, or at least let’s say each 5 years, to gain a better estimate of the expected future interest rate than using a constant and almost arbitrary interest rate, like 4 or 2 percent over some long period of time (Btw, this is what happens when assessing DBO’s (Defined Benefit Obligation) in companies’ balance sheets; as to pension liabilities; the discount rate used in the calculations is determined based on the market at (year-end) measuring date; this has its big disadvantages too, which I will talk about later.). From an actuary’s point of view, you would then operate with several paid-up policies; e.g., one for each year you have been insured. Every paid-up policy would then result in a calculated single premium and continuing reserve based on that year’s basic interest rate, and from this a future benefit (e.g., pension or annuity). The total reserve on a given time would then be the sum of all those previous paid-up policies’ calculated reserves at that time, all with different basic interest rates. But still, you have the eternal issue concerning defined benefit saving products; you promise some kind of future benefit, and then also some kind of interest rate. For the actuary, these products define life insurance saving products. The quick fix products, the defined contribution pensions, lack the stochastic variables and the risk elements. This is bank, and exclude actuarial sciences.

One difference between a traditionally used guaranteed, basic interest rate and a theoretical best estimate (i.e., the optimal estimate of the expected value) of a stochastic interest rate, is that the guaranteed interest rate is contracted as a minimum, while the expected stochastic one would be given you independent of what the actual return became (like a fixed interest rate). If one would start to treat the basic interest rate as a stochastic variable, and promise the customers the expected future interest rates, you would, because of the increasing uncertainty and problematic statistical foundation in the long term, have to operate with quite low, and certain, interest rates many years from now. Even though you could say almost for sure that 5 percent interest rate was a very good estimated expected value for the next 10 years, you couldn’t say anything certain about the expected value of the interest rate in the period let’s say 40 to 50 years from now, and that is a main challenge by using interest rates like this. But it shouldn’t exclude scientific approaches to it.

A decent statistical model could deal with a decreasing interest rate stair, starting with a high expected value (e.g., 6 percent) the first few years, and then reduce the interest rate systematically until the last possible year from now, which for some annuities and pensions are about 100 years (e.g., a 20 years old got a longevity pension).

To sum up: One way to optimize and preserve the traditional defined benefit saving products is to create annual paid-up policies as mentioned, and use actuarial science to create some sort of a probability function based on a stochastic interest rate stair, which changes parameters from year to year, dependent of the financial market.

The concept of the traditionally arrangement, where the customers and the insurance companies have to deal with some kind of future interest rate in the contract and in the settlement of the liabilities, is in the area of group pension schemes known as Defined Benefit Pensions/Plans (DBP). The alternative is called Defined Contribution Pensions/Plans (DCP), and is similar to ordinary bank accounts; you get what the market gives you, afterwards. You are not promised anything in advance; the insurance companies’ obligations are nothing more than what is on the customers’ accounts at every moment. To make it an insurance product, you have to include, make mandatory, some sort of death/health/disability economical risks. If the beneficiaries just get the savings when events occur, you don’t have any economic risks to it, and it’s not insurance. DCP’s are typically pure savings with no guaranteed interest rates, but with additional life insurance elements like something more or less than the savings paid by death (e.g., a fixed-term deferred annuity, riders like spouse and children’s pension, and disability coverage).

Another actuarial challenge is the fact that people live much longer than before. The (life) insurance companies normally dealt with this the same way as with the interest rate issue; they tried (and try) to reduce the risks the easy way, by avoiding promoting longevity annuities and pensions (i.e., they promote fixed term annuities), and they reduce the risk by minimizing the difference between the savings and the benefits. It’s understandable, because there are statistical and mathematical uncertainties linked to both future interest rates and long lives. It’s not the short-term risks we do not know much about, but the long-term ones. But as an actuary, promoting actuarial science, it’s not optimal. You could say there is a minor clash between actuaries’ and the authorities’, executives’ and owners’ need and wishes.

Folketrygden (The Norwegian national social insurance scheme) has gone through quite severe changes since 1990, in accordance to meet the problems mentioned. In addition to the risk-factors, you have the flexibility that people demand. In the old days, twenty-thirty years ago and before, the pension products, both concerning private and public, was quite sterile and non-flexible. E.g., the retirement age was (normally) 67. Period. You could not work while you got pension, without losing money. This has changed; now you can get your pension from 62, and whenever you want until 75 or so, and you don’t lose pension if you work besides. In Denmark, where I worked for some while, you could choose between getting your pension benefit as an annuity or a lump sum. The demands for flexibility also have some influence on the actuarial work.

Jacobsen: How do actuarial sciences have applicability in everyday life of a non-expert?

Haereid: Interesting question, that I haven’t thought much about. You can as a layman learn some basic combinatorics, probability theories and statistics, using it to enhance your winning chances in games and competitions, e.g., increase the probability for profit, and use it to gain more out of your investments in the financial market.

Everyone can be aware of different daily risks, and make some simple calculations to avoid certain situations or seek other. E.g., you can avoid driving your car at certain places and moments, by collecting information about when and where the most dangerous car accidents appear. But “drive carefully” is something everyone intuitively knows will reduce the risk of car accidents. You could also use actuarial science into health-relevant situations, like related to what you eat and how you exercise; treat your body in a way that reduce risks for diseases.

In general, thinking like an actuary could become exhausting, because one would tend to overthink risks; make fast risk calculations about any- and everything through your day. Then you would reduce every risk factor, but also end up with fewer experiences and less fun. The gain is to reduce risks where the consequences are really bad in case of an event, and to increase your profit and earnings.

I want to give an obscure example of use of combinatorics:

Let’s say you are confined in a room with a combination lock; a panel with the digits 0 to 9. There are no one to help you out. You know that you have a livable environment for two days, and after that you will die if you don’t get out. You have also noticed that the code has 4 different digits in a fixed sequence, and that you, in average, except when you rest, will manage to push one possible combination each two seconds. You can then calculate if it’s probable that you will manage to open the door within the time limit, or if you should try some other way out.

There are 5040 possible outcomes (let’s simplify it and suppose there are no equal digits in the code), and just one of them is right. Then you, statistically, will get the answer midway; after 2*5040/2 seconds = 84 minutes (plus pauses), and if you are really unlucky you will get out after 168 minutes. That’s sufficient. But if the code consists of 6 digits instead of 4, you would get out within one week without pauses (3,5 days and nights in average), and there would be a possibility that you would die before you got out.

Another example: If you are middle-aged, especially a male because of the higher mortality than females, and you live healthy and have good genes as to family diseases, you should purchase a fixed term annuity (i.e., with no death benefit before the termination date); because of the mortality bequest. Since you think you will live longer than the average, you will, if you are right, pay less to gain more, e.g., compared to if you saved the same amount in a bank.

Finally, I will mention a Swedish physician and statistician, Hans Rosling, who had a tremendous ability to explain statistics in a simple way for the people, and make everyone a bit wiser and more informed. Maybe he could be an inspiration for us who work with mathematics and statistics.

Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, if you have an ordinary event in life, how can an actuary use expertise to analyze the risks of something? What is the relevance of this in one’s life?

Haereid: I haven’t thought a lot about this either, maybe because I want to work as an actuary and not becoming one 24/7. As long as the ordinary events in life are stochastic, or random if you like, and you have a minimum of information, i.e., empirical data about those events to occur (when, where, how and so on), you can most often use math to say something about the future outcome. It’s about using probability functions and knowledge together with collected information, to draw some kind of risk analysis. The difference between the layman and the actuary is the amount of knowledge; the actuary will have access to better estimation procedures, and therefore give a better prediction of possible events.

There are a lot of probability distributions (e.g., normal, chi-square, student’s t, binomial, Poisson…) that fit into daily life events’ patterns. In lack of a probability distribution that fits, you can draw your own by plotting the collected data into a graph. E.g., the probability for car crash divided by age (in lack of knowledge of an existing one): If you search for statistics on this, you will probably find that there are quite many young men that crash their cars often. The curve will fall until a certain age (men in the 30-50-year area drive more carefully), and then turn around and rise; old men crash their car more often than middle-aged men. If you have a lot of data, you can draw a quite nice curve, that probably would look something like an inverse normal distribution, or as a distorted parabola, if you like. Then you have made your own probability distribution in lack of an existing one, that fits into these events. And then you can say something about the probability for car crashes categorized by age.

One of the mantras in statistical analysis is correlation and the amount of empirical data. You can gather tons of data, but it doesn’t help if it’s uncorrelated. Without enough data, it’s difficult to establish if there are correlation or not. But, when you have enough collected historical information about any unknown future event, and you have detected a correlation, you can say something about this event in the future. If you gather data that don’t show any correlation (you can’t say anything about when, where, how, who and so on, that results in crash), you can’t draw any statistical analysis which say something about such events to happen. It happens by chance. One nice thing with this is that you don’t necessarily need to know the cause of events, if you can establish a correlation. If two seemingly independent variables, like peoples’ vacation habits and the habitats of mallards, show strong statistical correlation, it could be used (to something) without knowing the reason why this is so.

In general, if you know something about probability theories, you can use this to determine an actual or estimated probability distribution to every event that you don’t know the outcome of (when, where, if, how much… will happen), and to use this probability function to direct your own behavior. If you know that the probability of occurrence of an event hitting you is 10% if you choose the one direction, and 8% if you choose the second, you would choose the 10% direction if you want that event to happen (e.g., earning money, getting friends, increasing happiness…) and the 8% direction if you want to avoid that event. To this kind of events the layman would think it was a 50/50 chance, but with some math and data you could say something more precise about it, and (in the long run) take advantage of this. E.g., into gambling or being active in the stock market.

Jacobsen: What mathematics and statistics are used in an actuary’s professional life?

Haereid: I will focus on my own branch; life insurance and probabilities for death and survival. Keywords are the Gompertz-Makeham distribution, the Thieles differential equation and the Markov chain, which all are essential in life insurance.

The life tables are based on the Gompertz-Makeham distribution, which plots mortality divided into age. It describes how mortality basically increases exponentially with age, which is based on Gompertz research from the 19th century. Since human also dies of other than “natural” reasons, e.g., pandemic diseases, natural catastrophes and so on, one added an age-independent part to the distribution (Makeham), also this in the same century.

The Dane Thorvald Thiele made one of his contributions to life insurance when he, also in the 1800’s, introduced the Thieles differential equation. This made its influence in life insurance through the 19th and 20th century. It describes the premium reserves as a differential equation, as the expected discounted value of future events (benefits minus premiums paid), and is basic in life insurance.

In insurance we have something called the equivalence principle. This states that the expected present values of payments should be equal to those of benefits. Usually, premium formulas contain a death probability (and sometimes disability and other health-related probabilities), evolved from a life table (as mentioned), and an interest rate, which usually is a parameter and not a probability. These two quantities are involved in the equivalence principle. One calculates the expected present values of the upcoming premiums and benefits respectively, weighted with the probability of occurrence of the events involved, at any time in the insured period. Reserves are calculated at any time based on the same principle.

Because we operate with only one stochastic variable, one life, the formula is simple. But there is possible to expand this into several random variables, e.g., using a Markov chain (stochastic process).

Jacobsen: Theoretically, what are the maximum level of qualifications a Norwegian actuary can get now? The upper limit in education, experience, credentials, memberships, etc., to know the entire discipline.

Haereid: Since, as said, there have been different paths the last fifty years to achieve an actuarial competence in Norway, it’s not a unique set of qualifications. Some actuaries add a doctor degree to their education, and become university lecturers (assistant professors, professors). As to experience, I would say being an “actuary in charge” in an insurance company, is the peak. There are no major credentials beyond “actuary”. There are some additional credentials to those who take courses through their professional lives, as an adult education, e.g., in financial mathematics and related disciplines. There are primarily one actuarial society in Norway (Den Norske Aktuarforening), where most of the Norwegian actuaries are members. An experienced actuary in Norway is typical a senior consultant, either in an independent actuary consultant company, in an insurance company or in governmental department. Some actuaries have been (and are) executives in insurance companies and units.

Jacobsen: How many years have you been an actuary?

Haereid: From 1991; 31 years. I worked as an actuary novice from 1987, beside studying and finishing my final exams.

Jacobsen: From this extensive experience, what have been the major lessons from the discipline for you?

Haereid: There is traditionally a canyon, a cleft, between actuaries and the rest of the insurance realm. We speak different languages. We have to learn each other’s dialects.

Besides that, I will mention:

– The insurance business, including the social welfare pensions and insurances, often choose unscientific solutions to the extent they are able to fulfill their obligations. Keep it as simple as possible, is a common mantra. Understandably. And archetypical. The tendency during the last forty years is not only more transparent and flexible insurance products, which is good, but also products with less risks; the (life) insurance business moves away from its essence (providing products containing risks and probability). One reason is to be independent of a small group of professionals (actuaries), another to make it easier predicting the future. Other reasons are to prevent insolvency, fulfilling the obligations, making the administration simpler and cheaper, creating products that are easy to explain and understand (both to the customers and the employees that are not actuaries or sufficient skilled) …

– The insurance companies could profit on cooperating and communicating more with the universities, get access to updated research and theoretical knowledge, that would improve the business. I don’t say there isn’t any communication, but this is an area for improvement, and especially associated with the many issues we see and will see. There are probably (for sure) some (actuarial) scientific theories that is never applied, because the communication is poor, the level of knowledge in the insurance companies is too low, and the aversion to more complicated products and structures is too big.

– One of the positive sides is that transparence, computer evolution and more flexible products have made an old fashion rigid and conservative business into something modern and more accessible.

I have to say something about the increasing openness and transparence from the 1980’s. Before that process started, there was close to no information available. If the customers wondered what the premium contained of risk and savings elements, the answer was “n/a”. If they wondered what the premium reserve consisted of, e.g., what this year’s actual return was, the answer was the same. There was no law that forced the insurance companies to create such detailed information. This changed dramatically from the 1980’s, not at least because of the development in computers and software. The technology made it possible to become more transparent, and this increasing transparency also created new products. I remember vaguely when we created and sent the first detailed account statement to our customers. This was really a cutting-edge happening.

– The longevity contracts in life insurance, pensions and annuities, which terminates when the insured dies, entails some big challenges. The mathematical risk models are not that good when it comes to predictions 40-100 years from now; it’s not easy to calculate valid probabilities as to interest rates and death within that time span. We just don’t know enough about what happens then, and this impels the insurance companies and social pension entities to evolve either products that terminates within a certain age (fixed term), or to create contracts that make the customers bear the burden. This should be a pleasing area for actuaries, since it demands more scientific creativity.

– Why use low guaranteed interest rates, and volatile discount rates, when calculating premiums, reserves and companies’ pension liabilities? Why not using probability theories and actuarial science to create more intricate and better solutions to the very important “interest rate” issue?

– Paid-up policies have always been abandoned in Norway; there are huge funds that only get a return equal to the guaranteed interest rate, which usually is far less than the actual return. Over a period of some decades, this amounts to large sums. The owners are not sufficient aware of this thievery. The customers lose a lot of money; the same amount which the insurance companies earn. I can’t understand that this is legitimate.

– General solvency issues in the insurance business. Volatile financial markets, roller coaster interest rates, too wide guarantees and long lives have led to unstable funding situations. This has led to a necessary reinforcement of the solvency rules in the insurance business.

– Actuaries could contribute more to the overall insurance business. We are not used enough to form the future insurance politics and products, neither to direct the insurance business. Actuaries could into a larger degree contribute to the developments of social welfare programs and life insurance. A recent example of this is a group of different experts and politicians that in 2020 was selected with the aim of writing a paper of how to make our Norwegian social security pension system more sustainable in the future. Their suggestions were released some days ago. My point is that there was not one actuary selected to be in this diverse group of people. Why is that? Competition between professions?

– Actuaries have traditionally been occupied with the liability side of the balance sheets. This has changed the last couple of decades. My impression is that actuaries are used increasingly more into the asset side.

– In group pension insurance, there has been a stream of changeovers from the traditional and far betterer Defined Benefit Pension schemes (DBP) to the United-linked (this is primarily associated with single persons) similar kind of products, labeled Defined Contribution Pension schemes (DCP). This is a benchmark regarding the «deactuaryization» of life insurance products, especially those with long duration. The main goal is not to reduce the pension cost for the group (companies and employees’ pension scheme), but to remove the uncertainty with the liability side of the balance sheets. This is done by transferring the responsibility for the investment return from the employer to the employees. The impact on the account is clear: From a volatile and uncertain net amount in the balance sheet, to a net amount = 0. And from an unstable pension cost to a stable and predictable one. For the employer this is Shangri-La. For the employee this is uncertainty as to pension planning.

– This is associated with the previous point, and is about calculation of companies’ pension liabilities and accounting. It is a huge disadvantage that one is obligated to use the discount rate estimated based on the market at the year-end-date. This parameter is without comparison the most important and influential quantity in the calculations, and have huge impact on the volatility of the liabilities in the balance sheets. If one could estimate a more stable discount rate, based on financial and actuarial mathematics and statistics, we could prevent an unwanted coercion from DB to DC pensions.

– Traditionally, the communication processes between the actuarial environment and the executives and other involved in the insurance business, have been bumpy. It’s a challenge communicating difficult products and their frames. My experience is that this issue leads to an insurance culture that avoids the actuarial involvement. And this leads to simpler products, with less demanding risk elements, and less actuarial science related to them. It’s like limiting buildings to three floors because skyscrapers are complicated.

– The Norwegian national social insurance scheme (Folketrygden) has gone through several changes the last many (30-40) years (e.g., because of long lives and increased flexibility). This is too broad to say more about here, but it’s important to mention.

Footnotes

[1] Member, World Genius Directory. Actuary.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/actuarial-sciences-2; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Actuarial Sciences 2: Erik Haereid, M.Sc., on Actuarial Sciences in Practice (2) [Online]. July 2022; 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/actuarial-sciences-2.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 22). Actuarial Sciences 2: Erik Haereid, M.Sc., on Actuarial Sciences in Practice (2) . Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/actuarial-sciences-2.

Brazilian Natio0ffffffnal Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Actuarial Sciences 2: Erik Haereid, M.Sc., on Actuarial Sciences in Practice (2). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/actuarial-sciences-2>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Actuarial Sciences 2: Erik Haereid, M.Sc., on Actuarial Sciences in Practice (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/actuarial-sciences-2.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Actuarial Sciences 2: Erik Haereid, M.Sc., on Actuarial Sciences in Practice (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/actuarial-sciences-2.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Actuarial Sciences 2: Erik Haereid, M.Sc., on Actuarial Sciences in Practice (2)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/actuarial-sciences-2>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Actuarial Sciences 2: Erik Haereid, M.Sc., on Actuarial Sciences in Practice (2) ’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/actuarial-sciences-2.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Actuarial Sciences 2: Erik Haereid, M.Sc., on Actuarial Sciences in Practice (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.E (2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/actuarial-sciences-2>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Actuarial Sciences 2: Erik Haereid, M.Sc., on Actuarial Sciences in Practice (2) [Internet]. (2022, July 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/actuarial-sciences-2.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Sigma Test Extended

Author: Hindemburg Melão Jr.

Translator (Portuguese to English): Eisque Nezuka

Editor and Reviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.B, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 13,795

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

This article presents the Sigma Test Extended of Hindemburg Melão Jr. as the most difficult and reliable cognitive test for the measurement of the psychological construct of intelligence. With a preamble on intelligence tests and case studies of known high scorers on alternative tests and mainstream intelligence tests, concluded by analysis of distributions and norms, and endorsements, the formal Sigma Test Extended is presented in the paper in full. 

Keywords: Alfred Binet, Anderson-Darling, Bruce Whiting, Cattell Culture Fair, chi-square comparison, Christopher Philip Harding, Cronbach’s α, David Letterman, Ferris Eugene Alger, FIDE ratings, Francis Galton, g factor, Gaussian distribution, intelligence, IQ, James Cattell, Johannes Douglas Veldhuis, Keith Raniere, Kevin Langdon, Kim Ung-yong, Kolmogorov-Smirnov, Leta Speyer, Lewis Terman, Marilyn vos Savant, Mega Test, Nobel Prize, Rick Rosner, Robert Bryzman, Sigma Society, Sigma Test Extended, USCF ratings, Wechsler.

Sigma Test Extended

*Please see the footnotes and citation style listing after the article.*[1],[2]

*Original publication here (in Portuguese): https://www.sigmasociety.net/sigmatest-extended, exception non-original submission permitted.*

Sigma Test Extended aims to be the most difficult and reliable cognitive test for measuring the “intelligence” construct, especially for people with an IQ above 160 (σ=16), requiring a wide range of cognitive skills at different levels of depth and complexity.

At the same time, it is a test that does not require specialized knowledge. Only general knowledge of elementary school, middle school, and high school. In some specific cases, it may be necessary to make small queries about the meaning of some words, but there is no need for specialized training in any specific area.

The ultimate goal of an accurate intelligence test is not to measure your ability to solve the questions on the test itself. The aim is to use these questions as an indirect means of discovering other, more important competencies. Therefore, one cannot lose sight of the primary objective to be achieved, otherwise one runs the risk of creating addicts to IQ tests, instead of discovering talents for Science, Mathematics, and other important fields of knowledge.

This is the purpose of STE, measuring the ability to solve diverse real-world problems, problems ranging from everyday issues to problems with an Olympic level of difficulty, requiring a combination of divergent and convergent thinking at different levels of sophistication, whose issues are compatible with the skill levels you want to measure. This is an important differentiator, because IQ tests have severely skewed ceilings. The Stanford-Binet V, for example, can have the ceiling extrapolated by up to 225 IQ, as can be seen in the following table:

However, the most difficult questions on the Stanford-Binet V can be easily solved by people with an IQ of 135 to 140. This produces a very large disparity between measured IQ and true IQ. Anyone with an IQ of 140, as long as they are fast enough and have a good cultural level, can reach over 200 IQ on this test, generating a gigantic amount false diagnoses of genius. This does not mean that distortions are always upwards. The way in which standardization is done, this would not be possible, because if it were like that, the average would be displaced. Therefore, upward distortions occur at approximately the same frequency and magnitude as downward distortions. As a result, really great people can score far below their true potential on this test. This has been proven several times. In the study carried out by Lewis Terman, starting in the year 1921, 1528 children with an IQ above 135, none of the 1528 selected children won a Nobel Prize, nor any other international prize of great importance in scientific areas or in Mathematics. But among the children who failed the test, two of them were awarded the Nobel Prize in Physics. This makes it evident that the Stanford-Binet, while very good and accurate for measuring IQs between 70 and 130, is not appropriate for higher levels. Terman’s group included about 100 children with an IQ over 175, but none of them won 1 Nobel, with the average IQ of Nobel laureates in Science being 154. This is another serious inconsistency in the scores produced by the Stanford-Binet at the highest scores.

How Terman’s study was carried out with people screened as children, it could be argued that the problem was not inherent in the test, but in the fact that they were screened too early. In fact, this is also one of the problems, but it is not the only one. It is not enough to explain all the observed anomalies. To better clarify this point, it is worth citing the cases of people registered in the Guinness Book for having the highest IQ in the world based on Stanford-Binet scores applied at different ages:

The first record of this modality in the Guinness Book occurred in 1966, in which Chris Harding was presented as the person with the highest IQ in the world, for having obtained a score 196-197 in the Stanford-Binet (I believe that the 1960 standardization form was used, Stanford-Binet L-M). In a normal distribution with a mean of 100 and a standard deviation of 16, only one in 1 billion people have an IQ above 196. However, the number of people screened with the Stanford-Binet was in the few thousand. In the standardization process, the samples were also in the few thousand. Thus, the best that could be done was to place the test ceiling close to 155 to 160, and even then there would still be the problem that the most difficult questions were at a difficulty level close to 140, so scores 160 would only indicate higher speed to solve problems level 140, instead of indicating an intellectual level of 160.

In the 1970s and 1980s, Kevin Langdon and several other people started showing up with scores of 196-197, claiming to share the record for the highest IQ. Some of the people who applied for registration as the person with the highest IQ in the world between 1966 and 1978 were:

  • Christopher Philip Harding
  • Kevin Langdon
  • Bruce Whiting
  • Robert Bryzman
  • Leta Speyer
  • Johannes Douglas Veldhuis
  • Ferris Eugene Alger

Also, there were other cases after 1978 claiming the record, with nominal Iqs above 197:

  • Kim Ung-yong with IQ 210
  • Marilyn vos Savant with IQ 230, then corrected to 228, to 218, to 186, then 190
  • Keith Raniere, with IQ 242

Finally, Guinness removed this modality. One of the likely reasons is the apparent clear fact of inadequate standardization allowing fair comparison. The adjustment metrics from childhood to adulthood scores were skewed. Also, the use of different tests produced very different scores. Another reason aggravating this was the controversy over Marilyn being accused of falsifying the dates in her report and Keith Raniere being arrested, accused of several crimes, including murder. In Marilyn’s case, I think her version is very plausible. She claims to have taken the test at age 10, but it was incorrectly recorded on her chart as if she had been tested at 11 years and 4 months. About this controversy, to the point of knowing the facts, I side with Marilyn. I explain the reason: in 2004 and 2005, I worked as a consultant at the main Psychology publisher in Brazil. I standardized and revised several tests of IQ. I could see that the number of registration errors in the data of the people examined was absurdly large, reaching more than 5%. It was very common for people registered with birth year 2040, birth month greater than 12, among others. So, I think, it’s much more likely the psychologist who examined her got the date wrong. Considering Marilyn’s history, I have no reason to question her sincerity, while the history of recording errors in psychometric reports is frequent. In Keith’s case, the facts and evidence against him are plentiful and unquestionable.

The important point is a test applied to a few thousand people in the standardization process, does not allow an establishment of a ceiling above 160 with the aggravating factor that the ceiling of difficulty does not exceed 140. Howeve, even if the test was able to measure up to 196, and even if everyone in the world was examined with the Stanford-Binet (considering that some people would be children and others would be very old), one wouldn’t find more than 3 or 4 in the world with an IQ above 196. However, in a sample of a few thousand people, there were 10 people with an IQ above 196, with some reaching 242, whose rarity is many orders of magnitude outside the limit of the number of people ever born A rarity level of 1 in 2.86 × 10^15 where the number of people already born is about 10^11.

It is a fact. This sample of a few thousand is not representative of the general population.  Therefore, it is natural that more people with high IQs would be found in this sample than in a random sample of the population. If you apply an IQ test to Harvard or Cambridge students, it is natural that the average score is much higher than the average score of the general population. Also, it is very likely that some of the 10 smartest people in the US or the UK are in these institutions. The main problem is not the statistical anomaly. The biggest problem is that 100% of those people with IQs above 196 didn’t stand out as scientists, mathematicians, or authors of brilliant intellectual works that matched the measured IQs.

Marilyn herself, in an interview on the David Letterman show, made the following comment (excerpt from the interview):

D: I have uh, I have miserable teeth. I mean, they’re healthy… [Paul laughs aloud] They’re just odd, they’re odd. You know, I can eat things through fences. [laughter] Not that there’s any call for that, but uh… Allright, now Marilyn, let’s get back to you and your… uh… head. [laughter] Uh, what uh… now how do we know you’re the smartest woman in the world?

M: Well, you probably don’t know that, I don’t think anyone really knows that, not that many people have taken an IQ test. And so I had the highest score on the Benet… so far… but this very…

D: [trying to interrupt] Now when did you…

M: …small minority of people in the world have taken a test, and… [dramatically] what did Benet know, for heaven’s sake? [Paul & Dave both chuckle as Marilyn rambles] I mean back in 1904, he didn’t… [laughter] he didn’t stumble over a Rosetta Stone, he said, “This is what I think I’m gonna do,” and everybody’s been imitating him ever since.

Chris Harding, in a 2013 article stated:

“Genius is not intelligence. Genius is creative ability of the highest possible kind. True, most geniuses are highly intelligent, but this depends on the field their genius was recognized in. And here there is a plethora of problems. Recognized by whom; which people, what society, when and where. There is an old joke that goes something like I will believe in psychologists devising tests from geniuses when monkeys devise tests for psychologists. I do have ideas of my own on this, but so far no one seems interested in this. I was listed in the Guinness Book of World Records seven editions 1982-88 under “Highest IQ” and was given a certificate for this. I was also listed in 500 Great Minds of the Early 21st Century in 2002. All such lists-comparisons are temporary. There appears less and less match between persons and outcomes these days. Humanity hangs by it’s intellectual neck on the tree of tragedy –there are no Leonardo’s in the 19th, 20th, and so far in the 21st Century. Yet he/she must still exist we should think? With mass education has come the noisy ones but no Geniuses to show for it all. Bad money has driven out good money, bad people good people. The masses have come to judge the best and are part of this process to drive out the very people they need most, all in the name of incorrectly accessed political correctness. Today the system has driven down performance; today big institutional science has been a spoiler of great insights delaying progress everywhere. Today it is business as usual. The criminal come to the top. My greatest fear is that an end is coming to the centuries of progress that mankind has grown use to. The age of genius may be at an end. I’m sorry to ramble on this in such a `scatter gun’ way.”

Marilyn’s statement is superficial because it is compatible with the TV show aimed at the mass audience, but her columns in Parade magazine are very high and deep, consistent with the IQ 186-190 that she got on the Mega Test. Chris Harding’s statement, although short and on a topic that doesn’t offer much depth, also reveals a very high intellectual level. His opinion on the meaning of “genius” is questionable, but for a one-paragraph text it is acceptable. And the key point is that both recognize that scores measured by conventional IQ tests present several problems and cannot be taken too seriously when used to try to assess intelligence at higher IQ levels.

This shows that, although scores in the range of 70 to 130 are able to measure intelligence reasonably well, as the scores move away from the mean, what the tests measure gradually ceases to be intelligence and becomes something more shallow, such as reasoning speed for trivial questions or mechanical repetition of tasks. The problem is that as the IQ to be measured increases, the test continues to measure the same variable, but the meaning of intelligence changes. For children aged 8 to 12 with an IQ between 80 and 130, it may be appropriate to measure the ability to spell words without making mistakes as a satisfactory criterion for determining written communication aptitude. However, if applying this same method to try to estimate communication aptitude writing by Shakespeare or by Dostoevsky, it is evident the result will be skewed. It is neither because these writers are too quick at spelling nor because they are infallible at it. They can even make more mistakes than a well-trained 8-year-old who has “talent” at spelling. The point is, this criterion is no longer useful at the levels of Shakespeare, Goethe, or Dostoevsky. In fact, it ceases to be useful at much lower levels, close to 125 or 130. The same problem occurs when trying to use elementary questions like the Stanford-Binet ones to measure intellectual levels above 140.

The fact is the Nobel prize-winner average IQ is at the rarity level of one in 3,000, while the frequency of Nobel prize-winner in the population is less than one in 1 million, also corroborates that scores above 130 on the Stanford-Binet are highly distorted, dramatically failing to “let go” of the brightest people, while at the same time incorrectly selecting several who are not really bright, but just quick at performing trivial tasks.

This is not a defect unique to the Stanford-Binet. All the best IQ tests including WAIS, Raven, Cattell, DAT, D70, etc., have this same problem (and, obviously, there are more and worse problems in tests that aren’t the best). One of the main reasons for this is the same as already mentioned: these tests attempt to measure IQs at levels well above 140, but do not include questions with a difficulty level above 135.

To solve this problem, in 1973, Kevin Landgon created the LAIT (Landgon Adult Intelligence Test). Tthe first really difficult intelligence test, capable of measuring correctly until close to 165. In 1982, Ronald Hoeflin published his Mega Test, later the Titan Test, Ultra Test, and Power Test. The Hoeflin tests could correctly measure up to about 170 or even 180 IQ.

Thus, a new era of intelligence testing has been inaugurated. The traditional tests used in clinics to measure in the range of 70 to 130 continued to exist, covering more than 95% of the population, and it also became possible to measure intelligence at much higher levels. However, these tests have not yet reached the “critical point” that allows us to correctly identify genius minds. The people with the highest scores on the Hoeflin tests are undoubtedly very smart: Rick Rosner, Chris Langan, Marilyn Vos Savant, etc. With scores of 190 or above. But when you compare the intellectual output of these people with that of a Nobel laureate with an IQ of 160, the difference is blatantly favorable to the Nobel Prize. Something was still missing from the variables to be measured at the top of the difficulty level. In the years and decades that followed, other tests were created, including the Eureka, Logima Stricta, and the Sigma Test.

Sigma Test, since its first version, tries to be innovative in several aspects. This does not mean that it has achieved this purpose, but, at least, we are trying. Some of the results obtained have been encouraging. There is controversy over how much difficulty the Sigma Test can actually measure correctly. Some people think the actual ceiling is no more than 180, others think it goes up to 200 or a little more. This is difficult to determine until the number of people evaluated is large enough or until some great genius internationally recognized as such (Fields Medal, Abel Prize, Nobel Prize in Physics) who is evaluated by the Sigma Test.Regardless of the difficulty ceiling, Sigma Test brings other relevant innovations. Some of them have already been experimentally corroborated. Among these innovations, the most important is the new standardization method, first introduced in 2000 and first applied in 2003.

The new normalization method used in Sigma Test is distinguished from all others by generating scores whose antilogs are on a scale of proportion. Furthermore, this method makes it possible to correctly calculate the corresponding percentages, avoiding the inflated results that are produced by traditional methods. This topic is covered in more detail in other articles.

Another differentiator is the variety of cognitive processes required to solve the questions. This is extremely important for measuring intellectual capacity in a wide range of settings. The ability to play chess, for example, measures a very specialized and very narrow latent trait, which cannot be interpreted as representative of general intelligence. Chess skill is positively correlated with intelligence, but as the rating moves away from the average, this score is determined more and more by chess-specific skill and less and less by general intelligence. The same happens if a test uses exclusively series of figures, or if it exclusively uses a series of numbers. The measured variable cannot be interpreted as representative of general intelligence. This statement runs counter to some “psychometric mantras” repeated for decades – in particular about homogeneity (the higher, the better) and about g saturation, so it requires a little more detailed analysis:

Series of figures have the virtue of minimizing the requirement for knowledge, preventing cultural and age factors from interfering with the result. This is a good thing. On the other hand, they limit the ceiling of difficulty and complexity, but the main problem is excessive homogeneity.

There are many different ways to measure homogeneity. One of the best and most common is through Cronbach’s α.

In order to understand how Cronbach’s α works, first, it is worth explaining how the Kuder-Richardson works: the idea is simple. The test is divided into two equivalent halves and the score that each person obtained in each half is verified. This division can be between odd and even questions. It can be by lottery, or by any other reasonable criterion. If the halves are equal, each person is expected to score approximately the same score on each half. The idea of ​​Cronbach’s α is similar, but all covariances between all items are considered, making this measure independent of the criterion adopted to separate the two halves. This is almost equivalent to comparing all possible combinations of two halves.

It is positive and desirable that a good test has a high Cronbach’s α (above 0.7), because it indicates that the test items are contributing to measure the same variable. This everyone knows and repeats religiously. On the other hand, it is bad if Cronbach’s α is excessively high (above 0.9), because it indicates that the test items are not covering a sufficiently wide range of the characteristics that should be measured, that is, the items are excessively redundant and specialized. This fact is apparently neither known nor well understood, so it requires a little more detailed explanation. For this, I will use a didactic example:

A test consisting exclusively of 60 numerical series tends to present Cronbach’s α greater than a test that includes 20 numerical series, 20 series of figures and 20 analogies. If the difficulty distributions are the same on both tests, then the one with 60 numerical series is likely to have a higher Cronbach’s α, in which case having a higher Cronbach’s α may be worse. In other words, a Cronbach’s α of 0.85 may be better than 0.92.

An analogous effect can also produce illusions about g saturation, making a test appear to be more g-saturated than it actually is, simply because it is excessively homogeneous. In a test that is too homogeneous, the first factor extracted may be sufficient to explain more than 80% or 85% of the variability, not because the test is in fact more saturated with the g factor, but because within the limits of what is being evaluated by this test. Test, a leading factor common to all items accounts for 80% to 85% of the variance or even more.

In this context, pseudo saturation of g is a bad symptom, unless the ultimate goal is to measure the ability to solve series of numbers and figures. But this is usually not what you want to measure. The purpose of a good intelligence test is to gather an appropriate list of questions to assess your ability to solve real problems. The objective is not the score on the test itself, but to ensure that this score is able to reflect the ability to solve different problems in real life. In this, STE stands out, as it includes several problems with a structure very similar to real problems.

The ability to solve series of pictures is also useful, because this same ability also contributes to solving other problems in other situations. However, the direct measurement of the type of skill you want to know is preferable to measuring a correlated attribute. To clarify this problem, let’s analyze two more well-known variables: weight and height.

People’s weight and height are moderately correlated variables. This means that by knowing a person’s weight, one can estimate that person’s height. However, if it is possible to directly measure one’s height, this is better than measuring weight and trying to estimate height based on weight. If it is not possible to measure height, and the only information available is weight, it is possible to use this information to try to roughly estimate height, but the error can be very large, because there are short people with a lot of fat mass and there are tall very thin people.

Therefore, if there is a group of variables more closely related to height, such as femur size, foot size, arm size, then measuring these variables should provide a more accurate estimate of height than trying to estimate height with based on weight. Femur size is not exactly proportional to height, but variation in femur size preserves the proportion to variation in height much better than variation in weight to variation in height. The same applies to foot size and arm size. When you consider femur size, foot size, and arm size together, you can make a much more reliable estimate for height than if you tried to estimate height on the basis of weight.

So using a series of figures test to estimate intelligence is like using weight to estimate height, that is, it works, but the errors and distortions are large. Furthermore, as you get closer to the higher levels of weight, the error also increases and the same happens when you want to measure correctly at the highest levels of height, because the higher levels of height rarely correspond to the highest levels of weight. The tallest people in the world are not the same as the heaviest people in the world. Usually, the heaviest ones are normal height or just a little above normal.

But if the measurement were based on the size of the femur, arm, and foot, estimating height based on each of these variables, then averaging the results, the estimate for height would be much closer to the correct value. Another detail to consider is that in addition to the correlation between femur size and height being much stronger than between weight and height, this correlation is preserved at the highest levels, so that the largest people in the world also have larger femurs, bigger arms and bigger feet. Therefore, the measurement of these body parts remains effective in estimating the correct height of people at all levels, from the average population to the tallest people in the world.

Likewise, the use of items with the properties of the Sigma Test questions, closely related to the cognitive processes that represent intelligence, covering a wide variety of cognitive characteristics and skill levels, provides a much more accurate and realistic estimate for intelligence.

There are also disadvantages to the Sigma Test, which produces less fair results if it is applied to rural groups or groups with a level of education far below the Middle School grade. But I don’t see much need to create tests aimed at this audience, because there are already good tests for that, including Logima Stricta and some of the excellent tests by Iakovos Koukas and YoungHoon Kim. So my focus is on trying to fill a gap that has existed since the early days of IQ tests, which is trying to correctly measure the intellectual level in the higher strata. The Binet tests were able to measure correctly up to about 135, then the Langdon and Hoeflin tests were able to correctly measure up to about 170. The Sigma Test Extended aims to realistically and accurately measure above 190 and perhaps above 200.

As already mentioned, Hoeflin tests pioneered the correct measurement of IQ at levels far above the limits of traditional IQ tests, but as there was no proper method for calculating the corresponding percentiles, norms were calculated using the methods available to standardization, resulting in skewed estimates, especially near the ceiling.

The “correct” ceiling for Mega Test, based on data that was available on the Miyaguchi website and using the same standardization method as the Sigma Test 2003 standard is about 186, very close to the nominal ceiling of 190+ (~ 193) which was adopted by Hoeflin. The ceiling calculated by Grady Towers was 202. Bob Seitz also made an attempt to establish a new norm that would fit the correct levels of rarity, and he came up with around 170, very close to the rarity norm I found in 2003 for the ceiling of the MegaTest (168.5). This divergence between the results obtained by Towers and by Seitz already signaled a disparity between the true rarities and the rarities obtained based on the hypothesis that the scores were normally distributed. By the late 1990s, the problem was well established: the actual rarity did not agree with the IQ scores measured in the tests. But the solution to this was not yet clear.

The nominal IQ score does not present major problems. The Mega Test ceiling presents an error of 7 points, which is tolerable and for lower scores the error is smaller and smaller. However, the corresponding percentile is very different from the correct one. The theoretical level of rarity for IQ=193, assuming the distribution of scores were perfectly adherent to a Gaussian, would be one in 325,000,000, but the correct level of rarity, given the true shape of the distribution of scores, is about one in 435,000. If you consider the correct ceiling to be 186 instead of 193, then the rarity level is one in 130,000. So the true level of rarity differs from the level indicated in the standard by a factor greater than 2000. A huge mistake. The data on Miyaguchi’s website is incomplete, so the 186 IQ value indicated as “correct” for the ceiling may be slightly different, perhaps close to 190. However, the percentile distortions are too large to be explained by some bias present in the data available on the Miyaguchi website. This is a serious methodological error that has been systematically repeated for decades.

Hoeflin’s and Landgon’s tests differ in some important points. Langdon’s tests, as well as some tests by Cooijmans, Robert Lato and others, followed a similar line to Raven’s tests (figure series), while Hoeflin’s tests followed a more similar line to that of Binet and Wechsler (diversified).

At this point, it is worth recapping how the first attempts to measure intelligence were, in fact. I won’t be redundant with the Historical Summary article on Intelligence Tests; Anyone interested can access it for more details. Here I will give a much briefer summary focused on the topics we are covering.

The Binet test represents an important advance in the evolution of cognitive tests. After the attempts by Francis Galton (1884) and James Cattell (1890) to measure intelligence proved unsuccessful, Alfred Binet (1904) tried to approach the problem from a different perspective. Galton and Cattell believed that it would be possible to measure the elementary components of intelligence, while Binet decided to measure the combined result of these components in synergistic action, obtaining much more promising results, making it possible to identify mild deficiencies and some aptitudes. This suggests that the combined use of questions that require different types of thinking working together in solving complex problems may work better than questions that try to measure each type of thinking separately. The STE follows a similar line, betting on the measure of a combined set of skills to solve complex problems, with the differential of including questions that reach levels much higher of difficulty than the Stanford-Binet ceiling (140), reaching and surpassing 190 and even 200.

While Binet test is one of the best for correctly measuring IQs between 70 and 130, it fails badly by continuing to produce scores far above what it is actually capable of measuring. The same problem is present in the tests by Wechsler, Cattell Culture Fair, and others. The extrapolated Stanford-Binet nominal ceiling reached 225, but the actual ceiling never went above 140. I’m not saying the IQ 140 is low; to say so would be a gross error. What I am saying is that a test with a ceiling of 140 would be like a clinical ruler to measure height with a maximum limit of 1.87 m. The 1.87 m threshold is not low, but it is also not enough to serve a considerable fraction of the population.

In fact, the problem with the Stanford-Binet standard is worse than that. It is as if it were a ruler with a nominal ceiling of 2.15 m, but that started to get crooked and with the 1 cm intervals getting smaller and smaller for heights above 1.80 m. On this ruler, the size of 1 cm in the range of 1.50 m to 1.80 m is approximately uniform, but above 1.80 m, each 1 cm interval becomes increasingly narrow. When it gets close to 2.15 m, every 1 cm is so short that it is less than half a 1 cm in the region between 1.70 m and 1.80 m. With a ruler skewed at this level, measurements are only reasonably reliable up to 1.80 m or, with a little optimism, up to 1.85 m.

The below image shows an example of a distorted (uneven interval) scale where up to a certain point (the first 10) the intervals are uniform, but then they get increasingly narrower:

Using a ruler that had each unit spaced this way would obviously produce big errors. This is basically what happens with almost all IQ tests, including the Sigma Test before 2003, because although this method for standardization had already been devised and published in 2000, first Sigma Test standard had to be determined by comparison with other tests already standardized by existing methods and the number of tests in Sigma Test in 2000 was still not enough for adequate standardization using the new method. Therefore, the first standard applying this method was in 2003.

Therefore, all traditional IQ tests and all high range IQ tests had this distortion up to 2003 and this distortion causes several problems.

If there were such an error in a ruler or a tape measure, where one part of the ruler was correct and another was distorted, it would be easy to correct it by using the “healthy” part to compare side by side with the anomalous part, and then repair the error. But on an IQ scale this is much more difficult and complex to correct. On a crooked ruler with a distorted scale, the problem is noticed visually, but the distortions in the scale of an IQ test are invisible and can only be detected with an adequate statistical treatment. In addition to the detection not being trivial, the correction is even more difficult because it is necessary to establish a reference scale that is invariant. Binet tried to do this using ages and it was an interesting initial idea, but it was quickly found that it didn’t produce an interval scale. To produce a ratio scale is even more difficult.

The solution adopted in the 2003 Sigma Test standard manages to generate a proportion scale taking advantage of Bill McGaugh’s idea of converting Chess rating into IQ. However, FIDE rating, USCF rating and especially online ratings are highly distorted, in addition to the inflationary effect. Therefore, before it was necessary to establish an appropriate rating scale from which a potential ratio scale would be established and then this could be applied to the IQ, it is clear that Bill McGaugh’s formula could not be used in its original form either, because it was calculated based on the FIDE rating, but it was an important inspiration.

The rating calculation method is described in this book https://www.saturnov.org/livro/rating and the distribution of scores using this method is this:

By way of comparison, the distribution of the FIDE ratings is as follows:

And the distribution of USCF ratings is this:

Converting FIDE ratings with this distribution into IQ scores or converting USCF ratings into IQ, it would require some acrobatics, but even then there would be major distortions. That’s why it was first necessary to recalculate the ratings. In this process, I’ve already taken the opportunity to improve the traditional method, in addition to introducing a new one based on the quality of the bids. Furthermore, the two distributions, the IQ and the rating were fitted to suitable curves, rather than using the forced assumption of a Gaussian distribution. Altogether, 91 continuous and 17 discrete distributions were tested to verify which one is the most appropriate to represent this data set. In the preliminary selection, Kolmogorov-Smirnov was used to assess the goodness of fit. In a later step, Anderson-Darling and a chi-square comparison were used with a fitting model of a neural network. In cases where the discrete distribution made the comparison impossible because it contained the n-factorial function, this was replaced by Gamma (n+1). The following graph shows a summary of all tested curves:

The distributions tried were these:

After determining the most suitable curves to represent the distribution of the IQs and the most suitable for the rating distribution, some further adjustments were made to correct for the self-selection that varies with the rating band and with the IQ band and does not vary in the same proportion. More details on the procedures are described in volumes I and II of the book “CHESS – 2022 Best Players in History, Two New Rating Systems“.

By these means, it was possible to slightly refine the values of some parameters used in the standardization of the Sigma Test, highlighting some of the conceptual and quantitative advantages that were already present in the 2003 standard.

The end result is that IQ measured by ST or STE generates scores on practically the same scale as other high range IQ tests, i.e. a person with a score of 180 on the Mega Test should score around 180 on the STE, while two other people with a score of 150 and 120 on Mega Test should also get around 150 and 120 on STE respectively. For scores above 170 and especially above 180, ST generates slightly lower (and more correct, less inflated) scores than other tests. For scores below 170, there is practically no difference.

The ST and STE percentiles are realistic, so they are much lower than those generated by the other tests. Therefore, if your goal is a certificate with too many nines to hang on the wall, unfortunately, Sigma Test won’t be able to help you. But if you are sincerely curious to know your real intellectual capacity, based on a correctly standardized scale and with an adequate level of difficulty, and if you want to know the true percentile in which you are in relation to the world population, among other information (*), STE is exactly what you are looking for.

(* A supplementary information that cannot be calculated based on other standards is the “proportion of potential”. If you are interested in knowing exactly what this means, please read this article: https://www.sigmasociety.net /scalesqi. In summary, the ratio of potential determines the number of people with IQ=100, working together, to achieve the same level of “intellectual output” as a person with IQ=x. This calculation requires that the scores are on a proportion scale so that the values ​​are not distorted).

Another detail that I would like to comment on is the difference between intrinsically difficult questions and very difficult questions.

Questions that are just laborious, but not really difficult, measure perseverance, persistence, patience and other attributes rather than actually measuring intelligence. When testing with no time limit is applied, it is necessary to take some additional care, to prevent a person from having a higher score just by dedicating larger time. For each problem, there is a curve that determines the probability of success as a function of the time devoted to it and this curve reaches an asymptotic limit that means that after a certain limit, dedicating more time does not contribute to increasing the probability of success in a proportion that justify the greater amount of time invested. When this curve is similar to a straight line, it indicates that the problem is inappropriate because it predominantly depends on mechanical effort and work, but if the curve is similar to a logistic one, it indicates that the problem predominantly depends on intellectual capacity. That’s because in the most difficult problems, if the person solves 5% of the problem in 5 minutes, he will solve approximately 10% in 10 minutes, 50% in 50 minutes, and so on. These are problems characterized by repetitive tasks, where repeating 10 times implies going twice as far as repeating 5 times. But in cases of predominantly intellectual problems, it is different. In the first 10% to 20% of the time, the person makes almost no progress, just trying to understand and outline a solution strategy. Then the resolution begins and at this stage, advances occur quickly with 50% to 70% of the central region of the logistic curve. As you progress in the resolution, getting closer to the definitive answer, you realize that there are small details that can still improve the answer. But these details require more and more time and are smaller and smaller and contribute less and less to the final result. The curve below represents this situation:

It reach a point where the person concludes that it doesn’t make sense to spend more time to keep improving the response, because they would need to dedicate a lot of time to producing small increments. On some of the great problems of science, this takes centuries. Newton’s solution, for example, was later improved by Einstein. In the future, it will be improved again. The atomic model has also experienced several stages of evolution and this happens in different situations in which one is dealing with a difficult and predominantly intellectual problem. If it is a laborious problem, where the resolution is more repetitive and mechanical, the graph that determines the percentage resolved as a function of time is more similar to the one below, where the time devoted to the resolution grows almost linearly with the percentage resolved.

The type of problems desirable for a good intelligence test is the one that presents the behavior of graph 1. And all the items in the STE are designed with this objective in mind.

Graph 1 is a simplification, because many times there can be several stagnations in the resolution process. The person advances quickly, until he encounters some difficulty that impedes the advance until a strategy is developed to solve it. Then it goes back to solving the problem, then it hits another obstacle, etc. Several of the more difficult problems in STE have this characteristic, where the person needs to have more than one insight during the solving process in order to be able to keep moving forward.

Since the time that Langdon created the first high range IQ test until the mid-1990s, there were less than half a dozen such tests. But from the 1990s onwards, several others were created and currently there are hundreds. I don’t know all the high range tests that currently exist, so I can’t generalize, but I can say that many of these tests are made up of difficult questions, but they are not really difficult. This is common in tests with a series of numbers or figures, where if a person spends enough time, testing many different alternatives in an organized way. At some point, he will discover the underlying pattern. Of course, the use of some heuristics can speed up this process, but they are very basic heuristics. After a person trains to solve many tests of this type, he ends up becoming “specialized”. There are also issues depending on the person having a vast vocabulary to solve an analogy, without there being any intrinsic difficulty in the analogy itself. The same applies to association problems. Certainly ST and STE are not immune and have their own flaws and limitations, but, as far as possible, we have tried to avoid some of the problems listed here.

Compared to the best traditional IQ tests, such as Stanford-Binet and Wechsler, the high range IQ tests adequately solve the problem of measuring correctly at the highest levels of difficulty, reaching 170 or even 180 and in this respect the ST did not bring great contributions, except perhaps for pushing the ceiling up a little as far as you can measure correctly. But there are other aspects in which the ST made relevant contributions:

  • Generation of scores on a ratio scale
  • Correct determination of percentiles and rarity levels
  • Unprecedented determination of proportions of intellectual production potential
  • Adequacy of different cognitive processes to the skill level measured
  • Other possible advantages: https://www.sigmasociety.net/escalasqi

Mothers and fathers often find their kids the most beautiful in the world, so it’s possible that my opinion of ST and STE is skewed. So it’s best to rely on the opinions of other people who have been tested with Sigma Test and have given their testimonials. A list of these opinions can be accessed here: https://www.sigmasociety.net/depoimentos. So, although, maybe, my opinion is biased, ST and STE were built thinking about solving some of the weaknesses (from my point of view) that are present in other tests. I believe that the ST and STE are the psychometric instruments that best meet my criteria for correctly measuring intellectual level at the highest levels. Some other deeply talented people would agree with this opinion, others might not. This space is open to receiving new positive and negative opinions about ST and STE.

For these reasons, in Sigma Society, as the cut-off is 132, within the range in which other tests also work well, there was no problem in accepting other tests as criteria for admission, because the distortion is not great for scores up to this level. In Sigma III, there were some doubts about whether to accept other tests. It was decided to initially keep only the ST with the possibility of accepting other tests later as well. As of Sigma IV, only the ST itself was accepted. For these same reasons, STE will be accepted as the standard exam for admission to Sigma VII and the Deliberative Council in Immortal Society. It will also be used as criteria for admission to Sigma VI, Sigma V, Unicorn, Platinum, Sigma IV, Immortal Society, Sigma III and Sigma Society.

 

Having made these clarifications, we hope that everyone who accepts this challenge will enjoy the pleasant intellectual adventure offered by the STE questions and obtain fair and accurate results.

Sigma Test Extended is a harder, larger and newer version of our Sigma Test. See below some opinions about the Sigma Test:

“I’m really enjoying the SIGMA test. I’ve already printed it out and started answering your questions. Allow me to congratulate you on your test. In fact, it’s incomparably better than the IQ tests I’ve taken.” Renato P. dos Santos, Ph.D. in Physics, Post-Doctoral in Artificial Intelligence, Universitaet Karlsruhe, Research Institute for Symbolic Computation, Researcher and Preceptor of Ph.D. students, member of British Blockchain Association, referee of International Journal of Physical Sciences, Journal of Virtual Worlds Research, Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience, Financial Innovation and Advanced Theory and Simulations, Honorary member of Immortal Society (IQ>164).

“I appreciate immensely the Sigma Teste because I believe that in many questions are needed both intelligence and imagination to solve them.” Petri Widsten, Ph.D. Summa Cum Laude in Chemestry, University of Helsinki, best Ph.D. Thesis of Finland 2002-2003, 1st place in several IQ Contests, include in “World IQ Challenge”, member of Sigma Society VI (IQ>196).

“The SIGMA test was one of the most interesting things I have done in the realm of puzzles because the later questions were so clever and had so many different levels of solution. I finished the test as a personal challenge, and it gave me great satisfaction. Some of the SIGMA test puzzles are REALLY beautiful. They are a work of art!” Peter David Bentley, D.Phil. and Post-Doctoral in Physiscs, University of Oxford, co-founder of Ludomind, Managing Director of INFICON Ltd., member of Sigma Society V (IQ>180).

“Thought tests and puzzles always have amused me, this is the first IQ-test I have bothered to send in for scoring. I found myself increasingly absorbed by the intellectual art behind the questions in this test. Together with achievement, I rank creativity on top of the scale, which you elegantly have combined with divergent / convergent thinking. Thank you for creating a great test. I now look forward to take the Sigma Test VI! Provided my scores are sufficient, I intend to apply for membership in the Sigma Society.” Ulf Westerlund, Ph.D. in Neuroscience, member of AANS (American Association of Neurological Surgeons) and EANS (European Association of Neurological Surgeons), member of Sigma Society IV (IQ>164).

“I also want to say to you that the Sigma Test is incredibly brilliant. It was by far the best test I have ever taken and enjoyed it very much.” Dylan Taylor, MBA at University of Chicago, Chairman & CEO of Voyager Space, Young Global Leader in 2011 Prize (World Economic Forum), Global Leadership and Public Policy for the 21st at Harvard Kennedy School, highest score on the English version of the Giant Test, Honorary Member of Immortal Society (IQ>164).

“Thank you for a fascinating, thrilling and a very challenging test! I will recommended it to friends and colleagues who might be interested in this kind of challenge. My next mission will be Sigma Test VI.” Kristian Heide, Ph.D. in Astrophysics, world record in Think Fast game, member of Sigma Society IV (IQ>164).

“I would like to take the Sigma Test. (Which I believe has the best end excellent questions.)” Emrehan Halici, M.Sc. in Electrical Engineering, President of Turkish Intelligence Foundation (1995-…), Vice President of FIDE – Fédération Internationale Des Échecs (1998-2002), Member of The Turkish Parliament (1999-2002).

More comments on the Sigma Test here: https://www.sigmasociety.net/depoimentos

INSTRUCTIONS:

Try to answer all the questions, including those you are not sure about.

There is no time limit, there are no restrictions on the use of auxiliary tools. Dictionaries and encyclopedias can be consulted at will.

Along with your answers, please also submit the scores you obtained on other tests (clinical IQ tests, online tests, high range tests, SAT, GRE, ACT, etc.), the date you were examined with each test (can be approximate), the score obtained (informing standard deviation) and the name of the test. We also ask that you inform the other societies in which you participate or have participated and other information that you consider important.

In parentheses is the approximate IQ corresponding to the difficulty of the questions at that level. This helps to avoid oversights by underestimating the difficulty of some question, as well as avoiding wasting time looking in simple and easy questions for complications that don’t exist.

A book will soon be published with the 1,000 people with the highest IQs in history and the 100 people with the highest IQs today. Many other details about IQ tests, inflated scores, etc will be discussed in this book.

Sigma Test Extended – Questions

Level I (100) Average

  1. In 1976 Marcelo was 11 years old. Assuming he is still alive, how old will be in 1999?
  2. If 13 bullets cost $ 3.90, how much do 31 bullets cost?
  3. A large box measures 60 cm wide, 50 cm long and 30 cm deep. What is the maximum number of boxes measuring 10 cm wide, 10 cm long and 10 cm deep that fit inside the big box?
  4. If 12 people do a job in 12 days, how many people are need to do the same job in 1 day?
  5. A collection consists of 12 volumes; each volume has 300 pages; each page has 50 lines and each line has 100 letters. What is the total number of letters in the collection?

Level II (110) Above average

  1. A company has enough stock to supply its clientele of 2,500 people for 12 months. How long would this stock last if the clientele grew to 6,000 people?
  2. If one horse can pull 600 kg, how many horses are needed to pull 6,150 kg?
  3. The sum of ages of Fernanda and Andreia is 18 years. What are their individual ages, given that Andreia is twice as old as Fernanda?
  4. We have 7 cubes with edge = 1 cm each. They are glued together in such a way that the total external surface after gluing is as small as possible. Calculate the area of this surface. The image below shows an example of cube organization in which the criterion of minimizing surfaces is not satisfied. (EXT 2022)

Level III (120) Superior Intelligence

  1. Ricardo weighs 30% more than José. If Ricardo were to lose 10% and José gains 20% of weight, which one of them would weigh more after that. Explain.
  2. A planetary system has, in addition to the main star, 9 planets. Each planet has 7 primary satellites. One out of every 21 primary satellites has 3 co-orbital satellites. How many celestial bodies are there all together?
  3. On a staircase with 1,000 steps there was 1 gram of gold on the 1st step, 2 grams on the 2nd, 3 grams on the 3rd, 4 grams on the 4th, 5 grams on the 5th and so on, so that there was 1 kg of gold on the last step. Given that 1 gram of gold is worth 11 dollars, calculate the total value of the gold on the staircase (in dollars).
  4. Inside a room is a bookcase, a gold cube, and a platinum cylinder. The height of the cylinder is equal to its diameter. The 3 objects are on the ground, and that is flat within the limits we can measure. The top plane of the shelf is parallel to the ground plane. If the cube is on top of the shelf and the cylinder is on the floor, the distance between the top of the cube and the top of the cylinder will be 204 cm. If the cylinder is on top of the shelf and the cube is on the floor, the distance between the top of the cube and the top of the cylinder will be 156 cm. How tall is the shelf? (EXT 2022)

Level IV (132) Gifted, Talented, High Abilities

  1. In a room 99% of the people are men. How many men would have to leave the room in order for this percentage to decrease to 98%? It is known that the number of women in the room is 3.
  2. On a chessboard with 64 squares (8 x 8), two kings can occupy 3,612 different positions. How many different positions can two kings occupy on a chessboard with 117 squares (13 x 9). Two kings may not be on the same square at the same time or occupy adjacent squares.
  3. Marcelo had apples, half of which he gave to his brother. The latter gave 75% of the apples that he had gotten to be equally shared between his three cousins: Anderson, Joao and Mané. Anderson bought 7 apples more and gave half of all his apples to his brother Mané. Mané’s apples then totaled 17. How many apples did Joao get?
  4. Maria went to a farm to buy eggs. Returning home, she gave half of them to her sister who, in turn, gave a third of those she had gotten to her boyfriend. The latter, after eating one third of the eggs that he had gotten, gave the rest to his cousin. Given that each egg weighs 70 grams, that Maria cannot carry more than 2.5 kg, and that the eggs were raw, calculate how many eggs the cousin of Maria’s sister’s boyfriend received.
  5. The mayor Joao and an important bachelor businessman, called José, held a large barbecue. Aside from the businessman José, the mayor Joao and his wife, the number of people present equaled the number of 100 dollar notes that the mayor spent multiplied by the the number of 100 dollar notes that the businessman spent. Given that, on average, every person consumed the equivalent of US$6.40 and that the mayor invested US$ 1,700, calculate how much the businessman José invested. (Note: the businessman José, the mayor Joao and his wife took part in the consumption)

Level V (144)

  1. A Formula-1 race car is racing around a circular track, completing the first lap in 3 minutes with an average speed of 144 km/h. In what time must a second lap be driven in order for the average speed of the two laps to increase to 300 km/h?
  2. When Antonio looked at his watch, he noticed that the hour hand was lying exactly over the minute hand. What time will it take for this to happen again? (both hands move at constant rates)
  3. A train with 2 cars is traveling at a speed of 80 km/h from town X to town Y, located 800 km from each other. At the same moment that the train departed, a passenger started to walk back and forth from one end of car B to the other at a speed of 100 cm/s. Arriving in town Y, the passenger had already gone and returned 720 times. The length of car A is that of car B plus one fourth of the length of the locomotive, and the length of the locomotive equals the length of car A plus one fifth of the length of car B. What is the total length of the train?
  4. What percentage of the Moon’s surface is illuminated by the Sun at specific moment? Justify. (Moon test)
  5. The image below is a photo montage of the Moon over the Atlantic Ocean. Assuming it wasn’t a montage, what country was the person who took the photo in? Justify your answer. (Moon test)

Level VI (156)

  1. Several faucets were used to fill up six tanks. For one hour, all the faucets discharged water in a reservoir, which distributed it between four of these tanks: A, B, C and D. After that, for one hour, the faucets discharged water in a double funnel which directed half of the water to tanks E and F and the other half to the reservoir which, in turn, continued to distribute its water between tanks A, B, C and D. With this, tanks A, B, C and D were full. To fill tanks E and F up, it was necessary to use one faucet, which, for two hours, distributed its water between tanks E and F. After this all the six tanks were full. What was the number of faucets initially used? (Note: all the faucets had the same water flow rate and all the tanks had the same volume).
  2. Several rectangles are drawn on a plane surface in such a way that their intersecting lines form 18,769 areas not further subdivided. What is the minimum number of rectangles that must be drawn to form the described pattern?
  3. Several straight line segments are drawn on a plane surface in such a way that their intersecting lines form 1,597 areas that are not further subdivided. What is the minimum number of line segments that must be drawn to form the described pattern?
  4. On a plane surface 1 + 10^1,234,567,890 triangles are drawn. What is the maximum number of areas, not further subdivided, that can be formed as these triangles intersect each other? (Contributed by Rodrigo de Almeida Rodrigues)
  5. According to Fermat’s Last Theorem, a^n + b^n = c^n has no solutions for n > 2 (a, b, c and n must be positive integers). In 1992, I proved this in a simple, yet incorrect manner. This was my reasoning: Fermat’s Theorem is a generalization of Pythagoras’ Theorem, which asserts that the sum of areas of the squares drawn on the legs (short sides) of a right triangle equals the area of a square drawn on the hypotenuse of the same right triangle (a^2 + b^2 = c^2). If we try to generalize that theorem, going from 2 to 3 dimensions (a^3 + b^3 = c^3), we have a triangular prism formed by displacement of a right triangle along an axis perpendicular to its face, as illustrated by the figure below. We can construct a cube on one of the three quadrangular faces of that prism. Two of those faces correspond to the legs of the right triangle (ADFB, BFEC) while the larger face corresponds to the hypotenuse (ADEC). It is possible to construct a cube on one of the faces, implying that the 4 sides of that face have the same length. This affects the whole prism, causing the cube constructed on the other face to have the same size than that constructed on the first, for if AB=BF and BF=BC, then AB=BC. In that way, no cube can be constructed on the third face, for if AC represents the hypotenuse, then AC cannot be equal to to AB. Therefore, a^n + b^n = c^n has no solution for n=3. Following the same line of reasoning, we can show that it has no solution for any number of dimensions larger than 2. What is the error in this proof?

​ 

  1. João was kidnapped by aliens and taken to a distant planet. He gets two challenges. If he solves one of them, he will gain his freedom and be able to return to Earth. If he solves both, he will also win 100 tons of the mineral he prefers, gold or platinum, which will be delivered to his home on his planet. Challenge 1: on this planet where he is, an alien climbed on top of 3 mountains A, B, C, located respectively at latitudes 27º, 27.5º, 27º. From point A, points B and C appear 68.174 degrees apart. From point B, points A and C appear 54.821 degrees apart. From point C, points A and B appear to be 57.086º apart. The distance between points A and B is 100 km. What is the approximate diameter of this planet? (EXT 2022)
  2. Challenge 2: This planet has part of its surface covered by oceans and part by rocks/land. João is taken to an island on which there is a volcano, the top of which is the highest part of the island. When he returns to the mainland, João realizes that, from the beach, it is still possible to see the top of the volcano, almost disappearing into the horizon. Knowing that the height of this volcano is 3500 m, what is the distance from this beach to the top of this volcano? (EXT 2022)

Level VII (168)

  1. A certain gear system consists of 5 concentric, superposed discs: A, B, C, D and E, which are mounted on a solid platform, taken as a stationary reference. The discs have different sizes and spin at different speeds. All the discs spin at constant rates, some clockwise, some anticlockwise. Each disc has a red dot on its surface, and initially all these red dots are not lined up. At a given moment, all the discs start to spin simultaneously, each at its own speed, without any contact between them. It takes 7 minutes for disc A, 13 minutes for disc B, 17 minutes for disc C, 19 minutes for disc D and 23 minutes for disc E to complete a full 360-degree spin. After a certain time, all the red dots were aligned, disc A being in the same position that it was 2 minutes after the discs started to spin, disc B being in the same position that it was 3 minutes after the discs started to spin, disc C being in the same position that it was 4 minutes after the discs started to spin, disc D being in the same position that it was 7 minutes after the discs started to spin, and disc E being the same position that it was 9 minutes after the discs started to spin. How much time elapsed from the moment the discs started to spin until the discs reached that configuration for the first time?
  2. Pedrinho entered Dona Maria’s Stationer’s Shop and asked her to sell him a geometric ruler for drawing a spiral with a small concentric circle. Dona Maria, a Sigma Society member, told the boy that there were no rulers for drawing spirals. But after thinking the problem over, she found a way to make a drawing like that, and described the method to the boy. She sold the boy the material needed right away, which he paid with a US$ 10.00 note, receiving some change. He went home and made the drawing without any problems. Describe a method to perform Pedrinho’s task having the same US$ 10.00 at your disposal for buying the material needed. The drawing must show a satisfactory agreement with the described pattern (a spiral with a small concentric circle), without large irregularities in the spiral. (Modified in 31 Aug 2001 at the suggestion of our friends Petri Widsten and Nikos Lygeros, as the earlier question with the 9 cubes was similar to one of the questions of the Eureka Test).
  3. A man takes a deep breath, filling his lungs completely with air. Then he holds his breath and a tape measure is used to measure his chest circumference, which turns out to be 106 cm. After that, the man exhales so that all the air is expelled from his lungs. His chest circumference is measured again, and is now 84 cm. Having $10 at your disposal for buying material, find out the volume of air that his lungs are able to hold.
  4. The speed of a person’s reflexes can be determined based on the time elapsed between a stimulus and the response of that stimulus. For example: A lamp remains unlit while we observe it. On receiving the stimulus “the lamp was lit”, the reaction is to be “close the eyes”. The shorter the time between “the lamp was lit” and “close the eyes”, the faster the reflexes. Describe a method to determine the speed of a person’s reflexes, without using a chronometer or any other equipment allowing the measurement of time intervals shorter than 1 second. It is possible to devise a rough method on a US$ 1 budget for equipment, and a sophisticated method with good precision having US$ 1,000 at one’s disposal. Describe a method for both budgets.
  5. In 1993, in an essay about Science and Religion, I described a project regarding the possibility to build an “invisibility machine”. On describing the details, I realized that some problems were insolvable, not only because of technological limitations but also for physical reasons imposing theoretical and possibly insurmountable limits. The project starts from the central idea that in order to make an object invisible, it is necessary for an external observer looking in its direction to visually stop noticing its presence. This can be done in the following way: A sphere is constructed, and its whole external surface is covered with minute, high-resolution TV cameras and monitors. Millions or even billions of cameras and monitors are to cover the whole sphere in such a way that each monitor transmits the image captured by a camera located in the point diametrically opposite to that monitor. The result will be as shown in the figure below. The image of the object (blue square) is captured by a camera located in point A, which transmits the image to a monitor in point M. As a result, an observer in point O will see the blue square as if there were nothing in front of him. In that way, everything inside the sphere will be invisible to the external observer. But this scheme presents two problems. One of them can be solved in theory while the other one is insolvable. Indicate those two problems and explain why one of them can be solved but the other one cannot.

  1. Many Mensa members have approved by the Raven’s test (Standard or Advanced). Assuming all Mensa members had approved by the Raven Standard Progressive Matrices and assuming the norm indicated below is correct and accurate, what percentage of Mensa members were approved without actually having an IQ above 132? Disregard cases of fraud (people who knew the answers before taking the test). The uncertainty in the score for each person examined is 2.6 points in raw score. (EXT 2022)

  1. Following the previous statement, what percentage of people were not approved by the RSPM, but whose IQ is above 132? (EXT 2022)
  2. In a 256-dimensional Euclidean orthonormal hyperspace, we have a 6-dimensional hypersphere and we want to split it into as many pieces as possible, but we can only make 12 cuts. Pieces cannot change position. Each slice is a 5-dimensional Euclidean orthogonal hyperspace (hyperplane). How many pieces can we get this way? (Sigma Test VI 2003)

Level VIII (184)

  1. The porous and gray “lead” inside a pencil consists of a mixture of graphite and clay. The ratio of graphite to clay is not known. On writing on a sheet of paper, a fine layer of “lead” remains on the surface of the sheet. Describe a method for calculating the mass of “lead” in the dot of the letter “i”. You may use only US$10 to buy the material needed for the experiment.
  2. We have a cylinder with a radius of 50 cm and a tape measure 0.01 cm thick. The height of the cylinder equals the width of the tape measure. The thickness of the tape measure is invariable and one of its wider sides is inextensible. What is the minimum length of tape necessary to wind it around the cylinder 9 times, all rounds overlapping, as in a roll of scotch tape. The top and base of the cylinder may not be covered with tape. The solution must be given with 14 significant digits and it is not allowed to cut the tape or cut or deform de cylinder.
  3. A sophisticated aircraft is hovering like a hummingbird over a terrain located on the equatorial line of a planet, at an altitude of 1,000 m. The planet is completely spherical and homogeneous, and has a small satellite on a circular orbit on a plane parallel to its equator. At 15:58:30h a man parachutes down from the aircraft, descending perpendicularly to the ground. At the moment that he jumps off the aircraft, he notices a satellite starting to rise on the eastern horizon. He lands and, without leaving the landing site, continues to observe the satellite, which at 17:40:00 h reaches the zenith. He remains in the same place, observing…and at 19:20:00h sees the satellite disappear on the western horizon. Still in the same place, at 22:40:00h, he sees the satellite rising again in the east. What is the approximate diameter of that planet? Explain how you arrived at your answer and the usefulness of all the pieces of information given. Explain also why the result cannot be exact. (If you have doubts as to the meaning of zenith, horizon, equator, orbit etc., you may consult dictionaries or encyclopedias).
  4. We have a regular, rigid and massy tetrahedron (T1) with edge 1, and we want to make a cut through which another rigid, massy tetrahedron (T2) can pass, completely crossing this hole and coming out completely on the other side. What is the maximum edge that the T2 tetrahedron can have? The answer must be presented with 50 digits. (EXT 2022)
  5. We have a rigid, massy cube with edge 1, and we want to make a cut through which a regular, rigid and massy tetrahedron can pass, completely crossing this hole and coming out completely on the other side. What is the maximum edge that this tetrahedron can have? The answer must be presented with 50 digits. (EXT 2022)

Level IX (202)

  1. Describe a practical and fast method that can be used with good precision to determine the number of words in a person’s vocabulary.
  2. If Jupiter were hollow and the top of its clouds were a rigid membrane 1 mm thick, how many planets like Earth would fit entirely inside it? (Moon test)
  3. Estimate or calculate realistic percentiles for the raw scores of the following tests: Mega Test, Titan Test. Feel free to justify with formulas and arguments, if you want, trying to be as concise and objective as possible. (EXT 2022)
  4. Estimate or calculate realistic percentiles for the raw scores of 2 high range IQ tests of your choice. Feel free to justify with formulas and arguments, if you want, trying to be as concise and objective as possible. (EXT 2022)
  5. Estimate or calculate realistic percentiles for the cut-offs for the following high-IQ societies:                                                         1.   Mensa
    2.    Intertel
    3.    Colloquy
    4.    Cerebrals
    5.    ISPE
    6.    Prometheus
    7.    Epimetheus
    8.    HellIQ
    9.    Mega Society
    10.    Omega Society
    11.    Pi Society
    12.    Pars Society
    13.    OlympIQ Society
    14.    Sigma V
    15.    Giga Society
    16.    Sigma VI
    17.    Choose another 2 societies with theoretical percentile 1-10^-9 or higher. (EXT 2022)
  6. There was a brilliant anthropologist, a member of Sigma V, named John. During an expedition to Africa, he was imprisoned by a tribe of cannibals and sentenced to serve as a meal. But the “legislation” of this tribe offered prisoners an opportunity to be released if they were able to overcome a challenge. In João’s case, the challenge consisted of the following: two eggs would be presented to him, one raw and the other boiled. Each egg would remain inside a box. The walls of these boxes are rigid and opaque. The boxes are shaped like cobblestones. One of the boxes has a window on one of its sides, and this window is covered with a wire mesh, through which it is possible to see the egg that is inside it. The challenge is to identify which is the raw egg within 2 minutes. Eggs cannot be broken, they cannot be taken out of the boxes, the boxes cannot be opened and it is not allowed to insert anything inside the boxes. João is informed that this challenge will be presented to him within 90 days. Until that time expires, he can count on the support of the villagers to investigate a way to solve the problem. In addition, João can have all the “sophisticated” instruments and everything else available in the village and surroundings. When the date to face the challenge arrived, at sunrise, João had his eyes blindfolded and his hands tied. A few minutes later, a village elder boiled an egg, dried it, placed it in a box and closed it. He took a raw egg and put it in another box, then closed it. The two boxes were placed on a table, where they remained until nightfall. Then John was untied and the blindfolds were removed from his eyes, he was provided with the requisite equipment and was placed in front of the table where the boxes with the eggs were. He examined them carefully and was able to identify where the raw egg was. The challenge was repeated for 20 consecutive days, always with different eggs, and in the 20 times he managed to make the correct identification. In view of this, the cannibals, admired, recognized the value of the remarkable anthropologist. They decided to release him and even presented him with many jewels. Describe a procedure that John may have used to be able to identify which box had the raw egg.
  7. The two photos below were taken in August 2020, by Hindemburg Melao Jr. at coordinates -22.947594, -45.476772 and by Alisson Correa Chervinski at coordinates -29.755334, -57.076461. What was the distance from the center of the Earth to the center of the Moon at that moment? Justify your answer in detail. (visit the Moon Test page to download higher resolution images) (Moon test)

Level X – EXTRA (221) (at least 80% of the previous questions must be correct for your answers at level X to be analyzed)

  1. An Arab man and an Israeli woman are abducted by extraterrestrials. The E.T.s promise to return them to Earth unharmed, provided that they succeed in the following task: three rooms are designated A, B and C. Each room is square and measures approximately 25 m2. The rooms are connected in such a way that each room has two doors, and each door provides access to one of the other two rooms. The three rooms are acustically isolated and have no furniture or windows. The walls, doors, ceiling and floor of the rooms are solid and opaque, and contain no cracks, holes, hidden passages or the like. The man is placed in room A and the woman in room B. They both receive the following instructions:

1. They both have 1 hour to traverse the three rooms and return to the room where they started, always walking in the direction A – B – C – A.
2.    The both have to remain seated, on the floor, in their respective rooms, until a signal would be emitted, indicating that the time count had started. The signal was as follows: on each door there are two lamps (one on each side of the door), and the nearly simultaneous lighting of the all the lamps constitutes the signal. Each lamp is bright enough for a person to notice easily even when he is not paying attention to it.
3.    The moment that the woman touches the doorknob of a room, the man cannot be in that room any more.
4.    The moment that the man touches the doorknob of a room, the woman cannot be in that room any more.
5.    The woman has to get up from the floor after the man.
6.    The man and woman are not permitted to communicate between each other in any way, or obtain from others any information allowing them to figure out where the other one is. They may not beat the walls or the doors, or try to generate any kind of shock wave. On leaving a room and entering another one, it is required to close the corresponding door. Initially all the doors are closed. Two or more doors may not be open at the same time.
7.    None of them has a clock or any other instrument that can be used to measure time.
8.    1 minute before the 1 hour period is up the light signal will be given again, indicating that the time is running out.
9.    When the 1 hour period is up the man has to be sitting in the center of room A and the woman in the center of room B.
10.    The woman may only sit down after the man.
11.    The man is told that the woman is exceptionally intelligent.
12.    The woman is told that the man is exceptionally intelligent.

The man and the woman did not know each other and had never been in any contact with each other before. They did not communicate with each other during the whole process (to clarify the matter, it can be told that they both were mute and deaf). The experiment is carried out and they manage to perform the task. The experiment is repeated 10 times and each time they complete the task successfully, making it clear that the first time was not due to mere good luck. Afterwards they are returned to Earth where they convert to Zoroastrianism, get married and live happily everafter! Describe the method they used and the way of thinking of both of them.

  1. Consider that the level of intellectual production of a company is measured by the sum of the productions of its employees and executives working together. Consider a company with 10,000 employees, which selects them through a reliable, accurate, efficient, and well-normed cognitive test with a cutoff of 2 standard deviations above the mean. The total intellectual output of the employees of this company is equivalent to that of a person with IQ = x working alone. Determine the x. Of course, the employees will produce in larger quantity than the person with IQ = x, but if you weigh the intellectual relevance of each work/creation, the fewer number of more relevant work/creation by the person with IQ = x will be equivalent to the largest number of less relevant work/creation out of 10,000 employees together. (EXT 2022)
  2. As the previous statement, now consider that the total number of people ever born is about 100 billion and assume that the average IQ of the historical population is 100 with a standard deviation 16. If an alien had the same intellectual production capacity as all people who have lived together, what would be this alien’s IQ? (EXT 2022)
  3. The photo below shows the Clavius crater. Christopher Clavius was a mathematician, astronomer and priest contemporary of Galileo. Clavius was distinguished for his works in Geometry and Algebra. When Galileo showed that the Moon had a rugged topography, rather than being a perfect sphere, as had been believed until then, Clavius argued that if the Moon’s surface were indeed irregular, as Galileo said, then the Moon’s edges must also show this characteristic, but even with telescopes (at the time) the edges of the Moon are very sleek. Faced with this empirical evidence, Clavius proposed that the Moon probably had a perfectly spherical transparent surface beneath which these apparent irregularities were. According science historian R.A.M., Galileo not found appropriate arguments to refute Clavius’ thesis, however there were sufficient resources at the time to show that Clavius was wrong. Point out problems with Clavius’ argument and show that Galileo’s thesis was most likely to be a better representation of sentient reality. (Moon test)                                 
  4. ​What is the total number of different positions that can be produced in all possible chess games. Justify your answer in detail. (EXT 2022)
  5. What is the logarithm (base 10) of the total number of different positions that can be produced in all possible matches of MegaChess, 16×16 version of Chess on the Zillions of Games platform. Justify your answer in detail. (EXT 2022)

Sigma Test Extended ‘s first norm estimate

Current STE (and ST) highest score holder: Petri Widsten, 212. Petri is a Ph.D. Summa Cum Laude in Chemistry, his doctoral thesis was considered the best in Finland in the 2002-2003 biennium, he was also placed first in important international competitions of Logic, Intelligence and Puzzles, including the WORLD IQ CHALLENGE.

Standard based on the combined results of Sigma Test, Sigma Test VI and Moon Test.

Theoretical Percentile: percentile used in all high-IQ societies, based on the assumption that scores are normally distributed across the entire scale. As the actual distribution has dense trails on the right and becomes progressively denser for higher IQs, the percentiles are inflated and incorrect. But as it is the standard used, the table also includes this information for comparison purposes.

True Percentile: Realistic percentile calculated based on the method described in this article https://www.sigmasociety.net/escalasqi, scaling the scores in proportion and determining the true cumulative frequencies.

FEES:

Fee: US $ 100 until 5/31/2022 or up to the first 1,000 people screened
Fee: US $ 316 between 6/1/2022 and 7/31/2022 or up to the first 2,000 people screened
Fee: US $ 1,000 between 8/1/2022 and 9/30/2022 or up to the first 4,000 people screened
Fee: US $ 3,162 between 10/1/2022 and 11/30/2022 or up to the first 8,000 people screened
Fee: US $ 10,000 as of 12/1/2022 or from 16,000 people screened

CUMULATIVE DISCOUNTS:

Anyone who takes the Sigma Test Extended while fewer than 100 people are tested can apply for a new certificate after more than 100 people are tested, with the revised standard.

Persons who were already tested with Sigma Test before 2007 and did not receive a printed certificate: exempt from the fee

People who were already tested with the Sigma Test before 2007 and received a printed certificate: 30% discount on the fee

People who have already been tested with Sigma Test VI: 20% off fee

People who have already been screened with the Moon Test: 10% off fee

The above discounts are cumulative. For example: the person took the Sigma Test and the Sigma Test VI, so your rate will be 0.7 × 0.8 = 0.56 (44% discount).After took the Sigma Test Extended, the person receives a certificate from the Sigma Test Extended and a certificate based exclusively on the Sigma Test questions, since the ST is a subtest of STE. Although question 36 of the STE was not included, as there was no correct answer in this question, it does not interfere with the norm.

Footnotes

[1] Hindemburg Melão Jr. is the author of solutions to scientific and mathematical problems that have remained unsolved for decades or centuries, including improvements on works by 5 Nobel laureates, holder of a world record in longest announced checkmate in blindfold simultaneous chess games, registered in the Guinness Book 1998, author of the Sigma Test Extended and founder of some high IQ societies.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/ste; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Melão H. Sigma Test Extended[Online]. July 2022; 30(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/ste.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Hindemburg, M. (2022, July 22). Sigma Test Extended. Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/ste.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): HINDEMBURG, M. Sigma Test Extended. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.B, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/ste>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Hindemburg, Melão. 2022. Sigma Test Extended.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.B. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/ste.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Hindemburg, Melão “Sigma Test Extended.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.B (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/ste.

Harvard: Hindemburg, M. 2022, ‘Sigma Test Extended’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/ste>.

Harvard, Australian: Hindemburg, M. 2022, ‘Sigma Test Extended’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.B., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/ste.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Melão Hindemburg. “Sigma Test Extended.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A(2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/ste>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Hindemburg M. Sigma Test Extended[Internet]. (2022, July 30(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/ste.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Hindemburg Melao Jr. and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Hindemburg Melao Jr., and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 13: Adelle Stewart on Horses, Hay, and Prime Equine (1)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.E, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,224

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Adelle Stewart founded Prime Equine in 2017. She has more than 25 years of horse experience. She has showed, competed, trained, and managed a stable. She discusses: earlier indications of interest in horses; the cohort; mentors or exemplars; the summer camps; a cowgirl; common wisdom; the elements of different seasons; colicky; rolling around and thrashing; other conditions; biomechanics; heal in irregular circumstances; the state of nature; a herd; acres of land; areas in Canada known as places for horses to live; facilities; Prime Equine; acreage for horses; horses on site; the capacity; hay; nutritional value of hay; specific types of hay or supplements; and the major deficiencies found in horses.

Keywords: Adelle Stewart, colic, equestrianism, hay, horses, Prime Equine.

The Greenhorn Chronicles 13: Adelle Stewart on Horses, Hay, and Prime Equine (1)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citations after the interview.*

*Interview conducted January 12, 2022.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, today, we’re here with Adelle Stewart. This is part of an educational equestrian series. It’s from the point of view of a greenhorn, myself. To start, what were some of the earlier indications of interest in horses or becoming active in equestrianism as a youngster?

Adelle Stewart[1],[2]: Yes, I have to say that it’s like you’re born with it, honestly, like it’s this disease [Laughing]. I don’t know. Some people call it that you’re born with horses in your blood, horse for causes, or obsessive actions with horses. So, yes, I don’t remember a time that I didn’t love them. From a toddler, I would have to ride the merry go rounds and the carousels at the fair in the summer and things like that. And I was obsessed over horse books and all of those things. It always was an innate feeling or draw towards them for me.

Jacobsen: Is this common among the cohort for yourself? Even intergenerationally, is it a common thing?

Stewart: Yes, usually, absolutely. I had a mother who was wild into horses when she was younger, gave them up to raise a family, and then got back into them once the kids had left the nest and things like that. So, most of the people that I connect with, they have always had this knowing, as being from a young child involvement into horses.

Jacobsen: Did you have any mentors or exemplars that came to mind, like other than your mom, on the equine circuit as you were growing up?

Stewart: No, I was a farm kid trapped in the city. I was born and raised in the city and needed to, as soon as I was of age, buy my own place or whatever, as I got out to the country. So, it was always something. I didn’t know anybody who had horses when I was a young kid growing up. I grew and navigated towards becoming a vet when I grew up. Anything that could get me more into horses. But it wasn’t until I was about 9 or 10 years old that I started going to summer camps, and then those people there became my idols where I learned how to ride as a preteen and things like that. Those people at that barn became idols for me at that age.

Jacobsen: What do you do at the summer camps other than learning how to ride?

Stewart: Well, there would be like overnight camps. So, sometimes we would have day camps but other times we stayed in the bunkhouse. So, we had to get up early in the morning before we had breakfast. We had to take care of the horses and bed them down, clean their stalls, and pitch the hay before we fed ourselves. So, we learned how to be cowgirls.

Jacobsen: How do you define a cowgirl?

Stewart: A cowgirl doesn’t have to ride horses. They have to be independent. They have to be gritty, have a lot of heart and a lot of passion for what they do. This is, I say, being an equestrian or being a cowgirl or a life with horses. People say, “Well, that must be a lot of work”. And I was like,” You know what, it’s a lot of work, it is, but it’s a lifestyle.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing] I’ve heard it so many times now. What are other pieces of common wisdom within the industry other than “it’s a lifestyle,” “you start young,” etc.?

Stewart: Yes, it’s like ‘put your big girl britches on’ or like ‘put your boots on and deal with it,’ really. It’s that type of thing because you have no other choice. You are dealing on a daily basis with living, breathing beings that are 10-12 times your size with independent mind, body, and soul. So, every day that you wake up and you’re thankful. The fences can be down, or horses can be down, or someone can have a laceration, or any of those things. So, at any time, an equestrian or cowgirl has to be ready to deal with every element of the unknown. So, it goes hand in hand with why it’s a lifestyle. You have to be absolutely adaptable to any situation, but also rigid on your horse husbandry skills and things like that on a day to day basis.

Jacobsen: How do the elements of different seasons impact the way you work with a horse?

Stewart: Hugely. They impact them from what we can do with our horses. For example, we went through a big cold snap, where we can’t work our horses. It wasn’t conducive to put them into increasing the respiration rates and things like that in terms of a husbandry or welfare point of view. But then it comes down to everything from our exercise to the safety of it; when spring and fall come in, their footing becomes an issue if you’re not riding indoors and things like that. We don’t have an indoor facility. So, we work with whatever mother nature gives us. And then one of the ways that I gravitate more towards is the horse health aspect of it and weather swings. We had a 50 degree weather swing, honestly, from minus 50 with the wind-chill to plus 2 degrees today. That barometric pressure changes can cause extreme stress on horses’ very sensitive digestive system. So, we’re on what we call ‘colic watch’, which is a gastrointestinal issue with animals that they’re so sensitive to that. So, their health is a big part of the welfare that the seasonal changes play as well.

Jacobsen: What does a horse do when it becomes colicky?

Stewart: Symptoms can be very mild. So, they can have a tummy ache; something as simple as laying down and looking at their stomach to pawing with their front foot. Some of them will try to kick with their back foot or back up, which is something that’s weird. A horse doesn’t normally in the wild or hanging out in the pasture, backing up is an unnatural gait for them. So, sometimes backing up will be a symptom of that at a very early stage, but then as the tummy ache progresses; it would be like laying down, rolling and thrashing, which is when things get dangerous.

Jacobsen: When it gets dangerous like that when they’re rolling around and thrashing, can they actually worsen their own symptoms by doing so?

Stewart: Yes, absolutely. The rolling and thrashing can cause what’s called a torsion colic. That’s actually a twisted gut, which then is either only survivable by operation if it can be operated.

Jacobsen: What are other conditions for horses, where the only option for the horse owner is honestly to not have the horse anymore?

Stewart: Yes, the biggest one – I mean, anything can happen by determining the severity of it, but the next to major one from colic would be a leg fracture or a leg break. They’re not like a dog, where they can get along well with three legs and amputate. They must have four pillars to stand on. So, a leg break or a fracture below the knee is usually a fatal injury in a horse.

Jacobsen: What is it about their biomechanics that requires four legs absolutely, 100%?

Stewart: It has mostly to do with what would be called a compensatory laminitis. So, a horse’s hoof is a capsule like a fingernail; even more rigid, so it doesn’t have a lot of breathing room. A horse puts 60% of their weight on their front legs even breaking that in half to carry all of that weight. A horse’s shoulder is not connected by a joint; they don’t have a clavicle like a human does or anything like that especially in the front feet. All the shoulder is connected by only tendon, muscle, and ligament. So, when you take a foot away from them, they develop that compensatory laminitis, which is a swelling of the hoof capsule or inside the hoof capsule, which is debilitatingly and cruelly painful to a horse. So, that becomes the secondary and most often factor that plays into why a leg break or fracture. It’s not that the fracture can’t heal. It’s the length of time that it would take to heal that puts too much strain on the other limb.

Jacobsen: How long would it take to heal in irregular circumstances?

Stewart: Like, you’re talking months of box rest or stall rest, probably, and then rehab from that.

Jacobsen: In the state of nature, would the horse survive?

Stewart: No, they would be left by the herd.

Jacobsen: How many horses are in a herd typically? What’s the range?

Stewart: It depends from farm to farm. We have three horses in one pasture and six in another and other people will run 50 head together. So, it depends on land and acreage that a person has.

Jacobsen: How many acres of land would an average farmer have and will be the upper limit, really?

Stewart: I think hobby farmers in Western Canada or like across Canada are mostly in that, like five to 50 acres, would be a hobby farm. And here, where I run a little bit more of a ranch, so we’re your 50 plus. So, 50-160 acres would be a little bit bigger like you’re second tier. And then above that you’re talking, that would be more cattle ranch sizes more than 100 or 160 acres. It isn’t all that common for the general horse owner.

Jacobsen: What areas in Canada tend to be known as places for horses to live and live well?

Stewart: Hot spot in Canada absolutely is Alberta; has the most horses per capita, in every discipline, from English to Western and all of those types of things. So, Alberta is an absolute hot spot, Saskatchewan probably following that, maybe second or third, potentially with Ontario, with the capita of people that exist there.

Jacobsen: And what facilities tend to be known for jumper, hunter, for eventing, for dressage?

Stewart: Those are a little bit further reach. I’m a Western girl myself, but, in Alberta, you’re talking like Spruce Meadows is probably the most famous or iconic place in Canada when we think about show jumpers and things like that.

Jacobsen: For Prime Equine, what was the vision when founding?

Stewart: I’ve always been a girl who wanted to make a living with horses. I wasn’t a skilled enough jockey to ride my way there. I wasn’t a skilled enough trainer to train my way there. So, I actually started out as an equine first aid instructor. I received my advanced certification for that in 2017 and it ended up blossoming and growing from there. So, we started carrying retail products, and then expanded and started creating our own course content and our own education. My real passion is helping the average horse owner, which I once was, become exceptional. So, pushing forward the care and the husbandry for our horses; they don’t ask to be rode, they don’t ask to be kept between our fences and things like that as wild creatures. My vision and my passion is helping horse owners create the best lifestyle for their horses in our captivity.

Jacobsen: How many acres does a horse typically need at one facility?

Stewart: It depends. I’m a big advocate of horses on full turnout. So, there are some places, who keep horses in like 12×12 stalls, or they may be spend the night in the stall and in the day in a 20×40 run called a paddock or a corral. And I don’t love that. I love keeping my horses as natural as possible. So, a horse that was kept in that sort of facility needs to be on 24/7 hay as their primary forage whereas, I run my horses on a pasture on full turnout. So, they need to average. It usually depends on the rainfall and things like that each year. But for each horse to graze for our grazing season that we have in Canada, you typically need three to five acres per animal.

Jacobsen: How many horses do you have on site now?

Stewart: We have 11 horses and three miniature donkeys here.

Jacobsen: What’s the capacity for you in terms of having donkeys, having horses? How do you differentiate between how many you want of each? Because there are resource limits, there’s what you had beforehand or the previous year in terms of the finances, the clients, etc., putting limits on what you can do in the future. So, there’s a historical context that sets boundaries on what can be done in the future along with what you’re doing right now. So, what are the logistical steps around that?

Stewart: Yes, we’re extremely weather dependent and very conservative. So, we are scaled back right now. And with human talent and resources but primary forage, having enough forage for the animals to graze on the grass and the pastures on their turnout for as long as possible. And then we start thinking for what our capacity is for the fall. We start thinking about that in July when we have or not had a significant amount of rainfall. So, we are watching the amount of snow we get. So, now from January till April, I am considering the amount of snow we get. Through spring, I am watching how fast that melts off because the faster it melts, the worse for us honestly, the worse that the hay crop is going to be.

And then through May and July, we’re watching how much rain we get. And so, if we start not getting very much precipitation through those months, I will stop intake for horse boarders for the rest of the year because that means hay is going to be sparse. When it’s sparse, it’s more expensive. And then even at that, the existing clientele that we have here at that point in time when the end of July rolls around, and we’re forecasting when we start making projections to increase board and things like their rent. It can have a turnover effect when they can find somewhere cheaper to go and things like that. So, that’s how we start mitigating it. And then if you do get a constant hay supplier; I’m very lucky. I have a constant hay supplier that I am actually purchasing extra hay. So, for the last two years, because we’ve had more drought years, when I can get good hay, I bring in more than I need because it can last for several years at a time as long as it’s stored well. So, all of those things, it’s a strategic and multi-year. You’re talking one and three year plans for taking horses at that level.

Jacobsen: How do you store your hay?

Stewart: Our square bale hay is stored inside. And then when we do buy round bales, they are stored in rows outside in the elements, but they’re net wrapped. And then when we feed them, we peel off those outer layers, so the inner parts that are still nutritious and palatable for the horses is what’s fed.

Jacobsen: And what can typically ruin the nutritional value of hay rapidly?

Stewart: Yes, the biggest thing is knowing your hay supplier and understanding the moisture content that it was bailed out. And the biggest thing that will ruin hay is hay that is put up with too much moisture because it will mold and rot from the inside out and hay with mold in it is something that will cause colic in horses. So, it’s absolutely not able to be fed. And then other things like grains or the types of hay, whether it’s a grass or legume like alfalfa; all of those types of things go into the nutritious value of it. The older the hay is the more you have to supplement. If the hay is a year or two old, I have a background in equine nutrition, so we can make up that difference if we’re feeding two-year-old hay. Through both our forage analysis which we have done every year and then calculating for the mineral deficiencies that would continue with the length of time, we can make that up through a grain or a supplement.

Jacobsen: For some clients particularly, they want more specific types of hay or supplements, etc., for their horse and they’re willing to pay a lot of money. How does this calculate into a ranch owner or someone who runs a stable, their calculations for food expenses?

Stewart: Yes, that’s your major accounts payable-receivable types of things. So, I am lucky that I am probably one of the pickiest people when it comes to equine nutrition and balancing forage. Over the last 10 years that I have done testing of our hay, I have not found any hay; it can look as beautiful as you want it to and please any owner to the eye, but, unless you’re testing it, you have no idea what is in it. So, we test our hay every year and I’ve never found hay that doesn’t have some sort of mineral deficiency in it; it’s normal. So, we understand what that is. So, then we can offer our forage analysis results up to our owners, so they can either take their own and build their own nutrition plan or I can consult with them about what their horse needs; because not only is there some major deficiencies in, maybe, the forage but each horse span as an individual, their age, their workload, all of those things play into the amount of supplementation that they may need for the winter that we’re feeding.

Jacobsen: What are the major deficiencies found in horses in the hay?

Stewart: From the last 10 years that we’ve been testing a major imbalanced ratio of calcium to phosphorus. So, our hay here anyway is very high in calcium and very low in phosphorus. And that’s a detrimental imbalance to have because too much calcium in a diet can turn your muscle- and tendon-like tissue into bone-like tissue. So, the stuff that we need to be very flexible for our athletes; those ligaments and muscles, can become too tight. And that can cause injury. So, you need to have that two to one appropriate ratio. And that’s a major deficiency that we see here. And then the second major, it’s not a deficiency, but it’s actually way too much; we have way too much iron in both our water and our hay from everything that we’ve tested. So, we need to balance the copper, zinc, and manganese. You need to increase those ratios to correlate to the excess iron that they’re receiving in their diets. And things like iron can lead to insulin resistance and other types of diseases of that type in horses, there’s a correlation there. So, off the top of my head, those are the biggest ones as well as sugar and starch. Horses don’t need a lot of carbs if they are not elite athletes. So, that’s another thing that can cause again, that insulin type resistance issue.

Footnotes

[1] Founder, Prime Equine – Equine Assisted Learning Center & Equine First Aid Academy.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stewart-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/insight-issues/.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 13: Adelle Stewart on Horses, Hay, and Prime Equine (1)[Online]. July 2022; 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stewart-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 22). The Greenhorn Chronicles 13: Adelle Stewart on Horses, Hay, and Prime Equine (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stewart-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 13: Adelle Stewart on Horses, Hay, and Prime Equine (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stewart-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 13: Adelle Stewart on Horses, Hay, and Prime Equine (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stewart-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “The Greenhorn Chronicles 13: Adelle Stewart on Horses, Hay, and Prime Equine (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stewart-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 13: Adelle Stewart on Horses, Hay, and Prime Equine (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stewart-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘The Greenhorn Chronicles 13: Adelle Stewart on Horses, Hay, and Prime Equine (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stewart-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “The Greenhorn Chronicles 13: Adelle Stewart on Horses, Hay, and Prime Equine (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.E (2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stewart-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. The Greenhorn Chronicles 13: Adelle Stewart on Horses, Hay, and Prime Equine (1)[Internet]. (2022, July 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/stewart-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Claus Volko, M.D. on High-I.Q. Societies: Member, World Genius Directory (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,068

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Claus Volko is an Austrian computer and medical scientist who has conducted research on the treatment of cancer and severe mental disorders by conversion of stress hormones into immunity hormones. This research gave birth to a new scientific paradigm which he called “symbiont conversion theory”: methods to convert cells exhibiting parasitic behaviour to cells that act as symbionts. In 2013 Volko, obtained an IQ score of 172 on the Equally Normed Numerical Derivation Test. He is also the founder and president of Prudentia High IQ Society, a society for people with an IQ of 140 or higher, preferably academics. He discusses: high IQ societies; Mensa in Austria; current size of Prudentia; journal publications; the Facebook group; membership size and demographics; Facebook; “only positive aspects” to high-IQ societies; the failures; more realistic purposes; the tests of Ivan Ivec; other societies than Mensa; Henning Ludvigsen; Kostantino Pataridis; hardly anyone drank at the Mensa meetings; logics; the journal; the new society; members from Europe, Asia, and North America; books; television, movies, or music of interest; interesting discoveries in medicine; a paradigm shift; and favourite issue of the society journal.

Keywords: Claus Volko, Facebook, fuzzy logic, Henning Ludvigsen, High IQ societies, Ivan Ivec, Jungian Personality Theory, Kostantino Pataridis, Mensa International, Metaphysics, Prudentia, Symbiont Conversion Theory, Vienna.

Conversation with Claus Volko, M.D. on High-I.Q. Societies: Member, World Genius Directory (6)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

*Interview conducted in late 2020. The delay is personal idiocy, not his.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why are most “high IQ societies are not much more than websites with member lists”?

Claus Volko, M.D.[1],[2]*: Mostly because they are international organizations that have members in a large number of countries but not many members in a single country. So there are no real-life, face-to-face meetings.

Jacobsen: How is Mensa in Austria able to host monthly meetings in Vienna?

Volko: There are about 200 members living in Vienna.

Jacobsen: What is the current size of Prudentia?

Volko: Right now we have 46 members.

Jacobsen: The journal publications seem short in the first analysis. Why short for some of these first issues of the journal?

Volko: I decided to publish a new issue of the journal whenever I had new material to publish instead of keeping collecting material until a certain amount would have been gathered.

Jacobsen: What happens on the Facebook group?

Volko: Not much yet. Mostly introducing new members.

Jacobsen: What is the membership size and demographics now?

Volko: There are members from Europe, Asia and North America.

Jacobsen: Why is Facebook the social medium for the high-IQ individuals?

Volko: Well, most people have a Facebook account. So why should they not use it.

Jacobsen: In regards to “only positive aspects” to high-IQ societies, what are the positive aspects of societies like Prudentia and Mensa International? 

Volko: Prudentia has a nice journal with some highly interesting articles, e.g. on Symbiont Conversion Theory and on the Synthesis of Metaphysics and Jungian Personality Theory.

Jacobsen: If, in theory, they could perform such a function apart from the postsecondary institutional environment and the long-term existence of the societies. Why the failures to do it? Also, is this reasonable with the fact that most “high IQ societies are not much more than websites with member lists”?

Volko: High IQ societies need to publish more educational and scientific articles.

Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, why not simply have the more straightforward notion of the evidenced existence of social communities for the highly intelligence alongside academia as a more concrete and realistic contributor to the needs of society? One can point to the failures of academia. However, its benefits would seem to far outweigh its costs and the high-IQ societies appear, as you noted, “not much more than websites with member lists.” As well, what other more realistic purposes could high-IQ societies perform in the early 21st century, even the middle 21st century?

Volko: Basically high IQ societies are a means of getting to know people. It does not matter which society one belongs to, people connect with each other via Facebook and talk.

Jacobsen: Why the tests of Ivan Ivec?

Volko: They are pretty well-made and have decent norms.

Jacobsen: Are there any other societies than Mensa providing real in-person meetings?

Volko: Intertel has annual gatherings, as far as I know.

Jacobsen: What are some examples of the works of Henning Ludvigsen exemplfiying his talent?

Volko: He has made a lot of great drawings, e.g. title pictures of some issues of Hugi Magazine.

Jacobsen: What are some examples of the works of Kostantino Pataridis exemplfiying his talent?

Volko: His best work in my opinion is “Happiness is around the bend”: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SQngoCBvq3Q.

Jacobsen: Why do you think hardly anyone drank at the Mensa meetings? Did you ever drink akin to fellow high school students in high school?

Volko: I don’t often drink, only when others around me drink too. I think Mensa members are proud of their intelligence and know that alcohol may harm their intellect, so they avoid it.

Jacobsen: Are there logics in which the assigning of values “true” and “false” simply fail?

Volko: There are also multi-valued logics such as fuzzy logic where a probability that the value is true is assigned to it.

Jacobsen: What topics would you hope to explore in the journal as the society membership grows?

Volko: I would like to explore topics related to all of science and philosophy. Prudentia is a high IQ society that is primarily for academics and people with interest in science and philosophy. The journal is supposed to give these people a platform where they can present their own original ideas.

Jacobsen: How big do you hope to grow the new society? That is, what would be your highest hopes?

Volko: More important than the number of members is their activity. I would like to have a group of members who regularly contribute to the journal. If I manage to gather such a group, Prudentia has been a success.

Jacobsen: Of those members from Europe, Asia, and North America, are most from Europe?

Volko: Yes, currently most of our members are from Europe.

Jacobsen: Have you been reading any books as of late?

Volko: Admittedly, no. Due to Corona the bookshops are closed and I haven’t read any of the books I have at home in recent days. But I would like to read the textbooks on introductory math and physics for university students which I purchased some time ago soon.

Jacobsen: Any interesting television, movies, or music of interest to you?

Volko: I regularly watch an Austrian television programme in which the participants tell each other jokes. In addition, I enjoy watching quiz programmes. My favourite movies are the Bourne saga, the Mission Impossible saga, the Divergent trilogy and the Indiana Jones movies.

Jacobsen: What are some interesting discoveries in medicine alongside Symbiont Conversion Theory?

Volko: Recently a new DNA shape has been discovered, and artificial intelligence has been applied to discover 3D protein foldings.

Jacobsen: Do you think philosophy, science, or theology are due for a paradigm shift? If so, why so? If not, why not? This can be outside of the earlier professional propositions by you.

Volko: I am not sure about this and I have no idea whether anybody is able to assess this at all. My view is that every person has a different opinion and that there is not a uniform scientific paradigm.

Jacobsen: What is your favourite issue of the society journal so far?

Volko: I like the second and the third issue very much because of their original scientific contents. Also, “The Synthesis of Metaphysics and Jungian Personality Theory” is a very good article, in my opinion (I know that I am praising myself here, as I am the author, but I would be of the same view if any other person had written the article).

Footnotes

[1] Member, World Genius Directory; Member, Nobel Society; Member, Prometheus 2.0 Society; Advisor; GIGA Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/volko-6; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Claus Volko, M.D. on High-I.Q. Societies: Member, World Genius Directory (6) [Online]. July 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/volko-6.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 22). Conversation with Claus Volko, M.D. on High-I.Q. Societies: Member, World Genius Directory (6) . Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/volko-6.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Claus Volko, M.D. on High-I.Q. Societies: Member, World Genius Directory (6). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/volko-6>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Claus Volko, M.D. on High-I.Q. Societies: Member, World Genius Directory (6).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/volko-6.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Claus Volko, M.D. on High-I.Q. Societies: Member, World Genius Directory (6).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/volko-6.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Claus Volko, M.D. on High-I.Q. Societies: Member, World Genius Directory (6)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/volko-6>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Claus Volko, M.D. on High-I.Q. Societies: Member, World Genius Directory (6) ’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/volko-6.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Claus Volko, M.D. on High-I.Q. Societies: Member, World Genius Directory (6).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A (2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/volko-6>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S.  Conversation with Claus Volko, M.D. on High-I.Q. Societies: Member, World Genius Directory (6) [Internet]. (2022, July 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/volko-6.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Matthew Scillitani on Mild and Severe Reactions to Score Reports, Recognition, Rick Rosner, and Personality Factors: Member, Giga Society (8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,560

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Matthew Scillitani, member of the Glia Society and Giga Society, is a software developer living in Cary, North Carolina. He is of Italian and British lineage, and is fluent in English and Dutch (reading and writing). He earned his bachelor’s degree in psychology at East Carolina University. As of 2022, he’s pursuing a second bachelor’s degree in computer science. He previously worked as a research psychologist, data analyst, writer, editor, web developer, and software engineer. You may contact him via e-mail at mattscil@gmail.com. He discusses: I.Q.; Psychometric Qrosswords; minor recognition; the communication with other members; conversations evolve with similarly mentally talented people; feedback to members presenting ideas; interview with Rick Rosner; the feeling or the click of solving a hard problem on a high-range test; genius get mistaken for stupidity; testing geniuses; charisma; self-confidence; Computer Science; a stable and happy situation regarding income; and impressive limitations in ordinary people.

Keywords: Giga Society, Matthew Scillitani, personality factors, Psychometric Qrosswords, Rick Rosner.

Conversation with Matthew Scillitani on Mild and Severe Reactions to Score Reports, Recognition, Rick Rosner, and Personality Factors: Member, Giga Society (8)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Paul loves crushing people’s self-inflated notions of their I.Q. In that, they assume having a higher intelligence quotient than in reality. You know the phrase, “A Megalomaniac’s Waterloo.” He’s funny. What is a typical reaction of someone who takes one, or even multiple, tests by Paul and fails to enter the Giga Society, even the Glia Society, as far as you know?

Matthew Scillitani[1],[2]*: I think most test-takers don’t believe they’ll qualify for the Giga Society so it’s not a huge blow to their egos when they don’t get in. I do know of many people who haven’t been able to qualify for the Glia Society and it’s crushed them though. It’s not uncommon for someone to think they’ll score 150 or 160 and score in the 120s or 130s and then post on social media or in a forum that Paul doesn’t grade fairly or that I.Q. tests don’t matter anyway. Some more serious reactions were from candidates e-mailing me to say that they considered suicide after seeing their score report.

Jacobsen: When did you realize, “I got it,’ regarding Psychometric Qrosswords? In that, you nailed the test. You must’ve had a sense of doing well on it, before receiving the score.

Scillitani: When I filled in my last answer I felt that they were probably all right but wasn’t totally confident I’d qualify for Giga. It happens often that one thinks they have every answer right and ends up totally off and misses half or more answers so I only really knew when I saw the score report. That was an exciting moment.

Jacobsen: Was the pursuit of the minor recognition worth the requisite effort?

Scillitani: Hmm, well, that was really a secondary or tertiary goal but I would say it was worth it. Some readers will roll their eyes and scoff at my wanting recognition for an inborn quality as opposed to an achievement but I’ll remind everyone that even when one does great things they rarely get recognition for it in their lifetime anyway, so I’ll take any positive recognition I can get. A great example of this is that, at every job I’ve worked to date, I’ve optimized and revolutionized whatever task I was given and have never received a raise, promotion, or even a pat on the back. The opposite, actually. Many times co-workers or even managers have stolen my ideas or work because it was better than anything they could come up with themselves.

Jacobsen: In those conversations on “STEM, politics, religion, and so forth,” what is the first thing noticed in the communication with other members?

Scillitani: That every member has something interesting to say and is largely polite and respectful. It’s amazing how few arguments and insults there are in discussions with Glia members, even when many of them are involved.

Jacobsen: How do those conversations evolve with similarly mentally talented people?

Scillitani: I wouldn’t know since It’s very hard to find a group of people whose I.Q.s are all at or above 147 outside of an I.Q. society. I’ve spoken one-on-one with smart people outside of I.Q. societies but personal conversations often go differently than ones in a group.

Jacobsen: How do members of the Glia Society give feedback to members presenting ideas for it?

Scillitani: When a member presents an idea to the group it usually goes quite well. If it is uninteresting then a member or two will comment on it in an objective way and then we’ll move on to another topic. If it’s interesting then it may trigger discussion with a handful of members and could even evolve into a group phone call that lasts for hours.

Jacobsen: Where was this interview with Rick Rosner published?

Scillitani: This interview was done by Errol Morris from the TV series, First Person. I believe the interview took place in 2001 but I didn’t watch it until 2016. I’ve also read some of Rosner’s interviews done by you as well.

Jacobsen: What is the feeling or the click of solving a hard problem on a high-range test?

Scillitani: It feels amazing. When the problem is hard and takes say, an hour or two, there’s a euphoric feeling and a wonderful dopamine rush. For extremely hard problems that take weeks or months it’s a kind of ‘jump out of your chair’ excitement that one rarely gets. I imagine it’s what winning the lottery feels like.

Jacobsen: How does genius get mistaken for stupidity, even for immaturity?

Scillitani: Intelligence is taken for stupidity in the presence of unintelligent people. Very few people know or can admit that they’re idiots so when they hear something they don’t understand, especially when the speaker isn’t considered an authority or expert on the subject, they can’t believe it’s their own lack of intelligence. They’d prefer to believe it’s the intelligent speaker who must be the moron. As for being taken as immature, I imagine that is related more to Asperger Syndrome, regardless of whether the person a genius or not. Most people see their rigidity, perceived abrasiveness, and lack of understanding social cues as immaturity.

Jacobsen: Why are testing geniuses, to find them, necessary for the advancement of humankind? Why is advancement of humankind the value, the direction for moral effort? What does the advancement of humankind look like to you?

Scillitani: Geniuses are the ones making all the breakthroughs, inventing all the useful gadgets, discovering how the universe works, and so forth, so they’re really the ones who are paving the way for mankind. As for the value in advancing mankind, aside from being one of our functions as a species, it’s just interesting. We’re on a big rock in space and we’re really smart, what else can we do but be curious about how it all works?

I’d like to see more focus on discovery, especially in Earth’s oceans, and in outer space; medical advancements capable of prolonging our lifespans; and for for big changes to happen in the political sphere.

Jacobsen: Why are so few geniuses “charismatic”?

Scillitani: This is probably because most of them have Asperger Syndrome or schizophrenia. Both of these disorders can make a person appear quirky, eccentric, hostile, and/or unpredictable and anti-social. Nikola Tesla was one of the few charismatic geniuses that almost certainly also had Asperger Syndrome but I can’t think of any others off the top of my head.

Jacobsen: Is self-confidence an important factor in improving performance in professional pursuits for the high-I.Q.?

Scillitani: Being self-confident is important for improving performance in almost every profession for anyone, regardless of their I.Q. If we don’t think we can achieve something then we’re dooming ourselves to mediocrity. I’m not suggesting everyone should believe in themselves or anything, but that if it is realistic for one to have the requisite abilities to do something, even if it’s rare, they should pursue it if they wish to.

Jacobsen: Why pursue Computer Science now?

Scillitani: It’s more interesting than business/advertising and there’s less political involvement than in psychology. Several times I considered dropping out of school while I was working towards my degree in psychology because of how pervasive politics are in that pseudo-science. So many researchers fabricate data or withhold data if it doesn’t align with their political beliefs and I wanted nothing to do with people like that. There’s a reason psychologists often say, “everybody lies [many times] everyday”!

Jacobsen: What would a stable and happy situation regarding income and a day job be for you?

Scillitani: Working alone and doing hard but slow tasks would be nice. I don’t like having to grind menial tasks all day or work in teams so I’m hoping I’ll be more independent as a computer scientist than an advertiser. As for income, I’ll take as much as I can get!

Jacobsen: When you realize the rather impressive limitations in ordinary people to form coherent thoughts, how does this impact the further extension of coherent thoughts into a worldview? In that, people, generally, aren’t coherent in a moment, so aren’t in general views. Does this explain a lot of ordinary human life to you?

Scillitani: Well, it’s taught me that most people don’t actually have their own worldview in the first place. Even when someone appears somewhat intelligent it’s usually that they’ve found a genuinely smart person, absorbed as much knowledge from them as they could, and then taken that person’s worldview as their own. I don’t believe that adults whose I.Q.s are below ~120 (about 1 in 10) are capable of processing information with any level of depth beyond simple “A –> B”, Pavlov’s Dog type thinking.

Also, yes, this does very well explain a lot about ordinary human life to me. I used to think that most people had willfully poor impulse control, were lazy, refused to think ahead, and so forth but now I know it’s that they *can’t* control their impulses on their own, *can’t* understand personal responsibility, and *can’t* think things through. That is a very depressing but unfortunate truth and most intelligent people can’t believe that’s how it is. The smarter someone is the more likely they think, “intelligence doesn’t matter much, it’s all about work ethic” or “anyone could do what I just did, we’re not so different.” That’s probably the most wrong they’ve ever been about anything in their lives though.

Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society; Member, Glia Society. Bachelor’s Degree, Psychology, East Carolina University.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/scillitani-8; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Matthew Scillitani on Mild and Severe Reactions to Score Reports, Recognition, Rick Rosner, and Personality Factors: Member, Giga Society (8) [Online]. July 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/scillitani-8.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 22). Conversation with Matthew Scillitani on Mild and Severe Reactions to Score Reports, Recognition, Rick Rosner, and Personality Factors: Member, Giga Society (8) . Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/scillitani-8.

Brazilian Natio0ffffffnal Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Matthew Scillitani on Mild and Severe Reactions to Score Reports, Recognition, Rick Rosner, and Personality Factors: Member, Giga Society (8). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/scillitani-8>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Matthew Scillitani on Mild and Severe Reactions to Score Reports, Recognition, Rick Rosner, and Personality Factors: Member, Giga Society (8).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/scillitani-8.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Matthew Scillitani on Mild and Severe Reactions to Score Reports, Recognition, Rick Rosner, and Personality Factors: Member, Giga Society (8).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/scillitani-8.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Matthew Scillitani on Mild and Severe Reactions to Score Reports, Recognition, Rick Rosner, and Personality Factors: Member, Giga Society (8)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/scillitani-8>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Matthew Scillitani on Mild and Severe Reactions to Score Reports, Recognition, Rick Rosner, and Personality Factors: Member, Giga Society (8) ’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/scillitani-8.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Matthew Scillitani on Mild and Severe Reactions to Score Reports, Recognition, Rick Rosner, and Personality Factors: Member, Giga Society (8).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A (2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/scillitani-8>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S.  Conversation with Matthew Scillitani on Mild and Severe Reactions to Score Reports, Recognition, Rick Rosner, and Personality Factors: Member, Giga Society (8) [Internet]. (2022, July 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/scillitani-8.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Entemake Aman (阿曼) on the Chinese in Education: Member, OlympIQ Society (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,449

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Entemake Aman (阿曼) claims an IQ of 180 (SD15) with membership in OlympIQ. With this, he claims one to be of the people with highest IQ in the world. He was born in Xinjiang, China. He believes IQ is innate and genius refers to people with IQ above 160 (SD15). Einstein’s IQ is estimated at 160. Aman thinks genius needs to be cultivated from an early age, and that he needs to make achievements in the fields he is interested in, such as physics, mathematics, computer and philosophy, and should work hard to give full play to his talent. He discusses: online games; TikTok; other projects; the older generations of Chinese; focus on I.Q.; an I.Q. between 120 and 130; an antipathy with British Mensa; Wayne Zhang; the cheating into OlympIQ; Wang Peng; Peng’s book on Mensa; Tsinghua University; Peking University; University of Science and Technology of China; best educated minds in China; Chinese education; the U.S.; thinking rather than memorization; liberal arts in China; the subjects covered in liberal arts education in China; top universities in the U.S. reject the Chinese college entrance examination; young Chinese dream about money; first grade and high school; Chinese with super-high-I.Q.s; Chinese professional society; innovative and imaginative thinkers; and key senior high schools.

Keywords: China, Chinese education, Entemake Aman, high school, liberal arts, OlympIQ, Peking University, TikTok, Tsinghua University, university, Wang Peng.

Conversation with Entemake Aman (阿曼) on the Chinese in Education: Member, OlympIQ Society (4)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the most prominent online games for young Chinese?

Entemake Aman (阿曼)[1],[2]*: PUBG and League of Legends.

Jacobsen: Why is TikTok so popular for the youth of China?

Aman: Tiktok can send video content according to people’s interests. You can also make money by becoming an online celebrity through Tiktok.

Jacobsen: What are some of the other projects ongoing now?

Aman: Young people also like to chat with others through wechat and watch others’ wechat circle of friends.

Jacobsen: Why are the older generations of Chinese focused on chess, playing cards, and entertainment equipment?

Aman: These are the recreational games for the elderly. When they were young, they did not have mobile phones and computers. When they were old, they were still used to the entertainment items they used to play when they were young.

Jacobsen: Is focus on I.Q. more of a young person thing than an older person thing in China?

Aman: In China’s high IQ circles, we haven’t seen any elderly people with IQ above 160. On the contrary, there are many elderly people in Mega society. In China, young people pay more attention to high IQ. Their age is generally between 15 and 50.

Jacobsen: Why is an I.Q. between 120 and 130 the range for those can study well and perform well in the Chinese academic system?

Aman: In China, there are two courses in physics and mathematics. The full score requires an IQ between 120 and 130 (sd15). But full marks require special efforts and good teachers. Chemistry, biology, Chinese and English require the ability to recite knowledge and apply knowledge. So many times, people with an IQ of more than 140 (sd15) may not achieve good results even if they work hard.

Jacobsen: Is there an antipathy with British Mensa and the former chairman of Mensa in China, or is this simply a bureaucratic decision to not repeat the same mistakes from before by British Mensa?

Aman: I heard that the former chairman of Mensa spent money from Mensa China. There may also be bureaucratic reasons.

Jacobsen: Why is Wayne Zhang so low-key?

Aman: This may be his charm. His photos also look like a mature man.

Jacobsen: How is the cheating into OlympIQ know without evidence to support the claims? Who got sloppy?

Aman: A lot of circumstantial evidence. And I am 100% sure that there are many people cheating in China. By chatting with these people, we can also judge their thinking ability. Anyway, China’s slse48 and slseii scores are very abnormal. This is also the reason why Giga society no longer recognizes slse48.

Jacobsen: What makes Wang Peng known in the Chinese high-I.Q. circles?

Aman: Because he was in 2009, slse48 got 30 points. He is also a Mensa member. He has published a book about Mensa. He also married a Mensa Chinese member.

Jacobsen: What was the focus on Peng’s book on Mensa? What were the contents? Is there a publicly accessible link to it?

Aman: This is a book published from 2010 to 2011. Its name is Mensa Road, which can be found through Taobao app. I wonder if Amazon can find it. This book popularizes the high IQ Association and carries an IQ test (which can measure people with IQ below 145sd15). There are some IQ questions.

Jacobsen: What makes Peking University great?

Aman: The mathematics and physics majors of Peking University are especially strong! In China, many IMO gold medal winners go to Peking University to study.

Jacobsen: Why do some of the best educated minds in China leave for the United States – sometimes for life?

Aman: Because American education is the first in the world.

Jacobsen: Was your own experience with Chinese education more positive than negative or more negative than positive?

Aman: More negative than positive.

Jacobsen: With time to mature from childhood, does the U.S. seem to have an education focused on “interest, talent and happiness”? Which means, has your opinion changed or stayed the same?

Aman: I think American education is more suitable for genius, and Chinese education is more suitable for ordinary people. This is also the view of Yang Zhenning, the Nobel Prize in physics, in an interview.

Jacobsen: Do you think those with an I.Q. above 130 tend to be more focused on thinking rather than memorization? In other words, they process concepts in mind rather than commit them to memory and then recite them in the test.

Aman: Memory and IQ are two different abilities. My memory is at the average level, but my IQ is 180 (sd15). People with IQ over 130 (sd15) have more innovative thinking and imagination. Too many recitation tests will limit their talent!

Jacobsen: Why are liberal arts in China more focused on recitation?

Aman: Exam oriented education is to select people who work harder. After graduation from University, they choose careers such as lawyers and accountants that need to recite a lot of books!

Jacobsen: What are the subjects covered in liberal arts education in China?

Aman: High school courses were politics, history, geography, mathematics (simpler than science), Chinese and English.

China’s education pays more attention to scores. Students usually have more homework and exams, and they have relatively little free time to allocate. They also do not encourage and tap students’ Extracurricular potential. The classroom atmosphere will be more serious. It always focuses on learning more, reciting more, practicing more and taking more exams to cultivate students’ absorption of knowledge. Generally, you just need to study hard. You don’t need to prepare any specific materials and pay attention to the application time. You just need to follow the steps of teachers and students to study the exam in a regular way. The educational goal of American education does not attach much importance to the learning of “basic knowledge”, but attaches great importance to the cultivation of students’ creativity. It is not enough for children who can only learn. The most popular students in the United States are those who have excellent performance in the field of sports and have their own skills. They may only get upper middle grades, but they often get the best resources, or even priority admission places.

Jacobsen: Why do most of the top universities in the U.S. reject the Chinese college entrance examination?

Aman: In the United States, performance is not the only criterion. They pay more attention to your personal abilities and characteristics. So you know, it takes a long time to find your interest and prove your strength. We should find what we are interested in and good at in different extracurricular activities, and then practice to hone our skills, and then participate in various professional competitions to prove our strength. In the United States, most of this training method began from junior high school.

Jacobsen: Do many young Chinese dream about money more than anything else?

Aman: Money can solve 99% of the problems. Many students may not go to college because of their hobbies, but to find a good job to make money!

Jacobsen: How does the first grade (age 6 to 7) differ from high school (age 15 to 18)?

Aman: High school students aged 15 to 18 work harder, while those aged 5 to 7 study mathematics and Chinese. Learn how to write, simple arithmetic, etc. But from my own experience, every morning and afternoon, pupils aged 5 to 7 also have to learn.

Jacobsen: Even though, these Chinese with super-high-I.Q.s went to ordinary universities. How did they leverage their mental talents, regardless?

Aman: These 15 talents with IQ over 170 (sd15) have no chance to show their talents and choose their favorite majors. Their school is very ordinary (the University ranks after 800 in the world). They may accomplish nothing in their life. This is also the reason why there are few Nobel prizes in China.

Jacobsen: Are there benefits in Chinese professional society for the recitation and focus on memorized information?

Aman: Reciting knowledge can help us get good grades in the exam.

Jacobsen: Are more innovative and imaginative thinkers with I.Q.s over 140 (S.D. 150 prone to conformity and rejection by Chinese society?

Aman: They also need this knowledge to be thinkers. From my own experience, few people around me pay attention to the field of high IQ. No one is excluded, of course, because there are few opportunities to show the talents of thinkers.

Jacobsen: How many students, from these key senior high schools, participate in the physics competitions and mathematics competitions?

Aman:  Although I have an IQ of 180 (sd15), I didn’t go to a key high school. Even in a key high school, the number is relatively small.

Footnotes

[1] Member, OlympIQ Society; Member, Mensa International.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 22, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/aman-4; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Entemake Aman (阿曼) on the Chinese in Education: Member, OlympIQ Society (4)[Online]. July 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/aman-4.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 15). Conversation with Entemake Aman (阿曼) on the Chinese in Education: Member, OlympIQ Society (4). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/aman-4.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Entemake Aman (阿曼) on the Chinese in Education: Member, OlympIQ Society (4). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/aman-4>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. Conversation with Entemake Aman (阿曼) on the Chinese in Education: Member, OlympIQ Society (4).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/aman-4.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Entemake Aman (阿曼) on the Chinese in Education: Member, OlympIQ Society (4).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/aman-4.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Entemake Aman (阿曼) on the Chinese in Education: Member, OlympIQ Society (4)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/aman-4>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Entemake Aman (阿曼) on the Chinese in Education: Member, OlympIQ Society (4)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/aman-4.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Entemake Aman (阿曼) on the Chinese in Education: Member, OlympIQ Society (4).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A(2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/aman-4>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Entemake Aman (阿曼) on the Chinese in Education: Member, OlympIQ Society (4)[Internet]. (2022, July 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/aman-4.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b

Author: Hindemburg Melão Jr.

Reviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.B, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,872

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

This article discusses the claims of the presence of water on exoplanet Wasp-96 b. There is a claim in some recent reportage in science news from the ESA-Webb news site. The author of this critical piece analyzes the claims about the allegations of the existence of water on the exoplanet Wasp-96 b. The author considers the article by ESA-Webb news more sensationalist than not.

Keywords: James Webb, James Webb Space Telescope, NASA, Wasp-96b, Water.

James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b

*Please see the footnotes and citation style listing after the article.*[1],[2]

*Original publication here: https://www.saturnov.org/news/james-webb, exception non-original submission permitted.*

It was recently reported that a study conducted with the James Webb space telescope has revealed the presence of water in the atmosphere of an exoplanet located 1150 light-years away. Indeed, there is some favorable evidence, but how credible is this claim? In this article we will examine how much fantasy and how much reality there is in this story.

Among the various recent news stories about the James Webb Space Telescope, this one, https://esawebb.org/news/weic2206/, in particular caught my attention for its sub-optimal (not to say poorly done) regression and the interpretation that was made of this graph:

Image credits: Hindemburg Melao Jr., Saturnov, Sigma Society.

There are many details that could be commented on, but there are two in particular that I would like to look at:

  1. among the several points indicated as signatures of the presence of water, only 1 is fairly clear (1.4 μm), and even in that case there is a large outlier nearby, which reduces the reliability in that signature. The points 1.9 μm and 1.1 μm are still reasonable, but the points 0.96 μm and 2.7 μm indicate nothing. In fact, the 2.7 μm point may indicate a counter-evidence.2. The regression model is apparently not parametric, perhaps some neural network was used for this, in which case a much better fit would be expected. The use of neural networks for this type of model should be used with great caution, because due to the large number of layers it is difficult to “see” and understand what is going on behind the fitting process.

When you use a model with 2 or 3 parameters, you know precisely what will change in the shape of the curve when you change each parameter up or down. But when you use a neural network, you are practically working with a “black box”, giving up understanding the underlying processes. In exchange, the use of this “black box” confers the “magical” power to achieve some operational advantages, among which is to get as good a fit as one wants, to corroborate any desired result (within certain more or less “plausible” limits). As a consequence, one can find what one wants, rather than finding the Truth. This is why I am generally against using neural nets, except in specific situations where one can compare them with results obtained by other methods, or as a fine-tuning step to improve a result that has already been determined by a more “cognizable” model, so to speak, as I have commented in my articles and my books.

I searched for the raw dataset on the Wasp-96 b light curve, but could not find it. On the James Webb website there is only data on the transits and the associated drops in brightness, but not on the absorption streaks at the different wavelengths. I would like to do my own modeling of the data, without the biases that apparently guided the intentions of the authors of this article, and calculate the probability that such results can be interpreted as a real signature of the presence of water. In any case, even without access to the data, it is still possible to make a panoramic analysis of what is on the graph, and the facts are not quite as the authors are suggesting.

It would be relatively simple and easy to make a better fitting model than the one used in this image taken from Webb’s site. In fact, it would be desirable to do at least two regressions, one without any a priori model, to try to capture the raw properties of what the data reveal to us, and another using a model on where the absorption streaks should be and what the absorption intensity is in each region, to make a more complete comparison of the entire morphology of the curves, rather than just comparing the positions of the ridges. This would provide a much more comprehensive view of the situation and help make a more reliable interpretation.

Both regressions would need to be robust, because there are many outliers that could shift the regression curve away from the region where it should be. Perhaps semi-robust models, such as Huber’s, would be more appropriate, because sometimes it is unclear whether or not a given point should be interpreted as an outlier, so it would be better to give each point a “credibility weight” or something, rather than entirely cutting off some points and leaving the rest entirely. Also, since there is little data in the sample, the uncertainty in determining which points are outliers is greater.

The fits near the crests of 1.4 and 1.1 are clearly bad, and visually one can already easily see that the curve of a good model should pass closer to the local central tendency of the point cloud in that part of the data, but it is passing far below.

One of the most “serious” problems is the distribution of the experimental points in the vicinity where the absorption line at 2.7 μm should be observed. This inconsistency at 2.7 μm may explain why the fit is (intentionally?) bad, because if they tried to do a better fit, the inconsistency would jump more clearly into view, so this degradation in fit quality may have been for the purpose of masking such inconsistency, to pretend that the problem in the hypothesis about the presence of water is not so serious.

A simple model with local adjustments of polynomials of order 3 every 7 points (or a little more), corrected at the extremities to connect smoothly, or something like that, would already provide a curve much more adherent to the points in the vicinity of the ridges, besides preserving the good fit in the other regions, making more evident the problem they tried to “disguise”. A Fourier series would also be an alternative to be considered, with the detail that the LPR fit needs fewer parameters in cases where there are long horizontal straight lines, or almost straight lines, because in these cases either the Fourier series needs a large number of parameters or it forces ripples that may not be representative of the reality where there are long straight segments.

In 2012, Liyun Su presented interesting work using “Local Polynomial Regression” (LPR), with clear advantages in many situations when one has a reasonable idea about the model a priori, but quite “dangerous” when one has no idea what to expect from the curve morphology. So it seems to me that the alternative I described above is able to meet well the criterion of being more adherent to the data, without substantially raising the risk of overfitting (as happens in some cases in which Liyun Su’s methods are applied). Therefore, the method I suggest in the previous paragraph would be preferable to both the method used by Su and the traditional Fourier series.

Wonsang You’s 2016 studies seem to me an interesting advance in the use of this tool, and Anna Derkacheva et. al.’s 2020 paper is decisively a good model for this purpose, with good local fits, low risk of overfitting, and when there are extensive and frequent càdlàgs in the time series, or substantial reductions in data density in certain regions, this type of method inhibits the emergence of large anomalies, as usually occurs with other methods. Although this is not a case of a time series, from a statistical point of view it can receive essentially the same approach, since each value on the x-axis has only 1 value on the y-axis, and every nth value is dependent on the (n-1)-th, which are some fundamental characteristics of time series.

Some of these studies are analyzed, refined and applied in my books IMCH and Two new rating systems. Here I will only give a brief introductory analysis, to clarify some of the most glaring problems.

The graph below shows an example taken from Anna Derkacheva’s article, in which some of the advantages of fitting a curve to a set of points with several undesirable symptoms are analyzed, and yet the fit looks very good and manages to avoid several typical errors that are often produced by other techniques:

Image credit: Anna Derkacheva.

Of course, this kind of model is useless for extrapolations, but it is extremely efficient for interpolations, deeply respecting the localities of the points along the whole considered spectrum.

However, none of this would be necessary to see the “error” in this case, which is quite obvious. By “glancing” at the graph on James Webb’s website one can already see that the 2.7 μm point probably contradicts the hypothesis of the presence of water, since in the vicinity of 2.7 μm there are empirical indications of a valley, but the hypothesis would require that there be a ridge. The use of more sophisticated models would only serve to formalize the detection of the problem and objectively demonstrate its presence.

Even if the uncertainties in this region (~2.7 μm) are large, due to the larger dispersion, this fact could not be neglected and the combined probability (in a Bayesian analysis) that the data set is a signature of the presence of water in the Wasp-96 b atmosphere becomes much more fragile when examining the situation with this approach. So it strikes me as a news story with symptoms of sensationalism, adopting a model with low adherence to the data, to force a “spectacular” interpretation in the eyes of the lay public, whose actual probability of being the correct interpretation is not that high, being far from conclusive.

One would need access to the raw data to calculate the probability that the null hypothesis (that the signal indicates the presence of water) should be ruled out. In the absence of the numerical values, looking at the graph, the most that can be done is a rough estimate. Within these limitations, the shape of the curve in the vicinity of the 1.4 μm point is very similar to that expected and the dispersion in this region is narrow. This is good for the author who argues that he has found evidence of water in the atmosphere of the exoplanet. It should also be noted that in the vicinity of the 1.1 μm point the fit is not as good, but still indicates a high probability. This is also a point in favor of the author of the article. But at the other points of the graph, the evidence is almost zero, and the big problem is that in the specific case of the 2.7 μm point, depending on the parameters of the model chosen to calculate the quality of fit, one can even have a counter-evidence.

A calculation that took this set of facts into account would perhaps indicate that there is more than a 90% probability that the data indicate the presence of water, which is indeed a strong indication, but at the same time the 10% probability that it is not an indication of the presence of water is something that could not be disregarded.

In particle physics and quantum mechanics, generally, when a new elementary particle is supposed to have been discovered, an evidence is considered “conclusive” when the accumulation of experimental data exceeds at least 99.73% probability that the observed signatures are of the particle sought. In some cases, only after the probability exceeds 99.99997% or 99.9999999% is it interpreted that the discovery has indeed been consummated. So a probability of “only” 90% is still a long way from what would substantiate such a strong statement, and should at the very least be viewed as over-optimism.

In any case, even if future research corroborates the presence of water in the atmosphere of this planet, some questions remain, including why they adopted such a poor model fit. The (probable) neural network itself used to generate the curve plotted in the graph published on J. Webb’s site is certainly versatile enough to allow a better fit, provided the author of the study wanted a better fit. This is reminiscent of those images of flying saucers, intentionally blurred to make it difficult to notice details that you don’t want to be noticed, lest you unmask something you wish to cover up. In my opinion, there is a lack of transparency, and the authors should at least try to justify why they preferred a bad setting. There are many situations where a “worse” fit is not only acceptable but also recommended to avoid overfitting, but this is clearly not the case. A brief discussion of this is done in my book about two new rating systems, in the part about a study by Rob Edwards to try to measure inflation in the rating. I also cover this topic in articles about investments and in some of my videos.

NASA, many other research centers and many universities have been doing this kind of cheap sensationalism for many years now. The news about life in the clouds of Venus, life on Mars, fossilized life in the Martian meteorite, life underground on Europa, evidence of a Dyson Sphere on another star, abnormal acceleration on Oumuamua, the imminent risk of explosion of Betelgeuse are just some examples of exaggerations and distortions, possibly intentional, because it is easier to get research funds this way. The sad reality is that science is just another enterprise at the service of the economy, advertising, politics, etc.

On the one hand, I think it is understandable that the pressure from the government and the people to justify investments in these projects forces researchers to make up the results, as well as needing to stitch together almost all astronomical research to force it to somehow connect to topics of popular interest, such as the search for alien life or saving the planet from an apocalyptic collision. I find this understandable, but I don’t agree. Surely there are more honorable ways to show the real importance of scientific results, without having to make them up to make them look “pretty” in the eyes of the general public. The ideal would be to educate the general public to enable people to appreciate and value real science, just as it is, instead of trivializing it to suit the taste of the lay public.

One of the problems of allowing science to be excessively contaminated by publicity is that some researchers may not distinguish between a serious and reliable study and one that is merely advertising, leading them to take as valid the results, whose errors end up spreading and contaminating other studies, in a chain reaction whose limits are lost sight of. This problem is much more frequent and more serious than one might think. In my book IMCH, I point out an alarming number of errors in data records from official sources, as well as several indications of fraud. Some authorities have been notified, but no action has been taken, indicating acquiescence with such frauds, or simple prevarication in some cases.

At this juncture, despite the various problems, the Financial Market is comparatively more transparent and more immune. I am not defending the Financial Market; on the contrary, I think that there are many problems of lack of ethics and a very worrying number of frauds not investigated, not supervised and not penalized in this sector. But there is a virtue that needs to be recognized: while in “science” one can play with theoretical models at will, without the errors being properly confronted with reality, in the Financial Market the models are confronted with reality all the time. This is why the use of accurate statistical tools to model the Financial Market is of crucial importance, so that one can maximize profits and minimize risks, with the results materializing quickly, impersonally and mercilessly. Errors and inaccuracies are punished, while success is rewarded in equal measure.

Nevertheless, in other areas, such as Psychometrics, Astrometry, Anthropometrics, Sociology, Cosmology, etc., mistakes are hardly punished at all. errors are hardly punished at all, and some errors are even awarded, with an unjustified recognition, supported by the lack of critical vision of the “peers” who analyze the cases under the same naive and incomplete prism of the authors of the awarded papers, leading to the exaltation of incorrect papers, simply because they fit better in the prevailing paradigms and dogmas, fitting better the collective beliefs of the majority of the academic community – in particular the beliefs of the members of the committees that determine who should receive the awards.

From this perspective, although the Financial Market can be cruel and bloodthirsty, it is also much more fair, more impartial, and produces results in accordance with the quality of the work developed. Not always the best works are the best rewarded in absolute terms, because the absolute gains depend on the percentage performances multiplied by the volumes under management, and as the vast majority of investors don’t have the basic knowledge to make good decisions about where to invest, it is natural that the vast majority of investors make bad choices, adopting shallow and irrational criteria. That is why the best investments do not necessarily produce the highest absolute profits, but they do produce the highest percentage profits, since these do not depend on the investors’ ability to choose, but only on the efficiency of the investment strategies themselves.

Footnotes

[1] Hindemburg Melão Jr. is the author of solutions to scientific and mathematical problems that have remained unsolved for decades or centuries, including improvements on works by 5 Nobel laureates, holder of a world record in longest announced checkmate in blindfold simultaneous chess games, registered in the Guinness Book 1998, author of the Sigma Test Extended and founder of some high IQ societies.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Melão H. James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b[Online]. July 2022; 30(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Hindemburg, M. (2022, July 15). James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b. Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): HINDEMBURG, M. James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.B, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Hindemburg, Melão. 2022. James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.B. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Hindemburg, Melão “James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.B (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

Harvard: Hindemburg, M. 2022, ‘James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb>.

Harvard, Australian: Hindemburg, M. 2022, ‘James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.B., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009):

Author: Hindemburg Melão Jr.

Reviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.B, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,872

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

This article discusses the claims of the presence of water on exoplanet Wasp-96 b. There is a claim in some recent reportage in science news from the ESA-Webb news site. The author of this critical piece analyzes the claims about the allegations of the existence of water on the exoplanet Wasp-96 b. The author considers the article by ESA-Webb news more sensationalist than not.

Keywords: James Webb, James Webb Space Telescope, NASA, Wasp-96b, Water.

James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b

*Please see the footnotes and citation style listing after the interview.*[1],[2]

*Original publication here: https://www.saturnov.org/news/james-webb, exception non-original submission permitted.*

It was recently reported that a study conducted with the James Webb space telescope has revealed the presence of water in the atmosphere of an exoplanet located 1150 light-years away. Indeed, there is some favorable evidence, but how credible is this claim? In this article we will examine how much fantasy and how much reality there is in this story.

Among the various recent news stories about the James Webb Space Telescope, this one, https://esawebb.org/news/weic2206/, in particular caught my attention for its sub-optimal (not to say poorly done) regression and the interpretation that was made of this graph:

Image credits: Hindemburg Melao Jr., Saturnov, Sigma Society.

There are many details that could be commented on, but there are two in particular that I would like to look at:

  1. among the several points indicated as signatures of the presence of water, only 1 is fairly clear (1.4 μm), and even in that case there is a large outlier nearby, which reduces the reliability in that signature. The points 1.9 μm and 1.1 μm are still reasonable, but the points 0.96 μm and 2.7 μm indicate nothing. In fact, the 2.7 μm point may indicate a counter-evidence.2. The regression model is apparently not parametric, perhaps some neural network was used for this, in which case a much better fit would be expected. The use of neural networks for this type of model should be used with great caution, because due to the large number of layers it is difficult to “see” and understand what is going on behind the fitting process.

When you use a model with 2 or 3 parameters, you know precisely what will change in the shape of the curve when you change each parameter up or down. But when you use a neural network, you are practically working with a “black box”, giving up understanding the underlying processes. In exchange, the use of this “black box” confers the “magical” power to achieve some operational advantages, among which is to get as good a fit as one wants, to corroborate any desired result (within certain more or less “plausible” limits). As a consequence, one can find what one wants, rather than finding the Truth. This is why I am generally against using neural nets, except in specific situations where one can compare them with results obtained by other methods, or as a fine-tuning step to improve a result that has already been determined by a more “cognizable” model, so to speak, as I have commented in my articles and my books.

I searched for the raw dataset on the Wasp-96 b light curve, but could not find it. On the James Webb website there is only data on the transits and the associated drops in brightness, but not on the absorption streaks at the different wavelengths. I would like to do my own modeling of the data, without the biases that apparently guided the intentions of the authors of this article, and calculate the probability that such results can be interpreted as a real signature of the presence of water. In any case, even without access to the data, it is still possible to make a panoramic analysis of what is on the graph, and the facts are not quite as the authors are suggesting.

It would be relatively simple and easy to make a better fitting model than the one used in this image taken from Webb’s site. In fact, it would be desirable to do at least two regressions, one without any a priori model, to try to capture the raw properties of what the data reveal to us, and another using a model on where the absorption streaks should be and what the absorption intensity is in each region, to make a more complete comparison of the entire morphology of the curves, rather than just comparing the positions of the ridges. This would provide a much more comprehensive view of the situation and help make a more reliable interpretation.

Both regressions would need to be robust, because there are many outliers that could shift the regression curve away from the region where it should be. Perhaps semi-robust models, such as Huber’s, would be more appropriate, because sometimes it is unclear whether or not a given point should be interpreted as an outlier, so it would be better to give each point a “credibility weight” or something, rather than entirely cutting off some points and leaving the rest entirely. Also, since there is little data in the sample, the uncertainty in determining which points are outliers is greater.

The fits near the crests of 1.4 and 1.1 are clearly bad, and visually one can already easily see that the curve of a good model should pass closer to the local central tendency of the point cloud in that part of the data, but it is passing far below.

One of the most “serious” problems is the distribution of the experimental points in the vicinity where the absorption line at 2.7 μm should be observed. This inconsistency at 2.7 μm may explain why the fit is (intentionally?) bad, because if they tried to do a better fit, the inconsistency would jump more clearly into view, so this degradation in fit quality may have been for the purpose of masking such inconsistency, to pretend that the problem in the hypothesis about the presence of water is not so serious.

A simple model with local adjustments of polynomials of order 3 every 7 points (or a little more), corrected at the extremities to connect smoothly, or something like that, would already provide a curve much more adherent to the points in the vicinity of the ridges, besides preserving the good fit in the other regions, making more evident the problem they tried to “disguise”. A Fourier series would also be an alternative to be considered, with the detail that the LPR fit needs fewer parameters in cases where there are long horizontal straight lines, or almost straight lines, because in these cases either the Fourier series needs a large number of parameters or it forces ripples that may not be representative of the reality where there are long straight segments.

In 2012, Liyun Su presented interesting work using “Local Polynomial Regression” (LPR), with clear advantages in many situations when one has a reasonable idea about the model a priori, but quite “dangerous” when one has no idea what to expect from the curve morphology. So it seems to me that the alternative I described above is able to meet well the criterion of being more adherent to the data, without substantially raising the risk of overfitting (as happens in some cases in which Liyun Su’s methods are applied). Therefore, the method I suggest in the previous paragraph would be preferable to both the method used by Su and the traditional Fourier series.

Wonsang You’s 2016 studies seem to me an interesting advance in the use of this tool, and Anna Derkacheva et. al.’s 2020 paper is decisively a good model for this purpose, with good local fits, low risk of overfitting, and when there are extensive and frequent càdlàgs in the time series, or substantial reductions in data density in certain regions, this type of method inhibits the emergence of large anomalies, as usually occurs with other methods. Although this is not a case of a time series, from a statistical point of view it can receive essentially the same approach, since each value on the x-axis has only 1 value on the y-axis, and every nth value is dependent on the (n-1)-th, which are some fundamental characteristics of time series.

Some of these studies are analyzed, refined and applied in my books IMCH and Two new rating systems. Here I will only give a brief introductory analysis, to clarify some of the most glaring problems.

The graph below shows an example taken from Anna Derkacheva’s article, in which some of the advantages of fitting a curve to a set of points with several undesirable symptoms are analyzed, and yet the fit looks very good and manages to avoid several typical errors that are often produced by other techniques:

Image credit: Anna Derkacheva.

Of course, this kind of model is useless for extrapolations, but it is extremely efficient for interpolations, deeply respecting the localities of the points along the whole considered spectrum.

However, none of this would be necessary to see the “error” in this case, which is quite obvious. By “glancing” at the graph on James Webb’s website one can already see that the 2.7 μm point probably contradicts the hypothesis of the presence of water, since in the vicinity of 2.7 μm there are empirical indications of a valley, but the hypothesis would require that there be a ridge. The use of more sophisticated models would only serve to formalize the detection of the problem and objectively demonstrate its presence.

Even if the uncertainties in this region (~2.7 μm) are large, due to the larger dispersion, this fact could not be neglected and the combined probability (in a Bayesian analysis) that the data set is a signature of the presence of water in the Wasp-96 b atmosphere becomes much more fragile when examining the situation with this approach. So it strikes me as a news story with symptoms of sensationalism, adopting a model with low adherence to the data, to force a “spectacular” interpretation in the eyes of the lay public, whose actual probability of being the correct interpretation is not that high, being far from conclusive.

One would need access to the raw data to calculate the probability that the null hypothesis (that the signal indicates the presence of water) should be ruled out. In the absence of the numerical values, looking at the graph, the most that can be done is a rough estimate. Within these limitations, the shape of the curve in the vicinity of the 1.4 μm point is very similar to that expected and the dispersion in this region is narrow. This is good for the author who argues that he has found evidence of water in the atmosphere of the exoplanet. It should also be noted that in the vicinity of the 1.1 μm point the fit is not as good, but still indicates a high probability. This is also a point in favor of the author of the article. But at the other points of the graph, the evidence is almost zero, and the big problem is that in the specific case of the 2.7 μm point, depending on the parameters of the model chosen to calculate the quality of fit, one can even have a counter-evidence.

A calculation that took this set of facts into account would perhaps indicate that there is more than a 90% probability that the data indicate the presence of water, which is indeed a strong indication, but at the same time the 10% probability that it is not an indication of the presence of water is something that could not be disregarded.

In particle physics and quantum mechanics, generally, when a new elementary particle is supposed to have been discovered, an evidence is considered “conclusive” when the accumulation of experimental data exceeds at least 99.73% probability that the observed signatures are of the particle sought. In some cases, only after the probability exceeds 99.99997% or 99.9999999% is it interpreted that the discovery has indeed been consummated. So a probability of “only” 90% is still a long way from what would substantiate such a strong statement, and should at the very least be viewed as over-optimism.

In any case, even if future research corroborates the presence of water in the atmosphere of this planet, some questions remain, including why they adopted such a poor model fit. The (probable) neural network itself used to generate the curve plotted in the graph published on J. Webb’s site is certainly versatile enough to allow a better fit, provided the author of the study wanted a better fit. This is reminiscent of those images of flying saucers, intentionally blurred to make it difficult to notice details that you don’t want to be noticed, lest you unmask something you wish to cover up. In my opinion, there is a lack of transparency, and the authors should at least try to justify why they preferred a bad setting. There are many situations where a “worse” fit is not only acceptable but also recommended to avoid overfitting, but this is clearly not the case. A brief discussion of this is done in my book about two new rating systems, in the part about a study by Rob Edwards to try to measure inflation in the rating. I also cover this topic in articles about investments and in some of my videos.

NASA, many other research centers and many universities have been doing this kind of cheap sensationalism for many years now. The news about life in the clouds of Venus, life on Mars, fossilized life in the Martian meteorite, life underground on Europa, evidence of a Dyson Sphere on another star, abnormal acceleration on Oumuamua, the imminent risk of explosion of Betelgeuse are just some examples of exaggerations and distortions, possibly intentional, because it is easier to get research funds this way. The sad reality is that science is just another enterprise at the service of the economy, advertising, politics, etc.

On the one hand, I think it is understandable that the pressure from the government and the people to justify investments in these projects forces researchers to make up the results, as well as needing to stitch together almost all astronomical research to force it to somehow connect to topics of popular interest, such as the search for alien life or saving the planet from an apocalyptic collision. I find this understandable, but I don’t agree. Surely there are more honorable ways to show the real importance of scientific results, without having to make them up to make them look “pretty” in the eyes of the general public. The ideal would be to educate the general public to enable people to appreciate and value real science, just as it is, instead of trivializing it to suit the taste of the lay public.

One of the problems of allowing science to be excessively contaminated by publicity is that some researchers may not distinguish between a serious and reliable study and one that is merely advertising, leading them to take as valid the results, whose errors end up spreading and contaminating other studies, in a chain reaction whose limits are lost sight of. This problem is much more frequent and more serious than one might think. In my book IMCH, I point out an alarming number of errors in data records from official sources, as well as several indications of fraud. Some authorities have been notified, but no action has been taken, indicating acquiescence with such frauds, or simple prevarication in some cases.

At this juncture, despite the various problems, the Financial Market is comparatively more transparent and more immune. I am not defending the Financial Market; on the contrary, I think that there are many problems of lack of ethics and a very worrying number of frauds not investigated, not supervised and not penalized in this sector. But there is a virtue that needs to be recognized: while in “science” one can play with theoretical models at will, without the errors being properly confronted with reality, in the Financial Market the models are confronted with reality all the time. This is why the use of accurate statistical tools to model the Financial Market is of crucial importance, so that one can maximize profits and minimize risks, with the results materializing quickly, impersonally and mercilessly. Errors and inaccuracies are punished, while success is rewarded in equal measure.

Nevertheless, in other areas, such as Psychometrics, Astrometry, Anthropometrics, Sociology, Cosmology, etc., mistakes are hardly punished at all. errors are hardly punished at all, and some errors are even awarded, with an unjustified recognition, supported by the lack of critical vision of the “peers” who analyze the cases under the same naive and incomplete prism of the authors of the awarded papers, leading to the exaltation of incorrect papers, simply because they fit better in the prevailing paradigms and dogmas, fitting better the collective beliefs of the majority of the academic community – in particular the beliefs of the members of the committees that determine who should receive the awards.

From this perspective, although the Financial Market can be cruel and bloodthirsty, it is also much more fair, more impartial, and produces results in accordance with the quality of the work developed. Not always the best works are the best rewarded in absolute terms, because the absolute gains depend on the percentage performances multiplied by the volumes under management, and as the vast majority of investors don’t have the basic knowledge to make good decisions about where to invest, it is natural that the vast majority of investors make bad choices, adopting shallow and irrational criteria. That is why the best investments do not necessarily produce the highest absolute profits, but they do produce the highest percentage profits, since these do not depend on the investors’ ability to choose, but only on the efficiency of the investment strategies themselves.

Footnotes

[1] Hindemburg Melão Jr. is the author of solutions to scientific and mathematical problems that have remained unsolved for decades or centuries, including improvements on works by 5 Nobel laureates, holder of a world record in longest announced checkmate in blindfold simultaneous chess games, registered in the Guinness Book 1998, author of the Sigma Test Extended and founder of some high IQ societies.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Melão H. James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b[Online]. July 2022; 30(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Hindemburg, M. (2022, July 15). James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b. Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): HINDEMBURG, M. James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.B, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Hindemburg, Melão. 2022. James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.B. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Hindemburg, Melão “James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.B (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

Harvard: Hindemburg, M. 2022, ‘James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.B. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb>.

Harvard, Australian: Hindemburg, M. 2022, ‘James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.B., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Melão Hindemburg. “James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A(2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Hindemburg M. James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b[Internet]. (2022, July 30(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Hindemburg Melao Jr. and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Hindemburg Melao Jr., and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

. “James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A(2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. James Webb Telescope: Alleged presence of water in the atmosphere of the Exoplanet Wasp-96 b[Internet]. (2022, July 30(B). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/webb.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Hindemburg Melao Jr. and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Hindemburg Melao Jr., and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Veronica Palladino, M.D. on Family, Molise, Naturalness, Women, and Religious Faith: Member, Glia Society (2)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2022

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,944

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Veronica Palladino, M.D., is a Medical Doctor, Co-Champion of the LexIQ Contest, an author of four books, and a member of a number of High-I.Q. societies. She discusses: the main teachings; family a physical and social nourishment; the parts of nature and types of ancient traditions one can find in Molise; an acceptance one’s true self and nature; a medical doctor; I.Q. scores; individuals self-promoting at various levels; the friend; a genius; the factors involved in genius; the uniqueness of each genius; strength; determination; creativity; originality; innovation; the medical system in Italy; reasonable working hours; the idea of neurodiversity; religious faith and science; science; patients will die; physicians translate innovations in science into ethical practice; Italy working towards integration ethics and politics with “environmentalism”; ultimate moral decision-making; and the principles of Catholicism.

Keywords: Catholicism, environmentalism, family, genius, Italy, Molise, moral decision-making, neurodiversity, patients, religious faith, science, Veronica Palladino.

Conversation with Veronica Palladino, M.D. on Family, Molise, Naturalness, Women, and Religious Faith: Member, Glia Society (2)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What were the main teachings provided by your father to your sister and you?

Veronica Palladino[1],[2]*: My dad’s teachings were very pragmatic. Few words and many facts. It doesn’t matter what you tell but what you do with passion and dedication. My father was a tireless worker, a strong and determined man. He said: “Do not cry but fight every moment of life”.

Jacobsen: Is family a physical and social nourishment and renewal, or more of a distant memory to recall for strength and revival, or both?

Palladino: According to me family is nourishment and renewal. When family is healthy it is a source of strength. It is a propellant towards infinite potential but when it is sick it generates traumas and torments from which it is difficult to heal. Every day there is a news case that remembers it. Therefore governments must invest in the well-being and social integration of families.

Jacobsen: What are some of the parts of nature and types of ancient traditions one can find in Molise?

Palladino: Molise shows a rich heritage of traditional festivals that highlight ancient and religious values and a deep cultural identity. There are the WWF Nature Reserve Guardiaregia-Campochiaro, the oasis The Mortine, the LIPU reserve Casacalenda, the Matese, the botanical garden Capracotta, the reserve Collemeluccio.
Lucky people may have the chance to see wild animals as the brown bears, deers, chamois, wolves.

Jacobsen: How does a naturalness, an acceptance one’s true self and nature, lead to a more fulfilling life, knowing “that I am what I am, simply”?

Palladino: The pursuit of self knowledge, key element in Socrates philosophy is: γνώθι σαυτόν. It is inscribed over the portico at Apollo’s Temple at Delphi. It is the fundamental undertakings of psychology. Everybody has a hidden part of the Universe’s truth inside the mind.

Jacobsen: As a medical doctor, what were the inspirations for each text: “Il diario del Martedì, Un mondo altro, La Morte delle Afroditi bionde and Persone e lacrime”? Because I like the combination of M.D. plus writer. I may, or may not, be biased towards writers, dear Veronica.

Palladino: Il diario del Martedì is a research about being who you want to be. Un mondo altro is a novel based on fantasy, love of literature and personal growth. La Morte delle Afroditi bionde is a book that centers on a series of mysterious murders. What it looks like is not. Finally Persone e lacrime is a collection of poems. Poems are particles of oxygen that caress my lungs and ignite my synapses.

Jacobsen: What happens when the I.Q. scores are taken too seriously?

Palladino: I.Q. tests are good ways to improve thinking, mental power and ability but tests are not scientifically validated parameters for definition of intelligence. It is only a start point of orientation.

Jacobsen: Of those individuals self-promoting at various levels, most are men in the high-I.Q. communities. Why?

Palladino: I do not know why but women’s IQ scores are extraordinary. I know brilliant and precious women’s minds. I hope greater consideration of their skill and professional ability will be the prevalent situation in the future.

Women (My poem for women)

Wicked fibers

Intertwine in the pulsating core of the world.

Kaleidoscopic faces and cutouts of figures they result

From algorithms

Apparently indecipherable.

Bigots, puritans, prostitutes, rebels,

guilty, wagtails, nightingales, innocents.

Beauty crashes into the minds eager

To possess her and imprison her but not it bends,

advances and expands in

sincere heart that gives passion and rejects servility.

Strength is not sapped

By humiliations

Of the mephitic crapula.

Women, spirits drunk with

Burning emotion.

Women, lovable profile e vibrant with existence.

Women pure and abundant

Source of new

Life.

Jacobsen: Was the friend discovered as similarly gifted when testing around 20?

Palladino: No, but it was a good experience.

Jacobsen: Do you consider yourself a genius?

Palladino: Absolutely no. I love knowledge but there is nothing of a genius in me.

Jacobsen: In some manner, are the factors involved in genius in interaction with the wider world too manifold to make precise or even generic predictions about who, when, and what will be recognized as such, e.g., a person of genius, a period of genius, or a discovery or creation of genius? Terence Tao seems like a person who was known since a young age for prodigious mathematical talents and who, unlike others who went off the tracks, became highly successful.

Palladino: There must be a time, a place, an urgency, a convergence of factors that affect the birth of genius. Literary genius is a multi-layered aptitude that consists of many unique cognitive, affective, perceptual, motivational, interpersonal, and state-dependent attributes, including the challenging of orthodox thinking, fertility of ideas, compulsive discipline and hard work, tolerance of ambiguity, innocence of perception, immersion in the present moment, intellectual diversity, an internal locus of evaluation, and sensitivity to nuances.

Jacobsen: Maybe, the uniqueness of each genius, e.g., “Bohr, Leibniz, Goethe, Bach, Ramanujan, Wittgenstein, Aeschylus,” makes comparison or ranking necessarily moot. I don’t know. While, at the same time, do you think common themes might mark them? Something educational in an attempt at drawing threads through times and cultures, and minds. Cooijmans likes to point to a particular creative capacity in factors, for example.

Palladino: Creativity is a common factor to genial talents certainly. A genius is a curious, stubborn, reckless discoverer of diversity.

Jacobsen: Which genius best exemplifies strength to you?

Palladino: Rosalind Franklin.

Jacobsen: Which genius best exemplifies determination to you?

Palladino: Marie Curie.

Jacobsen: Which genius best exemplifies creativity to you?

Palladino: Leonardo da Vinci.

Jacobsen: Which genius best exemplifies originality to you?

Palladino: Rita Levi Montalcini.

Jacobsen: Which genius best exemplifies innovation to you?

Palladino: Barbara McClintock.

Jacobsen: How is the medical system in Italy compared to other Western European nations? How is this compared to societies with much different values and preferences, e.g., the United States?

Palladino: The medical culture provided by the Italian study system is undoubtedly valid and comprehensive of all important aspects but there are problems relating to job’s organization so young doctors decide to work abroad sometimes.

Jacobsen: Do you have reasonable working hours as a resident to balance writing endeavours and medicine?

Palladino: Unfortunately I don’t have much time to combine my two natures and I have stopped writing novels.

Jacobsen: How helpful is the idea of neurodiversity to place a positive emphasis on differences in aptitudes and outputs of someone’s neurology?

Palladino: Neurodiversity is a power inside every person, a light of special trait that opens every own path. Lack of awareness, and lack of appropriate infrastructure (such as office setup or staffing structures) can cause exclusion of people with neurodevelopmental differences. Understanding and embracing neurodiversity in communities, schools, healthcare settings, and workplaces can improve inclusivity for all people. It is important for all of us to foster an environment that is conducive to neurodiversity, and to recognize and emphasize each person’s individual strengths and talents while also providing support for their differences and needs.

Jacobsen: This ineffable quality, is this more an intuitive sense of the Divine rather than a rational enquiry into the state of nature? This seems like a common theme amongst highly intelligent individuals who adhere to a belief in transcendental sentiments and structures beyond the senses and analytical, when I discourse with them. Something incredibly profound, personal, and rock bottom true. An instinct of something that can’t not be; where, God simply, purely, exists as ontic universality, as the ground of Being, of Good, of Love, of Justice, of Beauty, of a means by which reality coheres and in which reality remains inhered with – God, of all that is, was, and will be, to them.

Palladino: Religious faith and science cannot be merged. They are two wonderful dimensions, parallel but not confusing.

Jacobsen: When does our science simply not have the answers that matter to us?

Palladino: Until a new genius will find the right answers.

Jacobsen: How do you cope with knowing some unknown number of patients will die with you, around you?

Palladino: “Everyone must leave something behind when he dies, my grandfather said. A child or a book or a painting or a house or a wall built of a pair of shoes made. Or a garden planted. Something your hand touches some way so your soul has somewhere to go when you die, and when people look at that tree or that flower you planted, you’re there.”~ Ray Bradbury, Fahrenheit 451. Death is the last point of life and we have to accept it.

Nothing is lost, nothing is created, everything is transformed E+S⇄ ES→ E+P

Jacobsen: How do physicians translate innovations in science into ethical practice mentioned in commentary of Weinstein and Stehr?

Palladino: Innovative practice occurs when a clinician provides something new, untested, or nonstandard in the course of clinical care. Weinstein, Jay and Nico Stehr wrote “The power of knowledge: race science, race policy, and the Holocaust,”Social Epistemology” The authors take a comparative and historical perspective and refer to well-known theoretical frameworks, These cases cover a number of countries and different time periods. They see a close link between ‘knowledge producers’ and political decision-makers, but show that the effectiveness of the policies varies dramatically.

Jacobsen: Is Italy working towards integration ethics and politics with “environmentalism”? What obligations and responsibilities come with the rights and privileges of human beings living in society and living in nature as part of Nature?

Palladino: The key environmental legislation is the Environmental Consolidated Act (Norme in materia ambientale or Codice dell’Ambiente) (Legislative Decree no 152/2006). The state has exclusive competence in environmental regulation (Italian Constitution). The principal national authority is the Ministry of Ecological Transition (Ministero della Transizione Ecologica) (MET) (formerly the Ministry of the Environment and Protection of Land and Sea (Ministero dell’Ambiente e della Tutela del Territorio e del Mare) (Law Decree no 22/2021 converted into law no 55/2021.The regime pays particular attention to projects and activities that: 1Could directly impact the environment. 2 Affect the quality of life and conservation of species and natural habitats. 3Affect the biodiversity of the environment.

Nature is around and inside people. Nature is our mouths, our lungs, our eyes. We can not kill ourselves.

Jacobsen: Sometimes, even often, there can be statements and proposals by the Roman Catholic hierarchy, while, simultaneously, by and large, an ignoring of these by the laity. It may be different in Italian society than, for example, Canadian society. However, these differences can create confusion about the investment of authority within the minds of the hierarchs and the various cultures of the laity. With values inclusive of “life and dignity of the human person, solidarity, subsidiarity and respect,” is it the conscience of the individual believer, various hierarchs of the Church, or something else, in which the authority for ultimate moral decision-making must be held to account within Catholicism?

Palladino: Each doctrine has interpretative differences especially considering the cultural, environmental and social aspects that characterize nations, however the founding pillars of Catholicism always remain the same. The foundations or pillars of an authentic Catholic life are summarized in the traditional four pillars of Catholic catechisms: faith, liturgy/sacraments, life in Christ, and prayer.

Jacobsen: You spoke of the principles of Catholicism. What about the doctrines and warnings in Catholicism, e.g., belief in the Devil in the former and warnings against association with/involvement in freemasonry? Do these come into personal consideration for personal living, too?

Palladino: Faith must be a reason of improvement, growth and resolution. Honesty, sincerity, humility, acceptance of one’s limits, kindness and fairness are the principles I follow. Freemasonry is a distorted concept of cohesion and I disagree.

Footnotes

[1] Medical Doctor; Co-Champion, LexIQ Contest; Full Member, CHIN; Member, Leviathan;Member, The One Society; Member, Hochste IQ Society; Member, Profundus Society; Member, Synaptiq Society; Member, WGD; Member, Gifted High IQ Network; Prospective Member, Sidis Society; Full Member of other High-I.Q. Societies; Author: “Il diario del Martedì” (2008), “Un mondo altro” (2009), “La Morte delle Afroditi bionde” (2019) and “Persone e lacrime” (poems) (2018).

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-2; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Veronica Palladino, M.D. on Family, Molise, Naturalness, Women, and Religious Faith: Member, Glia Society (2)[Online]. July 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-2.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 15). Conversation with Veronica Palladino, M.D. on Family, Molise, Naturalness, Women, and Religious Faith: Member, Glia Society (2). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-2.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Veronica Palladino, M.D. on Family, Molise, Naturalness, Women, and Religious Faith: Member, Glia Society (2). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-2>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. Conversation with Veronica Palladino, M.D. on Family, Molise, Naturalness, Women, and Religious Faith: Member, Glia Society (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-2.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Veronica Palladino, M.D. on Family, Molise, Naturalness, Women, and Religious Faith: Member, Glia Society (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-2.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Veronica Palladino, M.D. on Family, Molise, Naturalness, Women, and Religious Faith: Member, Glia Society (2)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-2>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Veronica Palladino, M.D. on Family, Molise, Naturalness, Women, and Religious Faith: Member, Glia Society (2)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-2.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Veronica Palladino, M.D. on Family, Molise, Naturalness, Women, and Religious Faith: Member, Glia Society (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A(2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-2>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Veronica Palladino, M.D. on Family, Molise, Naturalness, Women, and Religious Faith: Member, Glia Society (2)[Internet]. (2022, July 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-2.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Chinese High-I.Q. Group Discussion 1: Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值), Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on China and Its Culture

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.D, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 1,671

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值) is the Founder & President of God’s Power Society & The Chosen One High IQ Society and the author of the Mystery Intelligence Test. Craft Xia is the Founder of CHIN. Tianxi Yu (余天曦) is a Member of God’s Power Society. They discuss: China; Chinese civilization; the historical context of education in Chinese society; the foundational Chinese philosophies; modern Chinese civilization; and the high-I.Q. community changed over time in China.

Keywords: Buddhism, CHIN, China, Chinese, Confucianism, Confucius, Craft Xia, culture, Fengzhi Wu, Flynn effect, God’s Power Society, Legalism, Ming Dynasties, Mohism, Mystery Intelligence Test, Shenghan, Tianxi Yu, Taoism, The Core Socialist Values, Wang Fuzhi, Yellow River Valley, Zen.

Chinese High-I.Q. Group Discussion 1: Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值), Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on China and Its Culture

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s start on the purpose of this group discussion, the idea is a Chinese high-I.Q. community discussion because, as far as I can tell, the voices coming out in the high-I.Q. communities tend to emphasize North American and Western European with an emphasis on particular cultural outputs. Chinese culture has a long legacy of invention, art, etc. Its modern rise will continue to ripple in a multipolar world, so rounding out the perspective in this globalized context makes sense to me. Hence, the idea of getting some wider range of individuals. China has the largest footprint in most ways, clearly, amongst East Asian nation-states: China, Hong Kong, Japan, Macau, Mongolia, North Korea, South Korea, and Taiwan. So, here we are, with three members of the high-I.Q. communities coming out of China, Fengzhi Wu, Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu, what does China mean to you?

Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值)[1]*: I grew up in China and have always been proud to be Chinese, as well as admire the people, history, and culture of this country. I am optimistic about the future of my country and future generations.

Craft Xia[2]*: China is my motherland and the country where I have a sense of belonging. At the same time, it also plays a guiding role in my ideological and cultural concepts.

Tianxi Yu (余天曦)[3],[4]*: China to me is my homeland, the place where I was born. Of course, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau are also part of China.

Jacobsen: The Yellow River Valley appears to be the origin of Chinese civilization, which means a beginning around 5,000 B.C.E. Although, formal written records and dynasties began much later, e.g., the Xia dynasty (2070–1600 B.C.), then the Shang dynasty (1600–1046 B.C.), and so on. What seem like the attributes of Chinese culture leading to this extensive history and consistent civilizational existence? Most civilizations do not last this long.

Wu: I believe that one of the reasons Chinese culture has survived for over five millennia is through inheritance, which includes blood inheritance, value inheritance, and philosophical inheritance. Blood inheritance means that the Chinese valued family ties and blood relations, which extended to relationships with friends, the community, and eventually the country. Traditional Chinese values and philosophy are highly respected by people in China. Chinese culture holds a wealth of spiritual values that have not changed over time and can still benefit people today. There is harmony, benevolence, righteousness, courtesy, wisdom, honesty, loyalty, and filial piety. Even though we are now heavily influenced by globalization and modernization, the Chinese continue to value traditional culture and keep preserving it, while also attempting to assemble traditional culture and new culture in “harmony.”

Xia: East Asia, the birthplace of the Chinese nation, has an excellent agricultural environment, a geographical space with great development potential, and is relatively closed without losing access to foreign exchanges, which are the objective conditions for the sustainable development of the Chinese nation.

Egypt and the two river basins, which are almost open environments, are close to the African continent, the birthplace of human beings. Groups of humans continue to pass by them, and other civilizations developed along the Mediterranean can easily attack them.

The geographical environment of ancient India, located in South Asia, is also relatively closed, but a small Khyber Pass, which opens to the west, has allowed the continuous influx of external conquerors to conquer India again and again.

The geographical environment gave the early Chinese civilization sufficient time to develop. The cultural core brewed on this basis allowed us not to be wiped out and eroded by foreign nations (foreign cultures) when science and technology and force were weak. The continuous development of Chinese civilization for five thousand years is the result of the joint cooperation of objective geographical factors and subjective cultural factors.

Yu: China’s unique geography is an important reason why its civilization was not invaded by other civilizations. Other ancient civilizations were built on relatively homogeneous water systems and plains, and geographically lacked natural barriers to protect their cultures, which fractured once foreign cultures invaded.

Jacobsen: What has been the historical context of education in Chinese society? Its importance and emphasis with the society.

Wu: The traditional education context in China is to provide equitable and high-quality education. Chinese students are well-known for having extensive theoretical knowledge. In recent years, the government and society have worked hard to ensure that students develop holistically in cognition, body, emotion, and morality. As a result, people with a Chinese educational background now not only have solid theoretical knowledge but also innovative thinking and practical ability, which help to achieve themselves and even create values for our country and society. As far as I know, Chinese education has always followed the principle of teaching students based on their aptitude. It is encouraging that nowadays more and more parents and teachers are trying to build learning on students’ strengths and interests.

Xia: Social education in China can be divided into three stages.

The first stage: the difficult exploration stage (1949-1980)

As early as in the base area period, the Communist Party of China paid more attention to social education. After the founding of new China, the government began to carry out literacy and literacy education and cultural education for workers, farmers and other groups, which not only effectively improved the cultural quality of the masses, but also gave an unprecedented collective life and collective concept to China’s grass-roots society, which has been in the family or clan standard for a long time and lacks “collective consciousness”. Social education is gradually showing the characteristics of openness and socialization.

The second stage: wave rising stage (1980-2000)

As China shifted from a planned economy to a market economy, social education in China developed rapidly in the 1990s, and local education departments also issued policies one after another.

Stage III: stable development stage (since 2000)

From the background of modern Chinese society and history of “being a new people” and “arousing the people”, China’s social education has established a new pattern of diversified education development. The theme of education highlights the popularization and inclusiveness, the education service platform is stronger, the policies and basic organizations of social education have been established, and everything is prosperous.

Yu: Imperial examination system. The fastest way to complete the screening of the state apparatus.

Jacobsen: What are considered – within Chinese culture – the foundational Chinese philosophies?

Wu: In ancient China, the main philosophies were Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism, Legalism, and Buddhism, particularly Confucianism, Buddhism, and Taoism, which continued to influence the Chinese even throughout the East Asian region. The book of Changes and Lao Zhuang are central to the Chinese people’s worldview, and Confucius and Mencius’s theories represent the ethical social outlook of the Chinese. Buddhists, on the other hand, promote the idealism of common causes and help each other with Confucianism and Taoism.

Xia: The thoughts of Confucianism and Taoism basically run through the development of the whole history of Chinese philosophy, and they are in a state of one after another. After Buddhism was introduced into China in the Han Dynasty, after the late Eastern Han Dynasty, the development of Sinicization in the two Jin and southern and Northern Dynasties formed a tripartite confrontation with Confucianism and Taoism, and even prevailed over Confucianism and Taoism for a time. At the end of the development of Buddhism, Zen has the greatest influence and the most successful localization in China. In a sense, Zen is the result of the integration of Confucianism, Buddhism and Taoism. At the same time, Zen is also the source of Taoism in song and Ming Dynasties. In the song and Ming Dynasties, in addition to the struggle between Neo Confucianism and psychology in the main line, there was also the criticism of “Qi based theory” materialism on Taoism. Finally, Wang Fuzhi summarized the ideological achievements of his predecessors, reaching the peak of ancient Chinese philosophy.

Yu: Confucianism.

Jacobsen: What values guide modern Chinese civilization?

Wu: I believe the most important values guiding modern Chinese are known as The Core Socialist Values, which include national values, social values, and individual values. National values include “prosperity”, “democracy”, “civilization” and “harmony”; Social values include “freedom”, “equality”, “justice” and the “rule of law”; And personal values include “patriotism”, “dedication”, “honesty” and “friendship”.

Xia: Prosperity, democracy, civilization, harmony, freedom, equality, justice, rule of law, patriotism, professionalism, integrity, and friendliness. Its specific content mainly includes the guiding ideology of Marxism and the common ideal of socialism with Chinese characteristics.

Yu: “Socialist core values,” lol.

Jacobsen: How has the high-I.Q. community changed over time in China?

Wu: Since the invention of intelligence tests about 100 years ago, human IQ test results have been steadily increasing; this phenomenon is called the Flynn effect. For example, a person with an average IQ today might be considered a genius in 1919. As far as I know, the high IQ community in China has remained virtually unchanged over time. It could be because intelligence tests have only recently become popular among Chinese people, the time is too short to get many people to participate in the tests, resulting in insufficient statistical data. By the way, it’s ironic that children in China are only sent to the hospital for an “intelligence test” if their parents suspect them of having “ADHD.”

Xia: The earliest is the hundreds of people in Mensa China and some online communities in China more than a decade ago. Then after the establishment of Shenghan club, China’s intellectual community began to grow rapidly, including club organizations such as GFIS, which gradually appeared in the public eye and interacted with variety TV programs.

Yu: It was Mensa China and Shenghan that started this organization, and then GFIS emerged to formalize the Chinese high IQ community. My next step is to have some high IQ societies to lead the high IQ community in China, can be accepted by the country and become more elite, not just an “interest group”.

Footnotes

[1] Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值) is the Founder & President of the God’s Power Society & The Chosen One High IQ Society, the Author of the Mystery Intelligence Test, and a Member of Nano Society,  EsoterIQ Society, 6G High IQ Society, GIGA Society (formerly Giga Society 190, and earlier United Giga Society), The Core IQ Society, The POINT Society, NOUS High IQ Society, Sidis Society, and Relic Society (遗迹).

[2] Craft Xia is the Founder is the Founder of CHIN.

[3] Tianxi Yu (余天曦) is a Member of God’s Power, CatholIQ, Chinese Genius Directory, EsoterIQ Society, Nano Society, and World Genius Directory, and GIGA Society (formerly Giga Society 190, and earlier United Giga Society).

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/chinese-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Chinese High-I.Q. Group Discussion 1: Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值), Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on China and Its Culture[Online]. July 2022; 30(D). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/chinese-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 8). Chinese High-I.Q. Group Discussion 1: Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值), Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on China and Its Culture. Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/chinese-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Chinese High-I.Q. Group Discussion 1: Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值), Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on China and Its Culture. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/chinese-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Chinese High-I.Q. Group Discussion 1: Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值), Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on China and Its Culture.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/chinese-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Chinese High-I.Q. Group Discussion 1: Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值), Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on China and Its Culture.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/chinese-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Chinese High-I.Q. Group Discussion 1: Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值), Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on China and Its Culture’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.D. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/chinese-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Chinese High-I.Q. Group Discussion 1: Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值), Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on China and Its Culture’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.D., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/chinese-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Chinese High-I.Q. Group Discussion 1: Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值), Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on China and Its Culture.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.D (2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/chinese-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Chinese High-I.Q. Group Discussion 1: Fengzhi Wu (邬冯值), Craft Xia, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on China and Its Culture[Internet]. (2022, July 30(D). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/chinese-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Scott Durgin on Patriarchal Institutions, Roman Catholicism, and the United States’ Freedoms: Member, Giga Society (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 3,924

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Scott Durgin is a Member of the Giga Society. He discusses: laws and policies enacted through sociopolitical attitudes; other post-colonial states; Protestants and Roman Catholics; women’s bodies; Dominionists; magical thinking; free expression and religious freedom; the right in American society; and closet Christians and cultural Christians.

Keywords: Carl Sagan, Catholic Church, Neil deGrasse Tyson, post-colonial states, Scott Durgin, SCOTUS.

Conversation with Scott Durgin on Patriarchal Institutions, Roman Catholicism, and the United States’ Freedoms: Member, Giga Society (3)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

*One interpolated addition on July 4, 2022, explicitly noted in the text.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Critical thinking arises in a number of educational contexts. What is “critical thinking” in the context of learning?

Scott Durgin[1],[2]*: I don’t think it’s possible to define critical thinking without going on for pages and pages. Critical thinking “in the context of learning” would not be too far different than the definition of critical thinking itself. What I could do is identify what I think are the cognitive skills or mental abilities involved in critical thinking. I’m sure most of this has been written elsewhere but at least four or five skills come to mind

  1. Interpretation
  2. Evaluation or examination.
  3. Analysis
  4. Inference and
  5. Self regulation, possibly the most important.

These particular skill sets must be coupled with a healthy sense of curiosity…to question without fear…to use REASON as the ultimate pathway to exercise critical thinking and arrive at the truth. That curiosity would force one to observe as many things as possible, to engage others, to read very deeply into many things, but also very broadly. Above all things to grow, so that one’s skills and capabilities improve with time. This seems to be a most relevant way to tie critical thinking to learning.

Jacobsen: How does critical thinking work in the real world, i.e., outside the confines of the academic system?

Durgin: Good question. I can honestly say that my abilities at critical thinking did not mature until after I had already learned how to learn. And learning how to learn cannot be done thoroughly without an academic experience: to change, modify, evolve and revolutionize one’s thinking.

Jacobsen: What is Carl Sagan’s legacy?

Durgin: Heroically and elegantly bringing scientific thinking to a popular audience.

Jacobsen: Why promote The Demon Haunted World above other texts on critical thinking and a scientific, skeptical mindset?

Durgin: Because this one book, read thoroughly perhaps twice perhaps 10 times, is all that is necessary to understand the basics of reason and critical thinking.

Jacobsen: Sagan is dead. Who took on the legacy of him, the mantle?

Durgin: I can’t say that for sure. I can tell you that I like a great many thinkers in the field. Neil deGrasse Tyson is probably my favorite. Just boundless energy, incisively argumentative and affably entertaining. Bill Nye, excellent individual. Richard Dawkins Christopher Hitchens many others.

Jacobsen: Neil deGrasse Tyson has an amazing personal history, individual story, with Carl Sagan, as a youngster. How has Sagan, through his legacy, created a buttress against pseudoscience, religious fundamentalism, and the irrational?

Durgin: It’s actually not much of a buttress with people who are on the wrong side of science and politics and religion. In the United States we spend a pittance of public money on science and education compared to what we spend on other things. We live in a country where most religious people believe it is their duty to stop others from doing things that the religious people dislike.  They are clueless as to how the Constitution automatically stops them. They basically plug their ears, drag their small dicks into their huge monster trucks and just drive over anybody who tries to educate them. 

Jacobsen: How did the Roman Catholic Church love Hitler?

Durgin: How did they not? The papacy basically trained all their followers to be abjectly terrified of Bolshevism Marxism and communism. How this ramped up after World War II with the Dulles brothers in this country and many others is remarkable. Fascism, which the church is very much akin to living as a philosophy, was completely ignored. Hitler had free reign mostly. The only reason why the papacy and the Catholic Church feared and opposed Hitler was because he began shutting down certain areas of the Catholic Church. When it came to slaughtering Jews, Freemasons, protestants, orthodox Christians and Serbs; the Catholic Church adopted a deafening silence. Their concordat with Hitler occurred only months after Hitler gained significant power in 1933. He of course gained ultimate power by 1934 when Hindenburg died. Pope Pius the 12th literally kept secret Hitler’s plans to invade Poland who ironically had a shit ton of Catholics in that country. The pope likely agonized over the decision knowing what Hitler was going to do but unable to inform even his followers. He knew however that the survival of the supremacy of the Catholic Church was more important than a few tens of thousands of Catholics dying.

Jacobsen: How did the Roman Catholic Church love Stalin?

Durgin: They didn’t love Stalin but they were certainly able to tolerate him…he killed more Jews than Hitler and simply by being an autocrat (as stated before) allowed the church a piece of mind. Who cares about Stalin when they were very few Catholics in the country?

Jacobsen: What about Mussolini, Franco, Perron, etc.?

Durgin: Again same argument. Details are unnecessary here; the fact that they are Autocrats, authoritarians, dictators means that international and sovereign states like the Catholic Church have any easy time with diplomacy. Deal with one man and you help steer the course of the entire country. Mussolini was a really special kind of ignoramus. Utter fascist patriarchal fuckstick of a dictator.

Jacobsen: Why focus on the small hierarchy, the elites, rather than the priests or laity? I interviewed Fr. George Coyne, at one time, and was supposed to do a second interview prior to his death (who went into surgery and, presumably, never came out alive, which became an important lesson left for me; his last great gift to me). He was somewhat liberal minded as a Christian and oriented towards a scientifically educated perspective, particularly astrophysics.

Durgin: The hierarchy is the problem. Just a few hundred backward thinking men set atop the organization (did I mention the holy see is a sovereign state?). They are the problem, so I adopt a similar approach to dealing with an issue as the Catholic Church does. It clearly has worked for them over 1500 years. Anybody attempting to deal with a serpent or dragon focuses on the head. Only stands to reason.

Jacobsen: How does a majoritarian rule buffer against Holy See intrusion in political affairs?

Durgin: When the government is owned by the people (all the people not just some), whose law is codified in a constitution it doesn’t matter if 99% of the people in the country are converted to Catholicism. Including the senators and representatives and the justices. The constitution is not a religious document. A constitutional “majoritarian” democratic republic is protected by the Constitution, because eliminating all religious opponents does not change the fact that the Constitution protects all religions. The constitution is our law; not what the president says or what congressmen say or what judges say…there can be no authoritarian in a country where the constitution is the law. So no matter how many heads of state the Vatican attempts to have assassinated, it doesn’t change the Constitution. This likely pisses them off to no end which is why they have taken decades upon decades in an attempt to infiltrate the Supreme Court, which they appear to be successfully doing.

Jacobsen: With the American example, what are the clearcut examples of the Roman Catholic Church, and its empowered representatives in institutional positions of power in the United States of America, attempting to undermine American democracy?

Durgin: Five Supreme Court justices who seem to think that the constitution does not grant freedoms unless they are specifically called out in the constitution. Which is a ridiculously ignorant way of looking at it. If all the freedoms that we have needed to be enumerated in the constitution it would be 10 miles thick. This is why Madison and Jefferson and others took more than 30 years to perfect certain ideas like a separation of church and state. But somehow justices Alito, Gorsuch and Kavanaugh, the flip-flopping bone-headed Clarence Thomas, and the newly seated, starry eyed ignorant Amy Coney Barrett are completely ignorant of this fact when they allow a woman’s right to (reproductive) freedom to fall back on a bunch of Bible Belt, ignorantly run states, who are hell-bent on pretending they’re protecting a fetus while they stomp all over the fundamental right the woman has in the first place. How’s that for an opinion. Richard Dawkins believes that this latest decision by Scotus is nothing more than an attempt to allow religion to once again control the freedoms of Americans. I tend to agree. I am especially disappointed in John Roberts.

*Beginning of Addition: 4th July 2022*

This recent uber-focus on Roe v. Wade decision completely obscured my awareness of an equally devastating Scotus decision a few days earlier. This involves church state separation, against which the Catholic Church has been resisting, fighting, complaining, obstructing, seething, spitting and farting and twisting in their seats for decades.

Some clever Jesuits (who have obviously been pushing the five Scotus conservatives) have been effective at allowing to proliferate an inferior and surreptitiously deceptive interpretation of what church state separation means.

Nearly the entire motivation for Jefferson and Madison to spend 30 fucking years evolving and perfecting the precept of church state separation was to prevent emboldening the Catholic Church from imagining they could dominate civil life because they have a majority of people in the country who are Catholic.

The reality is public funds CANNOT BE USED to support or endorse a particular religious organization. Not on my constitutional watch. Public funds meaning government funds, like subsidies for schools etc.

The only way for every religion in the country to be protected is to make sure that ALL FORMS OF GOVERNMENT REMAIN RELIGIOUSLY NEUTRAL. There should be no argument here. But this falls on purposely deaf ears with John Roberts, Samuel Alito, Neil Gorsuch, Brett Kavanaugh and the starry eyed naïve ignorant Amy Coney Barrett, not to mention Hammerhead Clarence Thomas. John Roberts cleverly obfuscated the issue when he opined on the case in the state of Maine: “there is nothing neutral here in what Maine is doing” (paraphrased, not exact quote), as if to suggest that the church state separation concept is supposed to mean general neutrality**, when it is not! It means RELIGIOUS neutrality, thus 365+ different religions must be represented and supported if public money is going to be used. The public consists of ALL RELIGIONS including no religion, and therefore public money must be either

  1. Supporting/ endorsing every single religion on the face of the earth or
  2. Endorsing none.

The impracticality of the former is obvious. Eleanor Roosevelt fought Cardinal Spellman on this in the 1940s. Spellman lost, thank god. Move on. Government must stay out of funding particular religious organizations. The Bill of Rights demand it. Freedom demands it. Public funds do not belong supporting a religious school. This is also why we cannot have Jesus’s words on state property, because state property is PUBLIC property. Public property (government property) may not endorse any one religion, this is ninth grade civics every one should know. Religion is a private matter. This is the essence of the separation of church and state. It protects minorities from being overrun by religious majorities who believe it is their duty to convert the entire world. This country was founded to stop that nonsense. In fact it was founded in the bloody wake of the Catholic Church exercising for CENTURIES what it believed to be its “divine” authority to convert the world, by killing, raping, burning, marginalizing, exorcising every person who expressed religious beliefs other than Catholic beliefs.

The church needed to be stopped and they’ve been PISSED OFF ever since. Too bad. They don’t like religion being a private matter of opinion, equal to all others. Again, too bad. This is a free country where people are free to worship however they want and no one would feel free or be free if public money or official funds supported Hindu schools or Muslim schools any more than Christian schools.

Now this country is upside down because of ignorance and outright malice spewing forth from five conservative justices who are ANGRY this country is moving forward – PROGRESSING – and they are attempting to swing the country backward by 100 years or more because they are uncomfortable with their Christian majority WANING. And somehow they believe that because there is a Christian majority citizenry that religious freedom doesn’t work.

Third time: Too bad.

We need everybody in this country to forcibly stop this politically and clearly religiously biased gang within the supreme court from deciding on any other important rule of law. The gang of 5 plus Roberts is now an utter waste of public trust. Period.

** Roberts is deftly claiming that public funds should be granted to both religious and non-religious schools (pretending that this means “neutral”) thus completely evading the central issue of religious neutrality. PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS MUST BE RELIGIOUSLY NEUTRAL.

Roberts can now get on with either forced retirement or recusal for this wanton ignorance or wanton deception. Pick one.

*End of Addition: 4th July 2022*

Jacobsen: I’ve interviewed a number of prominent African-American freethinkers in the United States – real leaders – about their involvement in combatting Christian supremacy in the United States, particularly apt for them in consideration of the white supremacist orientation of history and patterns of aspects of Christianity, including Roman Catholicism. Christian European-Americans’ construction of institutions for the maintenance of authority over African-Americans in general. Those legacy European-Americans with autocratic Christianity in their minds who may buy into “Great Replacement Theory” and such, so as to express their sense of unipolar focus on “white” myths, Christian theology, and truly grounded in fear of the “Other.” Those who unknowingly proclaim lies boldly, belying individuals cowered into a corner and lashing out in terror. What is the association – not the core or the only, obviously – between white supremacy, i.e., laws and policies enacted through sociopolitical attitudes, and Roman Catholicism in the United States?

Durgin: Privileged, domineering, white patriarchal bigotry. These people knowingly and willingly want to take the United States back to the 1950s. Pretty clear.

Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, how does this look in other post-colonial states with a majority, or near majority, Christian identifying population, i.e., New Zealand, Australia, Canada, and South Africa?

Durgin: If they have a constitution that separates church and state then they should not be having a problem. Unfortunately the interpretation of separation of church and state is 100% lost on a lot of religious people in this country. I do not know how tightly religious freedom is coupled to the law of the land in other countries.

Jacobsen: How are Protestants and Roman Catholics, ideologically, converging on making Christian an official identity of nationality in the United States now?

Durgin: The next 10 years will answer this question. We are now in an era where only 10 years will almost exactly parallel how Hitler came to power in Germany. My opinion.

Jacobsen: I’ve made some observations as to women’s bodies as the true point of battleground for the fundamentalist Christians in the United States of America. To me, it seems as though the aim is the restriction of women’s choices about their destinies starting with reproduction. With Roe v Wade as a news item, recently, what makes this particularly poignant about attempts at intrusion of Roman Catholic dogma about when life starts, women’s bodies, and legislation focusing on these items impactful on women’s bodies, so fates?

Durgin: What makes this particularly poignant is that they are succeeding.

Jacobsen: You used the term Dominionists. A religious ideology, Dominionism, founded on Genesis 1:28 (KJV). A passage about dominion over the Earth by earthly, Christian forces. This transcendentally awful (im)moral basis for American centralized theonomy makes for open declarations, based on religious scripture, of the merger of religion and state rather than the separation of religious institutions and states. It means, in essence, a declaration for theocratic globalism, which means theocratic autocracy (as in singular domineering control) rather than democratic multicultural universalism (or the basis of most respected international human rights and associated organizations and institutions). Who are the main framers of Dominionist theology in America? Why is America an apparent central focus on these individuals now?

Durgin: I don’t know. What I highly suspect is that the 2030s will see a stupendous push on the part of the right wing in many countries to co-opt both the meaning and the implementation of the building of the so-called “third temple” in Jerusalem. Easter of 2034 will be the beginning of it if not a little before. October 2041 will likely be its culmination. I honestly don’t know how the intervening years will play out because I do believe there are genuinely naïve and beneficial forces who will be involved in building such a temple; but the right wing will have none of this (unless it is 100% Christian, by God!), so if the right wing January 6 fascists build up like Hitler did, between now and 2030, they may have the ability to co-opt the effort.

Jacobsen: Also, back to critical thinking, these institutions remain built on magical thinking over centuries molded into institutions used for social influence, political power, and legislative entrenchment. How is the magical thinking without challenge a basis for the snowball effects, as with the Roman Catholic Church, over decades in countries and over centuries in spheres of influence?

Durgin: Not sure how to answer that, but if this country spent more money on science and education in the public sphere, we would be much better off and unlikely to fall into a hole. The entire public needs to be vested in scientific thinking, scientific methods and scientific conclusions, which means there needs to be a tenfold increase in spending on education, science, mathematics and perhaps constitutional freedom and the three masonic pillars (at least politically in this country): 1. The emancipation of women. 2. Limits on state power. 3. Separation of church and state. Those three things are anathema to the Catholic Church.

Jacobsen: When I interviewed some members of The Satanic Temple, two noted Evangelical Christians in the United States, if they don’t get precisely what they want 100% of the time, then they cry, as you note, “Victim.” Roman Catholics, based on the statement by you, make the same play as victims. The irony: individuals who deplore victim-ology or victimhood in other ideologies enacting the same, as in a pervasive projection of their own psychology, rather than an identification of a necessary cultural reality. Akin to cancel culture proclamations, with temporary, at times, actualizations in some professionals, they forget the centuries of history of real cancel culture in Christianity with book burning, book banning, torture, murders, and the like, in the name of Jesus Christ and the Kingdom of God as proclaimed by Christianity. The most pervasive, long-lasting, cruel, violent, and vicious cancel culture has come from religious fundamentalists with the mastery of torture and destruction of free expression. Again, it seems a simple act of projection. Even if admitted, it becomes softened, as in, ‘It happened a long time ago,’ as if light acceptance of ubiquitous history means absolution of the crimes in the name of Christianity. In many ways, in further irony, their purported fears and decline could be seen theologically as an inverse ROI, or return on investment, of all the imprecations (e.g., imprecatory prayers) against others not them. (Why not get the message? Their God is punching them in the face and kicking them in the nuts, constantly.) How are American rights to free expression and religious freedom a counter to this history of Christian imposition?

Durgin: Projection is exactly right. But…In this country the Constitution guarantees that every individual is a sovereign regarding his/her choice of worship, belief in God or an afterlife and his/her autonomous freedom to exercise such beliefs, as long as he/she does not attempt to remove the sovereignty of another citizen.

Jacobsen: Why are some individuals who support Trump bound to the idea of a stolen election and the era of the 1950s? Why the attempts to make a “safe space” for them through the entire nation rather than simply their longstanding “safe spaces” in churches, in cathedrals, in Klan meetings for some, or in whole universities with Christian private postsecondary institutions? Not a distant reality in Canada here, in micro, 5 minutes down the road is Trinity Western University. Its administrators and brand-marketers declare the institution an “arm of the church,” in full as a mission statement:

The mission of Trinity Western University, as an arm of the Church, is to develop godly Christian leaders: positive, goal-oriented university graduates with thoroughly Christian minds; growing disciples of Jesus Christ who glorify God through fulfilling the Great Commission, serving God and people in the various marketplaces of life.

While, at the same time, on tax-breaks for land used by the university, attempting to get funding from the government (though a private Evangelical Christian religious institution), harbouring a community covenant openly discriminatory against LGBTI+ individuals, and lead for decades by a president who resigned in the 2000s around the time of a sexual misconduct claim against him, one woman, at one job (who I worked with), who worked with him excused the claim by saying, “He was lonely.” (Nice.) Fundamentalist Evangelicals and Roman Catholic Christians with a literalist orientation seem socio-politically aligned. Is the fight in some parts of Canada akin to the right in American society, though more pervasive in the American example?

Durgin: I don’t know. But it is a very simple thing to realize that for decades upon decades in this country we teach women when they are girls of 5 to 6 years old that when a boy teases or pushes or torments or otherwise attacks them (admittedly sometimes in a not very harmful way physically) what do we teach that little girl? We tell her “Oh he likes you”. This is the beginning of women tolerating men’s bad behavior and it is the beginning of men dominating women and women actually allowing it. We ACTUALLY TEACH five-year-old girls that boys mistreating them means “He likes you”. Just sit back and THINK about that and you have your answer as to why we are in this conundrum today. Many girls of course want boys to like them so the lesson is they should start tolerating their bad behavior. Until this is stamped out with all eviscerating justice and blunt force the world will continue to wallow in patriarchal ignorance.

Jacobsen: There are figures within Canadian society who amount to closet Christians and cultural Christians acting as apologists for Christian doctrines and sociopolitical concerns without open, public stipulation as such, e.g., Dr. Jordan Peterson. We could see this from more than a decade ago in his media presence. He seemed surprised by the catapult to prominence at the start and oriented more clearly to it. Now, he embraces the minor fame and Christian orientation with absurdist comedy not intended as such, presenting ‘arguments’ of the Bible as “meta-true” in some moments. I see this as a defensive move. Canadian Christianity on the defensive and individuals highly sympathetic to its more regressive doctrines acting more surreptitiously to influence culture. Indeed, Peterson has noted it’s more effective to promote Christianity indirectly rather than directly; his motives are clear, though arguments remain jumbled – see: Nathan Robinson’s “The Intellectual We Deserve” – and emotional life seems highly labile (fake at times and real at others) – see: random, assorted crying and breakdown bouts & pouts.

Durgin: lol no time. 24 June 8:37 pm.

Footnotes

[1] Member, Giga Society.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/durgin-3; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Scott Durgin on Patriarchal Institutions, Roman Catholicism, and the United States’ Freedoms: Member, Giga Society (3)[Online]. July 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/durgin-3.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 8). Conversation with Scott Durgin on Patriarchal Institutions, Roman Catholicism, and the United States’ Freedoms: Member, Giga Society (3). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/durgin-3.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Scott Durgin on Patriarchal Institutions, Roman Catholicism, and the United States’ Freedoms: Member, Giga Society (3). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/durgin-3>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Scott Durgin on Patriarchal Institutions, Roman Catholicism, and the United States’ Freedoms: Member, Giga Society (3).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/durgin-3.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Scott Durgin on Patriarchal Institutions, Roman Catholicism, and the United States’ Freedoms: Member, Giga Society (3).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/durgin-3.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Scott Durgin on Patriarchal Institutions, Roman Catholicism, and the United States’ Freedoms: Member, Giga Society (3)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/durgin-3>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Scott Durgin on Patriarchal Institutions, Roman Catholicism, and the United States’ Freedoms: Member, Giga Society (3)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/durgin-3.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Scott Durgin on Patriarchal Institutions, Roman Catholicism, and the United States’ Freedoms: Member, Giga Society (3).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A (2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/durgin-3>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Scott Durgin on Patriarchal Institutions, Roman Catholicism, and the United States’ Freedoms: Member, Giga Society (3)[Internet]. (2022, July 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/durgin-3.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Clelia Albano on Family, Democratic Values, Religion and Skepticism, Dawkins, Gadamer, Wikipedian, and Cosmopolitan Weltanschauung Cosmic: Member, Capabilis (2)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightjournal.com

Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,533

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Clelia Albano is from Italy. She’s a teacher of Italian and Latin, painter and poet writing in Italian and English. She is a member of Capabilis and USIA. She has two collections of poetry, In Assenza di Naufragi, that was a finalist for the National Literary Contest “Il Mio Esordio 2018,” selected by the International Festival of Poetry of Genova, and “Come Tutte Le Cose di Questo Mondo”, a prosimetrum. She’s been published also in English on the American anthology “Winter” and by the literary magazine “The Night Heron Barks”. She loves reading, learning languages and editing for Wikipedia, which she has done since 2012. She was a finalist with “Come Tutte Le Cose di Questo Mondo” for the “Premio Internazionale Mario Luzi” 2020. She discusses: Latin and Greek in Naples; WWII; a sense of the importance of democracy; independence of the feminine side; earliest inklings of skepticism over religion; grotesque sides of religious faith; paint; poetry written in youth; aspects of the mind; linguistic codes; expansive memory; geniuses; perceptions of geniuses; main aspects of church corruption criticized by Dante; inspirations for writing the books; paintings; a Wikipedian; highly manipulative; the attraction of supernatural entities; scientists like Dawkins; an automaton; Gadamer’s presentation of Art in Truth and Method (1960); a democratic socialist; and cosmopolitan weltanschauung cosmic.

Keywords: Clelia Albano, cosmopolitan weltanschauung cosmic, Dante, Dawkins, Gadamer, geniuses, Italy, Naples, Wikipedian, WWII.

Conversation with Clelia Albano on Family, Democratic Values, Religion and Skepticism, Dawkins, Gadamer, Wikipedian, and Cosmopolitan Weltanschauung Cosmic: Member, Capabilis (2)

*Please see the footnotes, bibliography, and citation style listing after the interview.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did your father get into teaching Latin and Greek in Naples?

Clelia Albano[1],[2]*: My father was from Naples. He grew up and received his education there.

He attended the Classic Lyceum where Greek and Latin are the basic curricular subjects and given his attitude towards humanities and ancient languages he earned the degree in Ancient literatures and languages at the hometown University “Federico II”.

Jacobsen: What are some of the remarkable stories of family, ancestors and relatives, in association with WWII?

Albano: Apart from historical recounts, I was told by my father and my grandmother about one of the worst issues brought by the war: the scarcity of food. The family had to adapt the diet to a flour made from chestnuts and to other poor food.

This was an experience that in the following years gave the food a centrality almost religious in my father’s family. To be nourished in a proper way was considered a priority by my relatives and by my daddy, the first prescription to keep oneself healthy and alive. I was influenced by this idea.

Jacobsen: How have these stories helped develop a sense of the importance of democracy?

Albano: As I told you in our previous interview, I was raised according to democratic values developed and strengthened by my paternal family particularly as a reaction to the social, cultural and individual repression under Fascism.

Jacobsen: How have you incorporated this independence of the feminine side into your own narrative and life path?

Albano: By following and expressing my attitudes, my preferences, beliefs, regardless of cliché, conventions and the others’ judgements.

Jacobsen: What were the earliest inklings of skepticism over religion?

Albano: Well, I clearly remember that, especially in my teens, I got upset with the incoherent behaviour of some believers. Beside this I have something to say about religion that will surprise you. In the last months I have been caught by a desire for faith and for praying. Maybe the seeds of faith to which I was raised never abandoned me. Of course there are things I am still skeptical about, but I know inside of me that often I have suffered the loss of this religious vocabulary that unavoidably knock on the door of my lexical repertory at Christmas time or at Easter, or when I am in despair and I realize that the words in my possession lack of spiritual energy. Because I think we are our words, we are what we say and my idea is that even spirituality, the good and the evil are made of words. Once I read a remarkable scientific study on the human brain and the DNA sequences. I read something that amazed me because I had thought a lot of times that words might change the human brain’s map. This would be explicative of both the healing process and the development of a disease. When I stopped to believe in transcendence I never excluded the idea of mystery in our lives. Thus, before the influence of prayers and their healing power in several cases, I was open to the possibility that they have an effectual power. In the above mentioned study, the researchers had found that if we speak words of sorrow, anger, or we semantically express the wish to die, in sum if we speak words against ourselves, we might cause some changes in our DNA, since each sequence is very similar to the linguistic code. In other words it would be like replacing the healthy words of the DNA with sick and deadly words. So when we make a negative wish and we desire to die we run the risk that it comes true. That’s why I think that prayers might have some influence.

Jacobsen: What were those grotesque sides of religious faith to your father?

Albano: By grotesque I meant the combination of religion and superstition together, which gives flesh to rituals and objects where it is hard to distinguish the threshold between devotion and talismanic gestures. However there is also an awesome side of this combination.

In Naples it is still present this way of interpreting and living faith; so you will find in several contexts, amulets along with pictures of Jesus.

My father had a rational conception of faith and he thought that religion is the opposite of superstition.

Jacobsen: What kinds of things did you paint?

Albano: I painted mainly African subjects.

Jacobsen: What themes were common in the poetry written in youth if any?

Albano: More or less the contemplation of the world, the desire to be elsewhere in the far sides of the world, the oneiric side of life.

Jacobsen: What aspects of the mind cannot be measured?

Albano: creativity and inspiration. Another aspect is dreaming. Although there’s a Freudian part of me that tends to interpret dreams according to psychoanalytic symbology, the other side of me rejects the positivist conviction that the oneiric dimension can be dissected and notomized by Freudian schemes.

Jacobsen: How are “reality, life and experiences… linguistic codes”?

Albano: Sorry for repeating myself. They are made of words. That’s what I think. Also “God” is a word. Is there something we can think about without giving it a name?

Jacobsen: When you came across individuals comfortable amongst the extraordinary, what was the intuitive, innate reaction in you, as the normal reaction was, more commonly, astonishment with the, for example, more expansive memory?

Albano: Well, on the one hand my reaction was of admiration. On the other hand, I tried and I still try to learn from them. By observing their approach to life, science and technology, by observing their idea of faith, for example. As I told you before I have felt the urge to speak and think like a believer once again in my life. In the groups I am a member of, High IQ groups, I happened to find very gifted people who are believers. Particularly I was struck by the words of the creator of several High IQ Sites, tests, creator of GENIUS High IQ Networks, a Mensan and awarded as one of the most intelligent men in the world, who has faith in God. Somehow I felt comfortable with that side of me that even when rejected religion never got entirely skeptical.

Jacobsen: Why are geniuses, fundamentally, perceived as a “threat” or as “dangerous”?

Albano: Because generally they bring changes and discoveries that subvert the ordinary. Some people live in the dreads of progress. They feel more comfortable with held beliefs.

Jacobsen: Are these perceptions of geniuses generally legitimate or illegitimate?

Albano: In my humble opinion they are legitimate for the reasons I just have illustrated. There is also a conspicuous portion of the population who is enthusiastic about progress. But I think, in addition, that there are progressivists who trust scientific and philosophical knowledge, and by contrast, disagree with certain scientific projects for they involve social and ecological risks. Just to take but one example, the idea of colonising other planets sounds as a form of neo-colonialism to many progressive people, because both the financial investments for those enterprises and the plan to build up cities on extra-terrestrial environments involve the risks of polluting them.

Jacobsen: What were the main aspects of church corruption criticized by Dante? How did he go about doing it?

Albano: At the time of Dante, the Church had lost the role of spiritual guide. The main reason was that most of the ecclesiastical officials conducted a mundane life, exerted a political power on the believers; they did act against the Christian principles. There were Popes and archbishops who didn’t disdain to have concubines and to have children, disrespecting the vote of chastity. They betrayed the vote of poverty by accumulating money, richness and commodities of every sort. The Church of Saint Peter, held both the temporal and the spiritual powers; the abuses it perpetrated, emerged particularly during the civil battles between the Communes when the supporters of the Pope on the one side and the supporters of the imperator on the other, formed respectively the factions of Guelfs and Ghibellines. Dante, who had a profound devotion and who dreamt of a pure Christianity based on a religion that took care only of souls, denounced in the Comedy what was in contrast with the predicament of Jesus.

Jacobsen: What were the inspirations for writing the books?

Albano: The books I published are collections of poems I wrote in different times of my life. Each poem came from a particular and unique inspiration.

Jacobsen: What are paintings focused on thematically now?

Albano: Unfortunately, it’s ages. I don’t paint. I’m focused more on poetry and the lack of time made its part.

Jacobsen: What kind of edits and additions have you been making as a Wikipedian?

Albano: I have created articles for Wikipedia in English and in Italian, mostly biographic. Generally, I work on literary and artistic contents, but also on contents related to public figures in the field of whistle-blowing, hackers and human rights advocacy.

I have translated into Italian English Wikipedia entries on painters that were not on Wikipedia It. I have integrated several entries. I am particularly proud of the creation of the wiki bio of a contemporary artist, New York based, who is now exhibited at the Guggenheim.

Jacobsen: What immediately strikes you about individuals who are highly intelligent, highly creative, or both, while being, in other aspects of their lives ‘misogynistic, racist, and sadistic’?

Albano: They are highly manipulative. At the beginning they are fascinating because of the way they talk, the way they capture your attention. They use all the tricks to reach the goal. You can find that they write books about human rights, papers against discrimination, tons of words to condemn domestic violence, poems to celebrate women and on the other hand they gradually reveal to not practice what they preach. I mean that if you pay attention you will catch their missteps. I have experienced that.

Jacobsen: What was the attraction of supernatural entities hypothesized by adults and authorities as a youth?

Albano: When I was a child at the end of the 70s early 80s, the TV and cinema main subject was the extra-terrestrial world. I remember that knowledge and science were focused on planet earth and on space. I was given as a gift a book by David Attenborough, “Life on Earth: A Natural History” and on the other side there was this huge interest in life on the other planets, life on Mars, et cetera. The idea of an E T. somewhere, ready to get in touch with me excited my fantasy for a certain time.

Jacobsen: Regarding “scientists like Dawkins,” what is the fear induced there? Is this a common sentiment?

Albano: In my previous interview I said that I don’t like the so-called new atheists because I refuse the idea we are only chemistry. I fear that a human being might end up like a predictable text.

Jacobsen: How is an automaton, though Carbon-formed and naturally evolved, view of human beings “creepy”? Can you expand on this, please?

Albano: Yes, I will try to expand. Well, the idea that we are determined only by our DNA would mean that we are predestined to be good or evil and that everything we do is not the consequence of a conscious decision but of a series of actions embedded by default in our cerebral circuits. It would make education, knowledge, religion, philosophy, all that mankind created, meaningless. This view of a human being is scary to me.

Jacobsen: With Gadamer’s presentation of Art in Truth and Method (1960) as the “transmission for meanings across time,” in some way, this circumnavigates the issues, pointed out by you, of siloing of disciplines and the fragmentation of knowledge seen in other disciplines than Art. Even though, art created by individuals across time can be interpreted in multiple ways with various depths of analysis to yield commonality of values or ethics. Can codification and trans-codification remain at risk of interpretation to ‘common’ values without benefit to human beings in general – or values seen across time with more degenerative effects on individuals and societies, e.g., artistic works interpreted across time through a reference frame of nihilistic ethics (or nihilistic anti-morality/non-morality)? Although, at the same time, these could be interpreted in more Christian Existentialist in some lenses or humanistic in frames. In that, it’s not a big risk, but it can be one. Who gets the interpretive authority in the end, in other words?

Albano: Of course there might be the risk of misinterpretation or even the risk of manipulative interpretations. This question is very important because you touch on an essential point which is ethics. We know that in the Middle Age they interpreted pagan authors from the Latin world or the Greek world through the lens of the Christian religion. In doing so they subverted the real meaning of works of literature, philosophy and so forth. There is the opposite risk, though. Also atheism or political regimes, dictatorships, in history, have deliberately misinterpreted works of art and literature. The risk is avoided if interpretation entails an hermeneutics free from prejudices – pre-judices in the gadamerian sense -. The second relevant point of your question is “who gets the interpretative authority”. In my humble opinion it is wrong to refer to a single one authority because I don’t share the view according to which only one cultural canon is established as valid, putting all the others beneath. This happens with the so-called Western Canon, for example. Once I read “The Western Canon ”, written by Harold Bloom. I must admit that I assimilated many intriguing concepts, but there was something utterly disturbing in Bloom’s contempt towards multiculturalism. We can’t ignore that also on the opposite side of the earth, Asia, Middle-East, Iran that previously was that magnificent empire of Persia, art, literature, philosophy, flourished. They produced myths, religions, archetypal figures fraught with meaning. They had writers and philosophers, who range amongst the greatest in human history. So, why do we talk only about the Western Canon? Where is the Eastern Canon or the Multicultural Canon?

Jacobsen: What society most resembles a democratic socialist one to you?

Albano: In the actual world no one. Democratic socialism is yet to come.

Jacobsen: As a cosmopolitan weltanschauung cosmic, with only this one life to live, what are your plans for this one life with the “bonds of affection, empathy [and] progress” to fill the void for you?

Albano: I will surprise you once again. As I have said above I feel this need of spirituality but don’t expect me to say that I have now a religious vision of the afterlife. I know it sounds contradictory. The fact is that I don’t exclude another dimension after we pass away. Where it will be and what aspect it has, I can’t imagine. Maybe when we die we are transformed into energy and, who knows, maybe this energy goes somewhere even here in this world…

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Clelia.

Albano: Thanks back, dear Scott. Your interviews are amazing. I really appreciate this opportunity you give.

Footnotes

[1] Italian & Latin Teacher; Painter; Poet, Member, Capabilis; Member, USIA.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 15, 2022: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/albano-2; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Clelia Albano on Family, Democratic Values, Religion and Skepticism, Dawkins, Gadamer, Wikipedian, and Cosmopolitan Weltanschauung Cosmic: Member, Capabilis (2)[Online]. July 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/albano-2.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 8, 15). Conversation with Clelia Albano on Family, Democratic Values, Religion and Skepticism, Dawkins, Gadamer, Wikipedian, and Cosmopolitan Weltanschauung Cosmic: Member, Capabilis (2). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightjournal.com/albano-2.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Clelia Albano on Family, Democratic Values, Religion and Skepticism, Dawkins, Gadamer, Wikipedian, and Cosmopolitan Weltanschauung Cosmic: Member, Capabilis (2). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/albano-2>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. Conversation with Clelia Albano on Family, Democratic Values, Religion and Skepticism, Dawkins, Gadamer, Wikipedian, and Cosmopolitan Weltanschauung Cosmic: Member, Capabilis (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightjournal.com/albano-2.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Clelia Albano on Family, Democratic Values, Religion and Skepticism, Dawkins, Gadamer, Wikipedian, and Cosmopolitan Weltanschauung Cosmic: Member, Capabilis (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (July 2022). http://www.in-sightjournal.com/albano-2.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Clelia Albano on Family, Democratic Values, Religion and Skepticism, Dawkins, Gadamer, Wikipedian, and Cosmopolitan Weltanschauung Cosmic: Member, Capabilis (2)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/albano-2>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Clelia Albano on Family, Democratic Values, Religion and Skepticism, Dawkins, Gadamer, Wikipedian, and Cosmopolitan Weltanschauung Cosmic: Member, Capabilis (2)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightjournal.com/albano-2.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Clelia Albano on Family, Democratic Values, Religion and Skepticism, Dawkins, Gadamer, Wikipedian, and Cosmopolitan Weltanschauung Cosmic: Member, Capabilis (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A(2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightjournal.com/albano-2>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Clelia Albano on Family, Democratic Values, Religion and Skepticism, Dawkins, Gadamer, Wikipedian, and Cosmopolitan Weltanschauung Cosmic: Member, Capabilis (2)[Internet]. (2022, July 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightjournal.com/albano-2.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.

Conversation with Craft Xia on Life, Work, and Views: Founder, CHIN (1)

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 2,291

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Craft Xia is the Founder of CHIN. He discusses: growing up; extended self; family background; youth with friends; education; purpose of intelligence tests; high intelligence; extreme reactions to geniuses; greatest geniuses; genius and a profoundly gifted person; necessities for genius or the definition of genius; work experiences and jobs held; job path; myths of the gifted; God; science; tests taken and scores earned; range of the scores; ethical philosophy; political philosophy; metaphysics; worldview; meaning in life; source of meaning; afterlife; life; and love.

Keywords: ancient Chinese, books, CHIN, Chinese people, computer skills, Craft Xia, family, graphic design, high IQ, James Clerk Maxwell, LSHR Light, Nietzsche, Religion, Steven Weinberg, Strict Logic Sequences Examination – Form II, Strict Logic Spatial Examination 48, Xinjiang.

Conversation with Craft Xia on Life, Work, and Views: Founder, CHIN (1)

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When you were growing up, what were some of the prominent family stories being told over time?

Craft Xia: In my childhood memory, the prominent family stories I heard of were all read from books, such as Three Moves by Mencius’ Mother, Kong Rong Giving Away Bigger Pears, and so on. These were also touched in school education. It is no different from what ordinary Chinese children are exposed to.

Jacobsen: Have these stories helped provide a sense of an extended self or a sense of the family legacy?

Xia: These ancient Chinese family stories and the family stories of some world celebrities are part of the education most people receive in their childhood, and are mainly used to guide the construction of values and morality. In this regard, my family did not give me too much help. The education and information I came into contact with in my childhood mainly came from school. From then on, I did get some sense of self extension, but it was not a family legacy.

Jacobsen: What was the family background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?

Xia: My family is a single parent family, my parents’ education level is average. I was born in Xinjiang Province in Northwest China. There are many Gobi deserts and snow mountains in Xinjiang. I am a Han nationality. There are many Muslims in Xinjiang, but my family, including me, has no religious beliefs.

Jacobsen: How was the experience with peers and schoolmates as a child and an adolescent?

Xia: I got along well with my peers in my childhood and adolescence, probably because I was gentle and friendly. I usually made a good impression on others.

Jacobsen: What have been some professional certifications, qualifications, and trainings earned by you?

Xia: I have a professional certificate in computer skills and a certificate in graphic design.

Jacobsen: What is the purpose of intelligence tests to you?

Xia: When I first came into contact with the intelligence test, I thought it was a test of cognitive ability and cognitive model. Now I take it more as an interest. I think its purpose is in general applications, such as the identification of people with intellectual disabilities, and the identification of people with good logical ability and cognitive ability.

Jacobsen: When was high intelligence discovered for you?

Xia: When I was a junior high school student.

Jacobsen: When you think of the ways in which the geniuses of the past have either been mocked, vilified, and condemned if not killed, or praised, flattered, platformed, and revered, what seems like the reason for the extreme reactions to and treatment of geniuses? Many alive today seem camera shy – many, not all.

Xia: Generally speaking, from a social point of view, geniuses refer to people with extremely outstanding abilities, who can have a great impact on the creation and distribution of social interests. However, the acts of geniuses will inevitably produce beneficiaries and people whose interests are damaged. Those who benefit from them flatter them, while those whose interests are damaged slander them. For example, Copernicus’ discovery violated the interests of the church, Royal rife’s research and invention touched the interests of the U.S. medical industry at that time. Jealousy and other issues are essentially disputes of interests. I think not only geniuses, but also people with great influence will be subjected to such extreme reactions and treatment.

Jacobsen: Who seems like the greatest geniuses in history to you?

Xia: James Clerk Maxwell.

Jacobsen: What differentiates a genius from a profoundly intelligent person?

Xia: In my opinion, genius is a talent that is far beyond ordinary people in a certain field and can not be crossed with ordinary efforts. However, people with high IQ are people who have higher cognitive and logical abilities than ordinary people, but do not necessarily have super talents in some specific aspects. They often can see the essence of things better than ordinary people.

Jacobsen: Is profound intelligence necessary for genius?

Xia: I don’t think it’s necessary.

Jacobsen: What have been some work experiences and jobs held by you?

Xia: I have worked as a programmer and designer, as well as in the blockchain industry

Jacobsen: Why pursue this particular job path?

Xia: I majored in software engineering in college, but also because of some of my personal interests

Jacobsen: What are some of the more important aspects of the idea of the gifted and geniuses? Those myths that pervade the cultures of the world. What are those myths? What truths dispel them?

Xia: The genius understood by the western world is generally extremely sensitive in the fields of physical mathematics and other natural sciences, but more sensitive in the field of psychological art. In the eyes of the Chinese people, the judgment standard of genius is generally based on the number of achievements, and these achievements are obtained in a very short time. Schopenhauer has interpreted genius in this way. Only those people with the highest spiritual endowment, which we call “genius”, can enter such a state: they are fully devoted to artistic creation or scientific research, and are completely occupied by them. Therefore, the whole life is closely intertwined with these things, so that they lose interest in anything else.

Many people think that genius is highly related to physics, mathematics and other disciplines. In fact, every field has its own genius, but its influence on society is different.

The history of many ethnic groups begins with myth. I think myth is that primitive people in the past explained some natural phenomena that they could not explain according to their own understanding. However, there were no words or other recordable things at that time, so they had to rely on language to pass down such things. They use stories or poems that are easier to remember and tell, so they are easier to pass down. In the process of narration, it is inevitable to add some exaggerated rhetorical devices, so the present myth is slowly formed.

With the more and more profound understanding of the material world, especially the great emancipation of social and humanistic thoughts in modern history, the war has also promoted the blending of civilizations in various regions, just like a violent chemical reaction. In such an environment, a group of great geniuses have been born. They come with the truth and greatly promoted the process of human civilization.

Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the God concept or gods idea and philosophy, theology, and religion?

Xia: Steven Weinberg once said: With or without religion, good people can behave well and bad people can do evil; but for good people to do evil — that takes religion.

I think religion is declining. According to the 2010 survey, the proportion of people who believe in God in the 27 EU countries has dropped to 51%. Moreover, the more developed European countries are, the lower the proportion of believers is, and the higher the proportion of atheists is. Maybe because I was born in China, Chinese people generally do not believe in religion. If the environment is suitable, I think I may also believe in religion.

The religious people in ancient society suffered from an ontologicalnostalgia. They always longed deeply to live in the sacred and to be infiltrated by the power of the real existence represented by the sacred. The prevalence of nihilism today is due to the cultural stripping of sacredness

I like Plato’s words about philosophy: It (Philosophy) is a science that not only looks for what it is, but also why it is.

Jacobsen: How much does science play into the worldview for you?

Xia: I think that in the process of gradually enriching my knowledge of the world, science basically constitutes my world outlook. Science has eliminated many of my doubts, but it has also brought some ultimate problems about the material world and some more thinking about the essence.

Jacobsen: What have been some of the tests taken and scores earned (with standard deviations) for you?

Xia: If you mean IQ test, I have done some high-range tests

Strict Logic Spatial Examination 48, 31/48 (IQ 179.4 SD15)

Strict Logic Sequences Examination – Form II, 24/30 (IQ 177.8 SD15)

LSHR Light, (IQ 170 SD15)

Jacobsen: What ethical philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Xia: Ethics is a bottom line and the maximum value allowed by the values formed in the historical development of mankind.

I think it can arouse our natural love for virtue and enhance our hatred for evil; Through its fair and detailed comments, it helps to correct and clarify our natural feelings about the appropriateness of behavior, and by providing careful and thoughtful consideration, we can make more correct behavior than we might think when we lack such guidance. Such ethics is meaningful.

Ethics is easy to decorate with eloquence, so if possible, it can give new importance to the extremely trivial norms of responsibility.

Jacobsen: What social philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Xia: From Nietzsche’s criticism, he tried to expose the tricks of thousands of rights, and finally came to the conclusion that the essence of society is control.

In my opinion, Nietzsche inspired all kinds of critical theories that now dominate. He believes that criticism is the continuous deconstruction of society. When people deconstruct sociological, historical and literary criticism, they hold extremely clear views: control over women, control over former colonies, control over sexual minorities, hegemonic control over orthodox culture, hegemonic control over cultural industries… Such lists can be extended indefinitely.

I think the critical function of sociology is very meaningful. Although sociologists only provide reference opinions, they cannot change social phenomena. Because he is not the one who cuts the cake and controls the material resources.

Jacobsen: What political philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Xia: The knowledge of interest distribution is politics. The significance of political existence is to provide benefit distribution and solutions to benefit disputes between different classes, groups and individuals in human society. Man is an animal living in meaning. From a political point of view, meaning is given by the order of ought to be, but ought to also evolve. The driving force of evolution is the tension between ought to be and reality. When people ask questions, they actually encounter a mismatch between what they should expect and what they really are, which constitutes a problem, so they ask questions from this point of view. Political philosophy itself is to give a kind of natural expectation on political issues. It also constitutes an unconscious question meaning framework when people ask questions about political issues. When we ask questions, we will use a series of concepts in this question meaning framework.

In the construction of political ought to be, a good and feasible political philosophy not only gives a kind of expression of value, but also shows a kind of legitimate narration.

Jacobsen: What metaphysics makes some sense to you, even the most workable sense to you?

Xia: Truth, in form, is a kind of assertion; In terms of content, it is people’s conceptual reflection of the stable, inevitable and repeatable characteristics and connections in things and phenomena. Unlike the truth of science and common sense, metaphysics often studies absolute and unconditional truth. Metaphysics does not study concrete and sensible things, but abstract and overall things, and does not study objects that people can grasp and perceive. However, the scope of research is boundless and the content is unlimited, and people cannot observe and perceive objects at all, such as nature, material, spirit, etc.

I am a pragmatist. I think that due to human cognitive mode, metaphysics’ summary of the essential laws of the world cannot be verified, is transcendental, and usually has the characteristics of integrity. It has no clear derivation path and cannot be inherited. So how can we continue to study it?

But the research and inquiry of metaphysics is very necessary. I think metaphysics should determine a reliable research path and express its laws in clear language as much as possible

Jacobsen: What worldview-encompassing philosophical system makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?

Xia: I think it’s objective materialism.

Jacobsen: What provides meaning in life for you?

Xia: As an animal’s natural instinct, and the fetter with others.

Jacobsen: Is meaning externally derived, internally generated, both, or something else?

Xia: I think that only when things are interrelated can they reflect meaning. Human beings constantly understand and grasp the nature and laws of the object, and abstract meaning from it, which is both externally derived and internally generated.

Jacobsen: Do you believe in an afterlife? If so, why, and what form? If not, why not?

Xia: I have seen some reports about people recalling their memories of previous lives before. Some of them seem very real, but I can’t understand what carrier carries their memories. Is it the soul? These supernatural topics are of great interest to me, but beyond my understanding. I personally believe that there is an afterlife, but I can’t imagine the specific mechanism.

Jacobsen: What do you make of the mystery and transience of life?

Xia: Limited life seems to be a form of evolution, and reproduction and inheritance are more endless eternal life. The mystery of life lies in the moment when it was first born. We know that the essence of life is the orderly accumulation and release of energy, but the coincidence when it was first born from the inorganic world still remains mysterious to mankind. It’s like a script arranged by the universe.

Jacobsen: What is love to you?

Xia: Unconditional and absolute trust and dedication.

Footnotes

[1] Founder, CHIN.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 8, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/xia-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Craft Xia on Life, Work, and Views: Founder, CHIN (1)[Online]. July 2022; 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/xia-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 8). Conversation with Craft Xia on Life, Work, and Views: Founder, CHIN (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/xia-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Craft Xia on Life, Work, and Views: Founder, CHIN (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/xia-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Craft Xia on Life, Work, and Views: Founder, CHIN (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/xia-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Craft Xia on Life, Work, and Views: Founder, CHIN (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.A (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/xia-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Craft Xia on Life, Work, and Views: Founder, CHIN (1)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/xia-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Craft Xia on Life, Work, and Views: Founder, CHIN (1)’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/xia-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Craft Xia on Life, Work, and Views: Founder, CHIN (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.A (2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/xia-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Craft Xia on Life, Work, and Views: Founder, CHIN (1)[Internet]. (2022, July 30(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/xia-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 1: Tor Arne Jørgensen, Hindemburg Melão Jr., Tim Roberts, Rick Rosner, David Udbjørg, Garth Zietsman, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on the State of the High-I.Q.

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.D, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: July 1, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 7,505

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high-I.Q. societies. Hindemburg Melão Jr. founded the Sigma Society and the Sigma Test. Tim Roberts is the Founder/Administrator of Unsolved Problems. Rick Rosner is a member of the Mega Society and the Giga Society. David Udbjørg was the Founder of High IQ Society for Humanity. Garth Zietsman is a member of the Mega Society. Tianxi Yu (余天曦) is a member of God’s Power. They discuss: state of the high-I.Q.; other regions’ high-I.Q. communities; the issues in the high-I.Q. communities; the positive aspects of the high-I.Q. communities; and the newest projects and upcoming developments in the high-I.Q. communities.

Keywords: Africa, Asia, David Udbjørg, Europe, Garth Zietsman, Hindemburg Melão Jr., I.Q., Latin America, North America, Oceania, Rick Rosner, Tianxi Yu, Tim Roberts, Tor Arne Jørgensen.

Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 1: Tor Arne Jørgensen, Hindemburg Melão Jr., Tim Roberts, Rick Rosner, David Udbjørg, Garth Zietsman, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on the State of the High-I.Q.

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

*After internal discussion by, and with, the group, two representatives for Africa this round.*

*Interviews completed throughout June, 2022.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: This first session will set a tone about the high-I.Q. communities around the world to some degree. Obviously, there are limitations in conducting a group discussion such as this. Regardless, it’s a start. A previous attempt focused, mainly, on North America and Europe with participants and observers in 2020:

https://in-sightpublishing.com/2020/03/15/hrt-one/

https://in-sightpublishing.com/2020/04/01/hrt-two/

https://in-sightpublishing.com/2020/04/22/hrt-three/

https://in-sightpublishing.com/2020/05/08/hrt-four/

This will depart from structure with an elimination of observers and strictly limit to participants, and consider an international focus with individuals consenting to representation. This does not mean carrying some proverbial regional flag by the individual. Yet, their experience within this region of the world does permit an experiential perspective richer than other participants, so legitimizes it to some modest level. Everyone is aware of the ground rules. Fundamentally, and most importantly, this exists as an experiment as an educational group discussion. So, let’s begin, what is the state of the high-I.Q. in your region of the world?

Tor Arne Jørgensen[1]* (Europe): Initially, my experience as to the present-day status within the high IQ community, is marked by a steady flow of positive mindfulness and forward-thinking. Also, to add, the creativeness whereas new innovative initiatives are significant protruded exponentially, through the willfulness of a unified and resolute commitment towards a more global awareness of what the high IQ community is all about. This done by way of informative directives addressed by and for the average percipient both inside and outside of the high IQ community.

Hindemburg Melão Jr.[2]* (Latin America): Low activity.

Tim Roberts[3]* (Oceania): Almost non-existent in any meaningful sense.  So, I shall pad with answering an alternative, primary-school, geography-based question instead.  What the hell is Oceania, the region I’m purported to represent?  Well, basically, it’s Australia, and New Zealand, and literally thousands of small islands in the Pacific.  It’s the largest, but second-least populated (after Antarctica), of all the continents.  That much may be widely known.  But it is generally not known that the islands include Hawaii.  So, Hawaii, while part of the US, is actually in Oceania.  Any high-IQ individuals in Hawaii would, I am sure, self-identify as being from the US, rather than from the continent of Oceania….thus making their identification rather problematical.

Rick Rosner[4]* (North America): Disclaimer is, everybody else has the good manners to submit written answers. You’re doing me the favour of letting me talk the answers to you and transcribing. So, my answers are going to sound a little stupider than everybody else’s.

So, for the vast majority of Americans, I.Q. is something that just doesn’t occupy even the tiniest sliver of concern or awareness. Nobody gives a crap. Although, there are some fringe people who are way into it. But you can see that the fall of aptitude testing, in the abandonment of the S.A.T., as a necessary component of your college application package. People don’t buy it. There are plenty of other ways to get the measure of a person besides giving them a test that is supposed to gauge their mental acuity.

David Udbjørg[5]* (Africa): It’s an honor to participate in these discussions, and I am especially honored that my long-time friend Melaõ, finds that my thoughts on Africa might be of value to the discussion.

I lived for almost eight years in South Africa. During this time, I only had little interaction with people from the local or international intelligence community, and hence, I don’t have anything to offer in this direction.

To have perspectives from all continents, and not, as is the case with most IQ societies, mostly from an American point of view, is indeed very appealing to me.

I was hoping that the questions would go in a different direction than towards the state of intelligence in Africa, and maybe more in line with what I was once fought for through the organization High IQ for Humanity.

High IQ for Humanity (HIQH) dates back to the early zero’s and was an attempt to have the High IQ World come together and create something besides just having high level conversations on bulletin boards. HIQH had two main issues they wanted to follow, the first, and to me the most important, was to create an organization that would be able to find and support highly intelligent children in developing countries, and the second topic was to inform about the dangers of brain drain from the developing countries. We formed the legal base for the organization, and got registered as an NGO in a handful of countries. All efforts were unpaid and on spare time.

Our daily lives took off in all directions, we didn’t have the time needed, and the efforts slowly fizzled out without new people taking over. The organization was closed down in 2005.

We didn’t manage to do any sort of impact; we didn’t manage to raise any financing. Part of the reason for not getting financing, was that many people found it directly offensive only to focus on the children with high intelligence, and not the rest. The best thing, which came out of it, was that we, who worked on the project, found a lot of good and long lasting highly intelligent friends, and Melaõ is certainly one of them. Melaõ, thanks for your support then, and now again.

I am extremely happy that Garth Zeitsman, is joining us, he will be so much better to answer the questions at hand, as he has been deeply embedded in the intelligence community in South Africa, and hence knows the current state, seen from this particular angle, but also from living in South Africa and being a statistician, he will be able to contribute in so many ways.

Even though I feel like the cat sneaking along the walls in the saloons of The League of Exceptional Gentlemen, the odd one out, I have a few comments and questions to add from the shadows. They will not relate to the posed questions, but are thought of, based on my extensive traveling and confrontations with all sorts of cultures, which people in general do not have the opportunity or the will to meet.

I have spent a lot of time talking with people living and working on garbage dumps in Africa, and I have visited quite a few indigenous tribes, both in Africa, but also in South East Asia.

I wonder what the level of intelligence is in these populations, those who live on the flipside of the modern World, those who often have to balance their traditions and the surrounding modern society. Is there a fair and doable way to measure their intelligence and other cognitive skills?

It is claimed that people from the African continent have a lesser average intelligence, than on any other continent. I find it hard to believe, could it be that the context of the testing is faulty? Could it be that the tests are not suitable for all cultures, even though some are Culture Fair? Some of you probably have an idea about how tests are performed in Africa, to reach these results? It seems that we are trying to fit everyone to the testing systems, and not design the tests for specific targets. A Cinderella approach, so to speak.

If we want to test the intelligence of people and be able to compare the results afterwards, the subjects must have a somewhat similar background, which includes daily mental challenges, life stability, nourishments etc.

It could be interesting to have a testing system, particularly authored for measuring and comparing intelligence, at low social levels, for instance, among street children in Dhaka, Bangladesh on the one side and street children in New Delhi, India on the other. Maybe the children from poor areas in the US and Brazil could also be part of the evaluation.

Measuring the intelligence of adults living off garbage in Sao Paulo in comparison with those working on the landfill sites in Pretoria, South Africa? Would also be interesting in fact, we would be able to come up with many similar pairings across social levels, cultures, nations, continents. If it is possible to make these kinds of testing pairs across the social spectrum, we might be able to get a more precise idea about the actual level of intelligence in each region.

It would be equally interesting to do testing among various kinds of indigenous tribes, who are still living their ancestral lifestyle; it could for instance be the SAN in Kalahari and the Dani tribe in the highland of West Papua or the Baduy tribe in West Java. Each of these cultures is struggling to maintain their cultures, and some of them are more successful than others.

I hope the above might bring some new thoughts to the discussions ahead.

Garth Zietsman[6]* (Africa): From its origins in the 70s Mensa SA increased membership up until mid 2000 and then declined.  The reasons are 2 fold.  Firstly since the end of Apartheid and the beginning of ANC government there has been an increase in emigration from SA and I have to say Mensa has been disproportionately affected.  The second reason has been a random change in the quality and popularity of leadership – which hopefully will change in the future.  Some local regions are vibrant while others are rapidly declining.  About a decade ago I was instrumental in starting a new local region – which unfortunately folded after a few years.  This was in a heavily Afrikaaner area and apparently Mensa is seen as more of an English thing.  Another new area – which has become the best local Mensa in SA – is in a very English biased area of the Cape Province.  Mensa SA has endeavored to find members among non-white groups but there has been a profound lack of interest from that quarter.  That said we do have non-white members – especially from the Asian (both Southern and Eastern) and mixed race communities.  Most of our black members are not local but immigrants from other African countries (mostly Zimbabwe.)

I once calculated that we were reaching only 1-2% of our potential membership at our peak so there is still plenty of room to grow.

Tianxi Yu (余天曦)[7],[8]* (Asia): The Asian region is mainly represented by the Chinese and Japanese communities, and I will elaborate on each of them in four parts: social environment, societies’ situation, tests’ style, and main people. Since I know China better, I prefer to elaborate in a way that China is the main focus and Japan is the supplement. a) Social environment: China is not tolerant of people with high IQ, although the whole world is, but China is more demanding. I have heard that Mensa members in some countries enjoy some benefits because of their Mensa status, but in China, presenting a high-IQ association may be exchanged for more tasks, even contempt. There is another interesting phenomenon, I have carefully observed the Japanese and international well-known associations, people with high IQ tend to be highly educated, I have done a statistic before, the most educated people in China tend to have an IQ of only 130~140, within the group of IQ 170 or above, there are few people with higher education; b) Societies’ situation: The development of the world’s intellectual communities can be described as a shift from a corporate system (Mensa) to an alliance system (WIN). The intellectual community in the Chinese region developed later, but followed this same route, from Shenghan to GFIS. But with the establishment of God’s power, it may enter the third stage – the elite system: the social elite who have both high IQ scores as the leader. Although the current intellectual community inside, high IQ people are often not less educated, but none of them use their ability as an attraction to make members want to become better. In a positive society, the leader has a leadership role to the group, and the kind of leadership used also determines the attributes of the society. With intellectual leadership, members will just indulge in doing IQ test, with achievement leadership, members will use their intellect to change the world and will become more useful to the world. This decision is based on the current situation of the Chinese society and the social situation. The Japanese association is led by Mensa Japan, and the local association Metiq also does a better job; c) Tests’ style: Chinese tests are mainly in the form of numerical tests, with a more innovative style and deeper ideas (such as Death Numbers and MIT), and the amount of spatial tests is relatively little, but there are also very innovative works (such as CAT and CAT2). Japanese tests feel more traditional to me, and the ideas and styles are closer to the traditional LS and SLSE, etc. However, I was impressed by a author called Takuma Oishi, which is very artistic, but he is reluctant to call it a “test” and intentionally avoids IQ estimation; d) Main people: The main people of the Chinese intellectual community are more difficult to define because of the unification and the establishment of a new hegemony have not yet been completed, and now should be me and Fengzhi Wu (IQ ranking: http://www.chinahighiq.com/col.jsp?id=105 ). The main person in Japan is Naoki Kouda (IQ ranking: https://kanji-love.wixsite.com/metiq/score-list).

Jacobsen: From the internal perspective of members of your region, how do other regions’ high-I.Q. communities look to you?

Jørgensen (Europe): I would want to think, that those continents beyond our own, talking about; Latin America, Oceania; North America, Africa, and Asia, do consider us as an active part as to the whole. Considering that the high IQ community by reference to Europe’s involvement is to be perceived as a collectively active unit, which in turn provides a lot of return, not only narrative to the European members per se, but also in a global member perspective.

I feel the need to mention some of the most honorable and famous names that contribute both by and for the high IQ communities and their respective countries that have their base of origin in Europe, people such as: Domagoj Kutle, Evangelos Katsioulis, Iakovos Koukas, the Chairman of Mensa International Bjørn Lilljeqvist, also to add Norway’s own brilliant and creative intellectuals like; Erik Hæreid, Glenn Alden, Arne Andre Gangvik, Olav Hoel Dørum and lastly but humble so, myself.

Here one could include many more contributors to the above list of names, which in total means that The High IQ community is flourishing more now today than ever before. Will also permit myself, by presenting my absolute admiration to all of you who are both mentioned here in this context and to you who are not mentioned here, by proclaiming a profound and heartfelt thank you for all your efforts and hard work within the high IQ society!!

Melão Jr. (Latin America): I believe that Mensa USA and Mensa UK are large, active and well-organized groups. The groups created by Iakovos and Evangelos, which try to unify several different societies, seem to me to be very promising ideas. The good organization and the large number of participants are two attributes that I consider positive and important.

Roberts (Oceania): Very much more populated, certainly.  I suspect, without any real evidence, that the great bulk of activity takes place in North America and Europe.  However, on Jason Betts’ World Genius Directory, thirteen high-IQ individuals (“geniuses”) are identifiable as being from Oceania: Tim Roberts, Peter Rodgers, Paul Moroz, Jason Betts, Zeljko Zahtila, Anthony Lawson, Anthony Xu, Wayne Cooper, Ivan Zelich, Stephen Murray, Kristi Beams, and Ian Ajzenszmidt, all from Australia, and Richard Sheen, from New Zealand.

Rosner (North America): I’d assume Europe is pretty much like America. Everyone is pretty much over it. Asia, especially East Asia, countries like Taiwan and South Korea still, I think, has a certain amount of testing mania. Where, people feel they have to get tested if they want to apply to American colleges. It is a high stakes thing. I assume it is fading somewhat as more and more U.S. colleges abandon aptitude testing. But I would think that it is holding on longer and longer in East Asian countries.

Udbjørg (Africa): [See first response.]

Zietsman (Africa): The only other high IQ regions we are aware of to any significant degree are the USA and UK.  We think the UK way of doing things is a bit disappointing, i.e., they tend to just have informal socials whereas in SA we have formal meetings with an expert speaker before we go off and socialize.  I understand the US is much more varied in how they conduct things.  Other regions – mostly the USA – have societies with above Mensa level qualifications.  There are probably less than 10 SA members of the ISPE or 999, Prometheus/Mega and only 1 (the late Philip Bateman – multiple world Creativity Champion) was particularly active in any of these.

Yu (Asia): I know very little about other regions.

Jacobsen: What are the issues in the high-I.Q. communities in your region of the world?

Jørgensen (Europe): I will hereby take use of this opportunity, to point out the consequent notation in the pressing sense for a strong brothering bond between all high IQ societies for an overall value base that has a common goal of improving of our common future endeavors.

What is meant by this, is referred to what Mensa International must do by breaking down many of its preconceived notions and ill views towards what the High IQ communities represents regarding its core values. I have on previous occasions, talked about a “fraternization” of all societies for the collective strengthening and the common good.

Mensa Norway and its International big brother Mensa International referenced to its recognized reputation, must in my view change, at least in some way, its now dogmatic attitudes towards the high IQ societies by a more general acceptance as previous mentioned, i.e., a more mutual beneficial understanding and acceptance per se. Today, the individual high IQ societies do not have their unifying imprint as regards of a general acceptance of each other.

This is for me what should be addressed in the future and drastically changed. Now in order for this to take place, the most recognized and overall respected society presidents outside of Mensa, should then assemble a comprehensive and jointly accepted system that will enable for the possibility of opening the door ajar. This done in the hope of mutual reconcilement of what Mensa International legislations bestows upon them, which in turn can enable a general acceptance through unification of all the high IQ societies.

A carefully select panel should be elected, that in turn can organize the development through careful and prudent planning for what may turn this idea into a reliable and thus possible implementation towards an overall unified community that again will serve back to its members interests on a global scale. When a desire for a national constitution by the new nation’s founding fathers is put into motion and whereby community nations prosperity is then established, then we may bring upon a general acceptance between Mensa International and the rest of high IQ community. What is of absolute certainty, is that if we all sit on our asses, then nothing will ever happen. By starting a global revolution, where we within the high IQ community can now produce a general acceptance externally to the general population on an equal footing with Mensa International then the mission is clear for me, let make this a reality by any means possible.

Melão Jr. (Latin America): I see that Mensa chapters in some countries interact harmoniously with other groups, promoting some joint activities. Unfortunately, Mensa Brasil is different. For example: in 2000 and 2001, friends from Finland, Belgium, USA published the Sigma Test in ComMensal, Mensalainen, Gift of Fire, Papyrus etc., while Mensa Brasil tried to hide the existence of Sigma Society and Sigma Test from its members. These boycott attempts are pernicious and petty, such conduct should bring shame on serious and reputable members of high IQ societies. I estimate that at that time perhaps 80% of Mensa Brasil members were unaware of the existence of other high-IQ societies (currently perhaps 50% still do not). A similar problem is also observed in the overwhelming majority of youtubers who claim to be “scientific dissemination” act exactly like this.

Another problem is that the focus of high-IQ societies, in my view, should be on bringing smart people together to solve scientific, technological, social, educational, environmental and other problems to make the world a better place. However, what I observe are vain people, with Dunning-Kruger syndrome , vying for who has the bigger ego. I am also vain and I have an inflated ego, but life is more than that and the potential of the smartest people should be better directed and better used. This isn’t a problem unique to my region, but I think it’s more serious in my region. Solving puzzles can be fun, but there are people dying in war, disease and starvation. I enjoy solving and creating puzzles, but I also try to work on relevant real-world problems. When David created the High IQ Society for Humanity, I thought it was an excellent project and absolutely necessary. In my interview, I commented on the plight of exceptionally gifted children who are not properly engaged in compatible activities in the US. This type of problem is much more frequent and more serious in my region. The absence of efficient mechanisms to identify and support talented children and young people is one of the most serious problems.

Another problem that is present not only in my region, but in the world, is the way “outsiders” view high-IQ societies and their members. Universities like Harvard or Cambridge are basically high IQ societies that receive financial support from the government and private companies, these institutions work for the common good, they are respected, admired, sponsored, joining them is a goal pursued by outsiders, who strive to get in. These universities bring together high-IQ people and use entrance exams that are strongly correlated with IQ tests. So they can be classified as high IQ societies or “hybrid high IQ societies”. In 2000, Kevin Langdon “declassified” Sigma Society as a “ pure high IQ Society” because some criteria for admission are not based solely on IQ tests, but also accept Chess ratings, medals in Mathematics Olympiads, etc. However Mega Society also used, for some time, the real-world problem solving criterion as a criterion for admission, Prometheus had discussions by the psychometric committee about accepting scores in the Think game Fast as criteria for admission and other results that are not exclusively IQ tests, and all societies that adopt SAT, GRE, ACT as criteria are accepting exams that are not, strictly speaking, IQ tests. In addition, several universities accept SAT, GRE, ACT, which makes the classification of an entity as a “high IQ society” something not as well defined as it was at the time when only Mensa existed and the only criterion was clinical tests. . In fact, the clinical tests themselves vary more from each other (weaker correlation) than SAT and GRE compared to some of the major clinical tests. Therefore, the classification “clinical trial” is more a matter of nomenclature than true statistical similarity. In this context, a well-trained neural network would objectively classify universities as high-IQ societies.

The crux of this is: why do people on the outside respect, value, and desire to enter universities, and virtually all potentially qualified people (or at least the overwhelming majority of them) are interested and striving to enter universities, while only a very small fraction of the people who qualify for high IQ societies are interested in participating? There are 160,000,000 people potentially eligible for Mensa, Sigma, High Potential Society, etc., yet only less than 150,000 are affiliated with one of these entities. I believe this is a fundamental issue that needs to be discussed and needs to be better understood, to try to eliminate the problems that make high-IQ societies not attractive, respected or valued by the general population. Correctly enumerating these problems in order of importance and planning efficient and feasible solutions seems to me to be one of the main objectives, if not the main one, of high-IQ societies for a short, medium and long term future. I don’t think the objective should be to “imitate” the universities, but to try to complement and harmonize with the objectives of the universities. In this sense, I see two important and low-cost preliminary paths:

  1. To perform the role of monitoring and evaluating the quality of professionals, entities, etc., issuing quality seals, rankings of competence, etc.
  2. Acting in the connection between highly qualified professionals and companies, and/or between talented entrepreneurs and investors.

Universities themselves also play these two roles, but not their main focus, and the criteria they use are not always the most appropriate. So there is a serious gap there that could and should be filled, and high-IQ societies may be equipped for that. As a result, high IQ societies can earn the respect and admiration of the community, gain greater visibility and attract the interest of notable members, large numbers of other members, investors/sponsors, the media, etc.

Roberts (Oceania): I’m not aware of any groups based in Oceania that are not international by nature, rather than being locally-focused.  Limited numbers and huge distances restrict any face-to-face meetings.  If there are any online meetings, I regret, I have not been invited (which could be for many reasons, of course – but seriously, I doubt their existence).

Rosner (North America): The issues for high-I.Q. people based on me and the people I met is how to get a fucking girlfriend. Movies of the ’80s about high school tended to follow the formula that there’s a sensitive, smart, nice guy who just wants to get a girlfriend, but the girl or girls that he wants are all hooked up with thuggish high school athletes. But by the end, somebody has realized the worth of the sensitive guy and became his girlfriend. I think this was the formula for Revenge of the Nerds.

There was another movie called Lucas that broke the formula. A girl, who had her jock boyfriend, began to value Lucas. This on the spectrum-ish awkward kid. She valued him. She wasn’t going to hook up with him. She was going to hook up with her jock boyfriend, who was going to prove himself by not being a dick to Lucas. The dynamic was the same. That’s how I felt in the ’70s and ’80s. Can’t somebody be my girlfriend? I have all this shit going for me. I am smart, sensitive, and funny. Eventually, I did the work to get a girlfriend. It involved a lot of stuff that wasn’t dependent on focusing on my I.Q.

I would say that in organizations like Mensa. There’s a certain incel factor and has been, and was, 50 years before the word incel came to exist, which is short for involuntary celibate. Guys who lean on their I.Q. as a point of pride, probably, lack the social cues and social skills to do really well with girls.

Udbjørg (Africa): [See first response.]

Zietsman (Africa): The biggest current issue is with the financial management and general administration of Mensa.  We used to be a lot more observant of best practice than we are now.

We also had many problems around testing.  Firstly international Mensa phased out the Ravens because of the Flynn Effect – although I did raise our cut-off to keep it at the 2% level – and then replaced it with a similar German test that had a woefully inadequate ceiling.  Secondly, one particular former National Chairman wants to do away with our verbal test on the grounds that it is biased, even though the non-verbal test is at least as biased.  Thirdly, this same person ended our practice of telling people their estimated IQ, or even keeping records of actual scores, claiming that lots of people don’t want to know their IQ and that knowledge of differences within Mensa are divisive.  I’m pretty sure that the “lots of people” is just her.  In other words I think we have a problem with decent tests and issues around testing (and that there are more attacks coming.)

We also had fights over an online discussion forum, e.g., over whether it is limited to paid up members and just how pro free speech it was. Basically politics.

Yu (Asia): a) a late start (Shenghan was founded in 2012.6), resulting in the absence of much infrastructure, and the association’s connection with its members staying only in online chat groups and certificates; b) an absence in the world intellectual community, without Mensa China, and probably not in the future, it is difficult for tests by Chinese authors to circulate internationally, despite the very high quality of their questions (Mahir Wu, Junlong Li, Fengzhi Wu, etc.); c) there is no standardized and stable system, no recognition in Chinese society, no outside support, and these high IQs cannot be recognized, supported and guaranteed through the community; d) the leading association (Shenghan, GFIS) does not play a role in developing the IQ community, and Shenghan is very dedicated in charging fees, and has been charging for 10 years, enriching millions of RMB. GFIS is relatively free of frivolous fees, and although it has made many attempts at positive publicity (self-promotion, TV programs), they have all failed, ultimately due to the lack of capacity of the president; e) the phenomenon of climbing in IQ scores is more serious in Asia, and it is a disaster area for cheating, where people will do anything to get high scores; f) the community has become less active, with fewer activities than before. There are barriers and divisions between different associations, which are not conducive to unification.

Comparatively speaking, the Japanese high IQ community is doing the best in the Asian region, in line with international standards (the World Intellectual Forum is very active and well known), with good organization and social support (https://www.hiqa.or.jp/), but there is a lack of good authors and tests. I think each country’s IQ community should give priority to promoting their own country’s excellent work, if they do not embrace their own country’s IQ community tests, then who else will?

Jacobsen: What are the positive aspects of the high-I.Q. communities in your region of the world?

Jørgensen (Europe): As mentioned earlier, Europe’s high IQ community is a highly active one, with innovative initiatives constantly being implemented by the intent for pure blissfulness for its communities’ members. Detailed laid out as follows, whereby; the steady creation of new and existing high range IQ-tests is being added to the various test sites, furthered by the establishment of new high IQ communities with a more various and exiting content for even the most delicate of pallets. Finally, the publication of community social engaging articles followed up by YouTube streams purposely laid out for the distributing of information of high intelligence assets for all its community members.

Melão Jr. (Latin America): Compared to other regions, I don’t think there is anything particularly positive about South America. We have some positives that are also typical of high IQ societies in all other regions, we have some problems that are perhaps also common in Africa (perhaps more severe there), and we have the language disadvantage compared to South Africa. , as only a small fraction of the best books and best scientific channels are available in Portuguese. Most people in all non -English- speaking countries in the world learn English as a second language, this has a growing need and maybe it will continue to be so, but maybe this paradigm will change in the coming decades, with the growth of China, India. Maybe this change won’t happen, because the English language has already established itself as a very strong tradition and maybe a few decades won’t change that, even if China surpasses the US or even if there was an economic collapse of the US, as happened with the USSR in 1991. And this is very unlikely over a 50-year time horizon, because the US has an important advantage that no other country has ever had: the dollar is used as an international reserve currency, and this gives the US excessive power in cases like the 2008 subprime crisis, in which the US should have “broken” as in the 1929 crisis and gone through 5 to 10 years of recovery, however they “patched” the problem simply by printing money. No other country in the world would have a similar resource available. If the USSR of 1991 had a similar power, even with all the management mistakes made, they wouldn’t have broken either. This immunity from punishment for serious errors can pose a very great danger, in addition to promoting unfair competition. Even if China manages to produce more, better and cheaper than the US, they would still need to overcome other barriers. So maybe the world language will still be English for more than a century, maybe several centuries. And countries where a large part of the population is not fluent in English, access to cutting-edge knowledge and good quality knowledge is severely hampered. The rapid evolution of automatic translation systems should greatly alleviate this problem in just 10 years, but the path these translation systems are taking fails at critical points for high-level translations, which require rigor and accuracy in detail. Translations are fine for typical communication if the person orders food over the Internet and doesn’t know the language, but in a complex debate or rigorous formal logical demonstration, automatic traction is contaminated with many imprecise details.

Another problem is abusive import fees, abusive taxes, etc. When taxes are high, but the money raised is reverted to the benefit of the population, although it can generate a feeling of injustice in some people who produced more than they received, there is a relief to know that other people who need it more are receiving support from the State to prevent them from lacking the minimum resources for a dignified and healthy life. The problem is when a significant fraction of those taxes are diverted into the pockets of politicians. This has been a common problem in South America and Africa. A car in Brazil costs ~3x more than the same car in the US, but the per capita income in Brazil is 1/7 of the per capita income in the US. So you pay ~20x more. When one considers that the Gini index in Brazil is around 50, this is particularly serious, because as income distribution is very unequal, only a small part of the population has access to basic technological resources. It is completely absurd, because in addition to the country not producing essential items with acceptable quality, it also makes importation difficult, leaving a large part of the population trapped in Prehistory, eventually reaching the Middle Ages. Only a small fraction of the population has access to contemporary technology, contemporary medical treatments, etc. This applies to many technology products. If you try to import by buying on eBay or Amazon, for example, an import tax of 60% + IMCS + COFINS + IPI + other taxes is applied, in cascade, which are applied to the value of the product + the value of shipping. In 2016 I paid 2.8 times the advertised price for a Celestron 102 GT telescope and in 2019 I paid 4.4 times for a Meade 10” LX 200 (due to higher freight by weight). In addition to not having good quality products produced in the region, there is a lot of bureaucracy and a lot of financial abuse to import products from other countries, including scientific and educational products.

In some Latin American countries, some of these problems do not exist, or they do exist, but they are not so serious. In Paraguay, import taxes are lower. In Uruguay, Chile, Argentina there is a more cultural environment than in Brazil. But on average in South America, the situation is similar or worse than in Brazil. These scientific, educational, economic and cultural problems contaminate all other sectors, and high-IQ societies are not immune. The waste of young talent that occurs in these regions is regrettable. In 2004, I had a dramatic conversation with Edmilson Motta, who was training Brazil’s representatives for the International Mathematical Olympiads, about a boy named Renato Francisco Lopes Mello, who was champion of the Brazilian Mathematical Olympiad. He lived in a very poor region, in a city called Lagoa do Carro, and we were trying to find a solution so that he could stay studying in São Paulo, but we couldn’t. He must have had an IQ of over 170, maybe over 180. Even without training and with access to little material, he had some impressive results. It would be important that there were mechanisms for people like him to receive support from the government so that he and his family could move to urban centers where they could have access to good training, under the guidance of trained educators. I believe that other regions are also affected by similar problems, but in the poorest and least developed countries this problem is more serious. In the USA, the Hollingworth Institute has an interesting theoretical proposal, but in practice it seems that the scope is not very large and the number of children who receive it is small. Perhaps China is the country that has been treating this issue with the greatest seriousness and competence in recent decades, and achieving compatible results.

I ended up using the question where I should talk about advantages to point out more disadvantages, but this is inevitable, as efforts to try to identify some advantage would produce biased results, distorting reality.

Roberts (Oceania): There are zero such communities, so far as I am aware…

Rosner (North America): My friend, Chris Cole, used ultra-high-I.Q. tests as a talent search to find smart people who may have been overlooked. I was one of those people. He helped me along. He has helped other people along to successful lives that they may not have otherwise had. That seems like a reasonable use of I.Q. But we’re probably kind of past that window of just taking an I.Q. test and somebody discovering you.

Although, I think we’re entering a similar window given that the internet and your devices and the world of machine learning is increasingly able to build a profile of you based on the droppings you leave via your activities and social media postings. I would expect some people to get recruited based on their social media presence or their presence across not just social media, but use of other apps and stuff.

I know of several people who got hired to write for late night comedy shows and T.V. comedies based on their tweets. When God shuts the I.Q. window, she opens up the post a lot of shit window, and, maybe, somebody will notice.

Udbjørg (Africa): [See first response.]

Zietsman (Africa): Just having a convenient way of meeting, talking to, and socializing with, other high IQ people is a major plus.  The formal meeting with speaker aspect of Mensa SA is also a positive in my view.  It keeps us abreast of things and also helps market Mensa.

Yu (Asia): a) What makes me happier about the Chinese community is the high level of support for domestic authors, and these authors live up to expectations, and are among the international leaders in terms of question quality, scale and data, especially in numerical tests, which I have not yet seen any country’s authors to match; b) The youth of the Asian intellectual community is also an advantage compared to the European and American intellectual communities. The average age of the members of the European and American communities is generally older, which is related to their earlier development, while the youthfulness of the members of the Asian community also provides more possibilities for the intellectual community; c) the quality of tests in the Asian intellectual community is generally high, I have previously analyzed well-known tests, such as SLSE, Ivan’s, there are more loopholes in their tests, and in the past well-known authors, such as Coojimans, Betts, these authors with high recognition, the items are also more subjective, tending to screen for high IQs that meet their own criteria, rather than objectively screening for high IQs in particula. But in today’s Asian community, Japan and China both have what I consider to be very talented authors whose items are not only rigorous, but also have their own ideas and creativity, which is very rare. The future also needs more deep thinking tests as the main recognition criteria, these tests mainly win in the depth of thinking, not by piling up logic to increase the difficulty; d) Asian community members have a stronger sense of belonging, allowing more lonely people to come together.

Jacobsen: What are the newest projects and upcoming developments in the high-I.Q. communities in your region of the world?

Jørgensen (Europe): I will make the following statement by a fervent hope; that a continuation of these interviews will be extended further with reference to me and you (Scott Jacobsen), in the same format as to the previous individual/group interviews. Furthermore, I will try to expand my promotional initiatives by a more hands-on interactive interview setting and hopefully with your help, establish these interviews into a book format someday soon, fingers crossed. What I also feel obligated to add, is as my previous stated desire proclaimed, the dire need for a unified consolidation between general the high IQ community and Mensa International community.

Melão Jr. (Latin America): I recently founded the Immortal Society, a group that aims to bring together intellectual exponents interested in solving the problem of death. https://www.sigmasociety.net/homeimmortal.

Roberts (Oceania): None that I am aware of.  It may appear from my answers that I am totally ignorant of any happenings in Oceania, or that they are non-existent.  Both of these alternatives are possible, of course.

Rosner (North America): I don’t know. I would assume not much. I would assume some societies like Mensa are scrambling to stay relevant. I haven’t read of any projects. Every once in a while, you’ll read about the youngest person to ever qualify for Mensa, which is a stab at getting some PR having found a 3-year-old who can test well. I’m not aware of any big push. There is the push by Mega, the Mega Society, to come up with a test that could measure up to the Mega level and wouldn’t be a fucking ordeal to take because the original Mega Test. I spent 100-110 hours on it. That’s a bad recruitment tool because nobody is going to spend that much time.

There is a push within Mega to come up with a test that takes less time and also can’t be cheated on because it gives each person taking the test a different set of problems. The problems are similar in principle, but they have variables messed around with. So, knowing the answer to one version of a test problem won’t necessarily help you figure out the answer to your version of the problem, the people working on this have been working on this for more than a decade with some results.

But I don’t know if they will have the widespread exposure that the Mega Test got when it was published in Omni Magazine and more than 4,000 people took the test via Omni.

Udbjørg (Africa): [See first response.]

Zietsman (Africa): I can’t really answer this now because I have been relatively uninvolved for a number of years.  I hope there are some good plans afoot but I rather suspect that we can expect further negative moves from the current leadership.

None that I am aware of.  It may appear from my answers that I am totally ignorant of any happenings in Oceania, or that they are non-existent.  Both of these alternatives are possible, of course.

Yu (Asia): The Chinese intellectual community may lead to a big reform, God’s power (GSP) will welcome Chen-Ning Yang’s joining in 6.20, this step is the first step of the Chinese intellectual community to elite system, later there will be more people with high social influence to join GSP, we will make the Chinese intellectual community and society highly connected, for example, we intend to use the name of GSP to publish papers in international journals, etc., so that GSP can become an elite group, leading high IQ people to give full play to their talents, and more to promote social development. For example, we intend to publish papers in international journals under the name of GSP and so on, so that GSP can become an elite group, leading people with high IQ to give full play to their talents and promote social development more.

Footnotes

[1] Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies, including World Genius Directory, NOUS High IQ Society, 6N High IQ Society just to name a few. Tor Arne was also in 2019, nominated for the World Genius Directory 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe. He is also the designer of the high range test site; www.toriqtests.com.

[2] Hindemburg Melão Jr. is the author of solutions to scientific and mathematical problems that have remained unsolved for decades or centuries, including improvements on works by 5 Nobel laureates, holder of a world record in longest announced checkmate in blindfold simultaneous chess games, registered in the Guinness Book 1998, author of the Sigma Test Extended and founder of some high IQ societies.

[3] Tim Roberts self-describes in “A Brief and Almost True Biography” as follows: I was definitely born lower-middle class.  Britain was (and probably still is) so stratified that one’s status could be easily classified.  You were only working class if you lived in Scotland or Wales, or in the north of England, or had a really physical job like dustbin-man.  You were only middle class if you lived in the south, had a decent-sized house, probably with a mortgage, and at work you had to use your brain, at least a little. My mother was at the upper end of lower-middle class, my father at the lower. After suffering through the first twenty years of my life because of various deleterious genetically-acquired traits, which resulted in my being very small and very sickly, and a regular visitor to hospitals, I became almost normal in my 20s, and found work in the computer industry.  I was never very good, but demand in those days was so high for anyone who knew what a computer was that I turned freelance, specializing in large IBM mainframe operating systems, and could often choose from a range of job opportunities. As far away as possible sounded good, so I went to Australia, where I met my wife, and have lived all the latter half of my life. Being inherently lazy, I discovered academia, and spent 30 years as a lecturer, at three different universities.  Whether I actually managed to teach anyone anything is a matter of some debate.  The maxim “publish or perish” ruled, so I spent an inordinate amount of time writing crap papers on online education, which required almost no effort. My thoughts, however, were always centred on such pretentious topics as quantum theory and consciousness and the nature of reality.  These remain my over-riding interest today, some five years after retirement. I have a reliance on steroids and Shiraz, and possess an IQ the size of a small planet, because I am quite good at solving puzzles of no importance, but I have no useful real-world skills whatsoever.  I used to know a few things, but I have forgotten most of them.”

[4] Rick G. Rosner, according to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here,  may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher HardingJason BettsPaul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here. He has written for Remote ControlCrank YankersThe Man ShowThe EmmysThe Grammys, and Jimmy Kimmel Live!. He worked as a bouncer, a nude art model, a roller-skating waiter, and a stripper. In a television commercialDomino’s Pizza named him the “World’s Smartest Man.” The commercial was taken off the air after Subway sandwiches issued a cease-and-desist. He was named “Best Bouncer” in the Denver Area, Colorado, by Westwood Magazine. Rosner spent much of the late Disco Era as an undercover high school student. In addition, he spent 25 years as a bar bouncer and American fake ID-catcher, and 25+ years as a stripper, and nearly 30 years as a writer for more than 2,500 hours of network television. Errol Morris featured Rosner in the interview series entitled First Person, where some of this history was covered by Morris. He came in second, or lost, on Jeopardy!, sued Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? over a flawed question and lost the lawsuit. He won one game and lost one game on Are You Smarter Than a Drunk Person? (He was drunk). Finally, he spent 37+ years working on a time-invariant variation of the Big Bang Theory. Currently, Rosner sits tweeting in a bathrobe (winter) or a towel (summer). He lives in Los AngelesCalifornia with his wife, dog, and goldfish. He and his wife have a daughter. You can send him money or questions at LanceVersusRick@Gmail.Com, or a direct message via Twitter, or find him on LinkedIn, or see him on YouTube.

[5] David Udbjørg, self-described as follows, “Danish/American, Norwegian in my childhood. Married, 4 kids, and a similar amount of grandkids. Master in Architecture from The Royal Academy of Fine Arts in Copenhagen. Lived in seven countries, worked in 30+ and traveled, what equals 36 times around the globe. Fairly OK with Scandinavian languages, English, German and French, other languages less so. Worked, with architecture, sustainability, energy efficiency, 3D visualizations and auto destructible syringes, competition design and lots of other things. Currently, working as an Architect at the Danish Ministry of Foreign Affairs, taking good care of the Danish embassies around the World. Made a few inventions; a foot operated pointing device and an auto destructible syringe (none of them went into productions). I have stared many different projects, where the most important ones are co-instigator of ‘Architects Without Borders’, still in action, Instigator of a public contemporary art gallery, which has been running for 40 + years and ‘High IQ for Humanity’ (HIQH), which is now defunct. As an artist, I have exhibited in several countries, but mostly in Denmark. I make paintings, both portraits and contemporary. Stained glass, bronze, furniture’s, deconstructions and mixed medias, as well. I have written a couple of books and composed a few pieces of music. I am board member, at the Art club of the Danish Ministry of Foreign affairs, and I like to consider myself a skilled photographer and videographer. I have sold my work to ‘Un Explained’ and ‘Ancient Aliens’ and I have been features on CNN ‘Inside Africa’ with my visits to garbage dumps in Africa. As an adventurer, I am mostly focusing on indigenous tribes, garbage dumps, ship breaking places, funerals, medicine men and oracles, but I also like to visit schools and kindergartens in developing countries, occasionally I visit volcanos and caves as well.  I’m one of the very few Scandinavian members of ‘Los Angeles Adventurers Club’.”

[6] Garth Zietsman is a member of the Mega Society with experience in Africa, particularly South Africa.

[7] Tianxi Yu (余天曦) is a Member of God’s Power, CatholIQ, Chinese Genius Directory, EsoterIQ Society, Nano Society, and World Genius Directory.

[8] Individual Publication Date: July 1, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-1; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 1: Tor Arne Jørgensen, Hindemburg Melão Jr., Tim Roberts, Rick Rosner, David Udbjørg, Garth Zietsman, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on the State of the High-I.Q.[Online]. July 2022; 30(D). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-1.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 1). Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 1: Tor Arne Jørgensen, Hindemburg Melão Jr., Tim Roberts, Rick Rosner, David Udbjørg, Garth Zietsman, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on the State of the High-I.Q.. Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-1.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 1: Tor Arne Jørgensen, Hindemburg Melão Jr., Tim Roberts, Rick Rosner, David Udbjørg, Garth Zietsman, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on the State of the High-I.Q.. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-1>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 1: Tor Arne Jørgensen, Hindemburg Melão Jr., Tim Roberts, Rick Rosner, David Udbjørg, Garth Zietsman, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on the State of the High-I.Q..” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-1.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 1: Tor Arne Jørgensen, Hindemburg Melão Jr., Tim Roberts, Rick Rosner, David Udbjørg, Garth Zietsman, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on the State of the High-I.Q..” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.D (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-1.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 1: Tor Arne Jørgensen, Hindemburg Melão Jr., Tim Roberts, Rick Rosner, David Udbjørg, Garth Zietsman, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on the State of the High-I.Q.’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.D. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-1>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 1: Tor Arne Jørgensen, Hindemburg Melão Jr., Tim Roberts, Rick Rosner, David Udbjørg, Garth Zietsman, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on the State of the High-I.Q.’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.D., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-1.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 1: Tor Arne Jørgensen, Hindemburg Melão Jr., Tim Roberts, Rick Rosner, David Udbjørg, Garth Zietsman, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on the State of the High-I.Q..” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.D (2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-1>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Intercontinental High-I.Q. Forum 1: Tor Arne Jørgensen, Hindemburg Melão Jr., Tim Roberts, Rick Rosner, David Udbjørg, Garth Zietsman, and Tianxi Yu (余天曦) on the State of the High-I.Q.[Internet]. (2022, July 30(D). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/iq-forum-1.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.

Schooling the Young 2: Tor Arne Jorgensen on Non-Intellectual Qualities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Numbering: Issue 30.E, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (25)

Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada

Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal

Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com

Individual Publication Date: July 1, 2022

Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022

Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing

Frequency: Three Times Per Year

Words: 871

ISSN 2369-6885

Abstract

Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies, including World Genius Directory, NOUS High IQ Society, 6N High IQ Society just to name a few. Tor Arne was also in 2019, nominated for the World Genius Directory 2019 Genius of the Year – Europe. He is also the designer of the high range test site; www.toriqtests.com. He discusses: education; a new cohort of students; build a rapport; identifying the more astute students; teaching; teachers get good or stay bad at teaching young students; the most difficult; encourage good behaviour; and deal with highly difficult students.

Keywords: character, education, normalization, schooling, the young, Tor Arne Jorgensen.

Schooling the Young 2: Tor Arne Jorgensen on Non-Intellectual Qualities

*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Non-intellectual aptitudes may serve the generic student throughout the lifespan more than any other form of education. Intellectual gifts are one aspect. There are numerous proposals for them. However, as with any teacher, you’ll work with a wide variety of students. Boundaries, compassion, friendship, forgiveness, self-efficacy, even learning to grieve, will serve them in life more and fit under the heading “Education” more than anything else. An education directed toward character rather than intellect: Character counts. A simple act of forgiving wrongs against you, setting boundaries from those who wronged you, and moving forward with self-efficacy, will provide a richer sense of an actualized life than knowing the names and locations of all the capitals and cities in the world, which will, more often than not, be forgotten and can be looked up. Similarly, the ability properly to know grief: Death. An inevitability of life’s end, of those around oneself and of oneself. Grief will come; knowledge of how to grieve loss can help in a similar manner to forgiveness, boundaries, and moving forward. Or humour, of one’s idiocy and of others’, too, whether in misunderstandings and no second chances for clarification, or the everyday stuff and keeping oneself together, or, unfortunately, the occasional intellectual and life catastrophe, they happen. Humour contextualizes. We’ve all experienced these things. I’m laughing at myself building an IKEA bookshelf today, for example. How do you educate the character of students?

Tor Arne Jorgensen: Building one’s character must then be statute to be the parent’s primary fundamental function, in which the functional aesthetically charismatic of one’s characters are being transferred as for the premises through equalization. The schools of today have sad but true, become the subject of a dualistic transformation, whereby both prosocial behavior change, and now academic enrichment go hand in hand. What can then be said about the handling of the fostering a character, is in the awareness of the self. This proof can only be triggered in the state it allows itself to exist.

The basis for this is formulated of: Who am I, who do I want to appear as, what do I want in life, who are my friends, and am I real? When these formulations are being answered and accepted as absolute values, then the true character of the self is visualized. Not an easy task for any teacher alone, but made possible with the collaboration with primary institutions, this is where the real work is done, only by the extension of the primary institutions.

Jacobsen: Do you humanize yourself in the process of education? Bring yourself to the metaphorical ground, not become artificially relatable – so corny, but to be real with students – but not gritty.

Jorgensen: Being viewed upon as genuine through one’s actions, is seen as an absolute core value for me in the pursuit for mutual understanding and respect. False facades whipped up by false idols are to be regarded with pure contempt, as they are only destructive cowering’s of both social / professional bearing fundamentals.

Jacobsen: What values seem most pertinent to the life of a young person in the classroom with them?

Jorgensen: Friendship, affirming old ones and connecting new ones.

Jacobsen: Some students can be excluded for developmental delays or particular disabilities. How do you work within this context with students and the student with delays or disabilities? Obviously, it’s more sensitive and a more effortful process.

Jorgensen: The challenges that will then follow these types of students, will then be first associated with a test regime, which then again decides whether or not to introduce various measures regarding the need for special education, whereby specific teaching arrangements are adapted to their level of learning. There are 2 ways this is done mainly. Either these students in the classroom are on an equal footing with the other normally functioning students, or group compositions with equal students are used in group rooms with a special educator.

When using a normal class function, an individual training plan is prepared for the student or students that this may apply to, and then becomes the leading factor for what type of teaching aids that will then be used in accordance with the original facilitated plan and have the approval of the school’s special education coordinator. This is a standard procedure, where after a review of each completed term. New assessments are being reevaluated as to customize a new training material, and lastly at the last term is over a final report is written to see if the plan that was originally set up worked as intended or not, which is then brought with further in the teaching process for the student or students to whom this may then apply.

Jacobsen: Different students will have different life difficulties, potentially, as with developmental delays and disabilities. Do you find yourself emphasizing some values more than others with these students and other students in relation with them (and vice versa)?

Jorgensen: No will not say that the way for me is to normalize as far as possible, their schooling with special students in mind, and the rest of the students. A most normal, is clearly preferable for all parties, it avoids unwanted visibility and possibility for stigma.

Footnotes

[1] Tor Arne Jørgensen is a member of 50+ high IQ societies.

[2] Individual Publication Date: July 1, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/teaching-2; Full Issue Publication Date: September 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.

*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.

Citations

American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Schooling the Young 2: Tor Arne Jorgensen on Non-Intellectual Qualities [Online]. July 2022; 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/teaching-2.

American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, July 1). Schooling the Young 2: Tor Arne Jorgensen on Non-Intellectual Qualities. Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/teaching-2.

Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Schooling the Young 2: Tor Arne Jorgensen on Non-Intellectual Qualities. In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E, July. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/teaching-2>.

Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Schooling the Young 2: Tor Arne Jorgensen on Non-Intellectual Qualities.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/teaching-2.

Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Schooling the Young 2: Tor Arne Jorgensen on Non-Intellectual Qualities.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 30.E (July 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/teaching-2.

Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Schooling the Young 2: Tor Arne Jorgensen on Non-Intellectual Qualities’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/teaching-2>.

Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Schooling the Young 2: Tor Arne Jorgensen on Non-Intellectual Qualities’In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 30.E., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/teaching-2.

Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Schooling the Young 2: Tor Arne Jorgensen on Non-Intellectual Qualities.” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 30.E (2022): July. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/teaching-2>.

Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Schooling the Young 2: Tor Arne Jorgensen on Non-Intellectual Qualities [Internet]. (2022, July 30(E). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/teaching-2.

License

In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.

Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.

Copyright

© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.